MZ is back!HEADmain

90 files changed, 27010 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/ARENA.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/ARENA.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5177552
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/ARENA.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)arena.asm  1.1 85/04/09
+BREAK <Memory arena structure>
+
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+;
+; arena item
+;
+arena   STRUC
+arena_signature     DB  ?               ; 4D for valid item, 5A for last item
+arena_owner         DW  ?               ; owner of arena item
+arena_size          DW  ?               ; size in paragraphs of item
+arena_reserved      DB  3 DUP(?)        ; reserved
+arena_name          DB  8 DUP(?)        ; owner file name
+arena   ENDS
+
+;
+; CAUTION: The routines in ALLOC.ASM rely on the fact that arena_signature
+; and arena_owner_system are all equal to zero and are contained in DI.  Change
+; them and change ALLOC.ASM.
+
+arena_owner_system  EQU 0               ; free block indication
+
+arena_signature_normal  EQU 4Dh         ; valid signature, not end of arena
+arena_signature_end     EQU 5Ah         ; valid signature, last block in arena
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/BOOT.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/BOOT.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc6ea20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/BOOT.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+        db      0EBH,03CH,090H,04DH,053H,044H,04FH,053H
+        db      034H,02EH,030H,000H,002H,008H,001H,000H
+        db      002H,000H,002H,003H,051H,0F8H,008H,000H
+        db      011H,000H,004H,000H,001H,000H,000H,000H
+        db      000H,000H,000H,000H,080H,000H,029H,000H
+        db      000H,000H,000H,04EH,04FH,020H,04EH,041H
+        db      04DH,045H,020H,020H,020H,020H,046H,041H
+        db      054H,031H,032H,020H,020H,020H,0FAH,033H
+        db      0C0H,08EH,0D0H,0BCH,000H,07CH,016H,007H
+        db      0BBH,078H,000H,036H,0C5H,037H,01EH,056H
+        db      016H,053H,0BFH,03EH,07CH,0B9H,00BH,000H
+        db      0FCH,0F3H,0A4H,006H,01FH,0C6H,045H,0FEH
+        db      00FH,08BH,00EH,018H,07CH,088H,04DH,0F9H
+        db      089H,047H,002H,0C7H,007H,03EH,07CH,0FBH
+        db      0CDH,013H,072H,07CH,033H,0C0H,039H,006H
+        db      013H,07CH,074H,008H,08BH,00EH,013H,07CH
+        db      089H,00EH,020H,07CH,0A0H,010H,07CH,0F7H
+        db      026H,016H,07CH,003H,006H,01CH,07CH,013H
+        db      016H,01EH,07CH,003H,006H,00EH,07CH,083H
+        db      0D2H,000H,0A3H,050H,07CH,089H,016H,052H
+        db      07CH,0A3H,049H,07CH,089H,016H,04BH,07CH
+        db      0B8H,020H,000H,0F7H,026H,011H,07CH,08BH
+        db      01EH,00BH,07CH,003H,0C3H,048H,0F7H,0F3H
+        db      001H,006H,049H,07CH,083H,016H,04BH,07CH
+        db      000H,0BBH,000H,005H,08BH,016H,052H,07CH
+        db      0A1H,050H,07CH,0E8H,087H,000H,072H,020H
+        db      0B0H,001H,0E8H,0A1H,000H,072H,019H,08BH
+        db      0FBH,0B9H,00BH,000H,0BEH,0DBH,07DH,0F3H
+        db      0A6H,075H,00DH,08DH,07FH,020H,0BEH,0E6H
+        db      07DH,0B9H,00BH,000H,0F3H,0A6H,074H,018H
+        db      0BEH,093H,07DH,0E8H,051H,000H,032H,0E4H
+        db      0CDH,016H,05EH,01FH,08FH,004H,08FH,044H
+        db      002H,0CDH,019H,058H,058H,058H,0EBH,0E8H
+        db      0BBH,000H,007H,0B9H,003H,000H,0A1H,049H
+        db      07CH,08BH,016H,04BH,07CH,050H,052H,051H
+        db      0E8H,03AH,000H,072H,0E6H,0B0H,001H,0E8H
+        db      054H,000H,059H,05AH,058H,072H,0C9H,005H
+        db      001H,000H,083H,0D2H,000H,003H,01EH,00BH
+        db      07CH,0E2H,0E2H,08AH,02EH,015H,07CH,08AH
+        db      016H,024H,07CH,08BH,01EH,049H,07CH,0A1H
+        db      04BH,07CH,0EAH,000H,000H,070H,000H,0ACH
+        db      00AH,0C0H,074H,029H,0B4H,00EH,0BBH,007H
+        db      000H,0CDH,010H,0EBH,0F2H,03BH,016H,018H
+        db      07CH,073H,019H,0F7H,036H,018H,07CH,0FEH
+        db      0C2H,088H,016H,04FH,07CH,033H,0D2H,0F7H
+        db      036H,01AH,07CH,088H,016H,025H,07CH,0A3H
+        db      04DH,07CH,0F8H,0C3H,0F9H,0C3H,0B4H,002H
+        db      08BH,016H,04DH,07CH,0B1H,006H,0D2H,0E6H
+        db      00AH,036H,04FH,07CH,08BH,0CAH,086H,0E9H
+        db      08AH,016H,024H,07CH,08AH,036H,025H,07CH
+        db      0CDH,013H,0C3H,00DH,00AH,04EH,06FH,06EH
+        db      02DH,053H,079H,073H,074H,065H,06DH,020H
+        db      064H,069H,073H,06BH,020H,06FH,072H,020H
+        db      064H,069H,073H,06BH,020H,065H,072H,072H
+        db      06FH,072H,00DH,00AH,052H,065H,070H,06CH
+        db      061H,063H,065H,020H,061H,06EH,064H,020H
+        db      070H,072H,065H,073H,073H,020H,061H,06EH
+        db      079H,020H,06BH,065H,079H,020H,077H,068H
+        db      065H,06EH,020H,072H,065H,061H,064H,079H
+        db      00DH,00AH,000H,049H,04FH,020H,020H,020H
+        db      020H,020H,020H,053H,059H,053H,04DH,053H
+        db      044H,04FH,053H,020H,020H,020H,053H,059H
+        db      053H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+        db      000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,055H,0AAH
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/BOOT11.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/BOOT11.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f61125c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/BOOT11.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+        db      0EBH,027H,090H,008H,000H,014H,000H,000H
+        db      000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+        db      000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+        db      000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+        db      000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,0CDH
+        db      019H,0FAH,08CH,0C8H,08EH,0D8H,033H,0D2H
+        db      08EH,0D2H,0BCH,000H,07CH,0FBH,0B8H,060H
+        db      000H,08EH,0D8H,08EH,0C0H,033H,0D2H,08BH
+        db      0C2H,0CDH,013H,072H,069H,0E8H,085H,000H
+        db      072H,0DDH,02EH,083H,03EH,003H,07CH,008H
+        db      074H,006H,02EH,0C6H,006H,064H,07DH,002H
+        db      0BBH,000H,000H,02EH,08BH,00EH,003H,07CH
+        db      051H,0B0H,009H,02AH,0C1H,0B4H,000H,08BH
+        db      0F0H,056H,033H,0D2H,033H,0C0H,08AH,0C5H
+        db      02EH,0F6H,036H,064H,07DH,08AH,0E8H,08AH
+        db      0F4H,08BH,0C6H,0B4H,002H,0CDH,013H,072H
+        db      02DH,05EH,059H,02EH,029H,036H,005H,07CH
+        db      074H,01FH,08BH,0C6H,02EH,0F7H,026H,065H
+        db      07DH,003H,0D8H,0FEH,0C5H,0B1H,001H,051H
+        db      0BEH,008H,000H,02EH,03BH,036H,005H,07CH
+        db      07CH,005H,02EH,08BH,036H,005H,07CH,0EBH
+        db      0C0H,0EAH,000H,000H,060H,000H,0BEH,067H
+        db      07DH,0E8H,002H,000H,0EBH,0FEH,032H,0FFH
+        db      02EH,0ACH,024H,07FH,074H,00BH,056H,0B4H
+        db      00EH,0BBH,007H,000H,0CDH,010H,05EH,0EBH
+        db      0EFH,0C3H,0E9H,033H,0FFH,0BBH,000H,000H
+        db      0B9H,004H,000H,0B8H,001H,002H,0CDH,013H
+        db      01EH,072H,033H,08CH,0C8H,08EH,0D8H,0BFH
+        db      000H,000H,0B9H,00BH,000H,026H,080H,00DH
+        db      020H,026H,080H,04DH,020H,020H,047H,0E2H
+        db      0F4H,0BFH,000H,000H,0BEH,08BH,07DH,0B9H
+        db      00BH,000H,0FCH,0F3H,0A6H,075H,00FH,0BFH
+        db      020H,000H,0BEH,097H,07DH,0B9H,00BH,000H
+        db      0F3H,0A6H,075H,002H,01FH,0C3H,0BEH,01BH
+        db      07DH,0E8H,0A2H,0FFH,0B4H,000H,0CDH,016H
+        db      01FH,0F9H,0C3H,00DH,00AH,04EH,06FH,06EH
+        db      02DH,053H,079H,073H,074H,065H,06DH,020H
+        db      064H,069H,073H,06BH,020H,06FH,072H,020H
+        db      064H,069H,073H,06BH,020H,065H,072H,072H
+        db      06FH,072H,00DH,00AH,052H,065H,070H,06CH
+        db      061H,063H,065H,020H,061H,06EH,064H,020H
+        db      073H,074H,072H,069H,06BH,065H,020H,061H
+        db      06EH,079H,020H,06BH,065H,079H,020H,077H
+        db      068H,065H,06EH,020H,072H,065H,061H,064H
+        db      079H,00DH,00AH,000H,001H,000H,002H,00DH
+        db      00AH,044H,069H,073H,06BH,020H,042H,06FH
+        db      06FH,074H,020H,066H,061H,069H,06CH,075H
+        db      072H,065H,00DH,00AH,000H,04DH,069H,063H
+        db      072H,06FH,073H,06FH,066H,074H,02CH,049H
+        db      06EH,063H,020H,069H,062H,06DH,062H,069H
+        db      06FH,020H,020H,063H,06FH,06DH,030H,069H
+        db      062H,06DH,064H,06FH,073H,020H,020H,063H
+        db      06FH,06DH,030H,005H,0C6H,006H,077H,02FH
+        db      0FFH,083H,07EH,0FCH,000H,075H,00BH,080H
+        db      07EH,0F7H,03BH,075H,005H,0C6H,006H,076H
+        db      02FH,0FFH,089H,0ECH,05DH,0CAH,004H,000H
+        db      000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+        db      000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+        db      000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+        db      000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+        db      000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+        db      000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+        db      000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+        db      000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/BOOTFORM.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/BOOTFORM.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f53a51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/BOOTFORM.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+        %OUT BOOTFORM.INC...
+;****************************************************************************
+;AN000; - Structure of the Extended IBMBOOT record for DOS -. J.K.
+;AN001; - D304 Include PHYDRV, CURHD to the header structure     11/09/87 J.K.
+;****************************************************************************
+
+BOOT_SIZE                EQU     512
+EXT_BOOT_SIGNATURE       EQU     41             ;Extended boot signature
+;
+EXT_BPB_INFO            STRUC
+EBPB_BYTESPERSECTOR      DW      ?
+EBPB_SECTORSPERCLUSTER   DB      ?
+EBPB_RESERVEDSECTORS     DW      ?
+EBPB_NUMBEROFFATS        DB      ?
+EBPB_ROOTENTRIES         DW      ?
+EBPB_TOTALSECTORS        DW      ?
+EBPB_MEDIADESCRIPTOR     DB      ?
+EBPB_SECTORSPERFAT       DW      ?
+EBPB_SECTORSPERTRACK     DW      ?
+EBPB_HEADS               DW      ?
+EBPB_HIDDENSECTOR        DD      ?
+EBPB_BIGTOTALSECTORS     DD      ?
+EXT_BPB_INFO            ENDS
+;
+;AN001; EXT_PHYDRV, EXT_CURHD included in the header for OS2.
+EXT_IBMBOOT_HEADER      STRUC
+EXT_BOOT_JUMP           DB      3 DUP (?)
+EXT_BOOT_OEM            DB      8 DUP (?)
+EXT_BOOT_BPB            DB      type EXT_BPB_INFO dup (?)
+EXT_PHYDRV              DB      80h
+EXT_CURHD               DB      0
+EXT_BOOT_SIG            DB      EXT_BOOT_SIGNATURE
+EXT_BOOT_SERIAL         DD      ?
+EXT_BOOT_VOL_LABEL      DB      11 DUP (?)
+EXT_SYSTEM_ID           DB      8  DUP (?)
+EXT_IBMBOOT_HEADER      ENDS
+;
+BOOT_SIGNATURE  =     word ptr (BOOT_SIZE-2)
+
+;
+;J.K. This is the number of sectors (of size 512 bytes) that will cover
+;the size of IBMLOAD program.  IBMBOOT program has to at least read this
+;many sectors, and these sectors should be the first cluster and consecutive.
+;Make sure IBMBOOT program uses the same value as this.
+IBMLOADSIZE     equ     3       ;Number of sectors IBMBOOT program should read in.
+
+
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/BPB.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/BPB.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f05fa5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/BPB.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+        %OUT BPB.INC...
+;       SCCSID = @(#)BPB.ASM    1.1 85/04/29
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+
+; BIOS PARAMETER BLOCK DEFINITION
+; THIS STRUCTURE IS USED TO BUILD A FULL DPB
+
+BPBLOCK STRUC
+BPSECSZ DW      ?                       ; SIZE IN BYTES OF PHYSICAL SECTOR
+BPCLUS  DB      ?                       ; SECTORS/ALLOC UNIT
+BPRES   DW      ?                       ; NUMBER OF RESERVED SECTORS
+BPFTCNT DB      ?                       ; NUMBER OF FATS
+BPDRCNT DW      ?                       ; NUMBER OF DIRECTORY ENTRIES
+BPSCCNT DW      ?                       ; TOTAL NUMBER OF SECTORS
+BPMEDIA DB      ?                       ; MEDIA DESCRIPTOR BYTE
+BPFTSEC DW      ?                       ; NUMBER OF SECTORS TAKEN UP BY ONE FAT
+BPBLOCK ENDS
+
+A_BPB                   STRUC
+BPB_BYTESPERSECTOR      DW      ?
+BPB_SECTORSPERCLUSTER   DB      ?
+BPB_RESERVEDSECTORS     DW      ?
+BPB_NUMBEROFFATS        DB      ?
+BPB_ROOTENTRIES         DW      ?
+BPB_TOTALSECTORS        DW      ?
+BPB_MEDIADESCRIPTOR     DB      ?
+BPB_SECTORSPERFAT       DW      ?
+BPB_SECTORSPERTRACK     DW      ?
+BPB_HEADS               DW      ?
+BPB_HIDDENSECTORS       DW      ?
+                        DW      ?
+BPB_BIGTOTALSECTORS     DW      ?
+                        DW      ?
+                        DB      6 DUP(?)
+A_BPB                   ENDS
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/BUFFER.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/BUFFER.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd64882
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/BUFFER.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)buffer.asm 1.1 85/04/09
+BREAK <Disk I/O Buffer Header>
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+
+; Field definition for I/O buffer information
+
+BUFFINFO        STRUC
+buf_next        DW      ?               ; Pointer to next buffer in list
+buf_prev        DW      ?               ; Pointer to prev buffer in list
+buf_ID          DB      ?               ; Drive of buffer (bit 7 = 0)
+                                        ; SFT table index (bit 7 = 1)
+                                        ; = FFH if buffer free
+buf_flags       DB      ?               ; Bit 7 = 1 if Remote file buffer
+                                        ;       = 0 if Local device buffer
+                                        ; Bit 6 = 1 if buffer dirty
+                                        ; Bit 5 = Reserved
+                                        ; Bit 4 = Search bit (bit 7 = 1)
+                                        ; Bit 3 = 1 if buffer is DATA
+                                        ; Bit 2 = 1 if buffer is DIR
+                                        ; Bit 1 = 1 if buffer is FAT
+                                        ; Bit 0 = Reserved
+buf_sector      DD      ?               ; Sector number of buffer (bit 7 = 0)
+; The next two items are often refed as a word (bit 7 = 0)
+buf_wrtcnt      DB      ?               ; For FAT sectors, # times sector written out
+buf_wrtcntinc   DW      ?               ; "   "     "   , # sectors between each write
+buf_DPB         DD      ?               ; Pointer to drive parameters
+buf_fill        DW      ?               ; How full buffer is (bit 7 = 1)
+buf_reserved    DB      ?               ; make DWORD boundary for 386
+BUFFINFO        ENDS
+
+buf_offset      EQU     DWORD PTR buf_sector
+                                        ;For bit 7 = 1, this is the byte
+                                        ;offset of the start of the buffer in
+                                        ;the file pointed to by buf_ID.  Thus
+                                        ;the buffer starts at location
+                                        ;buf_offset in the file and contains
+                                        ;buf_fill bytes.
+
+BUFINSIZ        EQU     SIZE BUFFINFO
+                                        ; Size of structure in bytes
+
+buf_Free        EQU     0FFh            ; buf_id of free buffer
+
+;Flag byte masks
+buf_isnet       EQU     10000000B
+buf_dirty       EQU     01000000B
+;***
+buf_visit       EQU     00100000B
+;***
+buf_snbuf       EQU     00010000B
+
+buf_isDATA      EQU     00001000B
+buf_isDIR       EQU     00000100B
+buf_isFAT       EQU     00000010B
+buf_type_0      EQU     11110001B       ; AND sets type to "none"
+
+buf_NetID       EQU     BUFINSIZ
+
+;
+; Buffer Hash Entry Structure
+
+BUFFER_HASH_ENTRY       STRUC           ; DOS 4.00
+EMS_PAGE_NUM    DW      -1              ; logical page number for EMS handle
+BUFFER_BUCKET   DD       ?              ; pointer to buffers
+DIRTY_COUNT     DB       0              ; number of dirty buffers
+BUFFER_RESERVED DB       0              ; reserved
+BUFFER_HASH_ENTRY       ENDS
+
+MaxBuffinBucket EQU     15              ; Max number of buffers per bucket
+MaxBucketinPage EQU      2              ; Max number of buckets per 16kb page
+
+
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/BUGTYP.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/BUGTYP.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..076ba36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/BUGTYP.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)bugtyp.asm 1.1 85/04/09
+;
+; debugging types and levels for MSDOS
+;
+
+TypAccess   EQU     0001h
+    LevSFN      EQU     0000h
+    LevBUSY     EQU     0001h
+
+TypShare    EQU     0002h
+    LevShEntry  EQU     0000h
+    LevMFTSrch  EQU     0001h
+
+TypSect     EQU     0004h
+    LevEnter    EQU     0000h
+    LevLeave    EQU     0001h
+    LevReq      EQU     0002h
+
+TypSMB      EQU     0008h
+    LevSMBin    EQU     0000h
+    LevSMBout   EQU     0001h
+    LevParm     EQU     0002h
+    LevASCIZ    EQU     0003h
+    LevSDB      EQU     0004h
+    LevVarlen   EQU     0005h
+
+TypNCB      EQU     0010h
+    LevNCBin    EQU     0000h
+    LevNCBout   EQU     0001h
+
+TypSeg      EQU     0020h
+    LevAll      EQU     0000h
+
+TypSyscall  EQU     0040h
+    LevLog      EQU     0000h
+    LevArgs     EQU     0001h
+
+TypInt24    EQU     0080h
+    LevLog      EQU     0000h
+
+TypProlog   EQU     0100h
+    LevLog      EQU     0000h
+
+TypInt      EQU     0200h
+    LevLog      equ     0000h
+
+typFCB      equ     0400h
+    LevLog      equ     0000h
+    LevCheck    equ     0001h
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/CASRN.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/CASRN.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..779f9ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/CASRN.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+;
+; CAS Routine Numbers
+;
+; Revised:  10-05-87
+;
+BX_RN          EQU  3009H             ;DRAWBOX    PCBOXDR   FABOXDR
+CC_RN          EQU  2100H             ;CALCLOR    PCCOLOR   FACOLOR
+CR_RN          EQU  2101H             ;CROWCOL    PCROWCL   FAROWCL
+CE_RN          EQU  5000H             ;CRITERR    PCCRITE   FACRITE
+CM_RN          EQU  3001H             ;COMPRSS    PCCOMPS   FACOMPS
+CRD_RN         EQU  210BH             ;           PCCLRRD
+CWR_RN         EQU  210CH             ;           PCCLRWR
+DTS_RN         EQU  4001H             ;DATES      PCDATES   FADATES
+FF_RN          EQU  1300H             ;FINDFLS    PCFINDF   FAFINDF
+GV_RN          EQU  2102H             ;GETVIDO    PCGVIDO   FAGVIDO
+GE_RN          EQU  4000H             ;GETEQUP    PCGEQUP   FAGEQUP
+HWR_RN         EQU  2108H             ;           PCHLPRD
+HRD_RN         EQU  2109H             ;           PCHLPWR
+INS_RN         EQU  300BH             ;INSTRG     PCINSTR   FAINSTR
+I2S_RN         EQU  3000H             ;CIS        PCIN2ST   FAIN2ST
+MB_RN          EQU  2400H             ;MAKEBEEP   PCMBEEP   FAMBEEP
+MO_RN          EQU  3002H             ;MOVECON    PCMOVEC   FAMOVEC
+MI_RN          EQU  3003H             ;MOVEINT    PCMOVEI   FAMOVEI
+MS_RN          EQU  1200H             ;TRACKER    PCTRACK
+MX_RN          EQU  3004H             ;MOVEMIX    PCMOVEM   FAMOVEM
+PM_RN          EQU  2103H             ;PANMAN     PCPANEL   FAPANEL
+PWR_RN         EQU  2106H             ;           PCPANWR
+PRD_RN         EQU  210AH             ;           PCPANRD
+QM_RN          EQU  2111H             ;           PCDISPQ
+SF_RN          EQU  2107H             ;SETFLAG    PCSTATF   FASTATF
+SV_RN          EQU  2104H             ;SETVIDO    PCSVIDO   FASVIDO
+SK_RN          EQU  1102H             ;SIMKEY     PCSIMKY   FASIMKY
+SRD_RN         EQU  210DH             ;           PCSCRRD
+SWR_RN         EQU  210EH             ;           PCSCRWR
+SM_RN          EQU  300DH             ;           PCPANSM
+SCB_RN         EQU  2105H             ;SLCTOPT    PCSLCTP
+SO_RN          EQU  2105H             ;SLCTOPT              FASLCTP
+SS_RN          EQU  3005H             ;STRGSRT    PCSORTS   FASORTS
+SSC_RN         EQU  300AH             ;STRSTRC    PCSTRST   FASTRST
+TMS_RN         EQU  4002H             ;TIMES      PCTIMES   FATIMES
+WN_RN          EQU  3007H             ;WINDOW     PCWINDO   FAWINDO
+S2I_RN         EQU  300EH             ;           PCST2IN
+WWP_RN         EQU  300FH             ;           PCWWRAP             PCGRPRD
+GWR_RN         EQU  3010H             ;           PCGRPWR             PCGRPWR
+GRD_RN         EQU  3011H             ;           PCGRPRD             PCGRPRD
+IWR_RN         EQU  3012H             ;           PCINPWR             PCINPWR
+IRD_RN         EQU  3013H             ;           PCINPRD             PCINPRD
+M1_RN          EQU  3014H             ;                               PCMSDRV
+M1_RN          EQU  3014H             ;                               PCIBMDRV
+INC_RN         EQU  3015H             ;           PCINCHA             PCINCHA
+DBC_RN         EQU  3016H             ;           PCINDBC             PCINDBC
+C0H_RN         EQU  3017H             ;           PCGEQUP
+MRD_RN         EQU  3018H             ;
+NWR_RN         EQU  3019H             ;
+IN_RN          EQU  301AH             ;           PCINPUT             PCINPUT
+MG_RN          EQU  301BH             ;           PCINPUT             PCINPUT
+MWR_RN         EQU  301CH             ;           PCMEUWR             PCMEUWR
+;
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/CASVAR.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/CASVAR.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..452a511
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/CASVAR.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+;
+; Revised:  02-15-88
+;
+CASRM          EQU  0                        ;Set to zero (0) to create an
+                                             ; object module to put in the
+                                             ; CAS Library.  Set to one (1)
+                                             ; to create the CAS Routine
+                                             ; Manager version of the routine.
+;
+CASFAR         EQU  1                        ;Set to zero (0) to create an
+                                             ; object module that is called
+                                             ; as a near procedure.  Set to
+                                             ; one (1) to create an object
+                                             ; module that is called as a far
+                                             ; procedure.
+;
+COPYRIGHT      EQU  1                        ;Set to zero (0) to include
+                                             ; Copyright 1988 Microsoft
+                                             ; (1) to exclude Copyright 1988 Microsoft
+                                             ; notice.
+;
+SMODE          EQU  2                        ;Set to one (1) for Interpertive
+                                             ; BASIC. Set to two (2) for
+                                             ; Compiled BASIC.
+;
+CASINT         EQU  7FH                      ;CAS Routine Manager interupt
+;
+CASFILEID      EQU  01234H                   ;This CAS file identification
+                                             ; is found at the beginning of all
+                                             ; CAS files in the first word
+PANELOBJID     EQU  0FFH                     ;This is the panel object
+                                             ; identification number that is
+                                             ; found inside a valid CAS file's
+                                             ; object list when panels have
+                                             ; been saved inside a file
+HELPOBJID      EQU  0FEH                     ;This is the help/error object
+                                             ; identification number that is
+                                             ; found inside a valid CAS file's
+                                             ; object list when helps have
+                                             ; been saved inside a file
+COLOROBJID     EQU  0FDH                     ;This is the color object
+                                             ; identification number that is
+                                             ; found inside a valid CAS file's
+                                             ; object list when colors have
+                                             ; been saved inside a file
+INPUTOBJID     EQU  0FCH                     ;This is the input object
+                                             ; identification number that is
+                                             ; found inside a valid CAS file's
+                                             ; object list when input fields
+                                             ; have been saved inside a file
+DIALOGOBJID    EQU  0FBH                     ;This is the dialog object
+                                             ; identification number that is
+                                             ; found inside a valid CAS file's
+                                             ; object list when dialogs have
+                                             ; been saved inside a file
+SCROLLOBJID    EQU  0FAH                     ;This is the scroll field object
+                                             ; identification number that is
+                                             ; found inside a valid CAS file's
+                                             ; object list when scroll fields
+                                             ; have been saved inside a file
+TRANSOBJID     EQU  0F9H                     ;This is the translation object
+                                             ; identification number that is
+                                             ; found inside a valid CAS file's
+                                             ; object list when a translation
+                                             ; table has been saved inside a
+                                             ; file
+GRAPHOBJID     EQU  0F8H                     ;This is the graphic field object
+                                             ; identification number that is
+                                             ; found inside a valid CAS file's
+                                             ; object list when a graphic
+                                             ; fields has been saved inside a
+                                             ; file
+MENUOBJID      EQU  0F7H                     ;This is the maintain menu object
+                                             ; identification number that is
+                                             ; found inside a valid CAS file's
+                                             ; object list when a menu table
+                                             ; has been saved inside a file
+MAXNUMOBJS     EQU  20                       ;Maximum possible number of
+                                             ; objects types reserved in CAS
+                                             ; data files.  (i.e. panel, help,
+                                             ; error, color, input objects,,,)
+;
+LIBVER         MACRO
+               DB   "Version 4.0"            ;CAS library version number
+ENDM
+;
+INCLUDE        CASRN.INC                     ;Include the CAS routine numbers
+;
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/CDS.C b/v4.0/src/INC/CDS.C
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..861b42d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/CDS.C
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/* cds utilities */
+/* #include "types.h"  */
+#include "sysvar.h"
+#include "cds.h"
+#include "dpb.h"
+#include <dos.h>
+#include "jointype.h"
+
+extern struct sysVarsType SysVars ;
+
+char fGetCDS(i, pLCDS)
+int i ;
+struct CDSType *pLCDS ;
+{
+        struct CDSType far *cptr ;
+        int j ;
+                                                /* Get pointer to CDS */
+        if (i >= 0 && i < SysVars.cCDS) {
+                *(long *)(&cptr) = SysVars.pCDS + (i * sizeof(*pLCDS)) ;
+
+                                                /* Copy CDS to our program */
+                for (j=0 ; j < sizeof(*pLCDS) ; j++)
+                        *((char *)pLCDS+j) = *((char far *)cptr+j) ;
+
+                return TRUE ;
+        } ;
+        return FALSE ;
+}
+
+
+
+
+char fPutCDS(i, pLCDS)
+int i ;
+struct CDSType *pLCDS ;
+{
+        struct CDSType far *cptr ;
+        int j ;
+
+        if (i >= 0 && i < SysVars.cCDS) {
+                *(long *)(&cptr) = SysVars.pCDS + (i * sizeof(*pLCDS)) ;
+
+                for (j=0 ; j < sizeof(*pLCDS) ; j++)
+                        *((char far *)cptr+j) = *((char *)pLCDS+j) ;
+
+                return TRUE ;
+        } ;
+        return FALSE ;
+}
+
+/* returns TRUE if drive i is a physical drive.  Physical means that logical
+ * drive n corresponds with physical drive n.  This is the case ONLY if the
+ * CDS is inuse and the DPB corresponding to the CDS has the physical drive
+ * equal to the original drive.
+ */
+
+char fPhysical(i)
+int i ;
+{
+        struct DPBType DPB ;
+        struct DPBType *pd = &DPB ;
+        struct DPBType far *dptr ;
+        int j ;
+
+        struct CDSType CDS ;
+
+        if (!fGetCDS(i, &CDS))
+                return FALSE ;
+
+        if (TESTFLAG(CDS.flags,CDSNET | CDSSPLICE | CDSLOCAL))
+                return FALSE ;
+
+        *(long *)(&dptr) = CDS.pDPB ;
+
+        for (j=0 ; j < sizeof(DPB) ; j++)
+                 *((char *)pd+j) = *((char far *)dptr+j) ;
+
+        return(i == DPB.drive) ;
+}
+
+/* return TRUE if the specified drive is a network drive.  i is a 0-based
+ * quantity
+ */
+
+/*      MODIFICATION HISTORY
+ *
+ *  M000        June 5/85       Barrys
+ *  Removed extra net check.
+ */
+
+char fNet(i)
+int i ;
+{
+        union REGS ir ;
+        register union REGS *iregs = &ir ;      /* Used for DOS calls      */
+
+        struct CDSType CDS ;
+
+        if (!fGetCDS(i, &CDS))
+                return FALSE ;
+
+        iregs->x.ax = IOCTL9 ;                  /* Function 0x4409         */
+        iregs->x.bx = i + 1 ;
+        intdos(iregs, iregs) ;
+
+/***    M000
+        return(TESTFLAG(CDS.flags,CDSNET) || TESTFLAG(iregs->x.dx,0x1000)) ;
+/***/
+        return(TESTFLAG(CDS.flags,CDSNET)) ;
+}
+
+
+/* return TRUE if the specified drive is a shared drive.  i is a 0-based
+ * quantity
+ */
+char fShared(i)
+int i ;
+{
+        struct CDSType CDS ;
+        union REGS ir ;
+        register union REGS *iregs = &ir ;      /* Used for DOS calls      */
+
+        if (!fGetCDS(i, &CDS))
+                return FALSE ;
+
+        iregs->x.ax = IOCTL9 ;                  /* Function 0x4409         */
+        iregs->x.bx = i + 1 ;
+        intdos(iregs, iregs) ;
+
+        return TESTFLAG(CDS.flags,CDSNET) || TESTFLAG(iregs->x.dx,0x0200) ;
+}
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/CMACROS.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/CMACROS.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d81960c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/CMACROS.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,932 @@
+comment $
+cmacros - assembly macros for interfacing to HHLs
+(C)Copyright 1984, 1988 Microsoft Corporation
+$
+if1
+outif MACRO name,defval,onmsg,offmsg
+    ifndef name
+        ifb <defval>
+            name=0
+        else
+            name=defval
+        endif
+    endif
+    if name
+        name=1
+        ifnb <onmsg>
+            %out ! onmsg
+        endif
+    else
+        ifnb <offmsg>
+            %out ! offmsg
+        endif
+    endif
+endm
+
+error MACRO msg
+bug
+%out E r r o r ----- msg
+ENDM
+%out cMacros Version 1.04
+outif memS,0,<Small Model>
+outif memM,0,<Medium Model>
+outif memL,0,<Large Model>
+outif memC,0,<Compact Model>
+outif memH,0,<Huge Model>
+memMOD= memS + memM + memL + memC + memH
+if memMOD ne 1
+if memMOD eq 0
+memS= 1
+outif memS,0,<Small Model>
+else
+error <Must have only 1 memory model selected>
+endif
+endif
+sizeC= memM + memL + memH
+sizeD= memL + memC + (memH*2)
+outif ?DF,0,<No segments or groups will be defined>
+outif ?WIN,0,<Windows Support>
+outif ?PLM,0,<PLM calling convention>
+endif
+ .XCREF
+ .XCREF ?N,?AX,?AH,?AL,?BX,?BH
+ .XCREF ?BL,?CX,?CH,?CL,?DX,?DH
+ .XCREF ?DL,?SI,?DI,?ES,?DS,?BP
+ .XCREF ?SP,?SS,?CS
+ .XCREF ?RSL,?CPD,?argl,?argc,?BA
+ .XCREF ?ACB,???,?PO
+ .XCREF ?PAS,?PC
+ .XCREF Uconcat,mPush,mPop
+ .XCREF ?RI,?pp,?pp1,?al1
+ .XCREF ?aD,?AP,?Atal,?pd,?dd,?dd1,?ex1,?cas
+ .XCREF ?pg,?pg1,?aloc,?cs1,?cs2
+ .XCREF ?lb1,?lblpu
+ .XCREF ?DF,?PLM,?WIN,?IA,?PU,?ADJ
+ .CREF
+?RSL = 0
+?CPD = 0
+?ArgL = 0
+?ArgC = 0
+?BA = 0
+?ACB = 0
+??? = 0
+?PO = 0
+?PAS = 0
+?PC = 0
+?IA = 0
+?PU = 0
+?ADJ = 0
+?lblpu = 0
+?N = 0000000000000000B
+?AX = 0000000000000011B
+?AH = 0000000000000001B
+?AL = 0000000000000010B
+?BX = 0000000000001100B
+?BH = 0000000000000100B
+?BL = 0000000000001000B
+?CX = 0000000000110000B
+?CH = 0000000000010000B
+?CL = 0000000000100000B
+?DX = 0000000011000000B
+?DH = 0000000001000000B
+?DL = 0000000010000000B
+?SI = 0000000100000000B
+?DI = 0000001000000000B
+?ES = 0000010000000000B
+?DS = 0000100000000000B
+?BP = 0001000000000000B
+?SP = 0010000000000000B
+?SS = 0100000000000000B
+?CS = 1000000000000000B
+uconcat macro n1,n2,o1,o2,p1,p2
+n1&n2 o1&o2 p1&p2
+endm
+mpush macro rV
+irp x,<ax,bx,cx,dx,si,di,es,ds,bp,sp,ss,cs>
+if rV AND ?&&x
+push x
+endif
+endm
+endm
+mpop macro rV
+irp x,<cs,ss,sp,bp,ds,es,di,si,dx,cx,bx,ax>
+if rV AND ?&&x
+pop x
+endif
+endm
+endm
+SAVE macro rL
+?RSL = 0
+?RI ?RSL,<rL>
+endm
+smashes macro n,rL
+ .xcref
+ .xcref ?SM&n
+ .cref
+?SM&n = 0
+?RI ?SM&n,<rL>
+endm
+?RI macro n,rL
+irp x,<rL>
+ifdef ?&&x
+n = n or ?&&x
+endif
+endm
+endm
+parmB macro nl
+?pp <&nL>,<byte>,2,1
+endm
+parmW macro nl
+?pp <&nL>,<word>,2,2
+endm
+parmD macro nl
+ife ?PLM
+irp x,<nL>
+?pp <&&x>,<DWORD>,0,4
+?pp <Off_&&x>,<WORD>,2,2
+?pp <Seg_&&x>,<WORD>,2,2
+endm
+else
+irp x,<nL>
+?pp <Seg_&&x>,<WORD>,2,2
+?pp <Off_&&x>,<WORD>,2,2
+?pp <&&x>,<DWORD>,0,4
+endm
+endif
+endm
+parmQ macro nl
+?pp <&nL>,<QWORD>,8,8
+endm
+parmT macro nl
+?pp <&nL>,<TBYTE>,10,10
+endm
+if sizeC
+parmCP macro nl
+parmD <nl>
+endm
+else
+parmCP macro nl
+parmW <nl>
+endm
+endif
+if sizeD
+parmDP macro nl
+parmD <nl>
+endm
+else
+parmDP macro nl
+parmW <nl>
+endm
+endif
+?pp macro nL,t,l,s
+if ?CPD
+ .xcref
+ife ?PLM
+irp x,<nL>
+?pp1 x,<t>,%?PO,%?adj,%(?PO+?adj)
+?PO = ?PO + l
+ .xcref ?T&&x
+?T&&x = s
+endm
+else
+irp x,<nL>
+?PO = ?PO + l
+?pp1 x,<t>,%?PO,%?adj,%(?PO+?adj)
+ .xcref ?T&&x
+?T&&x = s
+endm
+endif
+ .cref
+else
+%out Parm(s) "&nl" declared outside proc def.
+endif
+endm
+?pp1 macro n,t,o,a,b
+ife ?PLM
+n equ t ptr [bp+b]
+else
+n equ t ptr [bp+a+?PO-o]
+endif
+endm
+localB macro nL
+?aLoc <&nL>,<BYTE ptr>,1,1,0
+endm
+localW macro nL
+?aLoc <&nL>,<WORD PTR>,2,2,1
+endm
+localD macro nL
+irp x,<nL>
+?aLoc <Seg_&&x>,<WORD PTR>,2,2,1
+?aLoc <Off_&&x>,<WORD PTR>,2,2,1
+?aLoc <&&x>,<DWORD PTR>,0,4,1
+endm
+endm
+localQ macro nL
+?aLoc <&nL>,<QWORD PTR>,8,8,1
+endm
+localT macro nL
+?aLoc <&nL>,<TBYTE PTR>,10,10,1
+endm
+if sizeC
+localCP macro nL
+localD <nL>
+endm
+else
+localCP macro nL
+localW <nL>
+endm
+endif
+if sizeD
+localDP macro nL
+localD <nL>
+endm
+else
+localDP macro nL
+localW <nL>
+endm
+endif
+localV macro n,a
+?aLoc <&n>,,%(&a),0,1
+endm
+?aLoc macro nL,t,l,s,a
+if ?CPD
+ .xcref
+??? = ??? + l
+if a
+??? = ((??? + 1) AND 0FFFEH)
+endif
+irp x,<nL>
+?aL1 x,<t>,%???
+ .xcref ?T&&x
+?T&&x = s
+endm
+ .cref
+else
+%out Locals "&nl" declared outside procedure def.
+endif
+endm
+?aL1 macro n,t,o
+if ?IA
+n equ t [bp-?IA-o]
+else
+n equ t [bp-o]
+endif
+endm
+globalB macro n,i,s
+?aD <n>,1
+?dd n,1,<BYTE>,<DB>,<i>,<s>
+endm
+globalW macro n,i,s
+?aD <n>,2
+?dd n,1,<WORD>,<DW>,<i>,<s>
+endm
+globalD macro n,i,s
+?aD <n>,4
+?dd n,1,<DWORD>,<DD>,<i>,<s>
+endm
+globalQ macro n,i,s
+?aD <n>,8
+?dd n,1,<QWORD>,<DQ>,<i>,<s>
+endm
+globalT macro n,i,s
+?aD <n>,10
+?dd n,1,<TBYTE>,<DT>,<i>,<s>
+endm
+if sizeC
+globalCP macro n,i,s
+globalD n,<i>,<s>
+endm
+else
+globalCP macro n,i,s
+globalW n,<i>,<s>
+endm
+endif
+if sizeD
+globalDP macro n,i,s
+globalD n,<i>,<s>
+endm
+else
+globalDP macro n,i,s
+globalW n,<i>,<s>
+endm
+endif
+staticB macro n,i,s
+?aD <n>,1
+?dd n,0,<BYTE>,<DB>,<i>,<s>
+endm
+staticW macro n,i,s
+?aD <n>,2
+?dd n,0,<WORD>,<DW>,<i>,<s>
+endm
+staticD macro n,i,s
+?aD <n>,4
+?dd n,0,<DWORD>,<DD>,<i>,<s>
+endm
+staticQ macro n,i,s
+?aD <n>,8
+?dd n,0,<QWORD>,<DQ>,<i>,<s>
+endm
+staticT macro n,i,s
+?aD <n>,10
+?dd n,0,<TBYTE>,<DT>,<i>,<s>
+endm
+if sizeC
+staticCP macro n,i,s
+staticD n,<i>,<s>
+endm
+else
+staticCP macro n,i,s
+staticW n,<i>,<s>
+endm
+endif
+if sizeD
+staticDP macro n,i,s
+staticD n,<i>,<s>
+endm
+else
+staticDP macro n,i,s
+staticW n,<i>,<s>
+endm
+endif
+?dd macro n,p,t,d,i,s
+ife ?PLM
+n label t
+?dd1 _&n,p,<d>,<i>,<s>
+else
+?dd1 n,p,<d>,<i>,<s>
+endif
+endm
+?dd1 macro n,p,d,i,s
+if p
+PUBLIC n
+endif
+ifb <s>
+n d i
+else
+ifb <i>
+n d s DUP (?)
+else
+n d s DUP (i)
+endif
+endif
+endm
+externB macro nL
+?ex1 <&nL>,1,<BYTE>
+endm
+externW macro nL
+?ex1 <&nL>,2,<WORD>
+endm
+externD macro nL
+?ex1 <&nL>,4,<DWORD>
+endm
+externQ macro nL
+?ex1 <&nL>,8,<QWORD>
+endm
+externT macro nL
+?ex1 <&nL>,10,<TBYTE>
+endm
+externNP macro nL
+?ex1 <&nL>,2,<NEAR>
+endm
+externFP macro nL
+?ex1 <&nL>,4,<FAR>
+endm
+if sizeC
+externP macro nL
+?ex1 <&nL>,4,<FAR>
+endm
+else
+externP macro nL
+?ex1 <&nL>,2,<NEAR>
+endm
+endif
+if sizeC
+externCP macro nL
+?ex1 <&nL>,4,<DWORD>
+endm
+else
+externCP macro nL
+?ex1 <&nL>,2,<WORD>
+endm
+endif
+if sizeD
+externDP macro nL
+?ex1 <&nL>,4,<DWORD>
+endm
+else
+externDP macro nL
+?ex1 <&nL>,2,<WORD>
+endm
+endif
+?ex1 macro nL,s,d
+irp x,<nL>
+ .xcref
+ .xcref ?T&&x
+ .cref
+?T&&x = s
+ife ?PLM
+extrn _&&x:&d
+x equ _&&x
+else
+extrn x:&d
+endif
+endm
+endm
+labelB macro nL
+?lb1 <&nL>,1,<BYTE>
+endm
+labelW macro nL
+?lb1 <&nL>,2,<WORD>
+endm
+labelD macro nL
+?lb1 <&nL>,4,<DWORD>
+endm
+labelQ macro nL
+?lb1 <&nL>,8,<QWORD>
+endm
+labelT macro nL
+?lb1 <&nL>,10,<TBYTE>
+endm
+labelNP macro nL
+?lb1 <&nL>,2,<NEAR>
+endm
+labelFP macro nL
+?lb1 <&nL>,4,<FAR>
+endm
+if sizeC
+labelP macro nL
+?lb1 <&nL>,4,<FAR>
+endm
+else
+labelP macro nL
+?lb1 <&nL>,2,<NEAR>
+endm
+endif
+if sizeC
+labelCP macro nL
+?lb1 <&nL>,4,<DWORD>
+endm
+else
+labelCP macro nL
+?lb1 <&nL>,2,<WORD>
+endm
+endif
+if sizeD
+labelDP macro nL
+?lb1 <&nL>,4,<DWORD>
+endm
+else
+labelDP macro nL
+?lb1 <&nL>,2,<WORD>
+endm
+endif
+?lb1 macro nL,s,d
+?lblpu = 0
+irp x,<nL>
+ifidn <x>,<PUBLIC>
+?lblpu = 1
+else
+ .xcref
+ .xcref ?T&&x
+ .cref
+?T&&x = s
+ife ?PLM
+if ?lblpu
+public _&&x
+endif
+_&&x label &d
+x equ _&&x
+else
+if ?lblpu
+public x
+endif
+x label &d
+endif
+endif
+endm
+endm
+defB macro nL
+?aD <&nL>,1
+endm
+defW macro nL
+?aD <&nL>,2
+endm
+defD macro nL
+?aD <&nL>,4
+endm
+defQ macro nL
+?aD <&nL>,8
+endm
+defT macro nL
+?aD <&nL>,10
+endm
+if sizeC
+defCP macro nL
+defD <nL>
+endm
+else
+defCP macro nL
+defW <nL>
+endm
+endif
+if sizeD
+defDP macro nL
+defD <nL>
+endm
+else
+defDP macro nL
+defW <nL>
+endm
+endif
+?aD macro nL,s
+irp x,<nL>
+ .xcref
+ .xcref ?T&&x
+ .cref
+?T&&x = s
+endm
+endm
+regPtr macro n,S,O
+ .xcref
+ .xcref ?T&n,?SR&n,?OR&n
+ .cref
+?T&n = 0FFFFH
+?SR&n = 0
+?RI ?SR&n,<&S>
+?OR&n = 0
+?RI ?OR&n,<&O>
+endm
+arg macro aL
+irp x,<aL>
+?argc = ?argc + 1
+?Atal <x>,%?argc
+endm
+endm
+?Atal macro n,i
+ .xcref
+ .xcref ?ALI&i
+ .cref
+?ALI&i &macro
+?AP n
+&endm
+endm
+?AP macro n
+?argl = ?argl + 2
+ifdef ?T&n
+ife ?T&n-1
+push word ptr (n)
+exitm
+endif
+ife ?T&n-2
+push n
+exitm
+endif
+ife ?T&n-4
+push word ptr (n)+2
+push word ptr (n)
+?argl = ?argl + 2
+exitm
+endif
+ife ?T&n-8
+push word ptr (n)+6
+push word ptr (n)+4
+push word ptr (n)+2
+push word ptr (n)
+?argl = ?argl + 6
+exitm
+endif
+ife ?T&n-0FFFFH
+mpush %(?SR&n),1
+mpush %(?OR&n),1
+?argl = ?argl + 2
+exitm
+endif
+ife ?T&n
+push word ptr (n)
+exitm
+endif
+endif
+push n
+endm
+ife ?PLM
+ccall macro n,a,sleaze
+ifnb <a>
+Arg <a>
+endif
+ifdef ?SM&n
+?RSL = ?RSL AND ?SM&n
+endif
+mpush %?RSL
+?argl = 0
+?ACB = ?argc
+rept ?argc
+uconcat <?ALI>,%?ACB
+uconcat <purge>,,<?ALI>,%?ACB
+?ACB = ?ACB - 1
+endm
+ife ?PLM
+ifb <sleaze>
+call _&n
+else
+call n
+endif
+else
+call n
+endif
+if ?argl
+add sp,?argl
+endif
+mpop %?RSL
+?RSL = 0
+?argc = 0
+?argl = 0
+endm
+else
+ccall macro n,a
+ifnb <a>
+Arg <a>
+endif
+ifdef ?SM&n
+?RSL = ?RSL AND ?SM&n
+endif
+mpush %?RSL
+?argl = 0
+?ACB = 1
+rept ?argc
+uconcat <?ALI>,%?ACB
+uconcat <purge>,,<?ALI>,%?ACB
+?ACB = ?ACB + 1
+endm
+ife ?PLM
+call _&n
+else
+call n
+endif
+mpop %?RSL
+?RSL = 0
+?argc = 0
+?argl = 0
+endm
+endif
+cProc macro n,cl,s
+?pd n,<cl>,<s>,4
+endm
+?pd macro n,c,a,i
+if ?CPD
+?UTPE
+endif
+?CPD = 1
+??? = 0
+?argc = 0
+?BA = 0
+?PO = 0
+?PU = 0
+?IA = 0
+?adj = i
+?PAS = 0
+ifnb <a>
+?RI ?PAS,<a>
+endif
+?PC = sizeC
+irp x,<c>
+ifidn <x>,<FAR>
+?PC = 1
+endif
+ifidn <x>,<NEAR>
+?PC = 0
+endif
+ifidn <x>,<PUBLIC>
+?PU = 1
+endif
+endm
+if ?PC
+if ?WIN
+?IA = 2
+endif
+?adj = ?adj + 2
+endif
+ife ?PLM
+ife ?PC
+n label near
+else
+n label far
+endif
+?pg <_&n>,%?PU,%?PC,%?PAS
+else
+?pg <n>,%?PU,%?PC,%?PAS
+endif
+endm
+?pg macro n,p,c,a
+    .xcref
+    cBegin &macro g
+        .xcref
+        ?pg1 <n>,c,a,%?PO
+        ?CPD = 0
+        ?argc = 0
+        ?BA = 1
+        ??? = (???+1) AND 0FFFEH
+        if p
+            PUBLIC n
+        endif
+        ife c
+            n proc NEAR
+        else
+            n proc FAR
+        endif
+        ifidn <g>,<nogen>
+            if ???+?PO+a
+                %out <cBegin - possible invalid use of nogen>
+            endif
+        else
+            if ?IA
+                mov ax,ds
+                nop
+                inc bp
+                push bp
+                mov bp,sp
+                push ds
+                mov ds,ax
+            else
+                push bp
+                mov bp,sp
+            endif
+            if ???
+                sub sp,???
+            endif
+            mPush a,1
+        endif
+        .cref
+        purge cBegin
+    &endm
+    ?UTPE &macro
+        %out Unterminated Procedure Definition: "&n"
+    &endm
+endm
+
+?pg1 macro n,c,a,o
+    .xcref
+    cEnd &macro g
+        .xcref
+        ?BA = 0
+        ifidn <g>,<nogen>
+            if o+a
+                %out <cEnd - possible invalid use of nogen>
+            endif
+        else
+            mPop a,1
+            if ?IA
+                sub bp,2
+                mov sp,bp
+                pop ds
+                pop bp
+                dec bp
+            else
+                mov sp,bp
+                pop bp
+            endif
+            ife ?PLM
+                ret
+            else
+                ret o
+            endif
+        endif
+        n endp
+        .cref
+        purge cEnd
+    &endm
+    .cref
+endm
+
+assumes macro s,g
+local assumed
+assumed = 0
+ifidn <code>,<g>
+?cas <s>
+assumed = 1
+endif
+ifidn <CODE>,<g>
+?cas <s>
+assumed = 1
+endif
+ifidn <data>,<g>
+assume s&:dgroup
+assumed = 1
+endif
+ifidn <DATA>,<g>
+assume s&:dgroup
+assumed = 1
+endif
+ife assumed
+assume s&:&g
+endif
+endm
+if sizeC
+?cas macro s
+assume s&:_TEXT
+endm
+else
+?cas macro s
+assume s&:IGROUP
+endm
+endif
+createSeg macro n,ln,a,co,cl,grp
+ifnb <grp>
+ifidn <grp>,<IGROUP>
+ife sizeC
+addSeg IGROUP,n
+endif
+else
+addSeg grp,n
+endif
+endif
+ifnb <cl>
+n segment a co '&cl'
+else
+n segment a co
+endif
+n ends
+?cs1 <n>,<ln>
+endm
+if1
+ASMpass=1
+else
+ASMpass=2
+endif
+addSeg macro grp,seg
+ifndef def_&grp
+def_&grp= 0
+endif
+if def_&grp ne ASMpass
+add_&grp &macro s
+in_&grp <seg>,s
+&endm
+in_&grp &macro sl,s
+ifb <s>
+grp group sl
+else
+add_&grp &macro ns
+in_&grp <sl,s>,ns
+&endm
+endif
+&endm
+def_&grp=ASMpass
+else
+add_&grp seg
+endif
+endm
+defGrp macro nam
+addSeg nam
+endm
+?cs1 macro n,ln
+begin&ln &macro
+?cs2 <n>
+n segment
+&endm
+endm
+
+?cs2 macro n
+    sEnd &macro
+        n ends
+    &endm
+endm
+
+sBegin macro ln
+    begin&ln
+endm
+
+ife ?DF
+    createSeg _TEXT,code,byte,public,CODE,IGROUP
+    createSeg _DATA,data,word,public,DATA,DGROUP
+    if ?WIN
+        ife sizeC
+            createSeg _INITTEXT,initcode,byte,public,CODE,IGROUP
+            createSeg _INITDATA,initdata,word,public,DATA,DGROUP
+        endif
+    endif
+    ife sizeC
+        defGrp IGROUP
+    endif
+    defGrp DGROUP
+    if sizeC
+        codeOFFSET equ OFFSET _TEXT:
+    else
+        codeOFFSET equ OFFSET IGROUP:
+    endif
+    dataOFFSET equ OFFSET DGROUP:
+endif
+
+errnz macro x
+    if2
+        if x
+            errnz1 <x>,%(x)
+        endif
+    endif
+endm
+
+errnz1 macro x1,x2
+    = *ERRNZ* x1 = x2
+endm
+
+errn$ macro l,x
+    errnz <OFFSET $ - OFFSET l x>
+endm
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/COMSUBS.LIB b/v4.0/src/INC/COMSUBS.LIB
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18215a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/COMSUBS.LIB
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/CONST2.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/CONST2.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a7c1d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/CONST2.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)const2.asm 1.4 85/07/24
+TITLE   CONST2 - More constants data
+NAME    CONST2
+
+.xlist
+.xcref
+INCLUDE DOSSYM.INC
+include dosseg.asm
+INCLUDE DEVSYM.INC
+.cref
+.list
+
+Break <Initialized data and data used at DOS initialization>
+
+;
+; We need to identify the parts of the data area that are relevant to tasks
+; and those that are relevant to the system as a whole.  Under 3.0, the system
+; data will be gathered with the system code.  The process data under 2.x will
+; be available for swapping and under 3.0 it will be allocated per-process.
+;
+; The data that is system data will be identified by [SYSTEM] in the comments
+; describing that data item.
+;
+
+        AsmVars <Kanji, Debug, Redirector, ShareF>
+
+CONSTANTS       SEGMENT WORD PUBLIC 'CONST'
+
+;
+; Table of routines for assignable devices
+;
+; MSDOS allows assignment if the following standard devices:
+;   stdin  (usually CON input)
+;   stdout (usually CON output)
+;   auxin  (usually AUX input)
+;   auxout (usually AUX output)
+;   stdlpt (usually PRN output)
+;
+; SPECIAL NOTE:
+;   Status of a file is a strange idea.  We choose to handle it in this
+;   manner:  If we're not at end-of-file, then we always say that we have a
+;   character.  Otherwise, we return ^Z as the character and set the ZERO
+;   flag.  In this manner we can support program written under the old DOS
+;   (they use ^Z as EOF on devices) and programs written under the new DOS
+;   (they use the ZERO flag as EOF).
+
+; Default SFTs for boot up
+
+Public CONST001S,CONST001E
+CONST001s       label byte
+        PUBLIC  sftabl
+sftabl  LABEL   DWORD                   ; [SYSTEM] file table
+        DW      -1                      ; [SYSTEM] link to next table
+        DW      -1                      ; [SYSTEM] link seg to next table
+        DW      sf_default_number       ; [SYSTEM] Number of entries in table
+        DB      sf_default_number DUP ( (SIZE sf_entry) DUP (0)); [SYSTEM]
+
+; the next two variables relate to the position of the logical stdout/stdin
+; cursor.  They are only meaningful when stdin/stdout are assigned to the
+; console.
+        I_am    CARPOS,BYTE             ; [SYSTEM] cursor position in stdin
+        I_am    STARTPOS,BYTE           ; [SYSTEM] position of cursor at beginning of buffered input call
+        I_am    INBUF,128               ; [SYSTEM] general device input buffer
+        I_am    CONBUF,131              ; [SYSTEM] The rest of INBUF and console buffer
+
+        I_am    PFLAG,BYTE              ; [SYSTEM] printer echoing flag
+        I_am    VERFLG,BYTE             ; [SYSTEM] Initialize with verify off
+        I_am    CharCo,BYTE,<00000011B> ; [SYSTEM] Allows statchks every 4 chars...
+        I_am    chSwitch,BYTE,<'/'>     ; [SYSTEM] current switch character
+        I_am    AllocMethod,BYTE        ; [SYSTEM] how to alloc first(best)last
+        I_am    fShare,BYTE,<0>         ; [SYSTEM] TRUE => sharing installed
+        I_am    DIFFNAM,BYTE,<1>        ; [SYSTEM] Indicates when MYNAME has
+                                        ;            changed
+        I_am    MYNAME,16,<32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32>
+                                        ; [SYSTEM] My network name
+
+
+;
+; The following table is a list of addresses that the sharer patches to be
+; PUSH AX to enable the critical sections
+;
+PUBLIC  CritPatch
+CritPatch LABEL WORD
+IRP sect,<critDisk,critDevice>
+IF (NOT REDIRECTOR) AND (NOT SHAREF)
+        Short_Addr  E&sect
+        Short_Addr  L&sect
+ELSE
+        DW      0
+        DW      0
+ENDIF
+ENDM
+        DW      0
+
+;
+; WARNING!!!  PRINT and PSPRINT *REQUIRE* ErrorMode to precede INDOS.
+; Also, IBM server 1.0 requires this also.
+;
+        EVEN                    ; Force swap area to start on word boundry
+PUBLIC  SWAP_START
+SWAP_START      LABEL BYTE
+        I_am    ErrorMode,BYTE          ; Flag for INT 24 processing
+        I_am    INDOS,BYTE,<0>          ; DOS status for interrupt processing
+        I_am    WPErr,BYTE,<-1>         ; Write protect error flag
+        I_am    EXTERR_LOCUS,BYTE       ; Extended Error Locus
+        I_am    EXTERR,WORD,<0>         ; Extended Error code
+
+;WARNING Following two bytes Accessed as word in $GetExtendedError
+        I_am    EXTERR_ACTION,BYTE      ; Extended Error Action
+        I_am    EXTERR_CLASS,BYTE       ; Extended Error Class
+; end warning
+
+        I_am    EXTERRPT,DWORD          ; Extended Error pointer
+        I_am    DMAADD,DWORD,<80h,?>    ; User's disk transfer address (disp/seg)
+        I_am    CurrentPDB,WORD         ; Current process identifier
+        I_am    ConC_spsave,WORD        ; saved SP before ^C
+        I_am    exit_code,WORD          ; exit code of last proc.
+        I_am    CURDRV,BYTE             ; Default drive (init A)
+        I_am    CNTCFLAG,BYTE,<0>       ; ^C check in dispatch disabled
+                                        ; F.C. 2/17/86
+        I_am    CPSWFLAG,BYTE,<0>       ; Code Page Switching Flag  DOS 4.00
+        I_am    CPSWSAVE,BYTE,<0>       ; copy of above in case of ABORT
+        EVEN
+ PUBLIC Swap_Always
+ Swap_Always    LABEL   BYTE
+        I_am    USER_IN_AX,WORD         ; User INPUT AX value (used for
+                                        ;   extended error type stuff.  NOTE:
+                                        ;   does not have Correct value on
+                                        ;   1-12, OEM, Get/Set CurrentPDB,
+                                        ;   GetExtendedError system calls
+        I_am    PROC_ID,WORD,<0>        ; PID for sharing (0 = local)
+        I_am    USER_ID,WORD,<0>        ; Machine for sharing (0 = local)
+        I_am    FirstArena,WORD         ; first free block found
+        I_am    BestArena,WORD          ; best free block found
+        I_am    LastArena,WORD          ; last free block found
+        I_am    EndMem,WORD             ; End of memory used in DOSINIT
+        I_am    LASTENT,WORD            ; Last entry for directory search
+
+        I_am    FAILERR,BYTE,<0>        ; NZ if user did FAIL on I 24
+        I_am    ALLOWED,BYTE,<0>        ; Allowed I 24 answers (see allowed_)
+        I_am    NoSetDir,BYTE           ; true -> do not set directory
+        I_am    DidCTRLC,BYTE           ; true -> we did a ^C exit
+        I_am    SpaceFlag,BYTE          ; true -> embedded spaces are allowed in FCB
+; Warning!  The following items are accessed as a WORD in TIME.ASM
+        EVEN
+        I_am    DAY,BYTE,<0>            ; Day of month
+        I_am    MONTH,BYTE,<0>          ; Month of year
+        I_am    YEAR,WORD,<0>           ; Year (with century)
+        I_am    DAYCNT,WORD,<-1>        ; Day count from beginning of year
+        I_am    WEEKDAY,BYTE,<0>        ; Day of week
+; end warning
+        I_am    CONSWAP,BYTE            ; TRUE => console was swapped during device read
+        I_am    IDLEINT,BYTE,<1>        ; TRUE => idle int is allowed
+        I_am    fAborting,BYTE,<0>      ; TRUE => abort in progress
+
+; Combination of all device call parameters
+        PUBLIC  DEVCALL                 ;
+DEVCALL SRHEAD  <>                      ; basic header for disk packet
+        PUBLIC  CALLUNIT
+CALLUNIT    LABEL   BYTE                ; unit number for disk
+CALLFLSH    LABEL   WORD                ;
+        I_am    CALLMED,BYTE            ; media byte
+CALLBR      LABEL   DWORD               ;
+        PUBLIC  CALLXAD                 ;
+CALLXAD     LABEL   DWORD               ;
+        I_am    CALLRBYT,BYTE           ;
+        PUBLIC  CALLVIDM                ;
+CALLVIDM    LABEL   DWORD               ;
+        DB      3 DUP(?)                ;
+        PUBLIC CallBPB                  ;
+CALLBPB     LABEL   DWORD               ;
+        I_am    CALLSCNT,WORD           ;
+        PUBLIC  CALLSSEC
+CALLSSEC    LABEL    WORD               ;
+            DW      ?                   ;
+        I_am    CALLVIDRW,DWORD         ;
+                                        ;
+        I_am    CALLNEWSC,DWORD         ; starting sector for >32mb
+        I_am    CALLDEVAD,DWORD         ; stash for device entry point
+                                        ;
+; Same as above for I/O calls           ;
+                                        ;
+        PUBLIC  IOCall                  ;
+IOCALL  SRHEAD  <>                      ;
+IOFLSH  LABEL   WORD                    ;
+        PUBLIC  IORCHR                  ;
+IORCHR  LABEL   BYTE                    ;
+        I_am    IOMED,BYTE              ;
+        I_am    IOXAD,DWORD             ;
+        I_am    IOSCNT,WORD             ;
+        I_am    IOSSEC,WORD             ;
+; Call struct for DSKSTATCHK            ;
+        I_am    DSKSTCALL,2,<DRDNDHL,0> ;
+        I_am    DSKSTCOM,1,<DEVRDND>    ;
+        I_am    DSKSTST,WORD            ;
+        DB      8 DUP (0)               ;
+        I_am    DSKCHRET,BYTE           ;
+        short_addr  DEVIOBUF            ;
+        DW      ?                       ; DOS segment set at Init
+        I_AM    DSKSTCNT,WORD,<1>       ;
+        DW      0                       ;
+
+        I_am    CreatePDB,BYTE          ; flag for creating a process
+        PUBLIC  Lock_Buffer             ;
+Lock_Buffer LABEL    DWORD              ;MS. DOS Lock Buffer for Ext Lock
+            DD      ?                   ;MS. position
+            DD      ?                   ;MS. length
+CONST001e       label byte
+
+CONSTANTS       ENDS
+        END
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/COPYRIGH.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/COPYRIGH.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfc0214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/COPYRIGH.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+        DB      "MS DOS Version 4.00 (C)Copyright 1988 Microsoft Corp"
+        DB      "Licensed Material - Property of Microsoft  "
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/CPMFCB.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/CPMFCB.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d6a6bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/CPMFCB.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)cpmfcb.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+;       SCCSID = @(#)cpmfcb.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+;BREAK <File Control Block definition>
+
+;
+; Field definition for FCBs
+; The FCB has the following structure:
+;
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       |   Drive indicator(byte)   |
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       |    Filename (8 chars)     |
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       |    Extension (3 chars)    |
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       |   Current Extent(word)    |
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       |    Record size (word)     |
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       |    File Size (2 words)    |
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       |       Date of write       |
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       |       Time of write       |
+;       +---------------------------+
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       |   8 bytes reserved        |
+;       +---------------------------+
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;       |    next record number     |
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       |   random record number    |
+;       +---------------------------+
+;
+
+sys_fcb     STRUC
+fcb_drive   DB      ?
+fcb_name    DB      8 DUP (?)
+fcb_ext     DB      3 DUP (?)
+fcb_EXTENT  DW      ?
+fcb_RECSIZ  DW      ?                   ; Size of record (user settable)
+fcb_FILSIZ  DW      ?                   ; Size of file in bytes; used with the
+                                        ; following word
+fcb_DRVBP   DW      ?                   ; BP for SEARCH FIRST and SEARCH NEXT
+fcb_FDATE   DW      ?                   ; Date of last writing
+fcb_FTIME   DW      ?                   ; Time of last writing
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+fcb_reserved DB      8 DUP (?)           ; RESERVED
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+fcb_NR      DB      ?                   ; Next record
+fcb_RR      DB      4 DUP (?)           ; Random record
+sys_fcb     ENDS
+
+FILDIRENT       = fcb_FILSIZ            ; Used only by SEARCH FIRST and SEARCH
+                                        ; NEXT
+
+fcb_sfn         EQU     BYTE PTR fcb_reserved
+
+; Note that fcb_net_handle, fcb_nsl_drive, fcb_nsld_drive and fcb_l_drive
+; all must point to the same byte.  Otherwise, the FCBRegen will fail.
+; NOTE about this byte (fcb_nsl_drive)
+;   The high two bits of this byte are used as follows to indicate the FCB type
+;       00 means a local file or device with sharing loaded
+;       10 means a remote (network) file
+;       01 means a local file with no sharing loaded
+;       11 means a local device with no sharing loaded
+
+;
+; Network FCB
+;
+fcb_net_drive   EQU     BYTE PTR fcb_reserved+1
+fcb_net_handle  EQU     WORD PTR fcb_reserved+2
+fcb_netID       EQU     DWORD PTR fcb_reserved+4
+
+;
+; No sharing local file FCB
+;
+fcb_nsl_drive   EQU     BYTE PTR fcb_reserved+1
+fcb_nsl_bits    EQU     BYTE PTR fcb_reserved+2
+fcb_nsl_firclus EQU     WORD PTR fcb_reserved+3
+fcb_nsl_dirsec  EQU     WORD PTR fcb_reserved+5
+fcb_nsl_dirpos  EQU     BYTE PTR fcb_reserved+7
+
+;
+; No sharing local device FCB
+;
+fcb_nsld_drive  EQU     BYTE PTR fcb_reserved+1
+fcb_nsld_drvptr EQU     DWORD PTR fcb_reserved+2
+
+;
+; Sharing local FCB
+;
+fcb_l_drive     EQU     BYTE PTR fcb_reserved+1
+fcb_l_firclus   EQU     WORD PTR fcb_reserved+2
+fcb_l_mfs       EQU     WORD PTR fcb_reserved+4
+fcb_l_attr      EQU     BYTE PTR fcb_reserved+6
+
+;
+; Bogusness:  the four cases are:
+;
+;   local file      00
+;   local device    40
+;   local sharing   C0
+;   network         80
+;
+; Since sharing and network collide, we cannot use a test instruction for
+; deciding whether a network or a share check in involved
+;
+FCBDEVICE   EQU 040h
+FCBNETWORK  EQU 080h
+FCBSHARE    EQU 0C0h
+
+; FCBSPECIAL must be able to mask off both net and share
+FCBSPECIAL  EQU 080h
+FCBMASK     EQU 0C0h
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/CPUTYPE.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/CPUTYPE.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da6f102
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/CPUTYPE.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+; Note: this must be a macro, and not a subroutine in the BIOS since
+;       it is called from both CODE and SYSINITSEG.
+;
+;------GET_CPU_TYPE------------------------------------------------------------May, 88 by MW
+;  Returns: AX = 0 if 8086 or 8088
+;              = 1 if 80286
+;              = 2 if 80386
+;
+Get_CPU_Type    macro
+        pushf
+        push    bx                      ; preserve bx
+        xor     bx, bx                  ; init bx to zero
+
+        xor     ax,ax                   ; 0000 into AX
+        push    ax                      ; put it on the stack...
+        popf                            ; ...then shove it into the flags
+        pushf                           ; get it back out of the flags...
+        pop     ax                      ; ...and into ax
+        and     ax,0F000h               ; mask off high four bits
+        cmp     ax,0F000h               ; was it all 1's?
+        je      cpu_8086                ; aye; it's an 8086 or 8088
+
+        mov     ax,0F000h               ; now try to set the high four bits..
+        push    ax
+        popf
+        pushf
+        pop     ax                      ; ...and see what happens
+        and     ax,0F000h               ; any high bits set ?
+        jz      cpu_286                 ; nay; it's an 80286
+
+cpu_386:                                ; bx starts as zero
+        inc     bx                      ; inc twice if 386
+cpu_286:                                ; just inc once if 286
+        inc     bx
+cpu_8086:                               ; don't inc at all if 086
+        mov     ax, bx                  ; put CPU type value in ax
+        pop     bx                      ; restore original bx
+        popf
+        endm
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/CURDIR.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/CURDIR.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a91bff7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/CURDIR.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)curdir.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+;       SCCSID = @(#)curdir.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+BREAK <Current directory list structure>
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+; CDS items are used bu the internal routines to store cluster numbers and ;
+; network identifiers for each logical name.  The ID field is used dually, ;
+; both as net ID and for a cluster number for local devices.  In the case  ;
+; of local devices, the cluster number will be -1 if there is a potential  ;
+; of the disk being changed or if the path must be recracked.  The END     ;
+; field is the location of the end of the definition.  No .. is allowed    ;
+; past this point                                                          ;
+
+DIRSTRLEN       EQU     64+3            ; Max length in bytes of directory strings
+TEMPLEN         EQU     DIRSTRLEN*2
+
+curdir_list     STRUC
+curdir_text     DB      DIRSTRLEN DUP (?)   ; text of assignment and curdir
+curdir_flags    DW      ?               ; various flags
+curdir_devptr   DD      ?               ; local pointer to DPB or net device
+curdir_ID       DW      ?               ; cluster of current dir (net ID)
+                DW      ?
+curdir_user_word DW     ?
+curdir_end      DW      ?               ; end of assignment
+curdir_type     DB      ?               ; IFS drive (2=ifs, 4=netuse)
+curdir_ifs_hdr  DD      ?               ; Ptr to File System Header
+curdir_fsda     DB      2 DUP (?)       ; File System Dependent Data Area
+curdir_list     ENDS
+
+curdirLen       EQU     Size curdir_list        ; Needed for screwed up
+                                                ; ASM87 which doesn't allow
+                                                ; Size directive as a macro
+                                                ; argument
+curdir_netID    EQU     DWORD PTR curdir_ID
+
+;Flag word masks
+curdir_isnet    EQU     1000000000000000B
+curdir_isifs    EQU     1000000000000000B       ; DOS 4.00
+curdir_inuse    EQU     0100000000000000B
+curdir_splice   EQU     0010000000000000B
+curdir_local    EQU     0001000000000000B
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/DBCS.OFF b/v4.0/src/INC/DBCS.OFF
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28db94d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/DBCS.OFF
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+DBCS = FALSE
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/DBCS.ON b/v4.0/src/INC/DBCS.ON
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2b340a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/DBCS.ON
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+DBCS = TRUE
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/DBCS.SW b/v4.0/src/INC/DBCS.SW
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28db94d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/DBCS.SW
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+DBCS = FALSE
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/DEVSYM.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/DEVSYM.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..951a894
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/DEVSYM.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+        %OUT DEVSYM.INC...
+;       SCCSID = @(#)DEVSYM.ASM 1.10 85/09/04
+;       SCCSID = @(#)DEVSYM.ASM 1.10 85/09/04
+
+; THE DEVICE TABLE LIST HAS THE FORM:
+SYSDEV         STRUC
+SDEVNEXT       DD    ?              ;POINTER TO NEXT DEVICE HEADER
+SDEVATT        DW    ?              ;ATTRIBUTES OF THE DEVICE
+SDEVSTRAT      DW    ?              ;STRATEGY ENTRY POINT
+SDEVINT        DW    ?              ;INTERRUPT ENTRY POINT
+SDEVNAME       DB    8 DUP (?)      ;NAME OF DEVICE (ONLY FIRST BYTE USED FOR BLOCK)
+SYSDEV         ENDS
+
+;
+; ATTRIBUTE BIT MASKS
+;
+; CHARACTER DEVICES:
+;
+; BIT 15 -> MUST BE 1
+;     14 -> 1 IF THE DEVICE UNDERSTANDS IOCTL CONTROL STRINGS
+;     13 -> 1 IF THE DEVICE SUPPORTS OUTPUT-UNTIL-BUSY
+;     12 -> UNUSED
+;     11 -> 1 IF THE DEVICE UNDERSTANDS OPEN/CLOSE
+;     10 -> MUST BE 0
+;      9 -> MUST BE 0
+;      8 -> UNUSED
+;      7 -> UNUSED
+;      6 -> UNUSED
+;      5 -> UNUSED
+;      4 -> 1 IF DEVICE IS RECIPIENT OF INT 29H
+;      3 -> 1 IF DEVICE IS CLOCK DEVICE
+;      2 -> 1 IF DEVICE IS NULL DEVICE
+;      1 -> 1 IF DEVICE IS CONSOLE OUTPUT
+;      0 -> 1 IF DEVICE IS CONSOLE INPUT
+;
+; BLOCK DEVICES:
+;
+; BIT 15 -> MUST BE 0
+;     14 -> 1 IF THE DEVICE UNDERSTANDS IOCTL CONTROL STRINGS
+;     13 -> 1 IF THE DEVICE DETERMINES MEDIA BY EXAMINING THE FAT ID BYTE.
+;           THIS REQUIRES THE FIRST SECTOR OF THE FAT TO *ALWAYS* RESIDE IN
+;           THE SAME PLACE.
+;     12 -> UNUSED
+;     11 -> 1 IF THE DEVICE UNDERSTANDS OPEN/CLOSE/REMOVABLE MEDIA
+;     10 -> MUST BE 0
+;      9 -> MUST BE 0
+;      8 -> UNUSED
+;      7 -> UNUSED
+;      6 -> IF DEVICE HAS SUPPORT FOR GETMAP/SETMAP OF LOGICAL DRIVES.
+;           IF THE DEVICE UNDERSTANDS GENERIC IOCTL FUNCTION CALLS.
+;      5 -> UNUSED
+;      4 -> UNUSED
+;      3 -> UNUSED
+;      2 -> UNUSED
+;      1 -> UNUSED
+;      0 -> UNUSED
+;
+
+DEVTYP         EQU   8000H          ; BIT 15 - 1  IF CHAR, 0 IF BLOCK
+CHARDEV        EQU   8000H
+DEVIOCTL       EQU   4000H          ; BIT 14 - CONTROL MODE BIT
+ISFATBYDEV     EQU   2000H          ; BIT 13 - DEVICE USES FAT ID BYTES,
+                                    ;  COMP MEDIA.
+OUTTILBUSY     EQU   2000H          ; OUTPUT UNTIL BUSY IS ENABLED
+ISNET          EQU   1000H          ; BIT 12 - 1 IF A NET DEVICE, 0 IF
+                                    ;  NOT.  CURRENTLY BLOCK ONLY.
+DEVOPCL        EQU   0800H          ; BIT 11 - 1 IF THIS DEVICE HAS
+                                    ;  OPEN,CLOSE AND REMOVABLE MEDIA
+                                    ;  ENTRY POINTS, 0 IF NOT
+
+EXTENTBIT      EQU   0400H          ; BIT 10 - CURRENTLY 0 ON ALL DEVS
+                                    ;  THIS BIT IS RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE
+                                    ;  TO EXTEND THE DEVICE HEADER BEYOND
+                                    ;  ITS CURRENT FORM.
+
+; NOTE BIT 9 IS CURRENTLY USED ON IBM SYSTEMS TO INDICATE "DRIVE IS SHARED".
+;    SEE IOCTL FUNCTION 9. THIS USE IS NOT DOCUMENTED, IT IS USED BY SOME
+;    OF THE UTILITIES WHICH ARE SUPPOSED TO FAIL ON SHARED DRIVES ON SERVER
+;    MACHINES (FORMAT,CHKDSK,RECOVER,..).
+
+DEV320         EQU   0040H          ;BIT 6 - FOR BLOCK DEVICES, THIS
+                                    ;DEVICE SUPPORTS SET/GET MAP OF
+                                    ;LOGICAL DRIVES, AND SUPPORTS
+                                    ;GENERIC IOCTL CALLS.
+                                    ;FOR CHARACTER DEVICES, THIS
+                                    ;DEVICE SUPPORTS GENERIC IOCTL.
+                                    ;THIS IS A DOS 3.2 DEVICE DRIVER.
+ISSPEC         EQU   0010H          ;BIT 4 - THIS DEVICE IS SPECIAL
+ISCLOCK        EQU   0008H          ;BIT 3 - THIS DEVICE IS THE CLOCK DEVICE.
+ISNULL         EQU   0004H          ;BIT 2 - THIS DEVICE IS THE NULL DEVICE.
+ISCOUT         EQU   0002H          ;BIT 1 - THIS DEVICE IS THE CONSOLE OUTPUT.
+ISCIN          EQU   0001H          ;BIT 0 - THIS DEVICE IS THE CONSOLE INPUT.
+EXTDRVR        EQU   0002H          ;BIT 1 - BLOCK DEVICE EXTNDED DRIVER
+
+;STATIC REQUEST HEADER
+SRHEAD         STRUC
+REQLEN         DB    ?              ;LENGTH IN BYTES OF REQUEST BLOCK
+REQUNIT        DB    ?              ;DEVICE UNIT NUMBER
+REQFUNC        DB    ?              ;TYPE OF REQUEST
+REQSTAT        DW    ?              ;STATUS WORD
+               DB    8 DUP(?)       ;RESERVED FOR QUEUE LINKS
+SRHEAD         ENDS
+
+;STATUS WORD MASKS
+STERR          EQU   8000H          ;BIT 15 - ERROR
+STBUI          EQU   0200H          ;BIT 9 - BUISY
+STDON          EQU   0100H          ;BIT 8 - DONE
+STECODE        EQU   00FFH          ;ERROR CODE
+;                                                 2/12/KK
+; Interim  character identifier                   2/12/KK
+Ddkey           EQU     0000010000000000B       ; 2/12/KK
+
+;FUNCTION CODES
+DEVINIT        EQU   0              ;INITIALIZATION
+DINITHL        EQU   26             ;SIZE OF INIT HEADER
+DEVMDCH        EQU   1              ;MEDIA CHECK
+DMEDHL         EQU   15             ;SIZE OF MEDIA CHECK HEADER
+DEVBPB         EQU   2              ;GET BPB
+DEVRDIOCTL     EQU   3              ;IOCTL READ
+DBPBHL         EQU   22             ;SIZE OF GET BPB HEADER
+DEVRD          EQU   4              ;READ
+DRDWRHL        EQU   22             ;SIZE OF RD/WR HEADER
+DEVRDND        EQU   5              ;NON DESTRUCTIVE READ NO WAIT (CHARACTER DEVS)
+DRDNDHL        EQU   14             ;SIZE OF NON DESTRUCTIVE READ HEADER
+DEVIST         EQU   6              ;INPUT STATUS
+DSTATHL        EQU   13             ;SIZE OF STATUS HEADER
+DEVIFL         EQU   7              ;INPUT FLUSH
+DFLSHL         EQU   15             ;SIZE OF FLUSH HEADER
+DEVWRT         EQU   8              ;WRITE
+DEVWRTV        EQU   9              ;WRITE WITH VERIFY
+DEVOST         EQU   10             ;OUTPUT STATUS
+DEVOFL         EQU   11             ;OUTPUT FLUSH
+DEVWRIOCTL     EQU   12             ;IOCTL WRITE
+DEVOPN         EQU   13             ;DEVICE OPEN
+DEVCLS         EQU   14             ;DEVICE CLOSE
+DOPCLHL        EQU   13             ;SIZE OF OPEN/CLOSE HEADER
+DEVRMD         EQU   15             ;REMOVABLE MEDIA
+REMHL          EQU   13             ;SIZE OF REMOVABLE MEDIA HEADER
+GENIOCTL       EQU   19
+; THE NEXT THREE ARE USED IN DOS 4.0
+;                    20
+;                    21
+;                    22
+DEVGETOWN      EQU   23             ;GET DEVICE OWNER
+DEVSETOWN      EQU   24             ;SET DEVICE OWNER
+OWNHL          EQU   13             ;SIZE OF DEVICE OWNER HEADER
+
+DEVOUT         EQU   16             ; OUTPUT UNTIL BUSY.
+DEVOUTL        EQU   DEVWRT         ; LENGTH OF OUTPUT UNTIL BUSY
+
+; GENERIC IOCTL REQUEST STRUCTURE
+;       SEE THE DOS 4.0 DEVICE DRIVER SPEC FOR FURTHER ELABORATION.
+;
+IOCTL_REQ      STRUC
+               DB    (SIZE SRHEAD) DUP(?)
+                                    ; GENERIC IOCTL ADDITION.
+MAJORFUNCTION  DB    ?              ;FUNCTION CODE
+MINORFUNCTION  DB    ?              ;FUNCTION CATEGORY
+REG_SI         DW    ?
+REG_DI         DW    ?
+GENERICIOCTL_PACKET DD ?            ; POINTER TO DATA BUFFER
+IOCTL_REQ      ENDS
+
+;       DEFINITIONS FOR IOCTL_REQ.MINORFUNCTION
+GEN_IOCTL_WRT_TRK   EQU   40H
+GEN_IOCTL_RD_TRK    EQU   60H
+GEN_IOCTL_FN_TST    EQU   20H       ; USED TO DIFF. BET READS AND WRTS
+
+;; 32-bit absolute read/write input list structure
+
+ABS_32RW         STRUC
+SECTOR_RBA       DD      ?          ; relative block address
+ABS_RW_COUNT     DW      ?          ; number of sectors to be transferred
+BUFFER_ADDR      DD      ?          ; data addrress
+ABS_32RW         ENDS
+
+;; media ID info
+
+MEDIA_ID_INFO    STRUC
+MEDIA_level      DW      0          ; info level
+MEDIA_Serial     DD      0          ; serial #
+MEDIA_Label      DB      11 dup (' ') ;volume label
+MEDIA_System     DB      8  dup (' ') ;system type
+MEDIA_ID_INFO    ENDS
+
+;; equates for DOS34_FLAG
+
+IFS_ABSRW             EQU   00001H         ;IFS absolute read/write
+NO_IFS_ABSRW          EQU   0FFFEH         ;no IFS absolute read/write
+IFS_DRIVE_RESET       EQU   00002H         ;IFS drvive reset
+NO_IFS_DRIVE_RESET    EQU   0FFFDH         ;no IFS drive reset
+FROM_DISK_RESET       EQU   00004H         ;from disk reset
+NO_FROM_DISK_RESET    EQU   0FFFBH         ;not from disk reset
+From_String_Output    EQU   00008H         ;from con string output
+NO_From_String_Output EQU   0FFF7H         ;not from con string output
+From_DOS_WRITE        EQU   00010H         ;from dos_write
+NO_From_DOS_WRITE     EQU   0FFEFH         ;not from dos_write
+Force_I24_Fail        EQU   00020H         ;form IFS CALL BACK
+NO_Force_I24_Fail     EQU   0FFDFH         ;not form IFS CALL BACK
+Disable_EOF_I24       EQU   00040H         ;disable EOF int24 for input status
+NO_Disable_EOF_I24    EQU   0FFBFH         ;disable EOF int24 for input status
+DBCS_VOLID            EQU   00080H         ;indicate from volume id
+DBCS_VOLID2           EQU   00100H         ;indicate 8th char is DBCS
+CTRL_BREAK_FLAG       EQU   00200H         ;indicate control break is input
+NO_CTRL_BREAK_FLAG    EQU   0FDFFH         ;reset control break
+SEARCH_FASTOPEN       EQU   00400H         ;set fastopen flag for search
+X25_special           EQU   00800H         ;flag for X25 driver
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/DIRENT.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/DIRENT.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1961721
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/DIRENT.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)dirent.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+;       SCCSID = @(#)dirent.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+Break <Directory entry>
+
+;
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       |  (12 BYTE) filename/ext   |       0       0
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       |     (BYTE) attributes     |       11      B
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       |    (10 BYTE) reserved     |       12      C
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       | (WORD) time of last write |       22      16
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       | (WORD) date of last write |       24      18
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       |   (WORD) First cluster    |       26      1A
+;       +---------------------------+
+;       |     (DWORD) file size     |       28      1C
+;       +---------------------------+
+;
+;   First byte of filename  = E5 -> free directory entry
+;                           = 00 -> end of allocated directory
+;   Time:   Bits 0-4=seconds/2, bits 5-10=minute, 11-15=hour
+;   Date:   Bits 0-4=day, bits 5-8=month, bits 9-15=year-1980
+;
+
+dir_entry   STRUC
+dir_name    DB      11 DUP (?)          ; file name
+dir_attr    DB      ?                   ; attribute bits
+dir_codepg  dw      ?                   ; code page DOS 4.00
+dir_extcluster dw   ?                   ; extended attribute starting cluster
+dir_attr2   db      ?                   ; reserved
+dir_pad     DB      5  DUP (?)          ; reserved for expansion
+dir_time    DW      ?                   ; time of last write
+dir_date    DW      ?                   ; date of last write
+dir_first   DW      ?                   ; first allocation unit of file
+dir_size_l  DW      ?                   ; low 16 bits of file size
+dir_size_h  DW      ?                   ; high 16 bits of file size
+dir_entry   ENDS
+
+attr_read_only      EQU      1h
+attr_hidden         EQU      2h
+attr_system         EQU      4h
+attr_volume_id      EQU      8h
+attr_directory      EQU     10h
+attr_archive        EQU     20h
+attr_device         EQU     40h         ; This is a VERY special bit.
+                                        ;   NO directory entry on a disk EVER
+                                        ;   has this bit set. It is set non-zero
+                                        ;   when a device is found by GETPATH
+
+attr_all            EQU     attr_hidden+attr_system+attr_directory
+                                        ; OR of hard attributes for FINDENTRY
+
+attr_ignore         EQU     attr_read_only+attr_archive+attr_device
+                                        ; ignore this(ese) attribute(s) during
+                                        ; search first/next
+
+attr_changeable     EQU     attr_read_only+attr_hidden+attr_system+attr_archive
+                                        ; changeable via CHMOD
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/DIVMES.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/DIVMES.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4de491f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/DIVMES.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+; THIS IS THE ONLY DOS "MESSAGE". IT DOES NOT NEED A TERMINATOR.
+        PUBLIC  DIVMES
+Public DIVM001S,DIVM001E
+DIVM001S        label byte
+
+include msdos.cl1
+
+        PUBLIC  DivMesLen
+DivMesLen   DW  $-DivMes        ; Length of the above message in bytes
+DIVM001E        label byte
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/DOSCNTRY.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/DOSCNTRY.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6594e96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/DOSCNTRY.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+;
+;Equates for COUNTRY INFORMATION.
+SetCountryInfo          EQU     1       ;country info
+SetUcase                EQU     2       ;uppercase table
+SetLcase                EQU     3       ;lowercase table (Reserved)
+SetUcaseFile            EQU     4       ;uppercase file spec table
+SetFileList             EQU     5       ;valid file character list
+SetCollate              EQU     6       ;collating sequence
+SetDBCS                 EQU     7       ;double byte character set
+SetALL                  EQU     -1      ;all the entries
+
+
+;DOS country and code page information table structure.
+;Internally, DOS gives a pointer to this table.
+;IBMBIO, MODE and NLSFUNC modules communicate with DOS through
+;this structure.
+DOS_country_cdpg_info struc
+ccInfo_reserved         db      8 dup (?) ;reserved for internal use
+ccPath_CountrySys       db      64 dup (0);path and filename for country info
+ccSysCodePage           dw      0       ;system code page id
+ccNumber_of_entries     dw      6       ; 6 entries
+ccSetUcase              db      SetUcase
+ccUcase_ptr             dd      ?       ;pointer to Ucase table
+
+ccSetUcaseFile          db      SetUcaseFile
+ccFileUcase_ptr         dd      ?       ;pointer to File Ucase table
+
+ccSetFileList           db      SetFileList
+ccFileChar_ptr          dd      ?       ;pointer to File char list table
+
+ccSetCollate            db      SetCollate
+ccCollate_ptr           dd      ?       ;pointer to collate table
+
+ccSetDBCS               db      SetDBCS
+ccDBCS_ptr              dd      ?       ;pointer to DBCS  table
+
+ccSetCountryInfo        db      SetCountryInfo
+ccCountryInfoLen        dw      ?       ;length of country info
+ccDosCountry            dw      ?       ;active country code id
+ccDosCodePage           dw      ?       ;active code page id
+ccDFormat               dw      ?       ;date format
+ccCurSymbol             db      "    ",0;5 byte of (currency symbol+0)
+cc1000Sep               db      " ",0   ;2 byte of (1000 sep. + 0)
+ccDecSep                db      " ",0   ;2 byte of (Decimal sep. + 0)
+ccDateSep               db      " ",0   ;2 byte of (date sep. + 0)
+ccTimeSep               db      " ",0   ;2 byte of (time sep. + 0)
+ccCFormat               db      ?       ;currency format flags
+ccCSigDigits            db      ?       ;# of digits in currency
+ccTFormat               db      ?       ;time format
+ccMono_Ptr              dd      ?       ;monocase routine entry point
+ccListSep               db      " ",0   ;data list separator
+ccReserved_area         dw      5 dup(?);reserved
+
+DOS_country_cdpg_info ends
+
+;Ucase table
+CC_UCASE_TAB    struc
+ccUcase_leng           dw       128
+ccUcase_data           db       128 dup (?)
+CC_UCASE_TAB    ends
+
+;File Ucase table
+CC_FILE_UCASE_TAB       struc
+ccFileucase_leng        dw      128
+ccFileucase_data        db      128 dup (?)
+CC_FILE_UCASE_TAB       ends
+
+;File char list
+CC_FILE_CHAR_TAB        struc
+ccFilechar_leng         dw      ?
+ccFilechar_data         db      46 dup (?)
+CC_FILE_CHAR_TAB        ends
+
+;collate table
+CC_COLLATE_TAB  struc
+ccCollate_leng          dw      256
+ccCollate_data          db      256 dup (?)
+CC_COLLATE_TAB  ends
+
+;DBCS table -  for DOS 4.00
+CC_DBCS_TAB     struc
+ccDBCS_leng            dw      6
+ccDBCS_data            db      6 dup (?)
+CC_DBCS_TAB     ends
+
+;                                               2/12/KK
+; Define subfunctions of ECS_call ( 63H )       2/12/KK
+;                                               2/12/KK
+GetLeadBTBL     EQU     0       ;               2/12/KK
+SetInterimMode  EQU     1       ;               2/12/KK
+GetInterimMode  EQU     2       ;               2/12/KK
+                                ;               2/12/KK
+NonInterimMode  EQU     0       ;               2/12/KK
+InterimMode     EQU     1       ;               2/12/KK
+
+OLD_COUNTRY_SIZE    equ     (type DOS_country_cdpg_info - ccDFormat - 10)
+NEW_COUNTRY_SIZE    equ     (type DOS_country_cdpg_info - ccDosCountry)
+
+;CAPITALIZATION equates
+CAP_ONE_CHAR        equ      20H
+CAP_STRING          equ      21H
+CAP_ASCIIZ          equ      22H
+CHECK_YES_NO        equ      23H
+UPPER_TABLE         equ      80H
+
+;NLS_YES             equ      59H
+;NLS_yes2            equ      79H
+;NLS_NO              equ      4EH
+;NLS_no2             equ      6EH
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/DOSMAC.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/DOSMAC.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca21f8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/DOSMAC.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,630 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)dosmac.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+;       SCCSID = @(#)dosmac.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+;
+; Macro file for MSDOS.
+;
+
+TRUE    EQU 0FFFFh
+FALSE   EQU 0
+
+SUBTTL BREAK a listing into pages and give new subtitles
+PAGE
+BREAK   MACRO   subtitle
+        SUBTTL  subtitle
+        PAGE
+ENDM
+.xcref  break
+
+BREAK   <ASMVAR - handle assembly variables once and for all>
+
+AsmVars Macro   varlist
+IRP     var,<varlist>
+AsmVar  var
+ENDM
+ENDM
+
+AsmVar  Macro   var
+IFNDEF  var
+var = FALSE
+ENDIF
+ENDM
+
+BREAK <I_NEED: declare a variable external, if necessary, and allocate a size>
+
+;
+; declare a variable external and allocate a size
+;
+AsmVar  InstalledData
+I_NEED  MACRO   sym,len
+IF NOT InstalledData
+        DATA    SEGMENT WORD PUBLIC 'DATA'
+    IFIDN   <len>,<WORD>
+        EXTRN   &sym:WORD
+    ELSE
+        IFIDN   <len>,<DWORD>
+        EXTRN   &sym:DWORD
+        ELSE
+        EXTRN   &sym:BYTE
+        ENDIF
+    ENDIF
+        DATA    ENDS
+ENDIF
+ENDM
+        .xcref I_need
+
+;
+; call a procedure that may be external.  The call will be short.
+;
+invoke  MACRO   name
+.xcref
+        IF2
+            IFNDEF name
+        EXTRN   name:NEAR
+            ENDIF
+        ENDIF
+.cref
+        CALL    name
+ENDM
+.xcref  invoke
+
+PAGE
+;
+; jump to a label that may be external.  The jump will be near.
+;
+transfer    MACRO   name
+.xcref
+        IF2
+            IFNDEF name
+        EXTRN   name:NEAR
+            ENDIF
+        ENDIF
+.cref
+        JUMP    name
+ENDM
+.xcref  transfer
+
+;
+; get a short address in a word
+;
+short_addr  MACRO   name
+    IFDIF   <name>,<?>
+.xcref
+        IF2
+            IFNDEF name
+        EXTRN   name:NEAR
+            ENDIF
+        ENDIF
+.cref
+        DW  OFFSET DOSGROUP:name
+    ELSE
+        DW  ?
+    ENDIF
+ENDM
+.xcref  short_addr
+
+;
+; get a long address in a dword
+;
+long_addr   MACRO   name
+.xcref
+        IF2
+            IFNDEF name
+        EXTRN   name:NEAR
+            ENDIF
+        ENDIF
+.cref
+        DD  name
+ENDM
+.xcref  long_addr
+
+;
+; declare a PROC near or far but PUBLIC nonetheless
+;
+.xcref ?frame
+.xcref ?aframe
+.xcref ?stackdepth
+.xcref ?initstack
+?frame        =   0                     ; initial
+?aframe       =   0                     ; initial
+?stackdepth   =   0                     ; initial stack size
+?initstack    =   0                     ; initial stack size
+
+procedure   MACRO   name,distance
+        ?frame =    0
+        ?aframe =   2                   ;; remember the pushed BP
+        PUBLIC  name
+        IF1
+        %OUT name... pass 1
+        ENDIF
+        IF2
+        %OUT name... pass 2
+        ENDIF
+name    PROC    distance
+        ?initstack    = ?stackdepth     ;; beginning of procedure
+ENDM
+.xcref  procedure
+
+;
+; end a procedure and check that stack depth is preserved
+;
+EndProc MACRO   name, chk
+        IFDIF   <chk>,<NoCheck>       ;; check the stack size
+        IF2
+        IF ?initstack NE ?stackdepth    ;; is it different?
+        %OUT    ***** Possible stack size error in name *****
+        ENDIF
+        ENDIF
+        ENDIF
+name    ENDP
+ENDM
+.xcref  endproc
+PAGE
+;
+; define a data item to be public and of an appropriate size/type
+;
+
+I_AM    MACRO   name,size,init
+;; declare the object public
+        PUBLIC  name
+;; declare the type of the object
+    IFIDN <size>,<WORD>
+name    LABEL WORD
+        I_AM_SIZE   =   1
+        I_AM_LEN    =   2
+    ELSE
+        IFIDN <size>,<DWORD>
+name    LABEL DWORD
+        I_AM_SIZE   =   2
+        I_AM_LEN    =   2
+        ELSE
+            IFIDN <size>,<BYTE>
+name    LABEL BYTE
+        I_AM_SIZE   =   1
+        I_AM_LEN    =   1
+            ELSE
+name    LABEL BYTE
+        I_AM_SIZE   =   size
+        I_AM_LEN    =   1
+            ENDIF
+        ENDIF
+    ENDIF
+;; if no initialize then allocate blank storage
+    IFB <init>
+        DB  I_AM_SIZE*I_AM_LEN DUP (?)
+    ELSE
+IF NOT InstalledData
+        IRP itm,<init>
+            IF I_AM_LEN EQ 1
+                DB  itm
+            ELSE
+                DW  itm
+            ENDIF
+            I_AM_SIZE = I_AM_SIZE - 1
+        ENDM
+        IF I_AM_SIZE NE 0
+            %out    ***** initialization of name not complete *****
+        ENDIF
+ELSE
+        DB  I_AM_SIZE*I_AM_LEN DUP (?)
+ENDIF
+    ENDIF
+ENDM
+.xcref  I_AM
+.xcref  I_AM_SIZE
+.xcref  I_AM_LEN
+I_AM_SIZE   = 0
+I_AM_LEN    = 0
+
+PAGE
+
+;
+; define an entry in a procedure
+;
+entry macro name
+        PUBLIC  name
+name:
+endm
+.xcref  entry
+
+BREAK <ERROR - store an error code then jump to a label>
+
+error macro code
+.xcref
+        MOV AL,code
+        transfer    SYS_RET_ERR
+.cref
+ENDM
+.xcref  error
+
+BREAK <JUMP - real jump that links up shortwise>
+;
+; given a label <lbl> either 2 byte jump to another label <lbl>_J
+; if it is near enough or 3 byte jump to <lbl>
+;
+
+jump    macro lbl
+    local a
+.xcref
+
+    ifndef lbl&_J                       ;; is this the first invocation
+a:      JMP lbl
+    ELSE
+        IF (lbl&_J GE $) OR ($-lbl&_J GT 126)
+a:      JMP lbl                         ;; is the jump too far away?
+        ELSE
+a:      JMP lbl&_J                      ;; do the short one...
+        ENDIF
+    ENDIF
+    lbl&_j = a
+.cref
+endm
+.xcref  jump
+
+BREAK <RETURN - return from a function>
+
+return  macro x
+    local a
+.xcref
+a:
+        RET
+ret_l = a
+.cref
+endm
+.xcref  return
+
+BREAK <CONDRET - conditional return>
+
+condret macro   cc,ncc
+    local   a
+.xcref
+.xcref a
+.cref
+    ifdef   ret_l                       ;; if ret_l is defined
+        if (($ - ret_l) le 126) and ($ gt ret_l)
+                                        ;;     if ret_l is near enough then
+            a:  j&cc    ret_l           ;;         a: j<CC> to ret_l
+            ret_&cc = a                 ;;         define ret_<CC> to be a:
+            exitm
+        endif
+    endif
+    ifdef   ret_&cc                     ;; if ret_<CC> defined
+        if (($ - ret_&cc) le 126) and ($ gt ret_&cc)
+                                        ;;     if ret_<CC> is near enough
+            a:  j&cc    ret_&cc         ;;         a: j<CC> to ret_<CC>
+            ret_&cc = a                 ;;         define ret_<CC> to be a:
+            exitm
+        endif
+    endif
+    j&ncc   a                           ;; j<NCC> a:
+    return                              ;; return
+    a:                                  ;; a:
+    ret_&cc = ret_l                     ;; define ret_<CC> to be ret_l
+endm
+.xcref  condret
+
+BREAK <RETZ - return if zero, links up shortwise if necessary>
+
+retz    macro
+    condret z,nz
+endm
+.xcref  retz
+
+BREAK <RETNZ - return if not zero, links up shortwise if necessary>
+
+retnz   macro
+    condret nz,z
+endm
+.xcref  retnz
+
+BREAK <RETC - return if carry set, links up shortwise if necessary>
+
+retc    macro
+    condret c,nc
+endm
+.xcref  retc
+
+BREAK <RETNC - return if not carry, links up shortwise if necessary>
+
+retnc   macro
+    condret nc,c
+endm
+.xcref  retnc
+
+BREAK <CONTEXT - set the DOS context to a particular register>
+
+context macro   r
+        PUSH    SS
+        POP     r
+        ASSUME  r:DOSGROUP
+endm
+.xcref  context
+
+BREAK <SaveReg - save a set of registers>
+
+SaveReg MACRO   reglist                 ;; push those registers
+IRP reg,<reglist>
+        ?stackdepth = ?stackdepth + 1
+        PUSH    reg
+ENDM
+ENDM
+.xcref  SaveReg
+
+BREAK <RestoreReg - unsave some registers>
+
+RestoreReg  MACRO   reglist             ;; pop those registers
+IRP reg,<reglist>
+        ?stackdepth = ?stackdepth - 1
+        POP     reg
+ENDM
+ENDM
+.xcref  RestoreReg
+
+BREAK <Critical section macros>
+
+EnterCrit MACRO section
+        Invoke  E&section
+ENDM
+
+LeaveCrit MACRO section
+        Invoke  L&section
+ENDM
+
+Break   <message - display a message>
+
+AsmVars <ShareF,Cargs,Redirector>
+
+if debug
+fmt     MACRO   typ,lev,fmts,args
+local   a,b,c
+        PUSHF
+IFNB <typ>
+        TEST    BugTyp,typ
+        JZ      c
+        CMP     BugLev,lev
+        JB      c
+ENDIF
+        PUSH    AX
+        PUSH    BP
+        MOV     BP,SP
+If (not sharef) and (not redirector)
+Table   segment
+a       db      fmts,0
+Table   ends
+        MOV     AX,OFFSET DOSGROUP:a
+else
+        jmp     short b
+a       db      fmts,0
+if sharef
+b:      mov     ax,offset share:a
+else
+b:      mov     ax,offset netwrk:a
+endif
+endif
+        PUSH    AX
+cargs = 2
+IRP item,<args>
+IFIDN   <AX>,<item>
+        MOV     AX,[BP+2]
+ELSE
+        MOV     AX,item
+ENDIF
+        PUSH    AX
+cargs = cargs + 2
+ENDM
+        invoke  PFMT
+        ADD     SP,Cargs
+        POP     BP
+        POP     AX
+c:
+        POPF
+ENDM
+else
+fmt macro
+endm
+endif
+
+Break   <DOSAssume - validate assumes>
+
+AsmVar  Debug,$temp
+
+IF debug
+DOSAssume   Macro   reg,reglist,message
+local a,b
+    IFIDN <reg>,<CS>
+        $temp   =   1
+    ELSE
+        IFIDN <reg>,<SS>
+            $temp   =   0
+        ELSE
+            %out ***** Invalid DOS register reg in DOSAssume *****
+        ENDIF
+    ENDIF
+    IRP r,<reglist>
+        IFIDN <r>,<DS>
+            $temp = $temp OR 2
+        ELSE
+            IFIDN <r>,<ES>
+                $temp = $temp OR 4
+            ELSE
+                %out ***** Invalid register reg in DOSAssume *****
+            ENDIF
+        ENDIF
+    ENDM
+        PUSH    AX
+        MOV     AX,$temp
+        PUSH    AX
+IF SHAREF
+        MOV     AX,OFFSET a
+ELSE
+        MOV     AX,OFFSET DOSGroup:a
+ENDIF
+        PUSH    AX
+        Invoke  SegCheck
+        POP     AX
+IF NOT SHAREF
+Table   SEGMENT
+a       DB      message,0
+Table   ends
+ELSE
+        JMP     SHORT a
+b       DB      message,0
+a:
+ENDIF
+IRP r,<reglist>
+    ASSUME  r:DOSGroup
+ENDM
+ENDM
+ELSE
+DOSAssume   Macro   reg,reglist,message
+IRP r,<reglist>
+    ASSUME  r:DOSGroup
+ENDM
+ENDM
+ENDIF
+
+BREAK   <ASSERT - make assertions about registers>
+
+IF DEBUG
+Assert  MACRO   kind, objs, message
+        LOCAL   a,b
+    IFIDN   <kind>,<Z>
+        CMP     objs,0
+        JZ      a
+        fmt <>,<>,<message>
+a:
+    ELSE
+        IFIDN   <kind>,<NZ>
+        CMP     objs,0
+        JNZ     a
+        fmt <>,<>,<message>
+a:
+        ELSE
+    PUSH    AX
+            IRP obj,<objs>
+        PUSH    obj
+            ENDM
+            IF SHAREF
+    MOV     AX,OFFSET b
+            ELSE
+    MOV     AX,OFFSET DOSGroup:b
+            ENDIF
+    PUSH    AX
+            IFIDN   <kind>,<ISBUF>
+        Invoke  BUFCheck
+            ENDIF
+            IFIDN   <kind>,<ISSFT>
+        Invoke  SFTCheck
+            ENDIF
+            IFIDN   <kind>,<ISDPB>
+        Invoke  DPBCheck
+            ENDIF
+    POP     AX
+            IF SHAREF
+    JMP SHORT a
+b   DB  Message,0
+a:
+            ELSE
+Table   segment
+b   db  Message,0
+Table   ends
+            ENDIF
+        ENDIF
+    ENDIF
+ENDM
+ELSE
+Assert  Macro
+ENDM
+ENDIF
+
+Break   <CallInstall - hook to installable pieces>
+
+CallInstall MACRO   name,mpx,fn,save,restore
+IF Installed
+    IFNB    <save>
+        SaveReg <save>
+    ENDIF
+        MOV     AX,(mpx SHL 8) + fn
+        INT     2Fh
+    IFNB    <restore>
+        RestoreReg  <restore>
+    ENDIF
+ELSE
+        Invoke  name
+ENDIF
+ENDM
+
+Break   <Stack frame manipulators>
+
+localvar    macro   name,length
+local   a
+        ifidn   <length>,<BYTE>
+            ?frame =  ?frame + 1
+            a = ?frame
+            name EQU  BYTE PTR [BP-a]
+        else
+            ifidn   <length>,<WORD>
+                ?frame =  ?frame + 2
+                a = ?frame
+                name EQU  WORD PTR [BP-a]
+            else
+                ifidn   <length>,<DWORD>
+                    ?frame =  ?frame + 4
+                    a = ?frame
+                    name EQU  DWORD PTR [BP-a]
+                    name&l EQU  WORD PTR [BP-a]
+                    name&h EQU  WORD PTR [BP-a+2]
+                else
+                    ?frame =  ?frame + length
+                    a = ?frame
+                    name EQU  BYTE PTR [BP-a]
+                endif
+            endif
+        endif
+endm
+
+enter   macro
+        push    bp
+        mov     bp,sp
+        sub     sp,?frame
+endm
+
+leave   macro
+        mov     sp,bp
+        pop     bp
+endm
+
+Argvar  macro   name,length
+local   a
+        ifidn   <length>,<BYTE>
+            a = ?aframe
+            ?aframe =  ?aframe + 1
+            name EQU  BYTE PTR [BP+a]
+        else
+            ifidn   <length>,<WORD>
+                a = ?aframe
+                ?aframe =  ?aframe + 2
+                name EQU  WORD PTR [BP+a]
+            else
+                ifidn   <length>,<DWORD>
+                    a = ?aframe
+                    ?aframe =  ?aframe + 4
+                    name EQU  DWORD PTR [BP+a]
+                    name&l EQU  WORD PTR [BP+a]
+                    name&h EQU  WORD PTR [BP+a+2]
+                else
+                    a = ?aframe
+                    ?aframe =  ?aframe + length
+                    name EQU  BYTE PTR [BP+a]
+                endif
+            endif
+        endif
+endm
+
+BREAK   <errnz - generate compilation errors>
+
+errnz   macro   x
+if x NE 0
+    %out ***** FATAL error: x <> 0
+foobar
+endif
+endm
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/DOSSEG.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/DOSSEG.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a84d79b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/DOSSEG.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)dosseg.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+;       SCCSID = @(#)dosseg.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+;
+; segment ordering for MSDOS
+;
+
+START           SEGMENT BYTE PUBLIC 'START'
+START           ENDS
+
+CONSTANTS       SEGMENT WORD PUBLIC 'CONST'
+CONSTANTS       ENDS
+
+DATA            SEGMENT WORD PUBLIC 'DATA'
+DATA            ENDS
+
+TABLE           SEGMENT BYTE PUBLIC 'TABLE'
+TABLE           ENDS
+
+CODE            SEGMENT BYTE PUBLIC 'CODE'
+CODE            ENDS
+
+LAST            SEGMENT PARA PUBLIC 'LAST'
+LAST            ENDS
+
+DOSGROUP    GROUP   START,CONSTANTS,DATA,TABLE,CODE,LAST
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/DOSSYM.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/DOSSYM.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02f881e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/DOSSYM.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)dossym.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+;       SCCSID = @(#)dossym.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+        PAGE 80,132
+TRUE        EQU 0FFFFh
+FALSE       EQU 0
+
+Installed   = TRUE
+IFNDEF  DEBUG
+    DEBUG       = FALSE
+ENDIF
+
+include dbcs.sw
+include dosmac.INC
+
+include VERSIONA.INC
+
+IF2
+    %OUT    DOSSYM in Pass 2
+ENDIF
+
+BREAK <Control character definitions>
+
+c_DEL       EQU     7Fh                 ;    ASCII rubout or delete previous char
+c_BS        EQU     08h                 ; ^H ASCII backspace
+c_CR        EQU     0Dh                 ; ^M ASCII carriage return
+c_LF        EQU     0Ah                 ; ^J ASCII linefeed
+c_ETB       EQU     17h                 ; ^W ASCII end of transmission
+c_NAK       EQU     15h                 ; ^U ASCII negative acknowledge
+c_ETX       EQU     03h                 ; ^C ASCII end of text
+c_HT        EQU     09h                 ; ^I ASCII tab
+
+BREAK <Read This and Weep>
+
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+; Certain structures, constants and system  calls  below  are  private  to ;
+; the DOS  and  are  extremely  version-dependent.  They may change at any ;
+; time at  the  implementors'  whim.   As  a  result,  they  must  not  be ;
+; documented to  the  general  public.   If  an  extreme case arises, they ;
+; must be documented with this warning.                                    ;
+;                                                                          ;
+; Those structures and constants that are subject to  the  above  will  be ;
+; marked and bracketed with the flag:                                      ;
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+
+include bpb.INC
+
+include buffer.INC
+
+BREAK <User stack inside of system call and SysVars>
+; Location of user registers relative user stack pointer
+
+user_environ    STRUC
+user_AX     DW      ?
+user_BX     DW      ?
+user_CX     DW      ?
+user_DX     DW      ?
+user_SI     DW      ?
+user_DI     DW      ?
+user_BP     DW      ?
+user_DS     DW      ?
+user_ES     DW      ?
+user_IP     DW      ?
+user_CS     DW      ?
+user_F      DW      ?
+user_environ    ENDS
+
+include sysvar.INC
+
+include vector.INC
+
+include mult.INC
+
+BREAK <Disk map>
+;  MSDOS partitions the disk into 4 sections:
+;
+;  phys sector 0:   +-------------------+
+;       |           | boot/reserved     |
+;       |           +-------------------+
+;       |           |  File allocation  |
+;       v           |      table(s)     |
+;                   |  (multiple copies |
+;                   |     are kept)     |
+;                   +-------------------+
+;                   |     Directory     |
+;                   +-------------------+
+;                   |     File space    |
+;                   +-------------------+
+;                   |   Unaddressable   |
+;                   |  (to end of disk) |
+;                   +-------------------+
+;
+; All partition boundaries are sector boundaries.  The size of the FAT is
+; adjusted to maximize the file space addressable.
+
+include dirent.INC
+
+BREAK <File allocation Table information>
+;
+; The File Allocation Table uses a 12-bit entry for each allocation unit on
+; the disk.  These entries are packed, two for every three bytes.  The contents
+; of entry number N is found by 1) multiplying N by 1.5; 2) adding the result
+; to the base address of the Allocation Table; 3) fetching the 16-bit word
+; at this address; 4) If N was odd (so that N*1.5 was not an integer), shift
+; the word right four bits; 5) mask to 12 bits (AND with 0FFF hex).  Entry
+; number zero is used as an end-of-file trap in the OS and is passed to the
+; BIOS to help determine disk format.  Entry 1 is reserved for future use.
+; The first available allocation unit is assigned entry number two, and even
+; though it is the first, is called cluster 2.  Entries greater than 0FF8H
+; (12-bit fats) or 0FFF8H (16-bit fats) are end of file marks; entries of zero
+; are unallocated.  Otherwise, the contents of a FAT entry is the number of
+; the next cluster in the file.
+;
+; Clusters with bad sectors are tagged with FF7H.  Any non-zero number would
+; do because these clusters show as allocated, but are not part of any
+; allocation chain and thus will never be allocated to a file.  A particular
+; number is selected so that disk checking programs know what to do (ie.  a
+; cluster with entry FF7H which is not in a chain is not an error).
+
+include dpb.INC
+
+include curdir.INC
+
+include cpmfcb.INC
+
+include find.INC
+
+include pdb.INC
+
+include exe.INC
+
+include sf.INC
+
+include arena.INC
+
+include intnat.INC
+
+include mi.INC
+
+fChk    equ 1
+fDelim  equ 2
+fSpChk  equ 4
+fFCB    equ 8
+
+include filemode.INC
+
+include error.INC
+
+include syscall.INC
+
+SUBTTL
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/DPB.C b/v4.0/src/INC/DPB.C
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6ce8b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/DPB.C
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* dpb.c - retrieve DPB for physical drive */
+
+#include "types.h"
+#include "sysvar.h"
+#include "dpb.h"
+#include "cds.h"
+
+extern char NoMem[], ParmNum[], BadParm[] ;
+extern struct sysVarsType SysVars ;
+
+
+/* Walk the DPB list trying to find the appropriate DPB */
+
+long GetDPB(i)
+int i ;
+{
+        struct DPBType DPB ;
+        struct DPBType *pd = &DPB ;
+        struct DPBType far *dptr ;
+        int j ;
+
+        *(long *)(&dptr) = DPB.nextDPB = SysVars.pDPB ;
+        DPB.drive = -1 ;
+
+        while (DPB.drive != i) {
+                if ((int)DPB.nextDPB == -1)
+                        return -1L ;
+
+                *(long *)(&dptr) = DPB.nextDPB ;
+
+                for (j=0 ; j < sizeof(DPB) ; j++)
+                         *((char *)pd+j) = *((char far *)dptr+j) ;
+
+        } ;
+        return (long)dptr ;
+}
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/DPB.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/DPB.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..651f5d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/DPB.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)dpb.asm    1.1 85/04/10
+;       SCCSID = @(#)dpb.asm    1.1 85/04/10
+BREAK <DPB structure>
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+dpb     STRUC
+dpb_drive           DB      ?           ; Logical drive # assoc with DPB (A=0,B=1,...)
+dpb_UNIT            DB      ?           ; Driver unit number of DPB
+dpb_sector_size     DW      ?           ; Size of physical sector in bytes
+dpb_cluster_mask    DB      ?           ; Sectors/cluster - 1
+dpb_cluster_shift   DB      ?           ; Log2 of sectors/cluster
+dpb_first_FAT       DW      ?           ; Starting record of FATs
+dpb_FAT_count       DB      ?           ; Number of FATs for this drive
+dpb_root_entries    DW      ?           ; Number of directory entries
+dpb_first_sector    DW      ?           ; First sector of first cluster
+dpb_max_cluster     DW      ?           ; Number of clusters on drive + 1
+dpb_FAT_size        DW      ?           ;;Number of records occupied by FAT
+dpb_dir_sector      DW      ?           ; Starting record of directory
+dpb_driver_addr     DD      ?           ; Pointer to driver
+dpb_media           DB      ?           ; Media byte
+dpb_first_access    DB      ?           ; This is initialized to -1 to force a media
+                                        ; check the first time this DPB is used
+dpb_next_dpb        DD      ?           ; Pointer to next Drive parameter block
+dpb_next_free       DW      ?           ; Cluster # of last allocated cluster
+dpb_free_cnt        DW      ?           ; Count of free clusters, -1 if unknown
+dpb     ENDS
+
+DPBSIZ  EQU     SIZE dpb                ; Size of the structure in bytes
+
+DSKSIZ  =       dpb_max_cluster         ; Size of disk (temp used during init only)
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/DPL.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/DPL.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf29b91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/DPL.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)dpl.asm    1.1 85/04/10
+;       SCCSID = @(#)dpl.asm    1.1 85/04/10
+DPL     STRUC
+DPL_AX  DW      ?       ; AX register
+DPL_BX  DW      ?       ; BX register
+DPL_CX  DW      ?       ; CX register
+DPL_DX  DW      ?       ; DX register
+DPL_SI  DW      ?       ; SI register
+DPL_DI  DW      ?       ; DI register
+DPL_DS  DW      ?       ; DS register
+DPL_ES  DW      ?       ; ES register
+DPL_reserved DW ?       ; Reserved
+DPL_UID DW      ?       ; User (Machine) ID (0 = local macine)
+DPL_PID DW      ?       ; Process ID (0 = local user PID)
+DPL     ENDS
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/DSEG.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/DSEG.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a527ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/DSEG.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+;---Revised 8-17-84 FOR KBX     (ADDED ADDITIONAL KEYBOARD FLAG - KB_FLAG_3)
+;----------------------------------------
+;        0286 INTERRUPT LOCATIONS (READ):
+;----------------------------------------
+ABS0    SEGMENT AT 0
+STG_LOC0                LABEL   BYTE
+        ORG 2*4
+NMI_PTR                 LABEL   WORD
+        ORG 5*4
+INT5_PTR                LABEL   WORD
+        ORG 8*4
+INT_ADDR                LABEL   WORD
+INT_PTR                 LABEL   DWORD
+        ORG 10H*4
+VIDEO_INT               LABEL   WORD
+        ORG 13H*4                       ; NEW FDISK
+ORG_VECTOR              LABEL   DWORD
+        ORG 18H*4
+BASIC_PTR               LABEL   WORD
+        ORG 19H*4
+BOOT_VEC                LABEL   DWORD
+BOOT_VECTOR             LABEL   DWORD
+        ORG 1DH*4
+PARM_PTR                LABEL   DWORD   ; POINTER TO VIDEO PARMS
+        ORG 1EH*4
+DISK_POINTER            LABEL   DWORD
+        ORG 01FH*4
+EXT_PTR                 LABEL   DWORD
+        ORG 40H*4                       ; DISKETTE POINTER
+DISK_VECTOR             LABEL   DWORD
+       ORG 41H*4
+HF_TBL_VEC              LABEL   DWORD
+        ORG 46H*4
+HF1_TBL_VEC             LABEL   DWORD
+        ORG 70H*4
+SLAVE_INT_PTR           LABEL   DWORD
+RTC_INT_VEC             LABEL   DWORD   ; REAL TIME CLOCK INT
+        ORG 76H*4                       ; FIXED DISK INTERRUPT VECTOR
+HDISK_INT               LABEL   DWORD
+        ORG     400H
+DATA_AREA                LABEL BYTE     ;ABSOLUTE LOCATION OF DATA SEGMENT
+DATA_WORD                LABEL WORD
+        ORG     0500H
+MFG_TEST_RTN             LABEL  FAR
+        ORG     7C00H
+BOOT_LOCN                LABEL  FAR
+ABS0    ENDS
+PAGE
+;------------------------------------------------
+; STACK -- USED DURING INITIALIZATION ONLY      :
+;------------------------------------------------
+STACK   SEGMENT AT 30H
+        DW      128 DUP(?)
+TOS     LABEL   WORD
+STACK   ENDS
+;----------------------------------------
+;       ROM BIOS DATA AREAS             :
+;----------------------------------------
+DATA    SEGMENT AT 40H
+;DATA_BASE       LABEL   BYTE
+RS232_BASE      DW      4 DUP(?)        ; ADDRESSES OF RS232 ADAPTERS
+PRINTER_BASE    DW      4 DUP(?)        ; ADDRESSES OF PRINTERS
+EQUIP_FLAG      DW      1 DUP(?)        ; INSTALLED HARDWARE
+MFG_TST         DB      1 DUP(?)        ; INITIALIZATION FLAG
+MEMORY_SIZE     DW      1 DUP(?)        ; MEMORY SIZE IN K BYTES
+MFG_ERR_FLAG    DB      1 DUP(?)        ; SCRATCHPAD FOR MANUFACTURING
+                DB      1 DUP(?)        ; ERROR CODES
+PAGE
+;----------------------------------------
+;       KEYBOARD DATA AREAS             :
+;----------------------------------------
+KB_FLAG         DB      1 DUP(?)
+KB_FLAG_1       DB      1 DUP(?)        ; SECOND BYTE OF KEYBOARD STATUS
+ALT_INPUT       DB      1 DUP(?)        ; STORAGE FOR ALTERNATE KEYPAD ENTRY
+BUFFER_HEAD     DW      1 DUP(?)        ; POINTER TO HEAD OF KEYBOARD BUFFER
+BUFFER_TAIL     DW      1 DUP(?)        ; POINTER TO TAIL OF KEYBOARD BUFFER
+KB_BUFFER       DW      16 DUP(?)       ; ROOM FOR 15 ENTRIES
+KB_BUFFER_END   LABEL   WORD
+
+;------ HEAD = TAIL INDICATES THAT THE BUFFER IS EMPTY
+
+;----------------------------------------
+;       DISKETTE DATA AREAS             :
+;----------------------------------------
+SEEK_STATUS     DB      1 DUP(?)        ; DRIVE RECALIBRATION STATUS
+                                        ; BIT 3-0 = DRIVE 3-0 NEEDS RECAL
+                                        ; BEFORE NEXT SEEK IF BIT IS = 0
+MOTOR_STATUS    DB      1 DUP(?)        ; MOTOR STATUS
+                                        ; BIT 3-0 = DRIVE 3-0 IS CURRENTLY
+                                        ;   RUNNING
+                                        ; BIT 7 = CURRENT OPERATION IS A WRITE,
+                                        ;   REQUIRES DELAY
+MOTOR_COUNT     DB      1 DUP(?)        ; TIME OUT COUNTER FOR DRIVE TURN OFF
+DISKETTE_STATUS DB      1 DUP(?)        ; RETURN CODE STATUS BYTE
+CMD_BLOCK       LABEL   BYTE
+HD_ERROR        LABEL   BYTE
+NEC_STATUS      DB      7 DUP(?)        ; STATUS BYTES FROM NEC
+PAGE
+;----------------------------------------
+;       VIDEO DISPLAY DATA AREA         :
+;----------------------------------------
+CRT_MODE        DB      1 DUP(?)        ; CURRENT CRT MODE
+CRT_COLS        DW      1 DUP(?)        ; NUMBER OF COLUMNS ON SCREEN
+CRT_LEN         DW      1 DUP(?)        ; LENGTH OF REGEN IN BYTES
+CRT_START       DW      1 DUP(?)        ; STARTING ADDRESS IN REGEN BUFFER
+CURSOR_POSN     DW      8 DUP(?)        ; CURSOR FOR EACH OF UP TO 8 PAGES
+CURSOR_MODE     DW      1 DUP(?)        ; CURRENT CURSOR MODE SETTING
+ACTIVE_PAGE     DB      1 DUP(?)        ; CURRENT PAGE BEING DISPLAYED
+ADDR_6845       DW      1 DUP(?)        ; BASE ADDRESS FOR ACTIVE DISPLAY CARD
+CRT_MODE_SET    DB      1 DUP(?)        ; CURRENT SETTING OF THE 3X8 REGISTER
+CRT_PALLETTE    DB      1 DUP(?)        ; CURRENT PALLETTE SETTING COLOR CARD
+PAGE
+;----------------------------------------
+;       POST DATA AREA                  :
+;----------------------------------------
+IO_ROM_INIT     DW      1 DUP(?)        ; PNTR TO OPTIONAL I/O ROM INIT ROUTINE
+IO_ROM_SEG      DW      1 DUP(?)        ; POINTER TO IO ROM SEGMENT
+INTR_FLAG       DB      1 DUP(?)        ; FLAG TO INDICATE AN INTERRUPT HAPPEND
+;----------------------------------------
+;       TIMER DATA AREA                 :
+;----------------------------------------
+TIMER_LOW       DW      1 DUP(?)        ; LOW WORD OF TIMER COUNT
+TIMER_HIGH      DW      1 DUP(?)        ; HIGH WORD OF TIMER COUNT
+TIMER_OFL       DB      1 DUP(?)        ; TIMER HAS ROLLED OVER SINCE LAST READ
+;----------------------------------------
+;       SYSTEM DATA AREA                :
+;----------------------------------------
+BIOS_BREAK      DB      1 DUP(?)        ; BIT 7=1 IF BREAK KEY HAS BEEN HIT
+RESET_FLAG      DW      1 DUP(?)        ; WORD=1234H IF KEYBOARD RESET UNDERWAY
+PAGE
+;----------------------------------------
+;       HARD FILE DATA AREAS            :
+;----------------------------------------
+DISK_STATUS1    DB      1 DUP(?)
+HF_NUM          DB      1 DUP(?)
+CONTROL_BYTE    DB      1 DUP(?)
+PORT_OFF        DB      1 DUP(?)
+;------------------------------------------------------
+;       PRINTER AND RS232 TIME-OUT VARIABLES          :
+;------------------------------------------------------
+PRINT_TIM_OUT   DB      4 DUP(?)
+RS232_TIM_OUT   DB      4 DUP(?)
+;----------------------------------------
+;       ADDITIONAL KEYBOARD DATA AREA   :
+;----------------------------------------
+BUFFER_START    DW      1 DUP(?)
+BUFFER_END      DW      1 DUP(?)
+;---------------------------------------
+;       ADDITIONAL FLOPPY DATA         ;
+;---------------------------------------
+        ORG     8BH
+LASTRATE        DB      1 DUP(?)        ; LAST DATA RATE SELECTED
+PAGE
+;---------------------------------------
+;       ADDITIONAL HARD FILE DATA      :
+;---------------------------------------
+        ORG     8CH
+HF_STATUS       DB      1 DUP(?)        ; STATUS REGISTER
+HF_ERROR        DB      1 DUP(?)        ; ERROR REGISTER
+HF_INT_FLAG     DB      1 DUP(?)        ; HARD FILE INTERRUPT FLAG
+HF_CNTRL        DB      1 DUP(?)        ; COMBO HARD FILE/FLOPPY CARD BIT 0=1
+;----------------------------------------
+;       ADDITIONAL DISKETTE AREA       :
+;----------------------------------------
+        ORG     90H
+DSK_STATE       LABEL   BYTE
+                DB      1 DUP(?)        ; DRIVE 0 MEDIA STATE
+                DB      1 DUP(?)        ; DRIVE 1 MEDIA STATE
+                DB      1 DUP(?)        ; DRIVE 0 OPERATION START STATE
+                DB      1 DUP(?)        ; DRIVE 1 OPERATION START STATE
+DSK_TRK         DB      1 DUP(?)        ; DRIVE 0 PRESENT CYLINDER
+                DB      1 DUP(?)        ; DRIVE 1 PRESENT CYLINDER
+                DB      1 DUP(?)        ; RESERVED
+;----------------------------------------                               AEV
+;       ADDITIONAL KEYBOARD FLAG FOR KBX:                               AEV
+;----------------------------------------                               AEV
+        ORG     96H                     ;                               AEV
+KB_FLAG_3       DB      1 DUP(?)        ;                               AEV
+;----------------------------------------
+;       ADDITIONAL KEYBOARD LED FLAG    :
+;----------------------------------------
+        ORG     97H
+KB_FLAG_2       DB      1 DUP(?)
+PAGE
+;----------------------------------------
+;       REAL TIME CLOCK DATA AREA       :
+;----------------------------------------
+        ORG     98H
+USER_FLAG       DW      1 DUP(?)        ; OFFSET ADDR OF USERS WAIT FLAG
+USER_FLAG_SEG   DW      1 DUP(?)        ; SEG ADDR OF USER WAIT FLAG
+RTC_LOW         DW      1 DUP(?)        ; LOW WORD OF USER WAIT FLAG
+RTC_HIGH        DW      1 DUP(?)        ; HIGH WORD OF USER WAIT FLAG
+RTC_WAIT_FLAG   DB      1 DUP(?)        ; WAIT ACTIVE FLAG
+DATA    ENDS
+;----------------------------------------
+;       EXTRA DATA AREA                 :
+;----------------------------------------
+XXDATA  SEGMENT AT 50H
+STATUS_BYTE     DB      1 DUP(?)
+XXDATA  ENDS
+;----------------------------------------
+;       VIDEO DISPLAY BUFFER            :
+;----------------------------------------
+VIDEO_RAM       SEGMENT AT 0B800H
+REGEN   LABEL   BYTE
+REGENW  LABEL   WORD
+        DB      16384 DUP(?)
+VIDEO_RAM       ENDS
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/EA.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/EA.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c77cde2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/EA.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+
+;Get/Set Extended Attrbute Equates
+
+;The following equates are for EA types
+
+EAISUNDEF             equ  00H       ; undefined
+EAISLOGICAL           equ  01H       ; logical (0 or 1), 1 byte
+EAISBINARY            equ  02H       ; binary integer 1, 2, or 4 bytes
+EAISASCII             equ  03H       ; ASCII , 0 to 128 bytes
+EAISDATE              equ  04H       ; DOS file date format, 2 bytes
+EAISTIME              equ  05H       ; DOS file time format, 2 bytes
+
+;The following equates are for EA flags
+
+EASYSTEM              equ  8000H     ; system defined, bultin
+EAREADONLY            equ  4000H     ; read-only , cannot be changed
+EAHIDDEN              equ  2000H     ; hidden from ATTRIB
+EACREATEONLY          equ  1000H     ; settable only at create time
+
+;The following equates are for EA failure reason code (set by DOS)
+
+EARCSUCCESS           equ  00H       ; success
+EARCNOTFOUND          equ  01H       ; name not found
+EARCNOSPACE           equ  02H       ; no space to hold name or value
+EARCNOTNOW            equ  03H       ; name can't be set on this function
+EARCNOTEVER           equ  04H       ; name can't be set
+EARCUNDEF             equ  05H       ; name known to IFS but not supported
+EARCDEFBAD            equ  06H       ; EA definition bad (type,length, etc)
+EARCACCESS            equ  07H       ; EA access denied
+EARCBADVAL            equ  08H       ; bad value
+EARCDEVERROR          equ  09H       ; device error
+EARCUNKNOWN           equ  0FFFFH    ; unknown cause
+
+
+;The following equates are for EA file type
+
+EAEXISTING           equ  00H       ; existing file
+EARTL                equ  02H       ; right to left
+EAEXECUTABLE         equ  03H       ; executable program
+EAINSTALLABLE        equ  04H       ; installable executable program
+EAOVERLAY            equ  05H       ; program overlay
+EADEV_DRIVER         equ  06H       ; device driver
+EAIFS_DRIVER         equ  07H       ; ifs deriver
+
+
+
+
+By_Create             equ  0000010B          ; set by Extended Open (create)
+BY_XA                 equ  0000100B          ; set by Get/Set XA by Handle
+
+;Extended Attribute Structure
+
+EA          STRUC                             ; extended attribute list
+EA_TYPE     DB        ?                       ; type
+EA_FLAGS    DW        ?                       ; flags
+EA_RC       DB        ?                       ; reason code
+EA_NAMELEN  DB        ?                       ; name length
+EA_VALLEN   DW        ?                       ; value length
+EA_NAME     DB        ?                       ; name
+EA          ENDS
+
+
+;Query Extended Attribute list
+
+QEA          STRUC                             ; extended attribute list
+QEA_TYPE     DB        ?                       ; type
+QEA_FLAGS    DW        ?                       ; flags
+QEA_NAMELEN  DB        ?                       ; name length
+QEA_NAME     DB        ?                       ; name
+QEA          ENDS
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/ERROR.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/ERROR.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49c2843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/ERROR.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)error.asm  1.1 85/04/10
+;       SCCSID = @(#)error.asm  1.1 85/04/10
+BREAK <Xenix error codes>
+
+;
+; XENIX calls all return error codes through AX.  If an error occurred then
+; the carry bit will be set and the error code is in AX.  If no error occurred
+; then the carry bit is reset and AX contains returned info.
+;
+; Since the set of error codes is being extended as we extend the operating
+; system, we have provided a means for applications to ask the system for a
+; recommended course of action when they receive an error.
+;
+; The GetExtendedError system call returns a universal error, an error
+; location and a recommended course of action.  The universal error code is
+; a symptom of the error REGARDLESS of the context in which GetExtendedError
+; is issued.
+;
+
+;
+; These are the 2.0 error codes
+;
+error_invalid_function          EQU     1
+error_file_not_found            EQU     2
+error_path_not_found            EQU     3
+error_too_many_open_files       EQU     4
+error_access_denied             EQU     5
+error_invalid_handle            EQU     6
+error_arena_trashed             EQU     7
+error_not_enough_memory         EQU     8
+error_invalid_block             EQU     9
+error_bad_environment           EQU     10
+error_bad_format                EQU     11
+error_invalid_access            EQU     12
+error_invalid_data              EQU     13
+;**** reserved                  EQU     14      ; *****
+error_invalid_drive             EQU     15
+error_current_directory         EQU     16
+error_not_same_device           EQU     17
+error_no_more_files             EQU     18
+;
+; These are the universal int 24 mappings for the old INT 24 set of errors
+;
+error_write_protect             EQU     19
+error_bad_unit                  EQU     20
+error_not_ready                 EQU     21
+error_bad_command               EQU     22
+error_CRC                       EQU     23
+error_bad_length                EQU     24
+error_Seek                      EQU     25
+error_not_DOS_disk              EQU     26
+error_sector_not_found          EQU     27
+error_out_of_paper              EQU     28
+error_write_fault               EQU     29
+error_read_fault                EQU     30
+error_gen_failure               EQU     31
+;
+; These are the new 3.0 error codes reported through INT 24
+;
+error_sharing_violation         EQU     32
+error_lock_violation            EQU     33
+error_wrong_disk                EQU     34
+error_FCB_unavailable           EQU     35
+error_sharing_buffer_exceeded   EQU     36
+error_Code_Page_Mismatched      EQU     37    ; DOS 4.00                        ;AN000;
+error_handle_EOF                EQU     38    ; DOS 4.00                        ;AN000;
+error_handle_Disk_Full          EQU     39    ; DOS 4.00                        ;AN000;
+;
+; New OEM network-related errors are 50-79
+;
+error_not_supported             EQU     50
+;
+; End of INT 24 reportable errors
+;
+error_file_exists               EQU     80
+error_DUP_FCB                   EQU     81      ; *****
+error_cannot_make               EQU     82
+error_FAIL_I24                  EQU     83
+;
+; New 3.0 network related error codes
+;
+error_out_of_structures         EQU     84
+error_Already_assigned          EQU     85
+error_invalid_password          EQU     86
+error_invalid_parameter         EQU     87
+error_NET_write_fault           EQU     88
+error_sys_comp_not_loaded       EQU     90    ; DOS 4.00                                ;AN000;
+
+BREAK <Interrupt 24 error codes>
+
+error_I24_write_protect         EQU     0
+error_I24_bad_unit              EQU     1
+error_I24_not_ready             EQU     2
+error_I24_bad_command           EQU     3
+error_I24_CRC                   EQU     4
+error_I24_bad_length            EQU     5
+error_I24_Seek                  EQU     6
+error_I24_not_DOS_disk          EQU     7
+error_I24_sector_not_found      EQU     8
+error_I24_out_of_paper          EQU     9
+error_I24_write_fault           EQU     0Ah
+error_I24_read_fault            EQU     0Bh
+error_I24_gen_failure           EQU     0Ch
+; NOTE: Code 0DH is used by MT-DOS.
+error_I24_wrong_disk            EQU     0Fh
+
+; THE FOLLOWING ARE MASKS FOR THE AH REGISTER ON Int 24
+
+Allowed_FAIL                    EQU     00001000B
+Allowed_RETRY                   EQU     00010000B
+Allowed_IGNORE                  EQU     00100000B
+;NOTE: ABORT is ALWAYS allowed
+
+I24_operation                   EQU     00000001B       ;Z if READ,NZ if Write
+I24_area                        EQU     00000110B       ; 00 if DOS
+                                                        ; 01 if FAT
+                                                        ; 10 if root DIR
+                                                        ; 11 if DATA
+I24_class                       EQU     10000000B       ;Z if DISK, NZ if FAT or char
+
+BREAK <GetExtendedError CLASSes ACTIONs LOCUSs>
+
+; Values for error CLASS
+
+errCLASS_OutRes         EQU     1       ; Out of Resource
+errCLASS_TempSit        EQU     2       ; Temporary Situation
+errCLASS_Auth           EQU     3       ; Permission problem
+errCLASS_Intrn          EQU     4       ; Internal System Error
+errCLASS_HrdFail        EQU     5       ; Hardware Failure
+errCLASS_SysFail        EQU     6       ; System Failure
+errCLASS_Apperr         EQU     7       ; Application Error
+errCLASS_NotFnd         EQU     8       ; Not Found
+errCLASS_BadFmt         EQU     9       ; Bad Format
+errCLASS_Locked         EQU     10      ; Locked
+errCLASS_Media          EQU     11      ; Media Failure
+errCLASS_Already        EQU     12      ; Collision with Existing Item
+errCLASS_Unk            EQU     13      ; Unknown/other
+
+; Values for error ACTION
+
+errACT_Retry            EQU     1       ; Retry
+errACT_DlyRet           EQU     2       ; Delay Retry, retry after pause
+errACT_User             EQU     3       ; Ask user to regive info
+errACT_Abort            EQU     4       ; abort with clean up
+errACT_Panic            EQU     5       ; abort immediately
+errACT_Ignore           EQU     6       ; ignore
+errACT_IntRet           EQU     7       ; Retry after User Intervention
+
+; Values for error LOCUS
+
+errLOC_Unk              EQU     1       ; No appropriate value
+errLOC_Disk             EQU     2       ; Random Access Mass Storage
+errLOC_Net              EQU     3       ; Network
+errLOC_SerDev           EQU     4       ; Serial Device
+errLOC_Mem              EQU     5       ; Memory
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/ERRTST.C b/v4.0/src/INC/ERRTST.C
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20bb0bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/ERRTST.C
@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
+/*  0  */
+#include "comsub.h"
+#include "dpb.h"
+#include <dos.h>
+#include "jointype.h"
+
+extern unsigned char *com_substr() ;            /* ;AN000; DBCS enabled */
+extern char getdrv() ;
+
+union REGS inregs, outregs;                     /* ;AN000; Regs for Int21 */
+struct SREGS segregs;                           /* ;AN000; Segment regs for Int21 */
+
+#define GET_DBCS_VEC   0x6300                   /* ;AN000; Int21 Get DBCS Vector */
+#define DBLNULL        "00"                     /* ;AN000; */
+#define NULL           0                        /* ;AN000; */
+
+#define KANJI   TRUE
+
+/* return FALSE if drive is valid AND the path is not a prefix of a non-root
+ * current directory.
+ */
+char fPathErr(p)
+char *p ;
+{
+        char buf[MAXARG] ;
+        int d ;
+#ifdef KANJI
+        char *p1;
+#endif
+
+        if (p[1] == ':')
+                d = *p-'A'+1 ;
+        else
+                d = 0 ;
+
+        if (curdir(buf, d) == -1)       /* drive is invalid => error       */
+                return(TRUE) ;
+
+        if (strlen(buf) == 3)           /* current directory is root => OK */
+                return(FALSE) ;
+
+        if (strpre(p, buf)) {
+#ifdef KANJI
+                p1 = p;
+                while (*p1 != NULL) {
+                    if(testkanj(*p1 & 0xFF))
+                        p1 += 2 ;
+                    else
+                        if((*p1++ == '\\') && (*p1 == NULL))
+                                return(TRUE) ;
+                }
+#else
+                if (p[strlen(p)-1] == '\\') /* prefix matched, prefix had...*/
+                        return(TRUE) ;      /* ...trailing / => valid ...   */
+                                           /* ...prefix => ERROR           */
+#endif
+                d = buf[strlen(p)] ;
+                if (d == 0 || d == '\\') /* prefix matched,... */
+                        return(TRUE) ;      /* ...prefix had no trailing /, */
+                                           /* ...next char was / => ...    */
+                                           /* ...valid prefix => ERROR     */
+        } ;
+
+        return(FALSE) ;    /* drive letter good and not valid prefix => OK  */
+}
+
+
+strpre(pre, tot)
+        char    *pre;
+        char    *tot;
+{
+        return(!strncmp(pre, tot, strlen(pre)));
+}
+
+
+
+Fatal(p)
+char *p ;
+{
+        printf("%s\n", p) ;
+        exit(1) ;
+}
+
+
+
+
+ffirst(pb, attr, pfbuf)
+char *pb ;
+int attr ;
+struct findType *pfbuf ;
+{
+        union REGS regs ;
+
+        /* set DMA to point to buffer */
+
+        regs.h.ah = 0x1A ;
+        regs.x.dx = (unsigned) pfbuf ;
+        intdos (&regs, &regs) ;
+
+        /* perform system call */
+
+        regs.h.ah = 0x4E ;
+        regs.x.cx = attr ;
+        regs.x.dx = (unsigned) pb ;
+        intdos (&regs, &regs) ;
+
+        return (regs.x.cflag ? -1 : 0) ;
+}
+
+fnext (pfbuf)
+struct findType *pfbuf;
+{
+    union REGS regs;
+
+    /* set DMA to point to buffer */
+    regs.h.ah = 0x1A;
+    regs.x.dx = (unsigned) pfbuf;
+    intdos (&regs, &regs);
+    /* perform system call */
+    regs.h.ah = 0x4F;
+    intdos (&regs, &regs);
+    return (regs.x.cflag ? -1 : 0) ;
+}
+
+
+char *strbscan(str, class)
+char *str ;
+char *class ;
+{
+        char *p ;
+
+        p = com_substr(str, class) ;            /* :AN000; DBCS function */
+        return((p == NULL) ? (str + strlen(str)) : p) ;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/* curdir.c - return text of current directory for a particular drive */
+
+
+curdir (dst, drive)
+char *dst ;
+int drive ;
+{
+    union REGS regs ;
+
+    *dst++ = PathChr ;
+    regs.h.ah = 0x47 ;
+    regs.h.dl = drive ;
+    regs.x.si = (unsigned) dst ;
+    intdos (&regs, &regs) ;
+    return(regs.x.cflag ? -1 : 0) ;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*
+   rootpath
+*/
+
+/*** rootpath  --  convert a pathname argument to root based cannonical form
+ *
+ * rootpath determines the current directory, appends the path argument (which
+ * may affect which disk the current directory is relative to), and qualifies
+ * "." and ".." references.  The result is a complete, simple, path name with
+ * drive specifier.
+ *
+ * If the relative path the user specifies does not include a drive spec., the
+ * default drive will be used as the base.  (The default drive will never be
+ * changed.)
+ *
+ *  entry: relpath  -- pointer to the pathname to be expanded
+ *         fullpath -- must point to a working buffer, see warning
+ *   exit: fullpath -- the full path which results
+ * return: true if an error occurs, false otherwise
+ *
+ * calls: curdir, getdrv
+ *
+ * warning: fullpath must point to a working buffer large enough to hold the
+ *          longest possible relative path argument plus the longest possible
+ *          current directory path.
+ *
+ */
+int rootpath(relpath, fullpath)
+char *relpath ;
+char *fullpath ;
+{
+        int drivenum ;
+        char tempchar;
+        register char *lead, *follow ;
+        char *p1, *p2;
+
+
+        /* extract drive spec */
+        drivenum = getdrv() ;
+        if ((*relpath != NULL) && (relpath[1] == COLON)) {
+                drivenum = relpath[0] - 'A' ;
+                relpath += 2 ;
+        }
+        fullpath[0] = (char) ('A' + drivenum) ;
+        fullpath[1] = COLON ;
+
+        /* append relpath to fullpath/base */
+        if (*relpath == PathChr) {
+                /* relpath starts at base */
+                strcpy(fullpath+2, relpath) ;
+        }
+        else {
+                /* must get base path first */
+                if (curdir(fullpath+2, drivenum+1))
+                        return(TRUE) ;                  /* terrible error */
+                if ((*relpath != ASCNULL) && (strlen(fullpath) > 3))
+                        strcat(fullpath, "\\") ;
+                strcat(fullpath, relpath) ;
+        }
+
+
+        /* convert path to cannonical form */
+        lead = fullpath ;
+        while(*lead != ASCNULL) {
+                /* mark next path segment */
+                follow = lead ;
+                lead = (char *) com_substr(follow+1, "\\") ;    /* ;AC000; */
+                if (lead == NULL)
+                        lead = fullpath + strlen(fullpath) ;
+                tempchar = *lead ;
+                if (tempchar == PathChr)
+                        tempchar = BACKSLASH ;   /* make breaks uniform */
+                *lead = ASCNULL ;
+
+                /* "." segment? */
+                if (strcmp(follow+1, ".") == 0) {
+                        *lead = tempchar ;
+                        strcpy(follow, lead) ;  /* remove "." segment */
+                        lead = follow ;
+                }
+
+                /* ".." segment? */
+                else if (strcmp(follow+1, "..") == 0) {
+                        *lead = tempchar ;
+                        tempchar = *follow ;
+                        *follow = NULL ;
+                        p2 = fullpath - 1 ;
+                        while(*(p2=strbscan(p1=p2+1,"\\")) != NULL) ;
+                        /* p1 now points to the start of the previous element */
+                        *follow = tempchar ;
+                        if(p1 == fullpath)
+                            return(TRUE) ;      /* tried to .. the root */
+                        follow = p1 - 1 ;       /* follow points to path sep */
+                        strcpy(follow, lead) ;         /* remove ".." segment */
+                        lead = follow ;
+                }
+
+                /* normal segment */
+                else
+                        *lead = tempchar ;
+        }
+        if (strlen(fullpath) == 2)  /* 'D:' or some such */
+                strcat(fullpath, "\\") ;
+
+        return(FALSE) ;
+}
+
+
+/* getdrv - return current drive as a character */
+
+
+char getdrv()
+{
+    union REGS regs ;
+
+    regs.h.ah = CURDISK ;               /* Function 0x19 */
+    intdos (&regs, &regs) ;
+    return(regs.h.al) ;
+}
+
+testkanj(c)
+unsigned char c;
+{
+  char   fix_es_reg[1];                         /* ;AN000; Fixes es reg after "far" */
+  char far * fptr;                              /* ;AN000; Pts to DBCS vector */
+  unsigned * ptr;                               /* ;AN000; Input to fptr */
+  unsigned int got_dbcs;                        /* ;AN000; Flag */
+
+  inregs.x.ax = GET_DBCS_VEC;                   /* ;AN000; 0x6300 */
+  intdosx(&inregs,&outregs,&segregs);           /* ;AN000; Int21 */
+
+  got_dbcs = FALSE;                             /* ;AN000; Initialize */
+
+  ptr  = (unsigned *)&fptr;                     /* ;AN000; Int21 returns DS:SI */
+  *ptr = outregs.x.si;                          /* ;AN000;   as ptr to DBCS    */
+  ptr++;                                        /* ;AN000;   vector, now fill  */
+  *ptr = segregs.ds;                            /* ;AN000;   in our pointer    */
+
+  for (fptr; *(unsigned far *)fptr != (unsigned)DBLNULL; fptr += 2) /* ;AN000; */
+  {                                             /* ;AN000; */
+    if ( (c >= (char)*fptr) && (c <= (char)*(fptr+1)) ) /* ;AN000; Is char */
+    {                                           /* ;AN000;  within the range? */
+      got_dbcs = TRUE;                          /* ;AN000; Char is DBCS */
+      break;                                    /* ;AN000; */
+    }                                           /* ;AN000; */
+  }                                             /* ;AN000; */
+
+  strcpy(fix_es_reg,NULL);                      /* ;AN000; Repair ES reg */
+  return(got_dbcs);                             /* ;AN000; */
+}
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/EXE.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/EXE.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e768f6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/EXE.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)exe.asm    1.1 85/04/10
+;       SCCSID = @(#)exe.asm    1.1 85/04/10
+BREAK <EXEC and EXE file structures>
+;
+; EXEC arg block - load/go program
+;
+
+;
+; The following get used as arguments to the EXEC system call.  They indicate
+; whether or not the program is executed or whether or not a program header
+; gets created.
+;
+exec_func_no_execute    EQU 1           ; no execute bit
+exec_func_overlay       EQU 2           ; overlay bit
+
+Exec0           STRUC
+Exec0_environ   DW      ?               ; seg addr of environment
+Exec0_com_line  DD      ?               ; pointer to asciz command line
+Exec0_5C_FCB    DD      ?               ; default fcb at 5C
+Exec0_6C_FCB    DD      ?               ; default fcb at 6C
+Exec0           ENDS
+
+Exec1           STRUC
+Exec1_environ   DW      ?               ; seg addr of environment
+Exec1_com_line  DD      ?               ; pointer to asciz command line
+Exec1_5C_FCB    DD      ?               ; default fcb at 5C
+Exec1_6C_FCB    DD      ?               ; default fcb at 6C
+Exec1_SP        DW      ?               ; stack pointer of program
+Exec1_SS        DW      ?               ; stack seg register of program
+Exec1_IP        DW      ?               ; entry point IP
+Exec1_CS        DW      ?               ; entry point CS
+Exec1           ENDS
+
+Exec3           STRUC
+Exec3_load_addr DW      ?               ; seg address of load point
+Exec3_reloc_fac DW      ?               ; relocation factor
+Exec3           ENDS
+
+;
+; Exit codes in upper byte
+;
+Exit_terminate      EQU     0
+Exit_abort          EQU     0
+Exit_Ctrl_C         EQU     1
+Exit_Hard_Error     EQU     2
+Exit_Keep_process   EQU     3
+
+;
+; EXE file header
+;
+
+EXE_file    STRUC
+exe_signature   DW  ?                   ; must contain 4D5A  (yay zibo!)
+exe_len_mod_512 DW  ?                   ; low 9 bits of length
+exe_pages       DW  ?                   ; number of 512b pages in file
+exe_rle_count   DW  ?                   ; count of reloc entries
+exe_par_dir     DW  ?                   ; number of paragraphs before image
+exe_min_BSS     DW  ?                   ; minimum number of para of BSS
+exe_max_BSS     DW  ?                   ; max number of para of BSS
+exe_SS          DW  ?                   ; stack of image
+exe_SP          DW  ?                   ; SP of image
+exe_chksum      DW  ?                   ; checksum  of file (ignored)
+exe_IP          DW  ?                   ; IP of entry
+exe_CS          DW  ?                   ; CS of entry
+exe_rle_table   DW  ?                   ; byte offset of reloc table
+exe_iov         DW  ?                   ; overlay number (0 for root)
+exe_sym_tab     DD  ?                   ; offset of symbol table in file
+EXE_file    ENDS
+
+exe_valid_signature     EQU 5A4Dh
+exe_valid_old_signature EQU 4D5Ah
+
+symbol_entry    STRUC
+sym_value       DD  ?
+sym_type        DW  ?
+sym_len         DB  ?
+sym_name        DB  255 dup (?)
+symbol_entry    ENDS
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/FASTOPEN.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/FASTOPEN.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a01c6da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/FASTOPEN.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+;
+; EXPORT DATE: 9/11
+;Equates for FASTOPEN.
+
+;FASTOPEN NAME CACHING Subfunctions
+FONC_Look_up    equ     1
+FONC_insert     equ     2
+FONC_delete     equ     3
+FONC_update     equ     4
+FONC_purge      equ     5               ;reserved for the future use.
+
+;FASTOPEN EXTENT  CACHING Subfunctions
+FSK_Open       equ     11                                              ;AN000;
+FSK_Close      equ     12                                              ;AN000;
+FSK_Delete     equ     13                                              ;AN000;
+FSK_Lookup     equ     14                                              ;AN000;
+FSK_Insert     equ     15                                              ;AN000;
+FSK_Trunc      equ     16                                              ;AN000;
+
+HeaderSize     equ    8        ; size of file header (8 bytes)         ;AN000;
+ExtendSize     equ    8        ; size of extend (8 bytes)              ;AN000;
+Num_Of_Pages   equ    1        ; number of pages                       ;AN000;
+Num_Of_Segs    equ    2        ; number of frame segments              ;AN000;
+Stayresident  equ    04ch     ; terminate and stay resident function code
+
+
+;Equates used in DOS.
+FastOpen_Set           equ     00000001B
+FastOpen_Reset         equ     11111110B
+Lookup_Success         equ     00000010B
+Lookup_Reset           equ     11111101B
+Special_Fill_Set       equ     00000100B
+Special_Fill_Reset     equ     11111011B
+No_Lookup              equ     00001000B
+Set_For_Search         equ     00010000B             ;DCR 167
+
+
+;============= FastOpen Data Structures =====================
+
+Fastopen_Entry  STRUC                   ;Fastopen Entry pointer in DOS
+Fastopen_Entry_size     dw      4       ;size of the following
+Fastopen_Name_Caching   dd      ?
+;Fastopen_FatChain_Caching dd     ?     ;reserved for future use
+Fastopen_Entry  ENDS
+;
+
+
+CMPCT_DIR_INFO  STRUC                   ;compact version of Dir Info.
+CDI_file_name   db      11 dup (' ')
+CDI_file_attr   db      ?
+CDI_codepage    dw      ?
+CDI_extcluster  dw      ?
+CDI_attr2       db      ?
+CDI_time        dw      ?
+CDI_date        dw      ?
+CDI_cluster     dw      ?
+CDI_filesize    dd      ?
+CMPCT_DIR_INFO  ENDS
+;
+
+ORIG_DIR_INFO   STRUC
+ODI_head        db      17 dup (?)
+ODI_skip        db      5  dup (0)      ;reserved for DOS. FASTOPEN does not
+ODI_tail        db      10 dup (?)      ;  use ODI_skip part.
+ORIG_DIR_INFO   ENDS
+;
+
+ODI_head_leng   equ     17
+ODI_skip_leng   equ     5
+ODI_tail_leng   equ     10
+;
+
+FASTOPEN_EXTENDED_INFO  STRUC
+FEI_dirpos      db      0
+FEI_dirsec      dd      0
+FEI_clusnum     dw      0
+FEI_lastent     dw      0               ; for search first
+FEI_dirstart    dw      0               ; for search first
+FASTOPEN_EXTENDED_INFO  ENDS
+;
+
+NAME_RECORD     STRUC
+nLRU_ptr        dw      -1
+nMRU_ptr        dw      -1              ;reverse of nLRU_ptr
+nChild_ptr      dw      -1
+nSibling_ptr    dw      -1
+nBackward_ptr   dw      -1              ;points to preceding node
+nCmpct_Dir_Info db      size Cmpct_Dir_Info dup (' ')
+nExtended_Info  db      size Fastopen_Extended_Info dup (?)
+NAME_RECORD     ENDS
+;
+
+DRIVE_CACHE_HEADER      STRUC           ;drive cache header
+DCH_LRU_ROOT     dw      0              ;Header of the LRU chain of this drive
+DCH_MRU_ROOT     dw      0              ;offset to the last entry of LRU chain
+DCH_Child_ptr    dw      -1             ;the first child in Name cache seg.
+DCH_Sibling_ptr  dw      -1             ;points to the next drive cache header
+DCH_Drive_letter db     'C'             ;drive letter
+DCH_Num_Entries  dw      0              ;Number of entries in the Name cache.
+DCH_Name_Buff    dw      0              ;pointer to name cahe buffer
+DRIVE_CACHE_HEADER      ENDS
+;
+
+
+
+
+
+;======== FAST SEEK FUNCTION  DATA  STRUCTURES =======================
+
+DRIVE_HEADER    STRUC              ; Drive header structure             ;AN000;
+Drive_Number         dw     0      ; drive number                       ;AN000;
+Extent_Count         dw     0      ; reserved for debugging
+MRU_Hdr_Ptr          dw     0      ; pointer to OPEN Queue
+Free_ptr             dw     0      ; pointer to FREE buffer             ;AN000;
+Close_Ptr            dw     0      ; pointer to CLOSE Queue          ;AN000;
+Buff_Size            dw     0      ; cache buffer size including header ;AN000;
+Free_Size            dw     0      ; size of Free area in bytes
+Next_Drv_Hdr_Ptr     dw     0      ; pointer to next drive header
+DRIVE_HEADER   ENDS
+
+
+
+FILE_HEADER     STRUC              ; File header structure              ;AN000;
+FH_Phys_Clus_Num     dw     0      ; starting physcial clustnum of file ;AN000;
+FH_Refer_Count       dw     0      ; reference count                    ;AN000;
+FH_Next_Extn_Ptr     dw     0      ; pointer to first extent of the file;AN000;
+FH_Next_Hdr_Ptr      dw     0      ; pointer to next file header        ;AN000;
+FH_MRU_Extn_Ptr      dw     0      ; pointer to  MRU extent
+                     dw     0
+                     dw     0
+                     dw     0
+FILE_HEADER     ENDS                                                    ;AN000;
+
+
+
+EXTENT_HEADER   STRUC              ; extend header structure            ;AN000;
+EH_Logic_Clus_Num    dw     0      ; starting logical clus num of extent;AN000;
+EH_Phys_Clus_Num     dw     0      ; starting physical clus numof  extnt;AN000;
+EH_Count             dw     0      ; range of logical clusnum in the extnt
+EH_Next_Extn_Ptr     dw     0      ; pointer to next extent             ;AN000;
+EH_Prev_Extn_Ptr     dw     0      ; pointer to previous extent  ;AN000;
+EH_Next_LRU_Ptr      dw     0      ; pointer to next LRU extent
+EH_Prev_LRU_Ptr      dw     0      ; pointer tp previous LRU extent
+                     dw     0
+EXTENT_HEADER   ENDS
+
+
+
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/FASTSEEK.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/FASTSEEK.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cac529e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/FASTSEEK.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+;
+;Equates for FASTSEEK.
+;
+;FASTSEEK flags
+;
+FS_begin      equ    00000001B
+FS_end        equ    11111110B
+FS_insert     equ    00000010B
+FS_no_insert  equ    11111101B
+
+;FASTSEEK EXTENT CACHING Subfunctions
+FSEC_open       equ     11
+FSEC_close      equ     12
+FSEC_delete     equ     13
+FSEC_lookup     equ     14
+FSEC_insert     equ     15
+FSEC_truncate   equ     16
+;
+;Equates used in DOS.
+
+
+;
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/FASTXXXX.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/FASTXXXX.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97a9163
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/FASTXXXX.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+; Fastxxx equates
+FastOpen_ID        equ     1
+FastSeek_ID        equ     2
+Fast_yes           equ     10000000B     ; fastxxx flag
+
+;Structure definitions
+;
+Fasttable_Entry  struc                   ; Fastxxx  Entry pointer in DOS
+Fast_Entry_Num      dw      2            ; number of entries
+FastOpen_Seek       dd      ?            ; fastopen & fastseek entry address
+Fasttable_Entry  ends
+;
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/FILEMODE.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/FILEMODE.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6377a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/FILEMODE.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)filemode.asm       1.1 85/04/10
+;       SCCSID = @(#)filemode.asm       1.1 85/04/10
+BREAK <Standard I/O assignments>
+
+stdin       EQU     0
+stdout      EQU     1
+stderr      EQU     2
+stdaux      EQU     3
+stdprn      EQU     4
+
+BREAK <File modes>
+
+access_mask     EQU 0FH
+open_for_read   EQU 00h
+open_for_write  EQU 01h
+open_for_both   EQU 02h
+
+sharing_mask        EQU 0F0H
+sharing_compat      EQU 000H
+sharing_deny_both   EQU 010H
+sharing_deny_write  EQU 020H
+sharing_deny_read   EQU 030H
+sharing_deny_none   EQU 040H
+sharing_net_FCB     EQU 070h
+sharing_no_inherit  EQU 080H
+
+BREAK <Extended Open>
+
+no_code_page_check        EQU 0100H
+int_24_error              EQU 2000H
+auto_commit_write         EQU 4000H
+ext_open_on               EQU 01H
+ext_file_not_exists       EQU 04H
+ext_open_I24_off          EQU 02H
+io_mode_id                EQU 00000010B
+reserved_bits_mask        EQU 0FE00H
+exists_mask               EQU 0FH
+not_exists_mask           EQU 0F0H
+action_opened             EQU  01H
+action_created_opened     EQU  02H
+action_replaced_opened    EQU  03H
+
+ext_exists_open     EQU 01H
+ext_exists_fail     EQU 0H
+ext_nexists_create  EQU 10H
+
+
+
+ext_open_parm      struc
+ext_set_list        dd ?
+ext_num_of_parm     dw ?
+ext_open_parm      ends
+
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/FIND.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/FIND.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c8610e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/FIND.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)find.asm   1.1 85/04/10
+;       SCCSID = @(#)find.asm   1.1 85/04/10
+Break   <find first/next buffer>
+
+find_buf    STRUC
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+find_buf_drive      DB  ?               ; drive of search
+find_buf_name       DB  11 DUP (?)      ; formatted name
+find_buf_sattr      DB  ?               ; attribute of search
+find_buf_LastEnt    DW  ?               ; LastEnt
+find_buf_DirStart   DW  ?               ; DirStart
+find_buf_NetID      DB  4 DUP (?)       ; Reserved for NET
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+
+find_buf_attr       DB  ?               ; attribute found
+find_buf_time       DW  ?               ; time
+find_buf_date       DW  ?               ; date
+find_buf_size_l     DW  ?               ; low(size)
+find_buf_size_h     DW  ?               ; high(size)
+find_buf_pname      DB  13 DUP (?)      ; packed name
+find_buf    ENDS
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/IFSSYM.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/IFSSYM.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..716c651
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/IFSSYM.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+        PAGE    ,132                            ;
+;       SCCSID = @(#)ifssym.inc 1.0 87/05/11
+;******************************************************************************
+;   IFS Symbol File
+;
+; REVISION HISTORY:
+;       A000    Original version  4.00            May 1987
+;       A001    DCR 158 - merge unc info in attach start/status requests      8/87 RGAZZIA
+;       A002    DCR 187 - ctrl req renumber, make attach type byte            8/87 RGAZZIA
+;       A003    PTM 764 - printer attach problems                             8/87 RGAZZIA
+;       A004    PTM ???? - Write Only locks on Read/Write                    10/27 FEIGENBAUM
+;       A005    DCR 285 - remove Extended Attribute/Lock support              1/88 RG
+;       A006    PTM 2827  error proc                                          1/88 RG
+;       A007    PTM 3334- reset envirn subfunc to eop                         2/88 RMG
+;       A008    PTM 3745- commit across net problem due to sft flags problem  3/88 RMG
+;       A009    PTM 3810- new sft unique id in sff                            3/88 RMG
+;       A010    PTM 4392- ditch sf_iomode,cp                                  4/18/88 RMG
+;
+;   LOD - 414
+;
+;******************************************************************************
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+SUBTTL  IFS Driver Header                                                                ;AN000;
+PAGE                                                                                     ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+IFSHEADER       STRUC                                                                    ;AN000;
+IFS_NEXT        DD      -1      ; Next header in list (-1=end)                           ;AN000;
+IFS_NAME        DB      "        " ; IFS name                                            ;AN000;
+IFS_ATTRIBUTE   DW      ?       ; Attributes                                             ;AN000;
+IFS_VERSION     DW      0       ; Request level supported                                ;AN000;
+IFS_DOSCALL@    DD      ?       ; DOS interface routine                                  ;AN000;
+                                ;   (set by TUPPER before the init call)                 ;AN000;
+IFS_CALL@       DW      ?       ; Function entry point                                   ;AN000;
+IFSHEADER       ENDS                                                                     ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+; ifs_attribute equates                                                                  ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+IFSDEVICE       EQU     8000H   ;  Supports single device/file functions                 ;AN000;
+IFSDISK         EQU     4000H   ;  Supports multi-file functions                         ;AN000;
+IFSUNC          EQU     2000H   ;  Support UNC (nameless) connection                     ;AN000;
+IFSREMOTE       EQU     0800H   ;  File system is remote                                 ;AN000;
+IFSFILTER       EQU     0400H   ;  FS will filter (if off, use DOS                       ;AN000;
+                                ;    standard, cap & 8.3)                                ;AN000;
+IFSIOCTL        EQU     0002H   ;  Supports IOCTL functions                              ;AN000;
+IFSUSESHARE     EQU     0001H   ;  Uses DOS share support (vs own share)                 ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+SUBTTL  IFSRH - IFS Request Header                                                       ;AN000;
+PAGE                                                                                     ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+; IFS Request Header                                                                     ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+IFSRH           STRUC                                                                    ;AN000;
+IFSR_LENGTH     DW    ?                 ; Total length of request                        ;AN000;
+IFSR_FUNCTION   DB    ?                 ; Requested function                             ;AN000;
+IFSR_RETCODE    DW    ?                 ; Explicit error                                 ;AN000;
+IFSR_RETCLASS   DB    ?                 ; Error class                                    ;AN000;
+IFSR_RESV1      DB    16 DUP(0)         ; DOS reserved                                   ;AN000;
+IFSR_FCN_PARMS  DB    50 DUP(0)         ; Additional parameters                          ;AN000;
+IFSRH           ENDS                                                                     ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+; IFSR_FUNCTION codes                                                                    ;AN000;
+;       Control requests:                                                                ;AN000;
+IFSINIT        EQU     1                                                                 ;AN000;
+IFSATTSTART    EQU     2                                                                 ;AN000;
+IFSATTSTAT     EQU     3                                                                 ;AC002;
+IFSATTEND      EQU     4                                                                 ;AC002;
+IFSEXECAPI     EQU     5                                                                 ;AC002;
+IFSCRITMSG     EQU     6                                                                 ;AC002;
+IFSUPDATECB    EQU     7                                                                 ;AC002;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+; IFSR_APIFUNC  codes:                                                                   ;AN000;
+;      Int 21 mapped requests:                                                           ;AN000;
+IFSDRIVERESET      EQU   1                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSDISKATTR        EQU   2                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSMKDIR           EQU   3                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSRMDIR           EQU   4                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSCHDIR           EQU   5                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSDELFILE         EQU   6                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSRENFILE         EQU   7                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSSEARCHFILE      EQU   8                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSOPENFILE        EQU   9                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSLSEEKFILE       EQU  10                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSREADFILE        EQU  11                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSWRITEFILE       EQU  12                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSLOCKFILE        EQU  13                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSCLOSEFILE       EQU  14                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSFILEATTR        EQU  15                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSDEPIOCTL        EQU  16                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSDEVIOCTL        EQU  17                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSEOP             EQU  18                                                               ;AN000;
+IFSEOCID           EQU  19                                                               ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+SUBTTL  Control Request Parameter Macro                                                  ;AN000;
+PAGE                                                                                     ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+IFSR_FCN_DEF        MACRO  fcn                                                           ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<INIT>                                                  ;AN000;
+ IFSR_PARMS@        =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS    ; command parameters                 ;AN000;
+ IFSR_RESSIZE       =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+4  ; driver total size                  ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_INIT        EQU IFSR_RESSIZE-IFSRH+2                                             ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<ATTSTART>                                              ;AN000;
+ IFSR_TYPE          =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS    ; attach type                        ;AC001;
+ IFSR_PARMS@        =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+2  ; command parameters                 ;AN000;
+ IFSR_DEVICE_CB@    =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+6  ; CD/DF                              ;AN000;
+ IFSR_USER_WORD     =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+10 ; for unc deviceless attach          ;AN001;
+ LENGTH_ATTSTART    EQU IFSR_USER_WORD-IFSRH+2                                           ;AC001;/;AC004;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<ATTSTAT>                                               ;AN000;
+ IFSR_TYPE          =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS    ; attach type                        ;AC001;
+ IFSR_PARMS@        =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+2  ; command parameters                 ;AN000;
+ IFSR_DEVICE_CB@    =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+6  ; CD/DF                              ;AN000;
+ IFSR_USER_WORD     =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+10 ; for unc deviceless attach          ;AN001;
+ IFSR_MAX_XMITT_SIZE = WORD  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+12 ; redir-maximum transmit size        ;AN001;
+ IFSR_NET_NAME_ID   =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+14 ; redir-net name id                  ;AN001;
+ IFSR_LSN           =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+16 ; redir-low byte=local session #     ;AN001;
+ IFSR_DEVICE_STATUS =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+18 ; redir-interesting bits             ;AN001;
+ LENGTH_ATTSTAT     EQU IFSR_DEVICE_STATUS-IFSRH+2                                       ;AC001;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<ATTEND>                                                ;AN000;
+ IFSR_DEVICE_CB@    =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS    ; CD/DF                              ;AN000;
+ IFSR_NAME@         =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+4  ; UNC deviceless detach              ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_ATTEND      EQU IFSR_NAME@-IFSRH+4                                               ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<EXECAPI>                                               ;AN000;
+ IFSR_APIFUNC       =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS    ; API function code                  ;AN000;
+ IFSR_ERROR_CLASS   =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+1  ; DOS extended error class           ;AN000;
+ IFSR_ERROR_ACTION  =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+2  ; DOS extended error action          ;AN000;
+ IFSR_ERROR_LOCUS   =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+3  ; DOS extended error locus           ;AN000;
+ IFSR_ALLOWED       =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+4  ; DOS extended error locus           ;AN000;
+ IFSR_I24_COUNT     =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+5  ; critical error retry count         ;AN000;
+                                                    ;  0=first time                      ;AN000;
+ IFSR_I24_RESP      =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+6  ; critical error response            ;AN000;
+                                                    ;    0=ignore  1=retry               ;AN000;
+ IFSR_DEVICE_CB@    =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+8  ; device (CD or DF)                  ;AN000;
+ IFSR_OPEN_CB@      =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+12 ; open file instance  (SF)           ;AN000;
+ IFSR_API_PARMS     =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+16                                      ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<CRITMSG>                                               ;AN000;
+ IFSR_MSG@          =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS    ; message buffer address             ;AN000;
+ IFSR_MSG_TYPE      =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+4  ; message type                       ;AN000;
+                                                 ; 1=message is printed in form          ;AN000;
+                                                 ;    <message>                          ;AN000;
+                                                 ;    Abort,Retry,Ignore,Fail            ;AN000;
+                                                 ; 0=message is printed in form          ;AN000;
+                                 ; <message> error (read/writ)ing (drive/device) XXX ;   ;AN000;
+                                 ; Abort,Retry,Ignore,Fail                               ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_CRITMSG     EQU IFSR_MSG_TYPE-IFSRH+2                                            ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<UPDATECB>                                              ;AN000;
+ IFSR_CB@           =  DWORD PTR      IFSR_FCN_PARMS    ; control block address          ;AN000;
+ IFSR_TYPE          =  BYTE  PTR      IFSR_FCN_PARMS+4  ; control block type             ;AN000;
+ IFSOPEN            EQU   0               ; open instance (SFT) entry                    ;AN000;
+ IFSCB              EQU   -1              ; see control block type field                 ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_UPDATECB    EQU IFSR_TYPE-IFSRH+2                                                ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDM                                                                 ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+SUBTTL  INT 21H Mapped Request Parameter Macro                                           ;AN000;
+PAGE                                                                                     ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+IFSR_API_DEF        MACRO  fcn                                                           ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<DRIVERESET>                                            ;AN000;
+ IFSR_FUNC          =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; 0=flush                            ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_DRIVERESET  EQU IFSR_FUNC-IFSRH+2                                                ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<DISKATTR>                                              ;AN000;
+ IFSR_ALLOCUNITS    =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; # allocation units                 ;AN000;
+ IFSR_ALLOCSIZE     =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+2  ; allocation unit sectors            ;AN000;
+ IFSR_SECTSIZE      =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+4  ; sector size                        ;AN000;
+ IFSR_AVAILALLOC    =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+6  ; free allocation units              ;AN000;
+ IFSR_FSID          =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+8  ; file system media id               ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_DISKATTR    EQU IFSR_FSID-IFSRH+2                                                ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<MKDIR>                                                 ;AN000;
+ IFSR_NAME@         =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; asciiz name to process             ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_MKDIR       EQU IFSR_NAME@-IFSRH+4                                               ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<RMDIR>                                                 ;AN000;
+ IFSR_NAME@         =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; asciiz name to process             ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_RMDIR       EQU IFSR_NAME@-IFSRH+4                                               ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<CHDIR>                                                 ;AN000;
+ IFSR_NAME@         =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; asciiz name to process             ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_CHDIR       EQU IFSR_NAME@-IFSRH+4                                               ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<DELFILE>                                               ;AN000;
+ IFSR_MATCHATTR_47  =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; format 00000000e0a00shr            ;AN000;
+ IFSR_NAME@         =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+2  ; file to delete                     ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_DELFILE     EQU IFSR_NAME@-IFSRH+4                                               ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<RENFILE>                                               ;AN000;
+ IFSR_MATCHATTR     =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; format 00000000e0a00shr            ;AN000;
+ IFSR_NAME1@        =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+2  ; file to rename                     ;AN000;
+ IFSR_NAME2@        =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+6  ; new file name                      ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_RENFILE     EQU IFSR_NAME2@-IFSRH+4                                              ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<SEARCHFILE>                                            ;AN000;
+ IFSR_SUBFUNC       =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; 1=first, 2=next                    ;AN000;
+ IFSR_CONTINFO@     =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+2  ; continuation info addr             ;AN000;
+ IFSR_MATCHATTR     =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+6  ; format 0000000re0advshr  (1st)     ;AN000;
+ IFSR_NAME@         =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+8  ; asciiz name to process   (1st)     ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_SEARCHFILE  EQU IFSR_NAME@-IFSRH+4                                               ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<OPENFILE>                                              ;AN000;
+ IFSR_MODE          =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; open mode                          ;AN000;
+                                                 ;  format: 0WF0000CISSS0AAA             ;AN000;
+                                                 ;  AAA=access code 0=read,1=write       ;AN000;
+                                                 ;                  2=read/write         ;AN000;
+                                                 ;  SSS=sharing mode 0=compatibility     ;AN000;
+                                                 ;      1=deny r/w, 2=deny write         ;AN000;
+                                                 ;      3=deny read, 4=deny none         ;AN000;
+                                                 ;  I 0=pass handle to child, 1=no inheri;AN000;t
+                                                 ;  C 0=validate cp, 1=no cp check       ;AN000;
+                                                 ;  F 0=int 24H, 1=return error on       ;AN000;
+                                                 ;  this open & any I/O to this handle   ;AN000;
+                                                 ;  W 0=no commit, 1=auto-commit on      ;AN000;
+                                                 ;                   write               ;AN000;
+ IFSR_FLAG          =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+2  ; function control;  format=CE       ;AN000;
+                                                 ; C=does not exist action               ;AN000;
+                                                 ; 0=fail, 1=create                      ;AN000;
+                                                 ; E=exists action                       ;AN000;
+                                                 ; 0=fail, 1=open, 2=replace/open        ;AN000;
+ IFSR_CP            =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+4  ; global code page                   ;AN000;
+ IFSR_CPSW          =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+6  ; CPSW flag                          ;AN000;
+ IFSR_NAME@         =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+8  ; asciiz name to open                ;AN000;
+ IFSR_PARMS@        =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+12 ; format:
+                                                 ;           DD  EA address
+                                                 ;           DW  #parms
+                                                 ;           DB  IOMODE ID               ;AN000;
+                                                 ;           DW  IO Mode                 ;AN000;
+ IFSR_MATCHATTR     =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+16 ; format 00000000e0advshr            ;AN000;
+ IFSR_ACTION        =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+18                                      ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_OPENFILE    EQU IFSR_ACTION-IFSRH+2                                              ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<LSEEKFILE>                                             ;AN000;
+ IFSR_MODE          =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; see INT 21H AH=42H                 ;AN000;
+ IFSR_POSITION      =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+2  ; displacement of LSEEK              ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_LSEEKFILE   EQU IFSR_POSITION-IFSRH+4                                            ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<READFILE>                                              ;AN000;
+;IFSR_MODE          =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS                                         ;AD005;
+ IFSR_COUNT         =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+2                                       ;AN000;
+ IFSR_BUFFER@       =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+4                                       ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_READFILE    EQU IFSR_BUFFER@-IFSRH+4                                             ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<WRITEFILE>                                             ;AN000;
+;IFSR_MODE          =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS                                         ;AD005;
+ IFSR_COUNT         =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+2                                       ;AN000;
+ IFSR_BUFFER@       =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+4                                       ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_WRITEFILE   EQU IFSR_BUFFER@-IFSRH+4                                             ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<LOCKFILE>                                              ;AN000;
+;IFSR_MODE          =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ;  bit 0: 0=lock all operations      ;AD005;
+                                                    ;  1=lock only write operations      ;AD005;
+ IFSR_FUNC          =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; 0=LOCK, 1=UNLOCK                   ;AC005;
+;IFSR_COUNT         =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+2                                       ;AD005;
+;IFSR_RANGE@        =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+4                                       ;AD005;
+ IFSR_LK_POSITION   =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+2                                       ;AN005;
+ IFSR_LK_LENGTH     =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+6                                       ;AN005;
+ LENGTH_LOCKFILE    EQU IFSR_LK_LENGTH-IFSRH+4                                           ;AC005;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<CLOSEFILE>                                             ;AN000;
+ IFSR_FUNC          =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; 0=CLOSE, 1=COMMIT                  ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_CLOSEFILE   EQU IFSR_FUNC-IFSRH+2                                                ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<FILEATTR>                                              ;AN000;
+ IFSR_FUNC          =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; 0=get, 1=set by handle             ;AN000;
+                                                    ; 2=get, 3=set by name               ;AN000;
+ IFSR_SUBFUNC       =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+2  ; 0=none,2=EA List, 3-EA names       ;AN000;
+                                                    ; 2,3 used only on IFSR_FUNC=0,1     ;AN000;
+ IFSR_BUFFER1@      =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+4  ; if IFSR_TYPE=2,3                   ;AN000;
+ IFSR_BUFFER2@      =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+8  ; if IFSR_TYPE=2                     ;AN000;
+ IFSR_COUNT         =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+12 ; if IFSR_TYPE=2,3                   ;AN000;
+ ; Following present only if IFSR_FUNC=2,3                                               ;AN000;
+ IFSR_MATCHATTR     =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+14 ; format 0000000re0advshr            ;AN000;
+ IFSR_NAME@         =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+16 ; ASCIIZ file name                   ;AN000;
+ IFSR_SIZE          =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+20 ; file size                          ;AN000;
+ IFSR_DATE          =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+24 ; file date                          ;AN000;
+ IFSR_TIME          =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+26 ; file time                          ;AN000;
+ IFSR_ATTR          =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+28 ; format 0000000re0advshr            ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_FILEATTR    EQU IFSR_ATTR-IFSRH+2                                                ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<DEPIOCTL>                                              ;AN000;
+ IFSR_FUNC          =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; 00 Generic IOCTL by device #       ;AN000;
+                                                    ; 01 Generic IOCTL by handle         ;AN000;
+                                                    ; 02 FS IOCTL query OS type          ;AN000;
+ IFSR_BUFFER@       =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+2  ; set on queries                     ;AN000;
+ IFSR_BUFSIZE       =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+6  ; Buffer size set for IFSR_FUNC=2    ;AN000;
+ ; FUNC dependent parameters                                                             ;AN000;
+ ; For generic                                                                           ;AN000;
+ IFSR_CATEGORY      =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+8  ; generic subfunctions               ;AN000;
+ IFSR_CTLFUNC       =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+9  ; see INT 21H AH=6BH                 ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_DEPIOCTL    EQU IFSR_CTLFUNC-IFSRH+1                                             ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<DEVIOCTL>                                              ;AN000;
+ IFSR_FUNC          =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; 00 Generic IOCTL by device #       ;AN000;
+                                                 ; 01 Generic IOCTL by handle            ;AN000;
+                                                 ; 02 FS IOCTL query OS type             ;AN000;
+ IFSR_BUFFER@       =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+2  ; set on queries                     ;AN000;
+ IFSR_BUFSIZE       =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+6  ; buffer size set for IFSR_FUNC=2    ;AN000;
+ ; FUNC dependent parameters                                                             ;AN000;
+ ; For generic                                                                           ;AN000;
+ IFSR_CATEGORY      =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+8  ; generic subfunctions               ;AN000;
+ IFSR_CTLFUNC       =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+9  ; see INT 21H AH=6BH                 ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_DEVIOCTL    EQU IFSR_CTLFUNC-IFSRH+1                                             ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<EOP>                                                   ;AN000;
+ IFSR_PID           =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; process ID                         ;AN000;
+ IFSR_SUBFUNC       =  BYTE  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS+2  ; 0=NORMAL EXIT, 1=ABORT EXIT        ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_EOP         EQU IFSR_SUBFUNC-IFSRH+2                                             ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ELSE                                                                 ;AN000;
+                    IFIDN  <fcn>,<EOCID>                                                 ;AN000;
+ IFSR_UID           =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_API_PARMS    ; process ID                         ;AN000;
+ LENGTH_EOCID       EQU IFSR_UID-IFSRH+2                                                 ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDIF                                                                ;AN000;
+                    ENDM                                                                 ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+SUBTTL  Request Data                                                                     ;AN000;
+PAGE                                                                                     ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;            Attach types                                                                ;AN000;
+;;;aliasTYPE_ALIAS      EQU     0                                                        ;AN000;
+TYPE_DEVICE     EQU     1                                                                ;AN000;
+TYPE_DRIVE      EQU     2                                                                ;AN000;
+TYPE_NET_DEVICE EQU     3                                                                ;AN000;
+TYPE_NET_DRIVE  EQU     4                                                                ;AN000;
+;            Attach cmds                                                                 ;AN000;
+GET_MODE        EQU     0                                                                ;AN000;
+SET_MODE        EQU     1                                                                ;AN000;
+GET_ASSIGN_LIST EQU     2                                                                ;AN000;
+DEFINE_MACRO    EQU     3                                                                ;AN000;
+CANCEL_ATTACH   EQU     4                                                                ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+ATTACH_PARMS    STRUC                                                                    ;AN000;
+AP_COUNT        DW      ?                                                                ;AN000;
+AP_STRING       DB      ?                                                                ;AN000;
+ATTACH_PARMS    ENDS                                                                     ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;            Critical Error Message types                                                ;AN000;
+CRIT_MSG_TYPE_1         equ     1
+TYPE1           EQU     1                                                                ;AN000;
+TYPE0           EQU     0                                                                ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;            Control Block types                                                         ;AN000;
+CBTYPE_SFF      EQU     0                                                                ;AN000;
+CBTYPE_CD       EQU     1                                                                ;AN000;
+CBTYPE_DF       EQU     2                                                                ;AN000;
+CBTYPE_DUMMYCD  EQU     3                                                                ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;            Drive Reset equates                                                         ;AN000;
+FUNC_FLUSH              EQU     0                                                        ;AN000;
+FUNC_FLUSH_INVALIDATE   EQU     1                                                        ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;            Search File equates                                                         ;AN000;
+IFSSEARCH_FIRST EQU     1                                                                ;AN000;
+IFSSEARCH_NEXT  EQU     2                                                                ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;            Open/Create type                                                            ;AN000;
+TYPE_NONE       EQU     0                                                                ;AN000;
+NOTEXIST_ACT_FAIL      = 0                                                 ;+BAF
+NOTEXIST_ACT_CREATE    = 1                                                 ;+BAF
+EXIST_ACT_FAIL         = 0                                                 ;+BAF
+EXIST_ACT_OPEN         = 1                                                 ;+BAF
+EXIST_ACT_REP_OPEN     = 2                                                 ;+BAF
+
+FILE_OPENED            = 1
+FILE_CREATED           = 2
+FILE_REPLACED          = 3
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;            Read/Write equates                                                          ;AN000;
+;MODE_READ         EQU   0                                                               ;AD005;
+;MODE_WRITE        EQU   0                                                               ;AD005;
+;MODE_LOCK_READ    EQU  1                                                                ;AD005;
+;MODE_WRITE_UNLOCK EQU  1                                                                ;AD005;
+;MODE_WRITE_SFPOS  EQU    00H                                                            ;AD005;
+;MODE_WRITE_SFSIZE EQU    02H                                                            ;AD005;
+;MODE_ADD_MASK        EQU  00000010B     ; do I need this???                             ;AD005;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;            Lock equates                                                                ;AN000;
+;MODE_LOCK_ALL        EQU  0                                                             ;AD005;
+;MODE_LOCK_WRITE      EQU  1                                                             ;AD005;
+FUNC_LOCK            EQU  0                                                              ;AN000;
+FUNC_UNLOCK          EQU  1                                                              ;AN000;
+;MODE_ADD_MASK        EQU  00000010B                                                     ;AD005;
+;MODE_WO_MASK         EQU  10000000B                                                     ;AN004; BAF ;AD005;
+;LOCK_RANGE_STRUC        STRUC                                                           ;AD005;
+;   IFSR_LOCK_POSITION   DD      ?                                                       ;AD005;
+;   IFSR_LOCK_LENGTH     DD      ?                                                       ;AD005;
+;LOCK_RANGE_STRUC        ENDS                                                            ;AD005;
+
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;            Close equates                                                               ;AN000;
+FUNC_CLOSE        EQU   0                                                                ;AN000;
+FUNC_COMMIT       EQU   1                                                                ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;            LSeek equates                                                               ;AN000;
+MODE2             EQU   2                                                                ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;            File Attribute equates                                                      ;AN000;
+FUNC_GET_BY_HANDLE      EQU     0                                                        ;AN000;
+FUNC_SET_BY_HANDLE      EQU     1                                                        ;AN000;
+FUNC_GET_BY_NAME        EQU     2                                                        ;AN000;
+FUNC_SET_BY_NAME        EQU     3                                                        ;AN000;
+SUBFUNC_INLINE          EQU     0                                                        ;AN000;
+SUBFUNC_EA              EQU     2                                                        ;AN000;
+SUBFUNC_EA_NAMES        EQU     3                                                        ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;            FS Dependent IOCTL                                                          ;AN000;
+GEN_IOCTL_BY_DEVNUM         EQU     0                                                    ;AN000;
+GEN_IOCTL_BY_HANDLE         EQU     1                                                    ;AN000;
+QUERY_OS_TYPE               EQU     2                                                    ;AN000;
+CATEGORY_FS                 EQU     0                                                    ;AN000;
+CATEGORY_REDIR              EQU     1                                                    ;AN000;
+PRINTER_SET_STRING          EQU     2                                                    ;AN000;
+PRINTER_GET_STRING          EQU     3                                                    ;AN000;
+PRINTER_SET_FLAGS           EQU     4                                                    ;AN000;
+PRINTER_GET_FLAGS           EQU     5                                                    ;AN000;
+CTLFUNC_PRINTER_SET_STRING  EQU   00100001B                                              ;AN000;
+CTLFUNC_PRINTER_GET_STRING  EQU   00000001B                                              ;AN000;
+CTLFUNC_PRINTER_SET_FLAGS   EQU   00100010B                                              ;AN000;
+CTLFUNC_PRINTER_GET_FLAGS   EQU   00000010B                                              ;AN000;
+CTLFUNC_DEVECHOCHECK        EQU   00000011B                                              ;AN000;
+CTLFUNC_GET_UNC_ITEM        EQU   00000100B                                              ;AN000;
+CTLFUNC_DEVCLOSE            EQU   00000101B                                              ;AN000;
+CTLFUNC_DEVOPER             EQU   00000110B                                              ;AN000;
+CTLFUNC_PRINT_ON            EQU   00100111B                                              ;AN000;
+CTLFUNC_PRINT_OFF           EQU   00000111B                                              ;AN000;
+CLOSE_SPOOL_FILES           EQU     9                                                    ;AN000;
+LENGTH_DEVECHOCHECK_BUFFER  EQU 1                                                        ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;            FS Device IOCTL                                                             ;AN000;
+READ_DEVICE                 EQU     2                                                    ;AN000;
+WRITE_DEVICE                EQU     3                                                    ;AN000;
+CHAR_GENERIC                EQU     0CH                                                  ;AN000;
+BLOCK_GENERIC               EQU     0DH                                                  ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;            End of Process equates                                                      ;AN000;
+EOP_NORMAL      EQU     0                                                                ;AN000;
+EOP_ABORT       EQU     1                                                                ;AN000;
+RESET_ENVIRONMENT EQU   2
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+SUBTTL  Request Return Classes/Codes                                                     ;AN000;
+PAGE                                                                                     ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;  IFS Request Return Codes                                                      ;AN000;
+IFSR_NO_ERROR           EQU     0                                                        ;AN000;
+IFSR_NONSPEC_ERROR      EQU     1                                                        ;AN000;
+IFSR_NOT_FOUND_ERROR    EQU     2                                                        ;AN000;
+IFSR_ACCESS_DENIED      EQU     3                                                        ;AN000;
+IFSR_DEVICE_TYPE_MISMATCH EQU   4                                                        ;AN000;
+IFSR_NO_SUBFCN_SUPPORT  EQU    -2                                                        ;AN000;
+IFSR_NO_FCN_SUPPORT     EQU    -1                                                        ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;  IFS Request Return Classes                                                            ;AN000;
+IFSR_INT21H_ERROR       EQU     1                                                        ;AN000;
+IFSR_DRIVER_ERROR       EQU     2                                                        ;AN000;
+IFSR_INT21H_CRITER      EQU     3                                                        ;AN000;
+IFSR_DEVICE_ERROR       EQU     4                                                        ;AN006;
+IFSR_BAD_FORMAT         EQU    -1                                                        ;AN000;
+
+;
+;  Int 24H
+NO_RETRY        =       0
+I24_RESP_IGNORE =       0
+I24_RESP_RETRY  =       1
+
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+;  IFS_DOSCALL@ function equates                                                         ;AN000;
+;  Block Device Driver Requests                                                          ;AN000;
+CALL_INTERRUPT_ROUTINE  EQU     1                                                        ;AN000;
+READ_SECTORS            EQU     2                                                        ;AN000;
+WRITE_SECTORS           EQU     3                                                        ;AN000;
+FIND_SECTOR             EQU     8                                                        ;AN000;
+MARK_SECTOR_CHANGED     EQU     9                                                        ;AN000;
+;  Buffer Cache Requests                                                                 ;AN000;
+WRITE_DOS_BUFFER        EQU     10                                                       ;AN000;
+READ_DOS_BUFFER         EQU     11                                                       ;AN000;
+FREE_DOS_BUFFER         EQU     12                                                       ;AN000;
+FLUSH_DOS_BUFFERS       EQU     13                                                       ;AN000;
+;  Get DOS Variable                                                                      ;AN000;
+GET_DOS_VALUE           EQU     32                                                       ;AN000;
+ACTIVE_PROCESS_INFO     EQU     1                                                        ;AN000;
+CPSW_INFORMATION        EQU     2                                                        ;AN000;
+BREAK_INFORMATION       EQU     3                                                        ;AN000;
+VERIFY_INFORMATION      EQU     4                                                        ;AN000;
+CONFIG_SYS_VALUES       EQU     5                                                        ;AN000;
+    DOS_VALUE_BUFFER        STRUC                                                        ;AN000;
+       VAL_BUF_SIZE    DW      14                                                        ;AN000;
+       VAL_BUF_FILES   DW      0                                                         ;AN000;
+       VAL_BUF_FCBS    DW      0                                                         ;AN000;
+                       DW      0                                                         ;AN000;
+       VAL_BUF_BUFS    DW      0                                                         ;AN000;
+                       DW      0                                                         ;AN000;
+       VAL_BUF_LDRV    DW      0                                                         ;AN000;
+       VAL_BUF_SSZ     DW      0                                                         ;AN000;
+    DOS_VALUE_BUFFER        ENDS                                                         ;AN000;
+MACHINE_NAME            EQU     6                                                        ;AN000;
+COUNTRY_INFO            EQU     7                                                        ;AN000;
+SHARE_RETRY_COUNT       EQU     8                                                        ;AN000;
+;  Get Assign Mode                                                                       ;AN000;
+GET_ASSIGN_MODE         EQU     33                                                       ;AN000;
+DEVICE_MACRO    =       3
+DRIVE_MACRO    =        4
+PAUSE_MODE_ON   =       1
+PAUSE_MODE_OFF  =       0
+;
+DOS2NET_DATE    =       34
+NET2DOS_DATE    =       35
+DOS_STRCMP      =       36
+DOS_STRCPY      =       37
+USE_SYSTEM_TIMEDATE  =  0
+USE_USER_TIMEDATE    =  1
+;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+SUBTTL  Pseudo Block Structures: SF, CD, DF                                              ;AN000;
+PAGE                                                                                     ;AN000;
+; SFF - Pseudo SFT                                                                       ;AN000;
+;        This structure is used to pass pertinent SFT information                        ;AN000;
+;        to IFS driver.                                                                  ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+SFF              STRUC                    ; Open File Control Block                      ;AN000;
+SFF_TYPE         DB     0,0               ; Identifies SFF                               ;AN000;
+SFF_FLAGS        DW      ?                ; Control flags                                ;AN000;
+                                          ;   4000H=don't set date/time on close         ;AN009;
+                                          ;   0080H=device (vs file)                     ;AN009;
+                                          ;   0040H=File clean                           ;AN008;
+SFF_MODE         DW      ?                ; Mode of access.                              ;AN000;
+                                          ;   8000H=FCB (vs handle)[this moved from flags];AC008;
+SFF_RESV1        DW      ?                ; IO mode.                                     ;AC023; iomode
+SFF_ATTR         DW      ?                ; File attr.FORMAT : 0000000re0advshr          ;AN000;
+SFF_UID          DW      ?                ; User ID                                      ;AN000;
+SFF_PID          DW      ?                ; Process ID                                   ;AN000;
+SFF_SIZE         DD      ?                ; File size                                    ;AN000;
+SFF_POSITION     DD      ?                ; Read/Write pointer                           ;AN000;
+SFF_TIME         DW      ?                ; File time                                    ;AN000;
+SFF_DATE         DW      ?                ; File date                                    ;AN000;
+SFF_NAME         DB      8 DUP (?)        ; Name                                         ;AN000;
+SFF_EXT          DB      3 DUP (?)        ; Extension                                    ;AN000;
+SFF_RESV2        DW      0                ; Code page                                    ;AC024; cp
+SFF_SF_ID        DW      0                ; Unique SFT entry identifier                  ;AN009;
+SFF_RESV         DB     12 DUP(0)         ; Reserved                                     ;AC009;
+SFF_FSDA         DB      8 DUP(?)         ; File System Dependent Data Area              ;AN000;
+SFF             ENDS                                                                     ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+; sff_flags bits
+SFF_Close_NoDate EQU    4000H             ;   4000H=don't set date/time on close         ;AN009;
+SFF_IsDevice     EQU    0080H             ;   0080H=device (vs file)                     ;AN009;
+SFF_FileClean    EQU    0040H             ;   0040H=File clean                           ;AN008;
+SFF_Device_Raw   EQU    0020H             ;   0020H=Device raw                           ;AN008;
+SFF_Net_Spool    EQU    0000100000000000B
+; sff_mode  bits
+SFF_IsFCB        EQU    8000H             ;   8000H=FCB (vs handle)[this moved from flags];AC008;
+
+; CD  - Pseudo CDS                                                                       ;AN000;
+;        This structure is used to pass pertinent CDS information                        ;AN000;
+;        to IFS driver.                                                                  ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+CD              STRUC                                                                    ;AN000;
+CD_TYPE         DB      1,0               ; Identifies CD                                ;AN000;
+CD_END          DW      ?                 ; End of assignment in CD_TEXT                 ;AN000;
+CD_TEXT         DB      67 DUP (?)        ; Text of assignment and curdir                ;AN000;
+CD_RESV         DB      5 DUP(0)          ; Reserved                                     ;AN000;
+CD_FSDA         DB      8 DUP(?)          ; File System Dependent Data Area              ;AN000;
+CD              ENDS                                                                     ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+; DF  - Pseudo DFL                                                                       ;AN000;
+;        This structure is used to pass pertinent DFL information                        ;AN000;
+;        to IFS driver.                                                                  ;AN000;
+
+DFL             STRUC                                                                    ;AN000;
+DFL_TYPE        DB      2,0               ; Identifies DFL                               ;AN000;
+DFL_DEV_NAME    DB      8 DUP (?)         ; Device name                                  ;AN000;
+DFL_FSDA        DB      8 DUP (?)         ; File System Dependent Data Area              ;AN000;
+DFL             ENDS                                                                     ;AN000;
+                                                                                         ;AN000;
+SUBTTL  Search Continuation Information                                                  ;AN000;
+PAGE                                                                                     ;AN000;
+CONTINFO        STRUC                                                                    ;AN000;
+CI_SEARCH_FN    DB      8 DUP(?)   ; SEARCH FILE NAME                                    ;AN000;
+CI_SEARCH_FN_EXT DB     3 DUP(?)   ; SEARCH FILE EXTENSION                               ;AN000;
+CI_SEARCH_ATTR  DB      ?          ; SEARCH ATTRIBUTE                                    ;AN000;
+CI_FSDA         DB      8 DUP(?)   ; FSDA                                                ;AN000;
+                                   ; Directory entry:                                    ;AN000;
+CI_FOUND_FN     DB      8 DUP(?)   ; FOUND FILE NAME                                     ;AN000;
+CI_FOUND_FN_EXT DB      3 DUP(?)   ; FOUND FILE EXTENSION                                ;AN000;
+CI_FOUND_ATTRL  DB      ?          ; FOUND ATTRIBUTE LOW  ??? DB/DD                      ;AN000;
+CI_CP           DW      ?          ; FILE CODE PAGE (OR 0)                               ;AN000;
+CI_RESV1        DW      ?          ; RESERVED                                            ;AN000;
+CI_FOUND_ATTRH  DB      ?          ; FOUND ATTRIBUTE HIGH                                ;AN000;
+CI_RESV2        DB      5  DUP(?)  ; RESERVED                                            ;AN000;
+CI_FILE_TIME    DW      ?          ; FILE TIME                                           ;AN000;
+CI_FILE_DATE    DW      ?          ; FILE DATE                                           ;AN000;
+CI_FSWORD       DW      ?          ; MEANING FILE SYSTEM SPECIFIC                        ;AN000;
+                                   ; (STARTING CLUSTER IN FAT)                           ;AN000;
+CI_FILE_SIZE    DD      ?          ; FILE SIZE                                           ;AN000;
+CONTINFO        ENDS                                                                     ;AN000;
+
+
+CATEGORY_PRINTER       EQU      5
+
+CTLFUNC_SELECT         EQU      4AH
+CTLFUNC_QUERY_SELECTED EQU      6AH
+CTLFUNC_QUERY_PREPLIST EQU      6BH
+
+DEV_OPER_BUFFER        STRUC
+  OPER_FUNC     DB      ?
+  TRUNC_FLAG    DB      ?
+DEV_OPER_BUFFER        ENDS
+
+PACKET                 STRUC    ; device ioctl buffer info
+  PACKLEN       DW      2       ; length of packet in bytes
+  PACKCPID      DW      ?       ; code page id
+PACKET                 ENDS
+
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/INTNAT.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/INTNAT.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..125484d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/INTNAT.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)intnat.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+BREAK <International data structure format>
+
+;
+; Current structure of the data returned by the international call
+;
+internat_block STRUC
+Date_tim_format DW      ?               ; 0-USA, 1-EUR, 2-JAP
+Currency_sym    DB      ?               ; Currency Symbol 5 bytes
+                DB      ?
+                DB      ?
+                DB      ?
+                DB      ?
+Thous_sep       DB      ?               ; Thousands separator 2 bytes
+                DB      ?
+Decimal_sep     DB      ?               ; Decimal separator 2 bytes
+                DB      ?
+Date_sep        DB      ?               ; Date separator 2 bytes
+                DB      ?
+Time_sep        DB      ?               ; Decimal separator 2 bytes
+                DB      ?
+Bit_field       DB      ?               ; Bit values
+                                        ;   Bit 0 = 0 if currency symbol first
+                                        ;         = 1 if currency symbol last
+                                        ;   Bit 1 = 0 if No space after currency symbol
+                                        ;         = 1 if space after currency symbol
+Currency_cents  DB      ?               ; Number of places after currency dec point
+Time_24         DB      ?               ; 1 if 24 hour time, 0 if 12 hour time
+Map_call        DW      ?               ; Address of case mapping call (DWORD)
+                DW      ?               ; THIS IS TWO WORDS SO IT CAN BE INITIALIZED
+                                        ;  in pieces.
+Data_sep        DB      ?               ; Data list separator character
+                DB      ?
+internat_block ENDS
+
+;
+; Max size of the block returned by the INTERNATIONAL call
+;
+internat_block_max      EQU     32
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/IOCTL.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/IOCTL.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9c335d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/IOCTL.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+
+%OUT IOCTL.INC...
+; THESE ARE ALL THE IMPORTANT STRUCTURES AND EQUATES FOR IOCTL
+;==============================================================================
+;REVISION HISTORY:
+;AN000 - New for DOS Version 4.00 - J.K.
+;AC000 - Changed for DOS Version 4.00 - J.K.
+;AN00x - PTM number for DOS Version 4.00 - J.K.
+;==============================================================================
+;AN001; D241 Provide support of Multi-track Format/Verify          9/23/87 J.K.
+;AN002; P1535 Unformatted hard file problem                       10/15/87 J.K.
+;AN003; D490 IOCTL subfunction 63h,43h,64h,44h conflicts with OS2  2/26/88 J.K.
+;==============================================================================
+
+;*** J.K.
+;General Guide -
+;Category Code:
+; 0... .... DOS Defined
+; 1... .... User defined
+; .xxx xxxx Code
+
+;Function Code:
+; 0... .... Return error if unsupported
+; 1... .... Ignore if unsupported
+; .0.. .... Intercepted by DOS
+; .1.. .... Passed to driver
+; ..0. .... Sends data/commands to device
+; ..1. .... Quries data/info from device
+; ...x .... Subfunction
+;
+; Note that "Sends/queries" data bit is intended only to regularize the
+; function set.  It plays no critical role; some functions may contain both
+; command and query elements. The convention is that such commands are
+; defined as "sends data".
+
+;*****************************;*
+; BLOCK DRIVERS               ;*
+;*****************************;*
+
+; IOCTL SUB-FUNCTIONS
+IOCTL_GET_DEVICE_INFO   EQU     0
+IOCTL_SET_DEVICE_INFO   EQU     1
+IOCTL_READ_HANDLE       EQU     2
+IOCTL_WRITE_HANDLE      EQU     3
+IOCTL_READ_DRIVE        EQU     4
+IOCTL_WRITE_DRIVE       EQU     5
+IOCTL_GET_INPUT_STATUS  EQU     6
+IOCTL_GET_OUTPUT_STATUS EQU     7
+IOCTL_CHANGEABLE?       EQU     8
+IOCTL_DeviceLocOrRem?   EQU     9
+IOCTL_HandleLocOrRem?   EQU     0Ah   ;10
+IOCTL_SHARING_RETRY     EQU     0Bh   ;11
+GENERIC_IOCTL_HANDLE    EQU     0Ch   ;12
+GENERIC_IOCTL           EQU     0Dh   ;13
+
+; GENERIC IOCTL CATEGORY CODES
+IOC_OTHER               EQU     0       ; Other device control J.K. 4/29/86
+IOC_SE                  EQU     1       ; SERIAL DEVICE CONTROL
+IOC_TC                  EQU     2       ; TERMINAL CONTROL
+IOC_SC                  EQU     3       ; SCREEN CONTROL
+IOC_KC                  EQU     4       ; KEYBOARD CONTROL
+IOC_PC                  EQU     5       ; PRINTER CONTROL
+IOC_DC                  EQU     8       ; DISK CONTROL (SAME AS RAWIO)
+
+; GENERIC IOCTL SUB-FUNCTIONS
+RAWIO                   EQU     8
+
+; RAWIO SUB-FUNCTIONS
+GET_DEVICE_PARAMETERS   EQU     60H
+SET_DEVICE_PARAMETERS   EQU     40H
+READ_TRACK              EQU     61H
+WRITE_TRACK             EQU     41H
+VERIFY_TRACK            EQU     62H
+FORMAT_TRACK            EQU     42H
+GET_MEDIA_ID            EQU     66h             ;AN000;AN003;changed from 63h
+SET_MEDIA_ID            EQU     46h             ;AN000;AN003;changed from 43h
+GET_ACCESS_FLAG         EQU     67h             ;AN002;AN003;Unpublished function.Changed from 64h
+SET_ACCESS_FLAG         EQU     47h             ;AN002;AN003;Unpublished function.Changed from 44h
+
+; SPECIAL FUNCTION FOR GET DEVICE PARAMETERS
+BUILD_DEVICE_BPB        EQU     000000001B
+
+; SPECIAL FUNCTIONS FOR SET DEVICE PARAMETERS
+INSTALL_FAKE_BPB        EQU     000000001B
+ONLY_SET_TRACKLAYOUT    EQU     000000010B
+TRACKLAYOUT_IS_GOOD     EQU     000000100B
+
+; SPECIAL FUNCTION FOR FORMAT TRACK
+STATUS_FOR_FORMAT               EQU     000000001B
+DO_FAST_FORMAT                  equ     000000010B      ;AN001;
+; CODES RETURNED FROM FORMAT STATUS CALL
+FORMAT_NO_ROM_SUPPORT           EQU     000000001B
+FORMAT_COMB_NOT_SUPPORTED       EQU     000000010B
+
+; DEVICETYPE VALUES
+MAX_SECTORS_IN_TRACK    EQU     63      ; MAXIMUM SECTORS ON A DISK.(Was 40 in DOS 3.2)
+DEV_5INCH               EQU     0
+DEV_5INCH96TPI          EQU     1
+DEV_3INCH720KB          EQU     2
+DEV_8INCHSS             EQU     3
+DEV_8INCHDS             EQU     4
+DEV_HARDDISK            EQU     5
+DEV_OTHER               EQU     7
+
+MAX_DEV_TYPE            EQU     7       ; MAXIMUM DEVICE TYPE THAT WE
+                                        ; CURRENTLY SUPPORT.
+
+;J.K. Bug in MASM 3.  A_BPB will be defined in PASS1 and, in PASS2 the
+;compiler does not include BPB.INC and it will be treated as undefined.
+IF1
+        BPBINPASS1 = 0
+        IFNDEF A_BPB
+            INCLUDE BPB.INC
+            BPBINPASS1 = 1
+        ENDIF
+ELSE
+        IF BPBINPASS1
+            INCLUDE BPB.INC
+        ENDIF
+ENDIF
+
+A_SECTORTABLE       STRUC
+ST_SECTORNUMBER         DW      ?
+ST_SECTORSIZE           DW      ?
+A_SECTORTABLE       ENDS
+
+A_DEVICEPARAMETERS  STRUC
+DP_SPECIALFUNCTIONS     DB      ?
+DP_DEVICETYPE           DB      ?
+DP_DEVICEATTRIBUTES     DW      ?
+DP_CYLINDERS            DW      ?
+DP_MEDIATYPE            DB      ?
+DP_BPB                  DB      SIZE A_BPB DUP (?)
+DP_TRACKTABLEENTRIES    DW      ?
+DP_SECTORTABLE          DB MAX_SECTORS_IN_TRACK * SIZE A_SECTORTABLE DUP (?)
+A_DEVICEPARAMETERS  ENDS
+
+A_TRACKREADWRITEPACKET STRUC
+TRWP_SPECIALFUNCTIONS   DB      ?
+TRWP_HEAD               DW      ?
+TRWP_CYLINDER           DW      ?
+TRWP_FIRSTSECTOR        DW      ?
+TRWP_SECTORSTOREADWRITE DW      ?
+TRWP_TRANSFERADDRESS    DD      ?
+A_TRACKREADWRITEPACKET ENDS
+
+;AN001; - FP_TRACKCOUNT is only meaningful when FP_SPECIALFUNCTIONS bit 1 = 1.
+A_FORMATPACKET      STRUC
+FP_SPECIALFUNCTIONS     DB      ?
+FP_HEAD                 DW      ?
+FP_CYLINDER             DW      ?
+FP_TRACKCOUNT           DW      1
+A_FORMATPACKET      ENDS
+
+A_VERIFYPACKET      STRUC
+VP_SPECIALFUNCTIONS     DB      ?
+VP_HEAD                 DW      ?
+VP_CYLINDER             DW      ?
+A_VERIFYPACKET      ENDS
+
+A_MEDIA_ID_INFO     STRUC
+MI_LEVEL                DW      0               ;J.K. 87 Info. level
+MI_SERIAL               DD      ?               ;J.K. 87 Serial #
+MI_LABEL                DB     11 DUP (' ')     ;J.K. 87 volume label
+MI_SYSTEM               DB      8 DUP (' ')     ;J.K. 87 File system type
+A_MEDIA_ID_INFO     ENDS
+
+A_DISKACCESS_CONTROL    STRUC                   ;AN002; Unpublished function. Only for Hard file.
+DAC_SPECIALFUNCTIONS    DB      0               ;AN002; Always 0
+DAC_ACCESS_FLAG         DB      0               ;AN002; Non Zero - allow disk I/O to unformatted hard file
+A_DISKACCESS_CONTROL    ENDS                    ;AN002; 0 - Disallow disk I/O to unformatted hard file
+
+;********************************;*
+; CHARACTER DEVICES (PRINTERS)   ;*
+;********************************;*
+
+;RAWIO SUB-FUNCTIONS
+GET_RETRY_COUNT         EQU     65H
+SET_RETRY_COUNT         EQU     45H
+
+A_RETRYCOUNT        STRUC
+RC_COUNT                DW      ?
+A_RETRYCOUNT        ENDS
+
+;********************************;*             ;J.K. 4/29/86
+; CHARACTER DEVICES (SCREEN)     ;*
+;********************************;*             ;J.K. 4/29/86
+;
+;SC_MODE_INFO    struc
+;SC_INFO_LENGTH          DW      9
+;SC_MODE                 DB      0
+;SC_COLORS               DW      0
+;SC_WIDTH                DW      0
+;SC_LENGTH               DW      0
+;SC_MODE_INFO    ends
+;
+;SC_INFO_PACKET_LENGTH   EQU     9               ;LENGTH OF THE INFO PACKET.
+
+;SUBFUNCTIONS FOR CON$GENIOCTL
+;GET_SC_MODE             EQU     60h
+;SET_SC_MODE             EQU     40h
+;The following subfunctions are reserved for installable CODE PAGE switch
+;console devices. - J.K. 4/29/86
+;Get_active_codepage     equ     6Ah
+;Invoke_active_codepage  equ     4Ah
+;Start_designate_codepage equ    4Ch
+;End_designate_codepage  equ     4Dh
+;Get_list_of_designated_codepage equ 6Bh
+;J.K. 4/29/86 *** End of Con$genioctl equates & structures
+
+
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/KSTRING.C b/v4.0/src/INC/KSTRING.C
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b59f717
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/KSTRING.C
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+#include "internat.h"
+#include <dos.h>
+#define   NULL    0
+#define   TRUE    0xffff
+#define   FALSE   0
+#define   KANJI   TRUE  
+char    haveinttab = FALSE;
+/*
+ * ECS Support - This module provides support for international >7FH and 
+ * TWO-BYTE character sets.  The toupper routine uses the DOS MAP_CASE call.
+ * In addition, STRING.C contains a default_tab containing a default lead
+ * byte table for two byte character sets.  If single byte operation is
+ * desired, modify this table as follows:  ="\000".  If this utility 
+ * is run on a DOS with Function 63H support, the default table will 
+ * be replaced by the table in the DOS.  The lbtbl_ptr is the far ptr to
+ * which ever table is in use.
+*/
+long  lbtbl_ptr;
+char  *default_tab="\201\237\340\374\000\000";
+char    have_lbtbl = FALSE;
+
+struct  InterTbl Currtab;
+
+int toupper(c)
+int c;
+{
+        union REGS regs ;
+
+        if(!haveinttab) {
+            regs.x.ax = 0x3800 ;
+            regs.x.dx = (unsigned) &Currtab ;
+            intdos (&regs, &regs) ;             /* INIT the table */
+
+            haveinttab = TRUE;
+        }
+
+        return(IToupper(c,Currtab.casecall));
+
+}
+
+char *strupr(string)
+char *string;
+{
+        register char *p1;
+
+        p1 = string;
+        while (*p1 != NULL) {
+        /*
+         *  A note about the following " & 0xFF" stuff. This is
+         *  to prevent the damn C compiler from converting bytes
+         *  to words with the CBW instruction which is NOT correct
+         *  for routines like toupper
+         */
+#ifdef KANJI
+         if(testkanj(*p1 & 0xFF))
+                p1 += 2 ;
+            else
+                *p1++ = toupper(*p1 & 0xFF);
+#else
+            *p1++ = toupper(*p1 & 0xFF);
+#endif
+        }
+        return(string);
+}
+
+char *strpbrk(string1,string2)
+char *string1;
+char *string2;
+{
+        register char *p1;
+
+        while (*string1 != NULL) {
+        /*
+         *  A note about the following " & 0xFF" stuff. This is
+         *  to prevent the damn C compiler from converting bytes
+         *  to words with the CBW instruction which is NOT correct
+         *  for routines like toupper
+         */
+#ifdef KANJI
+            if(testkanj(*string1 & 0xFF))
+                string1 += 2 ;
+            else {
+#endif
+                p1 = string2;
+                while (*p1 != NULL) {
+                    if(*p1++ == *string1)
+                        return(string1);
+                }
+                string1++;
+#ifdef KANJI
+            }
+#endif
+
+        }
+        return(NULL);                   /* no matches found */
+}
+
+#ifdef KANJI
+testkanj(c)
+unsigned char c;
+{
+        long *p1;
+        union REGS regs ;
+        int     i;
+
+        p1 = (long *)&lbtbl_ptr ;                       
+        if (!have_lbtbl ) {
+      (char far *)lbtbl_ptr = (char far *)default_tab   ;       /* Load offset in pointer */
+           get_lbtbl( p1 );
+           have_lbtbl=TRUE;
+        }
+                          
+           if ( test_ecs( c, lbtbl_ptr )) 
+                return(TRUE);
+           else
+                return(FALSE);  
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/LOCK.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/LOCK.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..469ce79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/LOCK.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+;
+;Equates for LOCK
+;
+;LOCK functions
+;
+Lock_all            equ    0
+Unlock_all          equ    1
+Lock_mul_range      equ    2
+Unlock_mul_range    equ    3
+Lock_read           equ    4
+Write_unlock        equ    5
+Lock_add            equ    6
+
+;
+;Structure for Lock buffer
+
+LockBuf    STRUC
+
+   Lock_position DD    ?            ; file position for LOCK
+   Lock_length   DD    ?            ; number of bytes to LOCK
+
+LockBuf    ENDS
+;
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/MACRO.DEF b/v4.0/src/INC/MACRO.DEF
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf11a24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/MACRO.DEF
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+ PAGE
+;***************************************************************************;
+;                            MACRO DEFINITION                               ;
+;***************************************************************************;
+
+PRINT   MACRO   MESSAGE
+        MOV     DX,OFFSET MESSAGE&_PTR
+        PUSH    DX
+        PUSH    CS
+        CALL    PRINTF
+ENDM
+
+
+
+INPUT   MACRO   MESSAGE
+        PRINT   MESSAGE
+        CALL PROMPT
+ENDM
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/MAKEFILE b/v4.0/src/INC/MAKEFILE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2bed75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/MAKEFILE
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+#*************************** makefile for inc ****************************
+
+msg     =..\messages
+dos     =..\dos
+inc     =..\inc
+hinc    =..\h
+
+#
+####################### dependencies begin here. #########################
+#
+
+all:            errtst.obj sysvar.obj cds.obj dpb.obj nibdos.obj \
+                const2.obj msdata.obj msdosme.obj mstable.obj msgserv.asm
+
+errtst.obj:     errtst.c \
+                $(hinc)\types.h  \
+                $(hinc)\comsub.h  \
+                $(hinc)\dpb.h
+
+sysvar.obj:     sysvar.c \
+                $(hinc)\types.h  \
+                $(hinc)\sysvar.h
+
+cds.obj:        cds.c \
+                $(hinc)\types.h  \
+                $(hinc)\sysvar.h  \
+                $(hinc)\cds.h  \
+                $(hinc)\dpb.h
+
+dpb.obj:        dpb.c \
+                $(hinc)\dpb.h \
+                dpb.inc
+
+nibdos.obj:     nibdos.asm $(dos)\mssw.asm $(dos)\msconst.asm \
+                dossym.inc dosseg.asm mshead.asm
+
+const2.obj:     const2.asm dossym.inc devsym.inc \
+                dosseg.asm
+
+msdata.obj:     msdata.asm $(dos)\mssw.asm dosseg.asm \
+                dosmac.inc msdata.asm $(dos)\msinit.asm \
+                devsym.inc vector.inc buffer.inc \
+                dirent.inc dpb.inc curdir.inc \
+                find.inc pdb.inc \
+                sf.inc arena.inc mi.inc
+
+msdosme.obj:    msdosme.asm $(dos)\mssw.asm dosseg.asm \
+                $(dos)\dosmes.asm dosmac.inc intnat.inc \
+                divmes.asm
+
+mstable.obj:    mstable.asm $(dos)\mssw.asm           \
+                $(dos)\ms_table.asm dossym.inc dosseg.asm     \
+                $(dos)\misc2.asm
+
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/MFT.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/MFT.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0359f80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/MFT.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+BREAK   <MFT Definitions>
+
+;**     MSDOS MFT definitions
+;
+;   The Master File Table (MFT) associates the cannonicalized pathnames, lock
+;   records and SFTs for all files open on this machine.
+;
+;   The MFT implementation employs a single memory buffer which is used from
+;   both ends.  This gives the effect (at least until they run into each
+;   other) of two independent buffers.
+;
+;       MFT buffer
+;       ==========
+;   The MFT buffer contains MFT name records and free space.  It uses a
+;   classic heap architecture:  freed name records are marked free and
+;   conglomerated with any adjacent free space.  When one is to create a name
+;   entry the free list is searched first-fit.  The list of name and free
+;   records is always terminated by a single END record.
+;
+;       LOCK buffer
+;       ===========
+;   The lock buffer contains fixed format records containing record locking
+;   information.  Since they are fixed format the space is handled as a series
+;   of chains:  one for each MFT name record and one for the free list.  No
+;   garbage collection is necessary.
+;
+;       Space allocation
+;       ================
+;   The MFT is managed as a heap.  Empty blocks are allocated on a first-fit
+;   basis.  If there is no single large enough empty block the list is garbage
+;   collected.
+;
+;       MFT name records:
+;
+;              8     16     8     16     32     16        n
+;           |------|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------~~~~~~---------|
+;           | FLAG | LEN | SUM | LPTR | SPTR | SERL |     <.asciz string>    |
+;           --------------------------------------------------~~~~~~----------
+;
+;                       FLAG = record type flag
+;                       LEN =  total byte length of record.
+;                       SUM =  sum of bytes in asciz string.  Used to speed
+;                              searches
+;                       LPTR=  pointer to first record in lock chain segment
+;                              is MFT segment
+;                       SPTR= pointer to first sft in sft chain
+;                       SERL= serial number
+;                       <string> = name string, zero-byte terminated.  There
+;                              may be garbage bytes following the 00 byte;
+;                              these are counted in the LEN field.
+;
+;
+;       MFT free records
+;
+;              8      16
+;           |------|-----|----~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~---------|
+;           | FLAG | LEN |         free                           |
+;           ------------------~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~----------
+;
+;                       FLAG = record type flag
+;                       LEN  = total byte length of record.
+;
+;
+;       MFT END records
+;
+;                  8
+;               |------|
+;               | FLAG |
+;               --------
+;
+;                       FLAG = record type flag
+
+;**     MFT definitions
+;*
+;*      NOTE:  the flag and length fields are identical for all record types
+;*              (except the END type has no length) This must remain so as
+;*              some code depends upon it.
+;*
+;*      NOTE:  Many routines check for "n-1" of the N flag values and if no
+;*              match is found assume the flag value must be the remaining
+;*              possibility.  If you add or remove flag values you must check
+;*              all references to mft_flag.
+
+MFT_entry       STRUC
+
+mft_flag        DB      ?               ; flag/len field
+mft_len         DW      ?
+mft_sum         DB      ?               ; string sum word
+mft_lptr        DW      ?               ; LCK pointer
+mft_sptr        DD      ?               ; sft pointer
+mft_serl        DW      ?               ; serial number
+mft_name        DB      ?               ; offset to start of name
+
+MFT_entry       ENDS
+
+MFLG_NAM        EQU     1               ; min value for name record
+MFLG_FRE        EQU     0               ; free record
+MFLG_END        EQU     -1              ; end record
+
+;*      Record Lock Record (RLR):
+;
+;                  16       32       32       32
+;               |-------|--------|--------|--------|
+;               | NEXT  |  FBA   |  LBA   |  SPTR  |
+;               |       | lo hi  | lo hi  |        |
+;               ------------|--------|--------------
+;
+;                       CHAIN  = pointer to next RLR.  0 if end
+;                       FBA    = offset of 1st  byte of locked region
+;                       LBA    = offset of last byte of locked region
+;                       SPTR   = pointer to SFT lock was issued on
+
+RLR_entry       STRUC
+
+rlr_next        DW      ?               ; chain to next RLR, 0 if end
+rlr_fba         DW      ?               ; first byte addr (offset) of reigion
+                DW      ?
+rlr_lba         DW      ?               ; last byte addr of region
+                DW      ?
+rlr_sptr        DD      ?               ; SFT pointer
+rlr_pid         dw      ?               ; process id of issuer
+rlr_type        dw      ?               ; lock type
+RLR_entry       ENDS
+
+rlr_lall        equ     00h            ; lock all ops
+rlr_lwr         equ     01h            ; lock write ops
+
+;
+;   A pictorial diagram for the linkages is as follows:
+;
+;          +---sptr------+
+;          V             |
+;        +---+<----------|---sptr------+------------+
+;        |SFT+----+      |             |            |
+;        +-+-+    |    +-+-+        +--+-+       +--+-+
+;          V      +--->|MFT+-lptr->-|LOCK+-next->|LOCK+->0
+;        +---+    |    +---+        +----+       +----+
+;        |SFT+----+      ^
+;        +-+-+           |
+;          |             |
+;          +-------------+
+;
+;
+
+;**
+;
+;   Interesting behavior should be noted:
+;
+;       The sharer must maintain information on files in three forms:
+;
+;       local/remote handles.  These are normal handles and behave in no
+;           strange manner.  They are identified by SF_mode not having the
+;           sfIsFCB flag nor by having the sf_mode = 70.  No problems with
+;           locking.  No problems with open.  No problems with close.
+;           CloseByName will iterate closes until the mft disappears.
+;           CloseUser will iterate closes until no SFT for the particular user
+;           appears.  CloseProcess will iterate closes until no SFT for the
+;           particular user/process appears.
+;
+;       local FCBs.  There are no corresponding SFT's for these as the SFTs
+;           are cached but will be valid for the particular file.  There is
+;           one SFT for each open on a file by a specific process.  These are
+;           identified the sfIsFCB flag in the sf_mode field.  When multiple
+;           opens occur, we merely find the sf pertinent to the file and
+;           process.  Close decrements the ref count.  CloseByName, CloseUser,
+;           CloseProcess will iterate closes until no more SFTs exist.
+;
+;       handles with mode 70.  These represent FCB's open across the network.
+;           As such, identical sfts may have been collapsed by the $open code.
+;           This results in a reuse of the same SFT.  The $Open code must
+;           correctly set the ref-count for the sft to reflect the number of
+;           collapses that have occurred.  These are identified by a 70 in the
+;           SF_mode field.  There can be no locking on these SFTs.  Open must
+;           scan the list of SFTs for the file and increment its ref count
+;           appropriately.
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/MI.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/MI.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89e26bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/MI.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)mi.asm     1.1 85/04/10
+BREAK <Machine instruction, flag definitions and character types>
+
+mi_INT          EQU     0CDh
+mi_Long_JMP     EQU     0EAh
+mi_Long_CALL    EQU     09Ah
+mi_Long_RET     EQU     0CBh
+mi_Near_RET     EQU     0C3h
+
+;                       xxxxoditszxaxpxc
+f_Overflow      EQU     0000100000000000B
+f_Direction     EQU     0000010000000000B
+f_Interrupt     EQU     0000001000000000B
+f_Trace         EQU     0000000100000000B
+f_Sign          EQU     0000000010000000B
+f_Zero          EQU     0000000001000000B
+f_Aux           EQU     0000000000010000B
+f_Parity        EQU     0000000000000100B
+f_Carry         EQU     0000000000000001B
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/MSBDS.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/MSBDS.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c41d69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/MSBDS.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+
+%OUT MSBDS.INC...
+;       SCCSID = @(#)IBMBDS.ASM 1.9 85/09/16
+;==============================================================================
+;REVISION HISTORY:
+;AN000 - New for DOS Version 4.00 - J.K.
+;AC000 - Changed for DOS Version 4.00 - J.K.
+;AN00x - PTM number for DOS Version 4.00 - J.K.
+;==============================================================================
+;AN001; D113 Disable I/O access to unformatted media                9/03/87 J.K.
+;==============================================================================
+
+; VALUES FOR VARIOUS FLAGS IN BDS.FLAGS.
+
+FNON_REMOVABLE      EQU     01H         ;FOR NON-REMOVABLE MEDIA
+FCHANGELINE         EQU     02H         ;IF CHANGELINE SUPPORTED ON DRIVE
+RETURN_FAKE_BPB     EQU     04H         ; WHEN SET, DON'T DO A BUILD BPB
+                                        ; JUST RETURN THE FAKE ONE
+GOOD_TRACKLAYOUT    EQU     08H         ; THE TRACK LAYOUT HAS NO FUNNY SECTORS
+; FCHANGED_BY_FORMAT  EQU           08H
+FI_AM_MULT          EQU     10H         ;IF MORE THAN ONE LOGICAL FOR THIS PHYSICAL
+FI_OWN_PHYSICAL     EQU     20H         ;SIGNIFY LOGICAL OWNER OF THIS PHYSICAL
+FCHANGED            EQU     40H         ;INDICATES MEDIA CHANGED
+SET_DASD_TRUE       EQU     80H         ; SET DASD BEFORE NEXT FORMAT
+FCHANGED_BY_FORMAT  EQU    100H         ;MEDIA CHANGED BY FORMAT
+UNFORMATTED_MEDIA   EQU    200H         ;AN001; Fixed disk only
+
+;
+; VARIOUS FORM FACTORS TO DESCRIBE MEDIA
+;
+FF48TPI             EQU     0
+FF96TPI             EQU     1
+FFSMALL             EQU     2
+FFHARDFILE          EQU     5
+FFOTHER             EQU     7
+
+BDS_TYPE        STRUC
+LINK            DD              ?       ; LINK TO NEXT BDS
+DRIVENUM        DB              ?       ; INT 13 DRIVE NUMBER
+DRIVELET        DB              ?       ; DOS DRIVE NUMBER
+BYTEPERSEC      DW              ?       ; NUMBER OF BYTES/SEC
+SECPERCLUS      DB              ?       ; SEC PER ALLOCATION UNIT
+RESSEC          DW              ?       ; NUMBER OF RESERVED SECTORS
+CFAT            DB              ?       ; NUMBER OF FATS
+CDIR            DW              ?       ; NUMBER OF DIRECTORY ENTRIES
+DRVLIM          DW              ?       ; NUMBER OF SECTORS ON MEDIUM
+MEDIAD          DB              ?       ; MEDIA DESCRIPTOR BYTE
+CSECFAT         DW              ?       ; NUMBER OF SECTORS/FAT
+SECLIM          DW              ?       ; SECTORS PER TRACK
+HDLIM           DW              ?       ; MAX NUMBER OF HEADS
+HIDSEC_L        DW              ?       ; NUMBER OF HIDDEN SECTORS
+HIDSEC_H        dw              0       ;J.K.87
+DRVLIM_L        dw              0       ;J.K.87
+DRVLIM_H        dw              0       ;J.K.87
+FATSIZ          DB              ?       ; FLAGS...
+OPCNT           DW              ?       ; OPEN REF. COUNT
+FORMFACTOR      DB              ?       ; FORM FACTOR INDEX
+FLAGS           DW              ?       ; VARIOUS FLAGS
+CCYLN           DW              ?       ; MAX NUMBER OF CYLINDERS
+RBYTEPERSEC     DW              ?       ; RECOMMENDED BPB
+RSECPERCLUS     DB              ?
+RRESSEC         DW              ?
+RCFAT           DB              ?
+RCDIR           DW              ?
+RDRVLIM         DW              ?
+RMEDIAD         DB              ?
+RCSECFAT        DW              ?
+RSECLIM         DW              ?
+RHDLIM          DW              ?
+RHIDSEC_L       DW              ?
+RHIDSEC_H       DW              0       ;J.K.87
+RDRVLIM_L       dw              0       ;J.K.87
+RDRVLIM_H       dw              0       ;J.K.87
+RESERVE         DB              6 DUP (?)       ; RESERVED FOR FUTURE
+TRACK           DB              ?       ; LAST TRACK ACCESSED ON DRIVE
+TIM_LO          DW              ?       ; TIME OF LAST ACCESS. KEEP
+TIM_HI          DW              ?       ; THESE CONTIGUOUS.
+VOLID           DB              12 DUP (?)      ; VOLUME ID OF MEDIUM
+VOL_SERIAL      dd      0         ;J.K.87 Current volume serial number from Boot record
+FILESYS_Id      db      9 dup (0) ;J.K.87 Current file system id from Boot record
+BDS_TYPE        ENDS
+
+BPBSIZE     =   TRACK - RBYTEPERSEC ; SIZE IN BYTES OF RECBPB AREA IN THE BDS
+
+
+;*********************************************************************
+;       BDS structure for mini disk - J.K. 4/7/86
+;*********************************************************************
+
+BDSM_type       struc
+mlink           DW      -1                      ;Link to next structure
+                DW      ?
+mdriveNum       DB      80                      ;Int 13 Drive Number
+mdriveLet       DB      3                       ;Logical Drive Number
+mBytePerSec     DW      512
+mSecPerClus     DB      1                       ;Sectors/allocation unit
+mRESSEC         DW      1                       ;Reserved sectors for DOS
+mcFAT           DB      2                       ;No. of allocation tables
+mcDIR           DW      16                      ;Number of directory entries
+mDRVLIM         DW      0                       ;Number of sectors (at 512 bytes each)
+mMediad         DB      11111000B               ;Media descriptor
+mcSecFat        DW      1                       ;Number of FAT sectors
+mSECLIM         DW      0                       ;Sector limit
+mHDLIM          DW      0                       ;Head limit
+mHIDSEC_L       DW      0                       ;Hidden sector count
+mHidsec_H       dw      0                       ;J.K.87
+mDrvlim_L       dw      0                       ;J.K.87
+mDrvlim_H       dw      0                       ;J.K.87
+mFatSiz         DB      0                       ;TRUE => bigfat
+mOPCNT          DW      0                       ;Open Ref. Count
+mFormFactor     DB      3                       ;Form Factor
+mFLAGS          DW      0020H                   ;Various Flags
+mcCyln          dw      40                      ;max number of cylinders
+mRecBPB         db      31 dup (0)              ;Recommended BPB for drive
+mTrack          db      -1
+IsMini          dw      1                       ;Overlapping TIM_LOH
+Hidden_Trks     dw      0                       ;Overlapping TIM_HIH
+mVOLID          DB      "NO NAME    "           ;Volume ID for this disk
+                DB      0                       ;ASCIZII for "NO NAME    "
+mVol_Serial     dd      0          ;Current volume serial number from Boot record
+mFileSys_Id     db      "FAT12   " ;Current file system id from Boot record
+                db      0
+
+BDSM_type       ENDS
+;******************************************************************************
+Max_mini_dsk_num = 23         ;J.K. 4/7/86 - max # of mini disk ibmbio can support
+;
+
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/MSDATA.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/MSDATA.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b7c55f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/MSDATA.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)ibmdata.asm        1.1 85/04/10
+;
+; DATA Segment for DOS.
+;
+
+.xlist
+.xcref
+include mssw.asm
+include dosseg.asm
+debug = FALSE                           ; No dossym (too big)
+INCLUDE DOSMAC.INC
+INCLUDE SF.INC
+INCLUDE DIRENT.INC
+INCLUDE CURDIR.INC
+INCLUDE DPB.INC
+INCLUDE BUFFER.INC
+INCLUDE ARENA.INC
+INCLUDE VECTOR.INC
+INCLUDE DEVSYM.INC
+INCLUDE PDB.INC
+INCLUDE FIND.INC
+INCLUDE MI.INC
+.cref
+.list
+
+TITLE   IBMDATA - DATA segment for DOS
+NAME    IBMDATA
+
+installed = TRUE
+
+include ms_data.asm
+include msinit.asm
+        END
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/MSDATA2.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/MSDATA2.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0615493
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/MSDATA2.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)ibmdata.asm        1.1 85/04/10
+;
+; DATA Segment for DOS
+;
+
+.xlist
+.xcref
+include mssw.asm
+include dosseg.asm
+debug = FALSE                           ; No dossym (too big)
+INCLUDE DOSMAC.INC
+INCLUDE SF.INC
+INCLUDE DIRENT.INC
+INCLUDE CURDIR.INC
+INCLUDE DPB.INC
+INCLUDE BUFFER.INC
+INCLUDE ARENA.INC
+INCLUDE VECTOR.INC
+INCLUDE DEVSYM.INC
+INCLUDE PDB.INC
+INCLUDE FIND.INC
+INCLUDE MI.INC
+.cref
+.list
+
+TITLE   IBMDATA - DATA segment for DOS
+NAME    IBMDATA
+
+installed = TRUE
+
+include msdata.asm
+include msinit.asm
+        END
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/MSDOSME.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/MSDOSME.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..911d756
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/MSDOSME.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)ibmdosmes.asm      1.1 85/04/10
+;
+; Standard device IO for MSDOS (first 12 function calls)
+;
+debug=0
+.xlist
+.xcref
+include mssw.asm
+include dosseg.asm
+.cref
+.list
+
+TITLE   IBMDOSMES - DOS OEM dependancies
+NAME    IBMDOSMES
+
+include dosmes.asm
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/MSGDCL.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/MSGDCL.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52f3d77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/MSGDCL.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+; This Macro was removed from sysmsg.inc. We had to remove this
+; macro and put it into it's own include file in order to clear up
+; some assembly errors. MS MASM will not allow a public declaration
+; during the second pass of the assembler. IBM MASM will allow this.
+;
+;
+;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;      $M_DECLARE           Macro
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                       ;
+$M_DECLARE    macro     numcls         ;
+   $M_DCOUNT = 0                       ;
+   REPT  numcls                        ;
+     $M_DCOUNT =  $M_DCOUNT + 1        ;
+     $M_DECLARE2  %$M_DCOUNT           ;
+   ENDM                                ;
+
+  IF COMR
+    IFNDEF $M_RT2                       ;  If Resident table is not in this assembly,
+        EXTRN   $M_RT2:BYTE             ;     Must be external
+    ELSE
+        PUBLIC  $M_RT2
+    ENDIF                               ;
+  ELSE
+    IFNDEF $M_RT                        ;  If Resident table is not in this assembly,
+        EXTRN   $M_RT:BYTE              ;     Must be external
+    ELSE
+        PUBLIC  $M_RT
+    ENDIF                               ;
+  ENDIF
+
+  $M_CHECK $M_GET_MSG_ADDRESS         ;  If this subroutine is not in this assembly,
+  $M_CHECK $M_MSGSERV_1               ;  If this subroutine is not in this assembly,
+  $M_CHECK $M_MSGSERV_2               ;  If this subroutine is not in this assembly,
+
+ENDM                                   ;
+                                       ;
+$M_DECLARE2   macro   innum            ;
+  IF NOT COMR                          ; IF Not resident COMMAND.COM
+    IF NOT COMT                          ; IF Not transient COMMAND.COM
+      IFNDEF  $M_CLS_&innum              ; IF class is not in this assembly,
+        IF      FARmsg                   ;
+          EXTRN   $M_CLS_&innum:FAR      ;    Must be external
+        ELSE                             ;
+          EXTRN   $M_CLS_&innum:NEAR     ;    Must be external
+        ENDIF                            ;
+      ELSE                               ; ELSE
+        PUBLIC  $M_CLS_&innum            ;    Label PUBLIC
+      ENDIF                              ;
+    ELSE                                 ; ELSE
+      IFDIF  <$M_CLS_&innum>,<$M_CLS_1>  ; IF NOT $M_CLS_1 or
+        IFDIF <$M_CLS_&innum>,<$M_CLS_2> ;   IF NOT $M_CLS_2 then
+          IFNDEF  $M_CLS_&innum          ;     IF class is not in this assembly,
+            IF      FARmsg               ;
+              EXTRN   $M_CLS_&innum:FAR  ;       Must be external
+            ELSE                         ;
+              EXTRN   $M_CLS_&innum:NEAR ;       Must be external
+            ENDIF                        ;
+          ELSE                           ;     ELSE
+            PUBLIC  $M_CLS_&innum        ;       Label PUBLIC
+          ENDIF                          ;
+        ENDIF                            ;
+      ENDIF                              ;
+    ENDIF                                ;
+  ELSE                                   ; ELSE
+    IFDIF  <$M_CLS_&innum>,<$M_CLS_1>    ; IF NOT $M_CLS_1 or
+      IFDIF <$M_CLS_&innum>,<$M_CLS_2>   ;   IF NOT $M_CLS_2 then
+        IFNDEF  $M_CLS_&innum            ;     IF class is not in this assembly,
+          IF      FARmsg                 ;
+            EXTRN   $M_CLS_&innum:FAR    ;       Must be external
+          ELSE                           ;
+            EXTRN   $M_CLS_&innum:NEAR   ;       Must be external
+          ENDIF                          ;
+        ELSE                             ;     ELSE
+          PUBLIC  $M_CLS_&innum          ;       Label PUBLIC
+        ENDIF                            ;
+      ENDIF                              ;
+    ENDIF                                ;
+  ENDIF                                ;
+ENDM                                   ;
+                                       ;
+$M_CHECK      macro   parm             ;
+  IFNDEF  parm                         ; IF class is not in this assembly,
+    IF      FARmsg                     ;
+      EXTRN   parm:FAR                 ;    Must be external
+    ELSE                               ;
+      EXTRN   parm:NEAR                ;    Must be external
+    ENDIF                              ;
+  ELSE
+    IF COMR
+    ELSE
+      PUBLIC parm
+    ENDIF
+  ENDIF                                ;
+ENDM                                   ;
+                                       ;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                       ;
+IF1                                    ;
+  $M_DECLARE %$M_NUM_CLS               ;  Declare any class not in this assembly
+ENDIF                                  ;
+                                       ;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/MSGHAN.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/MSGHAN.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1046317
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/MSGHAN.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+               IF1                      ;AN000;
+                     %OUT INCLUDING MSGHAN.INC...;AN000;
+               ENDIF                    ;AN000;
+;THIS IS A COMMONLY INCLUDED FILE, USED BY (AT LEAST) THE FOLLOWING COMPONENTS:
+;TREE, GRAFTABL, DISKCOMP, DISKCOPY, COMP - WRITTEN OR Revised BY E.K.
+
+;               VALUES FOR THE MSG_DESC CONTROL BLOCK
+ONE_SUBS       EQU   1             ;AN000;ONE VARIABLE FIELD IN MESSAGE
+TWO_SUBS       EQU   2             ;AN000;TWO VARIABLE FIELDS IN MESSAGE
+THREE_SUBS     EQU   3             ;AN000;THREE VARIABLE FIELDS IN MESSAGE
+CLASS_1        EQU   EXT_ERR_CLASS ;AN000;CLASS 1 (DOS EXTENDED ERRORS)
+CLASS_2        EQU   PARSE_ERR_CLASS ;AN000;CLASS 2 (PARSE ERRORS)
+CLASS_A        EQU   UTILITY_MSG_CLASS ;AN000;CLASS A TYPE MESSAGE
+
+;THIS MESSAGE DESCRIPTOR CONTROL BLOCK IS GENERATED, ONE PER MESSAGE,
+;TO DEFINE THE SEVERAL PARAMETERS THAT ARE EXPECTED TO BE PASSED IN
+;CERTAIN REGISTERS WHEN THE SYSDISPMSG FUNCTION IS TO BE INVOKED.
+
+MSG_DESC          STRUC            ;AN000;
+MSG_NUM           DW    0          ;AN000;MESSAGE NUMBER (TO AX)
+MSG_HANDLE        DW    STDOUT     ;AN000;HANDLE OF OUTPUT DEVICE (TO BX)
+MSG_SUBLIST       DW    0          ;AN000;POINTER TO SUBLIST (TO SI)
+MSG_COUNT         DW    0          ;AN000;SUBSTITUTION COUNT (TO CX)
+MSG_CLASS         DW    CLASS_A SHL 8 ;AN000;MESSAGE CLASS (IN HIGH BYTE, TO DH)
+                                   ; LOW BYTE HAS 0 (FUNCTION "NO INPUT", TO DL)
+MSG_DESC          ENDS             ;AN000;
+
+;               VALUES FOR THE SUBLIST CONTROL BLOCK
+PC_ID_0        EQU   0             ;AN000;ID OF " - " TRAILER TO MESSAGE
+PC_ID_1        EQU   1             ;AN000;ID OF PERCENT VARIABLE FIELD
+PC_ID_2        EQU   2             ;AN000;ID OF PERCENT VARIABLE FIELD
+PC_ID_3        EQU   3             ;AN000;ID OF PERCENT VARIABLE FIELD
+MAX_0          EQU   0             ;AN000;MAXIMUM WIDTH OF STRING FIELD (0=NO LIMIT)
+MIN_1          EQU   1             ;AN000;MINIMUM WIDTH OF STRING FIELD
+PAD_BLK        EQU   " "           ;AN000;CHAR FOR PAD FIELD
+FILL_OFF       EQU   0             ;AN000;TO BE REPLACED WITH ACTUAL OFFSET
+FILL_SEG       EQU   0             ;AN000;TO BE REPLACED WITH ACTUAL SEG ID
+
+;THIS SUBLIST CONTROL BLOCK, POINTED TO BY SI WHEN SYSDISPMSG IS CALLED
+;FURTHER DESCRIBES THE MESSAGE AND THE VARIABLE FIELDS THE MSG MAY CONTAIN.
+;THERE IS ONE OF THESE CONTROL BLOCKS PER VARIABLE FIELD.  ADDITIONAL
+;VARIABLE FIELDS ARE DEFINED IN ADDITIONAL "SUBLIST" CONTROL BLOCKS,
+;CONSECUTIVE AND CONTIGUOUS WITH THIS ONE.  THE NUMBER OF THESE CONTROL
+;BLOCKS IS THE SUBSTITUTION COUNT, PASSED IN CS TO SYSDISPMSG, AS DEFINED
+;IN THE ABOVE "MSC_DESC" CONTROL BLOCK.
+
+SUBLIST           STRUC         ;AN000;
+SUB_SIZE          DB    11      ;AN000;SUBLIST SIZE (POINTER TO NEXT SUBLIST)
+SUB_RES           DB    0       ;AN000;RESERVED
+                                ;NEXT FIELD IS TO BE USED AS A DOUBLE WORD
+SUB_VALUE         DW    0       ;AN000;TIME, DATE, OR PTR TO DATA ITEM
+SUB_VALUE_SEG     DW    0       ;AN000;SEG ID OF PTR
+                                ;(ABOVE FIELD MUST BE FILLED AT EXECUTION TIME
+                                ; IF THIS IS A .COM FILE)
+SUB_ID            DB    0       ;AN000;N OF %N
+SUB_FLAGS         DB    0       ;AN000;DATA TYPE FLAGS
+SUB_MAX_WIDTH     DB    MAX_0   ;AN000;MAXIMUM FIELD WIDTH (0=UNLIMITED)
+SUB_MIN_WIDTH     DB    0       ;AN000;MINIMUM FIELD WIDTH
+SUB_PAD_CHAR      DB    PAD_BLK ;AN000;CHARACTER FOR PAD FIELD
+                                ; CAN BE " ", "0" OR ",".
+                                ; "," CAUSES INSERTION OF THE ACTIVE
+                                ; THOUSANDS SEPARATOR BETWEEN EVERY 3 DIGITS.
+SUBLIST           ENDS          ;AN000;
+
+;                 BITS DEFINED FOR SUB_FLAGS ABOVE
+;                       FORMAT = A0SSTTTT
+;                                ³³ ³ ÀÄÄÄ FIELD TYPE
+;                                ³³ ÀÄÄÄ DATA VARIABLE SIZE
+;                                ³ÀÄÄÄ RESERVED, MUST BE ZERO
+;                                ÀÄÄÄ ALIGNMENT INDICATOR
+SF_BITS     RECORD F_ALIGN:1,F_RES:1=0,F_SIZE:2,F_TYPE:4;AN000;
+
+;               F_ALIGN FIELD, ALIGNMENT INDICATOR
+SF_LEFT           EQU   0          ;AN000;LEFT ALIGN
+SF_RIGHT          EQU   1          ;AN000;RIGHT ALIGN
+
+;               F_RES FIELD, RESERVED, SHOULD BE ZERO
+
+;               F_TYPE FIELD, FIELD TYPE
+SF_CHAR           EQU   0000B      ;AN000;TYPE IS CHARACTER
+;               F_SIZE FIELD,
+SF_CH             EQU   00B        ;AN000;SINGLE CHARACTER
+SF_ASCIIZ         EQU   01B        ;AN000;ASCIIZ STRING
+
+;               F_TYPE FIELD, FIELD TYPE
+SF_UN_BD          EQU   0001B      ;AN000;UNSIGNED BINARY TO DECIMAL CHARACTER
+;               F_SIZE FIELD,
+SF_BYTE           EQU   01B        ;AN000;DATA IS BYTE SIZED
+SF_WORD           EQU   10B        ;AN000;DATA IS WORD SIZED
+SF_DWORD          EQU   11B        ;AN000;DATA IS DOUBLE WORD SIZED
+
+;               F_TYPE FIELD, FIELD TYPE
+SF_SIN_BD         EQU   0010B      ;AN000;SIGNED BINARY TO DECIMAL CHARACTER
+;               F_SIZE FIELD,
+;SF_BYTE          EQU   01B        ;DATA IS BYTE SIZED
+;SF_WORD          EQU   10B        ;DATA IS WORD SIZED
+;SF_DWORD         EQU   11B        ;DATA IS DOUBLE WORD SIZED
+
+;               F_TYPE FIELD, FIELD TYPE
+SF_UN_BH          EQU   0011B      ;AN000;UNSIGNED BINARY TO HEXADECIMAL CHARACTER
+;               F_SIZE FIELD,
+;SF_BYTE          EQU   01B        ;DATA IS BYTE SIZED
+;SF_WORD          EQU   10B        ;DATA IS WORD SIZED
+;SF_DWORD         EQU   11B        ;DATA IS DOUBLE WORD SIZED
+
+;               F_TYPE FIELD, FIELD TYPE
+SF_DATE           EQU   0100B      ;AN000;DATE TO CHARACTER,
+                                   ; USING CURRENT COUNTRY FORMAT
+                                   ;SUB_VALUE HIGH=YEAR
+                                   ;SUB_VALUE LOW=MMDD
+;               F_SIZE FIELD,
+SF_MD             EQU   01B        ;AN000;MONTH AND DAY ONLY
+SF_MDY2           EQU   10B        ;AN000;MONTH,DAY AND YEAR (2 DIGITS)
+SF_MDY4           EQU   11B        ;AN000;MONTH,DAY AND YEAR (4 DIGITS)
+
+;               F_TYPE FIELD, FIELD TYPE
+SF_TIME_12        EQU   0101B      ;AN000;TIME TO CHARACTER, 12 HOUR FORMAT
+                                   ; USING CURRENT COUNTRY FORMAT
+                                   ;SUB_VALUE HIGH=HHMM
+                                   ;SUB_VALUE LOW=SSHH
+;               F_SIZE FIELD,
+SF_HHMM           EQU   00B        ;AN000;HH:MM (ACTIVE TIME FORMAT)
+SF_HHMMSS         EQU   01B        ;AN000;HH:MM:SS (ACTIVE TIME FORMAT)
+SF_HHMMSSHH       EQU   10B        ;AN000;HH:MM:SS:HH
+
+;               F_TYPE FIELD, FIELD TYPE
+SF_TIME_24        EQU   0110B      ;AN000;TIME TO CHARACTER, 24 HOUR FORMAT
+                                   ; USING CURRENT COUNTRY FORMAT
+                                   ;SUB_VALUE HIGH=HHMM
+                                   ;SUB_VALUE LOW=SSHH
+;               F_SIZE FIELD,
+;SF_HHMM          EQU   00B        ;HH:MM (ACTIVE TIME FORMAT)
+;SF_HHMMSS        EQU   01B        ;HH:MM:SS (ACTIVE TIME FORMAT)
+;SF_HHMMSSHH      EQU   10B        ;HH:MM:SS:HH
+
+;               THE NEXT GROUP ARE ALL CLASS "1" MESSAGES
+
+               PUBLIC MSGNUM_EXTERR;AN000;
+MSGNUM_EXTERR  MSG_DESC <,STDERR,,,CLASS_1 SHL 8> ;AN000;ALL EXTENDED DOS ERRORS
+                                   ;ERROR NUMBER WILL NEED TO BE FILLED IN
+
+;               THE NEXT GROUP ARE ALL CLASS "2" MESSAGES
+
+               PUBLIC MSGNUM_PARSE ;AN000;SO PARSE DRIVER CAN FIND IT
+MSGNUM_PARSE   MSG_DESC <,STDERR,,,CLASS_2 SHL 8> ;AN000;ALL PARSING ERRORS
+                                   ;ERROR NUMBER WILL NEED TO BE FILLED IN
+
+;               THE NEXT GROUP ARE ALL CLASS "A" MESSAGES
+;               THESE ARE THE "CANNED" MESSAGES ALWAYS PRESENT
+
+               PUBLIC MSGNUM_VER   ;AN000;
+MSGNUM_VER     MSG_DESC <1,STDERR> ;AN000;"Incorrect DOS Version"
+;end of MSGHAN.INC
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/MSGSERV.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/MSGSERV.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21f012d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/MSGSERV.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,3133 @@
+; * * * * * * * * * * * * START OF SPECIFICATIONS * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
+;
+; MODULE NAME: MSGSERV.SAL
+;
+; DESCRIPTIVE NAME: Message Services SALUT file
+;
+; FUNCTION: This module incorporates all the messages services and
+;           is called upon at build time to INCLUDE the code requested
+;           by a utility. Code is requested using the macro MSG_SERVICES.
+;
+; ENTRY POINT: Since this a collection of subroutines, entry point is at
+;           requested procedure.
+;
+; INPUT: Since this a collection of subroutines, input is dependent on function
+;           requested.
+;
+; EXIT-NORMAL: In all cases, CARRY FLAG = 0
+;
+; EXIT-ERROR: In all cases, CARRY FLAG = 1
+;
+; INTERNAL REFERENCES: (list of included subroutines)
+;
+;       - SYSLOADMSG
+;       - SYSDISPMSG
+;       - SYSGETMSG
+;
+;
+; EXTERNAL REFERENCES: None
+;
+; NOTES: At build time, some modules must be included. These are only included
+;        once using assembler switches. Other logic is included at the request
+;        of the utility.
+;
+;        COMR and COMT are assembler switches to conditionally assemble code
+;        for RESIDENT COMMAND.COM and TRANSIENT COMMAND.COM to reduce resident
+;        storage and multiple EQUates.
+;
+; REVISION HISTORY: Created MAY 1987
+;
+;     Label: DOS - - Message Retriever
+;            (c) Copyright 1988 Microsoft
+;
+;
+; * * * * * * * * * * * * END OF SPECIFICATIONS * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
+; Page 
+
+;   $SALUT           $M  (2,5,22,62)                         ;;AN000;; Set SALUT formatting
+
+IF  $M_STRUC                                                 ;;AN000;; IF we haven't included the structures yet THEN
+    $M_STRUC         =  FALSE                                ;;AN000;;   Let the assembler know that we have
+                                                             ;;AN000;;     and include them
+
+    PAGE
+    SUBTTL           DOS - Message Retriever - MSGSTR.INC Module
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;; STRUCTURE: $M_SUBLIST_STRUC
+;;
+;; Replacable parameters are described by a sublist structure
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_SUBLIST_STRUC STRUC                                       ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+    $M_S_SIZE        DB        11                            ;;AN000;; SUBLIST size  (PTR to next SUBLIST)
+    $M_S_RESV        DB        0                             ;;AN000;; RESERVED
+    $M_S_VALUE       DD        ?                             ;;AN000;; Time, Date or PTR to data item
+    $M_S_ID          DB        ?                             ;;AN000;; n of %n
+    $M_S_FLAG        DB        ?                             ;;AN000;; Data-type flags
+    $M_S_MAXW        DB        ?                             ;;AN000;; Maximum field width
+    $M_S_MINW        DB        ?                             ;;AN000;; Minimum field width
+    $M_S_PAD         DB        ?                             ;;AN000;; Character for Pad field
+                                                             ;;
+$M_SUBLIST_STRUC ENDS                                        ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;; STRUCTURE: $M_CLASS_ID
+;;
+;; Each class will be defined by this structure.
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_CLASS_ID STRUC                                            ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+    $M_CLS_ID        DB        -1                            ;;AN000;; Class identifer
+    $M_COMMAND_VER   DW        EXPECTED_VERSION              ;;AN003;; COMMAND.COM version check
+    $M_NUM_CLS_MSG   DB        0                             ;;AN000;; Total number of message in class
+                                                             ;;
+$M_CLASS_ID ENDS                                             ;;
+                                                             ;;AN000;;
+    $M_CLASS_ID_SZ   EQU       TYPE $M_CLASS_ID              ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;; STRUCTURE: $M_ID_STRUC
+;;
+;; Each message will be defined by this structure.
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_ID STRUC                                                  ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+    $M_NUM           DW        -1                            ;;AN000;; Message Number
+    $M_TXT_PTR       DW        ?                             ;;AN000;; Pointer to message text
+                                                             ;;
+$M_ID ENDS                                                   ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;AN000;; Status Flag Values:
+    $M_ID_SZ         EQU       TYPE $M_ID                    ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;; STRUCTURE: $M_RES_ADDRS
+;;
+;; Resident data area definition of variables
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_RES_ADDRS STRUC                                           ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+    $M_EXT_ERR_ADDRS DD        0                             ;;AN000;; Allow pointers to THREE Extended error locations
+    $M_EXT_FILE      DD        0                             ;;AN001;;
+    $M_EXT_COMMAND   DD        0                             ;;AN000;;
+    $M_EXT_TERM      DD        -1                            ;;AN000;;
+    $M_PARSE_COMMAND DD        0                             ;;AN000;;
+    $M_PARSE_ADDRS   DD        0                             ;;AN000;; Allow pointers to TWO Parse error locations
+    $M_PARSE_TERM    DD        -1                            ;;AN000;;
+    $M_CRIT_ADDRS    DD        0                             ;;AN000;; Allow pointers to TWO Critical error locations
+    $M_CRIT_COMMAND  DD        0                             ;;AN000;;
+    $M_CRIT_TERM     DD        -1                            ;;AN000;;
+    $M_DISK_PROC_ADDR DD       -1                            ;;AN004;; Address of READ_DISK_PROC
+    $M_CLASS_ADDRS   DD        $M_NUM_CLS DUP(0)             ;;AN000;; Allow pointers to specified classes
+    $M_CLS_TERM      DD        -1                            ;;AN000;;
+    $M_DBCS_VEC      DD        0                             ;;AN000;; Save DBCS vector
+    $M_HANDLE        DW        ?                             ;;AN000;;
+    $M_SIZE          DB        0                             ;;AN000;;
+    $M_CRLF          DB        0DH,0AH                       ;;AN004;; CR LF message
+    $M_CLASS         DB        ?                             ;;AN004;; Saved class
+    $M_RETURN_ADDR   DW        ?                             ;;AN000;;
+    $M_MSG_NUM       DW        $M_NULL                       ;;AN000;;
+    $M_DIVISOR       DW        10                            ;;AN000;; Default = 10 (must be a WORD for division)
+    $M_TEMP_BUF      DB        $M_TEMP_BUF_SZ DUP("$")       ;;AN000;; Temporary buffer
+    $M_BUF_TERM      DB        "$"                           ;;AN000;;
+
+$M_RES_ADDRS ENDS                                            ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_RES_ADDRS_SZ EQU  TYPE $M_RES_ADDRS                       ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;; STRUCTURE: $M_COUNTRY_INFO
+;;
+;; Important fields of the Get Country Information call
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_COUNTRY_INFO STRUC                                        ;;AN000;; Expected Country infomation
+                                                             ;;
+    $M_HEADER        DB       $M_RES_ADDRS_SZ-$M_TEMP_BUF_SZ-1 DUP(?) ;;AN000;; Go past first part of struc
+    $M_DATE_FORMAT   DW       ?                              ;;AN000;; <------- Date Format
+    $M_CURR_SEPARA   DB       5 DUP(?)                       ;;AN000;;
+    $M_THOU_SEPARA   DB       ?,0                            ;;AN000;; <------- Thou Separator
+    $M_DECI_SEPARA   DB       ?,0                            ;;AN000;; <------- Decimal Separator
+    $M_DATE_SEPARA   DB       ?,0                            ;;AN000;; <------- Date Separator
+    $M_TIME_SEPARA   DB       ?,0                            ;;AN000;; <------- Time Separator
+    $M_CURR_FORMAT   DB       ?                              ;;AN000;;
+    $M_SIG_DIGS_CU   DB       ?                              ;;AN000;;
+    $M_TIME_FORMAT   DB       ?                              ;;AN000;; <------- Time Format
+                                                             ;;
+$M_COUNTRY_INFO ENDS                                         ;;AN000;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+ELSE                                                         ;;AN000;;  ELSE if we have already included the STRUCTURES
+; 
+;   $SALUT  $M  (2,5,13,62)                                  ;;AN000;;  Set SALUT formatting for code section
+
+    IF      MSGDATA                                          ;;AN000;;  IF this is a request to include the data area
+      MSGDATA =  FALSE                                       ;;AN000;;    Let the assembler know not to include it again
+                                                             ;;AN000;;    and include it
+      PAGE
+      SUBTTL  DOS - Message Retriever - MSGRES.TAB Module
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      DATA NAME: $M_RES_TABLE
+;;
+;;      REFERENCE LABEL: $M_RT
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+IF    COMR                                                   ;;AN000;; Since COMMAND.COM includes this twice
+      $M_RT   EQU              $M_RT2                        ;;AN000;;  we must redefine the label so no
+      $M_RT2  LABEL  BYTE                                    ;;AN000;;   assembly errors occur
+      $M_ALTLABEL = TRUE                                     ;;AN000;; Flag that label was changed
+ELSE                                                         ;;AN000;;
+      $M_RT   LABEL   BYTE                                   ;;AN000;;
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+      $M_RES_ADDRS <>                                        ;;AN000;; Resident addresses
+                                                             ;;
+      include COPYRIGH.INC                                   ;;AN001;; Include Copyright 1988 Microsoft
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+    ENDIF                                                    ;;AN000;; END of include of Data table
+
+; 
+    IF      NOT  $M_MSGDATA_ONLY                             ;;AN000;; IF this was a request for only the data table THEN
+                                                             ;;         don't include any more code
+                                                             ;;AN000;; Figure out what other code to include
+      IF      DISK_PROC                                      ;;AN003;;   Is the request to include the READ_DISK code
+        IF      COMR                                         ;;AN003;;   (Only Resident COMMAND.COM should ask for it)
+          $M_RT   EQU              $M_RT2                    ;;AN003;;
+        ENDIF
+        DISK_PROC = FALSE                                    ;;AN003;;   Yes, THEN include it and reset flag
+        PAGE
+        SUBTTL  DOS - Message Retriever - DISK_PROC Module
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: DISK_PROC
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION: Used in COMMAND.COM if we need to access the Parse or Extended
+;;                errors from disk\diskette
+;;      INPUTS: AX has the message number
+;;              DX has the message class
+;;              AND ... the COMMAND.COM Variable RESGROUP:COMSPEC is
+;;              assumed to be set!!
+;;
+;;      OUTPUTS: ES:DI points to message length (BYTE) followed by text
+;;
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+        PUBLIC  READ_DISK_PROC                               ;;
+                                                             ;;
+READ_DISK_PROC PROC FAR                                      ;;AN003;;
+
+        PUSH    AX                                           ;;AN003;; Save everything
+        PUSH    BX                                           ;;AN003;;
+        PUSH    DX                                           ;;AN003;;
+        PUSH    SI                                           ;;AN003;;
+        PUSH    BP                                           ;;AN003;;
+        PUSH    DS                                           ;;AN003;;
+        PUSH    DI                                           ;;AN003;;
+        MOV     BP,AX                                        ;;AN003;; Save message number
+        MOV     AX,DOS_EXTENDED_OPEN                         ;;AN003;; Set INT 21 function
+        LEA     SI,RESGROUP:COMSPEC                          ;;AN003;; Get addressibilty to COMMAND.COM
+        PUSH    CS                                           ;;AN003;;
+        POP     DS                                           ;;AN003;;
+        MOV     DI,-1                                        ;;AN003;; No extended attribute list
+        MOV     BX,NO_CRIT_OPEN                              ;;AN003;; Don't generate critical error
+        MOV     DX,NOT_EX_FAIL_EX_OPEN                       ;;AN003;; Open Flag
+        INT     21H                                          ;;AN003;; Open the file
+        POP     DI                                           ;;AN003;; Retreive LSEEK pointer
+                                                             ;;AN003;; Error ?
+;       $IF     NC,LONG                                      ;;AN003;;  No,
+        JNC $MXL1
+        JMP $MIF1
+$MXL1:
+          PUSH    DI                                         ;;AN003;; Save LSEEK pointer
+          MOV     BX,AX                                      ;;AN003;;   Set handle in BX
+          MOV     AX,DOS_LSEEK_FILE                          ;;AN003;;   LSEEK to the errors
+          XOR     CX,CX                                      ;;AN003;;     Value has been set by COMMAND.COM
+          MOV     DX,DI                                      ;;AN003;;
+          INT     21H                                        ;;AN003;;   LSEEK the file
+          POP     DX                                         ;;AN003;; Retreive LSEEK pointer
+                                                             ;;AN003;;   Error ?
+;         $IF     NC                                         ;;AN003;;    No,
+          JC $MIF2
+            INC     CX                                       ;;AN003;;     Set flag to first pass
+;           $DO                                              ;;AN003;;
+$MDO3:
+              PUSH    DX                                     ;;AN003;;     Save LSEEK pointer
+              PUSH    CX                                     ;;AN003;;     Save first pass flag
+              PUSH    AX                                     ;;AN003;;     Save number of messages (if set yet)
+              XOR     SI,SI                                  ;;AN003;;     Reset buffer index
+              MOV     AH,DOS_READ_BYTE                       ;;AN003;;     Read
+              MOV     CX,$M_TEMP_BUF_SZ                      ;;AN003;;       the first part of the header
+              LEA     DX,$M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF                   ;;AN003;;         into the temp buffer
+              INT     21H                                    ;;AN003;;     Read it
+              MOV     DI,DX                                  ;;AN003;;
+              POP     AX                                     ;;AN003;;
+              POP     CX                                     ;;AN003;;
+              OR      CX,CX                                  ;;AN003;;
+;             $IF     NZ                                     ;;AN003;;
+              JZ $MIF4
+                XOR     CX,CX                                ;;AN003;;     Set flag to second pass
+                XOR     AH,AH                                ;;AN003;;     Get number of messages in class
+                MOV     AL,DS:[DI].$M_NUM_CLS_MSG            ;;AN003;;
+                MOV     SI,$M_CLASS_ID_SZ                    ;;AN003;;     Initialize index
+                CMP     DS:[DI].$M_COMMAND_VER,EXPECTED_VERSION ;;AN003;;  Is this the right version of COMMAND.COM?
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN003;;
+$MIF4:
+              POP     DX                                     ;;AN003;;
+;             $IF     Z                                      ;;AN003;;     Yes,
+              JNZ $MIF6
+;               $SEARCH                                      ;;AN003;;
+$MDO7:
+                  CMP     BP,WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF[SI]  ;;AN003;;       Is this the message I'm looking for?
+;               $EXITIF Z                                    ;;AN003;;       Yes, (ZF=1)
+                JNZ $MIF7
+                  CLC                                        ;;AN003;;        Reset carry, exit search
+;               $ORELSE                                      ;;AN003;;       No,  (ZF=0)
+                JMP SHORT $MSR7
+$MIF7:
+                  ADD     SI,$M_ID_SZ                        ;;AN003;;        Increment index
+                  ADD     DX,$M_ID_SZ                        ;;AN003;;        Add offset of first header
+                  DEC     AX                                 ;;AN003;;        Decrement # of messages left
+;               $LEAVE  Z                                    ;;AN003;;        Have we exhausted all messages?
+                JZ $MEN7
+                  CMP     SI,$M_TEMP_BUF_SZ-1                ;;AN003;;         No, Have we exhausted the buffer?
+;               $ENDLOOP A                                   ;;AN003;;          No, Check next message (ZF=1)
+                JNA $MDO7
+$MEN7:
+                  STC                                        ;;AN003;;         Yes, (ZF=0) set error (ZF=0)
+;               $ENDSRCH                                     ;;AN003;;
+$MSR7:
+;             $ELSE                                          ;;AN003;;     No,
+              JMP SHORT $MEN6
+$MIF6:
+                XOR     CX,CX                                ;;AN003;;       Set Zero flag to exit READ Loop
+                STC                                          ;;AN003;;       Set Carry
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN003;;
+$MEN6:
+;           $ENDDO  Z                                        ;;AN003;;         Get next buffer full if needed
+            JNZ $MDO3
+                                                             ;;AN003;; Error ?
+;           $IF     NC                                       ;;AN003;;  No,
+            JC $MIF16
+              MOV     AX,DOS_LSEEK_FILE                      ;;AN003;;   Prepare to LSEEK to the specific message
+              XOR     CX,CX                                  ;;AN003;;   Value has been set by COMMAND.COM
+              ADD     DX,$M_CLASS_ID_SZ                      ;;AN003;;   Add offset of first header
+              ADD     DX,WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF[SI]+2    ;;AN003;;   Add offset from msg structure
+              INT     21H                                    ;;AN003;;   LSEEK the file
+              MOV     AH,DOS_READ_BYTE                       ;;AN003;;     Read
+              MOV     CX,$M_TEMP_BUF_SZ                      ;;AN003;;       the message
+              LEA     DX,$M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF                   ;;AN003;;         into the temp buffer
+              INT     21H                                    ;;AN003;;     Read it
+              MOV     DI,DX                                  ;;AN003;;         into the temp buffer
+              PUSH    DS                                     ;;AN003;;         into the temp buffer
+              POP     ES                                     ;;AN003;;         into the temp buffer
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN003;;
+$MIF16:
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN003;;
+$MIF2:
+          PUSHF                                              ;;AN003;;     Close file handle
+          MOV     AH,DOS_CLOSE_FILE                          ;;AN003;;     Close file handle
+          INT     21H                                        ;;AN003;;
+          $M_POPF                                            ;;AN003;;
+;       $ENDIF                                               ;;AN003;; Yes there was an error,
+$MIF1:
+        POP     DS                                           ;;AN003;;
+        POP     BP                                           ;;AN003;;
+        POP     SI                                           ;;AN003;;
+        POP     DX                                           ;;AN003;;
+        POP     BX                                           ;;AN003;;
+        POP     AX                                           ;;AN003;;
+                                                             ;;AN003;;       abort everything
+        RET                                                  ;;AN003;;
+
+READ_DISK_PROC ENDP                                          ;;AN003;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+      ENDIF                                                  ;;AN003;; END of include for DISK_PROC
+;
+
+      IF      SETSTDIO                                       ;;AN000;;   Is the request to include the code for SETSTDIO
+        SETSTDIO = FALSE                                     ;;AN000;;   Yes, THEN include it and reset flag
+        PAGE
+        SUBTTL  DOS - Message Retriever - SETSTDIO Module
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: SETSTDIO
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION:
+;;      INPUTS:
+;;
+;;      OUPUTS:
+;;
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+IF      FARmsg                                               ;AN001;
+        SETSTDINON PROC FAR                                  ;AN001;
+ELSE                                                         ;AN001;
+        SETSTDINON PROC NEAR                                 ;AN001;
+ENDIF                                                        ;AN001;
+        PUSH    AX                                           ;AN002; Save changed regs
+        PUSH    BX                                           ;AN002;
+        PUSH    DX                                           ;AN002;
+        MOV     AX,DOS_IOCTL_GET_INFO                        ;AN001; Get info using IOCTL
+        MOV     BX,STDIN                                     ;AN001;
+        XOR     DX,DX                                        ;AN001;
+        INT     21H                                          ;AN001;
+
+        OR      DH,$M_CRIT_ERR_MASK                          ;AN001; Turn on bit
+        MOV     AX,DOS_IOCTL_SET_INFO                        ;AN001; Set info using IOCTL
+        INT     21H                                          ;AN001;
+        POP     DX                                           ;AN002; Restore Regs
+        POP     BX                                           ;AN002;
+        POP     AX                                           ;AN002;
+
+        RET                                                  ;AN001;
+                                                             ;AN001;
+        SETSTDINON ENDP                                      ;AN001;
+
+IF      FARmsg                                               ;AN001;
+        SETSTDINOFF PROC FAR                                 ;AN001;
+ELSE                                                         ;AN001;
+        SETSTDINOFF PROC NEAR                                ;AN001;
+ENDIF                                                        ;AN001;
+
+        PUSH    AX                                           ;AN002; Save changed regs
+        PUSH    BX                                           ;AN002;
+        PUSH    DX                                           ;AN002;
+        MOV     AX,DOS_IOCTL_GET_INFO                        ;AN001; Get info using IOCTL
+        MOV     BX,STDIN                                     ;AN001;
+        XOR     DX,DX                                        ;AN001;
+        INT     21H                                          ;AN001;
+
+        AND     DH,NOT $M_CRIT_ERR_MASK                      ;AN001; Turn off bit
+        MOV     AX,DOS_IOCTL_SET_INFO                        ;AN001; Set info using IOCTL
+        INT     21H                                          ;AN001;
+        POP     DX                                           ;AN002; Restore Regs
+        POP     BX                                           ;AN002;
+        POP     AX                                           ;AN002;
+
+        RET                                                  ;AN001;
+
+        SETSTDINOFF ENDP                                     ;AN001;
+
+IF      FARmsg                                               ;AN001;
+        SETSTDOUTON PROC FAR                                 ;AN001;
+ELSE                                                         ;AN001;
+        SETSTDOUTON PROC NEAR                                ;AN001;
+ENDIF                                                        ;AN001;
+
+        PUSH    AX                                           ;AN002; Save changed regs
+        PUSH    BX                                           ;AN002;
+        PUSH    DX                                           ;AN002;
+        MOV     AX,DOS_IOCTL_GET_INFO                        ;AN001; Get info using IOCTL
+        MOV     BX,STDOUT                                    ;AN001;
+        XOR     DX,DX                                        ;AN001;
+        INT     21H                                          ;AN001;
+
+        OR      DH,$M_CRIT_ERR_MASK                          ;AN001; Turn on bit
+        MOV     AX,DOS_IOCTL_SET_INFO                        ;AN001; Set info using IOCTL
+        INT     21H                                          ;AN001;
+        POP     DX                                           ;AN002; Restore Regs
+        POP     BX                                           ;AN002;
+        POP     AX                                           ;AN002;
+
+        RET                                                  ;AN001;
+
+        SETSTDOUTON ENDP                                     ;AN001;
+
+IF      FARmsg                                               ;AN001;
+        SETSTDOUTOFF PROC FAR                                ;AN001;
+ELSE                                                         ;AN001;
+        SETSTDOUTOFF PROC NEAR
+ENDIF                                                        ;AN001;
+
+        PUSH    AX                                           ;AN002; Save changed regs
+        PUSH    BX                                           ;AN002;
+        PUSH    DX                                           ;AN002;
+        MOV     AX,DOS_IOCTL_GET_INFO                        ;AN001; Get info using IOCTL
+        MOV     BX,STDOUT                                    ;AN001;
+        XOR     DX,DX                                        ;AN001;
+        INT     21H                                          ;AN001;
+
+        AND     DH,NOT $M_CRIT_ERR_MASK                      ;AN001; Turn off bit
+        MOV     AX,DOS_IOCTL_SET_INFO                        ;AN001; Set info using IOCTL
+        INT     21H                                          ;AN001;
+        POP     DX                                           ;AN002; Restore Regs
+        POP     BX                                           ;AN002;
+        POP     AX                                           ;AN002;
+
+        RET                                                  ;AN001;
+
+        SETSTDOUTOFF ENDP                                    ;AN001;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+      ENDIF                                                  ;;AN000;; END of include for SETSTDIO
+; 
+      IF      LOADmsg                                        ;;AN000;;   Is the request to include the code for SYSLOADMSG ?
+        IF      COMR                                         ;;AN000;;
+          $M_RT   EQU              $M_RT2                    ;;AN000;;
+        ENDIF
+        LOADmsg = FALSE                                      ;;AN000;;   Yes, THEN include it and reset flag
+        PAGE
+        SUBTTL  DOS - Message Retriever - LOADMSG.ASM Module
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: SYSLOADMSG
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION:
+;;      INPUTS:
+;;
+;;      OUPUTS:
+;;
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+IF      FARmsg                                               ;;AN000;;
+        SYSLOADMSG PROC FAR                                  ;;AN000;;
+ELSE                                                         ;;AN000;;
+        SYSLOADMSG PROC NEAR                                 ;;AN000;;
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+        PUSH    AX                                           ;;AN000;
+        PUSH    BX                                           ;;AN000;
+        PUSH    DX                                           ;;AN000;
+        PUSH    ES                                           ;;AN000;
+        PUSH    DI                                           ;;AN000;
+        XOR     CX,CX                                        ;;AN000;  Reset to zero
+        MOV     ES,CX                                        ;;AN000;
+        XOR     DI,DI                                        ;;AN000;
+        MOV     AX,DOS_GET_EXT_PARSE_ADD                     ;;AN000;; 2FH Interface
+        MOV     DL,DOS_GET_EXTENDED                          ;;AN000;; Where are the Extended errors in COMMAND.COM
+        INT     2FH                                          ;;AN000;; Private interface
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_EXT_COMMAND+2,ES           ;;AN000;;  Move into first avaliable table location
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_EXT_COMMAND,DI             ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+        MOV     AX,DOS_GET_EXT_PARSE_ADD                     ;;AN000;; 2FH Interface
+        MOV     DL,DOS_GET_PARSE                             ;;AN000;; Where are the Parse errors in COMMAND.COM
+        INT     2FH                                          ;;AN000;; Private interface
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_PARSE_COMMAND+2,ES         ;;AN000;;  Move into first avaliable table location
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_PARSE_COMMAND,DI           ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+        MOV     AX,DOS_GET_EXT_PARSE_ADD                     ;;AN000;; 2FH Interface
+        MOV     DL,DOS_GET_CRITICAL                          ;;AN000;; Where are the Critical errors in COMMAND.COM
+        INT     2FH                                          ;;AN000;; Private interface
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CRIT_COMMAND+2,ES          ;;AN000;;  Move into first avaliable table location
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CRIT_COMMAND,DI            ;;AN000;;
+
+        MOV     AX,DOS_GET_EXT_PARSE_ADD                     ;;AN001;; 2FH Interface
+        MOV     DL,DOS_GET_FILE                              ;;AN001;; Where are the FILE dependant in IFSFUNC.EXE
+        INT     2FH                                          ;;AN001;; Private interface
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_EXT_FILE+2,ES              ;;AN001;;  Move into first avaliable table location
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_EXT_FILE,DI                ;;AN001;;
+
+IF      COMR                                                 ;;  ** Special case for RESIDENT COMMAND.COM
+        IF2
+          IFNDEF  READ_DISK_INFO                             ;;AN003;;
+            Extrn   READ_DISK_PROC:Far                       ;;AN003;;
+          ENDIF                                              ;;AN003;;
+        ENDIF                                                ;;AN003;;
+ELSE                                                         ;;
+        IF      FARmsg                                       ;;AN000;;
+          CALL    FAR PTR $M_MSGSERV_1                       ;;AN000;; Get addressibilty to MSGSERV CLASS 1 (EXTENDED Errors)
+        ELSE                                                 ;;AN000;;
+          CALL    $M_MSGSERV_1                               ;;AN000;; Get addressibilty to MSGSERV CLASS 1 (EXTENDED Errors)
+        ENDIF                                                ;;AN000;;
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_EXT_ERR_ADDRS+2,ES         ;;AN000;; Move into first avaliable table location
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_EXT_ERR_ADDRS,DI           ;;AN000;;
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CRIT_ADDRS+2,ES            ;;AN000;; Move into first avaliable table location
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CRIT_ADDRS,DI              ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+        IF      FARmsg                                       ;;AN000;;
+          CALL    FAR PTR $M_MSGSERV_2                       ;;AN000;; Get addressibilty to MSGSERV CLASS 2 (PARSE Errors)
+        ELSE                                                 ;;AN000;;
+          CALL    $M_MSGSERV_2                               ;;AN000;; Get addressibilty to MSGSERV CLASS 2 (PARSE Errors)
+        ENDIF                                                ;;AN000;;
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_PARSE_ADDRS+2,ES           ;;AN000;; Move into first avaliable table location
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_PARSE_ADDRS,DI             ;;AN000;;
+ENDIF                                                        ;;
+                                                             ;;
+        MOV     AX,DOS_GET_EXT_PARSE_ADD                     ;;AN001;; 2FH Interface
+        MOV     DL,DOS_GET_ADDR                              ;;AN001;; Where is the READ_DISK_PROC in COMMAND.COM
+        INT     2FH                                          ;;AN001;; Private interface
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DISK_PROC_ADDR+2,ES        ;;AN001;;  Move into first avaliable table location
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DISK_PROC_ADDR,DI          ;;AN001;;
+
+        $M_BUILD_PTRS %$M_NUM_CLS                            ;;AN000;; Build all utility classes
+                                                             ;;AN000;;
+        CALL    $M_GET_DBCS_VEC                              ;;AN000;; Save the DBCS vector
+
+IF      NOT     NOCHECKSTDIN                                 ;;AN000;; IF EOF check is not to be suppressed
+        CALL    $M_CHECKSTDIN                                ;;AN000;;   Set EOF CHECK
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;AN000;;
+IF      NOT     NOCHECKSTDOUT                                ;;AN000;; IF Disk Full check is not to be suppressed
+        CALL    $M_CHECKSTDOUT                               ;;AN000;;   Set Disk Full CHECK
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;AN000;;
+IF      NOVERCHECKmsg                                        ;;AN000;; IF version check is to be supressed
+        CLC                                                  ;;AN000;;   Make sure carry is clear
+ELSE                                                         ;;AN000;; ELSE
+        PUSH    CX                                           ;;AN000;;
+        CALL    $M_VERSION_CHECK                             ;;AN000;;   Check Version
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;        Error ?
+;       $IF     NC                                           ;;AN000;; No.
+        JC $MIF20
+IF        NOT     NOVERCHECKmsg                              ;;AN000;;  IF version check was not supressed
+          POP     CX                                         ;;AN000;;  Reset stack
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+          POP     DI                                         ;;AN000;;  Restore REGS
+          POP     ES                                         ;;AN000;;
+          POP     DX                                         ;;AN000;;
+          POP     BX                                         ;;AN000;;
+          POP     AX                                         ;;AN000;;
+;       $ELSE                                                ;;AN000;; Yes,
+        JMP SHORT $MEN20
+$MIF20:
+IF        NOVERCHECKmsg                                      ;;AN000;;  IF version check is to be supressed
+          ADD     SP,10                                      ;;AN000;;
+          STC                                                ;;AN000;;  Reset carry flag
+ELSE                                                         ;;AN000;;  IF version check is to be supressed
+          ADD     SP,12                                      ;;AN000;;
+          STC                                                ;;AN000;;  Reset carry flag
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;  IF version check is to be supressed
+;       $ENDIF                                               ;;AN000;;
+$MEN20:
+        RET                                                  ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+        SYSLOADMSG ENDP                                      ;;AN000;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+        PAGE
+        SUBTTL  DOS - Message Retriever - $M_VERSION_CHECK Proc
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;  Proc Name:  $M_GET_DBCS_VEC
+;;
+;;  Function:   Get the DBCS vector and save it for later use
+;;
+;;  Inputs:     None
+;;
+;;  Outputs:    None
+;;
+;;  Regs Changed:
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_GET_DBCS_VEC PROC NEAR                                    ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+        PUSH    AX                                           ;;AN000;; Save character to check
+        PUSH    SI                                           ;;AN000;;
+        PUSH    DS                                           ;;AN000;;
+        MOV     AX,DOS_GET_DBCS_INFO                         ;;AN000;; DOS function to get DBSC environment
+        INT     21H                                          ;;AN000;; Get environment pointer
+        PUSH    DS                                           ;;AN000;; Get environment pointer
+        POP     ES                                           ;;AN000;; Get environment pointer
+        POP     DS                                           ;;AN000;; Get environment pointer
+;       $IF     NC                                           ;;AN000;;
+        JC $MIF23
+          MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DBCS_VEC,SI              ;;AN000;; Save DBCS Vector
+          MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DBCS_VEC+2,ES            ;;AN000;;
+;       $ENDIF                                               ;;AN000;;
+$MIF23:
+        POP     SI                                           ;;AN000;;
+        POP     AX                                           ;;AN000;; Retrieve character to check
+        RET                                                  ;;AN000;; Return
+                                                             ;;
+$M_GET_DBCS_VEC ENDP                                         ;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+        IF      NOCHECKSTDIN                                 ;AN001; Are we suppose to include the code for Checking EOF ?
+        ELSE                                                 ;AN001; Yes, THEN include it
+          PAGE
+          SUBTTL  DOS - Message Retriever - $M_CHECKSTDIN Proc
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;  Proc Name:  $M_CHECKSTDIN
+;;
+;;  Function:
+;;
+;;  Inputs:     None
+;;
+;;  Outputs:
+;;
+;;  Regs Changed:
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_CHECKSTDIN PROC NEAR                                      ;AN001;
+
+          MOV     AX,DOS_IOCTL_GET_INFO                      ;AN001; Get info using IOCTL
+          MOV     BX,STDIN                                   ;AN001;
+          XOR     DX,DX                                      ;AN001;
+          INT     21H                                        ;AN001;
+
+          OR      DH,$M_CRIT_ERR_MASK                        ;AN001; Turn on bit
+          MOV     AX,DOS_IOCTL_SET_INFO                      ;AN001; Set info using IOCTL
+          INT     21H                                        ;AN001;
+
+          RET                                                ;AN001;
+
+$M_CHECKSTDIN ENDP                                           ;AN001;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+        ENDIF                                                ;AN001; END of include for EOF Check
+        IF      NOCHECKSTDOUT                                ;AN001; Are we suppose to include the code for Checking Disk Full?
+        ELSE                                                 ;AN001; Yes, THEN include it
+          PAGE
+          SUBTTL  DOS - Message Retriever - $M_CHECKSTDOUT Proc
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;  Proc Name:  $M_CHECKSTDOUT
+;;
+;;  Function:
+;;
+;;  Inputs:     None
+;;
+;;  Outputs:
+;;
+;;  Regs Changed:
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_CHECKSTDOUT PROC NEAR                                     ;AN001;
+
+          MOV     AX,DOS_IOCTL_GET_INFO                      ;AN001; Get info using IOCTL
+          MOV     BX,STDOUT                                  ;AN001;
+          XOR     DX,DX                                      ;AN001;
+          INT     21H                                        ;AN001;
+
+          OR      DH,$M_CRIT_ERR_MASK                        ;AN001; Turn on bit
+          MOV     AX,DOS_IOCTL_SET_INFO                      ;AN001; Set info using IOCTL
+          INT     21H                                        ;AN001;
+
+          RET                                                ;AN001;
+
+$M_CHECKSTDOUT ENDP                                          ;AN001;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+        ENDIF                                                ;AN001;  END of include for Disk Full Check
+        IF      NOVERCHECKmsg                                ;;AN000;; Are we suppose to include the code for DOS version check?
+        ELSE                                                 ;;AN000;; Yes, THEN include it
+          PAGE
+          SUBTTL  DOS - Message Retriever - $M_VERSION_CHECK Proc
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;  Proc Name:  $M_VERSION_CHECK
+;;
+;;  Function:   Determine if DOS version is within allowable limits
+;;
+;;  Inputs:     None
+;;
+;;  Outputs:    CARRY_FLAG = 1 if Incorrect DOS version
+;;              Registers set for SYSDISPMSG
+;;              CARRY_FLAG = 0 if Correct DOS version
+;;
+;;  Regs Changed: AX
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_VERSION_CHECK PROC NEAR                                   ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+          MOV     AH,DOS_GET_VERSION                         ;;AN000;; Check that version matches VERSIONA.INC
+          INT     21H                                        ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+          CMP     AX,EXPECTED_VERSION                        ;;AN000;; IF DOS_MAJOR is correct
+;         $IF     E                                          ;;AN000;;
+          JNE $MIF25
+            CLC                                              ;;AN000;;   Clear the carry flag
+;         $ELSE                                              ;;AN000;; ELSE
+          JMP SHORT $MEN25
+$MIF25:
+IF          NOT     COMR                                     ;;  ** Special case for RESIDENT COMMAND.COM
+            CMP     AX,LOWEST_4CH_VERSION                    ;;AN000;; Does this version support AH = 4CH
+;           $IF     B                                        ;;AN000;; No,
+            JNB $MIF27
+              MOV     BX,NO_HANDLE                           ;;AN000;;   No handle (version doesn't support)
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN000;; Yes,
+            JMP SHORT $MEN27
+$MIF27:
+              MOV     BX,STDERR                              ;;AN000;;   Standard Error
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MEN27:
+ELSE
+            MOV     BX,NO_HANDLE                             ;;AN000;;   No handle
+ENDIF
+            MOV     AX,1                                     ;;AN000;; Set message # 1
+            MOV     CX,NO_REPLACE                            ;;AN000;; No replacable parms
+            MOV     DL,NO_INPUT                              ;;AN000;; No input
+            MOV     DH,UTILITY_MSG_CLASS                     ;;AN000;; Utility class message
+            STC                                              ;;AN000;; Set Carry Flag
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MEN25:
+                                                             ;;
+          RET                                                ;;AN000;; Return
+                                                             ;;
+$M_VERSION_CHECK ENDP                                        ;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+        ENDIF                                                ;;AN000;; END of include for DOS version check
+      ENDIF                                                  ;;AN000;; END of include for SYSLOADMSG
+; 
+      IF      GETmsg                                         ;;AN000;; Is the request to include the code for SYSGETMSG ?
+        IF      COMR                                         ;;AN000;;
+          $M_RT   EQU              $M_RT2                    ;;AN000;;
+        ENDIF                                                ;;AN000;;
+        GETmsg  =      FALSE                                 ;;AN000;; Yes, THEN include it and reset flag
+        PAGE
+        SUBTTL  DOS - Message Retriever - GETMSG.ASM Module
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;  Proc Name:  SYSGETMSG
+;;
+;;  Function:   The GET service returns the segment, offset and size of the
+;;              message text to the caller based on a message number.
+;;              The GET function will not display the message thus assumes
+;;              caller will handle replaceable parameters.
+;;
+;;  Inputs:
+;;
+;;  Outputs:
+;;
+;;  Psuedocode:
+;;              Call $M_GET_MSG_ADDRESS
+;;              IF MSG_NUM exists THEN
+;;                 Set DS:SI = MSG_TXT_PTR + 1
+;;                 CARRY_FLAG = 0
+;;              ELSE
+;;                 CARRY_FLAG = 1
+;;              ENDIF
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+IF      FARmsg                                               ;;AN000;;
+        SYSGETMSG PROC  FAR                                  ;;AN000;;
+ELSE                                                         ;;AN000;;
+        SYSGETMSG PROC  NEAR                                 ;;AN000;;
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;; Save registers needed later
+
+        PUSH    AX                                           ;;AN000;; Save changed regs
+        PUSH    ES                                           ;;AN000;;
+        PUSH    DI                                           ;;AN000;;
+        PUSH    BP                                           ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+IF      FARmsg                                               ;;AN000;;
+        CALL    FAR PTR $M_GET_MSG_ADDRESS                   ;;AN000;; Scan thru classes to find message
+ELSE                                                         ;;AN000;;
+        CALL    $M_GET_MSG_ADDRESS                           ;;AN000;; Scan thru classes to find message
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;; Return message in ES:DI
+;       $IF     NC                                           ;;AN000;; Message found?
+        JC $MIF31
+          CMP     DH,UTILITY_MSG_CLASS
+          CLC                                                ;;AN000;;
+;         $IF     NE
+          JE $MIF32
+            PUSH    ES                                       ;;AN000;;
+            POP     DS                                       ;;AN000;;     Return message in DS:SI
+;         $ELSE
+          JMP SHORT $MEN32
+$MIF32:
+IF          FARmsg                                           ;;AN000;;   Yes,
+            PUSH    ES                                       ;;AN000;;
+            POP     DS                                       ;;AN000;;     Return message in DS:SI
+ELSE                                                         ;;AN000;;
+            PUSH    CS                                       ;;AN000;;     Return message in DS:SI
+            POP     DS                                       ;;AN000;;
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MEN32:
+          MOV     SI,DI                                      ;;AN000;;     Return message in DS:SI
+;       $ENDIF                                               ;;AN000;;
+$MIF31:
+                                                             ;;
+        POP     BP                                           ;;AN000;; Restore changed regs
+        POP     DI                                           ;;AN000;;
+        POP     ES                                           ;;AN000;;
+        POP     AX                                           ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+        RET                                                  ;;AN000;;    Return
+                                                             ;;
+        SYSGETMSG ENDP                                       ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+        IF      $M_SUBS                                      ;;AN000;; Include the common subroutines if they haven't yet
+          $M_SUBS = FALSE                                    ;;AN000;; No, then include and reset the flag
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_GET_MSG_ADDRESS
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION:  To scan thru classes to return pointer to the message header
+;;      INPUTS:    Access to $M_RES_ADDRESSES
+;;      OUPUTS:    IF CX = 0 THEN Message was not found
+;;                 IF CX > 1 THEN ES:DI points to the specified message
+;;      REGS CHANGED: ES,DI,CX
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+IF        FARmsg                                             ;;AN000;;
+          $M_GET_MSG_ADDRESS PROC FAR                        ;;AN000;;
+ELSE                                                         ;;AN000;;
+          $M_GET_MSG_ADDRESS PROC NEAR                       ;;AN000;;
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+          PUSH    SI                                         ;;AN000;;
+          PUSH    BX                                         ;;AN000;;
+          XOR     SI,SI                                      ;;AN000;; Use SI as an index
+          XOR     CX,CX                                      ;;AN000;; Use CX as an size
+;         $DO                                                ;;AN000;;
+$MDO36:
+            CMP     DH,UTILITY_MSG_CLASS                     ;;AN000;; Were utility messages requested?
+;           $IF     E                                        ;;AN000;; Yes,
+            JNE $MIF37
+              IF      FARmsg                                 ;;AN000;;
+                LES     DI,DWORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CLASS_ADDRS[SI] ;;AN000;;  Get address of class
+                MOV     BX,ES                                ;;AN000;
+              ELSE                                           ;;AN000;;
+                MOV     DI,WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CLASS_ADDRS[SI] ;;AN000;;   Get address of class
+                MOV     BX,DI                                ;;AN000;
+              ENDIF                                          ;;AN000;;
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN000;; No,
+            JMP SHORT $MEN37
+$MIF37:
+              TEST    DH,PARSE_ERR_CLASS                     ;;AN000;;   Were parse errors requested?
+;             $IF     NE                                     ;;AN000;;   Yes,
+              JE $MIF39
+                LES     DI,DWORD PTR $M_RT.$M_PARSE_COMMAND[SI] ;;AN000;;   Get address of class
+                MOV     BX,ES                                ;;AN000;
+;             $ELSE                                          ;;AN000;;   No, extended errors were specified
+              JMP SHORT $MEN39
+$MIF39:
+                CMP     AX,$M_CRIT_LO                        ;;AN000;;     Is this a critical error?
+;               $IF     AE,AND                               ;;AN000;;
+                JNAE $MIF41
+                CMP     AX,$M_CRIT_HI                        ;;AN000;;
+;               $IF     BE                                   ;;AN000;;      Yes,
+                JNBE $MIF41
+                  LES     DI,DWORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CRIT_ADDRS[SI] ;;AN000;; Get address of class
+                  MOV     BX,ES                              ;;AN000;
+;               $ELSE                                        ;;AN000;;
+                JMP SHORT $MEN41
+$MIF41:
+                  LES     DI,DWORD PTR $M_RT.$M_EXT_ERR_ADDRS[SI] ;;AN000;; Get address of class
+                  MOV     BX,ES                              ;;AN000;
+;               $ENDIF                                       ;;AN000;;
+$MEN41:
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MEN39:
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MEN37:
+                                                             ;;
+            CMP     BX,$M_TERMINATING_FLAG                   ;;AN000;; Are we finished all classes?
+;           $IF     E                                        ;;AN000;; Yes,
+            JNE $MIF46
+              CMP     DH,UTILITY_MSG_CLASS                   ;;AN000;;    Was it a UTILITY class?
+;             $IF     E                                      ;;AN000;;    Yes,
+              JNE $MIF47
+                STC                                          ;;AN000;;      Set the carry flag
+;             $ELSE                                          ;;AN000;;    No,
+              JMP SHORT $MEN47
+$MIF47:
+                MOV     $M_RT.$M_MSG_NUM,AX                  ;;AN000;;      Save message number
+                MOV     AX,$M_SPECIAL_MSG_NUM                ;;AN000;;      Set special message number
+                MOV     BP,$M_ONE_REPLACE                    ;;AN000;;      Set one replace in message
+                XOR     SI,SI                                ;;AN000;;      Reset the SI index to start again
+                CLC                                          ;;AN000;;
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;; No,
+$MEN47:
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN000;;
+            JMP SHORT $MEN46
+$MIF46:
+              CMP     BX,$M_CLASS_NOT_EXIST                  ;;AN000;;   Does this class exist?
+;             $IF     NE                                     ;;AN001;;   Yes,
+              JE $MIF51
+                CALL    $M_FIND_SPECIFIED_MSG                ;;AN000;;     Try to find the message
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MIF51:
+              ADD     SI,$M_ADDR_SZ_FAR                      ;;AN000;;       Get next class
+              CLC                                            ;;AN000;;
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MEN46:
+;         $LEAVE  C                                          ;;AN000;;
+          JC $MEN36
+            OR      CX,CX                                    ;;AN000;;     Was the message found?
+;         $ENDDO  NZ,LONG                                    ;;AN000;;
+          JNZ $MXL2
+          JMP $MDO36
+$MXL2:
+$MEN36:
+
+          PUSHF                                              ;;AN006;; Save the flag state
+          CMP     DH,EXT_ERR_CLASS                           ;;AN006;; Was an extended error requested?
+;         $IF     E                                          ;;AN006;; Yes,
+          JNE $MIF56
+            PUSH    DX                                       ;;AN006;;  Save all needed registers
+            PUSH    BP                                       ;;AN006;;
+            PUSH    CX                                       ;;AN006;;
+            PUSH    ES                                       ;;AN006;;
+            PUSH    DI                                       ;;AN006;;
+            PUSH    AX                                       ;;AN006;;
+
+            MOV     AX,IFSFUNC_INSTALL_CHECK                 ;;AN006;;  Check if IFSFUNC is installed
+            INT     2FH                                      ;;AN006;;
+            CMP     AL,IFSFUNC_INSTALLED                     ;;AN006;;  Is it installed?
+            POP     AX                                       ;;AN006;;  Restore msg number
+;           $IF     E                                        ;;AN006;;   Yes,
+            JNE $MIF57
+              MOV     BX,AX                                  ;;AN006;;    BX is the extended error number
+              MOV     AX,IFS_GET_ERR_TEXT                    ;;AN006;;    AX is the muliplex number
+              INT     2FH                                    ;;AN006;;    Call IFSFUNC
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN006;;   No,
+            JMP SHORT $MEN57
+$MIF57:
+              STC                                            ;;AN006;;    Carry conditon
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN006;;
+$MEN57:
+
+;           $IF     C                                        ;;AN006;;  Was there an update?
+            JNC $MIF60
+              POP     DI                                     ;;AN006;;  No,
+              POP     ES                                     ;;AN006;;   Restore old pointer
+              POP     CX                                     ;;AN006;;
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN006;;  Yes
+            JMP SHORT $MEN60
+$MIF60:
+              ADD     SP,6                                   ;;AN006;;   Throw away old pointer
+              CALL    $M_SET_LEN_IN_CX                       ;;AN006;;   Get the length of the ASCIIZ string
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN006;;
+$MEN60:
+            POP     BP                                       ;;AN006;;  Restore other Regs
+            POP     DX                                       ;;AN006;;
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN006;;
+$MIF56:
+          $M_POPF                                            ;;AN006;; Restore the flag state
+
+          POP     BX                                         ;;AN000;;
+          POP     SI                                         ;;AN000;;
+          RET                                                ;;AN000;; Return ES:DI pointing to the message
+                                                             ;;
+$M_GET_MSG_ADDRESS ENDP                                      ;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_SET_LEN_IN_CX PROC NEAR                                   ;;
+                                                             ;;
+          PUSH    DI                                         ;;AN006;; Save position
+          PUSH    AX                                         ;;AN006;;
+          MOV     CX,-1                                      ;;AN006;; Set CX for decrements
+          XOR     AL,AL                                      ;;AN006;; Prepare compare register
+          REPNE   SCASB                                      ;;AN006;; Scan for zero
+          NOT     CX                                         ;;AN006;; Change decrement into number
+          DEC     CX                                         ;;AN006;; Don't include the zero
+          POP     AX                                         ;;AN006;;
+          POP     DI                                         ;;AN006;; Restore position
+          RET                                                ;;AN006;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_SET_LEN_IN_CX ENDP                                        ;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_FIND_SPECIFIED_MSG
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION:  To scan thru message headers until message is found
+;;      INPUTS:    ES:DI points to beginning of msg headers
+;;                 CX contains the number of messages in class
+;;                 DH contains the message class
+;;      OUPUTS:    IF CX = 0 THEN Message was not found
+;;                 IF CX > 1 THEN ES:DI points to header of specified message
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_FIND_SPECIFIED_MSG PROC NEAR                              ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+          CMP     BX,1                                       ;;AN004;;  Do we have an address to CALL?
+;         $IF     E,AND                                      ;;AN004;;  Yes,
+          JNE $MIF64
+          CMP     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DISK_PROC_ADDR,-1        ;;AN004;;  Do we have an address to CALL?
+;         $IF     NE                                         ;;AN004;;  Yes,
+          JE $MIF64
+            CMP     AX,$M_SPECIAL_MSG_NUM                    ;;AN004;; Are we displaying a default Ext Err?
+;           $IF     E                                        ;;AN004;;  . . . and . . .
+            JNE $MIF65
+              PUSH    AX                                     ;;AN004;;   Reset the special message number
+              MOV     AX,$M_RT.$M_MSG_NUM                    ;;AN004;;   Get the old message number
+              CALL    DWORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DISK_PROC_ADDR      ;;AN004;;   Call the READ_DISK_PROC to get error text
+              POP     AX                                     ;;AN004;;   Reset the special message number
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN004;;   Get the old message number
+            JMP SHORT $MEN65
+$MIF65:
+              CALL    DWORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DISK_PROC_ADDR      ;;AN004;;   Call the READ_DISK_PROC to get error text
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN004;;   Get the old message number
+$MEN65:
+;         $ELSE                                              ;;AN004;;
+          JMP SHORT $MEN64
+$MIF64:
+            XOR     CX,CX                                    ;;AN002;;   CX = 0 will allow us to
+            CMP     DH,UTILITY_MSG_CLASS                     ;;AN001;;
+;           $IF     NE                                       ;;AN001;;
+            JE $MIF69
+              MOV     CL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI].$M_NUM_CLS_MSG     ;;AN001;;   Get number of messages in class
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN001;;
+            JMP SHORT $MEN69
+$MIF69:
+IF            FARmsg                                         ;;AN001;;
+              CMP     BYTE PTR ES:[DI].$M_CLASS_ID,DH        ;;AN002;; Check if class still exists at
+ELSE
+              CMP     BYTE PTR CS:[DI].$M_CLASS_ID,DH        ;;AN002;; Check if class still exists at
+ENDIF
+;             $IF     E                                      ;;AN002;;  pointer (hopefully)
+              JNE $MIF71
+IF              FARmsg                                       ;;AN001;;
+                MOV     CL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI].$M_NUM_CLS_MSG   ;;AN000;;     Get number of messages in class
+ELSE
+                MOV     CL,BYTE PTR CS:[DI].$M_NUM_CLS_MSG   ;;AN000;;     Get number of messages in class
+ENDIF
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN002;;    go on to the next class
+$MIF71:
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN001;;
+$MEN69:
+            ADD     DI,$M_CLASS_ID_SZ                        ;;AN000;;     Point past the class header
+            STC                                              ;;AN004;;   Flag that we haven't found anything yet
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN004;;
+$MEN64:
+
+;         $IF     C                                          ;;AN004;; Have we found anything yet?
+          JNC $MIF75
+            CLC                                              ;;AN004;; No, reset carry
+;           $SEARCH                                          ;;AN000;;
+$MDO76:
+              OR      CX,CX                                  ;;AN000;;    Do we have any to check?
+;           $LEAVE  Z                                        ;;AN000;;       No, return with CX = 0
+            JZ $MEN76
+              CMP     DH,UTILITY_MSG_CLASS                   ;;AN001;;
+;             $IF     NE                                     ;;AN001;;
+              JE $MIF78
+                CMP     AX,WORD PTR ES:[DI].$M_NUM           ;;AN001;; Is this the message requested?
+;             $ELSE                                          ;;AN001;;
+              JMP SHORT $MEN78
+$MIF78:
+IF              FARmsg                                       ;;AN001;;
+                CMP     AX,WORD PTR ES:[DI].$M_NUM           ;;AN000;; Is this the message requested?
+ELSE
+                CMP     AX,WORD PTR CS:[DI].$M_NUM           ;;AN000;; Is this the message requested?
+ENDIF
+;             $ENDIF
+$MEN78:
+;           $EXITIF E                                        ;;AN000;;
+            JNE $MIF76
+;           $ORELSE                                          ;;AN000;
+            JMP SHORT $MSR76
+$MIF76:
+              DEC     CX                                     ;;AN000;;    No, well do we have more to check?
+;           $LEAVE  Z                                        ;;AN000;;       No, return with CX = 0
+            JZ $MEN76
+              ADD     DI,$M_ID_SZ                            ;;AN000;;       Yes, skip past msg header
+;           $ENDLOOP                                         ;;AN000;;
+            JMP SHORT $MDO76
+$MEN76:
+              STC                                            ;;AN000;;
+;           $ENDSRCH                                         ;;AN000;;       Check next message
+$MSR76:
+;           $IF     NC                                       ;;AN000;;   Did we find the message?
+            JC $MIF86
+              CMP     DH,UTILITY_MSG_CLASS                   ;;AN001;;   Yes, is it a utility message?
+              CLC                                            ;;AN001;;
+;             $IF     E                                      ;;AN001;;
+              JNE $MIF87
+IF              FARmsg                                       ;;AN001;;
+ELSE                                                         ;;AN000;;
+                PUSH    CS                                   ;;AN000;;
+                POP     ES                                   ;;AN000;;   Return ES:DI pointing to the message
+ENDIF
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN001;;
+$MIF87:
+              ADD     DI,WORD PTR ES:[DI].$M_TXT_PTR         ;;AN000;; Prepare ES:DI pointing to the message
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN004;;
+$MIF86:
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN004;;
+$MIF75:
+                                                             ;;           Yes, great we can return with CX > 0
+
+;         $IF     NC                                         ;;AN000;;   Did we find the message?
+          JC $MIF91
+            XOR     CH,CH                                    ;;AN000;;
+            MOV     CL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI]                      ;;AN000;;   Move size into CX
+            INC     DI                                       ;;AN000;;   Increment past length
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN004;;
+$MIF91:
+
+          MOV     $M_RT.$M_SIZE,$M_NULL                      ;;AN004;; Reset variable
+          RET                                                ;;AN000;; Return
+                                                             ;;
+$M_FIND_SPECIFIED_MSG ENDP                                   ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+        ENDIF                                                ;;AN000;; END of include of common subroutines
+      ENDIF                                                  ;;AN000;; END of include of SYSGETMSG
+; 
+      IF      DISPLAYmsg                                     ;;AN000;; Is the request to include the code for SYSGETMSG ?
+        IF      COMR                                         ;;AN000;;
+          $M_RT   EQU              $M_RT2                    ;;AN000;;
+        ENDIF                                                ;;AN000;;
+        DISPLAYmsg =  FALSE                                  ;;AN000;; Yes, THEN include it and reset flag
+        PAGE
+        SUBTTL  DOS - Message Retriever - DISPMSG.ASM Module
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;  Proc Name:  SYSDISPMSG
+;;
+;;  Function:   The DISPLAY service will output a defined message to a handle
+;;              requested by the caller. It also provides function to display
+;;              messages when handles are not applicable (ie. DOS function calls
+;;              00h to 0Ah) Replaceable parameters are allowed and are
+;;              defined previous to entry.
+;;
+;;              It is assumes that a PRELOAD function has already determined
+;;              the addressibilty internally to the message retriever services.
+;;  Inputs:
+;;
+;;  Outputs:
+;;
+;;  Psuedocode:
+;;              Save registers needed later
+;;              Get address of the message requested
+;;              IF Message number exists THEN
+;;                IF replacable parameters were specified THEN
+;;                   Display message with replacable parms
+;;                ELSE
+;;                   Display string without replacable parms
+;;                ENDIF
+;;                IF character input was requested THEN
+;;                   Wait for character input
+;;                ENDIF
+;;                Clear CARRY FLAG
+;;              ELSE
+;;                 Set CARRY FLAG
+;;              ENDIF
+;;              Return
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+IF      FARmsg                                               ;;AN000;;
+        SYSDISPMSG PROC FAR                                  ;;AN000;;
+ELSE                                                         ;;AN000;;
+        SYSDISPMSG PROC NEAR                                 ;;AN000;;
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;; Save registers and values needed later
+
+        PUSH    AX                                           ;;AN000;; Save changed REGs
+        PUSH    BX                                           ;;AN000;;
+        PUSH    CX                                           ;;AN000;;
+        PUSH    BP                                           ;;AN000;;
+        PUSH    DI                                           ;;AN000;; Save pointer to input buffer (offset)
+        PUSH    ES                                           ;;AN000;; Save pointer to input buffer (segment)
+        PUSH    DX                                           ;;AN000;; Save Input/Class request
+
+        MOV     BP,CX                                        ;;AN000;; Use BP to hold replace count
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_HANDLE,BX                  ;;AN000;; Save handle
+        MOV     BYTE PTR $M_RT.$M_CLASS,DH                   ;;AN004;; Save class
+
+;; Get address of the message requested
+
+IF      FARmsg                                               ;;AN000;;
+        CALL    FAR PTR $M_GET_MSG_ADDRESS                   ;;AN000;; Scan thru classes to find message
+ELSE                                                         ;;AN000;;
+        CALL    $M_GET_MSG_ADDRESS                           ;;AN000;; Scan thru classes to find message
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+        OR      CX,CX                                        ;;AN000;; Was message found?
+;       $IF     NZ                                           ;;AN000;;   YES, Message address in ES:DI
+        JZ $MIF93
+
+;; Test if replacable parameters were specified
+
+          OR      BP,BP                                      ;;AN000;;   Were replacable parameters requested
+;         $IF     Z                                          ;;AN000;;
+          JNZ $MIF94
+
+;; Display string without replacable parms
+
+            CALL    $M_DISPLAY_STRING                        ;;AN000;; No, great . . . Display message
+;         $ELSE                                              ;;AN000;;
+          JMP SHORT $MEN94
+$MIF94:
+IF          $M_REPLACE                                       ;;AN000;;
+
+;; Display message with replacable parms
+
+            CALL    $M_DISPLAY_MESSAGE                       ;;AN000;;   Display the message with substitutions
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MEN94:
+;         $IF     NC
+          JC $MIF97
+
+            POP     DX                                       ;;AN000;; Get Input/Class request
+
+            CALL    $M_ADD_CRLF                              ;;AN004;; Check if we need to add the CR LF chars.
+
+            POP     ES                                       ;;AN000;; Get location of input buffer (if specified)
+            POP     DI                                       ;;AN000;;
+
+;; Test if character input was requested
+
+IF          INPUTmsg                                         ;;AN000;;
+            OR      DL,DL                                    ;;AN000;; Was Wait-For-Input requested?
+;           $IF     NZ                                       ;;AN000;;
+            JZ $MIF98
+              CALL    $M_WAIT_FOR_INPUT                      ;;AN000;;
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF98:
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+;         $ELSE                                              ;;AN000;;
+          JMP SHORT $MEN97
+$MIF97:
+            ADD     SP,6                                     ;;AN000;;
+            STC                                              ;;AN000;; Reset carry flag
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MEN97:
+;       $ELSE                                                ;;AN000;; No,
+        JMP SHORT $MEN93
+$MIF93:
+          POP     ES                                         ;;AN000;;   Get pointer to input buffer (segment)
+          POP     DI                                         ;;AN000;;   Get base pointer to first sublist (offset)
+          POP     DX                                         ;;AN000;;   Get base pointer to first sublist (segment)
+          STC                                                ;;AN000;;   Set carry flag
+;       $ENDIF                                               ;;AN000;;
+$MEN93:
+                                                             ;;
+;       $IF     NC                                           ;;AN000;; Was there an error?
+        JC $MIF104
+          POP     BP                                         ;;AN000;; No,
+          POP     CX                                         ;;AN000;;
+          POP     BX                                         ;;AN000;;
+IF        INPUTmsg                                           ;;AN000;;
+          ADD     SP,2                                       ;;AN000;;
+ELSE                                                         ;AN000;
+          POP     AX                                         ;;AN000;;
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+;       $ELSE                                                ;;AN000;;  Yes,
+        JMP SHORT $MEN104
+$MIF104:
+          ADD     SP,8                                       ;;AN000;;     Eliminate from stack
+          STC                                                ;;AN000;;
+;       $ENDIF                                               ;;AN000;;
+$MEN104:
+                                                             ;;
+        RET                                                  ;;AN000;; Return
+                                                             ;;
+        SYSDISPMSG ENDP                                      ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+; 
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_DISPLAY_STRING
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION:  Will display or write string
+;;      INPUTS:    ES:DI points to beginning of message
+;;                 CX contains the length of string to write (if applicable)
+;;      OUTPUTS:   None
+;;      REGS Revised: None
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_DISPLAY_STRING PROC NEAR                                  ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+        PUSH    AX                                           ;;AN000;;
+        PUSH    BX                                           ;;AN000;;
+        PUSH    DX                                           ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+        MOV     BX,$M_RT.$M_HANDLE                           ;;AN000;; Retrieve handle
+                                                             ;;
+IF      COMR                                                 ;;  ** Special case for RESIDENT COMMAND.COM
+        CALL    $M_DISPLAY_$_STRING                          ;;AN000;; No, display $ terminated string
+ELSE
+        CMP     BX,$M_NO_HANDLE                              ;;AN000;; Was there a handle specified?
+;       $IF     E                                            ;;AN000;;
+        JNE $MIF107
+          CALL    $M_DISPLAY_$_STRING                        ;;AN000;; No, display $ terminated string
+;       $ELSE                                                ;;AN000;;
+        JMP SHORT $MEN107
+$MIF107:
+          CALL    $M_DISPLAY_H_STRING                        ;;AN000;; Yes, display string to handle
+;       $ENDIF                                               ;;AN000;;
+$MEN107:
+                                                             ;AN001;
+;       $IF     C                                            ;;AN000;;  Was there an error?
+        JNC $MIF110
+          MOV     AH,DOS_GET_EXT_ERROR                       ;;AN000;;  Yes,
+          MOV     BX,DOS_GET_EXT_ERROR_BX                    ;;AN000;;    Get extended error
+          INT     21H                                        ;;AN000;;
+          XOR     AH,AH                                      ;;AN000;;    Clear AH
+          ADD     SP,6                                       ;;AN000;;    Clean up stack
+          STC                                                ;;AN000;;    Flag that there was an error
+;       $ELSE                                                ;;AN000;;  No,
+        JMP SHORT $MEN110
+$MIF110:
+          CMP     BX,$M_NO_HANDLE                            ;;AN000;; Was there a handle specified?
+;         $IF     NE                                         ;;AN000;;
+          JE $MIF112
+            CMP     AX,CX                                    ;AN001;     Was it ALL written?
+;           $IF     NE                                       ;AN001;     No,
+            JE $MIF113
+              CALL    $M_GET_EXT_ERR_39                      ;AN001;       Set Extended error
+              ADD     SP,6                                   ;AN001;       Clean up stack
+              STC                                            ;AN001;       Flag that there was an error
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;AN001;
+$MIF113:
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;AN001;
+$MIF112:
+;       $ENDIF                                               ;;AN000;;
+$MEN110:
+ENDIF
+;       $IF     NC                                           ;;AN000;;  Was there ANY error?
+        JC $MIF117
+          POP     DX                                         ;;AN000;;  Restore regs
+          POP     BX                                         ;;AN000;;
+          POP     AX                                         ;;AN000;;
+;       $ENDIF                                               ;;AN000;;
+$MIF117:
+        RET                                                  ;;AN000;; Return
+                                                             ;;
+$M_DISPLAY_STRING ENDP                                       ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_DISPLAY_$_STRING
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION:  Will display a $ terminated string
+;;      INPUTS:    ES:DI points to beginning of message text (not the length)
+;;      OUPUTS:    None
+;;      REGS USED: AX,DX
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_DISPLAY_$_STRING PROC NEAR                                ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+        PUSH    DS                                           ;;AN000;;
+        PUSH    ES                                           ;;AN000;;
+        POP     DS                                           ;;AN000;; Set DS to segment of message text
+IF      NOT     COMR
+        CMP     CX,$M_SINGLE_CHAR                            ;;AN000;; Is this a single character?
+;       $IF     E                                            ;;AN000;; Yes,
+        JNE $MIF119
+          MOV     AH,DOS_DISP_CHAR                           ;;AN000;;   DOS Function to display CHARACTER
+          MOV     DL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI]                        ;;AN000;;   Get the character
+          INT     21H                                        ;;AN000;;   Write character
+          POP     DS                                         ;;AN000;; Set DS to segment of message text
+          MOV     AL,DL                                      ;;AN000;;   Get the character in AL
+          CALL    $M_IS_IT_DBCS                              ;;AN000;;   Is this the first byte of a DB character
+          PUSH    DS                                         ;;AN000;;
+          PUSH    ES                                         ;;AN000;;
+          POP     DS                                         ;;AN000;; Set DS to segment of message text
+;         $IF     C                                          ;;AN000;;   Yes,
+          JNC $MIF120
+            MOV     DL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI]+1                    ;;AN000;; Get the next character
+            INT     21H                                      ;;AN000;;   Write character
+            CLC                                              ;;AN000;;   Clear the DBCS indicator
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MIF120:
+;       $ELSE                                                ;;AN000;; No,
+        JMP SHORT $MEN119
+$MIF119:
+ENDIF
+          MOV     AH,DOS_DISP_CHAR                           ;;AN000;;   DOS Function to display CHARACTER
+;         $DO                                                ;;AN002;; No,
+$MDO123:
+            OR      CX,CX                                    ;;AN002;;   Are there any left to display?
+;         $LEAVE  Z                                          ;;AN002;;   Yes,
+          JZ $MEN123
+            MOV     DL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI]                      ;;AN002;;     Get the character
+            INT     21H                                      ;;AN002;;     Display the character
+            INC     DI                                       ;;AN002;;     Set pointer to next character
+            DEC     CX                                       ;;AN002;;     Count this character
+;         $ENDDO  Z                                          ;;AN002;; No,
+          JNZ $MDO123
+$MEN123:
+IF        NOT     COMR
+;       $ENDIF                                               ;;AN000;;
+$MEN119:
+ENDIF
+        CLC                                                  ;;AN000;;   Char functions used don't return carry as error
+        POP     DS                                           ;;AN000;;
+        RET                                                  ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_DISPLAY_$_STRING ENDP                                     ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+IF      NOT     COMR
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_DISPLAY_H_STRING
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION:  Will display a string to a specified handle
+;;      INPUTS:    ES:DI points to beginning of message
+;;                 CX contains the number of bytes to write
+;;                 BX contains the handle to write to
+;;      OUPUTS:    None
+;;      REGS USED: AX,DX
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_DISPLAY_H_STRING PROC NEAR                                ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+        XOR     AX,AX                                        ;;AN002;; Set number of bytes written to 0
+        OR      CX,CX                                        ;;AN002;; For performance, don't write if not necessary
+;       $IF     NZ                                           ;;AN002;; Any chars to write?
+        JZ $MIF127
+          PUSH    DS                                         ;;AN000;; Yes,
+          PUSH    ES                                         ;;AN000;;
+          POP     DS                                         ;;AN000;;   Set DS to segment of message text
+          MOV     AH,DOS_WRITE_HANDLE                        ;;AN000;;   DOS function to write to a handle
+          MOV     DX,DI                                      ;;AN000;;   Pointer to data to write
+          CMP     CX,$M_SINGLE_CHAR                          ;;AN000;;   Is this a single character?
+;         $IF     E                                          ;;AN000;;   Yes,
+          JNE $MIF128
+            INT     21H                                      ;;AN000;;     Write character
+            POP     DS                                       ;;AN000;;       Set DS to segment of message text
+            PUSH    AX                                       ;;AN000;;
+            MOV     AL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI]                      ;;AN000;;       Get the character
+            CALL    $M_IS_IT_DBCS                            ;;AN000;;       Is this the first byte of a DB character
+            POP     AX                                       ;;AN000;;       Set DS to segment of message text
+            PUSH    DS                                       ;;AN000;;
+            PUSH    ES                                       ;;AN000;;
+            POP     DS                                       ;;AN000;;       Set DS to segment of message text
+;           $IF     C                                        ;;AN000;;       Yes,
+            JNC $MIF129
+              CLC                                            ;;AN000;;        Clear the DBCS indicator
+              MOV     AH,DOS_WRITE_HANDLE                    ;;AN000;;        DOS function to write to a handle
+              INC     DX                                     ;;AN000;;        Point to next character
+              INT     21H                                    ;;AN000;;        Write character
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF129:
+;         $ELSE                                              ;;AN000;;   No,
+          JMP SHORT $MEN128
+$MIF128:
+            INT     21H                                      ;;AN000;;     Write String at DS:SI to handle
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MEN128:
+          POP     DS                                         ;;AN000;;
+;       $ENDIF                                               ;;AN002;;
+$MIF127:
+                                                             ;;
+        RET                                                  ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_DISPLAY_H_STRING ENDP                                     ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_GET_EXT_ERR_39
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION:  Will set registers for extended error #39
+;;      INPUTS:    None
+;;      OUPUTS:    AX,BX,CX set
+;;      REGS USED:
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_GET_EXT_ERR_39 PROC NEAR                                  ;AN001;
+                                                             ;;
+        MOV     AX,EXT_ERR_39                                ;AN001; Set AX=39
+        MOV     BX,(ERROR_CLASS_39 SHR 8) + ACTION_39        ;AN001; Set BH=1 BL=4
+        MOV     CH,LOCUS_39                                  ;AN001; Set CH=1
+                                                             ;AN001;
+        RET                                                  ;AN001;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_GET_EXT_ERR_39 ENDP                                       ;AN001;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+ENDIF
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_ADD_CRLF
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION:  Will decide whether to display a CRLF
+;;      INPUTS:    DX contains the Input/Class requested
+;;      OUTPUTS:   None
+;;      REGS Revised: CX,ES,DI
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_ADD_CRLF PROC NEAR                                        ;;AN004;;
+                                                             ;;
+        CMP     DH,UTILITY_MSG_CLASS                         ;;AN004;; Is it a utility message?
+;       $IF     NE                                           ;;AN004;; No,
+        JE $MIF134
+          TEST    DH,$M_NO_CRLF_MASK                         ;;AN004;;   Are we to supress the CR LF?
+;         $IF     Z                                          ;;AN004;;   No,
+          JNZ $MIF135
+            PUSH    DS                                       ;;AN004;;
+            POP     ES                                       ;;AN004;;    Set ES to data segment
+            LEA     DI,$M_RT.$M_CRLF                         ;;AN004;;    Point at CRLF message
+            MOV     CX,$M_CRLF_SIZE                          ;;AN004;;    Set the message size
+            CALL    $M_DISPLAY_STRING                        ;;AN004;;    Display the CRLF
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN004;;
+$MIF135:
+;       $ENDIF                                               ;;AN004;;
+$MIF134:
+        RET                                                  ;;AN004;; Return
+                                                             ;;
+$M_ADD_CRLF ENDP                                             ;;AN004;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_IS_IT_DBCS
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION:  Will decide whether character is Single or Double Byte
+;;      INPUTS:    AL contains the byte to be checked
+;;      OUPUTS:    Carry flag = 0 if byte is NOT in DBCS range
+;;                 Carry flag = 1 if byte IS in DBCS range
+;;      REGS USED: All restored
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_IS_IT_DBCS PROC NEAR                                      ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+        PUSH    ES                                           ;;AN000;; Save Extra segment register
+        PUSH    DI                                           ;;AN000;; Save SI register
+                                                             ;;
+        LES     DI,$M_RT.$M_DBCS_VEC                         ;;AN000;;
+        OR      DI,DI                                        ;;AN000;; Was the DBCS vector set?
+;       $IF     NZ                                           ;;AN000;;
+        JZ $MIF138
+;         $DO                                                ;;AN000;;
+$MDO139:
+            CMP     WORD PTR ES:[DI],$M_DBCS_TERM            ;;AN000;; Is this the terminating flag?
+            CLC                                              ;;AN000;;
+;         $LEAVE  E                                          ;;AN000;;
+          JE $MEN139
+                                                             ;;        No,
+            CMP     AL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI]                      ;;AN000;;    Does the character fall in the DBCS range?
+;           $IF     AE,AND                                   ;;AN000;;
+            JNAE $MIF141
+            CMP     AL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI]+1                    ;;AN000;;    Does the character fall in the DBCS range?
+;           $IF     BE                                       ;;AN000;;
+            JNBE $MIF141
+              STC                                            ;;AN000;;    Yes,
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;       Set carry flag
+$MIF141:
+            INC     DI                                       ;;AN000;;    No,
+            INC     DI                                       ;;AN000;;       Go to next vector
+;         $ENDDO                                             ;;AN000;;
+          JMP SHORT $MDO139
+$MEN139:
+;       $ENDIF                                               ;;AN000;;
+$MIF138:
+
+        POP     DI                                           ;;AN000;;
+        POP     ES                                           ;;AN000;; Restore SI register
+        RET                                                  ;;AN000;; Return
+                                                             ;;
+$M_IS_IT_DBCS ENDP                                           ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_CONVERT2ASC
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION: Convert a binary number to a ASCII string
+;;      INPUTS: DX:AX contains the number to be converted
+;;              $M_RT_DIVISOR contains the divisor
+;;      OUPUTS: CX contains the number of characters
+;;              Top of stack  --> Last character
+;;                                   . . .
+;;              Bot of stack  --> First character
+;;      REGS USED:
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_CONVERT2ASC PROC NEAR                                     ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+        POP     [$M_RT.$M_RETURN_ADDR]                       ;;AN000;; Save Return Address
+        XOR     BX,BX                                        ;;AN000;; Use BP as a swapping register
+                                                             ;;
+        XCHG    BX,AX                                        ;;AN000;; Initialize - Low Word in BP
+        XCHG    AX,DX                                        ;;AN000;;            - High Word in AX
+;       $DO                                                  ;;AN000;; DO UNTIL Low Word becomes zero
+$MDO145:
+          DIV     $M_RT.$M_DIVISOR                           ;;AN000;; Divide High Word by divisor
+          XCHG    BX,AX                                      ;;AN000;; Setup to divide Low Word using remainder
+                                                             ;;         and save reduced High Word in BP
+          DIV     $M_RT.$M_DIVISOR                           ;;AN000;; Divide Low Word by divisor
+          CMP     DX,9                                       ;;AN000;;  Make a digit of the remainder
+;         $IF     A                                          ;;AN000;;  IF 10 to 15,
+          JNA $MIF146
+            ADD     DL,55                                    ;;AN000;;     Make A to F ASCII
+;         $ELSE                                              ;;AN000;;  IF 0 to 9,
+          JMP SHORT $MEN146
+$MIF146:
+            ADD     DL,'0'                                   ;;AN000;;     Make 0 to 9 ASCII
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MEN146:
+          PUSH    DX                                         ;;AN000;; Save the digit on the stack
+          INC     CX                                         ;;AN000;; Count that digit
+          OR      AX,AX                                      ;;AN000;; Are we done?
+;       $LEAVE  Z,AND                                        ;;AN000;;
+        JNZ $MLL149
+          OR      BX,BX                                      ;;AN000;; AX and BX must be ZERO!!
+;       $LEAVE  Z                                            ;;AN000;; No,
+        JZ $MEN145
+$MLL149:
+IF        NOT     COMR
+          CMP     CX,$M_FIRST_THOU                           ;;AN000;; Are we at the first thousands mark
+;         $IF     E                                          ;;AN000;; Yes,
+          JNE $MIF150
+            CMP     $M_SL.$M_S_PAD,$M_COMMA                  ;;AN000;; Is the pad character a comma?
+;           $IF     E                                        ;;AN000;; Yes,
+            JNE $MIF151
+              PUSH    WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_THOU_SEPARA          ;;AN000;; Insert a thousand separator
+              INC     CX                                     ;;AN000;;
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF151:
+;         $ELSE                                              ;;AN000;; No,
+          JMP SHORT $MEN150
+$MIF150:
+            CMP     CX,$M_SECOND_THOU                        ;;AN000;;   Are we at the first thousands mark
+;           $IF     E                                        ;;AN000;;        Yes,
+            JNE $MIF154
+              CMP     $M_SL.$M_S_PAD,$M_COMMA                ;;AN000;; Is the pad character a comma?
+;             $IF     E                                      ;;AN000;; Yes,
+              JNE $MIF155
+                PUSH    WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_THOU_SEPARA        ;;AN000;; Insert a thousand separator
+                INC     CX                                   ;;AN000;;
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MIF155:
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN000;;        No,
+            JMP SHORT $MEN154
+$MIF154:
+              CMP     CX,$M_THIRD_THOU                       ;;AN000;;   Are we at the first thousands mark
+;             $IF     E                                      ;;AN000;;          Yes,
+              JNE $MIF158
+                CMP     $M_SL.$M_S_PAD,$M_COMMA              ;;AN000;; Is the pad character a comma?
+;               $IF     E                                    ;;AN000;; Yes,
+                JNE $MIF159
+                  PUSH    WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_THOU_SEPARA      ;;AN000;; Insert a thousand separator
+                  INC     CX                                 ;;AN000;;
+;               $ENDIF                                       ;;AN000;;
+$MIF159:
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MIF158:
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MEN154:
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MEN150:
+ENDIF
+          XCHG    AX,BX                                      ;;AN000;;   Setup to divide the reduced High Word
+                                                             ;;AN000;;     and Revised Low Word
+          XOR     DX,DX                                      ;;AN000;;   Reset remainder
+;       $ENDDO                                               ;;AN000;;   NEXT
+        JMP SHORT $MDO145
+$MEN145:
+                                                             ;;AN000;; Yes,
+        XOR     DX,DX                                        ;;AN000;;   Reset remainder
+        XOR     AX,AX                                        ;;AN000;;   Reset remainder
+        PUSH    [$M_RT.$M_RETURN_ADDR]                       ;;AN000;;   Restore Return Address
+        RET                                                  ;;AN000;;   Return
+                                                             ;;
+$M_CONVERT2ASC ENDP                                          ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_DISPLAY_MESSAGE
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION:  Will display or write entire message (with replacable parameters)
+;;      INPUTS:    ES:DI points to beginning of message
+;;                 DS:SI points to first sublist structure in chain
+;;                 BX contains the handle to write to (if applicable)
+;;                 CX contains the length of string to write (before substitutions)
+;;                 BP contains the count of replacables
+;;
+;;      OUTPUTS:
+;;      REGS USED: All
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_DISPLAY_MESSAGE PROC NEAR                                 ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;       $DO                                                  ;;AN000;; Note: DS:SI -> message
+$MDO165:
+          XOR     DX,DX                                      ;;AN000;; Set size = 0
+          OR      CX,CX                                      ;;AN000;; Are we finished the message yet?
+;         $IF     NZ                                         ;;AN000;; No,
+          JZ $MIF166
+            MOV     AH,"%"                                   ;;AN000;;   Prepare to scan for %
+            MOV     AL,0                                     ;;AN004;;
+                                                             ;;
+;           $DO                                              ;;AN000;;   Scan through string until %
+$MDO167:
+              CMP     BYTE PTR ES:[DI],AH                    ;;AN000;;   Is this character NOT a %
+;           $LEAVE  E,AND                                    ;;AN000;;   No,
+            JNE $MLL168
+              CMP     BYTE PTR ES:[DI+1],AH                  ;;AN000;;     Is the next character also a %
+;           $LEAVE  NE,AND                                   ;;AN000;;     No,
+            JE $MLL168
+              CMP     AL,AH                                  ;;AN000;;       Was the character before a %
+;           $LEAVE  NE                                       ;;AN000;;       No, GREAT found it
+            JNE $MEN167
+$MLL168:
+              MOV     AL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI]                    ;;AN004;;   Yes, (to any of the above)
+              CALL    $M_IS_IT_DBCS                          ;;AN004;;     Is this character the first part of a DBCS?
+;             $IF     C                                      ;;AN004;;     Yes,
+              JNC $MIF169
+                INC     DI                                   ;;AN004;;       Increment past second part
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN004;;
+$MIF169:
+              INC     DI                                     ;;AN000;;       Next character in string
+              INC     DX                                     ;;AN000;;       Size = Size + 1
+              DEC     CX                                     ;;AN000;;       Decrement total size
+;           $ENDDO  Z                                        ;;AN000;;   Exit scan if we're at the end of the line
+            JNZ $MDO167
+$MEN167:
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MIF166:
+                                                             ;;
+          PUSH    SI                                         ;;AN000;; Save beginning of sublists
+          XCHG    CX,DX                                      ;;AN000;; Get size of message to display (tot sz in DX)
+          OR      BP,BP                                      ;;AN000;; Do we have any replacables to do?
+;         $IF     NZ                                         ;;AN000;; Yes,
+          JZ $MIF173
+            DEC     BP                                       ;;AN000;;   Decrement number of replacables
+
+;; Search through sublists to find applicable one
+
+            CMP     $M_RT.$M_MSG_NUM,$M_NULL                 ;;AN000;; Is this an Extended/Parse case
+;           $IF     E                                        ;;AN000;; No,
+            JNE $MIF174
+;             $SEARCH                                        ;;AN000;;
+$MDO175:
+                MOV     AL,$M_SL.$M_S_ID                     ;;AN000;;   Get ID byte
+                ADD     AL,30H                               ;;AN000;;   Convert to ASCII
+                CMP     AL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI]+1                ;;AN000;;   Is this the right sublist?
+;             $EXITIF E                                      ;;AN000;;
+              JNE $MIF175
+;             $ORELSE                                        ;;AN000;;   No,
+              JMP SHORT $MSR175
+$MIF175:
+                CMP     AL,$M_SPECIAL_CASE                   ;;AN000;;     Does this sublist have ID = 0
+;             $LEAVE  E,AND                                  ;;AN000;;     Yes,
+              JNE $MLL178
+                OR      DX,DX                                ;;AN000;;     Are we at the end of the message?
+;             $LEAVE  Z                                      ;;AN000;;     No,
+              JZ $MEN175
+$MLL178:
+                ADD     SI,WORD PTR $M_SL.$M_S_SIZE          ;;AN000;;       Next SUBLIST
+;             $ENDLOOP                                       ;;AN000;;     Yes,
+              JMP SHORT $MDO175
+$MEN175:
+                CMP     $M_RT.$M_CLASS,UTILITY_MSG_CLASS     ;;AN004;;       Is it a utility message?
+;               $IF     E                                    ;;AN004;;       Yes,
+                JNE $MIF180
+                  INC     DX                                 ;;AN000;;         Remember to display CR,LF
+                  INC     DX                                 ;;AN000;;           at the end of the message
+                  DEC     CX                                 ;;AN000;;         Adjust message length
+                  DEC     CX                                 ;;AN000;;
+                  DEC     DI                                 ;;AN000;;         Adjust ending address of message
+                  DEC     DI                                 ;;AN000;;
+;               $ELSE                                        ;;AN004;;       No,
+                JMP SHORT $MEN180
+$MIF180:
+                  MOV     DX,-1                              ;;AN004;;         Set special case
+;               $ENDIF                                       ;;AN004;;
+$MEN180:
+;             $ENDSRCH                                       ;;AN000;;
+$MSR175:
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF174:
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MIF173:
+
+;; Prepare and display this part of message
+
+          PUSH    DI                                         ;;AN000;; Save pointer to replace number
+          SUB     DI,CX                                      ;;AN000;; Determine beginning of string
+          CALL    $M_DISPLAY_STRING                          ;;AN000;; Display string until % (or end)
+          POP     DI                                         ;;AN000;; Get back pointer to replace number
+          POP     CX                                         ;;AN000;; Clean up stack in case error
+;       $LEAVE  C,LONG                                       ;;AN000;; Fail if carry was set
+        JNC $MXL3
+        JMP $MEN165
+$MXL3:
+          PUSH    CX                                         ;;AN000;;
+
+;; Save and reset pointer registers
+
+          MOV     CX,DX                                      ;;AN000;; Get the size of the rest of the message
+          CMP     $M_SL.$M_S_ID,$M_SPECIAL_CASE-30H          ;;AN000;; Is this the %0 case?
+;         $IF     NE                                         ;;AN000;; No,
+          JE $MIF187
+            OR      CX,CX                                    ;;AN000;;  Are we finished the whole message?
+;           $IF     NZ                                       ;;AN000;;  No,
+            JZ $MIF188
+              DEC     CX                                     ;;AN000;;    Decrement total size (%)
+              DEC     CX                                     ;;AN000;;    Decrement total size (#)
+              INC     DI                                     ;;AN000;;    Go past %
+              INC     DI                                     ;;AN000;;    Go past replace number
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN000;;  Yes, (Note this will not leave because INC)
+            JMP SHORT $MEN188
+$MIF188:
+              POP     SI                                     ;;AN000;;    Get back pointer to beginning of SUBLISTs
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;; Yes, Note this will not leave because INC
+$MEN188:
+;         $ELSE                                              ;;AN000;;
+          JMP SHORT $MEN187
+$MIF187:
+            OR      CX,CX                                    ;;AN000;;  Are we finished the whole message?
+;           $IF     Z                                        ;;AN004;;   No,
+            JNZ $MIF192
+              POP     SI                                     ;;AN000;;   Get back pointer to beginning of SUBLISTs
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN000;; No,
+            JMP SHORT $MEN192
+$MIF192:
+              CMP     CX,-1                                  ;;AN004;;   Are we at the end of the message?
+;             $IF     Z                                      ;;AN004;;   No,
+              JNZ $MIF194
+                XOR     CX,CX                                ;;AN004;;
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MIF194:
+              OR      DI,DI                                  ;;AN004;;  Turn ZF off
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MEN192:
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;; Note this will not leave because INC
+$MEN187:
+;       $LEAVE  Z                                            ;;AN000;;
+        JZ $MEN165
+          PUSH    BP                                         ;;AN000;;   Save the replace count
+          PUSH    DI                                         ;;AN000;;   Save location to complete message
+          PUSH    ES                                         ;;AN000;;
+          PUSH    CX                                         ;;AN000;;   Save size of the rest of the message
+          XOR     CX,CX                                      ;;AN000;;   Reset CX used for character count
+
+;; Determine what action is required on parameter
+
+          CMP     $M_RT.$M_MSG_NUM,$M_NULL                   ;;AN000;; Is this an Extended/Parse case
+;         $IF     E                                          ;;AN000;;
+          JNE $MIF199
+
+IF          CHARmsg                                          ;;AN000;; Was Char specified?
+            TEST    BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,NOT Char_Type AND $M_TYPE_MASK ;;AN000;;
+;           $IF     Z                                        ;;AN000;;
+            JNZ $MIF200
+
+;; Character type requested
+                                                             ;;AN000;;
+              LES     DI,DWORD PTR $M_SL.$M_S_VALUE          ;;AN000;; Load pointer to replacing parameter
+              CALL    $M_CHAR_REPLACE                        ;;AN000;;
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN000;;   Get the rest of the message to display
+            JMP SHORT $MEN200
+$MIF200:
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+IF            NUMmsg                                         ;;AN000;; Was Nnmeric type specified?
+              TEST    BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,NOT Sgn_Bin_Type AND $M_TYPE_MASK ;;AN000;;
+;             $IF     Z,OR                                   ;;AN000;;
+              JZ $MLL202
+              TEST    BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,NOT Unsgn_Bin_Type AND $M_TYPE_MASK ;;AN000;;
+;             $IF     Z,OR                                   ;;AN000;;
+              JZ $MLL202
+              TEST    BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,NOT Bin_Hex_Type AND $M_TYPE_MASK ;;AN000;;
+;             $IF     Z                                      ;;AN000;;
+              JNZ $MIF202
+$MLL202:
+
+;; Numeric type requested
+
+                LES     DI,DWORD PTR $M_SL.$M_S_VALUE        ;;AN000;; Load pointer to replacing parameter
+                CALL    $M_BIN2ASC_REPLACE                   ;;AN000;;
+;             $ELSE                                          ;;AN000;; Get the rest of the message to display
+              JMP SHORT $MEN202
+$MIF202:
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+IF              DATEmsg                                      ;;AN000;; Was date specified?
+                TEST    BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,NOT Date_Type AND $M_TYPE_MASK ;;AN000;;
+;               $IF     E                                    ;;AN000;;
+                JNE $MIF204
+
+;; Date type requested
+
+                  CALL    $M_DATE_REPLACE                    ;;AN000;;
+;               $ELSE                                        ;;AN000;; Get the rest of the message to display
+                JMP SHORT $MEN204
+$MIF204:
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+IF                TIMEmsg                                    ;;AN000;;  Was time (12 hour format) specified?
+
+;; Time type requested (Default if we have not matched until here)
+
+                  CALL    $M_TIME_REPLACE                    ;;AN000;;
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+
+IF                DATEmsg                                    ;;AN000;;
+;               $ENDIF                                       ;;AN000;;
+$MEN204:
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+IF              NUMmsg                                       ;;AN000;;
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MEN202:
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+IF            CHARmsg                                        ;;AN000;;
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MEN200:
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+
+IF          $M_REPLACE                                       ;;AN000;;
+;; With the replace information of the Stack, display the replaceable field
+
+            CALL    $M_DISPLAY_REPLACE                       ;;AN000;; Display the replace
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+;; None of the above - Extended/Parse replace
+;         $ELSE                                              ;;AN000;;
+          JMP SHORT $MEN199
+$MIF199:
+IF          NOT     COMR
+            CALL    $M_EXT_PAR_REPLACE                       ;;AN000;;
+ENDIF
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MEN199:
+
+;; We must go back and complete the message after the replacable parameter if there is any left
+
+;         $IF     NC                                         ;;AN000;; IF there was an error displaying then EXIT
+          JC $MIF211
+            POP     CX                                       ;;AN000;; Get size of the rest of the message
+            POP     ES                                       ;;AN000;; Get address of the rest of the message
+            POP     DI                                       ;;AN000;;
+            POP     BP                                       ;;AN000;; Get replacment count
+            POP     SI                                       ;;AN000;; ELSE get address of first sublist structure
+;         $ELSE                                              ;;AN000;;
+          JMP SHORT $MEN211
+$MIF211:
+            ADD     SP,10                                    ;;AN000;; Clean up stack if error
+            STC                                              ;;AN000;;
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MEN211:
+          CMP     $M_RT.$M_MSG_NUM,$M_NULL                   ;;AN000;; Is this an Extended/Parse case
+;       $ENDDO  NE,OR                                        ;;AN000;;
+        JNE $MLL214
+;       $ENDDO  C,LONG                                       ;;AN000;; Go back and display the rest of the message
+        JC $MXL4
+        JMP $MDO165
+$MXL4:
+$MLL214:
+$MEN165:
+                                                             ;;        IF there was an error displaying then EXIT
+        MOV     $M_RT.$M_MSG_NUM,0                           ;;AN000;; Reset message number to null
+        RET                                                  ;;AN000;; Return
+                                                             ;;
+$M_DISPLAY_MESSAGE ENDP                                      ;;AN000;;
+IF      NOT     COMR
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_EXT_PAR_REPLACE
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION:
+;;      INPUTS:
+;;      OUPUTS:
+;;
+;;      REGS USED:
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_EXT_PAR_REPLACE PROC NEAR                                 ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+        XOR     DX,DX                                        ;;AN000;; Prepare for get binary value (HIGH)
+        MOV     AX,$M_RT.$M_MSG_NUM                          ;;AN000;; Prepare for get binary value (LOW)
+        MOV     $M_RT.$M_DIVISOR,$M_BASE10                   ;;AN000;; Set default divisor
+                                                             ;;
+        CALL    $M_CONVERT2ASC                               ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;       $DO                                                  ;;AN000;;
+$MDO215:
+          POP     AX                                         ;;AN000;;   Get character in register
+          MOV     BYTE PTR $M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF[BX],AL          ;;AN000;;  Move char into the buffer
+          INC     BX                                         ;;AN000;;   Increase buffer count
+          CMP     BX,$M_TEMP_BUF_SZ                          ;;AN000;;   Is buffer full?
+;         $IF     E                                          ;;AN000;;   Yes,
+          JNE $MIF216
+            CALL    $M_FLUSH_BUF                             ;;AN000;;     Flush the buffer
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MIF216:
+          DEC     CL                                         ;;AN000;;   Have we completed replace?
+;       $ENDDO  Z                                            ;;AN000;;
+        JNZ $MDO215
+                                                             ;;
+        MOV     AX,$M_CR_LF                                  ;;AN000;;  Move char into the buffer
+        MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF[BX],AX            ;;AN000;;  Move char into the buffer
+        INC     BX                                           ;;AN000;;   Increase buffer count
+        INC     BX                                           ;;AN000;;   Increase buffer count
+        CALL    $M_FLUSH_BUF                                 ;;AN000;;     Flush the buffer
+        RET                                                  ;;AN000::
+                                                             ;;
+$M_EXT_PAR_REPLACE ENDP                                      ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+ENDIF
+        IF      $M_SUBS                                      ;;AN000;; Include the common subroutines if they haven't yet
+          $M_SUBS = FALSE                                    ;;AN000;; No, then include and reset the flag
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_GET_MSG_ADDRESS
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION:  To scan thru classes to return pointer to the message header
+;;      INPUTS:    Access to $M_RES_ADDRESSES
+;;      OUPUTS:    IF CX = 0 THEN Message was not found
+;;                 IF CX > 1 THEN DS:SI points to the specified message
+;;      REGS CHANGED: ES,DI,CX,DS,SI
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+IF        FARmsg                                             ;;AN000;;
+          $M_GET_MSG_ADDRESS PROC FAR                        ;;AN000;;
+ELSE                                                         ;;AN000;;
+          $M_GET_MSG_ADDRESS PROC NEAR                       ;;AN000;;
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+          PUSH    SI                                         ;;AN000;;
+          PUSH    BX                                         ;;AN000;;
+          XOR     SI,SI                                      ;;AN000;; Use SI as an index
+          XOR     CX,CX                                      ;;AN000;; Use CX as an size
+;         $DO                                                ;;AN000;;
+$MDO219:
+            CMP     DH,UTILITY_MSG_CLASS                     ;;AN000;; Were utility messages requested?
+;           $IF     E                                        ;;AN000;; Yes,
+            JNE $MIF220
+              IF      FARmsg                                 ;;AN000;;
+                LES     DI,DWORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CLASS_ADDRS[SI] ;;AN000;;  Get address of class
+                MOV     BX,ES                                ;;AN000;
+              ELSE                                           ;;AN000;;
+                MOV     DI,WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CLASS_ADDRS[SI] ;;AN000;;   Get address of class
+                MOV     BX,DI                                ;;AN000;
+              ENDIF                                          ;;AN000;;
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN000;; No,
+            JMP SHORT $MEN220
+$MIF220:
+              TEST    DH,PARSE_ERR_CLASS                     ;;AN000;;   Were parse errors requested?
+;             $IF     NE                                     ;;AN000;;   Yes,
+              JE $MIF222
+                LES     DI,DWORD PTR $M_RT.$M_PARSE_COMMAND[SI] ;;AN000;;   Get address of class
+                MOV     BX,ES                                ;;AN000;
+;             $ELSE                                          ;;AN000;;   No, extended errors were specified
+              JMP SHORT $MEN222
+$MIF222:
+                CMP     AX,$M_CRIT_LO                        ;;AN000;;     Is this a critical error?
+;               $IF     AE,AND                               ;;AN000;;
+                JNAE $MIF224
+                CMP     AX,$M_CRIT_HI                        ;;AN000;;
+;               $IF     BE                                   ;;AN000;;      Yes,
+                JNBE $MIF224
+                  LES     DI,DWORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CRIT_ADDRS[SI] ;;AN000;; Get address of class
+                  MOV     BX,ES                              ;;AN000;
+;               $ELSE                                        ;;AN000;;
+                JMP SHORT $MEN224
+$MIF224:
+                  LES     DI,DWORD PTR $M_RT.$M_EXT_ERR_ADDRS[SI] ;;AN000;; Get address of class
+                  MOV     BX,ES                              ;;AN000;
+;               $ENDIF                                       ;;AN000;;
+$MEN224:
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MEN222:
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MEN220:
+                                                             ;;
+            CMP     BX,$M_TERMINATING_FLAG                   ;;AN000;; Are we finished all classes?
+;           $IF     E                                        ;;AN000;; Yes,
+            JNE $MIF229
+              CMP     DH,UTILITY_MSG_CLASS                   ;;AN000;;    Was it a UTILITY class?
+;             $IF     E                                      ;;AN000;;    Yes,
+              JNE $MIF230
+                STC                                          ;;AN000;;      Set the carry flag
+;             $ELSE                                          ;;AN000;;    No,
+              JMP SHORT $MEN230
+$MIF230:
+                MOV     $M_RT.$M_MSG_NUM,AX                  ;;AN000;;      Save message number
+                MOV     AX,$M_SPECIAL_MSG_NUM                ;;AN000;;      Set special message number
+                MOV     BP,$M_ONE_REPLACE                    ;;AN000;;      Set one replace in message
+                XOR     SI,SI                                ;;AN000;;      Reset the SI index to start again
+                CLC                                          ;;AN000;;
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;; No,
+$MEN230:
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN000;;
+            JMP SHORT $MEN229
+$MIF229:
+              CMP     BX,$M_CLASS_NOT_EXIST                  ;;AN000;;   Does this class exist?
+;             $IF     NE                                     ;;AN001;;   Yes,
+              JE $MIF234
+                CALL    $M_FIND_SPECIFIED_MSG                ;;AN000;;     Try to find the message
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MIF234:
+              ADD     SI,$M_ADDR_SZ_FAR                      ;;AN000;;       Get next class
+              CLC                                            ;;AN000;;
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MEN229:
+;         $LEAVE  C                                          ;;AN000;;
+          JC $MEN219
+            OR      CX,CX                                    ;;AN000;;     Was the message found?
+;         $ENDDO  NZ,LONG                                    ;;AN000;;
+          JNZ $MXL5
+          JMP $MDO219
+$MXL5:
+$MEN219:
+
+          PUSHF                                              ;;AN006;; Save the flag state
+          CMP     DH,EXT_ERR_CLASS                           ;;AN006;; Was an extended error requested?
+;         $IF     E                                          ;;AN006;; Yes,
+          JNE $MIF239
+            PUSH    DX                                       ;;AN006;;  Save all needed registers
+            PUSH    BP                                       ;;AN006;;
+            PUSH    CX                                       ;;AN006;;
+            PUSH    ES                                       ;;AN006;;
+            PUSH    DI                                       ;;AN006;;
+            PUSH    AX                                       ;;AN006;;
+
+            MOV     AX,IFSFUNC_INSTALL_CHECK                 ;;AN006;;  Check if IFSFUNC is installed
+            INT     2FH                                      ;;AN006;;
+            CMP     AL,IFSFUNC_INSTALLED                     ;;AN006;;  Is it installed?
+            POP     AX                                       ;;AN006;;  Restore msg number
+;           $IF     E                                        ;;AN006;;   Yes,
+            JNE $MIF240
+              MOV     BX,AX                                  ;;AN006;;    BX is the extended error number
+              MOV     AX,IFS_GET_ERR_TEXT                    ;;AN006;;    AX is the muliplex number
+              INT     2FH                                    ;;AN006;;    Call IFSFUNC
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN006;;   No,
+            JMP SHORT $MEN240
+$MIF240:
+              STC                                            ;;AN006;;    Carry conditon
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN006;;
+$MEN240:
+
+;           $IF     C                                        ;;AN006;;  Was there an update?
+            JNC $MIF243
+              POP     DI                                     ;;AN006;;  No,
+              POP     ES                                     ;;AN006;;   Restore old pointer
+              POP     CX                                     ;;AN006;;
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN006;;  Yes
+            JMP SHORT $MEN243
+$MIF243:
+              ADD     SP,6                                   ;;AN006;;   Throw away old pointer
+              CALL    $M_SET_LEN_IN_CX                       ;;AN006;;   Get the length of the ASCIIZ string
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN006;;
+$MEN243:
+            POP     BP                                       ;;AN006;;  Restore other Regs
+            POP     DX                                       ;;AN006;;
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN006;;
+$MIF239:
+          $M_POPF                                            ;;AN006;; Restore the flag state
+
+          POP     BX                                         ;;AN000;;
+          POP     SI                                         ;;AN000;;
+          RET                                                ;;AN000;; Return ES:DI pointing to the message
+                                                             ;;
+$M_GET_MSG_ADDRESS ENDP                                      ;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_SET_LEN_IN_CX PROC NEAR                                   ;;
+                                                             ;;
+          PUSH    DI                                         ;;AN006;; Save position
+          PUSH    AX                                         ;;AN006;;
+          MOV     CX,-1                                      ;;AN006;; Set CX for decrements
+          XOR     AL,AL                                      ;;AN006;; Prepare compare register
+          REPNE   SCASB                                      ;;AN006;; Scan for zero
+          NOT     CX                                         ;;AN006;; Change decrement into number
+          DEC     CX                                         ;;AN006;; Don't include the zero
+          POP     AX                                         ;;AN006;;
+          POP     DI                                         ;;AN006;; Restore position
+          RET                                                ;;AN006;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_SET_LEN_IN_CX ENDP                                        ;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_FIND_SPECIFIED_MSG
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION:  To scan thru message headers until message is found
+;;      INPUTS:    ES:DI points to beginning of msg headers
+;;                 CX contains the number of messages in class
+;;                 DH contains the message class
+;;      OUPUTS:    IF CX = 0 THEN Message was not found
+;;                 IF CX > 1 THEN ES:DI points to header of specified message
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_FIND_SPECIFIED_MSG PROC NEAR                              ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+          CMP     BX,1                                       ;;AN004;;  Do we have an address to CALL?
+;         $IF     E,AND                                      ;;AN004;;  Yes,
+          JNE $MIF247
+          CMP     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DISK_PROC_ADDR,-1        ;;AN004;;  Do we have an address to CALL?
+;         $IF     NE                                         ;;AN004;;  Yes,
+          JE $MIF247
+            CMP     AX,$M_SPECIAL_MSG_NUM                    ;;AN004;; Are we displaying a default Ext Err?
+;           $IF     E                                        ;;AN004;;  . . . and . . .
+            JNE $MIF248
+              PUSH    AX                                     ;;AN004;;   Reset the special message number
+              MOV     AX,$M_RT.$M_MSG_NUM                    ;;AN004;;   Get the old message number
+              CALL    DWORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DISK_PROC_ADDR      ;;AN004;;   Call the READ_DISK_PROC to get error text
+              POP     AX                                     ;;AN004;;   Reset the special message number
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN004;;   Get the old message number
+            JMP SHORT $MEN248
+$MIF248:
+              CALL    DWORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DISK_PROC_ADDR      ;;AN004;;   Call the READ_DISK_PROC to get error text
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN004;;   Get the old message number
+$MEN248:
+;         $ELSE                                              ;;AN004;;
+          JMP SHORT $MEN247
+$MIF247:
+            XOR     CX,CX                                    ;;AN002;;   CX = 0 will allow us to
+            CMP     DH,UTILITY_MSG_CLASS                     ;;AN001;;
+;           $IF     NE                                       ;;AN001;;
+            JE $MIF252
+              MOV     CL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI].$M_NUM_CLS_MSG     ;;AN001;;   Get number of messages in class
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN001;;
+            JMP SHORT $MEN252
+$MIF252:
+IF            FARmsg                                         ;;AN001;;
+              CMP     BYTE PTR ES:[DI].$M_CLASS_ID,DH        ;;AN002;; Check if class still exists at
+ELSE
+              CMP     BYTE PTR CS:[DI].$M_CLASS_ID,DH        ;;AN002;; Check if class still exists at
+ENDIF
+;             $IF     E                                      ;;AN002;;  pointer (hopefully)
+              JNE $MIF254
+IF              FARmsg                                       ;;AN001;;
+                MOV     CL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI].$M_NUM_CLS_MSG   ;;AN000;;     Get number of messages in class
+ELSE
+                MOV     CL,BYTE PTR CS:[DI].$M_NUM_CLS_MSG   ;;AN000;;     Get number of messages in class
+ENDIF
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN002;;    go on to the next class
+$MIF254:
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN001;;
+$MEN252:
+            ADD     DI,$M_CLASS_ID_SZ                        ;;AN000;;     Point past the class header
+            STC                                              ;;AN004;;   Flag that we haven't found anything yet
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN004;;
+$MEN247:
+
+;         $IF     C                                          ;;AN004;; Have we found anything yet?
+          JNC $MIF258
+            CLC                                              ;;AN004;; No, reset carry
+;           $SEARCH                                          ;;AN000;;
+$MDO259:
+              OR      CX,CX                                  ;;AN000;;    Do we have any to check?
+;           $LEAVE  Z                                        ;;AN000;;       No, return with CX = 0
+            JZ $MEN259
+              CMP     DH,UTILITY_MSG_CLASS                   ;;AN001;;
+;             $IF     NE                                     ;;AN001;;
+              JE $MIF261
+                CMP     AX,WORD PTR ES:[DI].$M_NUM           ;;AN001;; Is this the message requested?
+;             $ELSE                                          ;;AN001;;
+              JMP SHORT $MEN261
+$MIF261:
+IF              FARmsg                                       ;;AN001;;
+                CMP     AX,WORD PTR ES:[DI].$M_NUM           ;;AN000;; Is this the message requested?
+ELSE
+                CMP     AX,WORD PTR CS:[DI].$M_NUM           ;;AN000;; Is this the message requested?
+ENDIF
+;             $ENDIF
+$MEN261:
+;           $EXITIF E                                        ;;AN000;;
+            JNE $MIF259
+;           $ORELSE                                          ;;AN000;
+            JMP SHORT $MSR259
+$MIF259:
+              DEC     CX                                     ;;AN000;;    No, well do we have more to check?
+;           $LEAVE  Z                                        ;;AN000;;       No, return with CX = 0
+            JZ $MEN259
+              ADD     DI,$M_ID_SZ                            ;;AN000;;       Yes, skip past msg header
+;           $ENDLOOP                                         ;;AN000;;
+            JMP SHORT $MDO259
+$MEN259:
+              STC                                            ;;AN000;;
+;           $ENDSRCH                                         ;;AN000;;       Check next message
+$MSR259:
+;           $IF     NC                                       ;;AN000;;   Did we find the message?
+            JC $MIF269
+              CMP     DH,UTILITY_MSG_CLASS                   ;;AN001;;   Yes, is it a utility message?
+              CLC                                            ;;AN001;;
+;             $IF     E                                      ;;AN001;;
+              JNE $MIF270
+IF              FARmsg                                       ;;AN001;;
+ELSE                                                         ;;AN000;;
+                PUSH    CS                                   ;;AN000;;
+                POP     ES                                   ;;AN000;;   Return ES:DI pointing to the message
+ENDIF
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN001;;
+$MIF270:
+              ADD     DI,WORD PTR ES:[DI].$M_TXT_PTR         ;;AN000;; Prepare ES:DI pointing to the message
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN004;;
+$MIF269:
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN004;;
+$MIF258:
+                                                             ;;           Yes, great we can return with CX > 0
+
+;         $IF     NC                                         ;;AN000;;   Did we find the message?
+          JC $MIF274
+            XOR     CH,CH                                    ;;AN000;;
+            MOV     CL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI]                      ;;AN000;;   Move size into CX
+            INC     DI                                       ;;AN000;;   Increment past length
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN004;;
+$MIF274:
+
+          MOV     $M_RT.$M_SIZE,$M_NULL                      ;;AN004;; Reset variable
+          RET                                                ;;AN000;; Return
+                                                             ;;
+$M_FIND_SPECIFIED_MSG ENDP                                   ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+        ENDIF                                                ;;AN000;; END of include of common subroutines
+; 
+        IF      $M_REPLACE                                   ;;AN000;; Is the request to include the code for replaceable parms
+          $M_REPLACE = FALSE                                 ;;AN000;;     Tell the assembler we did
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+$M_DISPLAY_REPLACE PROC NEAR                                 ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+          XOR     BX,BX                                      ;;AN000;; Use BX for buffer count
+IF        NOT     COMR
+          CMP     $M_SL.$M_S_ID,$M_SPECIAL_CASE-30H          ;;AN000;; Is this the special case (convert to ASCII)
+;         $IF     E                                          ;;AN000;; Yes,
+          JNE $MIF276
+            MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF[BX],$M_SPACE_HYP ;;AN000;; Move in a " -"
+            INC     BX                                       ;;AN000;;     Increment count
+            INC     BX                                       ;;AN000;;     Increment count
+            MOV     BYTE PTR $M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF[BX],$M_SPACE  ;;AN000;;     Move in a " "
+            INC     BX                                       ;;AN000;;     Increment count
+            CALL    $M_FLUSH_BUF                             ;;AN000;;     Write out " - " to prepare for special case
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;     If it fails we will catch it later
+$MIF276:
+ENDIF
+
+          POP     BP                                         ;;AN000;; Remember the return address
+          XOR     BX,BX                                      ;;AN000;; Use BX for buffer count
+          XOR     DX,DX                                      ;;AN000;; Use DX for count of parms taken off the stack
+
+          MOV     $M_RT.$M_SIZE,CL                           ;;AN000;; Save size to later clear stack
+          MOV     AL,BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_MINW                ;;AN000;; Get the minimum width
+                                                             ;;
+          CMP     AL,CL                                      ;;AN000;; Do we need pad chars added?
+;         $IF     A                                          ;;AN000;; Yes,
+          JNA $MIF278
+            SUB     AL,CL                                    ;;AN000;;   Calculate how many pad chars are needed.
+            MOV     DH,AL                                    ;;AN000;;   Save the number of pad characters
+            TEST    BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,Right_Align     ;;AN000;;   Was replaceable parm to be right aligned?
+;           $IF     NZ                                       ;;AN000;;   Yes,
+            JZ $MIF279
+;             $DO                                            ;;AN000;;     Begin filling buffer with pad chars
+$MDO280:
+                MOV     AL,BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_PAD           ;;AN000;;
+                MOV     BYTE PTR $M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF[BX],AL    ;;AN000;;     Move in a pad char
+                INC     BX                                   ;;AN000;;
+                CMP     BX,$M_TEMP_BUF_SZ                    ;;AN000;;     Is buffer full?
+;               $IF     E                                    ;;AN000;;     Yes,
+                JNE $MIF281
+                  CALL    $M_FLUSH_BUF                       ;;AN000;;       Flush the buffer
+;               $ENDIF                                       ;;AN000;;
+$MIF281:
+                DEC     DH                                   ;;AN000;;     Have we filled with enough pad chars?
+;             $ENDDO  Z                                      ;;AN000;;     No, next pad character
+              JNZ $MDO280
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF279:
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;     Yes,
+$MIF278:
+                                                             ;;
+          CMP     BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_MAXW,$M_UNLIM_W        ;;AN000;; Is maximum width unlimited?
+;         $IF     NE                                         ;;AN000;;
+          JE $MIF286
+            CMP     BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_MAXW,CL              ;;AN000;; Will we exceed maximum width?
+;           $IF     B                                        ;;AN000;; Yes,
+            JNB $MIF287
+              SUB     CL,BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_MAXW            ;;AN000;;   Calculate how many extra chars
+              MOV     DL,CL                                  ;;AN000;;   Remember how many chars to pop off
+              MOV     CL,BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_MAXW            ;;AN000;;   Set new string length
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF287:
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MIF286:
+          OR      CX,CX                                      ;;AN000;;
+;         $IF     NZ                                         ;;AN000;;
+          JZ $MIF290
+;           $DO                                              ;;AN000;; Begin filling buffer with string
+$MDO291:
+              TEST    BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,NOT Char_Type AND $M_TYPE_MASK ;;AN000;;
+;             $IF     Z,AND                                  ;;AN000;;
+              JNZ $MIF292
+              TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,Char_field_ASCIIZ AND $M_SIZE_MASK ;  Is this replace a ASCIIZ string?
+;             $IF     NZ                                     ;;AN000;; Yes,
+              JZ $MIF292
+                MOV     AL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI]                  ;;AN000;;   Get first character from string
+                INC     DI                                   ;;AN000;;   Next character in string
+;             $ELSE                                          ;;AN000;; No,
+              JMP SHORT $MEN292
+$MIF292:
+                POP     AX                                   ;;AN000;;   Get character in register
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MEN292:
+              MOV     BYTE PTR $M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF[BX],AL      ;;AN000;;  Move char into the buffer
+              INC     BX                                     ;;AN000;;   Increase buffer count
+              CMP     BX,$M_TEMP_BUF_SZ                      ;;AN000;;   Is buffer full?
+;             $IF     E                                      ;;AN000;;   Yes,
+              JNE $MIF295
+                CALL    $M_FLUSH_BUF                         ;;AN000;;     Flush the buffer
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MIF295:
+              DEC     CL                                     ;;AN000;;   Have we completed replace?
+;           $ENDDO  Z                                        ;;AN000;;     Test again
+            JNZ $MDO291
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MIF290:
+                                                             ;;
+          TEST    BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,Right_Align       ;;AN000;;   Was replaceable parm to be left aligned?
+;         $IF     Z                                          ;;AN000;; Yes,
+          JNZ $MIF299
+            OR      DH,DH                                    ;;AN000;;   Do we need pad chars added?
+;           $IF     NZ                                       ;;AN000;;   Yes,
+            JZ $MIF300
+;             $DO                                            ;;AN000;;     Begin filling buffer with pad chars
+$MDO301:
+                MOV     AL,BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_PAD           ;;AN000;;
+                MOV     BYTE PTR $M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF[BX],AL    ;;AN000;;     Move in a pad char
+                INC     BX                                   ;;AN000;;
+                CMP     BX,$M_TEMP_BUF_SZ                    ;;AN000;;     Is buffer full?
+;               $IF     E                                    ;;AN000;;     Yes,
+                JNE $MIF302
+                  CALL    $M_FLUSH_BUF                       ;;AN000;;       Flush the buffer
+;               $ENDIF                                       ;;AN000;;
+$MIF302:
+                DEC     DH                                   ;;AN000;;     Have we filled with enough pad chars?
+;             $ENDDO  Z                                      ;;AN000;;       Test again
+              JNZ $MDO301
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF300:
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MIF299:
+                                                             ;;
+          TEST    BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,NOT Char_Type AND $M_TYPE_MASK ;;AN000;;
+;         $IF     Z,AND                                      ;;AN000;;
+          JNZ $MIF307
+          TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,Char_field_ASCIIZ AND $M_SIZE_MASK ;;AN000;;  Is this replace a ASCIIZ string?
+;         $IF     NZ                                         ;;AN000;; Yes,
+          JZ $MIF307
+;         $ELSE                                              ;;AN000;;
+          JMP SHORT $MEN307
+$MIF307:
+            OR      DL,DL                                    ;;AN000;;
+;           $IF     NE                                       ;;AN000;;
+            JE $MIF309
+;             $DO                                            ;;AN000;;
+$MDO310:
+                POP     [$M_RT.$M_RETURN_ADDR]               ;;AN000;;   Clean Up stack using spare variable
+                DEC     DL                                   ;;AN000;;   Are we done?
+;             $ENDDO  Z                                      ;;AN000;;
+              JNZ $MDO310
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF309:
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MEN307:
+          CALL    $M_FLUSH_BUF                               ;;AN000;;       Flush the buffer for the final time
+          PUSH    BP                                         ;;AN000;; Restore the return address
+                                                             ;;
+          RET                                                ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_DISPLAY_REPLACE ENDP                                      ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_FLUSH_BUFFER
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION: Display the contents of the temporary buffer
+;;      INPUTS: DI contains the number of bytes to display
+;;      OUTPUTS: BX reset to zero
+;;
+;;      REGS USED:
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_FLUSH_BUF PROC NEAR                                       ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+          PUSH    CX                                         ;;AN000;; Save changed regs
+          PUSH    ES                                         ;;AN000;;
+          PUSH    DI                                         ;;AN000;;
+          PUSH    DS                                         ;;AN000;; Set ES pointing to buffer
+          POP     ES                                         ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+          MOV     CX,BX                                      ;;AN000;; Set number of bytes to display
+          XOR     BX,BX                                      ;;AN000;; Reset buffer counter
+          LEA     DI,$M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF                       ;;AN000;; Reset buffer location pointer
+          CALL    $M_DISPLAY_STRING                          ;;AN000;; Display the buffer
+                                                             ;;
+;         $IF     NC                                         ;;AN000;; Error?
+          JC $MIF314
+            POP     DI                                       ;;AN000;; No, Restore changed regs
+            POP     ES                                       ;;AN000;;
+            POP     CX                                       ;;AN000;;
+;         $ELSE                                              ;;AN000;; Yes,
+          JMP SHORT $MEN314
+$MIF314:
+            ADD     SP,6                                     ;;AN000;;  Fix stack
+            STC                                              ;;AN000;;
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;; Error?
+$MEN314:
+                                                             ;;
+          RET                                                ;;AN000;; Return
+                                                             ;;
+$M_FLUSH_BUF ENDP                                            ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+                                                             ;;
+          IF      CHARmsg                                    ;;AN000;; Is the request to include the code for CHAR replace?
+            $M_REPLACE =  TRUE                               ;;AN000;; Yes, THEN include it and flag that we will need common
+            $M_CHAR_ONLY = TRUE                              ;;AN000;;   replacement code later
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_CHAR_REPLACE
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION: Will prepare a single char or ASCIIZ string for replace
+;;      INPUTS: DS:SI points at corresponding SUBLIST
+;;              ES:DI contains the VALUE from SUBLIST
+;;      OUTPUTS: CX contains number of characters on stack
+;;               Top of stack  --> Last character
+;;                                      . . .
+;;               Bot of stack  --> First character
+;;
+;;      OTHER REGS Revised: AX
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_CHAR_REPLACE PROC NEAR                                    ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+            POP     BP                                       ;;AN000;; Save return address
+            TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,NOT Char_Field_Char AND $M_SIZE_MASK ;;AN000;; Was Character specified?
+;           $IF     Z                                        ;;AN000;; Yes,
+            JNZ $MIF317
+              MOV     AL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI]                    ;;AN000;;   Get the character
+              PUSH    AX                                     ;;AN000;;   Put it on the stack
+              INC     CX                                     ;;AN000;;   Increase the count
+              CALL    $M_IS_IT_DBCS                          ;;AN000;;   Is this the first byte of a DB character
+;             $IF     C                                      ;;AN000;;   Yes,
+              JNC $MIF318
+                MOV     AL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI]+1                ;;AN000;;     Get the next character
+                PUSH    AX                                   ;;AN000;;     Put it on the stack
+                CLC                                          ;;AN000;;     Clear the carry
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MIF318:
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN000;; No, it was an ASCIIZ string
+            JMP SHORT $MEN317
+$MIF317:
+;             $DO                                            ;;AN000;;
+$MDO321:
+                MOV     AL,BYTE PTR ES:[DI]                  ;;AN000;;   Get the character
+                OR      AL,AL                                ;;AN000;;   Is it the NULL?
+;             $LEAVE  Z                                      ;;AN000;;   No,
+              JZ $MEN321
+                INC     DI                                   ;;AN000;;     Next character
+                INC     CX                                   ;;AN000;;     Increment the count
+;             $ENDDO                                         ;;AN000;;   Yes,
+              JMP SHORT $MDO321
+$MEN321:
+              SUB     DI,CX                                  ;;AN000;;   Set SI at the beginning of the string
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MEN317:
+                                                             ;;AN000;;
+            PUSH    BP                                       ;;AN000;; Restore return address
+            RET                                              ;;AN000;; Return
+                                                             ;;
+$M_CHAR_REPLACE ENDP                                         ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+          ENDIF                                              ;;AN000;; END of include of CHAR replace code
+; 
+          IF      NUMmsg                                     ;;AN000;; Is the request to include the code for NUM replace?
+            $M_REPLACE =  TRUE                               ;;AN000;; Yes, THEN include it and flag that we will need common
+            $M_CHAR_ONLY = FALSE                             ;;AN000;;   replacement code later
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_BIN2ASC_REPLACE
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION: Convert a signed or unsigned binary number to an ASCII string
+;;                and prepare to display
+;;      INPUTS: DS:SI points at corresponding SUBLIST
+;;              ES:DI contains the VALUE from SUBLIST
+;;      OUTPUTS: CX contains number of characters on stack
+;;               Top of stack  --> Last character
+;;                                      . . .
+;;               Bot of stack  --> First character
+;;      OTHER REGS Revised: BX,DX,AX
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_BIN2ASC_REPLACE PROC NEAR                                 ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+            POP     BP                                       ;;AN000;; Save return address
+                                                             ;;
+            XOR     DX,DX                                    ;;AN000;; Prepare for get binary value (HIGH)
+            XOR     AX,AX                                    ;;AN000;; Prepare for get binary value (LOW)
+            MOV     $M_RT.$M_DIVISOR,$M_BASE16               ;;AN000;; Set default divisor
+            XOR     BX,BX                                    ;;AN000;; Use BP as the NEG flag (if applicable)
+IF          NOT     COMR
+            TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,NOT $M_BYTE AND $M_SIZE_MASK ;;AN000;; Was BYTE specified?
+;           $IF     Z                                        ;;AN000;;
+            JNZ $MIF325
+              MOV     AL, BYTE PTR ES:[DI]                   ;;AN000;; Setup byte in AL
+              TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,NOT Sgn_Bin_Type AND $M_TYPE_MASK ;;AN000;; Was Signed binary specified?
+;             $IF     Z                                      ;;AN000;;
+              JNZ $MIF326
+                TEST    AL,10000000b                         ;;AN000;; Is this number negative?
+;               $IF     NZ                                   ;;AN000;;   Yes,
+                JZ $MIF327
+                  INC     BX                                 ;;AN000;;     Remember that it was negative
+                  AND     AL,01111111b                       ;;AN000;;     Make it positive
+;               $ENDIF                                       ;;AN000;;
+$MIF327:
+                MOV     $M_RT.$M_DIVISOR,$M_BASE10           ;;AN000;;
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MIF326:
+              TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,NOT Unsgn_Bin_Type AND $M_TYPE_MASK ;;AN000;; Was Signed binary specified?
+;             $IF     Z                                      ;;AN000;;
+              JNZ $MIF330
+                MOV     $M_RT.$M_DIVISOR,$M_BASE10           ;;AN000;;
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MIF330:
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN000;;
+            JMP SHORT $MEN325
+$MIF325:
+ENDIF
+              TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,NOT $M_WORD AND $M_SIZE_MASK ;;AN000;; Was WORD specified?
+;             $IF     Z                                      ;;AN000;;
+              JNZ $MIF333
+                MOV     AX, WORD PTR ES:[DI]                 ;;AN000;; Setup byte in AL
+                TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,NOT Sgn_Bin_Type AND $M_TYPE_MASK ;; AN000;; Was Signed binary specified?
+;               $IF     Z                                    ;;AN000;;
+                JNZ $MIF334
+                  TEST    AH,10000000b                       ;;AN000;; Is this number negative?
+;                 $IF     NZ                                 ;;AN000;;   Yes,
+                  JZ $MIF335
+                    INC     BX                               ;;AN000;;     Remember that it was negative
+                    AND     AH,01111111b                     ;;AN000;;     Make it positive
+;                 $ENDIF                                     ;;AN000;;
+$MIF335:
+                  MOV     $M_RT.$M_DIVISOR,$M_BASE10         ;;AN000;;
+;               $ENDIF                                       ;;AN000;;
+$MIF334:
+                TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,NOT Unsgn_Bin_Type AND $M_TYPE_MASK ;;AN000;; Was Signed binary specified?
+;               $IF     Z                                    ;;AN000;;
+                JNZ $MIF338
+                  MOV     $M_RT.$M_DIVISOR,$M_BASE10         ;;AN000;;
+;               $ENDIF                                       ;;AN000;;
+$MIF338:
+;             $ELSE                                          ;;AN000;;
+              JMP SHORT $MEN333
+$MIF333:
+IF              NOT     COMR
+                MOV     AX, WORD PTR ES:[DI]                 ;;AN000;; Setup Double word in DX:AX
+                MOV     DX, WORD PTR ES:[DI]+2               ;;AN000;;
+                TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,NOT Sgn_Bin_Type AND $M_TYPE_MASK ;;AN000;; Was Signed binary specified?
+;               $IF     Z                                    ;;AN000;;
+                JNZ $MIF341
+                  TEST    DH,10000000b                       ;;AN000;; Is this number negative?
+;                 $IF     NZ                                 ;;AN000;;   Yes,
+                  JZ $MIF342
+                    INC     BX                               ;;AN000;;     Remember that it was negative
+                    AND     DH,01111111b                     ;;AN000;;     Make it positive
+;                 $ENDIF                                     ;;AN000;;
+$MIF342:
+                  MOV     $M_RT.$M_DIVISOR,$M_BASE10         ;;AN000;;
+;               $ENDIF                                       ;;AN000;;
+$MIF341:
+                TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,NOT Unsgn_Bin_Type AND $M_TYPE_MASK ;;AN000;; Was Signed binary specified?
+;               $IF     Z                                    ;;AN000;;
+                JNZ $MIF345
+                  MOV     $M_RT.$M_DIVISOR,$M_BASE10         ;;AN000;;
+;               $ENDIF                                       ;;AN000;;
+$MIF345:
+ENDIF
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MEN333:
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MEN325:
+                                                             ;;
+            CALL    $M_CONVERT2ASC                           ;;AN000;; Convert to ASCII string
+IF          NOT     COMR
+            OR      BX,BX                                    ;;AN000;;
+;           $IF     NZ                                       ;;AN000;; Was number negative?
+            JZ $MIF349
+              XOR     DX,DX                                  ;;AN000;; Yes,
+              MOV     DL,$M_NEG_SIGN                         ;;AN000;;   Put "-" on the stack with the number
+              PUSH    DX                                     ;;AN000;;
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;; No,
+$MIF349:
+ENDIF
+                                                             ;;
+            PUSH    BP                                       ;;AN000;; Restore return address
+            RET                                              ;;AN000;; Return
+                                                             ;;
+$M_BIN2ASC_REPLACE ENDP                                      ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+          ENDIF                                              ;;AN000;; END of include of NUM replace code
+; 
+          IF      DATEmsg                                    ;;AN000;; Is the request to include the code for DATE replace?
+            $M_REPLACE =  TRUE                               ;;AN000;; Yes, THEN include it and flag that we will need common
+            $M_CHAR_ONLY = FALSE                             ;;AN000;;    replacement code later
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_DATE_REPLACE
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION: Convert a date to a decimal ASCII string using current
+;;                country format and prepare to display
+;;      INPUTS: DS:SI points at corresponding SUBLIST
+;;              ES:DI points at VALUE from SUBLIST
+;;      OUTPUTS: CX contains number of characters on stack
+;;               Top of stack  --> Last character
+;;                                      . . .
+;;               Bot of stack  --> First character
+;;      OTHER REGS Revised: DX, AX
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_DATE_REPLACE PROC NEAR                                    ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+            POP     BP                                       ;;AN000;; Save return address
+            MOV     $M_RT.$M_DIVISOR,$M_BASE10               ;;AN000;; Set default divisor
+            CALL    $M_GET_DATE                              ;;AN000;; Set date format/separator in $M_RT
+                                                             ;;AN000;; All O.K.?
+            XOR     DX,DX                                    ;;AN000;; Reset DX value
+            XOR     AX,AX                                    ;;AN000;; Reset AX value
+            CMP     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DATE_FORMAT,0          ;;AN000;; USA Date Format
+;           $IF     E                                        ;;AN000;;  Beginning from end: (saved on the stack)
+            JNE $MIF351
+              CALL    $M_YEAR                                ;;AN000;;   Get Year
+              CALL    $M_CONVERTDATE                         ;;AN000;;  Convert it to an ASCII string
+              PUSH    WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DATE_SEPARA          ;;AN000;;
+              INC     CX                                     ;;AN000;; Increment count
+              XOR     AX,AX                                  ;;AN000;; Reset AX value
+              MOV     AL,BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_VALUE+3         ;;AN000;;  Get Day
+              CALL    $M_CONVERTDATE                         ;;AN000;;  Convert it to an ASCII string
+              PUSH    WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DATE_SEPARA          ;;AN000;;
+              INC     CX                                     ;;AN000;; Increment count
+              MOV     AL,BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_VALUE+2         ;;AN000;;  Get Month
+              CALL    $M_CONVERTDATE                         ;;AN000;;  Convert it to an ASCII string
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF351:
+                                                             ;;
+            CMP     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DATE_FORMAT,1          ;;AN000;; EUROPE Date Format
+;           $IF     E                                        ;;AN000;;  Beginning from end: (saved on the stack)
+            JNE $MIF353
+              CALL    $M_YEAR                                ;;AN000;;   Get Year
+              CALL    $M_CONVERTDATE                         ;;AN000;;  Convert it to an ASCII string
+              PUSH    WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DATE_SEPARA          ;;AN000;;
+              INC     CX                                     ;;AN000;;
+              XOR     AX,AX                                  ;;AN000;; Reset AX
+              MOV     AL,BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_VALUE+2         ;;AN000;;  Get Month
+              CALL    $M_CONVERTDATE                         ;;AN000;;  Convert it to an ASCII string
+              PUSH    WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DATE_SEPARA          ;;AN000;;
+              INC     CX                                     ;;AN000;;
+              MOV     AL,BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_VALUE+3         ;;AN000;;  Get Day
+              CALL    $M_CONVERTDATE                         ;;AN000;;  Convert it to an ASCII string
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF353:
+                                                             ;;
+            CMP     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DATE_FORMAT,2          ;;AN000;; JAPAN Date Format
+;           $IF     E                                        ;;AN000;;  Beginning from end: (saved on the stack)
+            JNE $MIF355
+              MOV     AL,BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_VALUE+3         ;;AN000;;  Get Day
+              CALL    $M_CONVERTDATE                         ;;AN000;;  Convert it to an ASCII string
+              PUSH    WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DATE_SEPARA          ;;AN000;;
+              INC     CX                                     ;;AN000;;
+              MOV     AL,BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_VALUE+2         ;;AN000;;  Get Month
+              CALL    $M_CONVERTDATE                         ;;AN000;;  Convert it to an ASCII string
+              PUSH    WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DATE_SEPARA          ;;AN000;;
+              INC     CX                                     ;;AN000;;
+              CALL    $M_YEAR                                ;;AN000;;   Get Year
+              CALL    $M_CONVERTDATE                         ;;AN000;;  Convert it to an ASCII string
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF355:
+                                                             ;;
+            PUSH    BP                                       ;;AN000;; Restore return address
+            RET                                              ;;AN000;; Return
+                                                             ;;
+$M_DATE_REPLACE ENDP                                         ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_GET_DATE PROC    NEAR                                     ;;AN000;;
+            MOV     AH,DOS_GET_COUNTRY                       ;;AN000;; Call DOS for country dependant info
+            MOV     AL,0                                     ;;AN000;; Get current country info
+            LEA     DX,$M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF                     ;;AN000;; Set up addressibility to buffer
+            INT     21H                                      ;;AN000;;
+;           $IF     C                                        ;;AN000;; No,
+            JNC $MIF357
+              MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DATE_FORMAT,$M_DEF_DATE_FORM ;;AN000;;   Set default date format    (BH)
+              MOV     BYTE PTR $M_RT.$M_DATE_SEPARA,$M_DEF_DATE_SEP ;;AN000;;   Set default date separator (BL)
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF357:
+            RET                                              ;;AN000;;
+$M_GET_DATE ENDP                                             ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_YEAR     PROC    NEAR                                     ;;AN000;;
+            MOV     AX,WORD PTR $M_SL.$M_S_VALUE             ;;AN000;;  Get Year
+            TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,Date_MDY_4 AND $M_DATE_MASK ;;AN000;; Was Month/Day/Year (2 Digits) specified?
+;           $IF     Z                                        ;;AN000;;
+            JNZ $MIF359
+              CMP     AX,$M_MAX_2_YEAR                       ;;AN000;;  Get Year
+;             $IF     A                                      ;;AN000;;
+              JNA $MIF360
+                MOV     AX,$M_MAX_2_YEAR                     ;;AN000;;
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MIF360:
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF359:
+            RET                                              ;;AN000;;
+$M_YEAR     ENDP                                             ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_CONVERTDATE PROC NEAR                                     ;;AN000;;
+            POP     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF               ;;AN000;; Save return address
+            MOV     $M_RT.$M_SIZE,CL                         ;;AN000;; Save the size before conversion
+            CALL    $M_CONVERT2ASC                           ;;AN000;; Convert it to an ASCII string
+            DEC     CX                                       ;;AN000;; Test if size only grew by 1
+            CMP     CL,$M_RT.$M_SIZE                         ;;AN000;; Did size only grow by one
+;           $IF     E                                        ;;AN000;; Yes,
+            JNE $MIF363
+              MOV     AX,$M_TIMEDATE_PAD                     ;;AN000;;   Get a pad character (0)
+              PUSH    AX                                     ;;AN000;;   Save it
+              INC     CX                                     ;;AN000;;   Count it
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF363:
+            INC     CX                                       ;;AN000;; Restore CX
+            PUSH    WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF               ;;AN000;; Save return address
+            RET                                              ;;AN000;;
+$M_CONVERTDATE ENDP                                          ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+          ENDIF                                              ;;AN000;; END of include of DATE replace code
+; 
+          IF      TIMEmsg                                    ;;AN000;; Is the request to include the code for TIME replace?
+            $M_REPLACE =  TRUE                               ;;AN000;; Yes, THEN include it and flag that we will need common
+            $M_CHAR_ONLY = FALSE                             ;;AN000;;    replacement code later
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_TIME_REPLACE
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION: Convert a time to a decimal ASCII string
+;;                and prepare to display
+;;      INPUTS: DS:SI points at corresponding SUBLIST
+;;              ES:DI points at VALUE from SUBLIST
+;;      OUTPUTS: CX contains number of characters on stack
+;;               Top of stack  --> Last character
+;;                                      . . .
+;;               Bot of stack  --> First character
+;;      REGS USED: BP,CX,AX
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_TIME_REPLACE PROC NEAR                                    ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+            POP     BP                                       ;;AN000;; Save return address
+            MOV     $M_RT.$M_DIVISOR,$M_BASE10               ;;AN000;; Set default divisor
+            CALL    $M_GET_TIME                              ;;AN000;; All O.K.?
+            TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,Time_Cty_Type AND $M_TIME_MASK ;;AN000;; Is this a request for current country info?
+;           $IF     NZ                                       ;;AN000;; Yes,
+            JZ $MIF365
+              CMP     BYTE PTR $M_RT.$M_TIME_FORMAT,0        ;;AN000;; Is the current country format 12 Hour?
+;             $IF     E                                      ;;AN000;; Yes,
+              JNE $MIF366
+                MOV     AL,BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_VALUE         ;;AN000;;  Get Hours
+                CMP     AL,12                                ;;AN000;;  Is hour 12 or less?
+;               $IF     L,OR                                 ;;AN000;;   or
+                JL $MLL367
+                CMP     AL,23                                ;;AN000;;    Is hour 24 or greater?
+;               $IF     G                                    ;;AN000;;  Yes,
+                JNG $MIF367
+$MLL367:
+                  MOV     AL,$M_AM                           ;;AN000;;
+                  PUSH    AX                                 ;;AN000;;    Push an "a" to represent AM.
+                  INC     CX                                 ;;AN000;;
+;               $ELSE                                        ;;AN000;;  No,
+                JMP SHORT $MEN367
+$MIF367:
+                  MOV     AL,$M_PM                           ;;AN000;;
+                  PUSH    AX                                 ;;AN000;;    Push an "p" to represent PM.
+                  INC     CX                                 ;;AN000;;
+;               $ENDIF                                       ;;AN000;;
+$MEN367:
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MIF366:
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF365:
+                                                             ;;
+            XOR     AX,AX                                    ;;AN000;;
+            XOR     DX,DX                                    ;;AN000;;
+            TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,Time_HHMMSSHH_Cty AND $M_SIZE_MASK ;;AN000;; Was Hour/Min/Sec/Hunds (12 Hour) specified?
+;           $IF     NZ                                       ;;AN000;;
+            JZ $MIF372
+              MOV     AL,BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_VALUE+3         ;;AN000;;  Get Hundreds
+              CALL    $M_CONVERTTIME                         ;;AN000;;
+              PUSH    WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_DECI_SEPARA          ;;AN000;;
+              INC     CX                                     ;;AN000;;
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF372:
+            TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,Time_HHMMSSHH_Cty AND $M_SIZE_MASK ;;AN000;; Was Hour/Min/Sec/Hunds (12 Hour) specified?
+;           $IF     NZ,OR                                    ;;AN000;;
+            JNZ $MLL374
+            TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,Time_HHMMSS_Cty AND $M_SIZE_MASK ;;AN000;; Was Hour/Min/Sec (12 Hour) specified?
+;           $IF     NZ                                       ;;AN000;;
+            JZ $MIF374
+$MLL374:
+              MOV     AL,BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_VALUE+2         ;;AN000;;  Get Seconds
+              CALL    $M_CONVERTTIME                         ;;AN000;;
+              PUSH    WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_TIME_SEPARA          ;;AN000;;
+              INC     CX                                     ;;AN000;;
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF374:
+                                                             ;;        Do Hour/Min (12 Hour)
+            MOV     AL,BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_VALUE+1           ;;AN000;;  Get Minutes
+            CALL    $M_CONVERTTIME                           ;;AN000;;
+            PUSH    WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_TIME_SEPARA            ;;AN000;;
+            INC     CX                                       ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+            MOV     AL,BYTE PTR $M_SL.$M_S_VALUE             ;;AN000;;  Get Hours
+            TEST    $M_SL.$M_S_FLAG,Time_Cty_Type AND $M_TIME_MASK ;;AN000;; Is this a request for current country info?
+;           $IF     NZ                                       ;;AN000;; Yes,
+            JZ $MIF376
+              CMP     BYTE PTR $M_RT.$M_TIME_FORMAT,0        ;;AN000;; Is the current country format 12 Hour?
+;             $IF     E                                      ;;AN000;; Yes,
+              JNE $MIF377
+                CMP     AL,13                                ;;AN000;;  Is hour less than 12?
+;               $IF     GE                                   ;;AN000;;  Yes,
+                JNGE $MIF378
+                  SUB     AL,12                              ;;AN000;;    Set to a 12 hour value
+;               $ENDIF                                       ;;AN000;;
+$MIF378:
+                CMP     AL,0                                 ;;AN000;;  Is hour less than 12?
+;               $IF     E                                    ;;AN000;;  Yes,
+                JNE $MIF380
+                  MOV     AL,12                              ;;AN000;;    Set to a 12 hour value
+;               $ENDIF                                       ;;AN000;;
+$MIF380:
+;             $ENDIF                                         ;;AN000;;
+$MIF377:
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF376:
+            CALL    $M_CONVERT2ASC                           ;;AN000;; Convert it to ASCII
+                                                             ;;
+            PUSH    BP                                       ;;AN000;; Restore return address
+            RET                                              ;;AN000;; Return
+                                                             ;;
+$M_TIME_REPLACE ENDP                                         ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_GET_TIME PROC    NEAR                                     ;;AN000;;
+            MOV     AH,DOS_GET_COUNTRY                       ;;AN000;; Call DOS for country dependant info
+            MOV     AL,0                                     ;;AN000;; Get current country info
+            LEA     DX,$M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF                     ;;AN000;; Set up addressibility to buffer
+            INT     21H                                      ;;AN000;;
+;           $IF     C                                        ;;AN000;; No,
+            JNC $MIF384
+              MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_TIME_FORMAT,$M_DEF_TIME_FORM ;;AN000;;   Set default time format    (BH)
+              MOV     BYTE PTR $M_RT.$M_TIME_SEPARA,$M_DEF_TIME_SEP ;;AN000;;   Set default time separator (BL)
+              MOV     BYTE PTR $M_RT.$M_DECI_SEPARA,$M_DEF_DECI_SEP ;;AN000;;   Set default time separator (BL)
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF384:
+            RET                                              ;;AN000;;
+$M_GET_TIME ENDP                                             ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_CONVERTTIME PROC NEAR                                     ;;AN000;;
+            POP     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF               ;;AN000;; Save return address
+            MOV     $M_RT.$M_SIZE,CL                         ;;AN000;; Save the size before conversion
+            CALL    $M_CONVERT2ASC                           ;;AN000;; Convert it to an ASCII string
+            DEC     CX                                       ;;AN000;; Test if size only grew by 1
+            CMP     CL,$M_RT.$M_SIZE                         ;;AN000;; Did size only grow by one
+;           $IF     E                                        ;;AN000;; Yes,
+            JNE $MIF386
+              MOV     AX,$M_TIMEDATE_PAD                     ;;AN000;;   Get a pad character (0)
+              PUSH    AX                                     ;;AN000;;   Save it
+              INC     CX                                     ;;AN000;;   Count it
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MIF386:
+            INC     CX                                       ;;AN000;; Restore CX
+            PUSH    WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_TEMP_BUF               ;;AN000;; Save return address
+            RET                                              ;;AN000;;
+$M_CONVERTTIME ENDP                                          ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+          ENDIF                                              ;;AN000;; END of include of TIME replace
+        ENDIF                                                ;;AN000;; END of include of Replacement common code
+; 
+        IF      INPUTmsg                                     ;;AN000;; Is the request to include the code for NUM replace?
+          INPUTmsg =    FALSE                                ;;AN000;; Yes, THEN include it and reset the flag
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;      PROC NAME: $M_WAIT_FOR_INPUT
+;;
+;;      FUNCTION:  To accept keyed input and return extended key value
+;;                 in AX register
+;;      INPUTS:    DL contains the DOS function requested for input
+;;      OUPUTS:    AX contains the extended key value that was read
+;;      REGS USED:
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                             ;;
+$M_WAIT_FOR_INPUT PROC NEAR                                  ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+          PUSH    CX                                         ;;AN000;; Save CX
+          PUSH    DX                                         ;;AN000;; Save DX
+          PUSH    DS                                         ;;AN000;; Save Data segment
+                                                             ;;
+          CMP     DL,DOS_CLR_KEYB_BUF_MASK                   ;;AN001;; Are we to clear the keyboard buffer?
+;         $IF     A                                          ;;AN001;; Yes,
+          JNA $MIF388
+            MOV     AL,DL                                    ;;AN001;;   Mov function into AL
+            AND     AL,LOW_NIB_MASK                          ;;AN001;;   Mask out the C in high nibble
+            MOV     AH,DOS_CLR_KEYB_BUF                      ;;AN001;;   Set input function
+;         $ELSE                                              ;;AN001;; No,
+          JMP SHORT $MEN388
+$MIF388:
+            MOV     AH,DL                                    ;;AN000;;   Put DOS function in AH
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN001;;
+$MEN388:
+          PUSH    ES                                         ;;AN000;; Get output buffer segment
+          POP     DS                                         ;;AN000;;
+          MOV     DX,DI                                      ;;AN000;;   Get output buffer offset in case needed
+          INT     21H                                        ;;AN000;; Get keyboard input
+          POP     DS                                         ;;AN000;;
+
+          CMP     DL,DOS_BUF_KEYB_INP                        ;;AN000;;
+          CLC                                                ;;AN000;;
+;         $IF     NE                                         ;;AN000;; If character input
+          JE $MIF391
+            CALL    $M_IS_IT_DBCS                            ;;AN000;;  Is this character DBCS?
+;           $IF     C                                        ;;AN000;;
+            JNC $MIF392
+              MOV     CL,AL                                  ;;AN000;; Save first character
+              MOV     AH,DL                                  ;;AN001;; Get back function
+              INT     21H                                    ;;AN000;; Get keyboard input
+              MOV     AH,CL                                  ;;AN000;; Retreive first character  AX = xxxx
+              CLC                                            ;;AN000;; Clear carry condition
+;           $ELSE                                            ;;AN000;;
+            JMP SHORT $MEN392
+$MIF392:
+              MOV     AH,0                                   ;;AN000;; AX = 00xx where xx is SBCS
+;           $ENDIF                                           ;;AN000;;
+$MEN392:
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MIF391:
+                                                             ;;
+;         $IF     NC                                         ;;AN000;;
+          JC $MIF396
+            POP     DX                                       ;;AN000;;
+            POP     CX                                       ;;AN000;;
+;         $ELSE                                              ;;AN000;;
+          JMP SHORT $MEN396
+$MIF396:
+            ADD     SP,4                                     ;;AN000;;
+            STC                                              ;;AN000;; Reset carry flag
+;         $ENDIF                                             ;;AN000;;
+$MEN396:
+          RET                                                ;;AN000;; Return
+                                                             ;;
+$M_WAIT_FOR_INPUT ENDP                                       ;;AN000;;
+                                                             ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+        ENDIF                                                ;;AN000;; END of include of Wait for Input
+      ENDIF                                                  ;;AN000;; END of include of SYSDISPMSG
+    ENDIF                                                    ;;AN000;; END of include of MSG_DATA_ONLY
+ENDIF                                                        ;;AN000;; END of include of Structure only
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/MSHALO.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/MSHALO.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65b46d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/MSHALO.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)ibmhalo.asm        1.1 85/04/10
+;   On 2K (800h) boundaries beginning at address C0000h and ending at EF800h
+;   there is a header that describes a block of rom program.  This header
+;   contains information needed to initialize a module and to provide PCDOS
+;   with a set of reserved names for execution.
+;
+;   This header has the following format:
+;
+;   rom_header  STRUC
+;       Signature1  DB  55h
+;       Signature2  DB  AAh
+;       rom_length  DB  ?               ; number of 512 byte pieces
+;       init_jmp    DB  3 dup (?)
+;       name_list   name_struc <>
+;   rom_header  ENDS
+;
+;   name_struc  STRUC
+;       name_len    DB  ?
+;       name_text   DB  ? DUP (?)
+;       name_jmp    DB  3 DUP (?)
+;   name_struc  ENDS
+;
+;   The name list is a list of names that are reserved by a particular section
+;   of a module.  This list of names is terminated by a null name (length
+;   is zero).
+;
+;   Consider now, the PCDOS action when a user enters a command:
+;
+;       COMMAND.COM has control.
+;       o   If location FFFFEh has FDh then
+;       o       Start scanning at C0000h, every 800h for a byte 55h followed
+;                   by AAh, stop scan if we get above or = F0000H
+;       o       When we've found one, compare the name entered by the user
+;                   with the one found in the rom.  If we have a match, then
+;                   set up the environment for execution and do a long jump
+;                   to the near jump after the found name.
+;       o       If no more names in the list, then continue scanning the module
+;                   for more 55h followed by AAh.
+;       o   We get to this point only if there is no matching name in the
+;               rom.  We now look on disk for the command.
+;
+;   This gives us the flexibility to execute any rom cartridge without having
+;   to 'hard-code' the name of the cartridge into PCDOS.  Rom modules that
+;   want to be invisible to the DOS should not have any names in their lists
+;   (i.e. they have a single null name).
+;
+;   Consider a new release of BASIC, say, that patches bugs in the ROM version.
+;   Clearly this version will be available on disk.  How does a user actually
+;   invoke this new BASIC??  He cannot call it BASIC on the disk because the
+;   EXEC loader will execute the ROM before it even looks at the disk!  Only
+;   solution:
+;
+;   o   Keep things consistent and force the user to have his software named
+;       differently from the ROM names (BASIC1, BASIC2, etc).
+
+rom_header  STRUC
+    Signature1  DB  ?
+    Signature2  DB  ?
+    rom_length  DB  ?
+    init_jmp    DB  3 dup (?)
+    name_list   DB  ?
+rom_header  ENDS
+
+name_struc  STRUC
+    name_len    DB  ?
+    name_text   DB  1 DUP (?)
+    name_jmp    DB  3 DUP (?)
+name_struc  ENDS
+
+ASSUME  CS:TRANGROUP,DS:NOTHING,ES:NOTHING,SS:NOTHING
+
+;
+; Check for IBM PC Jr rom cartrides. DS:DX is a pointer to name
+;
+ROM_SCAN:
+        PUSH    ES
+        PUSH    SI
+        PUSH    DI
+        PUSH    CX
+        PUSH    AX
+        PUSH    BX
+;
+; check for PC Jr signature in rom
+;
+        MOV     AX,0F000h
+        MOV     ES,AX
+        CMP     BYTE PTR ES:[0FFFEh],0FDh
+        JZ      SCAN_IT
+NO_ROM:
+        CLC
+ROM_RET:
+        POP     BX
+        POP     AX
+        POP     CX
+        POP     DI
+        POP     SI
+        POP     ES
+        RET
+SCAN_IT:
+;
+; start scanning at C000
+;
+        MOV     AX,0C000h
+SCAN_ONE:
+        MOV     ES,AX
+        XOR     DI,DI
+SCAN_MODULE:
+;
+; check for a valid header
+;
+        CMP     WORD PTR ES:[DI],0AA55h
+        JZ      SCAN_LIST
+        ADD     AX,080h
+SCAN_END:
+        CMP     AX,0F000h
+        JB      SCAN_ONE
+        JMP     NO_ROM
+;
+; trundle down list of names
+;
+SCAN_LIST:
+        MOV     BL,ES:[DI].rom_length   ; number of 512-byte jobbers
+        XOR     BH,BH                   ; nothing in the high byte
+        SHL     BX,1
+        SHL     BX,1                    ; number of paragraphs
+        ADD     BX,7Fh
+        AND     BX,0FF80h               ; round to 2k
+
+        MOV     DI,name_list
+SCAN_NAME:
+        MOV     CL,ES:[DI]              ; length of name
+        INC     DI                      ; point to name
+        XOR     CH,CH
+        OR      CX,CX                   ; zero length name
+        JNZ     SCAN_TEST               ; nope... compare
+        ADD     AX,BX                   ; yep, skip to next block
+        JMP     SCAN_END
+;
+; compare a single name
+;
+SCAN_TEST:
+        MOV     SI,DX
+        INC     SI
+        REPE    CMPSB                   ; compare name
+        JZ      SCAN_FOUND              ; success!
+SCAN_NEXT:
+        ADD     DI,CX                   ; failure, next name piece
+        ADD     DI,3
+        JMP     SCAN_NAME
+;
+; found a name. save entry location
+;
+SCAN_FOUND:
+        CMP     BYTE PTR DS:[SI],'?'
+        JZ      SCAN_SAVE
+        CMP     BYTE PTR DS:[SI],' '
+        JNZ     SCAN_NEXT
+SCAN_SAVE:
+        MOV     [rom_cs],ES
+        MOV     [ROM_ip],DI
+        STC
+        JMP     ROM_RET
+
+;
+; execute a rom-placed body of code. allocate largest block
+;
+ROM_EXEC:
+        MOV     BX,0FFFFh
+        MOV     AH,ALLOC
+        INT     int_command
+        MOV     AH,ALLOC
+        INT     int_command
+        PUSH    BX
+        PUSH    AX
+;
+; set terminate addresses
+;
+        MOV     AX,(set_interrupt_vector SHL 8) + int_terminate
+        PUSH    DS
+        MOV     DS,[RESSEG]
+        ASSUME  DS:RESGROUP
+        MOV     DX,OFFSET RESGROUP:EXEC_WAIT
+        INT     int_command
+        MOV     DX,DS
+        MOV     ES,DX
+        ASSUME  ES:RESGROUP
+        POP     DS
+        ASSUME  DS:NOTHING
+;
+; and create program header and dup all jfn's
+;
+        POP     DX
+        MOV     AH,DUP_PDB
+        INT     int_command
+;
+; set up dma address
+;
+        MOV     DS,DX
+        MOV     DX,080h
+        MOV     AH,SET_DMA
+        INT     int_command
+;
+; copy in environment info
+;
+        MOV     AX,[ENVIRSEG]
+        MOV     DS:[PDB_environ],AX
+;
+; set up correct size of block
+;
+        POP     BX                      ; BX has size, DS has segment
+        MOV     DX,DS
+        ADD     DX,BX
+        MOV     DS:[PDB_block_len],DX
+;
+; change ownership of block
+;
+        MOV     DX,DS
+        DEC     DX
+        MOV     DS,DX
+        INC     DX
+        MOV     DS:[arena_owner],DX
+        MOV     DS,DX
+;
+; set up correct stack
+;
+        CMP     BX,1000h
+        JB      GOT_STACK
+        XOR     BX,BX
+GOT_STACK:
+        MOV     CL,4
+        SHL     BX,CL
+        MOV     DX,DS
+        MOV     SS,DX
+        MOV     SP,BX
+        XOR     AX,AX
+        PUSH    AX
+;
+; set up initial registers and go to the guy
+;
+        NOT     AX
+        PUSH    [ROM_CS]
+        PUSH    [ROM_IP]
+        MOV     ES,DX
+ASSUME ES:NOTHING
+FOOBAR  PROC    FAR
+        RET
+FOOBAR  ENDP
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/MSHEAD.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/MSHEAD.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad28472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/MSHEAD.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)mshead.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+; TITLE   MSHEAD.ASM -- MS-DOS DEFINITIONS
+PAGE
+; MS-DOS  High-performance operating system for the 8086  version 1.28
+;       by Microsoft MSDOS development group:
+;           TP (Ret.)
+;           AR
+;           NP (Parenting)
+;           MZ
+;           CP (BIOS) (ret.)
+
+; ****************** Revision History *************************
+;          >> EVERY change must noted below!! <<
+;
+; 0.34 12/29/80 General release, updating all past customers
+; 0.42 02/25/81 32-byte directory entries added
+; 0.56 03/23/81 Variable record and sector sizes
+; 0.60 03/27/81 Ctrl-C exit changes, including register save on user stack
+; 0.74 04/15/81 Recognize I/O devices with file names
+; 0.75 04/17/81 Improve and correct buffer handling
+; 0.76 04/23/81 Correct directory size when not 2^N entries
+; 0.80 04/27/81 Add console input without echo, Functions 7 & 8
+; 1.00 04/28/81 Renumber for general release
+; 1.01 05/12/81 Fix bug in `STORE'
+; 1.10 07/21/81 Fatal error trapping, NUL device, hidden files, date & time,
+;               RENAME fix, general cleanup
+; 1.11 09/03/81 Don't set CURRENT BLOCK to 0 on open; fix SET FILE SIZE
+; 1.12 10/09/81 Zero high half of CURRENT BLOCK after all (CP/M programs don't)
+; 1.13 10/29/81 Fix classic "no write-through" error in buffer handling
+; 1.20 12/31/81 Add time to FCB; separate FAT from DPT; Kill SMALLDIR; Add
+;               FLUSH and MAPDEV calls; allow disk mapping in DSKCHG; Lots
+;               of smaller improvements
+; 1.21 01/06/82 HIGHMEM switch to run DOS in high memory
+; 1.22 01/12/82 Add VERIFY system call to enable/disable verify after write
+; 1.23 02/11/82 Add defaulting to parser; use variable escape character Don't
+;               zero extent field in IBM version (back to 1.01!)
+; 1.24 03/01/82 Restore fcn. 27 to 1.0 level; add fcn. 28
+; 1.25 03/03/82 Put marker (00) at end of directory to speed searches
+; 1.26 03/03/82 Directory buffers searched as a circular queue, current buffer
+;               is searched first when possible to minimize I/O
+;      03/03/82 STORE routine optimized to tack on partial sector tail as
+;               full sector write when file is growing
+;      03/09/82 Multiple I/O buffers
+;      03/29/82 Two bugs:  Delete all case resets search to start at beginning
+;               of directory (infinite loop possible otherwise), DSKRESET
+;               must invalidate all buffers (disk and directory).
+; 1.27 03/31/82 Installable device drivers
+;                 Function call 47 - Get pointer to device table list
+;                 Function call 48 - Assign CON AUX LIST
+;      04/01/82 Spooler interrupt (INT 28) added.
+; 1.28 04/15/82 DOS retructured to use ASSUMEs and PROC labels around system
+;               call entries.  Most CS relative references changed to SS
+;               relative with an eye toward putting a portion of the DOS in
+;               ROM.  DOS source also broken into header, data and code pieces
+;      04/15/82 GETDMA and GETVECT calls added as 24 and 32.  These calls
+;               return the current values.
+;      04/15/82 INDOS flag implemented for interrupt processing along with
+;               call to return flag location (call 29)
+;      04/15/82 Volume ID attribute added
+;      04/17/82 Changed ABORT return to user to a long ret from a long jump to
+;               avoid a CS relative reference.
+;      04/17/82 Put call to STATCHK in dispatcher to catch ^C more often
+;      04/20/82 Added INT int_upooler into loop ^S wait
+;      04/22/82 Dynamic disk I/O buffer allocation and call to manage them
+;               call 49.
+;      04/23/82 Added GETDSKPTDL as call 50, similar to GETFATPT(DL), returns
+;               address of DPB
+;      04/29/82 Mod to WRTDEV to look for ^C or ^S at console input when
+;               writting to console device via file I/O.  Added a console
+;               output attribute to devices.
+;      04/30/82 Call to en/dis able ^C check in dispatcher Call 51
+;      04/30/82 Code to allow assignment of func 1-12 to disk files as well
+;               as devices....  pipes, redirection now possible
+;      04/30/82 Expanded GETLIST call to 2.0 standard
+;      05/04/82 Change to INT int_fatal_abort callout int HARDERR.  DOS SS
+;               (data segment) stashed in ES, INT int_fatal_abort routines must
+;               preserve ES.  This mod so HARDERR can be ROMed.
+; 1.29 06/01/82 Installable block and character devices as per 2.0 spec
+;      06/04/82 Fixed Bug in CLOSE regarding call to CHKFATWRT.  It got left
+;               out back about 1.27 or so (oops).  ARR
+; 1.30 06/07/82 Directory sector buffering added to main DOS buffer queue
+; 1.40 06/15/82 Tree structured directories.  XENIX Path Parser MKDIR CHDIR
+;               RMDIR Xenix calls
+; 1.41 06/13/82 Made GETBUFFR call PLACEBUF
+; 1.50 06/17/82 FATs cached in buffer pool, get FAT pointer calls disappear
+;               Frees up lots of memory.
+; 1.51 06/24/82 BREAKDOWN Revised to do EXACT one sector read/write through
+;               system buffers
+; 1.52 06/30/82 OPEN, CLOSE, READ, WRITE, DUP, DUP2, LSEEK implemented
+; 1.53 07/01/82 OPEN CLOSE mod for Xenix calls, saves and gets remote dir
+; 1.54 07/11/82 Function calls 1-12 make use of new 2.0 PDB. Init code
+;               changed to set file handle environment.
+; 2.00 08/01/82 Number for IBM release
+;      01/19/83 No environ bug in EXEC
+;      01/19/83 MS-DOS OEM INT 21 extensions (SET_OEM_HANDLER)
+;      01/19/83 Performance bug fix in cooked write to NUL
+;      01/27/83 Growcnt fixed for 32-bits
+;      01/27/83 Find-first problem after create
+; 2.01 02/17/83 International DOS
+; 2.10 03/09/83 Start of NETWORK support
+;               New Buffer structure
+;               New Sytem file table structure
+;               FCB moved to internal representation
+;               DOS re-organized
+; 2.11 04/21/83 Continuation of 2.10, preliminary Network
+;               device interface.
+; 2.50 09/12/83 More network stuff
+;
+; *************************************************************
+
+INCLUDE DOSSYM.INC
+INCLUDE DEVSYM.INC
+
+Break <SEGMENT DECLARATIONS>
+
+; The following are all of the segments used.  They are declared in the order
+; that they should be placed in the executable
+
+;
+; segment ordering for MSDOS
+;
+
+include dosseg.asm
+
+AsmVar  <Installed>
+
+START           SEGMENT BYTE PUBLIC 'START'
+                ASSUME  CS:DOSGROUP,DS:NOTHING,ES:NOTHING,SS:NOTHING
+        JMP     near ptr DOSINIT
+START           ENDS
+
+LAST            SEGMENT PARA PUBLIC 'LAST'
+        Extrn   DOSINIT:NEAR
+LAST            ENDS
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/MSTABLE.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/MSTABLE.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bef26f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/MSTABLE.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)ibmtable.asm       1.1 85/04/10
+;
+; Table Segment for DOS
+;
+
+.xlist
+.xcref
+include mssw.asm
+.cref
+.list
+
+TITLE   IBMTABLE - Table segment for DOS
+NAME    IBMTABLE
+
+include ms_table.asm
+        END
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/MS_DATA.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/MS_DATA.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa1c855
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/MS_DATA.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)msdata.asm 1.8 85/09/12
+        AsmVars <Kanji, Debug, Redirector, ShareF>
+ 
+Break <Uninitialized data overlayed by initialization code>
+ 
+DATA    SEGMENT WORD PUBLIC 'DATA'
+; Init code overlaps with data area below
+ 
+        ORG     0
+PUBLIC MSDAT001S,MSDAT001E
+MSDAT001S       label byte
+ 
+        I_am    TIMEBUF,6               ; Time read from clock device
+        I_am    DEVIOBUF,2              ; Buffer for I/O under file assignment
+;
+; The following areas are used as temp buffer in EXEC system call
+;
+        I_am    OPENBUF,128             ; buffer for name operations
+        I_am    RenBuf,128              ; buffer for rename destination
+; Buffer for search calls
+        I_am    SEARCHBUF,53            ; internal search buffer
+        I_am    DummyCDS,curdirLen
+;
+; End of contiguous buffer
+;
+ 
+;
+; Temporary directory entry for use by many routines.  Device directory
+; entries (bogus) are built here.
+;
+        PUBLIC  DevFCB
+DEVFCB  LABEL   BYTE                    ; Uses NAME1, NAME2, combined
+; WARNING..  do not alter position of NAME1 relative to DEVFCB
+; without first examining BUILD_DEVICE_ENT. Look carefully at DOS_RENAME
+; as well as it is the only guy who uses NAME2 and DESTSTART.
+        I_am    NAME1,12                ; File name buffer
+        I_am    NAME2,13                ;
+        I_am    DESTSTART,WORD          ;
+        DB      ((SIZE DIR_ENTRY) - ($ - DEVFCB)) DUP (?)
+;
+; End Temporary directory entry.
+;
+        I_am    ATTRIB,BYTE             ; storage for file attributes
+        I_am    EXTFCB,BYTE             ; TRUE => extended FCB in use
+        I_am    SATTRIB,BYTE            ; Storage for search attributes
+        I_AM    open_access,BYTE        ; access of open system call
+        I_am    FoundDel,BYTE           ; true => file was deleted
+        I_am    Found_dev,BYTE          ; true => search found a device
+        I_am    fSplice,BYTE            ; true => do a splice in transpath
+        I_am    fSharing,BYTE           ; TRUE => no redirection
+        I_am    SECCLUSPOS,BYTE         ; Position of first sector within cluster
+        I_am    TRANS,BYTE              ;
+        I_am    READOP,BYTE             ;
+        I_am    THISDRV,BYTE            ;
+        I_am    CLUSFAC,BYTE            ;
+        I_am    CLUSSPLIT,BYTE          ;
+        I_am    INSMODE,BYTE            ; true => insert mode in buffered read
+        I_am    cMeta,BYTE              ; count of meta'ed components found
+        I_am    VOLID,BYTE              ;
+        I_am    exit_type,BYTE          ; type of exit...
+ 
+        EVEN
+ 
+; WARNING - the following two items are accessed as a word
+        I_am    CREATING,BYTE           ; true => creating a file
+        I_am    DELALL,BYTE             ; true => deleting everything
+ 
+        I_am    EXITHOLD,DWORD          ; Temp location for proc terminate
+        I_am    user_SP,WORD            ; User SP for system call
+        I_am    user_SS,WORD            ; User SS for system call
+        I_am    CONTSTK,WORD            ;
+        I_am    THISDPB,DWORD           ;
+        I_am    CLUSSAVE,WORD           ;
+        I_am    CLUSSEC,DWORD           ;>32mb                                  AC0000
+        I_am    PREREAD,WORD            ; 0 means preread; 1 means optional
+        I_am    FATBYT,WORD             ; Used by ALLOCATE
+        I_am    FATBYTE,WORD            ; Used by $SLEAZEFUNC
+        I_am    DEVPT,DWORD             ;
+        I_am    THISSFT,DWORD           ; Address of user SFT
+        I_am    THISCDS,DWORD           ; Address of current CDS
+        I_am    THISFCB,DWORD           ; Address of user FCB
+        I_am    SFN,WORD,<-1>           ; SystemFileNumber found for accessfile
+        I_am    JFN,WORD                ; JobFileNumber found for accessfile
+        I_am    PJFN,DWORD              ; PointerJobFileNumber found for accessfile
+        I_am    WFP_START,WORD          ;
+        I_am    REN_WFP,WORD            ;
+        I_am    CURR_DIR_END,WORD       ;
+        I_am    NEXTADD,WORD            ;
+        I_am    LASTPOS,WORD            ;
+        I_am    CLUSNUM,WORD            ;
+        I_am    DIRSEC,DWORD            ;>32mb                                  AC0000
+        I_am    DIRSTART,WORD           ;
+        I_am    SECPOS,DWORD       ;>32mb Position of first sector accessed
+        I_am    VALSEC,DWORD       ;>32mb Number of valid (previously written)
+                                        ; sectors
+        I_am    BYTSECPOS,WORD          ; Position of first byte within sector
+        I_am    BYTPOS,4                ; Byte position in file of access
+        I_am    BYTCNT1,WORD            ; No. of bytes in first sector
+        I_am    BYTCNT2,WORD            ; No. of bytes in last sector
+        I_am    SECCNT,WORD             ; No. of whole sectors
+        I_am    ENTFREE,WORD            ;
+        I_am    ENTLAST,WORD            ;
+        I_am    NXTCLUSNUM,WORD         ;
+        I_am    GROWCNT,DWORD           ;
+        I_am    CURBUF,DWORD            ;
+        I_am    CONSft,DWORD            ; SFT of console swapped guy.
+        I_am    SaveBX,WORD             ;
+        I_am    SaveDS,WORD             ;
+        I_am    restore_tmp,WORD        ; return address for restore world
+        I_am    NSS,WORD
+        I_am    NSP,WORD
+        I_am    EXTOPEN_FLAG,WORD,<0>   ;FT. extended open input flag           ;AN000;
+        I_am    EXTOPEN_ON,BYTE,<0>     ;FT. extended open conditional flag     ;AN000;
+        I_am    EXTOPEN_IO_MODE,WORD,<0>;FT. extende open io mode               ;AN000;
+        I_am    SAVE_DI,WORD            ;FT. extende open saved DI              ;AN000;
+        I_am    SAVE_ES,WORD            ;FT. extende open saved ES              ;AN000;
+        I_am    SAVE_DX,WORD            ;FT. extende open saved DX              ;AN000;
+        I_am    SAVE_CX,WORD            ;FT. extende open saved CX              ;AN000;
+        I_am    SAVE_BX,WORD            ;FT. extende open saved BX              ;AN000;
+        I_am    SAVE_SI,WORD            ;FT. extende open saved SI              ;AN000;
+        I_am    SAVE_DS,WORD            ;FT. extende open saved DS              ;AN000;
+        I_am    HIGH_SECTOR,WORD,<0>    ;>32mb higher sector #                  ;AN000;
+        I_am    HIGH_SECTOR_TEMP,WORD,<0>;>32mb high sector #                   ;AN000;
+        I_am    DISK_FULL,BYTE          ;>32mb indicating disk full when 1      ;AN000;
+        I_am    TEMP_VAR,WORD           ; temporary variable for everyone       ;AN000;
+        I_am    TEMP_VAR2,WORD          ; temporary variable 2 for everyone     ;AN000;
+        I_am    DrvErr,BYTE             ; used to save drive error              ;AN000;
+        I_am    DOS34_FLAG,WORD,<0>     ; common flag for DOS 3.4               ;AN000;
+        I_am    NO_FILTER_PATH,DWORD    ; pointer to orignal path               ;AN000;
+        I_am    NO_FILTER_DPATH,DWORD   ; pointer to orignal path of destination;AN000;
+        I_am   Callback_SS,WORD         ;AN000; call back SS for system call
+        I_am   Callback_SP,WORD         ;AN000; call back SP for system call
+        I_am   Callback_flag,BYTE,<0>   ;AN000; call back flag
+ 
+ 
+; make those pushes fast!!!
+EVEN
+StackSize   =   180h                    ; gross but effective
+;;;StackSize   =   300h                    ; This is a "trial" change IBM hasn't
+;;;                                        ; made up their minds about
+ 
+;
+; WARNING!!!! DskStack may grow into AUXSTACK due to interrupt service.
+; This is NO problem as long as AUXSTACK comes immediately before DSKSTACK
+;
+ 
+        PUBLIC  RENAMEDMA,AuxStack,DskStack,IOStack
+RENAMEDMA   LABEL   BYTE                ; See DOS_RENAME
+ 
+        DB      StackSize DUP (?)       ;
+AuxStack    LABEL   BYTE
+ 
+        DB      StackSize DUP (?)       ;
+DskStack    LABEL   BYTE
+ 
+        DB      StackSize DUP (?)       ;
+IOStack LABEL   BYTE
+ 
+ 
+; patch space for Boca folks.
+; Say What????!!! This does NOT go into the swappable area!
+; NOTE: We include the decl of ibmpatch in ms-dos even though it is not needed.
+;       This allows the REDIRector to work on either IBM or MS-DOS.
+ 
+PUBLIC  IBMPATCH
+IBMPATCH    label byte
+        I_am    PRINTER_FLAG,BYTE,<0>   ; [SYSTEM] status of PRINT utility
+        I_am    VOLCHNG_FLAG,BYTE,<0>   ; [SYSTEM] true if volume label created
+        I_am    VIRTUAL_OPEN,BYTE,<0>   ; [SYSTEM] non-zero if we opened a virtual file
+ 
+; Following 4 variables moved to MSDATA.asm from MSTABLE.asm (P4986)
+      I_am     FSeek_drive,BYTE         ;AN000; fastseek drive #
+      I_am     FSeek_firclus,WORD       ;AN000; fastseek first cluster #
+      I_am     FSeek_logclus,WORD       ;AN000; fastseek logical cluster #
+      I_am     FSeek_logsave,WORD       ;AN000; fastseek returned log clus #
+      I_am     ACT_PAGE,WORD,<-1>       ;;;;;;; ;BL ; active EMS page                       ;AN000;
+ 
+ 
+SWAP_END    LABEL   BYTE
+PUBLIC  SWAP_END
+ 
+; THE FOLLOWING BYTE MUST BE HERE, IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING SWAP_END. IT CANNOT
+;   BE USED. If the size of the swap data area is ODD, it will be rounded up
+;   to include this byte.
+        DB      ?
+ 
+            DB      (512+80+32-(SWAP_END-ibmpatch)) DUP (?)
+ 
+MSDAT001e       label byte
+ 
+.xall
+ 
+DATA    ENDS
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/MULT.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/MULT.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7509a07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/MULT.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)mult.asm   1.2 85/04/12
+Break <Critical section and Multiplex channels>
+
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+; Critical section definitions
+;
+; These below are subject to leave-all sections
+critDisk    EQU     1                   ; Disk I/O critical section
+critDevice  EQU     2                   ; Device I/O critical section
+critShare   EQU     1                   ; Sharer I/O critical section
+critMem     EQU     1                   ; memory maintenance critical section
+critNet     EQU     5                   ; network critical section
+critSFT     EQU     1                   ; sft table allocation
+critIFS     EQU     6                   ; ifsfunc critical section
+; These below are not subject to leave-all sections
+critASSIGN  EQU     8                   ; Assign has munged a system call
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+
+;
+; The current set of defined multiplex channels is (* means documented):
+;
+;   Channel(h)  Issuer          Receiver    Function
+;      00       server          PSPRINT     print job control
+;     *01       print/apps      PRINT       Queueing of files
+;      02       BIOS            REDIR       signal open/close of printers
+;
+;      05       command         REDIR       obtain text of net int 24 message
+;     *06       server/assign   ASSIGN      Install check
+;
+;      08       external driver IBMBIO      interface to internal routines
+;
+;      10       sharer/server   Sharer      install check
+;      11       DOS/server      Redir       install check/redirection funcs
+;      12       sharer/redir    DOS         dos functions and structure maint
+;      13       MSNET           MSNET       movement of NCBs
+;      13       external driver IBMBIO      Reset_Int_13, allows installation
+;                                           of alternative INT_13 drivers after
+;                                           boot_up
+;      14 (IBM) DOS             NLSFUNC     down load NLS country info,DOS 3.3
+;      14 (MS)  APPS            POPUP       MSDOS 4 popup screen functions
+;      15       APPS            MSCDEX      CD-ROM extensions interface
+;      16       WIN386          WIN386      Windows communications
+;      17       Clipboard       WINDOWS     Clipboard interface
+;     *18       Applications    MS-Manger   Toggle interface to manager
+;      19       Shell
+;      1A       Ansi.sys
+;      1B       Fastopen,Vdisk   IBMBIO     EMS INT 67H stub handler
+;
+;      AC       Graphics
+;      AD       NLS (toronto)
+;      AE
+;      AF       Mode
+;      B0       GRAFTABL        GRAFTABL
+;
+
+
+;MUX 00-3F reserverd for IBM
+;MUX 80-BF reserverd for IBM
+;MUX 40-7F reserved for Microsoft
+;MUX C0-FF users
+
+
+
+MultSHARE   EQU     10h                 ; sharer
+    ;   1   MFT_enter
+    ;   2   MFTClose
+    ;   3   MFTclU
+    ;   4   MFTCloseP
+    ;   5   MFTCloN
+    ;   6   set_block
+    ;   7   clr_block
+    ;   8   chk_block
+    ;   9   MFT_get
+    ;   10  ShSave
+    ;   11  ShChk
+    ;   12  ShCol
+    ;   13  ShCloseFile
+
+MultNET     EQU     11h                 ; Network support
+MultIFS     EQU     11h                 ; Network support
+    ;   1   IFS_RMDIR
+    ;   2   IFS_SEQ_RMDIR
+    ;   3   IFS_MKDIR
+    ;   4   IFS_SEQ_MKDIR
+    ;   5   IFS_CHDIR
+    ;   6   IFS_CLOSE
+    ;   7   IFS_COMMIT
+    ;   8   IFS_READ
+    ;   9   IFS_WRITE
+    ;   10  IFS_LOCK
+    ;   11  IFS_UNLOCK
+    ;   12  IFS_DISK_INFO
+    ;   13  IFS_SET_FILE_ATTRIBUTE
+    ;   14  IFS_SEQ_SET_FILE_ATTRIBUTE
+    ;   15  IFS_GET_FILE_INFO
+    ;   16  IFS_SEQ_GET_FILE_INFO
+    ;   17  IFS_RENAME
+    ;   18  IFS_SEQ_RENAME
+    ;   19  IFS_DELETE
+    ;   20  IFS_SEQ_DELETE
+    ;   21  IFS_OPEN
+    ;   22  IFS_SEQ_OPEN
+    ;   23  IFS_CREATE
+    ;   24  IFS_SEQ_CREATE
+    ;   25  IFS_SEQ_SEARCH_FIRST
+    ;   26  IFS_SEQ_SEARCH_NEXT
+    ;   27  IFS_SEARCH_FIRST
+    ;   28  IFS_SEARCH_NEXT
+    ;   29  IFS_ABORT
+    ;   30  IFS_ASSOPER
+    ;   31  Printer_SET_STRING
+    ;   32  IFSFlushBuf
+    ;   33  IFSBufWrite
+    ;   34  IFSResetEnvironment
+    ;   35  IFSSpoolCheck
+    ;   36  IFSSpoolClose
+
+MultDOS     EQU     12h                 ; DOS call back
+    ;   1   DOS_CLOSE
+    ;   2   RECSET
+    ;   3   Get DOSGROUP
+    ;   4   PATHCHRCMP
+    ;   5   OUT
+    ;   6   NET_I24_ENTRY
+    ;   7   PLACEBUF
+    ;   8   FREE_SFT
+    ;   9   BUFWRITE
+    ;   10  SHARE_VIOLATION
+    ;   11  SHARE_ERROR
+    ;   12  SET_SFT_MODE
+    ;   13  DATE16
+    ;   14  SETVISIT
+    ;   15  SCANPLACE
+    ;   16  SKIPVISIT
+    ;   17  StrCpy
+    ;   18  StrLen
+    ;   19  Ucase
+    ;   20  POINTCOMP
+    ;   21  CHECKFLUSH
+    ;   22  SFFromSFN
+    ;   23  GetCDSFromDrv
+    ;   24  Get_User_Stack
+    ;   25  GetThisDrv
+    ;   26  DriveFromText
+    ;   27  SETYEAR
+    ;   28  DSUM
+    ;   29  DSLIDE
+    ;   30  StrCmp
+    ;   31  initcds
+    ;   32  pjfnfromhandle
+    ;   33  $NameTrans
+    ;   34  CAL_LK
+    ;   35  DEVNAME
+    ;   36  Idle
+    ;   37  DStrLen
+    ;   38  NLS_OPEN      DOS 3.3
+    ;   39  $CLOSE        DOS 3.3
+    ;   40  NLS_LSEEK     DOS 3.3
+    ;   41  $READ         DOS 3.3
+    ;   42  FastInit      DOS 4.0
+    ;   43  NLS_IOCTL     DOS 3.3
+    ;   44  GetDevList    DOS 3.3
+    ;   45  NLS_GETEXT    DOS 3.3
+    ;   46  MSG_RETRIEVAL DOS 4.0
+    ;   47  FAKE_VERSION  DOS 4.0
+    ;
+NLSFUNC     EQU     14h                 ; NLSFUNC CALL , DOS 3.3
+    ;   0   NLSInstall
+    ;   1   ChgCodePage
+    ;   2   GetExtInfo
+    ;   3   SetCodePage
+    ;   4   GetCntry
+    ;
+;FASTOPEN is not chained through INT 2F   ; DOS 3.3 F.C.
+;         it calls Multdos 42 to set up an entry routine address
+    ;   0   Install status  (reserved)
+    ;   1   Lookup
+    ;   2   Insert
+    ;   3   Delete
+    ;   4   Purge           (reserved)
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/NIBDOS.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/NIBDOS.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cfe74c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/NIBDOS.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)nibdos.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+TITLE   NIBDOS
+NAME    MSDOS_3
+
+include mssw.asm
+include msconst.asm
+        END
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/PARSE.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/PARSE.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80dc9d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/PARSE.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,2974 @@
+        PAGE                            ;AN000;
+;  $SALUT (4,4,8,41)
+;(deleted).XLIST
+;(deleted)INCLUDE   STRUC.INC ;AN020;structured macro definitions for .IF,.ELSE etc.
+;(deleted).LIST
+;
+; NOTE:   basesw must be set properly to allow the PARSER to access psdata.
+;          - basesw undefined    means   CS seg. override for psdata access.
+;          - basesw = 1          means   DS seg. override for psdata access &
+;                                        DS must point to psdata.
+;          - basesw = 0          means   ES seg. override for psdata access &
+;                                        ES must point to psdata.
+;
+;
+IFNDEF basesw                           ;AN022;
+   psdata_seg EQU   CS                  ;AN022;
+ELSE                                    ;AN022;
+   IF  basesw                           ;AN022;IF "basesw  EQU  1" specified by caller THEN
+       psdata_seg EQU   DS              ;AN022;
+   ELSE                                 ;AN022;
+       psdata_seg EQU   ES              ;AN022;ELSE only other choice is ES (basesw EQU 0)
+   ENDIF                                ;AN022;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN022;
+
+ifndef incsw                            ;AN000; (tm03) Someone doesn't want to include psdata
+   incsw equ     1                      ;AN000; include psdata.inc (tm03)
+endif                                   ;AN000; (tm03)
+if incsw                                ;AN000; If incsw = 1 then (tm03)
+   include psdata.inc                   ;AN000;    include psdata.inc (tm03)
+endif                                   ;AN000; endif             (tm03)
+   PAGE                                 ;AN000;
+IF1                                     ;AN000;
+   %OUT INCLUDING COMP=COMMON DSN=PARSE.ASM...;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; SysParse;
+;
+;  Function : Parser Entry
+;
+;  Input: DS:SI -> command line
+;         ES:DI -> parameter block
+;         psdata_seg -> psdata.inc
+;         CX = operand ordinal
+;
+;         Note:  ES is the segment containing all the control blocks defined
+;                by the caller, except for the DOS COMMAND line parms, which
+;                is in DS.
+;
+;  Output: CY = 1   error of caller, means invalid parameter block or
+;                   invalid value list. But this parser does NOT implement
+;                   this feature. Therefore CY always zero.
+;
+;          CY = 0   AX = return code
+;                   BL = terminated delimiter code
+;                   CX = new operand ordinal
+;                   SI = set past scaned operand
+;                   DX = selected result buffer
+;
+; Use:  $P_Skip_Delim, $P_Chk_EOL, $P_Chk_Delim, $P_Chk_DBCS
+;       $P_Chk_Swtch, $P_Chk_Pos_Control, $P_Chk_Key_Control
+;       $P_Chk_Sw_Control, $P_Fill_Result
+;
+; Vars: $P_Ordinal(RW), $P_RC(RW), $P_SI_Save(RW), $P_DX(R), $P_Terminator(R)
+;       $P_SaveSI_Cmpx(W), $P_Flags(RW), $P_Found_SYNONYM(R), $P_Save_EOB(W)
+;
+;-------- Modification History -----------------------------------------
+;
+;  4/04/87 : Created by K. K,
+;  4/28/87 : $P_Val_YH assemble error (tm01)
+;          : JMP SHORT assemble error (tm02)
+;  5/14/87 : Someone doesn't want to include psdata (tm03)
+;  6/12/87 : $P_Bridge is missing when TimeSw equ 0 and (CmpxSw equ 1 or
+;            DateSW equ 1)            (tm04)
+;  6/12/87 : $P_SorD_Quote is missing when QusSw equ 0 and CmpxSW equ 1
+;                                     (tm05) in PSDATA.INC
+;  6/12/87 : $P_FileSp_Char and $P_FileSP_Len are missing
+;            when FileSW equ 0 and DrvSW equ 1 (tm06) in PSDATA.INC
+;  6/18/87 : $VAL1 and $VAL3, $VAL2 and $VAL3 can be used in the same
+;            value-list block         (tm07)
+;  6/20/87 : Add $P_SW to check if there's an omiting parameter after
+;            switch (keyword) or not. If there is, backup si for next call
+;            (tm08)
+;  6/24/87 : Complex Item checking does not work correctly when CmpSW equ 1
+;            and DateSW equ 0 and TimeSW equ 0 (tm09)
+;  6/24/87 : New function flag $P_colon_is_not_necessary for switch
+;            /+15 and /+:15 are allowed for user (tm10)
+;  6/29/87 : ECS call changes DS register but it causes the address problem
+;            in user's routines. $P_Chk_DBCS (tm11)
+;  7/10/87 : Switch with no_match flag (0x0000H) does not work correctly
+;                                         (tm12)
+;  7/10/87 : Invalid switch/keyword does not work correctly
+;                                         (tm13)
+;  7/10/87 : Drive_only breaks 3 bytes after the result buffer
+;                                         (tm14)
+;  7/12/87 : Too_Many_Operands sets DX=0 as the PARSE result
+;                                         (tm15)
+;  7/24/87 : Negative lower bound on numeric ranges cause trouble
+
+;  7/24/87 : Quoted strings being returned with quotes.
+
+;  7/28/87 : Kerry S (;AN018;)
+;            Non optional value on switch (match flags<>0 and <>1) not flagged
+;            as an error when missing.  Solution: return error 2.  Modules
+;            affected: $P_Chk_SW_Control.
+
+;  7/29/87 : Kerry S (;AN019;)
+;            Now allow the optional bit in match flags for switches.  This
+;            allows the switch to be encountered with a value or without a
+;            value and no error is returned.
+;
+
+;  8/28/87 : Ed K, Kerry S (;AN020;)
+;  9/14/87   In PROC $P_Get_DecNum, when checking for field separators
+;            within a date response, instead of checking just for the one
+;            character defined by the COUNTRY DEPENDENT INFO, check for
+;            all three chars, "-", "/", and ".". Change $P_Chk_Switch to allow
+;            slashes in date strings when DateSw (assembler switch) is set.
+
+;  9/1/87  : Kerry S (;AN021)
+;            In PROC $P_String_Comp, when comparing the switch or keyword on
+;            the command line with the string in the control block the
+;            comparing was stopping at a colon (switch) or equal (keyword)
+;            on the command line and assuming a match.  This allowed a shorter
+;            string on the command line than in the synonym list in the control
+;            block.  I put in a test for a null in the control block so the
+;            string in the control block must be the same length as the string
+;            preceeding the colon or equal on the command line.
+
+;  8/28/87 : Kerry S (;AN022;)
+;            All references to data in PSDATA.INC had CS overrides.  This caused
+;            problems for people who included it themselves in a segment other
+;            than CS.  Added switch to allow including PSDATA.INC in any
+;            segment.
+
+;  9/16/87 : Ed K (;AN023;) PTM1040
+;            in $p_set_cdi PROC, it assumes CS points to psdata. Change Push CS
+;            into PUSH PSDATA_SEG.  In $P_Get_DecNum PROC, fix AN020
+;            forced both TIME and DATE to use the delims, "-","/",".".
+;            Created FLag, in $P_time_Format PROC, to request the delim in
+;            BL be used if TIME is being parsed.
+
+;  9/24/87 : Ed K
+;            Removed the include to STRUC.INC.  Replaced the STRUC macro
+;            invocations with their normally expanded code; made comments
+;            out of the STRUC macro invocation statements to maintain readability.
+
+;  9/24/87 : Ed K (;AN024;) PTM1222
+;            When no CONTROL for a keyword found, tried to fill in RESULT
+;            pointed to by non-existant CONTROL.
+
+; 10/15/87 : Ed K (;AN025;) PTM1672
+;            A quoted text string can be framed only by double quote.  Remove
+;            support to frame quoted text string with single quote.
+;            (apostrophe) $P_SorD_Quote is removed from PSDATA.INC.
+;            $P_SQuote EQU also removed from PSDATA.INC.  Any references to
+;            single quote in PROC prologues are left as is for history reasons.
+
+;            This fixes another bug, not mentioned in p1672, in that two
+;            quote chars within a quoted string is supposed to be reported as
+;            one quote character, but is reported as two quotes.  This changed
+;            two instructions in PROC $P_Quoted_Str.
+
+;            Also fixed are several JMP that caused a NOP, these changed to
+;            have the SHORT operator to avoid the unneeded NOP.
+
+;            The code and PSDATA.INC have been aligned for ease of reading.
+
+; 10/26/87 : Ed K (;AN026;) PTM2041, DATE within SWITCH, BX reference to
+;            psdata buffer should have psdata_seg.
+
+; 10/27/87 : Ed K (;AN027;) PTM2042 comma between keywords implies
+;            positional missing.
+
+; 11/06/87 : Ed K (;AN028;) PTM 2315 Parser should not use line feed
+;            as a line delimiter, should use carriage return.
+;            Define switch: LFEOLSW, if on, accept LF as end of line char.
+
+; 11/11/87 : Ed K (;AN029;) PTM 1651 GET RID OF WHITESPACE AROUND "=".
+
+; 11/18/87 : Ed K (;AN030;) PTM 2551 If filename is just "", then
+;            endless loop since SI is returned still pointing to start
+;            of that parm.
+
+; 11/19/87 : Ed K (;AN031;) PTM 2585 date & time getting bad values.
+;            Vector to returned string has CS instead of Psdata_Seg, but
+;            when tried to fix it on previous version, changed similar
+;            but wrong place.
+
+; 12/09/87 : Bill L (;AN032;) PTM 2772 colon and period are now valid
+;            delimiters between hours, minutes, seconds for time. And period
+;            and comma are valid delimiters between seconds and 100th second.
+
+; 12/14/87 : Bill L (;AN033;) PTM 2722 if illegal delimiter characters
+;            in a filespec, then flag an error.
+
+; 12/22/87 : Bill L (;AN034;)       All local data to parser is now
+;            indexed off of the psdata_seg equate instead of the DS register.
+;            Using this method, DS can point to the segment of PSP or to psdata
+;  -->       local parser data. Why were some references to local data changed
+;            to do this before, but not all ?????
+
+; 02/02/88 : Ed K (;AC035;) INSPECT utility, suggests optimizations.
+
+; 02/05/88 : Ed K (;AN036;) P3372-UPPERCASE TRANSLATION, PSDATA_SEG HOSED.
+;
+; 02/08/88 : Ed K (;AN037;) P3410-AVOID POP OF CS, CHECK BASESW FIRST.
+
+; 02/19/88 : Ed K (;AN038;) p3524 above noon and "am" should be error
+
+; 02/23/88 : Ed K (;AN039;) p3518 accept "comma" and "period" as decimal
+;            separator in TIME before hundredths field.
+;
+;***********************************************************************
+IF FarSW                                ;AN000;(Check if need far return)
+SysParse proc far                       ;AN000;
+ELSE                                    ;AN000;
+SysParse proc near                      ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of FarSW)
+;       $SALUT  (4,9,17,41)
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_Flags,0   ;AC034; Clear all internal flags
+IF      TimeSw                          ;AN039; FOR TIME ONLY
+        MOV    PSDATA_SEG:$P_ORIG_ORD,CX ;AN039; ORIGINAL ORDINAL FROM CX
+        MOV    PSDATA_SEG:$P_ORIG_STACK,SP ;AN039; ORIGINAL VALUE OF STACK FROM SP
+        MOV    PSDATA_SEG:$P_ORIG_SI,SI ;AN039; ORIGINAL START PARSE POINTER FROM SI
+$P_REDO_TIME:                           ;AN039; try to parse time again
+ENDIF                                   ;AN039; FOR TIME ONLY
+        cld                                   ;AN000; confirm forward direction
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_ordinal,cx      ;AC034; save operand ordinal
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_No_Error  ;AC034; Assume no error
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_Found_SYNONYM,0 ;AC034; initalize synonym pointer
+
+        mov     word ptr psdata_seg:$P_DX,0   ;AC034; (tm15)
+IF KeySW                                ;AN029;
+;IN CASE THE USER PUT OPTIONAL WHITESPACE CHARS AROUND THE "=" USED IN
+;KEYWORD DEFINITIONS, SCAN THE COMMAND LINE AND COMPRESS OUT ANY WHITESPACES
+;NEXT TO "=" BEFORE STARTING THE USUAL PARSING.
+       push      cx                     ;AN029;
+       push      dx                     ;AN029;
+       push      di                     ;AN029;
+
+       push      si                     ;AN029; remember where command line starts
+       mov       cx,-1                  ;AN029; init counter
+;      $do
+$P_loc_eol:                             ;AN029;
+          inc       cx                  ;AN029; bump counter of chars up to EOL
+          lodsb                         ;AN029; get a char from command line
+          CALL      $P_Chk_EOL          ;AN029; see if AL is EOL char
+
+;      enddo z
+       jnz       $P_loc_EOL             ;AN029; not found that EOL char
+
+       mov       psdata_seg:$P_count_to_EOL,cx ;AN029;AC034;; save count of chars up to EOL
+       pop       si                     ;AN029; restore start of command line
+
+;scan command string for combinations including "=",
+;      and replace each with just the simple "="
+
+;REPEAT UNTIL ONE PASS IS MADE WHEREIN NO CHANGES WERE MADE
+;  $do
+$P_DO1:                            ;AN029;
+       push si                     ;AN029; remember where string started
+       MOV  CX,psdata_seg:$P_COUNT_TO_EOL ;AN029;AC034;; set  count to no. chars in string,
+                                   ;AN029; not counting the EOL char
+       XOR  BX,BX                  ;AN029;SET $P_REG_BL_DQ_SW TO "NOT IN QUOTES", AND...
+                                   ;AN029;SET $P_REG_BH_CG_SW TO "NO CHANGES MADE"
+;MAKE ONE PASS THRU THE STRING, LOOKING AT EACH CHARACTER
+;      $do                         ;AN029;
+$P_DO2:                            ;AN029;
+           cmp  BYTE PTR [SI],$P_double_quote ;AN029;
+;          $if  e                  ;AN029;if a double quote was found
+           JNE $P_IF3              ;AN029;
+               NOT  $P_REG_BL_DQ_SW ;AN029;TOGGLE THE DOUBLE QUOTE STATE SWITCH
+;          $endif                  ;AN029;
+$P_IF3:                            ;AN029;
+           OR   $P_REG_BL_DQ_SW,$P_REG_BL_DQ_SW ;AN029;IS THE DOUBLE QUOTE SWITCH SET?
+;          $if  Z                  ;AN029;IF NOT IN DOUBLE QUOTES
+           JNZ $P_IF5              ;AN029;
+               mov  ax,word ptr [si] ;AN029; get pair to be checked out
+               cmp  ax,$P_BL_EQ    ;AN029;" ="
+;              $if  e,or           ;AN029;
+               JE $P_LL6           ;AN029;
+               cmp  ax,$P_EQ_BL    ;AN029;"= "
+;              $if  e,or           ;AN029;
+               JE $P_LL6           ;AN029;
+               cmp  ax,$P_EQ_TB    ;AN029; "=<tab>"
+;              $if  e,or           ;AN029;
+               JE $P_LL6           ;AN029;
+               cmp  ax,$P_TB_EQ    ;AN029;"<tab>="
+;              $if  e              ;AN029;if this pair to be replaced with a single "="
+               JNE $P_IF6          ;AN029;
+$P_LL6:                            ;AN029;
+                   mov  BYTE PTR [SI],$P_Keyword ;AN029; "="
+                   inc  si         ;AN029;point to next char after the new "="
+                   mov  di,si      ;AN029;move target right after new "="
+
+                   push si         ;AN029;remember where i am, right after new "="
+                   PUSH CX         ;AN029;SAVE CURRENT COUNT
+                   inc  si         ;AN029;source is one beyond that
+                   push es         ;AN029;remember the extra segment
+                   push ds         ;AN029;temporarily, set source seg and
+                   pop  es         ;AN029; target seg to the command line seg
+                   rep  movsb      ;AN029;move chars left one position
+                   pop  es         ;AN029;restore the extra segment
+                   POP  CX         ;AN029;RESTORE CURRENT COUNT
+                   pop  si         ;AN029;back to where I was
+
+                   DEC  SI         ;AN029;LOOK AT FIRST CHAR JUST MOVED
+                   MOV  $P_REG_BH_CG_SW,-1 ;AN029;set switch to say "a change was made"
+                   DEC  psdata_seg:$P_COUNT_TO_EOL ;AN029;AC034;;because just threw away a char
+                   dec  CX         ;AN029;DITTO
+;              $endif              ;AN029;comparand pair found?
+$P_IF6:                            ;AN029;
+;          $endif                  ;AN029;double quote switch?
+$P_IF5:                            ;AN029;
+           inc  si                 ;AN029;bump index to look at next char in command string
+           dec  CX                 ;AN029;one less char to look at
+;(deleted ;AC035;)  CMP  CX,0               ;AN029;is char count all gone yet?
+;      $enddo LE                   ;AN029;quit if no more chars
+       JNLE $P_DO2                 ;AN029;
+       pop  si                     ;AN029;remember where string started
+       OR   $P_REG_BH_CG_SW,$P_REG_BH_CG_SW ;AN029;WAS "A CHANGE MADE"?
+;  $enddo Z                        ;AN029;QUIT when no changes were made
+   JNZ $P_DO1                      ;AN029;
+   pop  di                         ;AN029;
+   pop  dx                         ;AN029;
+   pop  cx                         ;AN029;
+
+;NOW THAT ALL WHITESPACE SURROUNDING "=" HAVE BEEN COMPRESSED OUT,
+;RESUME NORMAL PARSING...
+ENDIF                                   ;AN029; KEYWORDS SUPPORTED?
+        call    $P_Skip_Delim           ;AN000; Move si to 1st non white space
+        jnc     $P_Start                ;AN000; If EOL is not encountered, do parse
+
+;--------------------------- End of Line
+        mov     ax,$P_RC_EOL            ;AN000; set exit code to -1
+        push    bx                      ;AN000;
+        mov     bx,es:[di].$P_PARMSX_Address ;AN000; Get the PARMSX address to
+        cmp     cl,es:[bx].$P_MinP      ;AN000; check ORDINAL to see if the minimum
+        jae     $P_Fin                  ;AN000; positional found.
+
+        mov     ax,$P_Op_Missing        ;AN000; If no, set exit code to missing operand
+$P_Fin:                                 ;AN000;
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000;
+        jmp     $P_Single_Exit          ;AN000; return to the caller
+
+;---------------------------
+$P_Start:                               ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_SaveSI_Cmpx,si ;AN000;AC034;  save ptr to command line for later use by complex,
+        push    bx                      ;AN000; quoted string or file spec.
+        push    di                      ;AN000;
+        push    bp                      ;AN000;
+        lea     bx,psdata_seg:$P_STRING_BUF ;AC034; set buffer to copy from command string
+        test    psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_Extra ;AC034; 3/9 extra delimiter encountered ?
+        jne     $P_Pack_End             ;AN000; 3/9 if yes, no need to copy
+
+$P_Pack_Loop:                           ;AN000;
+        lodsb                           ;AN000; Pick a operand from buffer
+        call    $P_Chk_Switch           ;AN000; Check switch character
+        jc      $P_Pack_End_BY_EOL      ;AN020; if carry set found delimiter type slash, need backup si, else continue
+
+        call    $P_Chk_EOL              ;AN000; Check EOL character
+        je      $P_Pack_End_BY_EOL      ;AN000; need backup si
+
+        call    $P_Chk_Delim            ;AN000; Check delimiter
+        jne     $P_PL01                 ;AN000; If no, process next byte
+
+        test    psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_Extra ;AC034; 3/9 If yes and white spec,
+; (tm08)jne     $P_Pack_End             ;AN000; 3/9 then
+        jne     $P_Pack_End_backup_si   ;AN000; (tm08)
+
+        call    $P_Skip_Delim           ;AN000; skip subsequent white space,too
+        jmp     short $P_Pack_End       ;AN000; finish copy by placing NUL at end
+
+$P_PAck_End_backup_si:                  ;AN000; (tm08)
+        test    psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_SW+$P_equ ;AN000;AC034;  (tm08)
+        je      $P_Pack_End             ;AN000; (tm08)
+
+        dec     si                      ;AN000; (tm08)
+        jmp     short $P_Pack_End       ;AN025; (tm08)
+
+$P_PL01:                                ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:[bx],al      ;AN000; move byte to STRING_BUF
+        cmp     al,$P_Keyword           ;AN000; if it is equal character,
+        jne     $P_PL00                 ;AN000; then
+
+        or      psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_equ ;AC034; remember it in flag
+$P_PL00:                                ;AN000;
+        inc     bx                      ;AN000; ready to see next byte
+        call    $P_Chk_DBCS             ;AN000; was it 1st byte of DBCS ?
+        jnc     $P_Pack_Loop            ;AN000; if no, process to next byte
+
+        lodsb                           ;AN000; if yes, store
+        mov     psdata_seg:[bx],al      ;AN000;    2nd byte of DBCS
+        inc     bx                      ;AN000; update pointer
+        jmp     short $P_Pack_Loop      ;AN000; process to next byte
+
+$P_Pack_End_BY_EOL:                     ;AN000;
+        dec     si                      ;AN000; backup si pointer
+$P_Pack_End:                            ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_SI_Save,si     ;AC034; save next pointer, SI
+        mov     byte ptr psdata_seg:[bx],$P_NULL ;AN000; put NULL at the end
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_Save_EOB,bx    ;AC034; 3/17/87 keep the address for later use of complex
+        mov     bx,es:[di].$P_PARMSX_Address ;AN000; get PARMSX address
+        lea     si,psdata_seg:$P_STRING_BUF  ;AC034;
+        cmp     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si],$P_Switch ;AN000; the operand begins w/ switch char ?
+        je      $P_SW_Manager                ;AN000; if yes, process as switch
+
+        test    psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_equ   ;AC034; the operand includes equal char ?
+        jne     $P_Key_manager               ;AN000; if yes, process as keyword
+
+$P_Positional_Manager:                  ;AN000; else process as positional
+        mov     al,es:[bx].$P_MaxP      ;AN000; get maxp
+        xor     ah,ah                   ;AN000; ax = maxp
+        cmp     psdata_seg:$P_ORDINAL,ax ;AC034; too many positional ?
+        jae     $P_Too_Many_Error       ;AN000; if yes, set exit code to too many
+
+        mov     ax,psdata_seg:$P_ORDINAL ;AC034; see what the current ordinal
+        shl     ax,1                    ;AN000; ax = ax*2
+        inc     bx                      ;AC035; add '2' to
+        inc     bx                      ;AC035;  BX reg
+                                        ;AN000; now bx points to 1st CONTROL
+;(changed ;AC035;) add     bx,2         ;AN000; now bx points to 1st CONTROL
+        add     bx,ax                   ;AN000; now bx points to specified CONTROL address
+        mov     bx,es:[bx]              ;AN000; now bx points to specified CONTROL itself
+        call    $P_Chk_Pos_Control      ;AN000; Do process for positional
+        jmp     short $P_Return_to_Caller ;AN000; and return to the caller
+
+$P_Too_Many_Error:                      ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Too_Many ;AC034; set exit code
+        jmp     short $P_Return_to_Caller ;AN000; and return to the caller
+;
+$P_SW_Manager:                          ;AN000;
+        mov     al,es:[bx].$P_MaxP      ;AN000; get maxp
+        xor     ah,ah                   ;AN000; ax = maxp
+        inc     ax                      ;AN000;
+        shl     ax,1                    ;AN000; ax = (ax+1)*2
+        add     bx,ax                   ;AN000; now bx points to maxs
+        mov     cl,es:[bx]              ;AN000;
+        xor     ch,ch                   ;AN000; cx = maxs
+        or      cx,cx                   ;AN000; at least one switch ?
+        je      $P_SW_Not_Found         ;AN000;
+
+        inc     bx                      ;AN000; now bx points to 1st CONTROL address
+
+$P_SW_Mgr_Loop:                         ;AN000;
+        push    bx                      ;AN000;
+        mov     bx,es:[bx]              ;AN000; bx points to Switch CONTROL itself
+        call    $P_Chk_SW_Control       ;AN000; do process for switch
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000;
+        jnc     $P_Return_to_Caller     ;AN000; if the CONTROL is for the switch, exit
+
+        inc     bx                      ;AC035; add '2' to
+        inc     bx                      ;AC035;  BX reg
+                                        ;AN000; else bx points to the next CONTROL
+;(changed ;AC035;)  add     bx,2        ;AN000; else bx points to the next CONTROL
+        loop    $P_SW_Mgr_Loop          ;AN000; and loop
+
+$P_SW_Not_Found:                        ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Not_In_SW ;AC034; here no CONTROL for the switch has
+        jmp     short $P_Return_to_Caller0    ;AN000; not been found, means error.
+;
+$P_Key_Manager:                         ;AN000;
+        mov     al,es:[bx].$P_MaxP      ;AN000; get maxp
+        xor     ah,ah                   ;AN000; ax = maxp
+        inc     ax                      ;AN000;
+        shl     ax,1                    ;AN000; ax = (ax+1)*2
+        add     bx,ax                   ;AN000; now bx points to maxs
+        mov     al,es:[bx]              ;AN000;
+        xor     ah,ah                   ;AN000; ax = maxs
+        shl     ax,1                    ;AN000;
+        inc     ax                      ;AN000; ax = ax*2+1
+        add     bx,ax                   ;AN000; now bx points to maxk
+        mov     cl,es:[bx]              ;AN000;
+        xor     ch,ch                   ;AN000; cx = maxk
+        or      cx,cx                   ;AN000; at least one keyword ?
+        je      $P_Key_Not_Found        ;AN000;
+
+        inc     bx                      ;AN000; now bx points to 1st CONTROL
+
+$P_Key_Mgr_Loop:                        ;AN000;
+        push    bx                      ;AN000;
+        mov     bx,es:[bx]              ;AN000; bx points to keyword CONTROL itself
+        call    $P_Chk_Key_Control      ;AN000; do process for keyword
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000;
+        jnc     $P_Return_to_Caller     ;AN000; if the CONTROL is for the keyword, exit
+
+        inc     bx                      ;AC035; add '2' to
+        inc     bx                      ;AC035;  BX reg
+                                        ;AN000; else bx points to the next CONTROL
+;(changed ;AC035;)  add     bx,2        ;AN000; else bx points to the next CONTROL
+        loop    $P_Key_Mgr_Loop         ;AN000; and loop
+
+$P_Key_Not_Found:                       ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Not_In_Key ;AC034; here no CONTROL for the keyword has
+$P_Return_to_Caller0:                   ;AN000; not been found, means error.
+
+;(deleted ;AN024;)       mov     bx,es:[bx-2]            ;AN000; (tm13) backup bx
+
+;(deleted ;AN024;)       mov     al,$P_String            ;AN000; Set
+;(deleted ;AN024;)       mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000;     result
+;(deleted ;AN024;)       call    $P_Fill_Result          ;AN000;            buffer
+
+$P_Return_to_Caller:                    ;AN000;
+        pop     bp                      ;AN000;
+        pop     di                      ;AN000;
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000;
+        mov     cx,psdata_seg:$P_Ordinal    ;AC034; return next ordinal
+        mov     ax,psdata_seg:$P_RC         ;AC034; return exit code
+        mov     si,psdata_seg:$P_SI_Save    ;AC034; return next operand pointer
+        mov     dx,psdata_seg:$P_DX         ;AC034; return result buffer address
+        mov     bl,psdata_seg:$P_Terminator ;AC034; return delimiter code found
+$P_Single_Exit:                         ;AN000;
+        clc                             ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+SysParse endp                           ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Chk_Pos_Control
+;
+; Function: Parse CONTROL block for a positional
+;
+; Input:     ES:BX -> CONTROL block
+;            psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;
+; Output:    None
+;
+; Use:   $P_Fill_Result, $P_Check_Match_Flags
+;
+; Vars: $P_Ordinal(W), $P_RC(W)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Chk_Pos_Control proc                 ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        mov     ax,es:[bx].$P_Match_Flag ;AN000;
+        test    ax,$P_Repeat            ;AN000; repeat allowed ?
+        jne     $P_CPC00                ;AN000; then do not increment ORDINAL
+
+        inc     psdata_seg:$P_ORDINAL   ;AC034; update the ordinal
+$P_CPC00:                               ;AN000;
+        cmp     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si],$P_NULL ;AN000; no data ?
+        jne     $P_CPC01                ;AN000;
+
+        test    ax,$P_Optional          ;AN000; yes, then is it optional ?
+        jne     $P_CPC02                ;AN000;
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Op_Missing ;AC034; no, then error        3/17/87
+        jmp     short $P_CPC_Exit       ;AN000;
+
+$P_CPC02:                               ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        mov     al,$P_String            ;AN000; if it is optional return NULL
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000; no item tag indication
+        call    $P_Fill_Result          ;AN000;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        jmp     short $P_CPC_Exit       ;AN000;
+
+$P_CPC01:                               ;AN000;
+        call    $P_Check_Match_Flags    ;AN000;
+$P_CPC_Exit:                            ;AN000;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Chk_Pos_Control endp                 ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Chk_Key_Control
+;
+; Function: Parse CONTROL block for a keyword
+;
+; Input:     ES:BX -> CONTROL block
+;            psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;
+; Output:    CY = 1 : not match
+;
+; Use:   $P_Fill_Result, $P_Search_KEYorSW, $P_Check_Match_Flags
+;
+; Vars: $P_RC(W), $P_SaveSI_Cmpx(W), $P_KEYorSW_Ptr(R), $P_Flags(W)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Chk_Key_Control proc                 ;AN000;
+IF      KeySW                           ;AN000;(Check if keyword is supported)
+        or      psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_Key_Cmp ;AC034; Indicate keyword for later string comparison
+        call    $P_Search_KEYorSW       ;AN000; Search the keyword in the CONTROL block
+        jc      $P_Chk_Key_Err0         ;AN000; not found, then try next CONTROL
+
+        and     psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,0ffh-$P_Key_Cmp ;AC034; reset the indicator previously set
+;
+        push    ax                           ;AN000;          keyword=
+        mov     ax,psdata_seg:$P_KEYorSW_Ptr ;AC034;          ^       ^
+        sub     ax,si                   ;AN000;  SI     KEYorSW
+        add     psdata_seg:$P_SaveSI_Cmpx,ax ;AC034; update for complex, quoted or file spec.
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+;
+        mov     si,psdata_seg:$P_KEYorSW_Ptr ;AC034; set si just after equal char
+        cmp     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si],$P_NULL ;AN000; any data after equal ?
+        je      $P_Chk_Key_Err1         ;AN000; if no, syntax error
+
+        call    $P_Check_Match_Flags    ;AN000; else, process match flags
+        clc                             ;AN000;
+        jmp     short $P_Chk_Key_Exit   ;AN000;
+
+$P_Chk_Key_Err0:                        ;AN000;
+        stc                             ;AN000; not found in keyword synonym list
+        jmp     short $P_Chk_Key_Exit   ;AN000;
+
+$P_Chk_Key_Err1:                        ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034; no parameter is not specified after "="
+$P_Chk_Key_ErrExit:                     ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        mov     al,$P_String            ;AN000; set
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000;    result
+        call    $P_Fill_Result          ;AN000;          buffer
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        clc                             ;AN000;
+$P_Chk_Key_Exit:                        ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+ELSE                                    ;AN000;(of IF KeySW)
+        stc                             ;AN000;this logic works when the KeySW
+        ret                             ;AN000;is reset.
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of KeySW)
+$P_Chk_Key_Control endp                 ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+IF      KeySW+SwSW                      ;AN000;(Check if keyword or switch is supported)
+; $P_Search_KEYorSW:
+;
+; Function: Seach specified keyword or switch from CONTROL
+;
+; Input:     ES:BX -> CONTROL block
+;            psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;
+; Output:    CY = 1 : not match
+;
+; Use:   $P_String_Comp, $P_MoveBP_NUL, $P_Found_SYNONYM
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Search_KEYorSW proc                  ;AN000;
+        push    bp                      ;AN000;
+        push    cx                      ;AN000;
+        mov     cl,es:[bx].$P_nid       ;AN000; Get synonym count
+        xor     ch,ch                   ;AN000; and set it to cx
+        or      cx,cx                   ;AN000; No synonyms specified ?
+        je      $P_KEYorSW_Not_Found    ;AN000; then indicate not found by CY
+
+        lea     bp,es:[bx].$P_KEYorSW   ;AN000; BP points to the 1st synonym
+$P_KEYorSW_Loop:                        ;AN000;
+        call    $P_String_Comp          ;AN000; compare string in buffer w/ the synonym
+        jnc     $P_KEYorSW_Found        ;AN000; If match, set it to synonym pointer
+
+        call    $P_MoveBP_NUL           ;AN000; else, bp points to the next string
+        loop    $P_KEYorSW_Loop         ;AN000; loop nid times
+$P_KEYorSW_Not_Found:                   ;AN000;
+        stc                             ;AN000; indicate not found in synonym list
+        jmp     short $P_KEYorSW_Exit   ;AN000; and exit
+
+$P_KEYorSW_Found:                       ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_Found_SYNONYM,bp ;AC034; set synonym pointer
+        clc                             ;AN000; indicate found
+$P_KEYorSW_Exit:                        ;AN000;
+        pop     cx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     bp                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Search_KEYorSW endp                  ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_MoveBP_NUL
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_MoveBP_NUL proc                      ;AN000;
+$P_MBP_Loop:                            ;AN000;
+        cmp     byte ptr es:[bp],$P_NULL ;AN000; Increment BP that points
+        je      $P_MBP_Exit             ;AN000; to the synomym list
+
+        inc     bp                      ;AN000; until
+        jmp     short $P_MBP_Loop       ;AN000; NULL encountered.
+
+$P_MBP_Exit:                            ;AN000;
+        inc     bp                      ;AN000; bp points to next to NULL
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_MoveBP_NUL endp                      ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of KeySW+SwSW)
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Chk_SW_Control
+;
+; Function: Parse CONTROL block for a switch
+;
+; Input:     ES:BX -> CONTROL block
+;            psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;
+; Output:    CY = 1 : not match
+;
+; Use:   $P_Fill_Result, $P_Search_KEYorSW, $P_Check_Match_Flags
+;
+; Vars:  $P_SaveSI_Cmpx(W), $P_KEYorSW_Ptr(R), $P_Flags(W)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Chk_SW_Control proc                  ;AN000;
+
+
+IF      SwSW                            ;AN000;(Check if switch is supported)
+        or      psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_Sw_Cmp ;AC034; Indicate switch for later string comparison
+        call    $P_Search_KEYorSW       ;AN000; Search the switch in the CONTROL block
+        jc      $P_Chk_SW_Err0          ;AN000; not found, then try next CONTROL
+
+        and     psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,0ffh-$P_Sw_Cmp ;AC034; reset the indicator previously set
+;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;               /switch:
+        mov     ax,psdata_seg:$P_KEYorSW_Ptr ;AC034;          ^       ^
+        sub     ax,si                   ;AN000;  SI     KEYorSW
+        add     psdata_seg:$P_SaveSI_Cmpx,ax ;AC034; update for complex list
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+;
+        mov     si,psdata_seg:$P_KEYorSW_Ptr ;AC034; set si at the end or colon
+        cmp     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si],$P_NULL ;AN000; any data after colon
+        jne     $P_CSW00                ;AN000; if yes, process match flags
+
+        cmp     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si-1],$P_Colon ;AN000; if no, the switch terminated by colon ?
+        jne     $P_Chk_if_data_required ;AN000; if yes,
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034; return syntax error
+        jmp     short $P_Chk_SW_Exit    ;AN000;
+
+$P_Chk_if_data_required:                ;AN018; no data, no colon
+        cmp     es:[bx].$P_Match_Flag,0 ;AN018; should have data? zero match flag means switch followed by nothing is OK
+        je      $P_Chk_SW_Exit          ;AN018; match flags not zero so should have something if optional bit is not on
+
+        test    es:[bx].$P_Match_Flag,$P_Optional ;AN019; see if no value is valid
+        jnz     $P_Chk_SW_Exit          ;AN019; if so, then leave, else yell
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Op_Missing ;AC034; return required operand missing
+        jmp     short $P_Chk_SW_Exit    ;AN018;
+
+$P_CSW00:                               ;AN000;
+        call    $P_Check_Match_Flags    ;AN000; process match flag
+        clc                             ;AN000; indicate match
+        jmp     short $P_Chk_SW_Single_Exit ;AN000;
+
+$P_Chk_SW_Err0:                         ;AN000;
+        stc                             ;AN000; not found in switch synonym list
+        jmp     short $P_Chk_SW_Single_Exit ;AN000;
+
+$P_Chk_SW_Exit:                         ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        mov     al,$P_String            ;AN000; set
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000;    result
+        call    $P_Fill_Result          ;AN000;          buffer
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        clc                             ;AN000;
+$P_Chk_SW_Single_Exit:                  ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+ELSE                                    ;AN000;(of IF SwSW)
+        stc                             ;AN000; this logic works when the SwSW
+        ret                             ;AN000; is reset.
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of SwSW)
+$P_Chk_SW_Control endp                  ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Fill_Result
+;
+; Function: Fill the result buffer
+;
+; Input:    AH = Item tag
+;           AL = type
+;                 AL = 1: CX,DX has 32bit number (CX = high)
+;                 AL = 2: DX has index(offset) into value list
+;                 AL = 6: DL has driver # (1-A, 2-B, ... , 26 - Z)
+;                 AL = 7: DX has year, CL has month and CH has date
+;                 AL = 8: DL has hours, DH has minutes, CL has secondsn,
+;                         amd CH has hundredths
+;                 AL = else: psdata_seg:SI points to returned string buffer
+;           ES:BX -> CONTROL block
+;
+; Output:   None
+;
+; Use:  $P_Do_CAPS_String, $P_Remove_Colon, $P_Found_SYNONYM
+;
+; Vars: $P_DX(W)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Fill_Result proc                     ;AN000;
+        push    di                      ;AN000;
+        mov     di,es:[bx].$P_Result_Buf ;AN000; di points to result buffer
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_DX,di     ;AC034; set returned result address
+        mov     es:[di].$P_Type,al      ;AN000; store type
+        mov     es:[di].$P_Item_Tag,ah  ;AN000; store item tag
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        mov     ax,psdata_seg:$P_Found_SYNONYM ;AC034; if yes,
+        mov     es:[di].$P_SYNONYM_Ptr,ax ;AN000;   then set it to the result
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+$P_RLT04:                               ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,$P_Number            ;AN000; if number
+        jne     $P_RLT00                ;AN000;
+
+$P_RLT02:                               ;AN000;
+        mov     word ptr es:[di].$P_Picked_Val,dx ;AN000; then store 32bit
+        mov     word ptr es:[di+2].$P_Picked_Val,cx ;AN000;     number
+        jmp     short $P_RLT_Exit       ;AN000;
+
+$P_RLT00:                               ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,$P_List_Idx          ;AN000; if list index
+        jne     $P_RLT01                ;AN000;
+
+        mov     word ptr es:[di].$P_Picked_Val,dx ;AN000; then store list index
+        jmp     short $P_RLT_Exit       ;AN000;
+
+$P_RLT01:                               ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,$P_Date_F            ;AN000; Date format ?
+        je      $P_RLT02                ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     al,$P_Time_F            ;AN000; Time format ?
+        je      $P_RLT02                ;AN000;
+;
+        cmp     al,$P_Drive             ;AN000; drive format ?
+        jne     $P_RLT03                ;AN000;
+
+        mov     byte ptr es:[di].$P_Picked_Val,dl ;AN000; store drive number
+        jmp     short $P_RLT_Exit       ;AN000;
+
+$P_RLT03:                               ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,$P_Complex           ;AN000; complex format ?
+        jne     $P_RLT05                ;AN000;
+
+        mov     ax,psdata_seg:$P_SaveSI_Cmpx ;AC034; then get pointer in command buffer
+        inc     ax                      ;AN000; skip left Parentheses
+        mov     word ptr es:[di].$P_Picked_Val,ax ;AN000; store offset
+        mov     word ptr es:[di+2].$P_Picked_Val,ds ;AN000; store segment
+        jmp     short $P_RLT_Exit       ;AN000;
+
+$P_RLT05:                               ;AN000;
+;------------------------  AL = 3, 5, or 9
+        mov     word ptr es:[di].$P_Picked_Val,si ;AN000; store offset of STRING_BUF
+;(replaced ;AN031;)  mov word ptr es:[di+word].$P_Picked_Val,cs ;AN000; store segment of STRING_BUF
+        mov     word ptr es:[di+2].$P_Picked_Val,Psdata_Seg ;AN031; store segment of STRING_BUF
+;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        test    byte ptr es:[bx].$P_Function_Flag,$P_CAP_File ;AN000; need CAPS by file table?
+        je      $P_RLT_CAP00            ;AN000;
+
+        mov     al,$P_DOSTBL_File       ;AN000; use file upper case table
+        jmp     short $P_RLT_CAP02      ;AN000;
+
+$P_RLT_CAP00:                           ;AN000;
+        test    byte ptr es:[bx].$P_Function_Flag,$P_CAP_Char ;AN000; need CAPS by char table ?
+        je      $P_RLT_CAP01            ;AN000;
+
+        mov     al,$P_DOSTBL_Char       ;AN000; use character upper case table
+$P_RLT_CAP02:                           ;AN000;
+        call    $P_Do_CAPS_String       ;AN000;  process CAPS along the table
+$P_RLT_CAP01:                           ;AN000;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        test    byte ptr es:[bx].$P_Function_Flag,$P_Rm_Colon ;AN000; removing colon at end ?
+        je      $P_RLT_Exit             ;AN000;
+
+        call    $P_Remove_Colon         ;AN000; then process it.
+$P_RLT_Exit:                            ;AN000;
+        pop     di                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Fill_Result endp                     ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Check_Match_Flags
+;
+; Function:  Check the mutch_flags and make the exit code and set the
+;            result buffer
+;
+;           Check for types in this order:
+;               Complex
+;               Date
+;               Time
+;               Drive
+;               Filespec
+;               Quoted String
+;               Simple String
+;
+; Input:     psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;            ES:BX -> CONTROL block
+;
+; Output:    None
+;
+; Use:       $P_Value, P$_SValue, $P_Simple_String, $P_Date_Format
+;            $P_Time_Format, $P_Complex_Format, $P_File_Foemat
+;            $P_Drive_Format
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Check_Match_Flags proc               ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_err_flag,$P_NULL ;AN033;AC034;; clear filespec error flag.
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        mov     ax,es:[bx].$P_Match_Flag ;AN000; load match flag(16bit) to ax
+
+        or      ax,ax                   ;AC035; test ax for zero
+;(changed ;AC035;)  cmp     ax,0        ;AN000; (tm12)
+        jne     $P_Mat                  ;AN000; (tm12)
+
+        push    ax                      ;AN000; (tm12)
+        push    bx                      ;AN000; (tm12)
+        push    dx                      ;AN000; (tm12)
+        push    di                      ;AN000; (tm12)
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034; (tm12)
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000; (tm12)
+        mov     al,$P_String            ;AN000; (tm12)
+        call    $P_Fill_Result          ;AN000; (tm12)
+        pop     di                      ;AN000; (tm12)
+        pop     dx                      ;AN000; (tm12)
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000; (tm12)
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000; (tm12)
+        jmp     short $P_Bridge         ;AC035; (tm12)
+
+$P_Mat:                                 ;AN000; (tm12)
+
+IF      CmpxSW                          ;AN000;(Check if complex item is supported)
+        test    ax,$P_Cmpx_S            ;AN000; Complex string
+        je      $P_Match01              ;AN000;
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_No_Error ;AC034; assume no error
+        call    $P_Complex_Format       ;AN000; do process
+        cmp     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034; if error, examine the next type
+        jne     $P_Bridge               ;AN000;
+
+$P_Match01:                             ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of CmpxSW)
+IF      DateSW                          ;AN000;(Check if date format is supported)
+        test    ax,$P_Date_S            ;AN000; Date string
+        je      $P_Match02              ;AN000;
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_No_Error ;AC034; assume no error
+        call    $P_Date_Format          ;AN000; do process
+        cmp     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034; if error, examine the next type
+        jne     $P_Bridge               ;AN000;
+
+$P_Match02:                             ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of DateSW)
+IF      TimeSW                          ;AN000;(Check if time format is supported)
+        test    ax,$P_Time_S            ;AN000; Time string
+        je      $P_Match03              ;AN000;
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_No_Error ;AC034; assume no error
+        call    $P_Time_Format          ;AN000; do process
+        cmp     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034; if error, examine the next type
+;       je      $P_Match03              ;AN000:
+
+        jne     $P_Bridge               ;AN000; (tm09)
+
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of TimeSW)  (tm04)
+        jmp     short $P_Match03        ;AN025; (tm09)
+
+$P_Bridge:                              ;AN000;
+;       jmp     short $P_Match_Exit (tm02)
+
+        jmp     $P_Match_Exit           ;AN000; (tm02)
+
+$P_Match03:                             ;AN000;
+; ENDIF ;AN000;(of TimeSW) (tm04)
+IF      NumSW                           ;AN000;(Check if numeric value is supported)
+        test    ax,$P_Num_Val           ;AN000; Numeric value
+        je      $P_Match04              ;AN000;
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_No_Error ;AC034; assume no error
+        call    $P_Value                ;AN000; do process
+        cmp     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034; if error, examine the next type
+        jne     $P_Match_Exit           ;AN000;
+
+$P_Match04:                             ;AN000;
+        test    ax,$P_SNUM_Val          ;AN000; Signed numeric value
+        je      $P_Match05              ;AN000;
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_No_Error ;AC034; assume no error
+        call    $P_SValue               ;AN000; do process
+        cmp     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034; if error, examine the next type
+        jne     $P_Match_Exit           ;AN000;
+
+$P_Match05:                             ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of NumSW)
+IF      DrvSW                           ;AN000;(Check if drive only is supported)
+        test    ax,$P_Drv_Only          ;AN000; Drive only
+        je      $P_Match06              ;AN000;
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_No_Error ;AC034; assume no error
+        call    $P_File_Format          ;AN000; 1st, call file format
+        call    $P_Drive_Format         ;AN000; check drive format, next
+        cmp     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034; if error, examinee the next type
+        jne     $P_Match_Exit           ;AN000;
+
+$P_Match06:                             ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of DrvSW)
+IF      FileSW                          ;AN000;(Check if file spec is supported)
+        test    ax,$P_File_Spc          ;AN000; File spec
+        je      $P_Match07              ;AN000;
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_No_Error ;AC034; assume no error
+        call    $P_File_Format          ;AN000; do process
+        cmp     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034; if error, examine the next type
+        jne     $P_Match_Exit           ;AN000;
+
+$P_Match07:                             ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of FileSW)
+IF      QusSW                           ;AN000;(Check if quoted string is supported)
+        test    ax,$P_Qu_String         ;AN000; Quoted string
+        je      $P_Match08              ;AN000;
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_No_Error ;AC034; assume no error
+        call    $P_Quoted_Format        ;AN000; do process
+        cmp     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034; if error, examine the next type
+        jne     $P_Match_Exit           ;AN000;
+
+$P_Match08:                             ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of QusSW)
+        test    ax,$P_Simple_S          ;AN000; Simple string
+        je      $P_Match09              ;AN000;
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_No_Error ;AC034; assume no error
+        call    $P_Simple_String        ;AN000; do process
+;;;;    cmp     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034; These two lines will be alive
+;;;;    jne     $P_Match_Exit                      ;when extending the match_flags.
+$P_Match09:                             ;AN000;
+$P_Match_Exit:                          ;AN000;
+        cmp     psdata_seg:$P_err_flag,$P_error_filespec ;AC034; bad filespec ?
+        jne     $P_Match2_Exit          ;AN033; no, continue
+        cmp     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_No_Error ;AN033;AC034;; check for other errors ?
+        jne     $P_Match2_Exit          ;AN033; no, continue
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AN033;AC034;; set error flag
+$P_Match2_Exit:                         ;AN033;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Check_Match_Flags endp               ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Remove_Colon;
+;
+; Function: Remove colon at end
+;
+; Input:    psdata_seg:SI points to string buffer to be examineed
+;
+; Output:   None
+;
+; Use:  $P_Chk_DBCS
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Remove_Colon proc                    ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        push    si                      ;AN000;
+$P_RCOL_Loop:                           ;AN000;
+        mov     al,psdata_seg:[si]      ;AN000; get character
+        or      al,al                   ;AN000; end of string ?
+        je      $P_RCOL_Exit            ;AN000; if yes, just exit
+
+        cmp     al,$P_Colon             ;AN000; is it colon ?
+        jne     $P_RCOL00               ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si+byte],$P_NULL ;AN000; if so, next is NULL ?
+        jne     $P_RCOL00               ;AN000; no, then next char
+
+        mov     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si],$P_NULL ;AN000; yes, remove colon
+        jmp     short $P_RCOL_Exit      ;AN000; and exit.
+
+$P_RCOL00:                              ;AN000;
+        call    $P_Chk_DBCS             ;AN000; if not colon, then check if
+        jnc     $P_RCOL01               ;AN000; DBCS leading byte.
+
+        inc     si                      ;AN000; if yes, skip trailing byte
+$P_RCOL01:                              ;AN000;
+        inc     si                      ;AN000; si points to next byte
+        jmp     short $P_RCOL_Loop      ;AN000; loop until NULL encountered
+
+$P_RCOL_Exit:                           ;AN000;
+        pop     si                      ;AN000;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Remove_Colon endp                    ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Do_CAPS_String;
+;
+; Function: Perform capitalization along with the file case map table
+;           or character case map table.
+;
+; Input:    AL = 2 : Use character table
+;           AL = 4 : Use file table
+;           psdata_seg:SI points to string buffer to be capitalized
+;
+; Output:   None
+;
+; Use:  $P_Do_CAPS_Char, $P_Chk_DBCS
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Do_CAPS_String proc                  ;AN000;
+        push    si                      ;AN000;
+        push    dx                      ;AN000;
+        mov     dl,al                   ;AN000; save info id
+
+$P_DCS_Loop:                            ;AN000;
+        mov     al,psdata_seg:[si]      ;AN000; load charater and
+        call    $P_Chk_DBCS             ;AN000; check if DBCS leading byte
+        jc      $P_DCS00                ;AN000; if yes, do not need CAPS
+
+        or      al,al                   ;AN000; end of string ?
+        je      $P_DCS_Exit             ;AN000; then exit.
+
+        call    $P_Do_CAPS_Char         ;AN000; Here a SBCS char need to be CAPS
+        mov     psdata_seg:[si],al      ;AN000; stored upper case char to buffer
+        jmp     short $P_DCS01          ;AN000; process nexit
+$P_DCS00:                               ;AN000;
+        inc     si                      ;AN000; skip DBCS leading and trailing byte
+$P_DCS01:                               ;AN000;
+        inc     si                      ;AN000; si point to next byte
+        jmp     short $P_DCS_Loop       ;AN000; loop until NULL encountered
+$P_DCS_Exit:                            ;AN000;
+        pop     dx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     si                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Do_CAPS_String endp                  ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Do_CAPS_Char;
+;
+; Function: Perform capitalization along with the file case map table
+;           or character case map table.
+;
+; Input:    DL = 2 : Use character table
+;           DL = 4 : Use file table
+;           AL = character to be capitalized
+;
+; Output:   None
+;
+; Use:  INT 21h /w AH=65h
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Do_CAPS_Char proc                    ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,$P_ASCII80           ;AN000; need upper case table ?
+        jae     $P_DCC_Go               ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     al,"a"                  ;AN000; if no,
+        jb      $P_CAPS_Ret             ;AN000;   check if  "a" <= AL <= "z"
+
+        cmp     al,"z"                  ;AN000;
+        ja      $P_CAPS_Ret             ;AN000;   if yes, make CAPS
+
+        and     al,$P_Make_Upper        ;AN000;   else do nothing.
+        jmp     short $P_CAPS_Ret       ;AN000;
+
+$P_DCC_Go:                              ;AN000;
+        push    bx                      ;AN000;
+        push    es                      ;AN000;
+        push    di                      ;AN000;
+IF      CAPSW                           ;AN000;(Check if uppercase conversion is supported)
+        lea     di,psdata_seg:$P_File_CAP_Ptr ;AC034;
+        cmp     dl,$P_DOSTBL_File       ;AN000; Use file CAPS table ?
+        je      $P_DCC00                ;AN000;
+
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of CAPSW)
+        lea     di,psdata_seg:$P_Char_CAP_Ptr ;AC034; or use char CAPS table ?
+$P_DCC00:                               ;AN000;
+        cmp     psdata_seg:[di],dl      ;AN000; already got table address ?
+        je      $P_DCC01                ;AN000; if no,
+
+;In this next section, ES will be used to pass a 5 byte workarea to INT 21h,
+; the GET COUNTYRY INFO call.  This usage of ES is required by the function
+; call, regardless of what base register is currently be defined as PSDATA_SEG.
+;BASESW EQU 0 means that ES is the psdata_seg reg.
+
+IFDEF BASESW                            ;AN037; If BASESW has been defined, and
+  IFE BASESW                            ;AN037; If ES is psdata base
+        push    PSDATA_SEG              ;AN037; save current base reg
+  ENDIF                                 ;AN037;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN037;
+
+        push    ax                      ;AN000; get CAPS table thru DOS call
+        push    cx                      ;AN000;
+        push    dx                      ;AN000;
+
+
+        push    PSDATA_SEG              ;AC036; pass current base seg into
+                                        ;(Note: this used to push CS.  BUG...
+        pop     es                      ;AN000;   ES reg, required for
+                                        ;get extended country information
+        mov     ah,$P_DOS_Get_TBL       ;AN000; get extended CDI
+        mov     al,dl                   ;AN000; upper case table
+        mov     bx,$P_DOSTBL_Def        ;AN000; get active CON
+        mov     cx,$P_DOSTBL_BL         ;AN000; buffer length
+        mov     dx,$P_DOSTBL_Def        ;AN000; get for default code page
+                                        ;DI already set to point to buffer
+        int     21h                     ;AN000; es:di point to buffer that
+                                        ;now has been filled in with info
+        pop     dx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     cx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+IFDEF BASESW                            ;AN037; If BASESW has been defined, and
+  IFE BASESW                            ;AN037; If ES is psdata base
+        pop     PSDATA_SEG              ;AN037; restore current base reg
+  ENDIF                                 ;AN037;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN037;
+$P_DCC01:                               ;AN000;
+
+;In this next section, ES will be used as the base of the XLAT table, provided
+; by the previous GET COUNTRY INFO DOS call.  This usage of ES is made
+; regardless of which base reg is currently the PSDATA_SEG reg.
+
+IFDEF BASESW                            ;AN037; If BASESW has been defined, and
+  IFE BASESW                            ;AN037; If ES is psdata base
+        push    PSDATA_SEG              ;AN037; save current base reg
+  ENDIF                                 ;AN037;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN037;
+        mov     bx,psdata_seg:[di+$P_DOS_TBL_Off] ;AN000; get offset of table
+        mov     es,psdata_seg:[di+$P_DOS_TBL_Seg] ;AN000; get segment of table
+        inc     bx                      ;AC035; add '2' to
+        inc     bx                      ;AC035;  BX reg
+                                        ;AN000; skip length field
+;(changed ;AN035;) add     bx,word      ;AN000; skip length field
+        sub     al,$P_ASCII80           ;AN000; make char to index
+        xlat    es:[bx]                 ;AN000; perform case map
+
+IFDEF BASESW                            ;AN037; If BASESW has been defined, and
+  IFE BASESW                            ;AN037; If ES is psdata base
+        pop     PSDATA_SEG              ;AN037; restore current base reg
+  ENDIF                                 ;AN037;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN037;
+        pop     di                      ;AN000;
+        pop     es                      ;AN000;
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000;
+$P_CAPS_Ret:                            ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Do_CAPS_Char endp                    ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+IF      NumSW                           ;AN000;(Check if numeric value is supported)
+; $P_Value / $P_SValue
+;
+; Function:  Make 32bit value from psdata_seg:SI and see value list
+;            and make result buffer.
+;            $P_SValue is an entry point for the signed value
+;            and this will simply call $P_Value after the handling
+;            of the sign character, "+" or "-"
+;
+; Input:     psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;            ES:BX -> CONTROL block
+;
+; Output:    None
+;
+; Use:  $P_Fill_Result, $P_Check_OVF
+;
+; Vars: $P_RC(W), $P_Flags(RW)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_SValue proc                          ;AN000; when signed value here
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        or      psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_Signed      ;AC034; indicate a signed numeric
+        and     psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,0ffh-$P_Neg  ;AC034; assume positive value
+        mov     al,psdata_seg:[si]      ;AN000; get sign
+        cmp     al,$P_Plus              ;AN000; "+" ?
+        je      $P_SVal00               ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     al,$P_Minus             ;AN000; "-" ?
+        jne     $P_Sval01               ;AN000; else
+
+        or      psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_Neg ;AC034; set this is negative value
+$P_SVal00:                              ;AN000;
+        inc     si                      ;AN000; skip sign char
+$P_Sval01:                              ;AN000;
+        call    $P_Value                ;AN000; and process value
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_SValue endp                          ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Value proc                           ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        push    cx                      ;AN000;
+        push    dx                      ;AN000;
+        push    si                      ;AN000;
+        xor     cx,cx                   ;AN000; cx = higher 16 bits
+        xor     dx,dx                   ;AN000; dx = lower 16 bits
+        push    bx                      ;AN000; save control pointer
+$P_Value_Loop:                          ;AN000;
+        mov     al,psdata_seg:[si]      ;AN000; get character
+        or      al,al                   ;AN000; end of line ?
+        je      $P_Value00              ;AN000;
+
+        call    $P_0099                 ;AN000; make asc(0..9) to bin(0..9)
+        jc      $P_Value_Err0           ;AN000;
+
+        xor     ah,ah                   ;AN000;
+        mov     bp,ax                   ;AN000; save binary number
+        shl     dx,1                    ;AN000; to have 2*x
+        rcl     cx,1                    ;AN000; shift left w/ carry
+        call    $P_Check_OVF            ;AN000; Overflow occurred ?
+        jc      $P_Value_Err0           ;AN000; then error, exit
+
+        mov     bx,dx                   ;AN000; save low(2*x)
+        mov     ax,cx                   ;AN000; save high(2*x)
+        shl     dx,1                    ;AN000; to have 4*x
+        rcl     cx,1                    ;AN000; shift left w/ carry
+        call    $P_Check_OVF            ;AN000; Overflow occurred ?
+        jc      $P_Value_Err0           ;AN000; then error, exit
+
+        shl     dx,1                    ;AN000; to have 8*x
+        rcl     cx,1                    ;AN000; shift left w/ carry
+        call    $P_Check_OVF            ;AN000; Overflow occurred ?
+        jc      $P_Value_Err0           ;AN000; then error, exit
+
+        add     dx,bx                   ;AN000; now have 10*x
+        adc     cx,ax                   ;AN000; 32bit ADD
+        call    $P_Check_OVF            ;AN000; Overflow occurred ?
+        jc      $P_Value_Err0           ;AN000; then error, exit
+
+        add     dx,bp                   ;AN000; Add the current one degree decimal
+        adc     cx,0                    ;AN000; if carry, add 1 to high 16bit
+        call    $P_Check_OVF            ;AN000; Overflow occurred ?
+        jc      $P_Value_Err0           ;AN000; then error, exit
+
+        inc     si                      ;AN000; update pointer
+        jmp     short $P_Value_Loop     ;AN000; loop until NULL encountered
+;
+$P_Value_Err0:                          ;AN000;
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000;
+        jmp     $P_Value_Err            ;AN000; Bridge
+;
+$P_Value00:                             ;AN000;
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000; restore control pointer
+        test    psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_Neg ;AC034; here cx,dx = 32bit value
+        je      $P_Value01              ;AN000; was it negative ?
+
+        not     cx                      ;AN000; +
+        not     dx                      ;AN000; |- Make 2's complement
+        add     dx,1                    ;AN000; |
+        adc     cx,0                    ;AN000; +
+$P_Value01:                             ;AN000; / nval =0
+        mov     si,es:[bx].$P_Value_List ;AN000; si points to value list
+        mov     al,es:[si]              ;AN000; get nval
+        cmp     al,$P_nval_None         ;AN000; no value list ?
+        jne     $P_Value02              ;AN000;
+
+        mov     al,$P_Number            ;AN000; Set type
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000; No ITEM_TAG set
+        jmp     $P_Value_Exit           ;AN000;
+
+$P_Value02:                             ;AN000; / nval = 1
+IF      Val1SW                          ;AN000;(Check if value list id #1 is supported)
+;(tm07) cmp     al,$P_nval_Range        ;AN000; have range list ?
+;(tm07) jne     $P_Value03              ;AN000;
+
+        inc     si                      ;AN000;
+        mov     al,es:[si]              ;AN000; al = number of range
+        cmp     al,$P_No_nrng           ;AN000; (tm07)
+        je      $P_Value03              ;AN000; (tm07)
+
+        inc     si                      ;AN000; si points to 1st item_tag
+$P_Val02_Loop:                          ;AN000;
+        test    psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_Signed ;AC034;
+        jne     $P_Val02_Sign           ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     cx,es:[si+$P_Val_XH]    ;AN000; comp cx with XH
+        jb      $P_Val02_Next           ;AN000;
+
+        ja      $P_Val_In               ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     dx,es:[si+$P_Val_XL]    ;AN000; comp dx with XL
+        jb      $P_Val02_Next           ;AN000;
+
+$P_Val_In:                              ;AN000;
+;;;;;;  cmp     cx,es:$P_Val_YH]        ; comp cx with YH (tm01)
+        cmp     cx,es:[si+$P_Val_YH]    ;AN000; comp cx with YH (tm01)
+        ja      $P_Val02_Next           ;AN000;
+
+        jb      $P_Val_Found            ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     dx,es:[si+$P_Val_YL]    ;AN000; comp dx with YL
+        ja      $P_Val02_Next           ;AN000;
+
+        jmp     short $P_Val_Found      ;AN000;
+
+$P_Val02_Sign:                          ;AN000;
+        cmp     cx,es:[si+$P_Val_XH]    ;AN000; comp cx with XH
+        jl      $P_Val02_Next           ;AN000;
+
+        jg      $P_SVal_In              ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     dx,es:[si+$P_Val_XL]    ;AN000; comp dx with XL
+        jl      $P_Val02_Next           ;AN000;
+
+$P_SVal_In:                             ;AN000;
+        cmp     cx,es:[si+$P_Val_YH]    ;AN000; comp cx with YH
+        jg      $P_Val02_Next           ;AN000;
+
+        jl      $P_Val_Found            ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     dx,es:[si+$P_Val_YL]    ;AN000; comp dx with YL
+        jg      $P_Val02_Next           ;AN000;
+
+        jmp     short $P_Val_Found      ;AN000;
+
+$P_Val02_Next:                          ;AN000;
+        add     si,$P_Len_Range         ;AN000;
+        dec     al                      ;AN000; loop nrng times in AL
+        jne     $P_Val02_Loop           ;AN000;
+                                        ; / Not found
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Out_of_Range ;AC034;
+        mov     al,$P_Number            ;AN000;
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000; No ITEM_TAG set
+        jmp     short $P_Value_Exit     ;AN000;
+
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of Val1SW)
+IF      Val1SW+Val2SW                   ;AN000;(Check if value list id #1 or #2 is supported)
+$P_Val_Found:                           ;AN000;
+        mov     al,$P_Number            ;AN000;
+        mov     ah,es:[si]              ;AN000; found ITEM_TAG set
+        jmp     short $P_Value_Exit     ;AN000;
+
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of Val1SW+Val2SW)
+$P_Value03:                             ;AN000; / nval = 2
+IF      Val2SW                          ;AN000;(Check if value list id #2 is supported)
+;;;;    cmp     al,$P_nval_Value        ; have match list ? ASSUME nval=2,
+;;;;    jne     $P_Value04              ; even if it is 3 or more.
+;(tm07) inc     si                      ;AN000;
+;(tm07) mov     al,es:[si]              ;AN000; al = nrng
+        mov     ah,$P_Len_Range         ;AN000;
+        mul     ah                      ;AN000;  Skip nrng field
+        inc     ax                      ;AN000;
+        add     si,ax                   ;AN000; si points to nnval
+        mov     al,es:[si]              ;AN000; get nnval
+        inc     si                      ;AN000; si points to 1st item_tag
+$P_Val03_Loop:                          ;AN000;
+        cmp     cx,es:[si+$P_Val_XH]    ;AN000; comp cx with XH
+        jne     $P_Val03_Next           ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     dx,es:[si+$P_Val_XL]    ;AN000; comp dx with XL
+        je      $P_Val_Found            ;AN000;
+
+$P_Val03_Next:                          ;AN000;
+        add     si,$P_Len_Value         ;AN000; points to next value choice
+        dec     al                      ;AN000; loop nval times in AL
+        jne     $P_Val03_Loop           ;AN000;
+                                        ;AN000; / Not found
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Not_in_Val ;AC034;
+        mov     al,$P_Number            ;AN000;
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000; No ITEM_TAG set
+        jmp     short $P_Value_Exit     ;AN000;
+
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of Val2SW)
+$P_Value04:                             ;AN000; / nval = 3 or else
+$P_Value_Err:                           ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034;
+        mov     al,$P_String            ;AN000; Set type
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000; No ITEM_TAG set
+$P_Value_Exit:                          ;AN000;
+        call    $P_Fill_Result          ;AN000;
+        pop     si                      ;AN000;
+        pop     dx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     cx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Value endp                           ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Check_OVF
+;
+; Function:  Check if overflow is occurred with consideration of
+;            signed or un-signed numeric value
+;
+; Input:     Flag register
+;
+; Output:    CY = 1  :  Overflow
+;
+; Vars:     $P_Flags(R)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Check_OVF proc                       ;AN000;
+        pushf                           ;AN000;
+        test    psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_Neg ;AC034; is it negative value ?
+        jne     $P_COVF                 ;AN000; if no, check overflow
+
+        popf                            ;AN000; by the CY bit
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+
+$P_COVF:                                ;AN000;
+        popf                            ;AN000; else,
+        jo      $P_COVF00               ;AN000; check overflow by the OF
+
+        clc                             ;AN000; indicate it with CY bit
+        ret                             ;AN000; CY=0 means no overflow
+
+$P_COVF00:                              ;AN000;
+        stc                             ;AN000; and CY=1 means overflow
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Check_OVF endp                       ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of FarSW)
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_0099;
+;
+; Function:  Make ASCII 0-9 to Binary 0-9
+;
+; Input:     AL = character code
+;
+; Output:    CY = 1 : AL is not number
+;            CY = 0 : AL contains binary value
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_0099 proc                            ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,"0"                  ;AN000;
+        jb      $P_0099Err              ;AN000;  must be 0 =< al =< 9
+
+        cmp     al,"9"                  ;AN000;
+        ja      $P_0099Err              ;AN000;  must be 0 =< al =< 9
+
+        sub     al,"0"                  ;AN000; make char -> bin
+        clc                             ;AN000; indicate no error
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+
+$P_0099Err:                             ;AN000;
+        stc                             ;AN000; indicate error
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_0099 endp                            ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Simple_String
+;
+; Function:  See value list for the simple string
+;            and make result buffer.
+;
+; Input:     psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;            ES:BX -> CONTROL block
+;
+; Output:    None
+;
+; Use:  $P_Fill_Result, $P_String_Comp
+;
+; Vars: $P_RC(W)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Simple_String proc                   ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        push    bx                      ;AN000;
+        push    dx                      ;AN000;
+        push    di                      ;AN000;
+        mov     di,es:[bx].$P_Value_List ;AN000; di points to value list
+        mov     al,es:[di]              ;AN000; get nval
+        or      al,al                   ;AN000; no value list ?
+        jne     $P_Sim00                ;AN000; then
+
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000; No ITEM_TAG set
+        jmp     short $P_Sim_Exit       ;AN000; and set result buffer
+
+$P_Sim00:                               ;AN000;
+IF      Val3SW+KeySW                    ;AN000;(Check if keyword or value list id #3 is supported)
+        cmp     al,$P_nval_String       ;AN000; String choice list provided ?
+        jne     $P_Sim01                ;AN000; if no, syntax error
+
+        inc     di                      ;AN000;
+        mov     al,es:[di]              ;AN000; al = nrng
+        mov     ah,$P_Len_Range         ;AN000;
+        mul     ah                      ;AN000;  Skip nrng field
+        inc     ax                      ;AN000; ax = (nrng*9)+1
+        add     di,ax                   ;AN000; di points to nnval
+        mov     al,es:[di]              ;AN000; get nnval
+        mov     ah,$P_Len_Value         ;AN000;
+        mul     ah                      ;AN000; Skip nnval field
+        inc     ax                      ;AN000; ax = (nnval*5)+1
+        add     di,ax                   ;AN000; di points to nstrval
+        mov     al,es:[di]              ;AN000; get nstrval
+        inc     di                      ;AC035; add '2' to
+        inc     di                      ;AC035;  DI reg
+                                        ;AN000; di points to 1st string in list
+;(replaced ;AC035;) add     di,2        ;AN000; di points to 1st string in list
+$P_Sim_Loop:                            ;AN000;
+        mov     bp,es:[di]              ;AN000; get string pointer
+        call    $P_String_Comp          ;AN000; compare it with operand
+        jnc     $P_Sim_Found            ;AN000; found on list ?
+
+        add     di,$P_Len_String        ;AN000; if no, point to next choice
+        dec     al                      ;AN000; loop nstval times in AL
+        jne     $P_Sim_Loop             ;AN000;
+                                        ;AN000; / Not found
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Not_In_Str ;AC034;
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000; No ITEM_TAG set
+        jmp     short $P_Sim_Exit       ;AN000;
+
+$P_Sim_Found:                           ;AN000;
+        mov     ah,es:[di-1]            ;AN000; set item_tag
+        mov     al,$P_List_Idx          ;AN000;
+        mov     dx,es:[di]              ;AN000; get address of STRING
+        jmp     short $P_Sim_Exit0      ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of Val3SW+KeySW)
+$P_Sim01:                               ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034;
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000; No ITEM_TAG set
+$P_Sim_Exit:                            ;AN000;
+        mov     al,$P_String            ;AN000; Set type
+$P_Sim_Exit0:                           ;AN000;
+        call    $P_Fill_Result          ;AN000;
+        pop     di                      ;AN000;
+        pop     dx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Simple_String endp                   ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_String_Comp:
+;
+; Function:  Compare two string
+;
+; Input:     psdata_seg:SI -> 1st string
+;            ES:BP -> 2nd string  (Must be upper case)
+;            ES:BX -> CONTROL block
+;
+; Output:    CY = 1 if not match
+;
+; Use:  $P_Chk_DBCS, $P_Do_CAPS_Char
+;
+; Vars: $P_KEYor_SW_Ptr(W), $P_Flags(R). $P_KEYorSW_Ptr
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_String_Comp proc                     ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        push    bp                      ;AN000;
+        push    dx                      ;AN000;
+        push    si                      ;AN000;
+        mov     dl,$P_DOSTBL_Char       ;AN000; use character case map table
+$P_SCOM_Loop:                           ;AN000;
+        mov     al,psdata_seg:[si]      ;AN000; get command character
+        call    $P_Chk_DBCS             ;AN000; DBCS ?
+        jc      $P_SCOM00               ;AN000; yes,DBCS
+
+        call    $P_Do_CAPS_Char         ;AN000; else, upper case map before comparison
+IF      KeySW+SwSW                      ;AN000;(Check if keyword or switch is supported)
+        test    psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_Key_Cmp ;AC034; keyword search ?
+        je      $P_SCOM04               ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     al,$P_Keyword           ;AN000; "=" is delimiter
+        jne     $P_SCOM03               ;AN000;IF "=" on command line AND  (bp+1=> char after the "=" in synonym list)
+
+        cmp     byte ptr es:[bp+1],$P_NULL ;AN021;   at end of keyword string in the control block THEN
+        jne     $P_SCOM_DIFFER          ;AN021;
+
+        jmp     short $P_SCOM05         ;AN000;   keyword found in synonym list
+
+$P_SCOM04:                              ;AN000;
+        test    psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_SW_Cmp ;AC034; switch search ?
+        je      $P_SCOM03               ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     al,$P_Colon             ;AN000; ":" is delimiter, at end of switch on command line
+        jne     $P_SCOM03               ;AN000; continue compares
+
+        cmp     byte ptr es:[bp],$P_NULL ;AN021; IF at end of switch on command AND
+        jne     $P_SCOM_DIFFER          ;AN021;   at end of switch string in the control block THEN
+
+$P_SCOM05:                              ;AN000;   found a match
+        inc     si                      ;AN000; si points to just after "=" or ":"
+        jmp     short $P_SCOM_Same      ;AN000; exit
+
+$P_SCOM03:                              ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of KeySW+SwSW)
+        cmp     al,es:[bp]              ;AN000; compare operand w/ a synonym
+        jne     $P_SCOM_Differ0         ;AN000; if different, check ignore colon option
+
+        or      al,al                   ;AN000; end of line
+        je      $P_SCOM_Same            ;AN000; if so, exit
+
+        inc     si                      ;AN000; update operand pointer
+        inc     bp                      ;AN000;            and synonym pointer
+        jmp     short $P_SCOM01         ;AN000; loop until NULL or "=" or ":" found in case
+
+$P_SCOM00:                              ;AN000; Here al is DBCS leading byte
+        cmp     al,es:[bp]              ;AN000; compare leading byte
+        jne     $P_SCOM_Differ          ;AN000; if not match, say different
+
+        inc     si                      ;AN000; else, load next byte
+        mov     al,psdata_seg:[si]      ;AN000; and
+        inc     bp                      ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,es:[bp]              ;AN000; compare 2nd byte
+        jne     $P_SCOM_Differ          ;AN000; if not match, say different, too
+
+        inc     si                      ;AN000; else update operand pointer
+        inc     bp                      ;AN000;                 and synonym pointer
+$P_SCOM01:                              ;AN000;
+        jmp     short $P_SCOM_Loop      ;AN000; loop until NULL or "=" or "/" found in case
+
+$P_SCOM_Differ0:                        ;AN000;
+
+IF      SwSW                            ;AN000;(tm10)
+        test    psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_SW ;AC034;(tm10)
+        je      $P_not_applicable       ;AN000;(tm10)
+
+        test    es:[bx].$P_Function_Flag,$P_colon_is_not_necessary ;AN000;(tm10)
+        je      $P_not_applicable       ;AN000;(tm10)
+
+        cmp     byte ptr es:[bp],$P_NULL ;AN000;(tm10)
+;(deleted ;AN025;) jne $P_not_applicable ;AN000;(tm10)
+        je      $P_SCOM_Same            ;AN025;(tm10)
+
+$P_not_applicable:                      ;AN000;(tm10)
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(tm10)
+
+        test    es:[bx].$P_Match_Flag,$P_Ig_Colon ;AN000; ignore colon option specified ?
+        je      $P_SCOM_Differ          ;AN000; if no, say different.
+
+        cmp     al,$P_Colon             ;AN000; End up with ":" and
+        jne     $P_SCOM02               ;AN000;    subseqently
+
+        cmp     byte ptr es:[bp],$P_NULL ;AN000;       NULL ?
+        jne     $P_SCOM_Differ          ;AN000; if no, say different
+
+        jmp     short $p_SCOM_Same      ;AN000; else, say same
+
+$P_SCOM02:                              ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,$P_NULL              ;AN000; end up NULL and :
+        jne     $P_SCOM_Differ          ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     byte ptr es:[bp],$P_Colon ;AN000; if no, say different
+        je      $p_SCOM_Same            ;AN000; else, say same
+
+$P_SCOM_Differ:                         ;AN000;
+        stc                             ;AN000; indicate not found
+        jmp     short $P_SCOM_Exit      ;AN000;
+
+$P_SCOM_Same:                           ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_KEYorSW_Ptr,si ;AC034; for later use by keyword or switch
+        clc                             ;AN000; indicate found
+$P_SCOM_Exit:                           ;AN000;
+        pop     si                      ;AN000;
+        pop     dx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     bp                      ;AN000;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_String_Comp endp                     ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+IF      DateSW                          ;AN000;(Check if date format is supported)
+; $P_Date_Format
+;
+; Function:  Convert a date string to DOS date format for int 21h
+;            with format validation.
+;
+; Input:     psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;            ES:BX -> CONTROL block
+;
+; Output:    None
+;
+; Use:  $P_Fill_Result, $P_Set_CDI, $P_Get_DecNum
+;
+; Vars: $P_RC(W), $P_1st_Val(RW), $P_2nd_Val(RW), $P_3rd_Val(RW)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Date_Format proc                     ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        push    cx                      ;AN000;
+        push    dx                      ;AN000;
+        push    si                      ;AN000;
+        push    bx                      ;AN000;
+        push    si                      ;AN000;
+        call    $P_Set_CDI              ;AN000; set country dependent information before process
+;       mov     bl,psdata_seg:[si].$P_CDI_DateS ;load date separator ;AN020; (deleted)
+;                                       note: the country info is still needed
+;                                       to determine the order of the fields,
+;                                       but the separator char is no longer used.
+        pop     si                      ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_1st_Val,0 ;AC034; set initial value
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_2nd_Val,0 ;AC034; set initial value
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_3rd_Val,0 ;AC034; set initial value
+        call    $P_Get_DecNum           ;AN000; get 1st number
+        jc      $P_DateF_Err0           ;AN000;-----------------------+
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_1st_Val,ax ;AC034;              |
+        or      bl,bl                   ;AN000; end of line ?         |
+        je      $P_DateF_YMD            ;AN000;                       |
+
+        call    $P_Get_DecNum           ;AN000; get 2nd number        |
+        jc      $P_DateF_Error          ;AN000;                       |
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_2nd_Val,ax ;AC034;              |
+        or      bl,bl                   ;AN000; end of line ?         |
+        je      $P_DateF_YMD            ;AN000;                       |
+
+        call    $P_Get_DecNum           ;AN000; get 3rd number        |
+$P_DateF_Err0:                          ;AN000; Bridge    <-----------+
+        jc      $P_DateF_Error          ;AN000;
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_3rd_Val,ax ;AC034;
+        or      bl,bl                   ;AN000; end of line ?
+        jne     $P_DateF_Error          ;AN000;
+
+$P_DateF_YMD:                           ;AN000;
+        mov     bx,psdata_seg:$P_Country_Info.$P_CDI_DateF ;AC034; get date format
+        cmp     bx,$P_Date_YMD          ;AN000;
+        je      $P_DateF00              ;AN000;
+
+        mov     ax,psdata_seg:$P_1st_Val ;AC034;
+        or      ah,ah                   ;AN000;
+        jne     $P_DateF_Error          ;AN000;
+
+        mov     cl,al                   ;AN000; set month
+        mov     ax,psdata_seg:$P_2nd_Val ;AC034;
+        or      ah,ah                   ;AN000; if overflow, error.
+        jne     $P_DateF_Error          ;AN000;
+
+        mov     ch,al                   ;AN000; set date
+        mov     dx,psdata_seg:$P_3rd_Val ;AC034; set year
+        cmp     bx,$P_Date_DMY          ;AN000; from here format = MDY
+        jne     $P_DateF01              ;AN000; if it is DMY
+
+        xchg    ch,cl                   ;AN000;  then swap M <-> D
+$P_DateF01:                             ;AN000;
+        jmp     short $P_DateF02        ;AN000;
+
+$P_DateF00:                             ;AN000; / here format = YMD
+        mov     dx,psdata_seg:$P_1st_Val ;AC034; set year
+        mov     ax,psdata_seg:$P_2nd_Val ;AC034;
+        or      ah,ah                   ;AN000; if overflow, error
+        jne     $P_DateF_Error          ;AN000;
+
+        mov     cl,al                   ;AN000; set month
+        mov     ax,psdata_seg:$P_3rd_Val ;AC034;
+        or      ah,ah                   ;AN000; if overflow, error
+        jne     $P_DateF_Error          ;AN000;
+
+        mov     ch,al                   ;AN000; set date
+$P_DateF02:                             ;AN000;
+        cmp     dx,100                  ;AN000; year is less that 100 ?
+        jae     $P_DateF03              ;AN000;
+
+        add     dx,1900                 ;AN000; set year 19xx
+$P_DateF03:                             ;AN000;
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000; recover CONTROL block
+        pop     si                      ;AN000; recover string pointer
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000; set
+        mov     al,$P_Date_F            ;AN000;     result
+        call    $P_Fill_Result          ;AN000;            buffer
+        jmp     short $P_Date_Format_Exit ;AN000;       to Date
+
+$P_DateF_Error:                         ;AN000;
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000; recover CONTROL block
+        pop     si                      ;AN000; recover string pointer
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000; set
+        mov     al,$P_String            ;AN000;     result
+        call    $P_Fill_Result          ;AN000;            buffer  to string
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034; indicate syntax error
+$P_Date_Format_Exit:                    ;AN000;
+        pop     dx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     cx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Date_Format endp                     ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of DateSW)
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+IF      TimeSW+DateSW                   ;AN000;(Check if time or date format is supported)
+; $P_Set_CDI:
+;
+; Function: Read CDI from DOS if it has not been read yet
+;
+; Input:    None
+;
+; Output:   psdata_seg:SI -> CDI
+;
+; Use:  INT 21h w/ AH = 38h
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Set_CDI proc                         ;AN000;
+        lea     si,psdata_seg:$P_Country_Info ;AC034;
+        cmp     psdata_seg:[si].$P_CDI_DateF,$P_NeedToBeRead ;AN000; already read ?
+        je      $P_Read_CDI             ;AN000;
+
+        jmp     short $P_Set_CDI_Exit   ;AN000; then do nothing
+
+$P_Read_CDI:                            ;AN000; else read CDI thru DOS
+        push    ds                      ;AN000;
+        push    dx                      ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        push    PSDATA_SEG              ;AC023;
+        pop     ds                      ;AN000; set segment register
+        mov     ax,$P_DOS_Get_CDI       ;AN000; get country information
+        mov     dx,si                   ;AN000; set offset of CDI in local data area
+        int     21h                     ;AN000;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        pop     dx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     ds                      ;AN000;
+$P_Set_CDI_Exit:                        ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Set_CDI endp                         ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Get_DecNum:
+;
+; Function:  Read a chcrater code from psdata_seg:SI until specified delimiter
+;            or NULL encountered. And make a decimal number.
+;
+; Input:     psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;
+; Output:    BL = delimiter code or NULL
+;            AX = Decimal number
+;            SI advanced to the next number
+;            CY = 1 : Syntax error, AL = Latest examineed number
+;
+; Use:  $P_0099
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Get_DecNum proc                      ;AN000;
+        push    cx                      ;AN000;
+        push    dx                      ;AN000;
+        xor     cx,cx                   ;AN000; cx will have final value
+$P_GetNum_Loop:                         ;AN000;
+        mov     al,psdata_seg:[si]      ;AN000; load character
+        or      al,al                   ;AN000; end of line ?
+        je      $P_GetNum00             ;AN000; if yes, exit
+
+        cmp     psdata_seg:$P_Got_Time,0 ;AC034; ;is this numeric in a time field?    ;AC023
+        je      $P_Do_Date_Delims       ;AN000;no, go check out Date delimiters  ;AC023
+
+; Determine which delimiter(s) to check for.  Colon & period  or period only
+        cmp     bl,$P_colon_period      ;AN032; ;Time
+        jne     $P_Do_Time_Delim1       ;AN032; ;only check for period
+
+        cmp     al,$P_Colon             ;AN032; ;Is this a valid delimiter ?
+        je      $P_GetNum01             ;AN032; ;yes, exit
+
+$P_Do_Time_Delim1:                      ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,$P_Period            ;;AC032;;AC023;Is this a valid delimiter ?
+        je      $P_GetNum01             ;AC023; yes, exit
+
+        jmp     short $P_Neither_Delims ;AN023;
+
+$P_Do_Date_Delims:                      ;AN000;
+;Regardless of the date delimiter character specified in the country
+;dependent information, check for the presence of any one of these
+;three field delimiters: "-", "/", or ".".
+        cmp     al,$P_Minus             ;AN020;is this a date delimiter character?
+        je      $P_GetNum01             ;AN020;if yes, exit
+
+        cmp     al,$P_Slash             ;AN020;is this a date delimiter character?
+        je      $P_GetNum01             ;AN020;if yes, exit
+
+        cmp     al,$P_Period            ;AN020;is this a date delimiter character?
+        je      $P_GetNum01             ;AN000; if yes, exit
+
+$P_Neither_Delims:                      ;AN023;
+
+        call    $P_0099                 ;AN000; convert it to binary
+        jc      $P_GetNum_Exit          ;AN000; if error exit
+
+        mov     ah,0                    ;AN000;
+        xchg    ax,cx                   ;AN000;
+        mov     dx,10                   ;AN000;
+        mul     dx                      ;AN000; ax = ax * 10
+        or      dx,dx                   ;AN000; overflow
+        jne     $P_GetNum02             ;AN000; then exit
+
+        add     ax,cx                   ;AN000;
+        jc      $P_GetNum_Exit          ;AN000;
+
+        xchg    ax,cx                   ;AN000;
+        inc     si                      ;AN000;
+        jmp     short $P_GetNum_Loop    ;AN000;
+
+$P_GetNum00:                            ;AN000;
+        mov     bl,al                   ;AN000; set bl to NULL
+        clc                             ;AN000; indicate no error
+        jmp     short $P_GetNum_Exit    ;AN000;
+
+$P_GetNum01:                            ;AN000;
+        inc     si                      ;AN000; si points to next number
+        clc                             ;AN000; indicate no error
+        jmp     short $P_GetNum_Exit    ;AN000;
+
+$P_GetNum02:                            ;AN000;
+        stc                             ;AN000; indicate error
+$P_GetNum_Exit:                         ;AN000;
+        mov     ax,cx                   ;AN000;return value
+        pop     dx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     cx                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Get_DecNum endp                      ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of TimeSW+DateSW)
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+IF      TimeSW                          ;AN000;(Check if time format is supported)
+; $P_Time_Format
+;
+; Function:  Convert a time string to DOS time format for int 21h
+;            with format validation.
+;
+; Input:     psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;            ES:BX -> CONTROL block
+;
+; Output:    None
+;
+; Use:  $P_Fill_Result, $P_Set_CDI, $P_Get_DecNum, $P_Time_2412
+;
+; Vars: $P_RC(W), $P_Flags(R), $P_1st_Val(RW), $P_2nd_Val(RW)
+;       $P_3rd_Val(RW), $P_4th_Val(RW)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Time_Format proc                     ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        push    cx                      ;AN000;
+        push    dx                      ;AN000;
+        push    si                      ;AN000;
+        push    bx                      ;AN000;
+        push    si                      ;AN000;
+        call    $P_Set_CDI              ;AN000; Set country independent
+                                        ; information before process
+;(AN032; deleted)  mov     bl,psdata_seg:[si].$P_CDI_TimeS ;load time separator
+;(AN032; deleted)  mov     bh,psdata_seg:[si].$P_CDI_Dec ;load decimal separator
+        test    byte ptr psdata_seg:[si].$P_CDI_TimeF,1 ;AN000; 24 hour system
+        pop     si                      ;AN000;
+        jne     $P_TimeF00              ;AN000; if no, means 12 hour system
+
+        call    $P_Time_2412            ;AN000; this routine handle "am" "pm"
+$P_TimeF00:                             ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_1st_Val,0 ;AC034; set initial value
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_2nd_Val,0 ;AC034; set initial value
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_3rd_Val,0 ;AC034; set initial value
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_4th_Val,0 ;AC034; set initial value
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_Got_Time,1 ;AN023;AC034;; use time delimiter
+        mov     bl,$P_colon_period      ;AN032; flag, indicates use of
+                                        ; delimiters between hours,
+                                        ;  minutes,seconds
+        call    $P_Get_DecNum           ;AN000; get 1st number
+        jc      $P_TimeF_Err0           ;AN000;
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_1st_Val,ax ;AC034;
+        or      bl,bl                   ;AN000; end of line ?
+        je      $P_TimeF_Rlt            ;AN000;
+
+        call    $P_Get_DecNum           ;AN000; get 2nd number
+        jc      $P_TimeF_Err0           ;AC038; if OK
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_2nd_Val,ax ;AC034;
+        or      bl,bl                   ;AN000; end of line ?
+        je      $P_TimeF_Rlt            ;AN000;
+
+;(;AN032; deleted) mov     bl,bh                   ;set decimal separator
+        mov     bl,$P_period_only       ;AN032; flag, which to decimal separator
+        call    $P_Get_DecNum           ;AN000; get 3rd number
+        jc      $P_TimeF_Err0           ;AC039; if problem, bridge to error
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_3rd_Val,ax ;AC034;
+        or      bl,bl                   ;AN000; end of line ?
+;(DELETED ;AN039;)  je $P_TimeF_Rlt     ;AN000;
+        jne     $P_Time_4               ;AN039; NOT END OF LINE,
+                                        ;AN039;   GO TO 4TH NUMBER
+        test    psdata_seg:$P_Flags1,$P_Time_Again ;AN039; HAS TIME PARSE
+                                        ;AN039;    BEEN REPEATED?
+        jnz     $P_TimeF_Rlt            ;AN039; yes, this is really
+                                        ;AN039;   the end of line
+                                        ;AN039; no, time has not been repeated
+        mov     si,psdata_seg:$P_SI_Save ;AN039; get where parser quit
+                                         ;AN039;   in command line
+        cmp     byte ptr [si-1],$P_Comma ;AN039; look at delimiter
+                                        ;AN039;   from command line
+        jne     $P_TimeF_Rlt            ;AN039; was not a comma, this is
+                                        ;AN039;  really end of line
+                                        ;AN039; is comma before hundredths,
+                                        ;AN039;   redo TIME
+        mov     byte ptr [si-1],$P_Period ;AN039; change that ambiguous
+                                        ;AN039;    comma to a decimal point
+                                        ;AN039;     parse can understand
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_Flags,0   ;AN039; Clear all internal flags
+        or      psdata_seg:$P_Flags1,$P_Time_Again ;AN039; indicate TIME
+                                        ;AN039; is being repeated
+        mov     cx,psdata_seg:$P_ORIG_ORD ;AN039; ORIGINAL ORDINAL FROM CX
+        mov     sp,psdata_seg:$P_ORIG_STACK ;AN039; ORIGINAL VALUE
+                                         ;AN039;   OF STACK FROM SP
+        mov     si,psdata_seg:$P_ORIG_SI ;AN039; ORIGINAL START
+                                         ;AN039;   PARSE POINTER FROM SI
+        jmp     $P_Redo_Time            ;AN039; go try TIME again
+; ===============================================================
+$P_Time_4:                              ;AN039; READY FOR 4TH (HUNDREDTHS) NUMBER
+        call    $P_Get_DecNum           ;AN000; get 4th number
+$P_TimeF_Err0:                          ;AN000; Bridge
+        jc      $P_TimeF_Error          ;AN000;
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_4th_Val,ax ;AC034;
+        or      bl,bl                   ;AN000; After hundredth, no data allowed
+        jne     $P_TimeF_Error          ;AN000; if some, then error
+
+$P_TimeF_RLT:                           ;AN000;
+        mov     ax,psdata_seg:$P_1st_Val ;AC034;
+        or      ah,ah                   ;AN000; if overflow then error
+        jne     $P_TimeF_Err            ;AN000;
+
+        test    psdata_seg:$P_Flags1,$P_Time12am ;AN038;if "am" specified
+        jz      $P_Time_notAM           ;AN038;skip if no "AM" specified
+                                        ;since "AM" was specified,
+        cmp     al,12                   ;AN038: if hour specified as later than noon
+        ja      $P_TimeF_Err            ;AN038; error if "AM" on more than noon
+        jne     $P_Time_notAM           ;AN038; for noon exactly,
+
+        xor     al,al                   ;AN038; set hour = zero
+$P_Time_notAM:                          ;AN038;
+        test    psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_Time12 ;AC034; if 12 hour system and pm is specified
+        je      $P_TimeSkip00           ;AN000; then
+
+        cmp     al,12                   ;AN038; if 12:00 o'clock already
+        je      $P_TimeSkip00           ;AN038; it is PM already
+
+        add     al,12                   ;AN000; add 12 hours to make it afternoon
+        jc      $P_TimeF_Err            ;AN000; if overflow then error
+
+        cmp     al,24                   ;AN038; after adding 12, now cannot be >24
+        ja      $P_TimeF_Err            ;AN038; if too big, error
+
+$P_TimeSkip00:                          ;AN000;
+        mov     dl,al                   ;AN000; set hour
+        mov     ax,psdata_seg:$P_2nd_Val ;AC034;
+        or      ah,ah                   ;AN000; if overflow then error
+        jne     $P_TimeF_Err            ;AN000;
+
+        mov     dh,al                   ;AN000; set minute
+        mov     ax,psdata_seg:$P_3rd_Val ;AC034;
+        or      ah,ah                   ;AN000; if overflow then error
+        jne     $P_TimeF_Err            ;AN000;
+
+        mov     cl,al                   ;AN000; set second
+        mov     ax,psdata_seg:$P_4th_Val ;AC034;
+        or      ah,ah                   ;AN000; if overflow then error
+        jne     $P_TimeF_Err            ;AN000;
+
+        mov     ch,al                   ;AN000; set hundredth
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000; recover CONTROL block
+        pop     si                      ;AN000; recover string pointer
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000; set
+        mov     al,$P_Time_F            ;AN000;    result
+        call    $P_Fill_Result          ;AN000;          buffer
+        jmp     short $P_Time_Format_Exit ;AN000;    to time
+
+$P_TimeF_Error:                         ;AN000;
+$P_TimeF_Err:                           ;AN000;
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000; recover CONTROL block
+        pop     si                      ;AN000; recover string pointer
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000; set
+        mov     al,$P_String            ;AN000;     result
+        call    $P_Fill_Result          ;AN000;           buffer to string
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034; return syntax error
+$P_Time_Format_Exit:                    ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_Got_Time,0 ;AN023;AC034;; finished with this time field
+        pop     dx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     cx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Time_Format endp                     ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Time_2412:
+;
+; Function:  Remove "a", "p", "am", or "pm" from the end of stinrg
+;
+; Input:     psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;
+; Output:    Set $P_Time12 flag when the string is terminated by "p"
+;            or "pm"
+;
+; Vars:  $P_Flags(W)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Time_2412 proc                       ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        push    si                      ;AN000;
+$P_T12_Loop:                            ;AN000;
+        mov     al,psdata_seg:[si]      ;AN000; Move
+        inc     si                      ;AN000;     si
+        or      al,al                   ;AN000;       to
+        jne     $P_T12_Loop             ;AN000;         end of string
+
+        mov     al,psdata_seg:[si-word] ;AN000; get char just before NULL
+        or      al,$P_Make_Lower        ;AN000; lower case map
+        cmp     al,"p"                  ;AN000; only "p" of "pm" ?
+        je      $P_T1200                ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     al,"a"                  ;AN000; only "a" of "am" ?
+        je      $P_T1201                ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     al,"m"                  ;AN000; "m" of "am" or "pm"
+        jne     $P_T12_Exit             ;AN000;
+
+        dec     si                      ;AN000;
+        mov     al,psdata_seg:[si-word] ;AN000;
+        or      al,$P_Make_lower        ;AN000; lower case map
+        cmp     al,"p"                  ;AN000; "p" of "pm" ?
+        je      $P_T1200                ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     al,"a"                  ;AN000; "a" of "am" ?
+        je      $P_T1201                ;AN000; go process "a"
+
+        jmp     short $P_T12_Exit       ;AN000; no special chars found
+
+$P_T1200:                               ;AN000; "P" found
+        or      psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_Time12 ;AC034; flag "PM" found
+        jmp     short $P_Tclr_chr       ;AN038; go clear the special char
+
+$P_T1201:                               ;AN000; "A" found
+        or      psdata_seg:$P_Flags1,$P_Time12AM ;AN038; flag "AM" found
+$P_Tclr_chr:                            ;AN038;
+        mov     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si-2],$P_NULL ;AN000; null out special char
+$P_T12_Exit:                            ;AN000;
+        pop     si                      ;AN000;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Time_2412 endp                       ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of TimeSW)
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+IF      CmpxSW                          ;AN000;(Check if complex item is supported)
+; $P_Complex_Format:
+;
+; Function:  Check if the input string is valid complex format.
+;            And set the result buffer.
+;
+; Input:     psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;            ES:BX -> CONTROL block
+;
+; Output:    None
+;
+; Use:  $P_Fill_Result, $P_Chk_DBCS, $P_Chk_EOL, $P_Skip_Delim
+;       $P_Quoted_str, $P_Chk_DSQuote
+;
+; Vars: $P_RC(W), $P_SI_Save(W), $P_SaveSI_Cmpx(R), $P_Save_EOB(R)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Complex_Format proc                  ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        push    bx                      ;AN000;
+        push    si                      ;AN000;
+        mov     bx,psdata_seg:$P_SaveSI_Cmpx ;AC034; bx points to user buffer
+        cmp     byte ptr [bx],$P_Lparen ;AN000; 1st char = left parentheses
+        jne     $P_Cmpx_Err             ;AN000;
+
+        xor     ah,ah                   ;AN000; ah = parentheses counter
+$P_Cmpx_Loop:                           ;AN000;
+        mov     al,[bx]                 ;AN000; load character from command buffer
+        call    $P_Chk_EOL              ;AN000; if it is one of EOL
+        je      $P_CmpxErr0             ;AN000; then error exit.
+
+        cmp     al,$P_Lparen            ;AN000; left parentheses ?
+        jne     $P_Cmpx00               ;AN000; then
+
+        inc     ah                      ;AC035; add '1' to AH reg
+                                        ;AN000; increment parentheses counter
+;(replaced ;AC035;) add     ah,1        ;AN000; increment parentheses counter
+        jc      $P_CmpxErr0             ;AN000; if overflow, error
+$P_Cmpx00:                              ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,$P_Rparen            ;AN000; right parentheses ?
+        jne     $P_Cmpx01               ;AN000; then
+
+        dec     ah                      ;AC035; subtract '1' from AH reg
+                                        ;AN000; decrement parentheses counter
+;(changed ;AC035;) sub     ah,1         ;AN000; decrement parentheses counter
+        jc      $P_CmpxErr0             ;AN000; if overflow error
+
+        je      $P_Cmpx03               ;AN000; ok, valid complex
+
+$P_Cmpx01:                              ;AN000;
+;(deleted ;AN025;) call $P_Chk_DSQuote  ;AN000; double or single quotation mark ? 3/17/KK
+        cmp     al,$P_DQuote            ;AN025; double quotation mark?
+        jne     $P_Cmpx04               ;AN000; 3/17/KK
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:[si],al      ;AN000; here quoted string is found in the complex list.
+        inc     si                      ;AN000;
+        inc     bx                      ;AN000; bx points to 2nd character
+        call    $P_Quoted_Str           ;AN000; skip pointers until closing of quoted string
+        jc      $P_CmpxErr0             ;AN000; if error in quoted string syntax then exit
+
+        jmp     short $P_Cmpx05         ;AN000;
+
+$P_Cmpx04:                              ;AN000;
+        call    $P_Chk_DBCS             ;AN000; was it a lead byte of DBCS ?
+        jnc     $P_Cmpx02               ;AN000;
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:[si],al      ;AN000; then store 1st byte
+        inc     si                      ;AN000;
+        inc     bx                      ;AN000;
+        mov     al,[bx]                 ;AN000; load 2nd byte
+$P_Cmpx02:                              ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:[si],al      ;AN000; store SBCS or 2nd byte of DBCS
+$P_Cmpx05:                              ;AN000;
+        inc     si                      ;AN000;
+        inc     bx                      ;AN000;
+        jmp     short $P_Cmpx_Loop      ;AN000; loop
+;----                                   ;AN000;
+$P_Cmpx03:                              ;AN000;
+        mov     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si],al ;AN000;
+        mov     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si+byte],$P_NULL ;AN000;
+        mov     byte ptr [bx],$P_NULL   ;AN000; replace right parentheses with NULL
+        mov     si,bx                   ;AN000; skip whitespaces
+        inc     si                      ;AN000;     after
+        call    $P_Skip_Delim           ;AN000;        right parentheses
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_SI_Save,si ;AC034; save next pointer, SI
+        jmp     short $P_Cmpx_Exit      ;AN000;
+
+$P_CmpxErr0:                            ;AN000;
+        mov     si,psdata_seg:$P_Save_EOB ;AC034; if EOF encountered, restore
+        mov     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si],$P_NULL ;AN000; EOB mark
+$P_Cmpx_Err:                            ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034;
+$P_Cmpx_Exit:                           ;AN000;
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000;
+        mov     al,$P_Complex           ;AN000;
+        pop     si                      ;AN000;
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000;
+        call    $P_Fill_Result          ;AN000;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Complex_Format endp                  ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of CpmxSW)
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+IF      QusSW                           ;AN000;(Check if quoted string is supported)
+; $P_Quoted_Format:
+;
+; Function:  Check if the input string is valid quoted string format.
+;            And set the result buffer.
+;
+; Input:     psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;            ES:BX -> CONTROL block
+;
+; Output:    None
+;
+; Use:  $P_Fill_Result, $P_Chk_DBCS, $P_Chk_EOL, $P_Skip_Delim
+;       $P_Chk_DSQuote, $P_Quoted_Str
+;
+; Vars: $P_RC(W), $P_SI_Save(W), $P_SaveSI_Cmpx(R),$P_Save_EOB(R)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Quoted_Format proc                   ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        push    bx                      ;AN000;
+        push    si                      ;AN000;
+        mov     bx,psdata_seg:$P_SaveSI_Cmpx ;AC034; bx points to user buffer
+        mov     al,byte ptr [bx]        ;AN000; get 1st character
+;(deleted ;AN025;) call $P_Chk_DSQuote  ;AN000; is it single or double quote ?
+        cmp     al,$P_DQuote            ;AN025; double quotation mark?
+        jne     $P_Qus_Err              ;AN000; if no, error
+
+;       mov     psdata_seg:[si],al      ;AN000; move it to internal buffer
+;       inc     si                      ;AN000;
+        inc     bx                      ;AN000; bx points to 2nd character
+        call    $P_Quoted_Str           ;AN000; skip pointers to the closing of quoted string
+        jc      $P_Qus_Err0             ;AN000; if invali quoted string syntax, exit
+
+        mov     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si+byte],$P_NULL ;AN000; end up with NULL
+        mov     si,bx                   ;AN000;
+        inc     si                      ;AN000;
+        call    $P_Skip_Delim           ;AN000; skip whitespaces after closing quote
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_SI_Save,si ;AC034; save next pointer, SI
+        jmp     short $P_Qus_Exit       ;AN000;
+
+$P_Qus_Err0:                            ;AN000;
+        mov     si,psdata_seg:$P_Save_EOB ;AC034; if EOF encountered, restore
+        mov     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si],$P_NULL ;AN000; EOB mark
+$P_Qus_Err:                             ;AN000;AN000
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034; indicate syntax error
+$P_Qus_Exit:                            ;AN000;
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000; set
+        mov     al,$P_Quoted_String     ;AN000;    result
+        pop     si                      ;AN000;          buffer
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000;                to
+        call    $P_Fill_Result          ;AN000;                  quoted string
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Quoted_Format endp                   ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of QusSW)
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Chk_DSQuote;
+;
+; Function: Check if AL is double quotation or single quotation
+;
+; Input:    AL = byte to be examineed
+;
+; Output:   ZF on if AL is single or double quotetaion
+;
+; Vars:  $P_SorD_Quote(W)
+;***********************************************************************
+IF      QusSW+CmpxSW                    ;AN000;(Check if quoted string or complex item is supported)
+;(deleted ;AN025;) $P_Chk_DSQuote proc                     ;
+;(deleted ;AN025;)         mov     $P_SorD_Quote,$P_SQuote ; 3/17/87   assume single quote
+;(deleted ;AN025;)         cmp     al,$P_DQuote            ; 1st char = double quotation ?
+;(deleted ;AN025;)         jne     $P_CDSQ00               ; 3/17/87
+;(deleted ;AN025;)         mov     $P_SorD_Quote,al        ; 3/17/87 set bigning w/ double quote
+;(deleted ;AN025;)         ret                             ; 3/17/87
+;(deleted ;AN025;) $P_CDSQ00:                              ; 3/17/87
+;(deleted ;AN025;)         cmp     al,$P_SQuote            ; 1st char = single quotation ?
+;(deleted ;AN025;)         ret                             ;
+;(deleted ;AN025;) $P_Chk_DSQuote endp                     ;
+    PAGE                                ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Quoted_Str:
+;
+; Function:  Copy chracacter from ES:BX to psdata_seg:SI until closing single
+;            (double) quotation found.
+;
+; Input:     psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;            ES:BX -> Operand in command buffer
+;
+; Output:    CY on indicates EOF encounterd before closing quotation
+;            BX and SI
+;
+;
+; Vars: $P_SorD_Quote(R)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Quoted_Str proc                      ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+$P_Qus_Loop:                            ;AN000;
+        mov     ax,[bx]                 ;AN000; 3/17/87
+        call    $P_Chk_EOL              ;AN000;
+        je      $P_Qustr_Err0           ;AN000;
+
+;(deleted ;AN025;) cmp al,$P_SorD_Quote ;AN000; quotation ?   3/17/87
+        cmp     al,$P_DQuote            ;AN025; double quote?
+        jne     $P_Qus00                ;AN000;
+
+;(deleted ;AN025;) cmp ah,$P_SorD_Quote ;AN000; contiguous quotation 3/17/87
+        cmp     ah,$P_DQuote            ;AN025; double quote?
+        jne     $P_Qus02                ;AN000;
+
+;(deleted ;AN025:) mov word ptr psdata_seg:[si],ax ;AN000; 3/17/87
+        mov     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si],al ;AN025; save one of the quotes
+;(deleted ;AN025:) add si,2             ;AN000;
+
+        inc     si                      ;AC035; add '1' to SI reg
+                                        ;AN025; adjust target index
+;(changed ;AC035;) add     si,1         ;AN025; adjust target index
+        inc     bx                      ;AC035; add '2' to
+        inc     bx                      ;AC035;  BX reg
+                                        ;AN000; adjust source index by 2 to skip extra quote
+;(changed ;AC035;) add     bx,2         ;AN000; adjust source index by 2 to skip extra quote
+        jmp     short $P_Qus_Loop       ;AN000;
+
+$P_Qus00:                               ;AN000;
+        call    $P_Chk_DBCS             ;AN000; was it a lead byte of DBCS ?
+        jnc     $P_Qus01                ;AN000;
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:[si],al      ;AN000; store 1st byte
+        inc     si                      ;AN000;
+        inc     bx                      ;AN000;
+        mov     al,[bx]                 ;AN000; load 2nd byte
+$P_Qus01:                               ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:[si],al      ;AN000; store SBCS or 2nd byte of DBCS
+        inc     si                      ;AN000;
+        inc     bx                      ;AN000;
+        jmp     short $P_Qus_Loop       ;AN000;
+
+$P_Qustr_Err0:                          ;AN000;
+        stc                             ;AN000; indicate error
+        jmp     short $P_Quoted_Str_Exit ;AN000;
+
+$P_Qus02:                               ;AN000;
+        mov     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si],0 ;AN000;
+        clc                             ;AN000; indicate no error
+$P_Quoted_Str_Exit:                     ;AN000;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Quoted_Str endp                      ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of QusSW+CmpxSW)
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+IF      FileSW+DrvSW                    ;AN000;(Check if file spec or drive only is supported)
+; $P_File_Format;
+;
+; Function:  Check if the input string is valid file spec format.
+;            And set the result buffer.
+;
+; Input:     psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;            ES:BX -> CONTROL block
+;
+; Output:    None
+;
+; Use:  $P_Fill_Result, $P_Chk_DBCS, $P_FileSp_Chk
+;
+; Vars: $P_RC(W), $P_SI_Save(W), $P_Terminator(W), $P_SaveSI_Cmpx(R)
+;       $P_SaveSI_Cmpx(R)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_File_Format proc                     ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        push    di                      ;AN000;
+        push    si                      ;AN000;
+        mov     di,psdata_seg:$P_SaveSI_cmpx ;AC034; get user buffer address
+$P_FileF_Loop0:                         ;AN000; / skip special characters
+        mov     al,psdata_seg:[si]      ;AN000; load character
+        or      al,al                   ;AN000; end of line ?
+        je      $P_FileF_Err            ;AN000; if yes, error exit
+
+        call    $P_FileSp_Chk           ;AN000; else, check if file special character
+        jne     $P_FileF03              ;AN000; if yes,
+
+;AN033; deleted   inc     di                      ;skip
+;AN033; deleted   inc     si                      ;   the
+;AN033; deleted   jmp     short $P_FileF_Loop0    ;       character
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_err_flag,$P_error_filespec ;AN033;AC034;; set error flag- bad char.
+        pop     si                      ;AN033;
+        mov     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si],$P_NULL ;AN033;
+        pop     di                      ;AN033;
+        jmp     short $P_FileF02        ;AN033;
+
+
+$P_FileF_Err:                           ;AN000;
+        pop     si                      ;AN000;
+        mov     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si],$P_NULL ;AN000;
+;(deleted ;AN030;) mov di,$P_SaveSI_cmpx ;AN000; get user buffer address
+;(deleted ;AN030;) mov $P_SI_Save,di     ;AN000; update pointer to user buffer
+        pop     di                      ;AN000;
+        test    es:[bx].$P_Match_Flag,$P_Optional ;AN000; is it optional ?
+        jne     $P_FileF02              ;AN000;
+
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Op_Missing ;AC034; 3/17/87
+        jmp     short $P_FileF02        ;AN000;
+
+$P_FileF03:                             ;AN000;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000; discard save si
+        push    si                      ;AN000; save new si
+$P_FileF_Loop1:                         ;AN000;
+        mov     al,psdata_seg:[si]      ;AN000; load character (not special char)
+        or      al,al                   ;AN000; end of line ?
+        je      $P_FileF_RLT            ;AN000;
+
+        call    $P_FileSp_Chk           ;AN000; File special character ?
+        je      $P_FileF00              ;AN000;
+
+        call    $P_Chk_DBCS             ;AN000; no, then DBCS ?
+        jnc     $P_FileF01              ;AN000;
+        inc     di                      ;AN000; if yes, skip next byte
+        inc     si                      ;AN000;
+$P_FileF01:                             ;AN000;
+        inc     di                      ;AN000;
+        inc     si                      ;AN000;
+        jmp     short $P_FileF_Loop1    ;AN000;
+;
+$P_FileF00:                             ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_Terminator,al ;AC034;
+        mov     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si],$P_NULL ;AN000; update end of string
+        inc     di                      ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_SI_Save,di ;AC034; update next pointer in command line
+$P_FileF_RLT:                           ;AN000;
+        pop     si                      ;AN000;
+        pop     di                      ;AN000;
+$P_FileF02:                             ;AN000;
+
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000; (tm14)
+        test    ax,$P_File_Spc          ;AN000; (tm14)
+        je      $P_Drv_Only_Exit        ;AN000; (tm14)
+
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;  (tm14)
+
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000; set
+        mov     al,$P_File_Spec         ;AN000;    result
+        call    $P_Fill_Result          ;AN000;          buffer to file spec
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+
+$P_Drv_Only_Exit:                       ;AN000; (tm14)
+
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_File_Format endp                     ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_FileSp_Chk
+;
+; Function:  Check if the input byte is one of file special characters
+;
+; Input:     psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;            AL = character code to be examineed
+;
+; Output:    ZF = 1 , AL is one of special characters
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_FileSp_Chk proc                      ;AN000;
+        push    bx                      ;AN000;
+        push    cx                      ;AN000;
+        lea     bx,psdata_seg:$P_FileSp_Char ;AC034; special character table
+        mov     cx,$P_FileSp_Len        ;AN000; load length of it
+$P_FileSp_Loop:                         ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,psdata_seg:[bx]      ;AN000; is it one of special character ?
+        je      $P_FileSp_Exit          ;AN000;
+
+        inc     bx                      ;AN000;
+        loop    $P_FileSp_Loop          ;AN000;
+
+        inc     cx                      ;AN000; reset ZF
+$P_FileSp_Exit:                         ;AN000;
+        pop     cx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_FileSp_Chk endp                      ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of FileSW+DrvSW)
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+IF      DrvSW                           ;AN000;(Check if drive only is supported)
+; $P_Drive_Format;
+;
+; Function:  Check if the input string is valid drive only format.
+;            And set the result buffer.
+;
+; Input:     psdata_seg:SI -> $P_STRING_BUF
+;            ES:BX -> CONTROL block
+;
+; Output:    None
+;
+; Use:  $P_Fill_Result, $P_Chk_DBCS
+;
+; Vars: $P_RC(W)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Drive_Format proc                    ;AN000;
+        push    ax                      ;AN000;
+        push    dx                      ;AN000;
+        mov     al,psdata_seg:[si]      ;AN000;
+        or      al,al                   ;AN000; if null string
+        je      $P_Drv_Exit             ;AN000; do nothing
+
+        call    $P_Chk_DBCS             ;AN000; is it leading byte ?
+        jc      $P_Drv_Err              ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     word ptr psdata_seg:[si+byte],$P_Colon ;AN000; "d", ":", 0  ?
+        je      $P_DrvF00               ;AN000;
+
+        test    es:[bx].$P_Match_Flag,$P_Ig_Colon ;AN000; colon can be ignored?
+        je      $P_Drv_Err              ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     byte ptr psdata_seg:[si+byte],$P_NULL ;AN000; "d", 0  ?
+        jne     $P_Drv_Err              ;AN000;
+
+$P_DrvF00:                              ;AN000;
+        or      al,$P_Make_Lower        ;AN000; lower case
+        cmp     al,"a"                  ;AN000; drive letter must
+        jb      $P_Drv_Err              ;AN000; in range of
+
+        cmp     al,"z"                  ;AN000; "a" - "z"
+        ja      $P_Drv_Err              ;AN000; if no, error
+
+        sub     al,"a"-1                ;AN000; make text drive to binary drive
+        mov     dl,al                   ;AN000; set
+        mov     ah,$P_No_Tag            ;AN000;    result
+        mov     al,$P_Drive             ;AN000;          buffer
+        call    $P_Fill_Result          ;AN000;                to drive
+        jmp     short $P_Drv_Exit       ;AN000;
+
+$P_Drv_Err:                             ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_RC,$P_Syntax ;AC034;
+$P_Drv_Exit:                            ;AN000;
+        pop     dx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     ax                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Drive_Format endp                    ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of DrvSW)
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Skip_Delim;
+;
+; Function: Skip delimiters specified in the PARMS list, white space
+;           and comma.
+;
+; Input:    DS:SI -> Command String
+;           ES:DI -> Parameter List
+;
+; Output:   CY = 1 if the end of line encounterd
+;           CY = 0 then SI move to 1st non-delimiter character
+;           AL = Last examineed character
+;
+; Use:      $P_Chk_EOL, $P_Chk_Delim,
+;
+; Vars:     $P_Flags(R)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Skip_Delim proc                      ;AN000;
+$P_Skip_Delim_Loop:                     ;AN000;
+        LODSB                           ;AN000;
+        call    $P_Chk_EOL              ;AN000; is it EOL character ?
+        je      $P_Skip_Delim_CY        ;AN000; if yes, exit w/ CY on
+
+        call    $P_Chk_Delim            ;AN000; is it one of delimiters ?
+        jne     $P_Skip_Delim_NCY       ;AN000; if no, exit w/ CY off
+
+        test    psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_Extra ;AC034; extra delim or comma found ?
+        je      $P_Skip_Delim_Loop      ;AN000; if no, loop
+
+        test    psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_SW+$P_equ ;AC034; /x , or xxx=zzz , (tm08)
+        je      short $P_Exit_At_Extra  ;AN000; no switch, no keyword (tm08)
+
+        dec     si                      ;AN000; backup si for next call (tm08)
+        jmp     short $P_Exit_At_Extra  ;AN000; else exit w/ CY off
+
+$P_Skip_Delim_CY:                       ;AN000;
+        stc                             ;AN000; indicate EOL
+        jmp     short $P_Skip_Delim_Exit ;AN000;
+
+$P_Skip_Delim_NCY:                      ;AN000;
+        clc                             ;AN000; indicate non delim
+$P_Skip_Delim_Exit:                     ;AN000; in this case, need
+        dec     si                      ;AN000;  backup index pointer
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+
+$P_Exit_At_Extra:                       ;AN000;
+        clc                             ;AN000; indicate extra delim
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Skip_Delim endp                      ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Chk_EOL;
+;
+; Function: Check if AL is one of End of Line characters.
+;
+; Input:    AL = character code
+;           ES:DI -> Parameter List
+;
+; Output:   ZF = 1 if one of End of Line characters
+;**********************************************************************
+$P_Chk_EOL proc                         ;AN000;
+        push    bx                      ;AN000;
+        push    cx                      ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,$P_CR                ;AN000; Carriage return ?
+        je      $P_Chk_EOL_Exit         ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     al,$P_NULL              ;AN000; zero ?
+        je      $P_Chk_EOL_Exit         ;AN000;
+
+IF LFEOLSW                              ;AN028; IF LF TO BE ACCEPTED AS EOL
+        cmp     al,$P_LF                ;AN000; Line feed ?
+        je      $P_Chk_EOL_Exit         ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN028;
+
+        cmp     byte ptr es:[di].$P_Num_Extra,$P_I_Have_EOL ;AN000; EOL character specified ?
+        jb      $P_Chk_EOL_Exit         ;AN000;
+
+        xor     bx,bx                   ;AN000;
+        mov     bl,es:[di].$P_Len_Extra_Delim ;AN000; get length of delimiter list
+        add     bx,$P_Len_PARMS         ;AN000; skip it
+        cmp     byte ptr es:[bx+di],$P_I_Use_Default ;AN000; No extra EOL character ?
+        je      $P_Chk_EOL_NZ           ;AN000;
+
+        xor     cx,cx                   ;AN000; Get number of extra chcracter
+        mov     cl,es:[bx+di]           ;AN000;
+$P_Chk_EOL_Loop:                        ;AN000;
+        inc     bx                      ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,es:[bx+di]           ;AN000; Check extra EOL character
+        je      $P_Chk_EOL_Exit         ;AN000;
+
+        loop    $P_Chk_EOL_Loop         ;AN000;
+
+$P_Chk_EOL_NZ:                          ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,$P_CR                ;AN000; reset ZF
+$P_Chk_EOL_Exit:                        ;AN000;
+        pop     cx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Chk_EOL endp                         ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Chk_Delim;
+;
+; Function: Check if AL is one of delimiter characters.
+;           if AL+[si] is DBCS blank, it is replaced with two SBCS
+;           blanks.
+;
+; Input:    AL = character code
+;           DS:SI -> Next Character
+;           ES:DI -> Parameter List
+;
+; Output:   ZF = 1 if one of delimiter characters
+;           SI points to the next character
+; Vars:  $P_Terminator(W), $P_Flags(W)
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Chk_Delim proc                       ;AN000;
+        push    bx                      ;AN000;
+        push    cx                      ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_Terminator,$P_Space   ;AC034; Assume terminated by space
+        and     psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,0ffh-$P_Extra ;AC034;
+        cmp     al,$P_Space             ;AN000; Space ?
+        je      $P_Chk_Delim_Exit       ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     al,$P_TAB               ;AN000; TAB ?
+        je      $P_Chk_Delim_Exit       ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     al,$P_Comma             ;AN000; Comma ?
+        je      $P_Chk_Delim_Exit0      ;AN000;
+
+$P_Chk_Delim00:                         ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,$P_DBSP1             ;AN000; 1st byte of DBCS Space ?
+        jne     $P_Chk_Delim01          ;AN000;
+
+        cmp     byte ptr [si],$P_DBSP2  ;AN000; 2nd byte of DBCS Space ?
+        jne     $P_Chk_Delim01          ;AN000;
+
+        mov     al,$P_Space             ;AN000;
+        inc     si                      ;AN000; make si point to next character
+        cmp     al,al                   ;AN000; Set ZF
+        jmp     short $P_Chk_Delim_Exit ;AN000;
+
+$P_Chk_Delim01:                         ;AN000;
+        cmp     byte ptr es:[di].$P_Num_Extra,$P_I_Have_Delim ;AN000; delimiter character specified ?
+        jb      $P_Chk_Delim_Exit       ;AN000;
+
+        xor     cx,cx                   ;AN000;
+        mov     cl,es:[di].$P_Len_Extra_Delim ;AN000; get length of delimiter list
+        or      cx,cx                   ;AN000; No extra Delim character ?
+        je      $P_Chk_Delim_NZ         ;AN000;
+
+        mov     bx,$P_Len_PARMS-1       ;AN000; set bx to 1st extra delimiter
+$P_Chk_Delim_Loop:                      ;AN000;
+        inc     bx                      ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,es:[bx+di]           ;AN000; Check extra Delim character
+        je      $P_Chk_Delim_Exit0      ;AN000;
+
+        loop    $P_Chk_Delim_Loop       ;AN000; examine all extra delimiter
+
+$P_Chk_Delim_NZ:                        ;AN000;
+        cmp     al,$P_Space             ;AN000; reset ZF
+$P_Chk_Delim_Exit:                      ;AN000;
+;;;;    jne     $P_ChkDfin
+;;;;    mov     psdata_seg:$P_Terminator,al ;AN034;
+$P_ChkDfin:                             ;AN000;
+        pop     cx                      ;AN000;
+        pop     bx                      ;AN000;
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+
+$P_Chk_Delim_Exit0:                     ;AN000;
+        mov     psdata_seg:$P_Terminator,al ;AC034; keep terminated delimiter
+        test    psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_Equ  ;AN027;AC034;; if terminating a key=
+        jnz     $P_No_Set_Extra         ;AN027; then do not set the EXTRA bit
+
+        or      psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_Extra ;AC034; flag terminated extra delimiter or comma
+$P_No_Set_Extra:                        ;AN027;
+        cmp     al,al                   ;AN000; set ZF
+        jmp     short $P_Chk_Delim_Exit ;AN000;
+
+$P_Chk_Delim endp                       ;AN000;
+PAGE                                    ;AN000;
+;***********************************************************************
+; $P_Chk_Switch;
+;
+; Function: Check if AL is the switch character not in first position of
+;           $P_STRING_BUF
+;
+; Input:    AL = character code
+;           BX = current pointer within $P_String_Buf
+;           SI =>next char on command line (following the one in AL)
+;
+; Output:   CF = 1 (set)if AL is switch character, and not in first
+;                position, and has no chance of being part of a date string,
+;                i.e. should be treated as a delimiter.
+
+;           CF = 0 (reset, cleared) if AL is not a switch char, is in the first
+;                position, or is a slash but may be part of a date string, i.e.
+;                should not be treated as a delimiter.
+;
+; Vars:  $P_Terminator(W)
+
+; Use:   $P_0099
+;***********************************************************************
+$P_Chk_Switch proc                      ;AN000;
+
+;AN020;; Function: Check if AL is the switch character from 2nd position of $P_STRING_BUF
+;AN020;; Output:   ZF = 1 if switch character
+;AN020;;        lea     bp,$P_STRING_BUF ;AN000;
+;AN020;;        cmp     bx,bp            ;AN000; 1st position ?
+;AN020;;        je      $P_Chk_S_Exit_1  ;AN000;
+;AN020;;        cmp     al,$P_Switch     ;AN000;
+;AN020;;        jmp     short $P_Chk_S_Exit_0  ;AN000;
+;AN020;;$P_Chk_S_Exit_1:                       ;AN000;
+;AN020;;        cmp     al,$P_Switch     ;AN000; (tm08)
+;AN020;;        jne     $P_Nop          ;AN000; (tm08)
+;AN020;;        or      $P_Flags2,$P_SW  ;AN000; (tm08) It could be valid switch
+;AN020;;$P_Nop:                         ;AN000; (tm08)
+;AN020;;        inc     bp                     ;AN000;
+;AN020;;        cmp     bx,bp                  ;AN000; reset ZF
+;AN020;;$P_Chk_S_Exit_0:                       ;AN000;
+;AN020;;        jne     $P_Chk_S_Exit          ;AN000;
+;AN020;;        mov        $P_Terminator,al    ;AN000; store switch character
+;AN020;;$P_Chk_S_Exit:                         ;AN000;
+
+        LEA     BP,psdata_seg:$P_String_Buf ;AN020;AC034; BP=OFFSET of $P_String_Buf even in group addressing
+;       .IF <BX NE BP> THEN             ;AN020;IF not first char THEN
+        cmp     BX,BP                   ;AN000;
+        je      $P_STRUC_L2             ;AN000;
+
+;           .IF <AL EQ $P_Switch> THEN  ;AN020;otherwise see if a slash
+            cmp     AL,$P_Switch        ;AN000;
+            jne     $P_STRUC_L5         ;AN000;
+
+                STC                     ;AN020;not in first position and is slash, now see if might be in date string
+IF      DateSw                          ;AN020;caller looking for date, see if this may be part of one
+                PUSH    AX              ;AN020;save input char
+                MOV     AL,PSDATA_SEG:[BX-1] ;AN026;AL=char before the current char
+                CALL    $P_0099         ;AN020;return carry set if not numeric
+;               .IF   NC ;AND           ;AN020;IF previous char numeric AND
+                jc      $P_STRUC_L7     ;AN000;
+
+                    MOV     AL,[SI]     ;AN020;AL=char after the current char
+                    CALL    $P_0099     ;AN020;return carry set if not numeric
+;(deleted)          .IF     NC THEN     ;AN020;IF next char numeric THEN could be a date
+;(deleted)              CLC             ;AN020;reset CF so "/" not treated as a delimiter
+;(deleted)          .ENDIF              ;AN026;
+;               .ENDIF                  ;AN020;ENDIF looks like date (number/number)
+$P_STRUC_L7:                            ;AN000;
+                POP     AX              ;AN020;restore AL to input char
+ENDIF                                   ;AN020;DateSw
+;           .ELSE                       ;AN020;
+            jmp     short $P_STRUC_L1   ;AN000;
+
+$P_STRUC_L5:                            ;AN000;
+                CLC                     ;AN020;not a slash
+;           .ENDIF                      ;AN020;
+;       .ELSE                           ;AN020;is first char in the buffer, ZF=0
+        jmp     short $P_STRUC_L1       ;AN000;
+
+$P_STRUC_L2:                            ;AN000;
+;           .IF <AL EQ $P_Switch> THEN  ;AN020;
+            cmp     AL,$P_Switch        ;AN000;
+            jne     $P_STRUC_L12        ;AN000;
+
+                OR      psdata_seg:$P_Flags2,$P_SW ;AN020;AC034;;could be valid switch, first char and is slash
+;           .ENDIF                      ;AN020;
+$P_STRUC_L12:                           ;AN000;
+            CLC                         ;AN020;CF=0 indicating first char
+;       .ENDIF                          ;AN020;
+$P_STRUC_L1:                            ;AN000;
+
+        ret                             ;AN000;
+$P_Chk_Switch endp                      ;AN000;
+        PAGE                            ;AN000;
+;**************************************************************************
+; $P_Chk_DBCS:
+;
+;  Function: Check if a specified byte is in ranges of the DBCS lead bytes
+;
+;  Input:
+;         AL    = Code to be examineed
+;
+;  Output:
+;         If CF is on then a lead byte of DBCS
+;
+; Use: INT 21h w/AH=63
+;
+; Vars:  $P_DBCSEV_Seg(RW), $P_DBCSEV_Off(RW)
+;***************************************************************************
+$P_Chk_DBCS PROC                        ;AN000;
+;
+        PUSH    DS                      ;AN000;
+        PUSH    SI                      ;AN000;
+        PUSH    bx                      ;AN000; (tm11)
+        CMP     psdata_seg:$P_DBCSEV_SEG,0 ;AC034; ALREADY SET ?
+        JNE     $P_DBCS00               ;AN000;
+
+        PUSH    AX                      ;AN000;
+;       PUSH    BX                      ;AN000; (tm11)
+        PUSH    ds                      ;AN000; (tm11)
+        PUSH    CX                      ;AN000;
+        PUSH    DX                      ;AN000;
+        PUSH    DI                      ;AN000;
+        PUSH    BP                      ;AN000;
+        PUSH    ES                      ;AN000;
+        XOR     SI,SI                   ;AN000;
+        MOV     DS,SI                   ;AN000;
+        MOV     AX,$P_DOS_GetEV         ;AN000; GET DBCS EV CALL
+        INT     21H                     ;AN000;
+
+;       MOV     AX,DS                   ;AN000; (tm11)
+;       OR      AX,AX                   ;AN000; (tm11)
+        MOV     bx,DS                   ;AN000; (tm11)
+        OR      bx,bx                   ;AN000; (tm11)
+        POP     ES                      ;AN000;
+        POP     BP                      ;AN000;
+        POP     DI                      ;AN000;
+        POP     DX                      ;AN000;
+        POP     CX                      ;AN000;
+;       POP     BX                      ;AN000; (tm11)
+        POP     ds                      ;AN000; (tm11)
+        POP     AX                      ;AN000;
+        JE      $P_NON_DBCS             ;AN000;
+
+$P_DBCS02:                              ;AN000;
+        MOV     psdata_seg:$P_DBCSEV_OFF,SI ;AC034; save EV offset
+;       MOV     psdata_seg:$P_DBCSEV_SEG,DS ;AC034; save EV segment
+        MOV     psdata_seg:$P_DBCSEV_SEG,bx ;AC034; save EV segment (tm11)
+$P_DBCS00:                              ;AN000;
+        MOV     SI,psdata_seg:$P_DBCSEV_OFF ;AC034; load EV offset
+        MOV     DS,psdata_seg:$P_DBCSEV_SEG ;AC034; and segment
+
+$P_DBCS_LOOP:                           ;AN000;
+        CMP     WORD PTR [SI],0         ;AN000; zero vector ?
+        JE      $P_NON_DBCS             ;AN000; then exit
+
+        CMP     AL,[SI]                 ;AN000;
+        JB      $P_DBCS01               ;AN000; Check if AL is in
+
+        CMP     AL,[SI+BYTE]            ;AN000;   range of
+        JA      $P_DBCS01               ;AN000;      the vector
+
+        STC                             ;AN000; if yes, indicate DBCS and exit
+        JMP     short $P_DBCS_EXIT      ;AN000;
+
+$P_DBCS01:                              ;AN000;
+        INC     SI                      ;AC035; add '2' to
+        INC     SI                      ;AC035;  SI reg
+                                        ;AN000; get next vector
+;(changed ;AC035;) ADD     SI,2         ;AN000; get next vector
+        JMP     short $P_DBCS_LOOP      ;AN000; loop until zero vector found
+
+$P_NON_DBCS:                            ;AN000;
+        CLC                             ;AN000; indicate SBCS
+$P_DBCS_EXIT:                           ;AN000;
+        POP     bx                      ;AN000; (tm11)
+        POP     SI                      ;AN000;
+        POP     DS                      ;AN000;
+        RET                             ;AN000;
+$P_Chk_DBCS ENDP                        ;AN000;
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/PATHMAC.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/PATHMAC.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7abf50d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/PATHMAC.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+;;***********************************************************************
+;; NAME: pathlabl
+;; DESC: creates a public label at the spot it is placed, using the name
+;;       given.
+;; INPUT: either module name or procedure name
+;; OUTPUT: public label
+;; LOGIC: LBL-parameter-name will have four values -
+;;            - one for each pass (2)
+;;            - one for start and one for stop
+;;        if LBL is not defined, it is first pass, at beginning label
+;;              - set it to 1 and create the start label
+;;        if LBL = 1, it is first pass, at end label
+;;              - set it to 2 and create stop label
+;;        if LBL = 2, it is second pass, at beginning label
+;;              - set it to 3 and create the start label
+;;        if LBL = 3, it is second pass, at end label
+;;              - set it to 4 and create stop label
+;;        if LBL = 4, it is second pass,
+;;              - this macro has been invoked more than twice with same parm
+;;              - issue error message
+;;***********************************************************************
+IF1
+    %OUT COMPONENT=COMMON, MODULE=PATHMAC.INC ...
+ENDIF
+
+pathlabl MACRO pnam
+IFNDEF LBL_&pnam                        ;;IF THIS IS THE FIRST TIME,
+    LBL_&pnam = 0                       ;;DEFINE IT, INITIALLY ZERO
+ELSE                                    ;;SINCE IT IS DEFINED
+    IF (LBL_&pnam GT 3)                 ;;IF USED TOO MANY TIMES,
+        .ERR NON-UNIQUE OPERAND ON PATHLABL
+        EXITM                           ;;ABORT THIS GENERATION
+    ENDIF
+ENDIF
+
+IF (LBL_&pnam EQ 0) OR (LBL_&pnam EQ 2) ;;ready for START?
+    $$A_START_&pnam:                    ;;create START label
+    PUBLIC $$A_START_&pnam              ;;make it public
+ELSE                                    ;;SINCE SWITCH MAY BE 1 OR 3,
+    $$A_STOP_&pnam:                     ;;create STOP label
+    PUBLIC $$A_STOP_&pnam               ;;make it public
+ENDIF
+LBL_&pnam = LBL_&pnam + 1               ;;INCREMENT SWITCH
+ENDM
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/PCGEQU.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/PCGEQU.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c49b8eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/PCGEQU.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+
+;"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""          =B
+;              CONDITIONAL ASSEMBLY CONTROLS
+;"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""          =B
+WINTHORN        EQU      1       ;OS/2 compatible
+
+;"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""          =B
+;                VIDEO REGISTER PORT ADDRESS EQUATES                              =B
+;                                                                                 =B
+;"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""          =B
+seq_addr        EQU     0C4H    ;Sequencer  Address                               =B
+seq_data        EQU     0C5H    ;Sequencer  Data                                  =B
+crtc_addr       EQU     0D4H    ;CRT Controller Address (Color)                   =B
+crtc_addr_b     EQU     0B4H    ;CRT Controller Address (Mono)                    =B
+crtc_data       EQU     0D5H    ;CRT Controller Data                              =B
+graph_1_pos     EQU     0CCH    ;Graphics 1 Position                              =B
+graph_2_pos     EQU     0CAH    ;Graphics 2 Position                              =B
+graph_addr      EQU     0CEH    ;Graphics 1 & 2 Address                           =B
+graph_data      EQU     0CFH    ;Graphics 1 & 2 Data                              =B
+misc_output     EQU     0C2H    ;Miscellaneous Output                             =B
+misc_read       EQU     0CCH    ;Miscellaneous Output Read Port Address           =B
+in_stat_0       EQU     0C2H    ;Input Status Register 0                          =B
+input_status_b  EQU     0BAH    ;Feature Control (Mono)                           =B
+input_status    EQU     0DAH    ;Feature Control (Color)                          =B
+attr_read       EQU     0C1H    ;Attribute Controller Read Address                =B
+attr_write      EQU     0C0H    ;Attribute Controller Write Address               =B
+fctrl_read      EQU     0CAH    ;Feature Control Regiester Read Address           =B
+
+;"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+;            SEQUENCER ADDRESS REGISTER EQUATES
+;
+;"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+s_reset         EQU     00H     ;Reset                                            =B
+s_clock         EQU     01H     ;Clocking Mode                                    =B
+s_map           EQU     02H     ;Map Mask                                         =B
+s_cgen          EQU     03H     ;Character Map Select                             =B
+s_mem           EQU     04H     ;Memory Mode                                      =B
+
+
+;"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+;            GRAPHICS ADDRESS REGISTER EQUATES
+;
+;"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+g_set_reset     EQU     00H     ;set/reset                                        =B
+g_enbl_set      EQU     01H     ;enable set/reset                                 =B
+g_clr_comp      EQU     02H     ;color compare                                    =B
+g_data_rot      EQU     03H     ;data rotate                                      =B
+g_read_map      EQU     04H     ;read map select                                  =B
+g_mode          EQU     05H     ;mode                                             =B
+g_misc          EQU     06H     ;miscellaneous                                    =B
+g_color         EQU     07H     ;color don't care                                 =B
+g_bit_mask      EQU     08H     ;bit mask                                         =B
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                     |
+;        Miscellaneous Equates                                        |
+;                                                                     |
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+LINELEN        EQU  80                       ; Length of a Graphics Buffer Line
+COLPELS        EQU  8                        ; Number of pels per text column
+;DEFROFFU       EQU  1                        ; Default Pointer Icon Row Center Offset
+;DEFROFFD       EQU  14                       ; Default Pointer Icon Row Center Offset
+;DEFCOFFR       EQU  11                       ; Default Pointer Icon Column Center Offst
+;DEFCOFFL       EQU  4                        ; Default Pointer Icon Column Center Offst
+;ICONROWS       EQU  16                       ; Number of Rows in Pointer Icon
+;M_WHITE        EQU  15                       ;default foreground color (icon)
+;M_DAXIS        EQU  11                       ;default axis mouse pointer
+
+DEFROFFU       EQU  1                        ; Default Pointer Icon Row Center Offset
+DEFROFFD       EQU  14                       ; Default Pointer Icon Row Center Offset
+DEFCOFFR       EQU  14                       ; Default Pointer Icon Column Center Offst
+DEFCOFFL       EQU  2                        ; Default Pointer Icon Column Center Offst
+ICONROWS       EQU  20                       ; Number of Rows in Pointer Icon
+M_DAXIS        EQU  800                      ;default axis mouse pointer
+
+ICONCOLS       EQU  16                       ; Number of Columns in Pointer Icon
+SHFTMSK        EQU  07H                      ; Column Shift Count Bit Mask (Hi-Res)
+M_BLACK        EQU  0                        ;default background color (icon)
+M_WHITE        EQU  15                       ;default foreground color (icon)
+VSICONR        EQU  28                       ;# pel rows
+VSICONC        EQU  2*8                      ;# pel columns
+MVSICONR       EQU  16                       ;minimun pel rows in sb icon
+MHSICONC       EQU  3*8                      ;minimum pel cols in sb icon
+
+;;
+;;  Long Conditional Jump Macros
+;;
+lja             macro   Farlabel
+                local   Nearlabel
+                jna     Nearlabel
+                jmp     Farlabel
+Nearlabel:
+                endm
+ljae            macro   Farlabel
+                local   Nearlabel
+                jnae    Nearlabel
+                jmp     Farlabel
+Nearlabel:
+                endm
+ljb             macro   Farlabel
+                local   Nearlabel
+                jnb     Nearlabel
+                jmp     Farlabel
+Nearlabel:
+                endm
+ljc             macro   Farlabel
+                local   Nearlabel
+                jnc     Nearlabel
+                jmp     Farlabel
+Nearlabel:
+                endm
+ljbe            macro   Farlabel
+                local   Nearlabel
+                jnbe    Nearlabel
+                jmp     Farlabel
+Nearlabel:
+                endm
+lje             macro   Farlabel
+                local   Nearlabel
+                jne     Nearlabel
+                jmp     Farlabel
+Nearlabel:
+                endm
+ljz             macro   Farlabel
+                local   Nearlabel
+                jnz     Nearlabel
+                jmp     Farlabel
+Nearlabel:
+                endm
+ljg             macro   Farlabel
+                local   Nearlabel
+                jng     Nearlabel
+                jmp     Farlabel
+Nearlabel:
+                endm
+ljge            macro   Farlabel
+                local   Nearlabel
+                jnge    Nearlabel
+                jmp     Farlabel
+Nearlabel:
+                endm
+ljl             macro   Farlabel
+                local   Nearlabel
+                jnl     Nearlabel
+                jmp     Farlabel
+Nearlabel:
+                endm
+ljle            macro   Farlabel
+                local   Nearlabel
+                jnle    Nearlabel
+                jmp     Farlabel
+Nearlabel:
+                endm
+ljnc            macro   Farlabel
+                local   Nearlabel
+                jc      Nearlabel
+                jmp     Farlabel
+Nearlabel:
+                endm
+ljne            macro   Farlabel
+                local   Nearlabel
+                je      Nearlabel
+                jmp     Farlabel
+Nearlabel:
+                endm
+ljnz            macro   Farlabel
+                local   Nearlabel
+                jz      Nearlabel
+                jmp     Farlabel
+Nearlabel:
+                endm
+ljno            macro   Farlabel
+                local   Nearlabel
+                jo      Nearlabel
+                jmp     Farlabel
+Nearlabel:
+                endm
+ljo             macro   Farlabel
+                local   Nearlabel
+                jno     Nearlabel
+                jmp     Farlabel
+Nearlabel:
+                endm
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/PCINPUT.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/PCINPUT.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc94520
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/PCINPUT.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,3794 @@
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Source...: PCINPUT.INC                                                      :
+; Created..: 01-01-82                                                         :
+; Standards: 01-07-86                                                         :
+; Revised..: 11-17-87                                                         :
+; Version..: PC DOS                                                           :
+; Called as: FAR, NEAR or INT                                                 :
+; Public as: INPUT                                                            :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; DEFAULT                                                                     :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Performs the following functions:                                   :
+;                                                                             :
+;         - Initializes pointers and counters                                 :
+;         - Initializes input buffer with default value (from screen or strg) :
+;         - Set options and display input buffer as default on screen         :
+;         - Display field delimiters                                          :
+;         - Display minus or plus sign                                        :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:  ES:SI        = Points to current ICB                                :
+;         DS:DI        = Points to PB                                         :
+;                                                                             :
+;         WR_CURSIZE   = Current cursor size                                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:   Default displayed                                                   :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+DEFAULT        PROC NEAR
+;
+; Initialize input buffer with default buffer
+;
+               PUSH BP
+               PUSH ES                       ;save registers
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI
+               PUSH SI
+;
+               MOV  DX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;save for later                             ;=W
+               MOV  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_DEFLEN    ;save for later                             ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_DEFSEG    ;get source string segment                  ;=W
+               MOV  DS,AX                                                                ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDOFF  ;get destination offset                     ;=W
+               MOV  DI,AX                                                                ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDSEG  ;get destination segment                    ;=W
+               MOV  CX,ES:[SI]+ICB_DEFOFF    ;get source string offset                   ;=W
+               MOV  SI,CX                                                                ;=W
+               MOV  ES,AX                                                                ;=W
+;
+               PUSH DI
+               MOV  CX,DX                    ;clear input buffer                         ;=W
+               MOV  AL,WR_SPACE                                                          ;=W
+               CLD                                                                       ;=W
+               REP  STOSB                                                                ;=W
+               POP  DI
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  BP,0
+               MOV  CX,BX                    ;initialize number of bytes in              ;=W
+                                             ; default string
+               CMP  CX,DX                    ;check if default string is
+               JBE  DEF10                    ; longer than input buffer
+;
+               MOV  CX,DX                    ;error set to input buffer leng
+               MOV  BP,ICB_STRU              ;set error indicating default was
+                                             ; truncated
+DEF10:
+               CLD
+               REP  MOVSB                    ;move default into input buffer
+;
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DI
+               POP  DS
+               POP  ES
+;
+               OR   ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,BP    ;save error status
+               POP  BP
+;
+; Calculate row and column of input field and set the desired display attribute
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_ROW       ;get input field row
+               MOV  [DI]+CR_ROW,AX
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_COL       ;get input field column
+               MOV  [DI]+CR_COL,AX
+;
+               CALL PCROWCL_CALL             ;calculate row and column info
+                                             ; return CR_RCOFF and CR_BEGROWOFF
+               MOV  AL,[DI]+WR_EATTR         ;set the entry attribute to the
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_CATTR,AL         ; current attribute
+;
+; Initialize variables for left justified field
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_RJU ;check if right justified
+               JNE  DEF20
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_LEFTCHAR,1       ;set left character marker to
+                                             ;beginning of input field
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;get max field length                       ;=W
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT3,ICB_HOR ;check if horizontal scrolling              ;=W
+               JE   DEF15                    ;no                                         ;=W
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ;get field width for horizontal scrolling   ;=W
+                                             ;because we only show a windowful of field  ;=W
+DEF15:                                                                                   ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR,AX     ;set ptr to rightmost character             ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get end of field char, byte                ;=W
+               JMP  DEF30                    ;and next byte positions
+;
+; Initialize variables for right justified field
+;
+DEF20:         ;
+               ; code here
+               ;
+;
+; Display default even if password option is active
+;
+DEF30:         PUSH ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1         ;save option word
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_PSW ;check if password option active
+               JE   DEF40
+;
+               AND  ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,NOT ICB_PSW
+                                             ;set option word to force disp
+                                             ; of default value
+DEF40:
+               MOV  AX,2                     ;set option to actually display
+               CALL WORD PTR [DI]+WR_DISPLAY ; default value in proper
+                                             ; justification
+               POP  ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1         ;restore original password
+;
+; Display initial cursor in proper size and location
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+IN_CURNOR        ;set cursor size for replace
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_CURSIZE,AX
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_SINS
+               JE   DEF45                    ;check if insert is active
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+IN_CURINS        ;set cursor size for insert
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_CURSIZE,AX
+;
+DEF45:
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;calculate coordinates                      ;=W
+               CALL CURSOR                   ;initialize cursor size and locat
+;
+; Determine if characters in input buffer are allowonce chars and set flags
+;
+
+    jmp  Def65   ;temp until bug in allowonce scan fixed
+
+               PUSH ES                       ;save registers
+               PUSH SI
+;
+               MOV  BX,ES                    ;set segment of ICB
+               MOV  DX,SI                    ;set offset of ICB
+;
+               MOV  CX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;get field length
+;
+               PUSH ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDOFF     ;get field offset
+               PUSH ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDSEG     ;get field segment
+               POP  ES
+               POP  SI
+;
+DEF50:         MOV  AL,ES:[SI]               ;get character from input buffer
+               MOV  [DI]+DBC_KS,AL           ; and set to PCINDBC PB
+;
+               INC  SI                       ;point to next byte
+;
+               CALL PCINDBC_CALL             ;call PCINDBC
+
+               TEST [DI]+DBC_STAT,DBC_DBCS   ;check if keystroke double byte
+               JE   DEF60
+;
+               CMP  CX,0                     ;if last loop is double character
+               JBE  DEF60                    ; and is missing trailing byte
+                                             ; then, consider a single byte
+;
+               MOV  AH,ES:[SI]               ;get character from input buffer
+               MOV  [DI]+DBC_KS,AH           ; and set to PCINDBC PB
+               INC  SI                       ;point to next byte
+               DEC  CX                       ;adjust loop pointer for additial
+                                             ; character read (double byte)
+;
+DEF60:         PUSH ES                       ;save registers
+               PUSH SI
+;
+               MOV  ES,BX                    ;load ICB
+               MOV  SI,DX
+;
+               CALL ON_ALLOWONCE             ;Scan the allowonce string for
+                                             ; the character in AX and set flag
+                                             ; if found
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  ES
+;
+               LOOP DEF50                    ;get next keystroke
+;
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  ES
+;
+; Display field delimiters
+;
+DEF65:                                                                                   ;=W
+               MOV  AX,01                    ;assume "[ ]" as delimiters                 ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_BEN ;display entry delimiters                   ;=W
+               JE   DEF100                   ;no, leave                                  ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT3,ICB_WIN ;does field use windowing                   ;=W
+               JE   DEF70                    ;no, check others                           ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_BOX ;check if delimiter = box                   ;=W
+               JE   DEF90                    ;no, display normal delimiters              ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,06                    ;display box                                ;=W
+               JMP  DEF90                    ;done with delimiters                       ;=W
+DEF70:                                                                                   ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT3,ICB_HOR ;does field use horiz. window               ;=W
+               JE   DEF80                                                                ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,03                    ;display "[ >"                              ;=W
+               CMP  ES:[SI]+ICB_HRSTART,01H  ;are we at beginning of window ?            ;=W
+               JLE  DEF80                    ;yes                                        ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,04                    ;no, display "< >"                          ;=W
+DEF80:                                                                                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;do it                                      ;=W
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_BOX ;check if also need box                     ;=W
+               JE   DEF100                                                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,06                    ;display box                                ;=W
+DEF90:                                                                                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;do it                                      ;=W
+;
+; Display minus or plus sign if active
+;
+DEF100:
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_MUS ;Check if minus/plus sign
+               JE   DEFEXIT                  ; display option is active
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,0        ;initialize to plus sign key
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_SMU ;Check if default is negative
+               JE   DEF110
+;
+               OR   [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_MUS   ;initialize to minus sign key
+;
+DEF110:        CALL PLUS_MINUS               ;display plus or minus sign and
+                                             ; set status
+;
+DEFEXIT:                                     ;continue
+;
+               RET
+DEFAULT        ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; PRE_EXIT                                                                    :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Performs the following functions:                                   :
+;                                                                             :
+;         - Removes field delimiters                                          :
+;         - Inserts commas as specified                                       :
+;         - Inserts decimal point as specified                                :
+;         - Adjusts field to specified significant digits                     :
+;         - Displays buffer contents in exit color                            :
+;         - Checks if original default has changed                            :
+;         - Check if entry is in specified numeric range                      :
+;         - Sets minus or plus sign indicator in exit color                   :
+;         - Remove thousand separators from input string buffer               :
+;         - Restore original cursor position and size, only in text mode      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:  ES:SI        = Points to current ICB                                :
+;         DS:DI        = Points to PB                                         :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:   None                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PRE_EXIT       PROC NEAR
+
+;
+; Inserts commas as specified
+;
+               ;
+               ; Code here
+               ;
+;
+; Inserts decimal point as specified
+;
+               ;
+               ; Code here
+               ;
+;
+; Adjusts field to specified significant digits
+;
+               ;
+               ; Code here
+               ;
+;
+; Calculate color attribute of exit colors
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_XCL ;check if option to use exit
+               JE   PRE10                    ; colors is active
+;
+               MOV  AL,[DI]+WR_XATTR         ;set the exit attribute to the
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_CATTR,AL         ; current attribute
+;
+; Display default value of input buffer in proper justification
+;
+PRE10:         MOV  [DI]+WR_LEFTCHAR,1       ;set left character
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;set right marker
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT3,ICB_HOR ;horizontal scrolling mode ?                ;=W
+               JE   PRE15                    ;no, display all buffer                     ;=W
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ;use width instead of all buffer            ;=W
+PRE15:
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR,AX
+;
+               MOV  AX,2                     ;set option to actually display
+               CALL WORD PTR [DI]+WR_DISPLAY ; default value in proper
+;                                            ; justification
+; Process minus/plus key options
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_MUS ;Check if minus/plus sign
+               JE   PRE40                    ; display option is active
+;
+               MOV [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,0         ;initialize to plus sign
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_SMUS
+               JE   PRE20                    ;Check if sign is negative
+;
+               OR   [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_MUS   ;initialize to minus sign key
+;
+PRE20:         TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_SPUS
+               JE   PRE30                    ;Check if sign is positive
+;
+               OR   [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_PUS   ;initialize to plus sign key
+;
+PRE30:         CALL PLUS_MINUS               ;display plus or minus sign
+                                             ; according to WR_KEYCONF setting
+;
+; Replace field entry delimiters with exit delimiters
+;
+PRE40:         TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_BEX ;check if field delimiters
+               JE   PRE60                    ; should be displayed on exit
+;
+               MOV  AX,2                     ;option to remove delimiters
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiters
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_BOX ;check if box around field
+               JE   PRE60                    ; should be displayed
+;
+               MOV  AX,7                     ;set option to remove box
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiters
+;
+; Check if default value has changed and set return flag
+;
+PRE60:         PUSH DS                       ;save registers
+               PUSH SI
+               PUSH ES
+               PUSH DI
+;
+               MOV  CX,ES:[SI]+ICB_DEFLEN    ;initialize to default length
+               CMP  CX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;check if default length is less
+               JBE  PRE70                    ; than field length
+;
+               MOV  CX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;initialize to field length
+;
+PRE70:         MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_DEFSEG    ;compare default string to                  ;=W
+               MOV  DS,AX                                                                ;=W
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDOFF                                              ;=W
+               MOV  DI,AX                                                                ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_DEFOFF    ;  current input string                     ;=W
+               MOV  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDSEG                                              ;=W
+               MOV  ES,BX                                                                ;=W
+               MOV  SI,AX                                                                ;=W
+;
+               REPE CMPSB                    ;compare default and input strings
+;
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  ES
+               POP  SI
+               POP  DS
+;
+               CMP  CX,0                     ;are we done ?                              ;=W
+               JE   PRE80                    ;check if strings compared
+;
+               OR   ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_SDEF
+                                             ;set flag that default changed
+;
+; Check if entry is within specified numeric range, if not set flag
+;
+PRE80:         ;
+               ; code here
+               ;
+;
+; Remove thousand separators if specified from input string buffer
+;
+PRE90:         ;
+               ; code here
+               ;
+;
+; Restore original cursor position and size
+;
+PRE95:
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_CUR_ON  ;is cursor on ?
+               JE   PRE100                         ;no, quit
+               CALL CURSOR                   ;erase the graphics cursor
+PRE100:
+               OR   ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_DONE ;exit condition found, exit              ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Check if ICB_SAV option selected. If selected, then save contents of the               ;=W
+; input buffer to the default buffer.                                                    ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT4,ICB_SAV ;check ?                                    ;=W
+               JE   PRE200                   ;no, exit now                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               PUSH ES                       ;save registers                             ;=W
+               PUSH DS                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH DI                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH SI                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  CX,ES:[SI]+ICB_ENDBYTE   ;# of bytes to copy from input              ;=W
+                                             ; buffer to default buffer                  ;=W
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_DEFLEN,CX    ;reset default length
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDSEG  ;get destination segment                    ;=W
+               MOV  DS,AX                                                                ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_DEFOFF    ;get source string offset                   ;=W
+               MOV  DI,AX                                                                ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_DEFSEG    ;get source string segment                  ;=W
+               MOV  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDOFF  ;get destination offset                     ;=W
+               MOV  SI,BX                                                                ;=W
+               MOV  ES,AX                                                                ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CLD                                                                       ;=W
+               REP  MOVSB                    ;move default into input buffer             ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers                          ;=W
+               POP  DI                                                                   ;=W
+               POP  DS                                                                   ;=W
+               POP  ES                                                                   ;=W
+PRE200:                                                                                  ;=W
+               RET
+PRE_EXIT       ENDP
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+PAGE                                                                                     ;=W
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; RIGHT_H_JUST                                                                :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Process keystroke and update display with input buffer changes      :          ;=W
+;         for the following functions:                                        :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Home key        Up arrow        Allowonce replace mode              :          ;=W
+;         End key         Down arrow      Allowonce insert mode               :          ;=W
+;         Left arrow      Control end     Allow replace mode                  :          ;=W
+;         Right arrow     Delete key      Allow insert mode                   :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+RIGHT_H_JUST   PROC NEAR                                                                 ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; code here                                                               ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               RET                                                                       ;=W
+RIGHT_H_JUST   ENDP                                                                      ;=W
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; RIGHT_JUST                                                                  :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Process keystroke and update display with input buffer changes      :
+;         for the following functions:                                        :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Home key        Up arrow        Allowonce replace mode              :
+;         End key         Down arrow      Allowonce insert mode               :
+;         Left arrow      Control end     Allow replace mode                  :
+;         Right arrow     Delete key      Allow insert mode                   :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+RIGHT_JUST     PROC NEAR
+;
+               ;
+               ; code here
+               ;
+;
+               RET
+RIGHT_JUST     ENDP
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+PAGE                                                                                     ;=W
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; LEFT_H_JUST                                                                 :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Process keystroke and update display with input buffer changes      :          ;=W
+;         for the following functions:                                        :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Home key        Up arrow        Allowonce replace mode              :          ;=W
+;         End key         Down arrow      Allowonce insert mode               :          ;=W
+;         Left arrow      Control end     Allow replace mode                  :          ;=W
+;         Right arrow     Delete key      Allow insert mode                   :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Following information is used:                                      :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;           ÚÄ (ICB_FIELDSEG:ICB_FIELDOFF) Beginning address of input         :          ;=W
+;           ³                              buffer in memory.                  :          ;=W
+;           ³                                                                 :          ;=W
+;           ³           ÚÄ (WR_CUBYTE)   Byte offset into the input buffer    :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                of where characters will be added    :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                to input buffer.                     :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                                                     :          ;=W
+;         ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿           :          ;=W
+;         ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ S ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³           :          ;=W
+;         ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ           :          ;=W
+;           ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ             :          ;=W
+;                                    ³                                        :          ;=W
+;                (ICB_FIELDLEN) Length of input field in bytes.               :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         The following demonstrates the before and after input buffer        :          ;=W
+;         images.  (S = Single byte, L = DBCS lead byte, T = DBCS trailing    :          ;=W
+;         byte)                                                               :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Deleting a double byte:                                             :          ;=W
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :          ;=W
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³   ³         :          ;=W
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Deleting a single byte:                                             :          ;=W
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :          ;=W
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ L ³ T ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³   ³         :          ;=W
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Backspace removal of a double byte:                                 :          ;=W
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :          ;=W
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³   ³         :          ;=W
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Backspace removal of a single byte:                                 :          ;=W
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :          ;=W
+;               ³ S ³ S ³ S ³ S ³ L ³ T ³   ³ S ³ S ³ S ³ L ³ T ³   ³         :          ;=W
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Replacing a double byte with a double byte:                         :          ;=W
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :          ;=W
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³         :          ;=W
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÙ         :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Replacing a double byte with a single byte: (Option 1)              :          ;=W
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :          ;=W
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ S ³   ³         :          ;=W
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Replacing a double byte with a single byte: (Option 2)              :          ;=W
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :          ;=W
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³ S ³         :          ;=W
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Replacing a single byte with a single byte:                         :          ;=W
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :          ;=W
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ L ³ T ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ L ³ T ³         :          ;=W
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Replacing a single byte with a double byte.                         :          ;=W
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :          ;=W
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³   ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³   ³         :          ;=W
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÙ         :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Replacing a single byte with a double byte without enough buffer:   :          ;=W
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :          ;=W
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ L ³ T ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ L ³ T ³         :          ;=W
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Inserting a single byte.                                            :          ;=W
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :          ;=W
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³   ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ L ³ T ³         :          ;=W
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Inserting a single byte without enough buffer generate an error:    :          ;=W
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :          ;=W
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³         :          ;=W
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :          ;=W
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :          ;=W
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ S ³   ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ S ³   ³         :          ;=W
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Inserting a double byte character:                                  :          ;=W
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :          ;=W
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³   ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³         :          ;=W
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÙ         :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; Entry:  ES:SI       = Points to current ICB                                 :          ;=W
+;         DS:DI       = Points to PB                                          :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         INC_KS      = Keystroke from returned from PCINCHA                  :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         WR_KEYCONF  = Bit flag inidicating the options set for INC_KS       :          ;=W
+;         WR_KEYCONF2   keystroke.                                            :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; Exit:   None.                                                               :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LEFT_H_JUST    PROC NEAR                                                                 ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Initialize right and left boundary markers                                             ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_MASK  ;check to see if editing key entered        ;=W
+               JNE  LHJ5                     ;yes, must check for editing keys           ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ190                   ;no, skip checks for editing keys           ;=W
+                                                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Process home key                                                                       ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ5:          TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_HOM   ;check if home key pressed                  ;=W
+               JE   LHJ10                                                                ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; add ICB_WHM option to process window home key movement                  ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,1    ;initialize cursor to 1st byte              ;=W
+                                             ; position, assuming no windowing           ;=W
+                                             ; wrap is occurring                         ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR,1         ;reset the horiz. window                    ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;calculate cursor position                  ;=W
+               MOV  AX,3                     ;display delimiters "[ >"                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ; returns WR_CURROW, WR_CURROW              ;=W
+                                             ; and WR_CUBYTE                             ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Process end key                                                                        ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ10:         TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_END   ;check if home key pressed                  ;=W
+               JNE  LHJ12                                                                ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ20
+LHJ12:                                                                                   ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; add ICB_WEN to move cursor to end of current window row                 ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get current end of field info              ;=W
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_ENCHAR        ;adjust one past end buffer charac          ;=W
+               INC  AX                                                                   ;=W
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,AX   ;set current cursor position to             ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,4                     ;display delimiters "< >"                   ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;check if cursor past end of field          ;=W
+               JE   LHJ17                    ;no                                         ;=W
+               MOV  AX,5                     ;display delimiters "< ]"                   ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_CSW ;is cursor wrap option on ?                 ;=W
+               JE   LHJ15
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,1    ;wrap to first character position
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR,1         ;reset the horiz. window                    ;=W
+               MOV  AX,3                     ;display delimiters "[ >"                   ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ19                    ;exit
+LHJ15:
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_AXC ;is autoexit option set ?                   ;=W
+               JE   LHJ16                    ;no                                         ;=W
+               OR   [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_RET  ;yes, set autoexit flag                     ;=W
+LHJ16:                                                                                   ;=W
+               MOV  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;adjust horizontal window                   ;=W
+               SUB  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ;(below this line may not work for          ;=W
+               INC  BX                       ; DBCS support)                             ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR,BX                                                    ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ19                                                                ;=W
+LHJ17:                                                                                   ;=W
+               MOV  CX,[DI]+WR_CUBYTE        ;check if need to adjust horz.              ;=W
+               CMP  CX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ; window                                    ;=W
+               JA   LHJ18                                                                ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR,1                                                     ;=W
+               MOV  AX,3                     ;display delimiters "[ >"                   ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ19                                                                ;=W
+LHJ18:                                                                                   ;=W
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_ENBYTE        ;yes, adjust it                             ;=W
+               SUB  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH                                                 ;=W
+               ADD  BX,2                                                                 ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR,BX                                                    ;=W
+LHJ19:                                                                                   ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;re-calculate display                       ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ;exit                                       ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Process left arrow                                                                     ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ20:         TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_LFT   ;check if left arrow key pressed            ;=W
+               JE   LHJ40                                                                ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; add ICB_CSW option to wrap cursor from top/bottom end to end            ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; add ICB_WAR option to wrap cursor on same row end to end                ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR   ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               CMP  BX,1                     ;is cursor in first position ?              ;=W
+               JA   LHJ30                    ;no                                         ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_CSW ;is cursor wrap option on ?                 ;=W
+               JE   LHJ23
+               MOV  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;adjust horizontal window                   ;=W
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,BX   ;wrap to first character position
+               SUB  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ;(below this line may not work for          ;=W
+               INC  BX                       ; DBCS support)                             ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR,BX                                                    ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,5                     ;display delimiters "< ]"                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ32                    ;exit
+LHJ23:
+               MOV  AX,3                     ;display delimiters "[ >"                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_AXC ;is autoexit option set ?                   ;=W
+               JE   LHJ25                    ;no                                         ;=W
+               OR   [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_RET  ;yes, set autoexit flag                     ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ400                                                               ;=W
+LHJ25:                                                                                   ;=W
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep                                 ;=W
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ;exit                                       ;=W
+LHJ30:                                                                                   ;=W
+               DEC  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR      ;adjust cursor to one position              ;=W
+;
+               CMP  BX,[DI]+WR_HRCHAR        ;is cursor to the left of horz.wind. ?      ;=W
+               JG   LHJ32                    ;no                                         ;=W
+               DEC  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR           ;yes, adjust horiz. window                  ;=W
+               MOV  AX,4                     ;display delimiters "< >"                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+LHJ32:                                       ; towards the left                          ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;calculate cursor position
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ;exit                                       ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Process right arrow                                                                    ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ40:         TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_RGT   ;check if left arrow key pressed            ;=W
+               JE   LHJ60                                                                ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; add ICB_WAR option to wrap cursor on same row end to end                ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;check if cursor past end of field          ;=W
+               JE   LHJ50                                                                ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,5                     ;display delimiters "< ]"                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep                                 ;=W
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ;exit                                       ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ50:         INC  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR      ;adjust cursor to one position              ;=W
+                                             ; towards the right                         ;=W
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_HRCHAR        ;get begin. of horiz. wondow                ;=W
+               ADD  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ;add width to get end of window             ;=W
+               CMP  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR   ;is cursor past end of window ?             ;=W
+               JG   LHJ52                    ;no                                         ;=W
+               INC  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR           ;yes, adjust the horiz. window              ;=W
+               MOV  AX,4                     ;display delimiters "< >"                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+LHJ52:                                                                                   ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;calculate cursor position                  ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;check if cursor past end of field          ;=W
+               JE   LHJ55                    ;no                                         ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_CSW ;is cursor wrap option on ?                 ;=W
+               JE   LHJ53
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,1    ;wrap to first character position
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR,1         ;reset the horiz. window                    ;=W
+               MOV  AX,3                     ;display delimiters "[ >"                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ55                    ;exit
+LHJ53:
+               DEC  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR           ;yes, adjust wind back one position         ;=W
+               MOV  AX,5                     ;display delimiters "< ]"                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_AXC ;is autoexit option set ?                   ;=W
+               JE   LHJ55                    ;no                                         ;=W
+               OR   [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_RET  ;set autoexit flag                          ;=W
+LHJ55:                                                                                   ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;calculate cursor position                  ;=W
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ;exit                                       ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Process up arrow                                                                       ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ60:         ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; adjust cursor position                                                  ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+                                                                                         ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; check for field wrap, exit, error beep                                  ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Process down arrow                                                                     ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ70:         ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; adjust cursor position                                                  ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+                                                                                         ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; check for field wrap, exit, error beep                                  ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                       ;=W
+; Process cntrl+end key                                                                  ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ80:         TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_CED   ;check if control+end key pressed           ;=W
+               JE   LHJ100                                                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;check if cursor past end of field          ;=W
+               JE   LHJ90                                                                ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep                                 ;=W
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ;exit                                       ;=W
+LHJ90:
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_CUBYTE        ;delete from current byte position          ;=W
+               CALL CLEAR_BUFFER                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;calculate cursor position
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ;display field, set cursor, exit            ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Process delete key                                                                     ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ100:        TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_DEL   ;check if delete key pressed                ;=W
+               JE   LHJ130                                                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; Add ICB_WDL option in off state to delete on current line only          ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,1       ;check if cursor past end of field          ;=W
+               JE   LHJ110                                                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CALL REMOVE_CHAR              ;remove character at current offst          ;=W
+                                             ; and shift remaining in place              ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;calculate cursor position
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ;display field, set cursor, exit            ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ110:        CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep                                 ;=W
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ;exit                                       ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Process backspace key                                                                  ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ130:        TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_BCK   ;check if backspace key pressed             ;=W
+               JE   LHJ160                                                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR   ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               CMP  BX,1                     ;check if cursor is at first                ;=W
+               JA   LHJ140                   ; field position                            ;=W
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_CSW ;is cursor wrap option on ?                 ;=W
+               JE   LHJ133
+               MOV  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;adjust horizontal window                   ;=W
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,BX   ;wrap to first character position
+               SUB  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ;(below this line may not work for          ;=W
+               INC  BX                       ; DBCS support)                             ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR,BX                                                    ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,5                     ;display delimiters "< ]"                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ145                   ;exit
+LHJ133:
+               MOV  AX,3                     ;display delimiters "[ >"                   ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_AXC ;is autoexit option set ?                   ;=W
+               JE   LHJ135                   ;no                                         ;=W
+               OR   [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_RET  ;yes, set autoexit flag                     ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ400                                                               ;=W
+LHJ135:                                                                                  ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep                                 ;=W
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ;exit                                       ;=W
+LHJ140:                                                                                  ;=W
+               DEC  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR      ;adjust cursor to one position
+                                             ; towards the left                          ;=W
+               CMP  BX,[DI]+WR_HRCHAR        ;is cursor in front of the wind. ?          ;=W
+               JG   LHJ142                   ;no                                         ;=W
+               DEC  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR           ;yes, adjust the horiz. window              ;=W
+               MOV  AX,4                     ;display delimiters "< >"                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+LHJ142:                                                                                  ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               CALL REMOVE_CHAR              ;remove character at current offst          ;=W
+                                             ; and shift remaining in place              ;=W
+LHJ145:                                                                                  ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;calculate cursor position
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ;display field, set cursor, exit            ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Process insert key toggle                                                              ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ160:        TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_INS   ;check if insert key pressed                ;=W
+               JE   LHJ180                   ; if not, continue                          ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_SINS  ;check if in insert mode ?              ;=W
+               JE   LHJ165                   ;no, put in insert mode                     ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+IN_CURNOR        ;set cursor size for normal                 ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_CURSIZE,BX       ; cursor                                    ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               AND  ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,NOT ICB_SINS                                      ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ170                   ;turn insert mode off                       ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ165:        MOV  BX,[DI]+IN_CURINS        ;set cursor size for insert                 ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_CURSIZE,BX       ; cursor                                    ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               OR   ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_SINS                                          ;=W
+                                             ;turn insert mode on                        ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ170:                                                                                  ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               PUSH DS                       ;save registers                             ;=W
+               PUSH DI                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  DI,40H                   ;point DS:DI to KB_FLAG in BIOS             ;=W
+               MOV  DS,DI                                                                ;=W
+               MOV  DI,17H                                                               ;=W
+               MOV  AX,[DI]                  ;get current BIOS KB_FLAG                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               AND  AX,NOT WR_INSSTATE       ;set BIOS insert active flag off            ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_SINS                                          ;=W
+               JE   LHJ175                   ;check if insert should be set on           ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               OR   AX,WR_INSSTATE           ;set BIOS insert active flag on             ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ175:        POP  DI                       ;restore registers                          ;=W
+               POP  DS                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ;exit                                       ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Process allowonce key option                                                           ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ180:        ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; insert or replace                                                       ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; adjust input buffer                                                     ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; check for field wrap, exit, error beep                                  ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; adjust cursor position                                                  ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Process allowed keystroke in replace mode                                              ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ190:        TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_ALL   ;check if allow key pressed                 ;=W
+               JNE  LHJ195                                                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep key not defined                 ;=W
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ;exit                                       ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ195:        TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_SINS                                          ;=W
+               JE   LHJ198                   ;check if insert is active                  ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ270                   ;do insert display                          ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ198:                                                                                  ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;check if cursor past end of field          ;=W
+               JE   LHJ200                                                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep key not defined                 ;=W
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ;exit                                       ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Check if character to be replaced in field buffer is double byte character             ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ200:        PUSH ES                       ;save registers                             ;=W
+               PUSH SI                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               PUSH ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDSEG     ;get segment of input buffer                ;=W
+               PUSH ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDOFF     ;get offset of input buffer                 ;=W
+               POP  SI                                                                   ;=W
+               POP  ES                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               ADD  SI,[DI]+WR_CUBYTE        ;add cursor offset into buffer              ;=W
+               DEC  SI                       ;make zero based                            ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  CX,ES                    ;save offset of character to                ;=W
+               MOV  DX,SI                    ; replace                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AL,ES:[SI]               ;get byte that cursor is pointing           ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+DBC_KS,AL           ; to check if DBCS                          ;=W
+               CALL PCINDBC_CALL             ;call routine to check if char              ;=W
+                                             ; is lead double byte char                  ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers                          ;=W
+               POP  ES                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               TEST [DI]+DBC_STAT,DBC_DBCS   ;check if char is lead DBCS                 ;=W
+               JE   LHJ220                   ; if no, jump to single byte code           ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Replace double byte character with double byte character                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_DBC  ;check if keystroke is DBC                  ;=W
+               JE   LHJ210                   ;continue with single byte                  ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+INC_KS           ;set double byte character to               ;=W
+                                             ; input buffer replacing                    ;=W
+                                             ; double byte character                     ;=W
+               PUSH ES                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH SI                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  ES,CX                    ;save offset of character to                ;=W
+               MOV  SI,DX                    ; replace                                   ;=W
+               MOV  ES:[SI],AX               ;replace double byte                        ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers                          ;=W
+               POP  ES                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ260                   ;exit                                       ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Replace double byte character with single byte character                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ210:        MOV  AX,[DI]+INC_KS           ;get keystroke and replace double           ;=W
+                                             ; byte with single byte                     ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               PUSH ES                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH SI                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  ES,CX                    ;save offset of character to                ;=W
+               MOV  SI,DX                    ; replace single byte                       ;=W
+               MOV  ES:[SI],AL                                                           ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers                          ;=W
+               POP  ES                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;set ending byte                            ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTBYTE,AX                                                 ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CUBYTE        ;set markers for shift to remove            ;=W
+               INC  AX                       ;adjust past replaced leading byte          ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_LEFTBYTE,AX      ; trailing byte                             ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  BX,1                     ;set number of positions to shift           ;=W
+               MOV  AX,2                     ;set option to shift left                   ;=W
+               CALL SHIFT                    ;call shift 1 position toward left          ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ260                   ;exit                                       ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Replace single byte character with single byte character                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ220:        TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_DBC  ;check if double byte character             ;=W
+               JNE  LHJ230                   ; continue with single byte                 ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+INC_KS           ;get keystroke                              ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               PUSH ES                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH SI                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  ES,CX                    ;save offset of character to                ;=W
+               MOV  SI,DX                    ; replace single byte                       ;=W
+               MOV  ES:[SI],AL                                                           ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers                          ;=W
+               POP  ES                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ260                   ;exit                                       ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Replace single byte character with double byte character                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ230:                                                                                  ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;calculate cursor position                  ;=W
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_ENBYTE        ;get end byte of input field                ;=W
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_ENCHAR        ;get end character of field                 ;=W
+               CMP  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR   ;is cursor past end character               ;=W
+               JA   LHJ240                                                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_CUBYTE        ;set cursor character position              ;=W
+LHJ240:                                                                                  ;=W
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;get end of field position                  ;=W
+               SUB  AX,BX                    ;subtract to get the remaining space        ;=W
+               CMP  AX,1                     ;will byte fit ?                            ;=W
+               JGE  LHJ250                   ;yes                                        ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep because replace char            ;=W
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ; will not fit and exit                     ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ250:        MOV  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;set ending byte                            ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTBYTE,BX                                                 ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_CUBYTE        ;set markers for shift to remove            ;=W
+               INC  BX                       ;adjust past replaced leading byte          ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_LEFTBYTE,BX      ; trailing byte                             ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  BX,1                     ;set number of positions to shift           ;=W
+               MOV  AX,1                     ;set option to shift right                  ;=W
+               CALL SHIFT                    ;call shift 1 position toward               ;=W
+                                             ; left                                      ;=W
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+INC_KS           ;get keystroke                              ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               PUSH ES                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH SI                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  ES,CX                    ;save offset of character to                ;=W
+               MOV  SI,DX                    ; replace double byte                       ;=W
+               MOV  ES:[SI],AX                                                           ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers                          ;=W
+               POP  ES                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Calculate new ending and cursor coordinates                                            ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ260:                                                                                  ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;calculate cursor position                  ;=W
+               INC  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR      ;point to next char                         ;=W
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_HRCHAR        ;get begin. of horiz. wondow                ;=W
+               ADD  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ;add width to get end of window             ;=W
+               CMP  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR   ;is cursor past end of window ?             ;=W
+               JG   LHJ265                   ;no                                         ;=W
+               INC  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR           ;yes, adjust the horiz. window              ;=W
+               MOV  AX,4                     ;display delimiters "< >"                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+LHJ265:                                                                                  ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;calculate cursor position                  ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;check if cursor past end of field          ;=W
+               JE   LHJ267                   ;no                                         ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_CSW ;is cursor wrap option on ?                 ;=W
+               JE   LHJ266
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,1    ;wrap to first character position
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR,1         ;reset the horiz. window                    ;=W
+               MOV  AX,3                     ;display delimiters "[ >"                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ267                   ;exit
+LHJ266:
+
+               DEC  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR           ;yes, adjust wind back one position         ;=W
+               MOV  AX,5                     ;display delimiters "< ]"                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_AXD ;is autoexit option set ?                   ;=W
+               JE   LHJ267                   ;no                                         ;=W
+               OR   [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_RET  ;set autoexit flag                          ;=W
+LHJ267:                                                                                  ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;calculate cursor position                  ;=W
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ;display field, set cursor, exit            ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Process allowed keystroke in insert mode                                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ270:                                                                                  ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;check if cursor past end of field          ;=W
+               JE   LHJ280                                                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep key not defined                 ;=W
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                   ;exit                                      ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Check if enough room available to insert single or double byte character               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ280:                                                                                  ;=W
+               MOV  CX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDSEG  ;get segment of input buffer                ;=W
+               MOV  DX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDOFF  ;get offset of input buffer                 ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               ADD  DX,[DI]+WR_CUBYTE        ;add cursor offset into buffer              ;=W
+               DEC  DX                       ;make zero based                            ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  BX,1                     ;initialize to single byte                  ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_DBC  ;check for double byte character            ;=W
+               JE   LHJ290                                                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  BX,2                     ;reset to double byte character             ;=W
+LHJ290:                                                                                  ;=W
+               PUSH BX                                                                   ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;calculate cursor position                  ;=W
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_ENBYTE        ;get end byte of input field                ;=W
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_ENCHAR        ;get end character of field                 ;=W
+               CMP  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR   ;is cursor past end character               ;=W
+               JA   LHJ300                                                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_CUBYTE        ;set cursor character position              ;=W
+LHJ300:                                                                                  ;=W
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;get end of field position                  ;=W
+               SUB  AX,BX                    ;subtract to get the remaining space        ;=W
+               POP  BX                                                                   ;=W
+               CMP  AX,BX                    ;will byte fit ?                            ;=W
+               JGE  LHJ310                   ;yes                                        ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep replace character               ;=W
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ; will not fit and exit                     ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Shift to insert single or double byte character, BX= # bytes to shift                  ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ310:        MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;set ending byte to make room in            ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTBYTE,AX     ; buffer by shifting characters             ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CUBYTE        ;set markers for shift to remove            ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_LEFTBYTE,AX      ; trailing byte                             ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,1                     ;set option to shift right, BX=             ;=W
+                                             ; number of bytes to insert                 ;=W
+               CALL SHIFT                    ;call shift 1 position toward               ;=W
+                                             ; left                                      ;=W
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+INC_KS           ;get keystroke                              ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Insert single byte character                                                           ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CMP  BX,2                     ;check how many bytes should be             ;=W
+               JE   LHJ320                   ; inserted                                  ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               PUSH ES                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH SI                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  ES,CX                    ;save offset of character to                ;=W
+               MOV  SI,DX                    ; replace single byte                       ;=W
+               MOV  ES:[SI],AL               ;insert single byte character               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers                          ;=W
+               POP  ES                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ330                                                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Insert double byte character                                                           ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ320:        PUSH ES                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH SI                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  ES,CX                    ;save offset of character to                ;=W
+               MOV  SI,DX                    ; replace                                   ;=W
+               MOV  ES:[SI],AX               ;insert double byte character               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers                          ;=W
+               POP  ES                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Calculate new ending and cursor coordinates                                            ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ330:                                                                                  ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get new end coordinates                    ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               INC  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR      ;point to next char                         ;=W
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_HRCHAR        ;get begin. of horiz. wondow                ;=W
+               ADD  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ;add width to get end of window             ;=W
+               CMP  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR   ;is cursor past end of window ?             ;=W
+               JG   LHJ332                   ;no                                         ;=W
+               INC  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR           ;yes, adjust the horiz. window              ;=W
+               MOV  AX,4                     ;display delimiters "< >"                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+LHJ332:                                                                                  ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;calculate cursor position
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;check if cursor past end of field          ;=W
+               JE   LHJ335                   ;no                                         ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_CSW ;is cursor wrap option on ?                 ;=W
+               JE   LHJ333
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,1    ;wrap to first character position
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR,1         ;reset the horiz. window                    ;=W
+               MOV  AX,3                     ;display delimiters "[ >"                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+               JMP  LHJ335                   ;exit
+LHJ333:
+               DEC  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR           ;yes, adjust wind back one position         ;=W
+               MOV  AX,5                     ;display delimiters "< ]"                   ;=W
+               CALL DELIMITER                ;display delimiter                          ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_AXD ;is autoexit option set ?                   ;=W
+               JE   LHJ335                   ;no                                         ;=W
+               OR   [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_RET  ;set autoexit flag                          ;=W
+LHJ335:
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;calculate cursor position                  ;=W
+               JMP  LHJEXIT                  ;display cursor
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Display field & Exit                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHJ400:
+               CALL WORD PTR [DI]+WR_DISPLAY ;display current input buffer               ;=W
+                                             ; in left justified field                   ;=W
+               JMP  LHJCUR
+LHJEXIT:                                                                                 ;=W
+               CALL WORD PTR [DI]+WR_DISPLAY ;display current input buffer               ;=W
+                                             ; in left justified field                   ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_CUR_ON ;is cursor on ?
+               JNE  LHJCUR                        ;cursor is already on, don't turn it on ;=W
+               CALL CURSOR                   ;display cursor                             ;=W
+LHJCUR:
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               RET                                                                       ;=W
+LEFT_H_JUST    ENDP                                                                      ;=W
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; LEFT_JUST                                                                   :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Process keystroke and update display with input buffer changes      :
+;         for the following functions:                                        :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Home key        Up arrow        Allowonce replace mode              :
+;         End key         Down arrow      Allowonce insert mode               :
+;         Left arrow      Control end     Allow replace mode                  :
+;         Right arrow     Delete key      Allow insert mode                   :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Following information is used:                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+;           ÚÄ (ICB_FIELDSEG:ICB_FIELDOFF) Beginning address of input         :
+;           ³                              buffer in memory.                  :
+;           ³                                                                 :
+;           ³           ÚÄ (WR_CUBYTE)   Byte offset into the input buffer    :
+;           ³           ³                of where characters will be added    :
+;           ³           ³                to input buffer.                     :
+;           ³           ³                                                     :
+;         ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿           :
+;         ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ S ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³           :
+;         ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ           :
+;           ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ             :
+;                                    ³                                        :
+;                (ICB_FIELDLEN) Length of input field in bytes.               :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+;         The following demonstrates the before and after input buffer        :
+;         images.  (S = Single byte, L = DBCS lead byte, T = DBCS trailing    :
+;         byte)                                                               :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Deleting a double byte:                                             :
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³   ³         :
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Deleting a single byte:                                             :
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ L ³ T ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³   ³         :
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Backspace removal of a double byte:                                 :
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³   ³         :
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Backspace removal of a single byte:                                 :
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :
+;               ³ S ³ S ³ S ³ S ³ L ³ T ³   ³ S ³ S ³ S ³ L ³ T ³   ³         :
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Replacing a double byte with a double byte:                         :
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³         :
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÙ         :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Replacing a double byte with a single byte: (Option 1)              :
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ S ³   ³         :
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Replacing a double byte with a single byte: (Option 2)              :
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³ S ³         :
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Replacing a single byte with a single byte:                         :
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ L ³ T ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ L ³ T ³         :
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Replacing a single byte with a double byte.                         :
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³   ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³   ³         :
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÙ         :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Replacing a single byte with a double byte without enough buffer:   :
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ L ³ T ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ L ³ T ³         :
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Inserting a single byte.                                            :
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³   ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ L ³ T ³         :
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Inserting a single byte without enough buffer generate an error:    :
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³         :
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ S ³   ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ S ³   ³         :
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ         :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Inserting a double byte character:                                  :
+;               ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿         :
+;               ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³   ³   ³   ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³         :
+;               ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÙ         :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:  ES:SI       = Points to current ICB                                 :
+;         DS:DI       = Points to PB                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+;         INC_KS      = Keystroke from returned from PCINCHA                  :
+;                                                                             :
+;         WR_KEYCONF  = Bit flag inidicating the options set for INC_KS       :
+;         WR_KEYCONF2   keystroke.                                            :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:   None.                                                               :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+LEFT_JUST      PROC NEAR
+;
+; Initialize right and left boundary markers
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_LEFTCHAR,1       ;set left character to beginning
+                                             ; of field
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;set right marker past end of
+               INC  AX                       ; field
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR,AX
+;
+               TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_MASK  ;check to see if editing key entered        ;=W
+               JNE  LJ5                      ;yes, must check for editing keys           ;=W
+               JMP  LJ190                    ;no, skip checks for editing keys           ;=W
+
+;
+; Process home key
+;
+LJ5:           TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_HOM   ;check if home key pressed
+               JE   LJ10
+;
+               ;
+               ; add ICB_WHM option to process window home key movement
+               ;
+;
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,1    ;initialize cursor to 1st byte
+                                             ; position, assuming no windowing
+                                             ; wrap is occurring
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ; returns WR_CURROW, WR_CURROW
+                                             ; and WR_CUBYTE
+;
+; Process end key
+;
+LJ10:          TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_END   ;check if home key pressed
+               JE   LJ20
+;
+               ;
+               ; add ICB_WEN to move cursor to end of current window row
+               ;
+;
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get current end of field info              ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_ENCHAR        ;adjust one past end buffer charac
+               INC  AX
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,AX   ;set current cursor position to
+                                             ; end of field
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;check if cursor past end of field          ;=W
+               JE   LJ17                     ;no                                         ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_CSW ;is cursor wrap option on ?                 ;=W
+               JE   LJ16
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,1    ;wrap to first character position
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ;exit
+LJ16:
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_AXC ;is autoexit option set ?                   ;=W
+               JE   LJ17                     ;no                                         ;=W
+               OR   [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_RET  ;yes, set autoexit flag                     ;=W
+LJ17:                                                                                    ;=W
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ;exit
+;
+; Process left arrow
+;
+LJ20:          TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_LFT   ;check if left arrow key pressed
+               JE   LJ40
+;
+               ;
+               ; add ICB_WAR option to wrap cursor on same row end to end
+               ;
+;
+               CMP  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,1    ;check if cursor is at first
+               JA   LJ30                     ; field position
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_AXC ;is autoexit option set ?                   ;=W
+               JE   LJ25                     ;no                                         ;=W
+               OR   [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_RET  ;yes, set autoexit flag                     ;=W
+               JMP  LJCUR                                                                ;=W
+LJ25:                                                                                    ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_CSW ;is cursor wrap option on ?                 ;=W
+               JE   LJ27
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;get last position
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,AX   ;put as current position
+               CALL CAL_COORS
+               JMP  LJEXIT
+LJ27:
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ;exit
+;
+LJ30:          DEC  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR      ;adjust cursor to one position
+                                             ; towards the left
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ;exit
+;
+; Process right arrow
+;
+LJ40:          TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_RGT   ;check if left arrow key pressed
+               JE   LJ60
+;
+               ;
+               ; add ICB_CSW option to wrap cursor from top/bottom end to end
+               ;
+;
+               ;
+               ; add ICB_AXC option to auto enter if cursor reaches end
+               ;
+;
+               ;
+               ; add ICB_WAR option to wrap cursor on same row end to end
+               ;
+;
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;check if cursor past end of field
+               JE   LJ50
+;
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ;exit
+;
+LJ50:          INC  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR      ;adjust cursor to one position
+                                             ; towards the left
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;check if cursor past end of field          ;=W
+               JE   LJ55                     ;no                                         ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_CSW ;is cursor wrap option on ?                 ;=W
+               JE   LJ52
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,1    ;wrap to first character position
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ;exit
+LJ52:
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_AXC ;is autoexit option set ?                   ;=W
+               JE   LJ55                     ;no                                         ;=W
+               OR   [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_RET  ;set autoexit flag                          ;=W
+LJ55:                                                                                    ;=W
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ;exit
+;
+; Process up arrow
+;
+LJ60:          ;
+               ; adjust cursor position
+               ;
+
+               ;
+               ; check for field wrap, exit, error beep
+               ;
+;
+; Process down arrow
+;
+LJ70:          ;
+               ; adjust cursor position
+               ;
+
+               ;
+               ; check for field wrap, exit, error beep
+               ;
+;
+; Process cntrl+end key
+;
+LJ80:          TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_CED   ;check if control+end key pressed
+               JE   LJ100
+;
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;check if cursor past end of field
+               JE   LJ90
+;
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ;exit
+;
+LJ90:          CALL CAL_COORS                ;get current end of field info              ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;set rightmost area to refresh on
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTDISP,AX     ; display to entire field
+;
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_CUBYTE        ;delete from current byte position
+               CALL CLEAR_BUFFER
+;
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               JMP  LJ340                    ;display field, set cursor, exit
+;
+; Process delete key
+;
+LJ100:         TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_DEL   ;check if delete key pressed
+               JE   LJ130
+;
+               ;
+               ; Add ICB_WDL option in off state to delete on current line only
+               ;
+;
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,1       ;check if cursor past end of field
+               JE   LJ110
+;
+               CALL REMOVE_CHAR              ;remove character at current offst
+                                             ; and shift remaining in place
+               JMP  LJ340                    ;display field, set cursor, exit
+;
+LJ110:         CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ;exit
+;
+; Process backspace key
+;
+LJ130:         TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_BCK   ;check if backspace key pressed
+               JE   LJ160
+;
+               CMP  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,1    ;check if cursor is at first
+               JA   LJ140                    ; field position
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_AXC ;is autoexit option set ?                   ;=W
+               JE   LJ135                    ;no                                         ;=W
+               OR   [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_RET  ;yes, set autoexit flag                     ;=W
+               JMP  LJCUR                                                                ;=W
+LJ135:                                                                                   ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_CSW ;is cursor wrap option on ?                 ;=W
+               JE   LJ137
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;get last position
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,AX   ;put as current position
+               CALL CAL_COORS
+               JMP  LJEXIT
+LJ137:
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ;exit
+;
+LJ140:         DEC  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR      ;adjust cursor to one position
+                                             ; towards the left
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               CALL REMOVE_CHAR              ;remove character at current offst
+                                             ; and shift remaining in place
+;
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               JMP  LJ340                    ;display field, set cursor, exit
+;
+; Process insert key toggle
+;
+LJ160:         TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_INS   ;check if insert key pressed
+               JE   LJ180                    ; if not, continue
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_SINS  ;check if in insert mode ?
+               JE   LJ165                    ;no, put in insert mode
+;
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+IN_CURNOR        ;set cursor size for normal
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_CURSIZE,BX       ; cursor
+;
+               AND  ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,NOT ICB_SINS
+               JMP  LJ170                    ;turn insert mode off
+;
+LJ165:         MOV  BX,[DI]+IN_CURINS        ;set cursor size for insert
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_CURSIZE,BX       ; cursor
+;
+               OR   ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_SINS
+                                             ;turn insert mode on
+;
+LJ170:
+;
+               PUSH DS                       ;save registers
+               PUSH DI
+;
+               MOV  DI,40H                   ;point DS:DI to KB_FLAG in BIOS
+               MOV  DS,DI
+               MOV  DI,17H
+               MOV  AX,[DI]                  ;get current BIOS KB_FLAG
+;
+               AND  AX,NOT WR_INSSTATE       ;set BIOS insert active flag off
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_SINS
+               JE   LJ175                    ;check if insert should be set on
+;
+               OR   AX,WR_INSSTATE           ;set BIOS insert active flag on
+;
+LJ175:         POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ;exit
+;
+; Process allowonce key option
+;
+LJ180:         ;
+               ; insert or replace
+               ;
+;
+               ;
+               ; adjust input buffer
+               ;
+;
+               ;
+               ; check for field wrap, exit, error beep
+               ;
+;
+               ;
+               ; adjust cursor position
+               ;
+;
+; Process allowed keystroke in replace mode
+;
+LJ190:         TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF,WR_ALL   ;check if allow key pressed
+               JNE  LJ195
+;
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep key not defined
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ;exit
+;
+LJ195:         TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_SINS
+               JE   LJ198                    ;check if insert is active
+;
+               JMP  LJ270                    ;do insert display
+;
+LJ198:
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;check if cursor past end of field
+               JE   LJ200
+;
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep key not defined
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ;exit
+;
+; Check if character to be replaced in field buffer is double byte character
+;
+LJ200:         PUSH ES                       ;save registers
+               PUSH SI
+;
+               PUSH ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDSEG     ;get segment of input buffer
+               PUSH ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDOFF     ;get offset of input buffer
+               POP  SI
+               POP  ES
+;
+               ADD  SI,[DI]+WR_CUBYTE        ;add cursor offset into buffer
+               DEC  SI                       ;make zero based
+;
+               MOV  CX,ES                    ;save offset of character to
+               MOV  DX,SI                    ; replace
+;
+               MOV  AL,ES:[SI]               ;get byte that cursor is pointing
+               MOV  [DI]+DBC_KS,AL           ; to check if DBCS
+               CALL PCINDBC_CALL             ;call routine to check if char
+                                             ; is lead double byte char
+;
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  ES
+;
+               TEST [DI]+DBC_STAT,DBC_DBCS   ;check if char is lead DBCS
+               JE   LJ220                    ; if no, jump to single byte code
+;
+; Replace double byte character with double byte character
+;
+               TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_DBC  ;check if keystroke is DBC
+               JE   LJ210                    ;continue with single byte
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+INC_KS           ;set double byte character to
+                                             ; input buffer replacing
+                                             ; double byte character
+               PUSH ES
+               PUSH SI
+;
+               MOV  ES,CX                    ;save offset of character to
+               MOV  SI,DX                    ; replace
+               MOV  ES:[SI],AX               ;replace double byte
+;
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  ES
+;
+               JMP  LJ260                    ;exit
+;
+; Replace double byte character with single byte character
+;
+LJ210:         MOV  AX,[DI]+INC_KS           ;get keystroke and replace double
+                                             ; byte with single byte
+;
+               PUSH ES
+               PUSH SI
+;
+               MOV  ES,CX                    ;save offset of character to
+               MOV  SI,DX                    ; replace single byte
+               MOV  ES:[SI],AL
+;
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  ES
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;set ending byte
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTBYTE,AX
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CUBYTE        ;set markers for shift to remove
+               INC  AX                       ;adjust past replaced leading byte          ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_LEFTBYTE,AX      ; trailing byte
+;
+               MOV  BX,1                     ;set number of positions to shift
+               MOV  AX,2                     ;set option to shift left
+               CALL SHIFT                    ;call shift 1 position toward left
+               JMP  LJ260                    ;exit
+;
+; Replace single byte character with single byte character
+;
+LJ220:         TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_DBC  ;check if double byte character
+               JNE  LJ230                    ; continue with single byte
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+INC_KS           ;get keystroke
+;
+               PUSH ES
+               PUSH SI
+;
+               MOV  ES,CX                    ;save offset of character to
+               MOV  SI,DX                    ; replace single byte
+               MOV  ES:[SI],AL
+;
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  ES
+;
+               JMP  LJ260                    ;exit
+;
+; Replace single byte character with double byte character
+;
+LJ230:         MOV  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR   ;set cursor character position
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_LEFTCHAR,BX      ; to left marker
+;
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get the current end of field               ;=W
+                                             ; coordinates
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_ENCHAR        ;get end character of field
+               CMP  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR   ;is cursor past end character
+               JA   LJ240
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR   ;cursor is past last char
+;
+LJ240:         MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR,AX     ;set right marker
+;
+               MOV  BX,1                     ;One byte is already available
+                                             ; check if room for trailing byte
+               MOV  AX,1                     ;set up call to LEFT_DISP to
+               CALL WORD PTR [DI]+WR_DISPLAY ; determine if additional byte
+                                             ; will fit in input buffer
+               CMP  AX,0                     ;check if double byte character
+               JE   LJ250                    ; will fit
+;
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep because replace char
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ; will not fit and exit
+;
+LJ250:         MOV  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;set ending byte
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTBYTE,BX
+;
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_CUBYTE        ;set markers for shift to remove
+               INC  BX                       ;adjust past replaced leading byte
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_LEFTBYTE,BX      ; trailing byte
+;
+               MOV  BX,1                     ;set number of positions to shift
+               MOV  AX,1                     ;set option to shift right
+               CALL SHIFT                    ;call shift 1 position toward
+                                             ; left
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+INC_KS           ;get keystroke
+;
+               PUSH ES
+               PUSH SI
+;
+               MOV  ES,CX                    ;save offset of character to
+               MOV  SI,DX                    ; replace double byte
+               MOV  ES:[SI],AX
+;
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  ES
+;
+; Calculate new ending and cursor coordinates
+;
+LJ260:
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_ENCHAR        ;set rightmost area to refresh on           ;=W
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get new end coordinates                    ;=W
+               CMP  BX,[DI]+WR_ENCHAR        ;is old END_CHAR > new END_CHAR ?           ;=W
+               JG   LJ261                    ;yes, use old END_CHAR (so display          ;=W
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_ENCHAR        ; is updated correctly)
+
+LJ261:                                       ;set rightmost area to refresh on           ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTDISP,BX     ; display to new ending character
+
+               INC  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR      ;point to next char
+
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;check if cursor past end of field          ;=W
+               JE   LJ265                    ;no                                         ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_CSW ;is cursor wrap option on ?                 ;=W
+               JE   LJ262
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,1    ;wrap to first character position
+               JMP  LJ340                    ;display field, set cursor, exit
+LJ262:
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_AXD ;is autoexit option set ?                   ;=W
+               JE   LJ265                    ;no                                         ;=W
+               OR   [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_RET  ;set autoexit flag                          ;=W
+LJ265:                                                                                   ;=W
+               JMP  LJ340                    ;display field, set cursor, exit
+;
+; Process allowed keystroke in insert mode
+;
+LJ270:
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;check if cursor past end of field
+               JE   LJ280
+;
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep key not defined
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ;exit
+;
+; Check if enough room available to insert single or double byte character
+;
+LJ280:
+               MOV  CX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDSEG  ;get segment of input buffer
+               MOV  DX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDOFF  ;get offset of input buffer
+;
+               ADD  DX,[DI]+WR_CUBYTE        ;add cursor offset into buffer
+               DEC  DX                       ;make zero based
+;
+               MOV  BX,1                     ;initialize to single byte
+;
+               TEST [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_DBC  ;check for double byte character
+               JE   LJ290
+;
+               MOV  BX,2                     ;reset to double byte character
+;
+LJ290:         MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR   ;set cursor character position
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_LEFTCHAR,AX      ; to left marker
+;
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get the current end of field               ;=W
+                                             ; coordinates
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_ENCHAR        ;get end character of field
+;
+               CMP  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR   ;is cursor past end character
+               JA   LJ300
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR   ;cursor is past last char
+               DEC  AX
+;
+LJ300:         MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR,AX     ;set right marker
+;
+               MOV  AX,1                     ;set up call to LEFT_DISP to
+               CALL WORD PTR [DI]+WR_DISPLAY ; determine if additional byte
+                                             ; will fit in input buffer
+                                             ; BX= number of bytes to insert
+               CMP  AX,0                     ;check if double byte character
+               JE   LJ310                    ; will fit
+;
+               CALL PCMBEEP_CALL             ;error beep replace character
+               JMP  LJEXIT                   ; will not fit and exit
+;
+; Shift to insert single or double byte character, BX= # bytes to shift
+;
+LJ310:         MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;set ending byte to make room in
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTBYTE,AX     ; buffer by shifting characters
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CUBYTE        ;set markers for shift to remove
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_LEFTBYTE,AX      ; trailing byte
+;
+               MOV  AX,1                     ;set option to shift right, BX=
+                                             ; number of bytes to insert
+               CALL SHIFT                    ;call shift 1 position toward
+                                             ; left
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+INC_KS           ;get keystroke
+;
+; Insert single byte character
+;
+               CMP  BX,2                     ;check how many bytes should be
+               JE   LJ320                    ; inserted
+;
+               PUSH ES
+               PUSH SI
+;
+               MOV  ES,CX                    ;save offset of character to
+               MOV  SI,DX                    ; replace single byte
+               MOV  ES:[SI],AL               ;insert single byte character
+;
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  ES
+;
+               JMP  LJ330
+;
+; Insert double byte character
+;
+LJ320:         PUSH ES
+               PUSH SI
+;
+               MOV  ES,CX                    ;save offset of character to
+               MOV  SI,DX                    ; replace
+               MOV  ES:[SI],AX               ;insert double byte character
+;
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  ES
+;
+; Calculate new ending and cursor coordinates
+;
+LJ330:
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get new end coordinates                    ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_ENCHAR        ;set rightmost area to refresh on
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTDISP,AX     ; display to old ending character
+;
+               INC  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR      ;point to next char
+;
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get cursor position                        ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;check if cursor past end of field          ;=W
+               JE   LJ340                    ;no                                         ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_CSW ;is cursor wrap option on ?                 ;=W
+               JE   LJ335
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR,1    ;wrap to first character position
+               JMP  LJ340                    ;display field, set cursor, exit
+LJ335:
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_AXD ;is autoexit option set ?                   ;=W
+               JE   LJ340                    ;no                                         ;=W
+               OR   [DI]+WR_KEYCONF2,WR_RET  ;set autoexit flag                          ;=W
+;
+; Display field
+;
+LJ340:
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR   ;set left character to cursor
+               DEC  AX                       ; last cursor position
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_LEFTCHAR,AX
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_RIGHTDISP     ;set right character marker to              ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR,AX     ; max possible field length
+;
+               CALL CAL_COORS                ;get end of field char, byte                ;=W
+                                             ; and next byte positions
+
+               MOV  AX,2                     ;set display option
+               CALL WORD PTR [DI]+WR_DISPLAY ;display current input buffer
+                                             ; in left justified field
+;
+; Exit
+;
+LJEXIT:                                           ;continue
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_CUR_ON ;is cursor on ?
+               JNE  LJCUR                         ;cursor is already on, don't turn it on ;=W
+               CALL CURSOR                        ;display cursor                             ;=W
+LJCUR:
+;
+               RET
+LEFT_JUST      ENDP
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; CAL_COORS                                                                   :
+;                                                                             :
+;        Calculates character coordinates based on the display format         :
+;        currently active (windowing and horizontal display).                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;        The following examples demonstrate the values that are set on        :
+;        exit from this routine:                                              :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+;        Example: Horizontal field coordinates calculated.                    :
+;                                                                             :
+;                 ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ                             :
+;                 ³123456789012345678901234567890                             :
+;                 ³2                                                          :
+;                 ³3       [sLtLtssss....]                                    :
+;                              ^                                              :
+;                           ³  ³    ³                                         :
+;                           ³  ³    ÀÄ WR_ENCHAR = 7                          :
+;                           ³  ³       WR_ENBYTE = 9                          :
+;                           ³  ³       WR_RGCHAR = 7                          :
+;                           ³  ³                                              :
+;                           ³  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄ WR_CUCHAR = 3                          :
+;                           ³          WR_CUBYTE = 4                          :
+;                           ³          WR_UPCHAR = 3                          :
+;                           ³          WR_DNCHAR = 3                          :
+;                           ³          WR_CURROW = 3                          :
+;                           ³          WR_CURCOL = 13                         :
+;                           ³                                                 :
+;                           ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ WR_LFCHAR = 1                          :
+;                                      WR_HRCHAR = 1                          :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+;        Example: Horizontal field scroll coordinates calculated:             :
+;                                                                             :
+;                 ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ                             :
+;                 ³123456789012345678901234567890                             :
+;                 ³2         ÚÄÄÄÄÄ¿                                          :
+;                 ³3        s³LtLt ³Ltsss.....                                :
+;                           ³ÀÄÄÄÄÄÙ    ³                                     :
+;                           ³ ³ ^       ³                                     :
+;                           ³ ³ ³       ³                                     :
+;                           ³ ³ ³       À WR_ENCHAR = 7                       :
+;                           ³ ³ ³         WR_ENBYTE = 10                      :
+;                           ³ ³ ³         WR_RGCHAR = 7                       :
+;                           ³ ³ ³                                             :
+;                           ³ ³ ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ WR_CUCHAR = 3                       :
+;                           ³ ³           WR_CUBYTE = 4                       :
+;                           ³ ³           WR_UPCHAR = 3                       :
+;                           ³ ³           WR_DNCHAR = 3                       :
+;                           ³ ³           WR_CURROW = 3                       :
+;                           ³ ³           WR_CURCOL = 14                      :
+;                           ³ ³                                               :
+;                           ³ ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ WR_HRCHAR = 2                       :
+;                           ³                                                 :
+;                           ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ WR_LFCHAR = 1                       :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+;        Example: Windowed field coordinates calculated.                      :
+;                                                                             :
+;                 ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ                             :
+;                 ³123456789012345678901234567890                             :
+;                 ³2                 ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ WR_LFCHAR=  6             :
+;                 ³3                 ³    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ WR_UPCHAR=  3             :
+;                 ³4                 ³ ÚÄijÄÄ¿                                :
+;                 ³5                 ³ ³ABCDE³                                :
+;                 ³6                 ÀÄÄFGHI.³                                :
+;                 ³7                   ³ Ú³³ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄ WR_RGCHAR= 10             :
+;                 ³8                   Àij³ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ WR_ENCHAR=  9             :
+;                 ³9                     ³³                                   :
+;                                        ³ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ WR_CUCHAR=  8             :
+;                                        ³       ÃÄ WR_CURCOL= 24             :
+;                                        ³       ÀÄ WR_CURROW=  6             :
+;                                        ³                                    :
+;                                        ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ WR_DNCHAR= 13             :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry: ICB_CURCHAR   = The character position into the input field from     :
+;                        which the exit coordinates will be calculated.       :
+;                                                                             :
+;        WR_HRCHAR     = The character position into the input field that     :
+;                        is currently the first displayed character of the    :
+;                        horizontal window.                                   :
+;                                                                             :
+;        ICB_WIDTH     = The width of windowed or horizontal scroll field.    :
+;                                                                             :
+;        ICB_FIELDLEN  = Input field buffer length.                           :
+;                                                                             :
+;        ICB_FIELDOFF  = Input field buffer offset.                           :
+;                                                                             :
+;        ICB_FIELDSEG  = Input field buffer segment.                          :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:  WR_RGCHAR     = Character offset into input buffer of the character  :
+;                        appearing at the beginning of the current line that  :
+;                        WR_CUCHAR is located on.                             :
+;                                                                             :
+;        WR_LFCHAR     = Character offset into input buffer of the character  :
+;                        appearing at the end of the current line that        :
+;                        WR_CUCHAR is located on.                             :
+;                                                                             :
+;        WR_UPCHAR     = Character offset into input buffer of the character  :
+;                        displayed directly above the position that           :
+;                        WR_CUCHAR is located on.                             :
+;                                                                             :
+;        WR_DNCHAR     = Character offset into input buffer of the character  :
+;                        displayed directly below the position that           :
+;                        WR_CUCHAR is located on.                             :
+;                                                                             :
+;        WR_ENCHAR     = Number of characters currently entered in the        :
+;                        field.  This value may be less than the number       :
+;                        of bytes used to represent the characters if         :
+;                        double byte characters are present.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+;        WR_CURROW     = Actual row offset into the video buffer of the       :
+;                        character specified by WR_CURCHAR.                   :
+;                                                                             :
+;        WR_CURCOL     = Actual column offset into the video buffer of the    :
+;                        character specified by WR_CUCHAR.                    :
+;                                                                             :
+;        WR_ENBYTE     = Number of bytes currently used to represent          :
+;                        entered characters in the buffer.  This counter      :
+;                        can be used to calculate the current end             :
+;                        position of the entered data in the field.           :
+;                                                                             :
+;        WR_CUBYTE     = Number of bytes into input field where WR_CUCHAR     :
+;                        appears.                                             :
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;        WR_CUCHAR     = Offset of current cursor position in input field.    :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;        WR_HRBYTE     = Number of bytes into input field where WR_HRCHAR     :
+;                        appears.                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+;        WR_FIELDEND   = Boolean flag,   0 = cursor not past end of field     :          ;=W
+;                                        1 = cursor is past end of field      :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+CAL_COORS      PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH AX                       ;save registers
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH CX
+               PUSH DX
+               PUSH ES
+               PUSH SI
+               PUSH BP                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; initialize general variables for all display modes                                     ;=W
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,0       ;initialize boolean flag that               ;=W
+                                             ;cursor is not past end of field            ;=W
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_CURCHAR   ;get current char. offset                   ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_CUCHAR,AX        ;save it                                    ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_ROW       ;initialize row offset of field             ;=W
+               DEC  AX                                                                   ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_CURROW,AX        ;char row offset inot video buf             ;=W
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_COL       ;initialize col offset of field             ;=W
+               DEC  AX                                                                   ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_CURCOL,AX        ;char col offset into video buf             ;=W
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_LFCHAR,1         ;leftmost character possible char           ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RGCHAR,1         ;rightmost character possible char          ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_ENBYTE,0         ;end byte of data in input buffer           ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_ENCHAR,0         ;end character in input buffer              ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_HRBYTE,1         ;byte of first char in horz. window         ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CUCHAR        ;get current position                       ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_UPCHAR,1         ;topmost char in current column             ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_DNCHAR,1         ;bottommost char in current column          ;=W
+;
+               MOV  BP,0                     ;have not found current char yet            ;=W
+               MOV  CX,1                     ;counter tracking number of bytes           ;=W
+               MOV  DX,1                     ;counter tracking number of chars           ;=W
+;
+; Determine display format of field
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT3,ICB_WIN ;check if windowing option on
+               JE   CC10
+;
+               JMP  CC200                    ;process window option
+;
+CC10:          TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT3,ICB_HOR ;check if horizontal scroll option
+               JE   CC20                     ; on
+;
+               JMP  CC100                    ;process horizontal scroll
+;
+; Process fully displayed horizontal field
+;
+CC20:                                                                                    ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR,1         ;leftmost character possible char
+;
+; Examine the next byte in the input buffer
+;
+CC30:          CMP  CX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;check if entire field has been
+               JBE  CC35                     ; scanned and exit
+;
+               CMP  BP,0                     ;found current char yet ?                   ;=W
+               JE   CC40                     ;no, find it                                ;=W
+               JMP  CCEXIT
+;
+CC35:          PUSH ES                       ;save registers
+               PUSH SI
+;
+               PUSH ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDSEG     ;get segment of input buffer
+               PUSH ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDOFF     ;get offset of input buffer
+               POP  SI
+               POP  ES
+;
+               DEC  CX                       ;make byte count zero based
+               ADD  SI,CX                    ;add byte count to input fld offst
+               INC  CX                       ;make byte count one based
+               MOV  AL,ES:[SI]               ;get byte in input buffer to
+               MOV  [DI]+DBC_KS,AL           ; check if DBCS
+               CALL PCINDBC_CALL             ;call routine to check if char
+                                             ; is lead double byte char
+;
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  ES
+;
+; Check if end data byte and character should be updated
+;
+               CMP  AL,WR_BLANK              ;check if blanking character found
+               JE   CC40                     ;now adjust pointers
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_ENBYTE,CX        ;set current byte count
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_ENCHAR,DX        ;set current character count
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RGCHAR,DX        ;set right most character
+;
+; Check if current character pointer
+;
+CC40:          CMP  [DI]+WR_CUCHAR,DX        ;check if current character found
+               JNE  CC50
+;
+               MOV  BP,1                     ;current char found                         ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_UPCHAR,DX        ;set up and down character
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_DNCHAR,DX        ; to current character
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_CUBYTE,CX        ;set current character byte count
+               ADD  [DI]+WR_CURCOL,CX        ;set actual column of cursor based
+               DEC  [DI]+WR_CURCOL           ; on current character byte count           ;=W
+;
+; Increment pointers and counters to next character and byte position check
+;
+CC50:          INC  CX                       ;adjust byte counter
+               INC  DX                       ;adjust character counter
+;
+               TEST [DI]+DBC_STAT,DBC_DBCS   ;check if byte is leading DBC byte
+               JE   CC30
+;
+               INC  CX                       ;adjust byte count for trail byte
+               JMP  CC30
+
+
+
+
+
+;
+; Calculate horizontal scroll coordinates
+;
+CC100:
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CUCHAR        ;initialize current character
+               CMP  AX,[DI]+WR_HRCHAR        ;horizontal display position must
+               JAE  CC120                    ; not be less than current char
+                                             ; position
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR,AX        ;set current char position as
+                                             ; new horizontal position
+;
+; Examine the next byte in the input buffer
+;
+CC120:         CMP  CX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;check if entire field has been
+               JBE  CC122                    ; scanned and exit                          ;=W
+;
+               CMP  BP,0                     ;found current char yet ?                   ;=W
+               JE   CC130                    ;no, find it                                ;=W
+;
+               JMP  CCEXIT                                                               ;=W
+CC122:                                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH ES                       ;save registers
+               PUSH SI
+;
+               PUSH ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDSEG     ;get segment of input buffer
+               PUSH ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDOFF     ;get offset of input buffer
+               POP  SI
+               POP  ES
+;
+               DEC  CX                       ;make byte count zero based
+               ADD  SI,CX                    ;add byte count to input fld offst
+               INC  CX                       ;make byte count one based
+               MOV  AL,ES:[SI]               ;get byte in input buffer to
+               MOV  [DI]+DBC_KS,AL           ; check if DBCS
+               CALL PCINDBC_CALL             ;call routine to check if char
+                                             ; is lead double byte char
+;
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  ES
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Set WR_HRBYTE to correct byte count                                                    ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_HRCHAR,DX        ;is this position the first char            ;=W
+                                             ;in the horizl. window ?                    ;=W
+               JNE  CC125                    ;no                                         ;=W
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_HRBYTE,CX        ;save # byte for first char in h. wind.     ;=W
+;
+; Check if end data byte and character should be updated
+;
+CC125:         CMP  AL,WR_BLANK              ;check if blanking character found
+               JE   CC130                    ;now adjust pointers
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_ENBYTE,CX        ;set current byte count
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_ENCHAR,DX        ;set current character count
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RGCHAR,DX        ;set right most character
+;
+; Check if current character pointer
+;
+CC130:         CMP  [DI]+WR_CUCHAR,DX        ;check if current character found
+               JNE  CC140
+;
+               MOV  BP,1                     ;current char found
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_UPCHAR,DX        ;set up and down character
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_DNCHAR,DX        ; to current character
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_CUBYTE,CX        ;set current character byte count
+               MOV  BX,CX                    ;set actual column of cursor based          ;=W
+                                             ; on current character byte count           ;=W
+               SUB  BX,[DI]+WR_HRBYTE        ;subtract beginning of horiz. wind.         ;=W
+               ADD  [DI]+WR_CURCOL,BX        ;add to window offset = new column          ;=W
+;
+; Increment pointers and counters to next character and byte position check
+;
+CC140:         INC  CX                       ;adjust byte counter
+               INC  DX                       ;adjust character counter
+;
+               TEST [DI]+DBC_STAT,DBC_DBCS   ;check if byte is leading DBC byte
+               JE   CC120
+;
+               INC  CX                       ;adjust byte count for trail byte
+               JMP  CC120
+
+
+
+
+
+;
+; Calculate windowing coordinates                                                        ;=W
+;
+CC200:                                                                                   ;=W
+;
+; Examine the next byte in the input buffer                                              ;=W
+;
+               CMP  CX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;check if entire field has been             ;=W
+               JBE  CC235                    ; scanned and exit                          ;=W
+;
+               CMP  BP,0                     ;found current char yet ?                   ;=W
+               JE   CC240                    ;no, find it                                ;=W
+;
+               JMP  CCBYE                    ;boolean flag should have been set          ;=W
+                                             ; already, if needed                        ;=W
+CC235:         PUSH ES                       ;save registers                             ;=W
+               PUSH SI                                                                   ;=W
+;
+               PUSH ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDSEG     ;get segment of input buffer                ;=W
+               PUSH ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDOFF     ;get offset of input buffer                 ;=W
+               POP  SI                                                                   ;=W
+               POP  ES                                                                   ;=W
+;
+               DEC  CX                       ;make byte count zero based                 ;=W
+               ADD  SI,CX                    ;add byte count to input fld offst          ;=W
+               INC  CX                       ;make byte count one based                  ;=W
+               MOV  AL,ES:[SI]               ;get byte in input buffer to                ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+DBC_KS,AL           ; check if DBCS                             ;=W
+               CALL PCINDBC_CALL             ;call routine to check if char              ;=W
+                                             ; is lead double byte char                  ;=W
+;
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers                          ;=W
+               POP  ES                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Check if end data byte and character should be updated                                 ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               CMP  AL,WR_BLANK              ;check if blanking character found          ;=W
+               JE   CC240                    ;now adjust pointers                        ;=W
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_ENBYTE,CX        ;set current byte count                     ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_ENCHAR,DX        ;set current character count                ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RGCHAR,DX        ;set right most character                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Check if current character pointer                                                     ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+CC240:
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_CUCHAR,DX        ;check if current character found           ;=W
+               JNE  CC250                    ;no                                         ;=W
+;
+               MOV  BP,1                     ;found current char
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_CUBYTE,CX        ;set current character byte count           ;=W
+;
+               PUSH DX                       ;needed for division                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,CX                    ;get current cursor pos. in field           ;=W
+               DEC  AX                       ;make it zero based for divide              ;=W
+;
+               CMP  CX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;are we past end of field ?                 ;=W
+               JLE  CC241                    ;no                                         ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,1       ;yes, set boolean flag                      ;=W
+               DEC  AX                       ;make cursor pos. be inside field           ;=W
+                                             ; for division                              ;=W
+               CWD                           ;calculate current row,column               ;=W
+               IDIV ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH        ; row = cur_byte / width-1                  ;=W
+                                             ; col = cur_byte mod width-1                ;=W
+               INC  DX                       ;reposition cursor in correct pos.          ;=W
+               JMP  CC244                                                                ;=W
+CC241:                                                                                   ;=W
+               CWD                           ;calculate current row,column for           ;=W
+               IDIV ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH        ; cursor positions inside the field         ;=W
+                                             ; row = cur_byte / width of field           ;=W
+                                             ; col = cur_byte mod width of field         ;=W
+CC244:                                                                                   ;=W
+               ADD  [DI]+WR_CURROW,AX        ;set actual row of cursor                   ;=W
+               ADD  [DI]+WR_CURCOL,DX        ;set actual column of cursor                ;=W
+;
+               MOV  BX,CX                    ;calculate WR_LFCHAR                        ;=W
+CC245:         DEC  BX                       ;get the correct cur_byte                   ;=W
+               MOV  AX,BX                    ;cur_byte/width                             ;=W
+               CWD                                                                       ;=W
+               IDIV ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH                                                    ;=W
+               CMP  DX,0                     ;is the remainder zero ?                    ;=W
+               JNE  CC245                    ;no, not at beginning of row, do again      ;=W
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_LFCHAR,BX        ;yes, this is beginning of row              ;=W
+;
+               POP  DX                                                                   ;=W
+;
+; Increment pointers and counters to next character and byte position check              ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+CC250:         INC  CX                       ;adjust byte counter                        ;=W
+               INC  DX                       ;adjust character counter                   ;=W
+;
+               TEST [DI]+DBC_STAT,DBC_DBCS   ;check if byte is leading DBC byte          ;=W
+               JE   CC260                                                                ;=W
+;
+               INC  CX                       ;adjust byte count for trail byte           ;=W
+CC260:
+               JMP  CC200                                                                ;=W
+;
+; Exit
+;
+CCEXIT:                                                                                  ;=W
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CUBYTE        ;is cursor past end of field                ;=W
+               CMP  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;??                                         ;=W
+               JLE  CCBYE                    ;no                                         ;=W
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_FIELDEND,1       ;yes, set boolean flag                      ;=W
+CCBYE:
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_ENBYTE        ;set ICB_ENDBYTE                            ;=W
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_ENDBYTE,AX                                               ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_HRBYTE        ;set ICB_HRSTART                            ;=W
+               MOV  ES:[SI]+ICB_HRSTART,AX                                               ;=W
+;
+               POP  BP
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  ES
+               POP  DX                       ;restore registers
+               POP  CX
+               POP  BX
+               POP  AX
+;
+               RET
+CAL_COORS      ENDP
+;
+PAGE                                                                                     ;=W
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; SET_DISP_ADDR                                                               :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;           Determine which display routine to use. The choice is between     :          ;=W
+;           left justified, right justified, double byte support, no double   :          ;=W
+;           byte support, windowing, horizontal scrolling.                    :          ;=W
+;           Also pick the justify routine to use.                             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;                            ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿                             :          ;=W
+;                            ³     DISPLAY      ³                             :          ;=W
+;                            ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                             :          ;=W
+;       ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿               :          ;=W
+;  ÚÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄ¿ ³       ³                 ÚÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄ¿ ³       ³               :          ;=W
+;  ³LEFT_DISP³ ³       ³                 ³RIGHT_DISP³ ³       ³               :          ;=W
+;  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ ³       ³                 ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ ³       ³               :          ;=W
+;        ÚÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄ¿ ³                       ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄ¿ ³               :          ;=W
+;        ³LEFT_H_DISP³ ³                       ³RIGHT_H_DISP³ ³               :          ;=W
+;        ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ ³                       ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ ³               :          ;=W
+;                ÚÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄ¿                          ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄ¿          :          ;=W
+;                ³LEFTS_DISP³                          ³RIGHTS_DISP³          :          ;=W
+;                ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                          ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ          :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; DISPLAY ROUTINES                                                            :          ;=W
+;  LEFT_DISP     - left justified, double byte support, windowing             :          ;=W
+;  LEFTS_DISP    - left justified, no double byte support, windowing          :          ;=W
+;  LEFT_H_DISP   - left justified, double byte support, horizontal scrolling  :          ;=W
+;  RIGHT_DISP    - right justified, double byte support, windowing            :          ;=W
+;  RIGHTS_DISP   - right justified, no double byte support, windowing         :          ;=W
+;  RIGHT_H_DISP  - right justified, double byte support, horizontal scrolling :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; JUSTIFY ROUTINES                                                            :          ;=W
+;  LEFT_H_JUST   - left justified, horizontal scrolling                       :          ;=W
+;  LEFT_JUST     - left justified, windowing                                  :          ;=W
+;  RIGHT_H_JUST  - right justified, horizontal scrolling                      :          ;=W
+;  RIGHT_JUST    - right justified, windowing                                 :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; Entry:    ES:SI - ICB control block                                         :          ;=W
+;           DS:DI - IN control block                                          :          ;=W
+; Exit:     none                                                              :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+SET_DISP_ADDR  PROC NEAR                                                                 ;=W
+;
+               PUSH AX                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH BX                                                                   ;=W
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_RJU ;check if field right just                  ;=W
+               JNE  SD20                     ;if yes, jump                               ;=W
+;
+; Display value of input buffer left justified                                           ;=W
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT3,ICB_HOR ;check if field is in horizontial           ;=W
+               JE   SD10                     ;no,  windowing mode                        ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,OFFSET LEFT_H_DISP                                                ;=W
+               MOV  BX,OFFSET LEFT_H_JUST                                                ;=W
+;
+               JMP  SDEXIT                                                               ;=W
+SD10:                                                                                    ;=W
+               MOV  AX,OFFSET LEFT_DISP                                                  ;=W
+               MOV  BX,OFFSET LEFT_JUST                                                  ;=W
+;
+               TEST DS:[DI]+IN_OPT,IN_ADBCS  ;check if double byte is active             ;=W
+               JNE  SDEXIT                   ;yes                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,OFFSET LEFTS_DISP     ;no, single byte only                       ;=W
+               JMP  SDEXIT                                                               ;=W
+;
+; Display default value of input buffer right justified                                  ;=W
+;
+SD20:                                                                                    ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT3,ICB_HOR ;check if field is in horizontial           ;=W
+               JE   SD30                     ;no,  windowing mode                        ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,OFFSET RIGHT_H_DISP                                               ;=W
+               MOV  BX,OFFSET RIGHT_H_JUST                                               ;=W
+;
+               JMP  SDEXIT                                                               ;=W
+SD30:                                                                                    ;=W
+               MOV  AX,OFFSET RIGHT_DISP                                                 ;=W
+               MOV  BX,OFFSET RIGHT_DISP                                                 ;=W
+;
+               TEST DS:[DI]+IN_OPT,IN_ADBCS  ;check if double byte is active             ;=W
+               JNE  SDEXIT                   ;yes                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,OFFSET RIGHTS_DISP    ;no, single byte only                       ;=W
+;
+SDEXIT:                                                                                  ;=W
+               MOV  DS:[DI]+WR_DISPLAY,AX    ;save addr of routine to call               ;=W
+               MOV  DS:[DI]+WR_JUSTIFY,BX    ;save addr of routine to call               ;=W
+;
+               POP  BX                                                                   ;=W
+               POP  AX                                                                   ;=W
+;
+               RET                                                                       ;=W
+SET_DISP_ADDR  ENDP                                                                      ;=W
+;
+PAGE                                                                                     ;=W
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; RIGHTS_DISP                                                                 :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; Entry:                                                                      :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; Exit:                                                                       :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+RIGHTS_DISP    PROC NEAR                                                                 ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; code here                                                               ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               RET                                                                       ;=W
+RIGHTS_DISP    ENDP                                                                      ;=W
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; RIGHT_H_DISP                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                                                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                                                                       :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+RIGHT_H_DISP   PROC NEAR
+;
+               ;
+               ; code here
+               ;
+;
+               RET
+RIGHT_H_DISP   ENDP
+;
+PAGE                                                                                     ;=W
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; RIGHT_DISP                                                                  :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; Entry:                                                                      :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; Exit:                                                                       :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+RIGHT_DISP     PROC NEAR                                                                 ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+               ; code here                                                               ;=W
+               ;                                                                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               RET                                                                       ;=W
+RIGHT_DISP     ENDP                                                                      ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+PAGE                                                                                     ;=W
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; LEFT_H_DISP                                                                 :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Calculates if the specified character will fit in the input         :          ;=W
+;         buffer at the specified character position without display.         :          ;=W
+;         The byte offset where this character should be inserted is          :          ;=W
+;         returned or a flag indicating that the character will not fit.      :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Displays the specified portion of the input field buffer from       :          ;=W
+;         the left character marker to the end of the field.  The following   :          ;=W
+;         display options are handled by this routine:                        :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         - Display of the input field in a wrapped window                    :          ;=W
+;         - Adjustment of double byte characters to prevent malformed         :          ;=W
+;           characters                                                        :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         The following pointers are used:                                    :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;           ÚÄ (ICB_FIELDSEG:ICB_FIELDOFF) Beginning address of input         :          ;=W
+;           ³                            buffer in memory.                    :          ;=W
+;           ³                                                                 :          ;=W
+;           ³           ÚÄ (WR_HRCHAR)   Left marker delimiting the left      :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                most character position in the       :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                input buffer.                        :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                                                     :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                                                     :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                                                     :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                                                     :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                                                     :          ;=W
+;         ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿           :          ;=W
+;         ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ S ³ S ³ S ³   ³   ³           :          ;=W
+;         ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ           :          ;=W
+;           ³         ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´           :          ;=W
+;           ³         ³    Area to display (ICB_WIDTH)                        :          ;=W
+;           ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ             :          ;=W
+;                                    ³                                        :          ;=W
+;               ICB_FIELDLEN  Length of input field in bytes.                 :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; Entry:  ES:SI        = Points to current ICB                                :          ;=W
+;         DS:DI        = Points to PB                                         :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         WR_CATTR     = Logical color attribute to use when updating screen  :          ;=W
+;                        if the use of the color attribute string is not      :          ;=W
+;                        specified.                                           :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         CR_RCOFF     = Beginning offset of the upper left input field       :          ;=W
+;                        display corner from the beginning of the video       :          ;=W
+;                        buffer.                                              :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         CR_SCRWIDTH  = Width of the video buffer in characters and          :          ;=W
+;                        attributes.                                          :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         WR_HRCHAR    = The offset into the input buffer, in characters,     :          ;=W
+;                        of where to begin display.                           :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; Exit:   (none)                                                              :          ;=W
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LEFT_H_DISP    PROC NEAR                                                                 ;=W
+;
+               PUSH ES                       ;save PB pointers                           ;=W
+               PUSH DI                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH BX                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH [DI]+CR_RCOFF            ;save input field display offset            ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Initialize MOVEG parm block                                                            ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDOFF  ;get offset of the input buffer             ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_FIELDOFF,AX                                                  ;=W
+                                                                                         ;=W
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDSEG  ;get segment of the input buffer            ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_TEXTSEG,AX                                                   ;=W
+                                                                                         ;=W
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_ATTROFF   ;get offset of color attribute buffer       ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_ATTOFF,AX                                                    ;=W
+                                                                                         ;=W
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_ATTRSEG   ;get segment of color attribute             ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_ATTSEG,AX        ;buffer                                     ;=W
+                                                                                         ;=W
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+IN_LVBSEG        ;get segment of the LVB                     ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_MIXSEG,AX                                                    ;=W
+                                                                                         ;=W
+               MOV  AL,[DI]+WR_CATTR         ;get logical color attribute                ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_SOURCE_A,AL                                                  ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Display all characters in input buffer starting with WR_HRCHAR                         ;=W
+; and continuing until ICB_WIDTH-1 number of characters has been displayed.              ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDOFF  ;calcuate beginning character               ;=W
+               ADD  AX,[DI]+WR_HRBYTE        ;to display                                 ;=W
+               DEC  AX                                                                   ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_FIELDOFF,AX      ;save it                                    ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_TEXTOFF,AX       ; to display                                ;=W
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_OPT,MG_WA+MG_SC+MG_UA                                        ;=W
+                                             ;set write attribute option                 ;=W
+                                             ;set use logical attribute option           ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_PSW ;check if password option active            ;=W
+               JNE  LHD10                                                                ;=W
+;
+               OR   [DI]+MG_OPT,MG_WC        ;set write character option                 ;=W
+LHD10:                                                                                   ;=W
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ;get field width                            ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_NUM,AX           ;number of words to move into the           ;=W
+                                             ; LVB                                       ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+IN_LVBOFF        ;set the actual LVB offset of               ;=W
+               ADD  AX,[DI]+CR_RCOFF         ; the character to write                    ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_MIXOFF,AX                                                    ;=W
+;
+               CALL PCMOVEG_CALL             ;call PCMOVEG to write the char(s)          ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Check if last character is DBCS                                                        ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               PUSH ES                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH SI                                                                   ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDSEG ;get input buffer segment                    ;=W
+               MOV  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDOFF ;get input buffer offset                     ;=W
+               ADD  BX,[DI]+WR_HRBYTE       ;add offset of beginning of window           ;=W
+               ADD  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH    ;add width to get last character             ;=W
+               SUB  BX,2                    ;subtract to get correct byte                ;=W
+               MOV  ES,AX                                                                ;=W
+               MOV  SI,BX                                                                ;=W
+               MOV  AL,ES:[SI]              ;get the character                           ;=W
+;
+               POP  SI                                                                   ;=W
+               POP  ES                                                                   ;=W
+;
+               PUSH AX                                                                   ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+DBC_KS,AL                                                       ;=W
+               CALL PCINDBC_CALL            ;check if char is lead DBCS                  ;=W
+               POP  AX                                                                   ;=W
+               TEST [DI]+DBC_STAT,DBC_DBCS  ;is it ?                                     ;=W
+               JE   LHD30                   ;no, display the character                   ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AL,1DH                  ;display '', can't split DBCS char          ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Display the last character                                                             ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LHD30:                                                                                   ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_OPT,MG_WA+MG_SC+MG_UA                                        ;=W
+                                             ;set write attribute option                 ;=W
+                                             ;set use logical attribute option           ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_PSW ;check if password option active            ;=W
+               JNE  LHD40                                                                ;=W
+;
+               OR   [DI]+MG_OPT,MG_WC+MG_UC  ;set write character option                 ;=W
+LHD40:                                                                                   ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_SOURCE_C,AL      ;character to display                       ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_NUM,1            ;number of words to move into the           ;=W
+                                             ; LVB                                       ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ;add width to get last character            ;=W
+               MOV  BX,2                                                                 ;=W
+               MUL  BX                       ;x2 to account for attr. bytes              ;=W
+               ADD  AX,[DI]+IN_LVBOFF        ;set the actual LVB offset of               ;=W
+               ADD  AX,[DI]+CR_RCOFF         ; the character to write                    ;=W
+               SUB  AX,2                     ;subtract to get correct byte               ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_MIXOFF,AX                                                    ;=W
+;
+               CALL PCMOVEG_CALL             ;call PCMOVEG to write the char(s)          ;=W
+LHDEXIT:                                                                                 ;=W
+               POP  [DI]+CR_RCOFF            ;save input field display offset            ;=W
+               POP  BX                       ;restore registers                          ;=W
+               POP  DI                                                                   ;=W
+               POP  ES                                                                   ;=W
+;
+               RET                                                                       ;=W
+LEFT_H_DISP    ENDP                                                                      ;=W
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; LEFT_DISP                                                                   :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Calculates if the specified character will fit in the input         :
+;         buffer at the specified character position without display.         :
+;         The byte offset where this character should be inserted is          :
+;         returned or a flag indicating that the character will not fit.      :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Displays the specified portion of the input field buffer from       :
+;         the left character marker to the end of the field.  The following   :
+;         display options are handled by this routine:                        :
+;                                                                             :
+;         - Display of the input field in a wrapped window                    :
+;         - Adjustment of double byte characters to prevent malformed         :
+;           characters                                                        :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+;         The following pointers are used:                                    :
+;                                                                             :
+;           ÚÄ (ICB_FIELDSEG:ICB_FIELDOFF) Beginning address of input         :
+;           ³                            buffer in memory.                    :
+;           ³                                                                 :
+;           ³           ÚÄ (WR_LEFTCHAR) Left marker delimiting the left      :
+;           ³           ³                most character position in the       :
+;           ³           ³                input buffer.                        :
+;           ³           ³                                                     :
+;           ³           ³                Right marker delimiting the right    :
+;           ³           ³                most character position in the       :
+;           ³           ³                input buffer.   (WR_RIGHTCHAR)       :
+;           ³           ³                                       ³             :
+;         ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿           :
+;         ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ S ³ S ³ S ³   ³   ³           :
+;         ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ           :
+;           ³         ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´           :
+;           ³         ³    Area to display                                    :
+;           ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ             :
+;                                    ³                                        :
+;               ICB_FIELDLEN  Length of input field in bytes.                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:  ES:SI        = Points to current ICB                                :
+;         DS:DI        = Points to PB                                         :
+;                                                                             :
+;         AX         1 = This option will calculate if the specified number   :
+;                        of bytes in BX can fit into input buffer at the      :
+;                        specified character position considering the display :
+;                        coordinates and options.  No update of the display   :
+;                        screen will occur.  A flag indicating if the bytes   :
+;                        can be inserted or not is returned.  If the bytes    :
+;                        will fit the offset from the beginning of the input  :
+;                        field in bytes is returned indicating where the      :
+;                        characters should be inserted.                       :
+;                                                                             :
+;                    2 = This option will update the display screen in the    :
+;                        proper format with the input buffer characters       :
+;                        starting at the specified left offset character      :
+;                        to the right character marker.                       :
+;                                                                             :
+;         BX           = Number of bytes to insert starting at the specified  :
+;                        character position.                                  :
+;                                                                             :
+;         WR_CATTR     = Logical color attribute to use when updating screen  :
+;                        if the use of the color attribute string is not      :
+;                        specified.                                           :
+;                                                                             :
+;         CR_RCOFF     = Beginning offset of the upper left input field       :
+;                        display corner from the beginning of the video       :
+;                        buffer.                                              :
+;                                                                             :
+;         CR_SCRWIDTH  = Width of the video buffer in characters and          :
+;                        attributes.                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+;         WR_LEFTCHAR  = The offset into the input buffer, in characters,     :
+;                        of where the specified bytes should fit.             :
+;                                                                             :
+;         WR_RIGHTCHAR = The offset into the input buffer, in characters,     :
+;                        of where the right most character position.          :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:   If AX on entry is set to 1 then on exit:                            :
+;                                                                             :
+;         AX         0 = The specified number of characters will fit.         :
+;                    1 = The specified number of characters will not fit.     :
+;                                                                             :
+;         WR_LEFTBYTE  = The offset into the input buffer, in bytes, of the   :
+;                        left most character position.                        :
+;                                                                             :
+;         WR_RIGHTBYTE = The offset into the input buffer, in bytes, of the   :
+;                        right most character position.                       :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+;        If AX on entry is set to 2 then the input field buffer is            :
+;        displayed on the screen.                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+LEFT_DISP      PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH ES                       ;save PB pointers
+               PUSH DI
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH [DI]+CR_RCOFF            ;save input field display offset
+;
+               CALL LEFT_DISP_INIT           ;initialize internal counter & vars         ;=W
+;
+               JMP  LF20                     ;begin of first row
+;
+; Start a new row in LVB
+;
+LF10:          MOV  AX,[DI]+CR_RCOFF         ;set ptr into LVB to next row.
+               ADD  AX,[DI]+CR_SCRWIDTH      ; Start with current position in
+               SUB  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ; LVB, add screen width in text
+               SUB  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ; and attributes, then subtract
+               MOV  [DI]+CR_RCOFF,AX         ; the length of the input field
+                                             ; twice since length is just in
+                                             ; text chars
+;
+; Do not start new row
+;
+LF20:          MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ;counter contains number of bytes
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_CNTR2,AX         ; available in current row of
+                                             ; input field
+;
+; Prepare to place next byte into LVB, verify chars remaining in input buffer
+;
+LF30:          MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CNTR3         ;check if last character has been
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR,AX     ; written in LVB (rightmost)
+               JGE  LF40                     ;if not last char jump ?
+;
+               JMP  LF160                    ;yes, last character written
+                                             ; prepare to exit
+;
+; Check if end of field on display has been reached
+;
+LF40:          MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;loop if number chars moved is
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_CNTR1,AX         ; less than input buffer length
+               JLE  LF50                     ;
+;
+               JMP  LF160
+;
+; Not complete
+;
+LF50:          CMP  [DI]+WR_CNTR2,0          ;loop while number of bytes
+               JE   LF10                     ; remaining in the row is greater
+                                             ; than zero, jump if bytes avail
+;
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_MOVE,1           ;check if entry option is to
+               JNE  LF60                     ; determine if bytes may be
+                                             ; inserted in displayed field
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_LEFTCHAR      ;check if insertion calculations
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_CNTR3,AX         ; should begin by comparing
+               JNE  LF60                     ; current counter with beginning
+                                             ; left character marker
+;
+               MOV  AL,1                     ;check if insertion calculations
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_INSDONE,AL       ; are complete
+               JE   LF60                     ;if yes, jump
+;
+; Adjust counters after pretending to insert a character into string and LVB
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_BYTESINST     ;dec number bytes avail in row
+               ADD  [DI]+WR_CNTR1,AX         ;inc number bytes moved into LVB
+               SUB  [DI]+WR_CNTR2,AX         ;dec number bytes remaining in row
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_INSDONE,1        ;set flag indicating insert calc
+               JMP  LF30                     ; complete
+;
+; Determine if current byte is a DBCS lead byte
+;
+LF60:          MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_FIELDOFF      ;get the current byte in the
+;
+               PUSH ES                       ;save registers
+               PUSH SI
+;
+               PUSH ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDSEG     ; input field buffer
+               PUSH [DI]+WR_FIELDOFF         ;get the current byte in the
+               POP  SI
+               POP  ES
+;
+               MOV  AL,ES:[SI]               ;get character in input buffer
+;
+               POP  SI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  ES
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+DBC_KS,AL
+;
+               CALL PCINDBC_CALL             ;call routine to check if char
+                                             ; is lead double byte char
+;
+               TEST [DI]+DBC_STAT,DBC_DBCS   ;check if char is lead DBCS
+               JNE  LF70                     ;if yes, jump to double byte code
+;
+               JMP  LF130                    ;if no, jump to single byte code
+;
+; Current byte is leading byte of a double byte character
+;
+LF70:          CMP  [DI]+WR_CNTR2,1          ;check if there is room in current
+               JNE  LF80                     ; row for double byte character
+;
+               JMP  LF110                    ;no room, adjust to next row
+;
+; Double byte character fits on current row
+;
+LF80:          CMP  [DI]+WR_MOVE,2           ;check if option to actually
+               JNE  LF100                    ; update display is active
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_LEFTCHAR      ;check if character should be
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_CNTR3,AX         ; displayed by verifying that
+               JL   LF100                    ; current character falls
+                                             ; between the left and right
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR     ; character markers
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_CNTR3,AX
+               JG   LF100
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_FIELDOFF      ;get offset of character(s)
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_TEXTOFF,AX       ; to display
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_OPT,MG_WA+MG_SC  ;set write attribute option
+;
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_USC ;use attribute string
+               JNE  LF84
+;
+               OR   [DI]+MG_OPT,MG_UA        ;set use logical attribute option
+;
+LF84:          TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_PSW ;is option for password write
+               JNE  LF85                     ; active
+;
+               OR   [DI]+MG_OPT,MG_WC        ;set write character option
+;
+LF85:          MOV  [DI]+MG_NUM,2            ;number of words to move into LVB
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+IN_LVBOFF        ;set actual offset into LVB
+               ADD  AX,[DI]+CR_RCOFF         ; where character(s) will be
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_MIXOFF,AX        ; written
+;
+               CALL PCMOVEG_CALL             ;call PCMOVEG to write characters
+;
+; Adjust pointers and counters after moving double byte character
+;
+LF100:         MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CNTR3         ;LEFT returns the right and left
+               CMP  AX,[DI]+WR_LEFTCHAR      ; byte positions of the right and
+               JNE  LF104                    ; left chars.  See if the current
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CNTR4         ; char is the left char, if so
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_LEFTBYTE,AX      ; store the byte offset, WR_CNTR4,
+               JMP  LF106                    ; into WR_LEFTBYTE
+;
+; Update right byte marker
+;
+LF104:         MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CNTR3         ;LEFT returns the right and left
+               CMP  AX,[DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR     ; byte positions of the right and
+               JNE  LF106                    ; left chars.  See if the current
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CNTR4         ; char is the right char, if so
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTBYTE,AX     ; store the byte offset, WR_CNTR4,
+                                             ; into WR_RIGHTBYTE
+;
+LF106:         ADD  [DI]+WR_FIELDOFF,2       ;inc number bytes moved from input
+                                             ; buffer
+               ADD  [DI]+CR_RCOFF,4          ;inc pointer into LVB
+               ADD  [DI]+WR_CNTR1,2          ;inc number of bytes moved into
+                                             ; LVB
+               SUB  [DI]+WR_CNTR2,2          ;dec number of bytes remain
+               INC  [DI]+WR_CNTR3            ;inc number of characters moved
+                                             ; into LVB from input string
+               ADD  [DI]+WR_CNTR4,2          ;inc number of bytes moved from
+               JMP  LF30                     ; input string
+;
+; Blank fill remaining screen character positions on current row to prevent
+;  double byte character from being split
+;
+LF110:         CMP  [DI]+WR_MOVE,2           ;check if option to update display
+               JNE  LF120                    ; is active
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_LEFTCHAR      ;check if current character
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_CNTR3,AX         ; should be displayed by verifying
+               JL   LF120                    ; that the character falls
+                                             ; within  the left and right
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR     ; character markers
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_CNTR3,AX
+               JG   LF120
+;
+               MOV  AL,WR_BLANK              ;get blanking character
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_SOURCE_C,AL
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_OPT,MG_WA+MG_SC+MG_UC
+                                             ;set write attr, char and syn chk
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_USC
+               JNE  LF114                    ;use attribute string
+;
+               OR   [DI]+MG_OPT,MG_UA        ;set use logical attribute option
+;
+LF114:         TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_PSW ;check if password option active
+               JNE  LF115
+;
+               OR   [DI]+MG_OPT,MG_WC        ;set write character option
+;
+LF115:         MOV  [DI]+MG_NUM,1            ;number of words to move into the
+                                             ; LVB
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+IN_LVBOFF        ;set the actual LVB offset of
+               ADD  AX,[DI]+CR_RCOFF         ; the character to write
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_MIXOFF,AX
+;
+               CALL PCMOVEG_CALL             ;call PCMOVEG to write the char(s)
+;
+; Adjust pointers and counters after writing blanking character to LVB
+;
+LF120:         ADD  [DI]+CR_RCOFF,2          ;inc pointer into the LVB
+               INC  [DI]+WR_CNTR1            ;inc number of bytes moved into
+                                             ; the LVB
+               DEC  [DI]+WR_CNTR2            ;dec number of bytes remaining in
+               JMP  LF10                     ; the current row
+;
+; Byte is a single byte character
+;
+LF130:         CMP  [DI]+WR_MOVE,2           ;check if option to update display
+               JNE  LF150                    ; is active
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_LEFTCHAR      ;check if current character
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_CNTR3,AX         ; should be displayed by verifying
+               JL   LF150                    ; that the character falls
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR     ; character markers
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_CNTR3,AX
+               JG   LF150
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_FIELDOFF      ;get offset of character(s)
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_TEXTOFF,AX       ; to display
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_OPT,MG_WA+MG_SC+MG_UA
+                                             ;set write attribute option
+                                             ;set use logical attribute option
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_PSW ;check if password option active
+               JNE  LF135
+;
+               OR   [DI]+MG_OPT,MG_WC        ;set write character option
+;
+LF135:         MOV  [DI]+MG_NUM,1            ;number of words to move into the
+                                             ; LVB
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+IN_LVBOFF        ;set the actual LVB offset of
+               ADD  AX,[DI]+CR_RCOFF         ; the character to write
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_MIXOFF,AX
+;
+               CALL PCMOVEG_CALL             ;call PCMOVEG to write the char(s)
+;
+; Adjust pointers and counters after moving single byte character
+;
+LF150:         MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CNTR3         ;LEFT returns the right and left
+               CMP  AX,[DI]+WR_LEFTCHAR      ; byte positions of the right and
+               JNE  LF154                    ; left chars.  See if the current
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CNTR4         ; char is the left char, if so
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_LEFTBYTE,AX      ; store the byte offset, WR_CNTR4,
+               JMP  LF156                    ; into WR_LEFTBYTE
+;
+; Update right byte marker
+;
+LF154:         MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CNTR3         ;LEFT returns the right and left
+               CMP  AX,[DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR     ; byte positions of the right and
+               JNE  LF156                    ; left chars.  See if the current
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CNTR4         ; char is the right char, if so
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTBYTE,AX     ; store the byte offset, WR_CNTR4,
+                                             ; into WR_RIGHTBYTE
+;
+LF156:         INC  [DI]+WR_FIELDOFF         ;inc pointer input buffer
+               ADD  [DI]+CR_RCOFF,2          ;inc pointer into LVB
+               INC  [DI]+WR_CNTR1            ;inc counter with number bytes
+                                             ; moved into LVB
+               DEC  [DI]+WR_CNTR2            ;dec counter with number of bytes
+                                             ; remaining in current row
+               ADD  [DI]+WR_CNTR3,1          ;inc counter with number of chars
+                                             ; moved into the LVB from input
+                                             ; buffer
+               ADD  [DI]+WR_CNTR4,1          ;inc counter with number of bytes
+               JMP  LF30                     ; moved into the LVB from input
+                                             ; buffer
+;
+; Completed updating LVB, adjust pointers
+;
+LF160:         CMP  [DI]+WR_MOVE,1           ;Check if option to calculate
+               JNE  LFEXIT                   ; if chars fit in buffer
+;
+; Set up proper return values for insert calculation
+;
+               MOV  AX,1                     ;set flag indicating insert did
+                                             ; not fit
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_CNTR3         ;see if input field fit into LVB
+               DEC  BX                       ; by comparing the right char
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR,BX     ; number with the number of chars
+               JNE  LFEXIT                   ; moved into the LVB.  If they
+                                             ; are equal the string fit into
+                                             ; the LVB.
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_INSDONE,1        ;see if insert has been done
+               JE   LF170                    ;if yes set up return values
+;
+               MOV  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;if no, then insert is at end of
+               SUB  BX,[DI]+WR_CNTR1         ; line i.e. past right char
+               INC  BX                       ;see if there is enough room left
+               CMP  BX,[DI]+WR_BYTESINST     ; to display char being inserted
+               JL   LFEXIT
+;
+LF170:         MOV  AX,0                     ;set flag indicating insert fits
+;
+; Restores the registers to entry values and exits
+;
+LFEXIT:        POP  [DI]+CR_RCOFF            ;save input field display offset
+;
+               POP  BX                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DI
+               POP  ES
+;
+               RET
+LEFT_DISP      ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; LEFTS_DISP                         (no double byte support)                 :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Calculates if the specified character will fit in the input         :          ;=W
+;         buffer at the specified character position without display.         :          ;=W
+;         The byte offset where this character should be inserted is          :          ;=W
+;         returned or a flag indicating that the character will not fit.      :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         Displays the specified portion of the input field buffer from       :          ;=W
+;         the left character marker to the end of the field.  The following   :          ;=W
+;         display options are handled by this routine:                        :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         - Display of the input field in a wrapped window                    :          ;=W
+;         - Adjustment of double byte characters to prevent malformed         :          ;=W
+;           characters                                                        :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         The following pointers are used:                                    :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;           ÚÄ (ICB_FIELDSEG:ICB_FIELDOFF) Beginning address of input         :          ;=W
+;           ³                            buffer in memory.                    :          ;=W
+;           ³                                                                 :          ;=W
+;           ³           ÚÄ (WR_LEFTCHAR) Left marker delimiting the left      :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                most character position in the       :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                input buffer.                        :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                                                     :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                Right marker delimiting the right    :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                most character position in the       :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                input buffer.   (WR_RIGHTCHAR)       :          ;=W
+;           ³           ³                                       ³             :          ;=W
+;         ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿           :          ;=W
+;         ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ L ³ T ³ S ³ S ³ S ³ S ³   ³   ³           :          ;=W
+;         ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÍÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ           :          ;=W
+;           ³         ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´           :          ;=W
+;           ³         ³    Area to display                                    :          ;=W
+;           ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ             :          ;=W
+;                                    ³                                        :          ;=W
+;               ICB_FIELDLEN  Length of input field in bytes.                 :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; Entry:  ES:SI        = Points to current ICB                                :          ;=W
+;         DS:DI        = Points to PB                                         :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         AX         1 = This option will calculate if the specified number   :          ;=W
+;                        of bytes in BX can fit into input buffer at the      :          ;=W
+;                        specified character position considering the display :          ;=W
+;                        coordinates and options.  No update of the display   :          ;=W
+;                        screen will occur.  A flag indicating if the bytes   :          ;=W
+;                        can be inserted or not is returned.  If the bytes    :          ;=W
+;                        will fit the offset from the beginning of the input  :          ;=W
+;                        field in bytes is returned indicating where the      :          ;=W
+;                        characters should be inserted.                       :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;                    2 = This option will update the display screen in the    :          ;=W
+;                        proper format with the input buffer characters       :          ;=W
+;                        starting at the specified left offset character      :          ;=W
+;                        to the right character marker.                       :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         BX           = Number of bytes to insert starting at the specified  :          ;=W
+;                        character position.                                  :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         WR_CATTR     = Logical color attribute to use when updating screen  :          ;=W
+;                        if the use of the color attribute string is not      :          ;=W
+;                        specified.                                           :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         CR_RCOFF     = Beginning offset of the upper left input field       :          ;=W
+;                        display corner from the beginning of the video       :          ;=W
+;                        buffer.                                              :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         CR_SCRWIDTH  = Width of the video buffer in characters and          :          ;=W
+;                        attributes.                                          :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         WR_LEFTCHAR  = The offset into the input buffer, in characters,     :          ;=W
+;                        of where the specified bytes should fit.             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         WR_RIGHTCHAR = The offset into the input buffer, in characters,     :          ;=W
+;                        of where the right most character position.          :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+; Exit:   If AX on entry is set to 1 then on exit:                            :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         AX         0 = The specified number of characters will fit.         :          ;=W
+;                    1 = The specified number of characters will not fit.     :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         WR_LEFTBYTE  = The offset into the input buffer, in bytes, of the   :          ;=W
+;                        left most character position.                        :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;         WR_RIGHTBYTE = The offset into the input buffer, in bytes, of the   :          ;=W
+;                        right most character position.                       :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;        If AX on entry is set to 2 then the input field buffer is            :          ;=W
+;        displayed on the screen.                                             :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LEFTS_DISP    PROC NEAR                                                                 ;=W
+;
+               PUSH ES                       ;save PB pointers                           ;=W
+               PUSH DI                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH BX                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH [DI]+CR_RCOFF            ;save input field display offset            ;=W
+;
+               CALL LEFT_DISP_INIT           ;initialize internal counters & vars        ;=W
+;
+               JMP  LS20                     ;begin of first row                         ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Start a new row in LVB                                                                 ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LS10:          MOV  AX,[DI]+CR_RCOFF         ;set ptr into LVB to next row.              ;=W
+               ADD  AX,[DI]+CR_SCRWIDTH      ; Start with current position in            ;=W
+               SUB  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ; LVB, add screen width in text             ;=W
+               SUB  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ; and attributes, then subtract             ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+CR_RCOFF,AX         ; the length of the input field             ;=W
+                                             ; twice since length is just in             ;=W
+                                             ; text chars                                ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Do not start new row                                                                   ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LS20:          MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_WIDTH     ;counter contains number of bytes           ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_CNTR2,AX         ; available in current row of               ;=W
+                                             ; input field                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Prepare to place next byte into LVB, verify chars remaining in input buffer            ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LS30:          MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CNTR3         ;check if last character has been           ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR,AX     ; written in LVB (rightmost)                ;=W
+               JGE  LS40                     ;if not last char jump ?                    ;=W
+;
+               JMP  LS160                    ;yes, last character written                ;=W
+                                             ; prepare to exit                           ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Check if end of field on display has been reached                                      ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LS40:          MOV  AX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;loop if number chars moved is              ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_CNTR1,AX         ; less than input buffer length             ;=W
+               JLE  LS50                     ;                                           ;=W
+;
+               JMP  LS160                                                                ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Not complete                                                                           ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LS50:          CMP  [DI]+WR_CNTR2,0          ;loop while number of bytes                 ;=W
+               JE   LS10                     ; remaining in the row is greater           ;=W
+                                             ; than zero, jump if bytes avail            ;=W
+;
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_MOVE,1           ;check if entry option is to                ;=W
+               JNE  LS130                    ; determine if bytes may be                 ;=W
+                                             ; inserted in displayed field               ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_LEFTCHAR      ;check if insertion calculations            ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_CNTR3,AX         ; should begin by comparing                 ;=W
+               JNE  LS130                    ; current counter with beginning            ;=W
+                                             ; left character marker                     ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AL,1                     ;check if insertion calculations            ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_INSDONE,AL       ; are complete                              ;=W
+               JE   LS130                    ;if yes, jump                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Adjust counters after pretending to insert a character into string and LVB             ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_BYTESINST     ;dec number bytes avail in row              ;=W
+               ADD  [DI]+WR_CNTR1,AX         ;inc number bytes moved into LVB            ;=W
+               SUB  [DI]+WR_CNTR2,AX         ;dec number bytes remaining in row          ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_INSDONE,1        ;set flag indicating insert calc            ;=W
+               JMP  LS30                     ; complete                                  ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Byte is a single byte character                                                        ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LS130:         CMP  [DI]+WR_MOVE,2           ;check if option to update display          ;=W
+               JNE  LS150                    ; is active                                 ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_LEFTCHAR      ;check if current character                 ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_CNTR3,AX         ; should be displayed by verifying          ;=W
+               JL   LS150                    ; that the character falls                  ;=W
+                                             ; within  the left and right                ;=W
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR     ; character markers                         ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_CNTR3,AX                                                     ;=W
+               JG   LS150                                                                ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_FIELDOFF      ;get offset of character(s)                 ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_TEXTOFF,AX       ; to display                                ;=W
+;
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_OPT,MG_WA+MG_SC+MG_UA                                        ;=W
+                                             ;set write attribute option                 ;=W
+                                             ;set use logical attribute option           ;=W
+               TEST ES:[SI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_PSW ;check if password option active            ;=W
+               JNE  LS135                                                                ;=W
+;
+               OR   [DI]+MG_OPT,MG_WC        ;set write character option                 ;=W
+;
+LS135:         MOV  [DI]+MG_NUM,1            ;number of words to move into the           ;=W
+                                             ; LVB                                       ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+IN_LVBOFF        ;set the actual LVB offset of               ;=W
+               ADD  AX,[DI]+CR_RCOFF         ; the character to write                    ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+MG_MIXOFF,AX                                                    ;=W
+;
+               CALL PCMOVEG_CALL             ;call PCMOVEG to write the char(s)          ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Adjust pointers and counters after moving single byte character                        ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LS150:         MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CNTR3         ;LEFT returns the right and left            ;=W
+               CMP  AX,[DI]+WR_LEFTCHAR      ; byte positions of the right and           ;=W
+               JNE  LS154                    ; left chars.  See if the current           ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CNTR4         ; char is the left char, if so              ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_LEFTBYTE,AX      ; store the byte offset, WR_CNTR4,          ;=W
+               JMP  LS156                    ; into WR_LEFTBYTE                          ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Update right byte marker                                                               ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LS154:         MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CNTR3         ;LEFT returns the right and left            ;=W
+               CMP  AX,[DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR     ; byte positions of the right and           ;=W
+               JNE  LS156                    ; left chars.  See if the current           ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_CNTR4         ; char is the right char, if so             ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+WR_RIGHTBYTE,AX     ; store the byte offset, WR_CNTR4,          ;=W
+                                             ; into WR_RIGHTBYTE                         ;=W
+LS156:         INC  [DI]+WR_FIELDOFF         ;inc pointer input buffer                   ;=W
+               ADD  [DI]+CR_RCOFF,2          ;inc pointer into LVB                       ;=W
+               INC  [DI]+WR_CNTR1            ;inc counter with number bytes              ;=W
+                                             ; moved into LVB                            ;=W
+               DEC  [DI]+WR_CNTR2            ;dec counter with number of bytes           ;=W
+                                             ; remaining in current row                  ;=W
+               ADD  [DI]+WR_CNTR3,1          ;inc counter with number of chars           ;=W
+                                             ; moved into the LVB from input             ;=W
+                                             ; buffer                                    ;=W
+               ADD  [DI]+WR_CNTR4,1          ;inc counter with number of bytes           ;=W
+               JMP  LS30                     ; moved into the LVB from input             ;=W
+                                             ; buffer                                    ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Completed updating LVB, adjust pointers                                                ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LS160:         CMP  [DI]+WR_MOVE,1           ;Check if option to calculate               ;=W
+               JNE  LSEXIT                   ; if chars fit in buffer                    ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Set up proper return values for insert calculation                                     ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+               MOV  AX,1                     ;set flag indicating insert did             ;=W
+                                             ; not fit                                   ;=W
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+WR_CNTR3         ;see if input field fit into LVB            ;=W
+               DEC  BX                       ; by comparing the right char               ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_RIGHTCHAR,BX     ; number with the number of chars           ;=W
+               JNE  LSEXIT                   ; moved into the LVB.  If they              ;=W
+                                             ; are equal the string fit into             ;=W
+                                             ; the LVB.                                  ;=W
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_INSDONE,1        ;see if insert has been done                ;=W
+               JE   LS170                    ;if yes set up return values                ;=W
+;
+               MOV  BX,ES:[SI]+ICB_FIELDLEN  ;if no, then insert is at end of            ;=W
+               SUB  BX,[DI]+WR_CNTR1         ; line i.e. past right char                 ;=W
+               INC  BX                       ;see if there is enough room left           ;=W
+               CMP  BX,[DI]+WR_BYTESINST     ; to display char being inserted            ;=W
+               JL   LSEXIT                                                               ;=W
+;
+LS170:         MOV  AX,0                     ;set flag indicating insert fits            ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+; Restores the registers to entry values and exits                                       ;=W
+;                                                                                        ;=W
+LSEXIT:        POP  [DI]+CR_RCOFF            ;save input field display offset            ;=W
+;
+               POP  BX                       ;restore registers                          ;=W
+               POP  DI                                                                   ;=W
+               POP  ES                                                                   ;=W
+;
+               RET                                                                       ;=W
+LEFTS_DISP     ENDP                                                                      ;=W
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;  DRAW_DEM                                                                   :          ;=W
+;           Draw a input field delimiter                                      :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;  Entry:                                                                     :          ;=W
+;          ES:SI  address of icon                                             :          ;=W
+;          GC_ROW - character row to display delimiter                        :          ;=W
+;          GC_COL - character column to display delimiter                     :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;  Exit:   None                                                               :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+DRAW_DEM       PROC NEAR                                                                 ;=W
+;
+               PUSH AX                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH BX                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH CX                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH DX                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH DI                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH SI                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH DS                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH ES                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH BP                                                                   ;=W
+;
+               MOV  BP,AX
+;
+               MOV  DX,300H + graph_addr                                                 ;=W
+               MOV  AH,2                     ; Write Mode 2                              ;=W
+               MOV  AL,5                     ; Write Mode Register                       ;=W
+               OUT  DX,AX                                                                ;=W
+;
+               MOV  DL,seq_addr                                                          ;=W
+               MOV  AH,0FFH                  ;enable all maps                            ;=W
+               MOV  AL,s_map                 ;map mask                                   ;=W
+               OUT  DX,AX                    ;set the registers                          ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+WR_ROWBYTES                                                  ;=W
+               MOV  BX,50H                                                               ;=W
+               MUL  BX                                                                   ;=W
+                                                                                         ;=W
+               MOV  BX,[DI]+GC_ROW                                                       ;=W
+               MUL  BX                                                                   ;=W
+               ADD  AX,[DI]+GC_COL                                                       ;=W
+;
+               MOV  BH,[DI]+WR_CATTR         ;get current color attribute                ;=W
+;
+               CMP  [DI]+WR_VIDMODE,11H      ;check for graphics mode 11H
+               JNE  DD05                     ;nop, continue
+               MOV  BH,0FH                   ;yes, mode 11 is only black &
+;
+DD05:          MOV  CL,4                     ;count for shift                            ;=W
+               SHR  BX,CL                    ;separate background/foreground             ;=W
+               MOV  CL,4                     ;count for shift                            ;=W
+               SHR  BL,CL                    ;put in low order nibble                    ;=W
+               XCHG BL,BH                    ;foreground/background are reversed         ;=W
+                                             ; for delimiter
+; BL = background color, BH = foreground color
+               CMP  BP,02                    ;check if we want to remove delimiters      ;=W
+               JNE  DD10                     ;no, ok                                     ;=W
+               MOV  BH,BL                    ;make both background color                 ;=W
+                                                                                         ;=W
+DD10:                                                                                    ;=W
+               MOV  CL,[DI]+WR_VIDMODE                                                   ;=W
+               MOV  DX,[DI]+IN_OPT
+;
+               PUSH ES                       ;make DS:SI point to bit maps               ;=W
+               POP  DS                                                                   ;=W
+;
+               MOV  DI,AX                                                                ;=W
+               MOV  AX,0A000H                                                            ;=W
+               MOV  ES,AX                                                                ;=W
+;
+               TEST DX,IN_MCGA               ;mode 11H, non-VGA hardware?
+               JNE  DD100                    ;if so, go do it
+;---------------------------------------------                                           ;=W
+; Mode 10,11,12 with VGA                     :                                           ;=W
+;---------------------------------------------                                           ;=W
+               MOV  DX,300H + graph_addr       ;graphics chip                            ;=W
+               XOR  CH,CH                                                                ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AL,CL                      ;save vid mode
+               MOV  CL,0EH                     ;# pixel rows in delimiter                ;=W
+               CMP  AL,10H                     ;are we in graphics mode 10H
+               JE   DD40                       ;yes, # rows ok
+               ADD  CL,2                       ;no, mode 11,12 have 16 pixel rows
+DD40:                                          ; instead of 14 pixel rows.
+               MOV  BP,02H                     ;# pixel columns/8 in delimiter           ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AH,0FFH                                                              ;=W
+               MOV  AL,g_bit_mask              ;bit mask index                           ;=W
+               OUT  DX,AX                      ;set bit mask                             ;=W
+DD50:                                                                                    ;=W
+               PUSH CX                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH DI                                                                   ;=W
+               MOV  CX,BP                                                                ;=W
+DD60:                                                                                    ;=W
+               MOV  AH,0FFH                    ;background                               ;=W
+               MOV  AL,g_bit_mask              ;bit mask index                           ;=W
+               OUT  DX,AX                      ;set bit mask                             ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AL,ES:[DI]                 ;latch data                               ;=W
+               MOV  ES:[DI],BH                 ;set the dot                              ;=W
+;
+               LODSB                           ;foreground                               ;=W
+               XCHG AL,AH                                                                ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AL,g_bit_mask              ;bit mask index                           ;=W
+               OUT  DX,AX                      ;set bit mask                             ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AL,ES:[DI]                 ;latch data                               ;=W
+               MOV  ES:[DI],BL                 ;set the dot                              ;=W
+;
+               INC  DI                                                                   ;=W
+               LOOP DD60                                                                 ;=W
+;
+               POP  DI                                                                   ;=W
+               ADD  DI,LINELEN                                                           ;=W
+               POP  CX                                                                   ;=W
+               LOOP DD50                                                                 ;=W
+               JMP  DDEXIT                                                               ;=W
+;---------------------------------------------                                           ;=W
+; Mode 11H with no VGA                       :                                           ;=W
+;---------------------------------------------                                           ;=W
+DD100:         XOR  CH,CH
+               MOV  CL,10H                   ;# pixel rows in delimiter
+               MOV  BP,02H                   ;# of pixel columns in delimiter
+
+DD110:         PUSH CX
+               PUSH DI
+;
+               MOV  CX,BP
+;
+DD120:         LODSB                         ;get icon row
+;
+DD130:         XOR  AL,0FFH
+               MOV  ES:[DI],AL               ;set the dot
+               INC  DI
+               LOOP DD120
+;
+               POP  DI
+;
+               ADD  DI,50H                   ;line length, 80
+;
+               POP  CX
+;
+               LOOP DD110
+;
+DDEXIT:        POP  BP
+               POP  ES
+               POP  DS
+               POP  SI
+               POP  DI
+               POP  DX
+               POP  CX
+               POP  BX
+               POP  AX
+;
+               RET
+DRAW_DEM       ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;  GET_MONO_DOS                                                               :          ;=W
+;           Get segment and offset of the DOS monocasing table and return it  :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;  Entry:  None                                                               :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;  Exit:   None                                                               :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+GET_MONO_DOS   PROC NEAR                                                                 ;=W
+;
+               PUSH SI                       ;save registers                             ;=W
+               PUSH ES                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH DI                                                                   ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AH,65H                   ;extended country info                      ;=W
+               MOV  AL,02H                   ;get uppercase table ptrs                   ;=W
+               MOV  BX,-1                    ;default code page                          ;=W
+               MOV  DX,-1                    ;default country id                         ;=W
+               MOV  CX,05H                   ;# bytes returned                           ;=W
+               PUSH DS                                                                   ;=W
+               POP  ES                       ;ES:DI ptrs to return buffer                ;=W
+               MOV  DI,OFFSET WR_CUCHAR      ;use as temp buffer                         ;=W
+;
+               INT  21H                                                                  ;=W
+;
+               INC  DI                       ;skip info id                               ;=W
+               MOV  SI,DI                    ;we need DI so use SI                       ;=W
+               POP  DI                                                                   ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AX,WORD PTR [SI]         ;get DOS monocasing table offset            ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+IN_MONOOFF,AX       ;save it                                    ;=W
+               ADD  SI,2                                                                 ;=W
+               MOV  AX,WORD PTR [SI]         ;get DOS monocasing table segment           ;=W
+               MOV  [DI]+IN_MONOSEG,AX       ;save it                                    ;=W
+;
+               POP  ES                       ;restore registers                          ;=W
+               POP  SI                                                                   ;=W
+;
+               RET                                                                       ;=W
+GET_MONO_DOS   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;  GET_DBCS                                                                   :          ;=W
+;           Get segment and offset of the DOS double byte support table.      :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;  Entry:  DS:DI                                                              :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;  Exit:   None                                                               :          ;=W
+;                                                                             :          ;=W
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+          ;=W
+GET_DBCS       PROC NEAR                                                                 ;=W
+;
+               PUSH SI
+               PUSH ES                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH DI                                                                   ;=W
+               PUSH DI                                                                   ;=W
+;
+               MOV  AH,65H                   ;get extended country info
+               MOV  AL,07H                   ;get DBCS environment table
+               INT  21H                      ;DOS function call,vector returned
+                                             ; in ES:DI
+               POP  SI                       ;ptr, SI -> IN_PB
+               INC  DI                       ;skip over id byte returned
+               MOV  AX,WORD PTR ES:[DI]      ;get offset of DBCS table
+               MOV  [DI]+IN_DBCSOFF,AX       ;save it
+;
+               ADD  DI,2                     ;skip over offset to get segment
+               MOV  BX,WORD PTR ES:[DI]      ;get segment of DBCS table
+               MOV  [DI]+IN_DBCSSEG,BX       ;save it
+;
+               POP  DI
+;
+               MOV  SI,AX                    ;Point to DBCS table to get length
+               MOV  ES,BX
+               MOV  AX,WORD PTR ES:[SI]
+               MOV  [DI]+IN_DBCSLEN,AX
+               ADD  [DI]+IN_DBCSOFF,2        ;change offset to point to table
+;
+               POP  ES
+               POP  SI
+;
+               RET
+GET_DBCS       ENDP
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/PDB.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/PDB.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41fbd90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/PDB.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)pdb.asm    1.1 85/04/10
+BREAK <Process data block>
+
+;
+; Process data block (otherwise known as program header)
+;
+
+FilPerProc          EQU     20
+
+Process_data_block  STRUC
+PDB_Exit_Call       DW      ?           ; INT int_abort system terminate
+PDB_block_len       DW      ?           ; size of execution block
+                    DB      ?
+PDB_CPM_Call        DB  5 DUP (?)       ; ancient call to system
+PDB_Exit            DD      ?           ; pointer to exit routine
+PDB_Ctrl_C          DD      ?           ; pointer to ^C routine
+PDB_Fatal_abort     DD      ?           ; pointer to fatal error
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+PDB_Parent_PID      DW      ?           ; PID of parent (terminate PID)
+PDB_JFN_Table       DB  FilPerProc DUP (?)
+                                        ; indices into system table
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+PDB_environ         DW      ?           ; seg addr of environment
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+PDB_User_stack      DD      ?           ; stack of self during system calls
+PDB_JFN_Length      DW      ?           ; number of handles allowed
+PDB_JFN_Pointer     DD      ?           ; pointer to JFN table
+PDB_Next_PDB        DD      ?           ; pointer to nested PDB's
+PDB_PAD1            DB      14h DUP (?)
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+PDB_Call_system     DB      5 DUP (?)   ; portable method of system call
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+PDB_PAD2            DB      7h DUP (?)
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+Process_data_block  ENDS
+
+PDB_InterCon    EQU     BYTE PTR PDB_PAD1       ; 2/12/KK
+PDB_Append      EQU     BYTE PTR PDB_PAD1+1     ; 2/12/KK
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/POSTEQU.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/POSTEQU.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b01ed5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/POSTEQU.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+; Revised FOR KBX (ADD EQUATES FOR KB_FLAG_3) AEV  8-17-84
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;               EQUATES                 :
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+TTEST           EQU     0               ; CONDITIONAL ASM (TEST2.SRC)
+KY_LOCK         EQU     0               ; CONDITIONAL ASM (TEST2.SRC)
+KEY_NUMS        EQU     0               ; CONDITIONAL ASM (KYBD.SRC)
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+X287            EQU     0F0H            ; MATH PROCESSOR
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+LOOP_POST       EQU     020H            ; MFG LOOP POST JUMPER
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+REFRESH_BIT     EQU     010H            ; REFRESH TEST BIT
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+POST_SS         EQU     0H              ; POST STACK SEGMENT
+POST_SP         EQU     8000H           ; POST STACK POINTER
+TEMP_STACK_LO   EQU     0FFFFH          ;
+TEMP_STACK_HI   EQU     0               ; SET PROTECTED MODE TEMP_SS
+                                        ; 0:FFFFH
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+PORT_A          EQU     60H             ; 8042 KEYBOARD SCAN/DIAG OUTPUTS
+PORT_B          EQU     61H             ; 8042 READ WRITE REGISTER
+PARITY_ERR      EQU     0C0H            ; RAM/IO CHANNEL PARITY ERROR
+RAM_PAR_ON      EQU     11110011B       ; AND THIS VALUE
+RAM_PAR_OFF     EQU     00001100B       ; OR THIS VALUE
+IO_CHK          EQU     01000000B       ; IO CHECK?
+PRTY_CHK        EQU     10000000B       ; PARITY CHECK?
+
+STATUS_PORT     EQU     64H             ;8042 STATUS PORT
+OUT_BUF_FULL    EQU     01H             ; 0 = +OUTPUT BUFFER FULL
+INPT_BUF_FULL   EQU     02H             ; 1 = +INPUT BUFFER FULL
+SYS_FLAG        EQU     04H             ; 2 = -SYSTEM FLAG -POR/-SELF TEST
+CMD_DATA        EQU     08H             ; 3 = -COMMAND/+DATA
+KYBD_INH        EQU     10H             ; 4 = +KEYBOARD INHIBITED
+TRANS_TMOUT     EQU     20H             ; 5 = +TRANSMIT TIMEOUT
+RCV_TMOUT       EQU     40H             ; 6 = +RECEIVE TIME OUT
+PARITY_EVEN     EQU     80H             ; 7 = +PARITY IS EVEN
+SHUT_CMD        EQU     0FEH            ; CAUSE A SHUTDOWN COMMAND
+INTR_FACE_CK    EQU     0ABH            ; CHECK 8042 INTERFACE CMD
+KYBD_CLK_DATA   EQU     0E0H            ; GET KYBD CLOCK AND DATA CMD
+KYBD_CLK        EQU     001H            ; KEYBOARD CLOCK BIT 0
+;----------MANUFACTURING PORT------------------------------------------------
+MFG_PORT        EQU     80H             ; MANUFACTURING CHECKPOINT PORT
+;----------MANUFACTURING BIT DEFINITION FOR MFG_ERR_FLAG+1-------------------
+MEM_FAIL        EQU     00000001B      ; STORAGE TEST FAILED (ERROR 20X)
+PRO_FAIL        EQU     00000010B      ; VIRTUAL MODE TEST FAILED (ERROR 104)
+LMCS_FAIL       EQU     00000100B      ; LOW MEG CHIP SELECT FAILED (ERROR 109)
+KYCLK_FAIL      EQU     00001000B      ; KEYBOARD CLOCK TEST FAILED (ERROR 304)
+KY_SYS_FAIL     EQU     00010000B      ; KEYBOARD OR SYSTEM FAILED (ERROR 303)
+KYBD_FAIL       EQU     00100000B      ; KEYBOARD FAILED (ERROR 301)
+DSK_FAIL        EQU     01000000B      ; DISKETTE TEST FAILED (ERROR 601)
+KEY_FAIL        EQU     10000000B      ; KEYBOARD LOCKED (ERROR 302)
+;----------8042 INPUT PORT BIT DEFINITION------------------------------------
+BASE_RAM        EQU     10H             ;BASE R/W MEMORY
+MFG_JMP         EQU     20H             ;LOOP POST JUMPER
+DSP_JMP         EQU     40H             ;DISPLAY TYPE JUMPER
+KEY_BD_INHIB    EQU     80H             ;KEYBOARD INHIBIT SWITCH
+;----------8042 RAM DEFINITION-----------------------------------------------
+INH_KEYBOARD    EQU     10H             ;BYTE 0 BIT 4 OF 8042 RAM
+;-------------- COMMANDS ----------------------------------------------------
+READ_8042_RAM   EQU     20H             ; BITS 0-4 = ADDRESS (20-3F)
+WRITE_8042_RAM  EQU     60H             ;
+SELF_8042_TEST  EQU     0AAH            ; 8042 SELF TEST
+READ_8042_INPUT EQU     0C0H            ; READ 8042 INPUT PORT
+ENA_KBD         EQU     0AEH            ; ENABLE KEYBOARD COMMAND
+DIS_KBD         EQU     0ADH            ; DISABLE KEYBOARD COMMAND
+ENABLE_BIT20    EQU     0DFH            ; ENABLE ADDR LINE BIT 20
+DISABLE_BIT20   EQU     0DDH            ; DISABLE ADDR LINE BIT 20
+;-------------- KEYBOARD/LED COMMANDS --------------------------------------
+KB_MENU         EQU     0F1H            ; SELECT MENU COMMAND
+KB_TYPA_RD      EQU     0F3H            ; SET TYPAMATIC RATE/DELAY         RWV 10-07-85
+KB_ENABLE       EQU     0F4H            ; KEYBOARD ENABLE
+KB_MAKE_BREAK   EQU     0F7H            ; TYPAMATIC
+KB_ECHO         EQU     0FEH            ; ECHO COMMAND
+KB_RESET        EQU     0FFH            ; SELF DIAGNOSTIC COMMAND
+LED_CMD         EQU     0EDH            ; LED WRITE COMMAND
+;--------------- KEYBOARD RESPONSE -----------------------------------------
+KB_OK           EQU     0AAH            ; RESPONSE FROM SELF DIAG
+KB_ACK          EQU     0FAH            ; ACKNOWLEDGE FROM TRANSMISSION
+KB_OVER_RUN     EQU     0FFH            ; OVER RUN
+KB_RESEND       EQU     0FEH            ; RESEND REQUEST
+KB_BREAK        EQU     0F0H            ; KEYBOARD BREAK CODE
+;-------------- CMOS EQUATES -------------------------------------------------
+CMOS_PORT       EQU     070H            ; IO ADDRESS OF CMOS PORT
+CLK_UP          EQU     08AH            ; CLOCK UPDATE STATUS
+CMOS_ALARM      EQU     08BH            ;
+CMOS_BEGIN      EQU     090H            ;
+CMOS_END        EQU     0ADH            ;
+SHUT_DOWN       EQU     08FH            ; SHUTDOWN OFFSET
+BATTERY_COND_STATUS EQU 08DH            ; BATTERY STATUS
+M_SIZE_HI       EQU     0B1H            ; IO MEMORY SIZE HIGH BYTE (POST)
+M_SIZE_LO       EQU     0B0H            ; IO MEMORY SIZE LO BYTE   (POST)
+M1_SIZE_HI      EQU     096H            ; 0->640K CONFIG MEMORY SIZE (SETUP)
+M1_SIZE_LO      EQU     095H            ;   LOW BYTE (SETUP)
+M2_SIZE_HI      EQU     098H            ; 640K->UP CONFIG MEMORY SIZE (SETUP)
+M2_SIZE_LO      EQU     097H            ;   LOW BYTE (SETUP)
+C_EQUIP         EQU     094H            ; CMOS EQUIPMENT FLAG
+HD_FILE_TYPE    EQU     092H            ; HARD FILE TYPE BYTE
+PAGE
+;--------------- CMOS DIAG_STATUS ERROR FLAGS--------------------------------
+DIAG_STATUS     EQU     08EH            ; CMOS ADDRESS OF DIAG_STATUS
+BAD_BAT         EQU     080H            ; DEAD BATTERY
+BAD_CKSUM       EQU     040H            ; CHECKSUM ERROR
+BAD_CONFIG      EQU     020H            ; MINIMUM CONFIG USED INSTEAD OF CMOS
+W_MEM_SIZE      EQU     010H            ; MEMORY SIZE NOT EQUAL TO CONFIG
+HF_FAIL         EQU     008H            ; HARD FILE FAILURE ON INIT
+CMOS_CLK_FAIL   EQU     004H            ; CMOS CLK NOT UPDATING OR NOT VALID
+;--------------- CMOS INFORMATION FLAGS--------------------------------------
+INFO_STATUS     EQU     0B3H            ; CMOS ADDRESS OF INFO BYTE
+M640K           EQU     080H            ; 512K -> 640K CARD INSTALLED
+NEW_INST        EQU     040H            ; FLAG USED BY CMOS SETUP UTILITY
+HF_BOOT         EQU     020H            ; BOOT HARD FILE FLAG
+;--------------- INTERRUPT EQUATES ------------------------------------------
+INTA00          EQU     20H             ; 8259 PORT
+INTA01          EQU     21H             ; 8259 PORT
+EOI             EQU     20H
+INTB00          EQU     0A0H            ; 2ND 8259
+INTB01          EQU     0A1H            ;
+INT_TYPE        EQU     070H            ; START OF 8259 INTERRUPT TABLE LOCATION
+INT_VIDEO       EQU     010H            ; VIDEO VECTOR
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+TIMER           EQU     40H
+TIM_CTL         EQU     43H             ; 8253 TIMER CONTROL PORT ADDR
+TIMER0          EQU     40H             ; 8253 TIMER/CNTER 0 PORT ADDR
+TMINT           EQU     01              ; TIMER 0 INTR RECVD MASK
+;--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+DMA08           EQU     08              ; DMA STATUS REG PORT ADDR
+DMA             EQU     00              ; DMA CH.0 ADDR. REG PORT ADDR
+;--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+DMA18           EQU     0D0H            ; 2ND DMA STATUS PORT ADDR
+DMA1            EQU     0C0H            ; 2ND DMA CH.0 ADDR. REG PORT ADDR
+;--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+DMA_PAGE        EQU     81H             ; START OF DMA PAGE REGISTERS
+LAST_DMA_PAGE   EQU     8FH             ; LAST DMA PAGE REGISTER
+;--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+MAX_PERIOD      EQU     540H
+MIN_PERIOD      EQU     410H
+KBD_IN          EQU     60H             ; KEYBOARD DATA IN ADDR PORT
+KBDINT          EQU     02              ; KEYBOARD INTR MASK
+KB_DATA         EQU     60H             ; KEYBOARD SCAN CODE PORT
+KB_CTL          EQU     61H             ; CONTROL BITS FOR KEYBOARD SENSE DATA
+KB_ERR          EQU     80H             ; KEYBOARD TRANSMIT ERROR FLAG
+;----- SHIFT FLAG EQUATES WITHIN KB_FLAG
+INS_STATE       EQU     80H             ; INSERT STATE IS ACTIVE
+CAPS_STATE      EQU     40H             ; CAPS LOCK STATE HAS BEEN TOGGLED
+NUM_STATE       EQU     20H             ; NUM LOCK STATE HAS BEEN TOGGLED
+SCROLL_STATE    EQU     10H             ; SCROLL LOCK STATE HAS BEEN TOGGLED
+ALT_SHIFT       EQU     08H             ; ALTERNATE SHIFT KEY DEPRESSED
+CTL_SHIFT       EQU     04H             ; CONTROL SHIFT KEY DEPRESSED
+LEFT_SHIFT      EQU     02H             ; LEFT SHIFT KEY DEPRESSED
+RIGHT_SHIFT     EQU     01H             ; RIGHT SHIFT KEY DEPRESSED
+;----- SHIFT FLAG EQUATES WITHIN KB_FLAG_1
+INS_SHIFT       EQU     80H             ; INSERT KEY IS DEPRESSED
+CAPS_SHIFT      EQU     40H             ; CAPS LOCK KEY IS DEPRESSED
+NUM_SHIFT       EQU     20H             ; NUM LOCK KEY IS DEPRESSED
+SCROLL_SHIFT    EQU     10H             ; SCROLL LOCK KEY IS DEPRESSED
+HOLD_STATE      EQU     08H             ; SUSPEND KEY HAS BEEN TOGGLED
+SYS_SHIFT       EQU     04H             ; SYSTEM KEY DEPRESSED AND HELD
+L_ALT_SHIFT     EQU     02H             ; LEFT ALT KEY DOWN                RWV 8-28-85
+L_CTL_SHIFT     EQU     01H             ; LEFT CTL KEY DOWN                RWV 8-28-85
+;---------------FLAGS WITHIN KB_FLAG_2
+KB_ERR          EQU     80H             ; KEYBOARD TRANSMIT ERROR FLAG
+KB_PR_LED       EQU     40H             ; MODE INDICATOR UPDATE
+KB_FE           EQU     20H             ; RESEND RECEIVED FLAG
+KB_FA           EQU     10H             ; ACK RECEIVED
+CIRCUS_SYSTEM   EQU     08H             ; CIRCUS SYSTEM INDICATOR
+KB_LEDS         EQU     07H             ; KEYBOARD LED STATE BITS
+;                       04H             ; CAPS LOCK INDICATOR
+;                       02H             ; NUM LOCK INDICATOR
+;                       01H             ; SCROLL LOCK INDICATOR
+;---------------FLAGS WITHIN KB_FLAG_3
+RD_ID           EQU     80H             ; DOING A READ ID (MUST BE BIT0)   AEV
+LC_AB           EQU     40H             ; LAST CHAR WAS FIRST ID CHAR      AEV
+SET_NUM_LK      EQU     20H             ; FORCE NUM LOCK IF RD ID & KBX    AEV
+KBX             EQU     10H             ; ENHANCED KEYBOARD INSTALLED      RWV 7-18-85
+R_ALT_SHIFT     EQU     08H             ; RIGHT ALT KEY DOWN               RWV 7-18-85
+GRAPH_ON        EQU     08H             ; ALT GRAPHICS KEY DOWN (WT ONLY)  AEV
+R_CTL_SHIFT     EQU     04H             ; RIGHT CTL KEY DOWN               RWV 7-18-85
+LC_E0           EQU     02H             ; LAST CODE WAS THE E0 HIDDEN CODE RWV 7-18-85
+LC_E1           EQU     01H             ; LAST CODE WAS THE E1 HIDDEN CODE RWV 7-18-85
+;----- SCAN CODE EQUATES FOR THE KEYBOARD
+NUM_KEY         EQU     69              ; SCAN CODE FOR NUMBER LOCK
+SCROLL_KEY      EQU     70              ; SCAN CODE FOR SCROLL LOCK
+ALT_KEY         EQU     56              ; SCAN CODE FOR ALTERNATE KEY
+CTL_KEY         EQU     29              ; SCAN CODE FOR CONTROL KEY
+CAPS_KEY        EQU     58              ; SCAN CODE FOR SHIFT LOCK
+LEFT_KEY        EQU     42              ; SCAN CODE FOR LEFT SHIFT
+RIGHT_KEY       EQU     54              ; SCAN CODE FOR RIGHT SHIFT
+INS_KEY         EQU     82              ; SCAN CODE FOR INSERT KEY
+DEL_KEY         EQU     83              ; SCAN CODE FOR DELETE KEY
+SYS_KEY         EQU     84              ; SCAN CODE FOR SYSTEM KEY
+;-------------- ENHANCED KEYBOARD EQUATES
+ID_1            EQU     0ABH            ; 1ST ID CHAR FOR KBX
+ID_2            EQU     041H            ; 2ND ID CHAR FOR KBX              AEV
+ID_2A           EQU     054H            ; ALTERNATE 2ND ID CHAR FOR KBX    RWV 8-16-85
+F11_M           EQU     87              ; F11 KEY MAKE
+F12_M           EQU     88              ; F12 KEY MAKE
+MC_E0           EQU     224             ; GENERAL MARKER CODE
+MC_E1           EQU     225             ; PAUSE KEY MARKER CODE
+
+;-------------- DISKETTE EQUATES
+INT_FLAG        EQU     080H            ; INTERRUPT OCCURRENCE FLAG
+MOTOR_WAIT      EQU     37              ; 2 SECS OF COUNTS FOR MOTOR TURN OFF
+TIME_OUT        EQU     80H             ; ATTACHMENT FAILED TO RESPOND
+BAD_SEEK        EQU     40H             ; SEEK OPERATION FAILED
+BAD_NEC         EQU     20H             ; NEC CONTROLLER HAS FAILED
+BAD_CRC         EQU     10H             ; BAD CRC ON DISKETTE READ
+DMA_BOUNDARY    EQU     09H             ; ATTEMPT TO DMA ACROSS 64K BOUNDARY
+BAD_DMA         EQU     08H             ; DMA OVERRUN ON OPERATION
+MEDIA_CHANGE    EQU     06H             ; MEDIA REMOVED ON DUAL ATTACH CARD
+RECORD_NOT_FND  EQU     04H             ; REQUESTED SECTOR NOT FOUND
+WRITE_PROTECT   EQU     03H             ; WRITE ATTEMPTED ON WRITE PROT DISK
+BAD_ADDR_MARK   EQU     02H             ; ADDRESS MARK NOT FOUND
+BAD_CMD         EQU     01H             ; BAD COMMAND PASSED TO DISKETTE I/O
+
+XRATE           EQU     02H             ; 250KBS DATA TRANSFER RATE
+DUAL            EQU     01H             ; DUAL ATTACH CARD PRESENT FLAG
+
+DSK_CHG         EQU     080H            ; DISKETTE CHANGE FLAG MASK BIT
+STATE_MSK       EQU     007H            ; USED TO STRIP OFF STATE OF MEDIA
+REV_STATE       EQU     0F8H            ; USED AS MASK FOR STATE BITS
+DETERMINED      EQU     010H            ; SET STATE DETERMINED IN STATE BITS
+TRAN_MSK        EQU     03H             ; ISOLATE SHIFTED TRANSFER RATE BITS
+DOUBLE_STEP     EQU     020H            ; MASK TO TURN ON DOUBLE STEPPING
+MOTOR_MSK       EQU     0F0H            ; MASK TO CLEAR MOTOR ON BITS
+MAX_DRV         EQU     002H            ; MAX NUMBER OF DRIVES
+;HOME            EQU     010H            ; TRACK 0 MASK
+SENSE_DRV_ST    EQU     004H            ; SENSE DRIVE STATUS COMMAND
+ONE             EQU     001H            ; SEEK ONE TRACK
+TRK_SLAP        EQU     030H            ; CRASH STOP (48 TPI DRIVES)
+QUIET_SEEK      EQU     00AH            ; SEEK TO TRACK 10
+HD12_SETTLE     EQU     015D            ; 1.2 M HEAD SETTLE TIME
+HD320_SETTLE    EQU     020D            ; 320 K HEAD SETTLE TIME
+WRITE_OP        EQU     080H            ; WRITE OPERATION FLAG
+DD_MASK         EQU     010H            ; MASK TO INDICATE DRIVE IS 80 TRACKS
+PAGE
+;------ DISK CHANGE LINE EQUATES
+NOCHGLN         EQU     001H            ; NO DISK CHANGE LINE AVAILABLE
+CHGLN           EQU     002H            ; DISK CHANGE LINE AVAILABLE
+;------ MEDIA/DRIVE STATE INDICATORS
+M326D326        EQU     093H            ; STATE MACHINE - 320/360 MEDIA/DRIVE
+M326D12         EQU     074H            ; STATE MACHINE - 320/360 MEDIA,1.2DRIVE
+M12D12          EQU     015H            ; STATE MACHINE - 1.2 MEDIA/DRIVE
+POA_DUAL        EQU     061H            ; 300K DATA TRANSFER RATE & STATE 1
+POA_START       EQU     080H            ; 250K DATA TRANSFER RATE & STATE 0
+TRK_80          EQU     008H            ; DISKETTE DRIVE HAS 80 TRACKS
+;------ CMOS NON-VOLATILE RAM EQUATES
+CMOSDSB_ADDR    EQU     00EH            ; DISKETTE STATUS BYTE ADDRESS
+CADR_PRT        EQU     070H            ; CMOS ADDRESS PORT ADDRESS
+CDATA_PRT       EQU     071H            ; CMOS DATA PORT ADDRESS
+CMOS_GOOD       EQU     0C0H            ; BATTERY AND CHECKSUM INDICATOR
+CMOSDSK_BYTE    EQU     010H            ; DISKETTE BYTE ADDRESS
+LOWNIB          EQU     00FH            ; ISOLATE LOW NIBBLE IN REGISTER MASK
+INVALID_DRV     EQU     002H            ; FIRST INVALID DISKETTE TYPE
+;----------------------------------------
+;       TIMER DATA AREA                 :
+;----------------------------------------
+; COUNTS_SEC    EQU     18
+; COUNTS_MIN    EQU     1092
+; COUNTS_HOUR   EQU     65543
+; COUNTS_DAY    EQU     1573040 = 1800B0H
+PAGE
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/PRINTF.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/PRINTF.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc871b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/PRINTF.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,415 @@
+TITLE   PRINTF ROUITNE FOR MS-DOS
+;
+; PRINTF(Control String, arg1, arg2,...,argn-1,argn)
+;
+; Characters are output to PFHandle according to the
+; specifications contained in the Control String.
+;
+; The conversion characters are as follow:
+;
+;               %c - output the next argument as a character
+;               %s - output the next argument as a string
+;               %x - output the next argument as a hexidecimal number
+;                    using abcedf
+;               %X - output the next argument as a hexidecimal number
+;                    using ABCDEF
+;               %d - output the next argument as a decimal number
+;
+;
+; Other format specifiers that may precede the conversion character are:
+;
+;               - (minus sign) - causes the field to be left-adjusted
+;               + (plus sign)  - causes the field to be right-adjusted (default)
+;               n - digit specifing the minimum field width (default to 1)
+;               L - specifing a long integer
+;
+;   On entry to PRINTF the stack contains the return address and a pointer
+;   to an argument list.
+;
+;   ____________________
+;   |   Ret Addr       |      <= SP
+;   --------------------
+;   |  Ptr to Arg List |
+;   --------------------
+;
+;   And the argument list contains the following:
+;
+;       String_ptr                  (a pointer to the control string)
+;       Arg 1
+;       Arg 2
+;         .
+;         .
+;         .
+;       Arg n-1
+;       Arg n
+;
+;   If the argument is a %s or %c the arg contains a pointer to the string
+;   or character.
+;
+;   The arguments are used in one-to-one correspondence to % specifiers.
+
+.xlist
+.xcref
+        INCLUDE dossym.asm
+.cref
+.list
+
+printf_CODE SEGMENT public byte
+ASSUME  CS:PRINTF_CODE,DS:NOTHING,ES:NOTHING,SS:NOTHING
+
+        PUBLIC  PRINTF, PFHandle
+        PUBLIC  PRINTF_LAST
+
+PFHandle        DW  1
+PRINTF_LEFT     DB  0
+PRINTF_LONG     DB  0
+PRINTF_HEX      DB  0
+TABLE_INDEX     DB  0
+S_FLAG          DB  0
+PRINTF_WIDTH    DW  0
+PRINTF_BASE     DW  0
+PAD_CHAR        DB  " "
+
+PRINTF_TABLE DB "0123456789ABCDEFabcdef"
+
+PRINTF_STACK   STRUC
+OLDES   DW  ?
+OLDDS   DW  ?
+OLDSI   DW  ?
+OLDDI   DW  ?
+OLDAX   DW  ?
+OLDBX   DW  ?
+OLDCX   DW  ?
+OLDDX   DW  ?
+OLDBP   DW  ?
+OLDCS   DW  ?
+OLDIP   DW  ?
+STRING  DW  ?
+PRINTF_STACK   ENDS
+
+PRINTF_ARGS    STRUC
+CONSTR  DW ?
+ARG     DW ?
+PRINTF_ARGS    ENDS
+
+RET_ADDR1  DW  ?
+RET_ADDR2  DW  ?
+
+BUFSIZ  =      20
+PRINTF_BUF DB  BUFSIZ DUP (?)
+        db      0                       ;This buffer is always nul terminated
+BUFEND DW   $-PRINTF_BUF
+
+PRINTF  proc    far
+        PUSH    BP                      ;Save the callers' registers
+        PUSH    DX
+        PUSH    CX
+        PUSH    BX
+        PUSH    AX
+        PUSH    DI
+        PUSH    SI
+        PUSH    ES
+        PUSH    DS
+        MOV     BP,SP
+        PUSH    CS
+        POP     ES                      ;ES points to Printf segment
+        MOV     DI,OFFSET PRINTF_BUF    ;DI points to the output buffer
+        MOV     BP,[BP.STRING]          ;BP points to the argument list
+        MOV     SI,DS:[BP]              ;SI points to the control string
+        XOR     BX,BX                   ;BX is the index into the arg list
+        CALL    Clear_flags             ; initialize the world
+GET_CHAR:
+        LODSB                           ;Get a character
+        CMP     AL,"%"                  ;Is it a conversion specifier?
+        JZ      CONV_CHAR               ;Yes - find out which one
+        OR      AL,AL                   ;Is it the end of the control string?
+        JZ      PRINTF_DONE             ;Yes - then we're done
+        CALL    OUTCHR                  ;Otherwise store the character
+        JMP     SHORT GET_CHAR          ;And go get another
+
+PRINTF_DONE:
+        CALL    FLUSH
+        POP     DS
+        POP     ES
+        POP     SI
+        POP     DI
+        POP     AX
+        POP     BX
+        POP     CX
+        POP     DX
+        POP     BP
+        POP     CS:[RET_ADDR1]                 ;Fix up the stack
+        POP     CS:[RET_ADDR2]
+        POP     AX
+        PUSH    CS:[RET_ADDR2]
+        PUSH    CS:[RET_ADDR1]
+        RET
+
+printf  endp
+
+PRINTF_PERCENT:
+        CALL    OUTCHR
+        JMP     GET_CHAR
+
+CONV_CHAR:
+        ;Look for any format specifiers preceeding the conversion character
+        LODSB
+        CMP     AL,"%"                      ;Just print the %
+        JZ      PRINTF_PERCENT
+        CMP     AL,"-"                      ;Right justify the field
+        JZ      LEFT_ADJ
+        CMP     AL,"+"                      ;Left justify the field
+        JZ      NXT_CONV_CHAR
+        CMP     AL,"L"                      ;Is it a long integer
+        JZ      LONG_INT
+        CMP     AL,"l"
+        JZ      LONG_INT
+        CMP     AL,"0"                      ;Is it a precision specification
+        JB      LOOK_CONV_CHAR
+        CMP     AL,"9"
+        JA      LOOK_CONV_CHAR
+        CMP     AL,"0"
+        JNZ     NOT_PAD
+        CMP     CS:[PRINTF_WIDTH],0
+        JNZ     NOT_PAD
+        MOV     CS:BYTE PTR [PAD_CHAR],"0"
+NOT_PAD:
+        PUSH    AX                          ;Adjust decimal place on precision
+        MOV     AX,10
+        MUL     CS:[PRINTF_WIDTH]
+        MOV     CS:[PRINTF_WIDTH],AX
+        POP     AX
+        XOR     AH,AH
+        SUB     AL,"0"
+        ADD     CS:[PRINTF_WIDTH],AX           ;And save the total
+        JMP     SHORT NXT_CONV_CHAR
+
+        ;Set the correct flags for the options in a conversion
+
+LEFT_ADJ:
+        INC     CS:BYTE PTR[PRINTF_LEFT]
+        JMP     SHORT NXT_CONV_CHAR
+
+LONG_INT:
+        INC     CS:BYTE PTR[PRINTF_LONG]
+NXT_CONV_CHAR:
+        JMP     CONV_CHAR
+
+        ;Look for a conversion character
+
+LOOK_CONV_CHAR:
+        CMP     AL,"X"
+        JZ      HEX_UP
+
+        ;Make all other conversion characters upper case
+
+        CMP     AL,"a"
+        JB      CAPS
+        CMP     AL,"z"
+        JG      CAPS
+        AND     AL,0DFH
+CAPS:
+        CMP     AL,"X"
+        JZ      HEX_LO
+        CMP     AL,"D"
+        JZ      DECIMAL
+        CMP     AL,"C"
+        JZ      C_PUT_CHAR
+        CMP     AL,"S"
+        JZ      S_PUT_STRG
+
+        ;Didn't find any legal conversion character - IGNORE it
+
+        call    clear_flags
+        jmp     get_char
+
+HEX_LO:
+        MOV     CS:[TABLE_INDEX],6              ;Will print lower case hex digits
+HEX_UP:
+        MOV     CS:[PRINTF_BASE],16    ;Hex conversion
+        JMP     CONV_TO_NUM
+
+DECIMAL:
+        MOV     CS:[PRINTF_BASE],10    ;Decimal conversion
+        JMP     CONV_TO_NUM
+
+S_PUT_STRG:
+        INC     CS:[S_FLAG]            ;It's a string specifier
+C_PUT_CHAR:
+        PUSH    SI                     ;Save pointer to control string
+        MOV     SI,BX
+        ADD     BX,2
+        MOV     SI,ds:[BP+SI.ARG]      ;Point to the % string or character
+        CMP     BYTE PTR CS:[S_FLAG],0
+        JNZ     S_PUT_1
+        LODSB
+        cmp     al,0
+        jz      short c_s_end
+        CALL    OUTCHR                 ;Put it into our buffer
+        JMP     SHORT C_S_END
+
+S_PUT_1:
+        mov     cx,cs:[printf_width]
+        or      cx,cx
+        jz      s_put_2
+        cmp     cs:byte ptr[printf_left],0
+        jnz     s_put_2
+        push    si
+        call    Pad_string
+        pop     si
+s_put_2:
+        push    si
+s_put_3:
+        LODSB                          ;Put them all in our buffer
+        CMP     AL,0
+        jz      s_put_4
+        CALL    OUTCHR
+        jmp     short S_PUT_3
+s_put_4:
+        pop     si
+        cmp     byte ptr[printf_left],0
+        jz      c_s_end
+        mov     cx,cs:[printf_width]
+        or      cx,cx
+        jz      c_s_end
+        call    Pad_string
+C_S_END:
+        call    clear_flags
+        POP     SI                     ;Restore control string pointer
+        JMP     GET_CHAR               ;Go get another character
+
+pad_string:
+        xor     dx,dx
+count_loop:
+        lodsb
+        or      al,al
+        jz      count_done
+        inc     dx
+        jmp     short count_loop
+count_done:
+        sub     cx,dx
+        jbe     count_ret
+        call    pad
+count_ret:
+        ret
+
+CONV_TO_NUM:
+
+        PUSH    SI                  ;Save pointer to control string
+        MOV     SI,BX               ;Get index into argument list
+        ADD     BX,2                ;Increment the index
+        MOV     AX,ds:[BP+SI.ARG]   ;Lo word of number in SI
+        CMP     BYTE PTR CS:[PRINTF_LONG],0     ;Is this is a short or long integer?
+        JZ      NOT_LONG_INT
+        MOV     SI,BX                        ;Copy index
+        ADD     BX,2                         ;Increment the index
+        MOV     DX,ds:[BP+SI.ARG]            ;Hi word of number in BP
+        JMP     SHORT DO_CONV
+NOT_LONG_INT:
+        XOR     DX,DX                        ;Hi word is zero
+DO_CONV:
+        PUSH    BX                           ;Save index into arguemnt list
+        MOV     si,CS:[PRINTF_BASE]
+        MOV     cx,CS:[PRINTF_WIDTH]
+        CALL    PNUM
+        CALL    PAD
+CONV_DONE:
+        call    clear_flags
+        POP     BX
+        POP     SI
+        jmp     get_char
+
+PNUM:
+        DEC     CX
+        PUSH    AX
+        MOV     AX,DX
+        XOR     DX,DX
+        DIV     SI
+        MOV     BX,AX
+        POP     AX
+        DIV     SI
+        XCHG    BX,DX
+        PUSH    AX
+        OR      AX,DX
+        POP     AX
+        JZ      DO_PAD
+        PUSH    BX
+        CALL    PNUM
+        POP     BX
+        JMP     SHORT REM
+DO_PAD:
+        CMP     CS:BYTE PTR[PRINTF_LEFT],0
+        JNZ     REM
+        CALL    PAD
+REM:
+        MOV     AX,BX
+        CMP     AL,10
+        JB      NOT_HEX
+        CMP     CS:BYTE PTR [PRINTF_HEX],0
+        JNZ     NOT_HEX
+        ADD     AL,CS:BYTE PTR [TABLE_INDEX]
+NOT_HEX:
+        MOV     BX,OFFSET PRINTF_TABLE
+        PUSH    DS
+        PUSH    CS
+        POP     DS
+        XLAT    0
+        POP     DS
+        push    cx
+        CALL    OUTCHR
+        pop     cx
+        RET
+
+PAD:
+        OR      CX,CX
+        JLE     PAD_DONE
+        MOV     AL,CS:BYTE PTR [PAD_CHAR]
+PAD_LOOP:
+        push    cx
+        CALL    OUTCHR
+        pop     cx
+        LOOP    PAD_LOOP
+PAD_DONE:
+        RET
+
+OUTCHR:
+        STOSB
+        CMP     DI,offset bufend-1      ;Don't count the nul
+        RETNZ
+        MOV     CX,BUFSIZ
+WRITE_CHARS:
+        push    bx
+        MOV     BX,PFHandle
+        push    ds
+        PUSH    CS
+        POP     DS
+        MOV     DX,OFFSET PRINTF_BUF
+        MOV     AH,WRITE
+        INT     21H
+        pop     ds
+        pop     bx
+        MOV     DI,OFFSET PRINTF_BUF
+        RET
+
+FLUSH:
+        CMP     DI,OFFSET PRINTF_BUF
+        RETZ
+        SUB     DI,OFFSET PRINTF_BUF
+        MOV     CX,DI
+        call    write_chars
+        ret
+
+CLEAR_FLAGS:
+        XOR     ax,ax
+        MOV     BYTE PTR CS:[PRINTF_LEFT],al       ;Reset justifing flag
+        MOV     BYTE PTR CS:[PRINTF_LONG],al       ;Reset long flag
+        MOV     BYTE PTR CS:[TABLE_INDEX],al       ;Reset hex table index
+        MOV     CS:[PRINTF_WIDTH],ax               ;Reinitialize width to 0
+        MOV     BYTE PTR CS:[PAD_CHAR]," "         ;Reset padding character
+        MOV     BYTE PTR CS:[S_FLAG],al            ;Clear the string flag
+        ret
+
+PRINTF_LAST LABEL   WORD
+printf_CODE    ENDS
+        END
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/PRINTF.OBJ b/v4.0/src/INC/PRINTF.OBJ
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2672351
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/PRINTF.OBJ
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/PSDATA.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/PSDATA.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ce8896
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/PSDATA.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+;*******************************************************************
+; Parser include file
+;*******************************************************************
+IF1                                     ;AN000;
+        %OUT    INCLUDING COMP=COMMON DSN=PSDATA.INC...;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;
+;
+;**** Default assemble switches definition *************************
+
+IFNDEF  FarSW                           ;AN000;
+FarSW   equ     0                       ;AN000; Near call expected
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;
+
+IFNDEF  DateSW                          ;AN000;
+DateSW  equ     1                       ;AN000; Check date format
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;
+
+IFNDEF  TimeSW                          ;AN000;
+TimeSW  equ     1                       ;AN000; Check time format
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;
+
+IFNDEF  FileSW                          ;AN000;
+FileSW  equ     1                       ;AN000; Check file specification
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;
+
+IFNDEF  CAPSW                           ;AN000;
+CAPSW   equ     1                       ;AN000; Perform CAPS if specified
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;
+
+IFNDEF  CmpxSW                          ;AN000;
+CmpxSW  equ     1                       ;AN000; Check complex list
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;
+
+IFNDEF  NumSW                           ;AN000;
+NumSW   equ     1                       ;AN000; Check numeric value
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;
+
+IFNDEF  KeySW                           ;AN000;
+KeySW   equ     1                       ;AN000; Support keywords
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;
+
+IFNDEF  SwSW                            ;AN000;
+SwSW    equ     1                       ;AN000; Support switches
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;
+
+IFNDEF  Val1SW                          ;AN000;
+Val1SW  equ     1                       ;AN000; Support value definition 1
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;
+
+IFNDEF  Val2SW                          ;AN000;
+Val2SW  equ     1                       ;AN000; Support value definition 2
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;
+
+IFNDEF  Val3SW                          ;AN000;
+Val3SW  equ     1                       ;AN000; Support value definition 3
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;
+
+IFNDEF  DrvSW                           ;AN000;
+DrvSW   equ     1                       ;AN000; Support drive only format
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;
+
+IFNDEF  QusSW                           ;AN000;
+QusSW   equ     1                       ;AN000; Support quoted string format
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;
+
+IFNDEF  LFEOLSW                         ;AN028;
+LFEOLSW EQU     1                       ;AN028; Accept Line feed (0AH) as end of line
+ENDIF                                   ;AN028;
+
+;**** Equation field
+;-------- Character code definition
+
+$P_DBSP1           equ  81h             ;AN000; 1st byte of DBCS blank
+$P_DBSP2           equ  40h             ;AN000; 2nd byte of DBCS blank
+$P_Period          equ  "."             ;AN020;
+$P_Slash           equ  "/"             ;AN020;
+$P_Space           equ  " "             ;AN000; SBCS blank
+$P_Comma           equ  ","             ;AN000;
+$P_Switch          equ  "/"             ;AN000;
+$P_Keyword         equ  "="             ;AN000;
+$P_Colon           equ  ":"             ;AN000;
+$P_Plus            equ  "+"             ;AN000;
+$P_Minus           equ  "-"             ;AN000;
+$P_Rparen          equ  ")"             ;AN000;
+$P_Lparen          equ  "("             ;AN000;
+;(deleted ;AN025;) $P_SQuote          equ  "'"
+$P_DQuote          equ  '"'             ;AN000;
+$P_NULL            equ  0               ;AN000;
+$P_TAB             equ  9               ;AN000;
+$P_CR              equ  0Dh             ;AN000;
+$P_LF              equ  0Ah             ;AN000;
+$P_ASCII80         equ  80h             ;AN000; ASCII 80h character code
+
+;-------- Masks
+$P_Make_Lower      equ  20h             ;AN000; make lower case character
+$P_Make_Upper      equ  0ffh-$P_Make_Lower ;AN000; make upper case character
+
+                   PAGE                    ;AN000;
+;-------- DOS function call related equs
+
+$P_DOS_Get_CDI     equ  3800h           ;AN000; get country dependent information
+                                        ; by this call, following information
+$P_CDI             struc                ;AN000; is returned.
+$P_CDI_DateF       dw   0               ;AN000;
+$P_CDI_Money       db   0,0,0,0,0       ;AN000;
+$P_CDI_1000        db   0,0             ;AN000;
+$P_CDI_Dec         db   0,0             ;AN000;
+$P_CDI_DateS       db   0,0             ;AN000;
+$P_CDI_TimeS       db   0,0             ;AN000;
+                   db   0               ;AN000;
+                   db   0               ;AN000;
+$P_CDI_TimeF       db   0               ;AN000;
+                   dw   0,0             ;AN000;
+                   db   0,0             ;AN000;
+                   dw   5 dup(0)        ;AN000;
+$P_CDI             ends                 ;AN000;
+
+$P_Date_MDY        equ  0               ;AN000;
+$P_Date_DMY        equ  1               ;AN000;
+$P_Date_YMD        equ  2               ;AN000;
+;-------------
+$P_DOS_GetEV       equ  6300h           ;AN000; get DBCS EV call
+                                        ;AN000; DS:SI will points to DBCS EV
+;-------------
+$P_DOS_Get_TBL     equ  65h             ;AN000; get uppercase table call
+                                        ;AN000; following parameters are set
+                                        ;AN000; to get casemap table.
+$P_DOSTBL_Def      equ  -1              ;AN000; get default
+$P_DOSTBL_BL       equ  5               ;AN000; buffer length for Tbl pointer
+$P_DOSTBL_File     equ  4               ;AN000; get file uppercase table
+$P_DOSTBL_Char     equ  2               ;AN000; get character uppercase table
+                                        ; By this call following information
+                                        ; is returned.
+$P_DOS_TBL         struc                ;AN000;
+$P_DOS_InfoID      db   0               ;AN000; information id for the table
+$P_DOS_TBL_Off     dw   0               ;AN000; offset address of the table
+$P_DOS_TBL_Seg     dw   0               ;AN000; segment address of the table
+$P_DOS_TBL         ends                 ;AN000;
+                   PAGE                 ;AN000;
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; PARMS         LABEL   BYTE
+;               DW      PARMSX
+;               DB      2                       ; NUMBER OF STRINGS (0, 1, 2)
+;               DB      length                  ; LENGTH OF THE NEXT LIST, 0 IF NONE
+;               DB      " .. "                  ; EXTRA DELIMITER LIST,
+;                                               ; TYPICAL ARE ";", "="
+;                                               ; "," & WHITESPACE ALWAYS
+;               DB      length                  ; LENGTH OF THE NEXT LIST, 0 IF NONE
+;               DB      " .. "                  ; EXTRA END OF LINE LIST, CR, LF OR 0 ALWAYS
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+;-------------------------------- PARMS block structure
+$P_PARMS_Blk       struc                ;AN000;
+$P_PARMSX_Address  dw   0               ;AN000; Address of PARMSX
+$P_Num_Extra       db   0               ;AN000; Number of extra stuff
+$P_Len_Extra_Delim db   0               ;AN000; Length of extra delimiter
+$P_PARMS_Blk       ends                 ;AN000;
+
+$P_Len_PARMS       equ  4               ;AN000;
+$P_I_Use_Default   equ  0               ;AN000; no extra stuff specified
+$P_I_Have_Delim    equ  1               ;AN000; extra delimiter specified
+$P_I_Have_EOL      equ  2               ;AN000; extra EOL specified
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; PARMSX        LABEL   BYTE
+;               DB      minp,maxp               ; MIN, MAX POSITIONAL OPERANDS ALLOWED
+;               DW      CONTROL                 ; DESCRIPTION OF POSITIONAL 1
+;               :                               ; REPEATS maxp-1 TIMES
+;               DB      maxs                    ; # OF SWITCHES
+;               DW      CONTROL                 ; DESCRIPTION OF SWITCH 1
+;               :                               ; REPEATS maxs-1 TIMES
+;               DB      maxk                    ; # OF KEYWORD
+;               DW      CONTROL                 ; DESCRIPTION OF KEYWORD 1
+;               :                               ; REPEATS maxk-1 TIMES
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+;-------------------------------- PARMSX block structure
+$P_PARMSX_Blk      struc                ;AN000;
+$P_MinP            db   0               ;AN000; Minimum positional number
+$P_Maxp            db   0               ;AN000; Maximum positional number
+$P_1st_Control     dw   0               ;AN000; Address of the 1st CONTROL block
+$P_PARMSX_Blk      ends                 ;AN000;
+                   PAGE                 ;AN000;
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; << Control field definition  >>
+;
+;
+;CONTROL   LABEL   BYTE
+;          DW      MATCH_FLAGS     ; CONTROLS TYPE MATCHED
+;                                  ; 8000H=NUMERIC VALUE, (VALUE LIST WILL BE CHECKED)
+;                                  ; 4000H=SIGNED NUMERIC VALUE (VALUE LIST WILL BE CHECKED)
+;                                  ; 2000H=SIMPLE STRING(VALUE LIST WILL BE CHECKED)
+;                                  ; 1000H=DATE STRING (VALUE LIST WON'T BE CHECKED)
+;                                  ; 0800H=TIME STRING (VALUE LIST WON'T BE CHECKED)
+;                                  ; 0400H=COMPLEX LIST (VALUE LIST WON'T BE CHECKED)
+;                                  ; 0200H=FILE SPEC (VALUE LIST WON'T BE CHECKED)
+;                                  ; 0100H=DRIVE ONLY (VALUE LIST WON'T BE CHECKED)
+;                                  ; 0080H=QUOTED STRING (VALUE LIST WON'T BE CHECKED)
+;                                  ; 0010H=IGNORE ":" AT END IN MATCH
+;                                  ; 0002H=REPEATS ALLOWED
+;                                  ; 0001H=OPTIONAL
+;          DW      FUNCTION_FLAGS
+;                                  ; 0001H=CAP RESULT BY FILE TABLE
+;                                  ; 0002H=CAP RESULT BY CHAR TABLE
+;                                  ; 0010H=REMOVE ":" AT END
+; (tm10)                           ; 0020H=colon is not necessary for switch
+;          DW      RESULT          ; RESULT BUFFER
+;          DW      VALUES          ; VALUE LISTS
+;          DB      nid             ; NUMBER OF KEYWORD/SWITCH SYNONYMS IN FOLLOWING LIST
+;          DB      "...",0         ; IF n >0, KEYWORD 1
+;          :
+;
+;Note:
+;    - The MATCH_FLAG is bit significant. You can set, for example, TIME bit and
+;      DATE bit simalteniously.
+;
+;      The parser examins each bit along with the following priority.
+;
+;      COMPLEX -> DATE -> TIME -> NUMERIC VAL -> SIGNED NUMERIC VAL -> DRIVE ->
+;      FILE SPEC -> SIMPLE STRING.
+;
+;
+;    - When the FUNCTION_FLAG is 0001 or 0002, the STRING pointed to by a pointer
+;      in the result buffer is capitalized.
+;
+;    - Match_Flags 0001H and 0002H have meaning only for the positional.
+;
+;
+;    - The "...",0 (bottom most line) does require '=' or '/'. When you need a
+;      switch, for example, '/A', then STRING points to;
+;
+;                       DB    1         ; number of following synonyms
+;                       DB   '/A',0
+;
+;      When you need a keyword, for example, 'CODEPAGE=', then "...",0 will be;
+;
+;                       DB    1         ; number of following synonyms
+;                       DB   'CODEPAGE=',0
+;
+;
+;    - "..." must consist of upper case characters only because the parser
+;      performs pattern matching after converting input to upper case (by
+;      using the current country upper case table)
+;
+;
+;    - One "..." can contain only one switch or keyword. If you need, for
+;      example /A and /B, the format will be;
+;
+;                       DB    2         ; number of following synonyms
+;                       DB    '/A',0
+;                       DB    '/B',0
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+;**** Match_Flags
+
+$P_Num_Val         equ  8000h           ;AN000; Numeric Value
+$P_SNum_Val        equ  4000h           ;AN000; Signed numeric value
+$P_Simple_S        equ  2000h           ;AN000; Simple string
+$P_Date_S          equ  1000h           ;AN000; Date string
+$P_Time_S          equ  0800h           ;AN000; Time string
+$P_Cmpx_S          equ  0400h           ;AN000; Complex string
+$P_File_Spc        equ  0200h           ;AN000; File Spec
+$P_Drv_Only        equ  0100h           ;AN000; Drive Only
+$P_Qu_String       equ  0080h           ;AN000; Quoted string
+$P_Ig_Colon        equ  0010h           ;AN000; Ignore colon at end in match
+$P_Repeat          equ  0002h           ;AN000; Repeat allowed
+$P_Optional        equ  0001h           ;AN000; Optional
+
+;**** Function flags
+
+$P_CAP_File        equ  0001h           ;AN000; CAP result by file table
+$P_CAP_Char        equ  0002h           ;AN000; CAP result by character table
+$P_Rm_Colon        equ  0010h           ;AN000; Remove ":" at the end
+$P_colon_is_not_necessary equ 0020h     ;AN000;(tm10) /+10 and /+:10
+
+;-------------------------------- Control block structure
+$P_Control_Blk     struc                ;AN000;
+$P_Match_Flag      dw   0               ;AN000; Controls type matched
+$P_Function_Flag   dw   0               ;AN000; Function should be taken
+$P_Result_Buf      dw   0               ;AN000; Result buffer address
+$P_Value_List      dw   0               ;AN000; Value list address
+$P_nid             db   0               ;AN000; # of keyword/SW synonyms
+$P_KeyorSW         db   0               ;AN000; keyword or sw
+$P_Control_Blk     ends                 ;AN000;
+                   PAGE                 ;AN000;
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; << Value List Definition >>
+;
+;VALUES         LABEL   BYTE
+;               DB      nval                    ; NUMBER OF VALUE DEFINITIONS (0 - 3)
+;            Ú
+;            ³  DB      nrng                    ; NUMBER OF RANGES
+;            ³ ÚDB      ITEM_TAG                ; RETURN VALUE IF RANGE MATCHED
+;            ³ ÀDD      X,Y                     ; RANGE OF VALUES
+;            ³  :
+;            ³  DB      nnval                   ; NUMBER OF CHOICES
+;            ³ ÚDB      ITEM_TAG                ; RETURN VALUE IF NUMBER CHOICE MATCHED
+;            ³ ÀDD      VALUE                   ; SPECIFIC CHOICE IF NUMBER
+;            ³  :
+;            ³  DB      nstrval                 ; NUMBER OF CHOICES
+;            ³ ÚDB      ITEM_TAG                ; RETURN VALUE IF STRING CHOICE MATCHED
+;            ³ ÀDW      STRING                  ; SPECIFIC CHOICE IF STING
+;            À  :
+;
+;STRING         DB      "...",0                 ; ASCIIZ STRING IMAGE
+;
+;Note:
+;    - ITEM_TAG must not be 0FFH, which will be used in the result buffer
+;      when no choice lists are provided.
+;
+;    - STRING must consist of upper case characters only because the parser
+;      performs pattern matching after converting input to upper case (by
+;      using the current country upper case table)
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+$P_nval_None       equ  0               ;AN000; no value list ID
+$P_nval_Range      equ  1               ;AN000; range list ID
+$P_nval_Value      equ  2               ;AN000; value list ID
+$P_nval_String     equ  3               ;AN000; string list ID
+$P_Len_Range       equ  9               ;AN000; Length of a range choice(two DD plus one DB)
+$P_Len_Value       equ  5               ;AN000; Length of a value choice(one DD plus one DB)
+$P_Len_String      equ  3               ;AN000; Length of a string choice(one DW plus one DB)
+$P_No_nrng         equ  0               ;AN000; (tm07) no nrng. nnval must not be 0.
+
+$P_Val_List        struc                ;AN000;
+$P_NumofList       db   0               ;AN000; number of following choice
+$P_Val_XL          dw   0               ;AN000; lower word of value
+$P_Val_XH          dw   0               ;AN000; higher word of value
+$P_Val_YL          dw   0               ;AN000; lower word of another value
+$P_Val_YH          dw   0               ;AN000; higher word of another value
+$P_Val_List        ends                 ;AN000;
+                   PAGE                 ;AN000;
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; << Result Buffer Definition  >>
+;
+;RESULT         LABEL   BYTE                    ; BELOW FILLED IN FOR DEFAULTS
+;               DB      type                    ; TYPE RETURNED: 0=RESERVED,
+;                                               ;       1=NUMBER, 2=LIST INDEX,
+;                                               ;       3=STRING, 4=COMPLEX,
+;                                               ;       5=FILESPEC, 6=DRIVE
+;                                               ;       7=DATE, 8=TIME
+;                                               ;       9=QUOTED STRING
+;               DB      ITEM_TAG                ; MATCHED ITEM TAG
+;
+;               dw      synonym@                ; es:@ points to found SYNONYM if provided.
+;
+;
+;           Ú   DD      n                       ; VALUE IF NUMBER
+;           ³ or
+;           ³   DW      i                       ; INDEX (OFFSET) INTO VALUE LIST
+;           ³                                   ; (ES presents Segment address)
+;           ³ or
+;           ³   DD      STRING                  ; OFFSET OF STRING VALUE
+;           ³ or
+;           ³   DB      drv                     ; DRIVE NUMBER (1-A, 2-B,..., 26-Z)
+;           ³ or
+;           ³   DW      YEAR       ;(1980-2099)  IN CASE OF DATE
+;           ³   DB      MONTH      ;(1-12)       Note: Range check is not performed.
+;           ³   DB      DATE       ;(1-31)             0 is filled when the corresponding field was not specified.
+;           ³ or
+;           ³   DB      HOUR       ;(0-23)        IN CASE OF TIME
+;           ³   DB      MINUTES    ;(0-59)        Note: Range check is not performed .
+;           ³   DB      SECONDS    ;(0-59)              0 is filled when the corresponding field was not specified .
+;           ³   DB      HUNDREDTHS ;(0-99)
+;           À
+;
+;
+;Note: ITEM_TAG is 0FFH when the caller does not specify the choice
+;      list.
+;
+;      YEAR: If the input value for the year is less than 100, parser
+;            adds 1900 to it.  For example, when 87 is input to parser for
+;            the year value, he returns 1987.
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+;-------------------------------- Result block structure
+$P_Result_Blk      struc                ;AN000;
+$P_Type            db   0               ;AN000; Type returned
+$P_Item_Tag        db   0               ;AN000; Matched item tag
+$P_SYNONYM_Ptr     dw   0               ;AN000; pointer to Synonym list returned
+$P_Picked_Val      db   0,0,0,0         ;AN000; value
+$P_Result_Blk      ends                 ;AN000;
+;--------------------------------
+;**** values for the type field in the result block
+
+$P_EOL             equ  0               ;AN000; End of line
+$P_Number          equ  1               ;AN000; Number
+$P_List_Idx        equ  2               ;AN000; List Index
+$P_String          equ  3               ;AN000; String
+$P_Complex         equ  4               ;AN000; Complex
+$P_File_Spec       equ  5               ;AN000; File Spec
+$P_Drive           equ  6               ;AN000; Drive
+$P_Date_F          equ  7               ;AN000; Date
+$P_Time_F          equ  8               ;AN000; Time
+$P_Quoted_String   equ  9               ;AN000; Quoted String
+
+$P_No_Tag          equ  0FFH            ;AN000; No ITEM_TAG found
+;**** Return code
+;
+; following return code will be returned in the AX register.
+
+$P_No_Error        equ  0               ;AN000; No error
+$P_Too_Many        equ  1               ;AN000; Too many operands
+$P_Op_Missing      equ  2               ;AN000; Required operand missing
+$P_Not_In_SW       equ  3               ;AN000; Not in switch list provided
+$P_Not_In_Key      equ  4               ;AN000; Not in keyword list provided
+$P_Out_Of_Range    equ  6               ;AN000; Out of range specified
+$P_Not_In_Val      equ  7               ;AN000; Not in value list provided
+$P_Not_In_Str      equ  8               ;AN000; Not in string list provided
+$P_Syntax          equ  9               ;AN000; Syntax error
+$P_RC_EOL          equ  -1              ;AN000; End of command line
+
+                   PAGE                 ;AN000;
+;********************** Local Data *************************************
+$P_ORDINAL         dw   0               ;AN000; Operand ordinal save area
+$P_RC              dw   0               ;AN000; Return code from parser
+$P_SI_Save         dw   0               ;AN000; Pointer of command buffer
+$P_DX              dw   0               ;AN000; Return result buffer address
+$P_Terminator      db   0               ;AN000; Terminator code (ASCII)
+$P_DBCSEV_OFF      dw   0               ;AN000; Offset of DBCS EV
+$P_DBCSEV_SEG      dw   0               ;AN000; Segment of DBCS EV
+$P_Flags           dw   0               ;AN000; Parser internal flags
+$P_Flags1          equ  byte ptr $P_Flags ;AN038; to reference first byte flags
+$P_Flags2          equ  byte ptr $P_Flags+1 ;AN038; to reference second byte flags only
+
+;in second byte of $P_Flags, referenced as $P_Flags2:
+$P_equ             equ  01h           ;AN000; "=" packed in string buffet
+$P_Neg             equ  02h           ;AN000; Negative value
+$P_Time12          equ  04h           ;AN000; set when PM is specified
+$P_Key_Cmp         equ  08h           ;AN000; set when keyword compare
+$P_SW_Cmp          equ  10h           ;AN000; set when switch compare
+$P_Extra           equ  20h           ;AN000; set when extra delimiter found
+$P_SW              equ  40h           ;AN000; set when switch found (tm08)
+$P_Signed          equ  80h           ;AN000; signed numeric specified
+
+;in first byte of $P_Flags, referenced as $P_Flags1:
+$P_time12am        equ  01h           ;AN038; set when AM is specified on time
+$P_TIME_AGAIN      EQU  02H           ;AN039; SET WHEN READY TO RE-PARSE TIME
+
+$P_SaveSI_Cmpx     dw   0               ;AN000; save si for later use by complex
+$P_KEYorSW_Ptr     dw   0               ;AN000; points next to "=" or ":" code
+$P_Save_EOB        dw   0               ;AN000; save pointer to EOB
+$P_Found_SYNONYM   dw   0               ;AN000; es:@ points to found synonym
+
+$P_STRING_BUF      db   128 dup(0)      ;AN000; Pick a operand from command line
+$P_STRING_BUF_END  equ  $               ;AN000;
+IF                 TimeSw               ;AN039; For TIME only
+$P_ORIG_ORD        DW   0               ;AN039; ORIGINAL ORDINAL FROM CX
+$P_ORIG_STACK      DW   0               ;AN039; ORIGINAL VALUE OF STACK FROM SP
+$P_ORIG_SI         DW   0               ;AN039; ORIGINAL START PARSE POINTER FROM SI
+ENDIF                                   ;AN039;
+IF                 DateSw+TimeSw        ;AN000;(Check if date or time format is supported)
+;------------------------------
+;
+$P_Got_Time        db   0               ;AN023; if 1, use Time delimiters
+$P_NeedToBeRead    equ  0ffffh          ;AN000;
+
+$P_COUNTRY_INFO    $P_CDI <$P_NeedToBeRead> ;AN000;
+;
+$P_1st_Val         dw   0               ;AN000; used when process date or time
+$P_2nd_Val         dw   0               ;AN000; used when process date or time
+$P_3rd_Val         dw   0               ;AN000; used when process date or time
+$P_4th_Val         dw   0               ;AN000; used when process date or time
+;------------------------------
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of DateSW+TimeSW)
+$P_Char_CAP_Ptr    db   0ffh            ;AN000; info id
+                   dw   0               ;AN000; offset  of char case map table
+                   dw   0               ;AN000; segment of char case map table
+IF                 CAPSW                ;AN000;(Check if uppercase conversion is supported)
+$P_File_CAP_Ptr    db   0ffh            ;AN000; info id
+                   dw   0               ;AN000; offset  of file case map table
+                   dw   0               ;AN000; segment of file case map table
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of CAPSW)
+; (tm06) IF        FileSW               ;AN000;(Check if file spec is supported)
+IF                 FileSW+DrvSW         ;AN000;(Check if file spec is supported)
+$P_FileSp_Char     db   '[]|<>+=;"'     ;AN000; delimitter of file spec
+$P_FileSp_Len      equ  $-$P_FileSp_Char ;AN000;
+ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of FileSW)
+; (tm05) IF        QusSW                ;AN000;(Check if quoted string is supported)
+;(deleted ;AN025;) IF                 QusSW+CmpxSW         ; (tm05) ;AN000;(Check if quoted string is supported)
+;(deleted ;AN025;) $P_SorD_Quote      db   0               ;AN000; keep double or single quote
+;(deleted ;AN025;) ENDIF                                   ;AN000;(of QueSW)
+IF                 KeySW                ;AN029; if keywords supported
+$P_count_to_eol    dw   0               ;AN029; count of chars not including EOL
+;       REGISTER EQUATES - SPECIAL USAGE FOR REGISTERS
+$P_REG_BH_CG_SW    EQU  BH              ;AN029;0="NO CHANGES MADE", FF=CHANGES MADE
+$P_REG_BL_DQ_SW    EQU  BL              ;AN029;0=NOT IN QUOTES,FF=IN QUOTES
+
+$P_DOUBLE_QUOTE    EQU  """"            ;AN029;
+$P_BL_EQ           EQU  " ="            ;AN029;
+$P_EQ_BL           EQU  "= "            ;AN029;
+$P_TB_EQ           EQU  093DH           ;AN029; ;"<TAB>="
+$P_EQ_TB           EQU  3D09H           ;AN029; ;"=<TAB>"
+ENDIF                                   ;AN029; IF KeySW Supported
+
+; delimiter parsing
+$P_colon_period    equ  01              ;AN032; check for colon & period
+$P_period_only     equ  02              ;AN032; check only for period
+
+;filespec error flag
+$P_err_flag        db   00              ;AN033; flag set if filespec parsing error
+                                        ;AN033;  was detected.
+$P_error_filespec  equ  01              ;AN033; mask to set flag
+;***********************************************************************
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/REDIRSYM.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/REDIRSYM.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88bf209
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/REDIRSYM.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+; - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
+;  Redirector MACROS
+; - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
+
+EDW     MACRO   name
+        extrn   name:near
+        DW      OFFSET  RG:name
+ENDM
+
+; - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
+
+CHECK_DIALECT     MACRO   name
+
+    IF2                                         ;AN000; If not defined yet,
+       IFNDEF CHECKDIALECT                      ;AN000;  THEN Extrn
+          Extrn CHECKDIALECT&name:NEAR          ;AN000;
+       ENDIF                                    ;AN000;
+    ENDIF                                       ;AN000;
+        CALL    CHECKDIALECT&name               ;AN000; Call the appropriate routine
+
+ENDM
+
+; - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
+
+CallREDIRSub MACRO   name,fn,save,restore       ;AN000;
+    IF2                                         ;AN000; If not defined yet,
+       IFNDEF REDIRSub&fn                       ;AN000;  THEN Extrn
+          Extrn REDIRSub&fn:NEAR                ;AN000;
+       ENDIF                                    ;AN000;
+    ENDIF                                       ;AN000;
+    IFNB    <save>                              ;AN000; If not blank
+        SaveReg <save>                          ;AN000;    Save the regs
+    ENDIF                                       ;AN000;
+        CALL    REDIRSub&fn                     ;AN000; Call the appropriate routine
+    IFNB    <restore>                           ;AN000; If not blank
+        RestoreReg  <restore>                   ;AN000;    Save the regs
+    ENDIF                                       ;AN000;
+ENDM                                            ;AN000;
+
+; - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
+;  Redirector structures
+; - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
+
+        INCLUDE IFSSYM.INC               ;AN000;
+        INCLUDE ERROR.INC                ;AN000;
+        INCLUDE FILEMODE.INC             ;AN000;
+
+;; CD_FSDA STRUCTURE
+
+   CD_FSDA_OFF     EQU WORD PTR CD_FSDA        ;AN000;
+   CD_FSDA_SEG     EQU WORD PTR CD_FSDA+2      ;AN000;
+   CD_FSDA_FLAGS   EQU WORD PTR CD_FSDA+4      ;AN000;
+
+;; DFL_FSDA STRUCTURE
+
+   DF_FSDA_OFF     EQU WORD PTR DFL_FSDA        ;AN000;
+   DF_FSDA_SEG     EQU WORD PTR DFL_FSDA+2      ;AN000;
+   DF_FSDA_FLAGS   EQU WORD PTR DFL_FSDA+4      ;AN000;
+
+;; SFF_FSDA STRUCTURE
+
+   SFF_FSDA_OFF    EQU WORD PTR SFF_FSDA       ;AN000;
+   SFF_FSDA_SEG    EQU WORD PTR SFF_FSDA+2     ;AN000;
+   SFF_FSDA_FLAGS  EQU WORD PTR SFF_FSDA+4     ;AN000;
+
+;; IFS Structure fixes
+
+   ifsr_fcn_def    EXECAPI               ;AN000;
+   ifsr_api_def    OPENFILE              ;AN000;
+IFSR_OPENNAME@  =  IFSR_NAME@            ;AN000;
+   ifsr_api_def    SEARCHFILE            ;AN000;
+IFSR_SRCHNAME@  =  IFSR_NAME@            ;AN000;
+   ifsr_api_def    MKDIR                 ;AN000;
+IFSR_DIRNAME@   =  IFSR_NAME@            ;AN000;
+   ifsr_api_def    DELFILE               ;AN000;
+IFSR_DELNAME@   =  IFSR_NAME@            ;AN000;
+   ifsr_api_def    FILEATTR              ;AN000;
+IFSR_ATTRNAME@  =  IFSR_NAME@            ;AN000;
+
+; - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
+;  Redirector Equates
+; - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
+
+Get_Interrupt_Vector EQU     35H      ;AN000;
+Set_Interrupt_Vector EQU     25H      ;AN000;
+Deallocate_memory    EQU     49H      ;AN000;
+
+GET_SYS_CONFIG       EQU     0C000H   ;AN000; INT 15H to get configuration
+CONFIG_STRUC    STRUC                 ;AN001;
+   LENGTH       DW   ?                ;AN001;
+   MODEL_BYTE   DB   ?                ;AN001;
+CONFIG_STRUC    ENDS                  ;AN001;
+
+LOWEST_386_MODEL     EQU     0F8H     ;AN001;
+
+INCOR_DOS            EQU     1        ;AN000;
+ALREADY_INST         EQU     2        ;AN000;
+NOT_INST             EQU     3        ;AN000;
+NET_NOT_STARTED      EQU     4        ;AN000;
+INSUFF_MEM           EQU     5        ;AN000;
+BAD_PARM             EQU     10       ;AN000;
+INSUFFICENT_MEM      EQU     76       ;AN001; Extended Error
+
+ONE_REPLACE          EQU     1        ;AN000;
+SINGLE_COUNT         EQU     1        ;AN000;
+TESTDIALECT          =       0        ;AN001;
+
+REDIR_INSTALLED      EQU     -1       ;AN000;
+REDIR_SYS_INSTALL    EQU     0BF80H   ;AN000; REDIR.SYS 2FH Function number
+REDIR_EXE_INSTALL    EQU     0BF00H   ;AN000; REDIR.EXE 2FH Function number
+
+FASSIGN_ON           EQU     -1       ;AN000;
+FASSIGN_OFF          EQU     0        ;AN000;
+FPRINT_ON            EQU     -1       ;AN000;
+FPRINT_OFF           EQU     0        ;AN000;
+
+EXT_ERR_72           EQU     72       ;AN000;
+PSP_ENVIRO_SEG       EQU     002CH    ;AN000; Offset into the PSP of the Enviroment Segment
+
+PrnIO                EQU     17H      ; Int vector for Printer IO
+PrntScr              EQU     05H      ; Int vector for Print Screen
+PrnRdrMark           EQU     2        ; Mark for port addr
+
+VER12                EQU     00000010b ;AN001;
+VER13                EQU     00000100b ;AN001;
+
+FIRST_TIME           EQU     1           ;AN001;
+SECOND_TIME          EQU     2           ;AN001;
+
+SHIFT_BY_7           EQU     7           ;AN001;
+
+HI_BIT_SHARING_MASK  EQU     1111111101111111b ;AN001; Turns off Hi bit in nibble
+
+
+;; ###############################################################
+;;              MISC.INC
+;; ###############################################################
+
+; NETFILE
+
+attr_read_only         = 00000001b
+
+; NETINIT
+
+IFSR_INVALID_CMD        =   -1                                                        ;AN000;
+
+; NETUTIL
+
+MACRO_4         =       4
+DATE_TIME       =       0
+
+
+; NETHAND
+
+LOCK_ALL_OPERS     =       0
+POS_LEN_PTR_SIZE   =       8              ;AN001; 8 bytes for position/length
+
+FIND_BUF    STRUC
+
+find_buf_drive      DB  ?               ; drive of search
+find_buf_name       DB  11 DUP (?)      ; formatted name
+find_buf_sattr      DB  ?               ; attribute of search
+find_buf_LastEnt    DW  ?               ; LastEnt
+find_buf_DirStart   DW  ?               ; DirStart
+find_buf_NetID      DB  4 DUP (?)       ; Reserved for NET
+find_buf_attr       DB  ?               ; attribute found
+find_buf_time       DW  ?               ; time
+find_buf_date       DW  ?               ; date
+find_buf_size_l     DW  ?               ; low(size)
+find_buf_size_h     DW  ?               ; high(size)
+find_buf_pname      DB  13 DUP (?)      ; packed name
+
+FIND_BUF    ENDS
+
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/SF.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/SF.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd6f188
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/SF.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)sf.asm     1.1 85/04/10
+BREAK <Internal system file table format>
+;
+;   AN000   version 4.00   Jan. 1988
+;   AN003   PTM 3680 --  make NAME offset the same as before (<=3.30)
+;   AN009   PTM 3839     reorder SFT for MS WINDOWS
+
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+;
+; system file table
+;
+
+SF              STRUC
+SFLink          DD      ?
+SFCount         DW      ?               ; number of entries
+SFTable         DW      ?               ; beginning of array of the following
+SF              ENDS
+
+;
+; system file table entry
+;
+
+sf_entry        STRUC
+sf_ref_count    DW      ?               ; number of processes sharing entry
+                                        ;   if FCB then ref count
+sf_mode         DW      ?               ; mode of access or high bit on if FCB
+sf_attr         DB      ?               ; attribute of file
+sf_flags        DW      ?               ;Bits 8-15
+                                        ; Bit 15 = 1 if remote file
+                                        ;        = 0 if local file or device
+                                        ; Bit 14 = 1 if date/time is not to be
+                                        ;   set from clock at CLOSE.  Set by
+                                        ;   FILETIMES and FCB_CLOSE.  Reset by
+                                        ;   other reseters of the dirty bit
+                                        ;   (WRITE)
+                                        ; Bit 13 = Pipe bit (reserved)
+                                        ;
+                                        ; Bits 0-7 (old FCB_devid bits)
+                                        ; If remote file or local file, bit
+                                        ; 6=0 if dirty Device ID number, bits
+                                        ; 0-5 if local file.
+                                        ; bit 7=0 for local file, bit 7
+                                        ;      =1 for local I/O device
+                                        ; If local I/O device, bit 6=0 if EOF (input)
+                                        ;               Bit 5=1 if Raw mode
+                                        ;               Bit 0=1 if console input device
+                                        ;               Bit 1=1 if console output device
+                                        ;               Bit 2=1 if null device
+                                        ;               Bit 3=1 if clock device
+sf_devptr       DD      ?               ; Points to DPB if local file, points
+                                        ; to device header if local device,
+                                        ; points to net device header if
+                                        ; remote
+sf_firclus      DW      ?               ; First cluster of file (bit 15 = 0)
+sf_time         DW      ?               ; Time associated with file
+sf_date         DW      ?               ; Date associated with file
+sf_size         DD      ?               ; Size associated with file
+sf_position     DD      ?               ; Read/Write pointer or LRU count for FCBs
+;
+; Starting here, the next 7 bytes may be used by the file system to store an
+; ID
+;
+sf_cluspos      DW      ?               ; Position of last cluster accessed
+sf_dirsec       DD      ?               ; Sector number of directory sector for
+                                        ; for this file
+sf_dirpos       DB      ?               ; Offset of this entry in the above
+;
+; End of 7 bytes of file-system specific info.
+;
+sf_name         DB      11 DUP (?)      ; 11 character name that is in the
+                                        ; directory entry.  This is used by
+                                        ; close to detect file deleted and
+                                        ; disk changed errors.
+
+; SHARING INFO
+sf_chain        DD      ?               ; link to next SF
+sf_UID          DW      ?
+sf_PID          DW      ?
+sf_MFT          DW      ?
+sf_lstclus      DW      ?               ;AN009; Last cluster accessed
+sf_IFS_HDR      DD      ?
+sf_entry        ENDS
+
+sf_fsda         EQU     BYTE PTR sf_cluspos          ;DOS 4.00
+sf_serial_ID    EQU     WORD PTR sf_firclus          ;DOS 4.00
+sf_netid        EQU     BYTE PTR sf_cluspos
+sf_OpenAge      EQU     WORD PTR sf_position+2
+sf_LRU          EQU     WORD PTR sf_position
+
+sf_default_number   EQU     5h
+
+;
+; Note that we need to mark an SFT as being busy for OPEN/CREATE.  This is
+; because an INT 24 may prevent us from 'freeing' it.  We mark this as such
+; by placing a -1 in the ref_count field.
+;
+
+sf_busy EQU -1
+
+
+; mode mask for FCB detection
+sf_isfcb                EQU     1000000000000000B
+
+; Flag word masks
+sf_isnet                EQU     1000000000000000B
+sf_close_nodate         EQU     0100000000000000B
+sf_pipe                 EQU     0010000000000000B
+sf_no_inherit           EQU     0001000000000000B
+sf_net_spool            EQU     0000100000000000B
+Handle_Fail_I24         EQU     0000000100000000B  ;BIT 8 - DISK FULL I24 ERROR
+
+; Local file/device flag masks
+devid_file_clean        EQU     40h     ; true if file and not written
+devid_file_mask_drive   EQU     3Fh     ; mask for drive number
+
+devid_device            EQU     80h     ; true if a device
+devid_device_EOF        EQU     40h     ; true if end of file reached
+devid_device_raw        EQU     20h     ; true if in raw mode
+devid_device_special    EQU     10h     ; true if special device
+devid_device_clock      EQU     08h     ; true if clock device
+devid_device_null       EQU     04h     ; true if null device
+devid_device_con_out    EQU     02h     ; true if console output
+devid_device_con_in     EQU     01h     ; true if consle input
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+
+;
+; structure of devid field as returned by IOCTL is:
+;
+;       BIT     7   6   5   4   3   2   1   0
+;             |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
+;             | I | E | R | S | I | I | I | I |
+;             | S | O | A | P | S | S | S | S |
+;             | D | F | W | E | C | N | C | C |
+;             | E |   |   | C | L | U | O | I |
+;             | V |   |   | L | K | L | T | N |
+;             |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
+;       ISDEV = 1 if this channel is a device
+;             = 0 if this channel is a disk file
+;
+;       If ISDEV = 1
+;
+;             EOF = 0 if End Of File on input
+;             RAW = 1 if this device is in Raw mode
+;                 = 0 if this device is cooked
+;             ISCLK = 1 if this device is the clock device
+;             ISNUL = 1 if this device is the null device
+;             ISCOT = 1 if this device is the console output
+;             ISCIN = 1 if this device is the console input
+;
+;       If ISDEV = 0
+;             EOF = 0 if channel has been written
+;             Bits 0-5  are  the  block  device  number  for
+;                 the channel (0 = A, 1 = B, ...)
+;
+devid_ISDEV     EQU     80h
+devid_EOF       EQU     40h
+devid_RAW       EQU     20h
+devid_SPECIAL   EQU     10H
+devid_ISCLK     EQU     08h
+devid_ISNUL     EQU     04h
+devid_ISCOT     EQU     02h
+devid_ISCIN     EQU     01h
+
+devid_block_dev EQU     1Fh             ; mask for block device number
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/SHELL.MEU b/v4.0/src/INC/SHELL.MEU
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a47af1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/SHELL.MEU
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/SHELLRD.EQU b/v4.0/src/INC/SHELLRD.EQU
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e0c7a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/SHELLRD.EQU
@@ -0,0 +1,1155 @@
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:         SHELLRD.EQU                                                   :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:  Common internal shell equates                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Revised:      05-05-88                                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+; Pull down selection to dither (1 bit = 1 selection line)
+;
+DIT_L1         EQU  0000000000000001B        ;Pull down selection 1                ;DITHER
+DIT_L2         EQU  0000000000000010B        ;Pull down selection 2                ;DITHER
+DIT_L3         EQU  0000000000000100B        ;Pull down selection 3                ;DITHER
+DIT_L4         EQU  0000000000001000B        ;Pull down selection 4                ;DITHER
+DIT_L5         EQU  0000000000010000B        ;Pull down selection 5                ;DITHER
+DIT_L6         EQU  0000000000100000B        ;Pull down selection 6                ;DITHER
+DIT_L7         EQU  0000000001000000B        ;Pull down selection 7                ;DITHER
+DIT_L8         EQU  0000000010000000B        ;Pull down selection 8                ;DITHER
+DIT_L9         EQU  0000000100000000B        ;Pull down selection 9                ;DITHER
+DIT_L10        EQU  0000001000000000B        ;Pull down selection 10               ;DITHER
+DIT_L11        EQU  0000010000000000B        ;Pull down selection 11               ;DITHER
+DIT_L12        EQU  0000100000000000B        ;Pull down selection 12               ;DITHER
+DIT_L13        EQU  0001000000000000B        ;Pull down selection 13               ;DITHER
+DIT_L14        EQU  0010000000000000B        ;Pull down selection 14               ;DITHER
+DIT_L15        EQU  0100000000000000B        ;Pull down selection 15               ;DITHER
+DIT_L16        EQU  1000000000000000B        ;Pull down selection 16               ;DITHER
+;
+; Input field control block equates
+;
+INP_FILEMASK1  EQU  1                        ;file mask input field 1 mul only
+INP_FILEMASK2  EQU  2                        ;file mask input field 2 mul only
+INP_AADDT      EQU  3                        ;add menu item title
+INP_JOHN       EQU  4                        ;dyanmic input field
+INP_DOSCMDEST  EQU  5                        ;move/copy destination line
+INP_DOSRFNAM   EQU  6                        ;rename file field
+INP_DOSRDNAM   EQU  7                        ;rename directory field
+INP_DOSEXOPT   EQU  8                        ;start a program
+INP_DOSMDNAM   EQU  9                        ;make DOS directory field
+INP_CMDLINE    EQU  10                       ;command line input field
+INP_PASSWORD   EQU  11                       ;app menu password
+INP_APPMFILE   EQU  12                       ;app menu filename
+INP_EDITPH     EQU  13                       ;app menu edit or help/psc
+INP_FILEMASK   EQU  14                       ;file mask input field
+INP_DOSASSOC   EQU  15                       ;associate file input field
+INP_HELP       EQU  16                       ;app help edit field
+INP_DOSCMFROM  EQU  17                       ;dos services from: input field
+INP_DOMASK     EQU  18                       ;display options pulldown filemask
+INP_DOSDELDIS  EQU  19                       ;dos display delete list
+;
+; Scroll ID equates
+;
+SCB_CHELP      EQU  1                        ;contextual helps
+SCB_IHELP      EQU  2                        ;indexed helps
+;
+; Help equates for panel position
+;
+HLP_UPPANROW   EQU  5                        ;upper help panel row
+HLP_UPPANCOL   EQU  18                       ;upper help panel column
+HLP_LWPANROW   EQU  14                       ;lower help panel row
+HLP_LWPANCOL   EQU  16                       ;lower help panel column
+HLP_PANLINES   EQU  10                       ;number of lines in help panel
+HLPTLINS       EQU  12                       ;user defined help text lines
+HLPWID         EQU  40                       ;user defined help text width
+;
+; Application menu location equates
+;
+APP_ROW        EQU  7                        ;jpw application menu start row
+APP_COLUMN     EQU  1                        ;jpw application menu start col
+APP_MAXLINES   EQU  16
+;
+; Error ID equates
+;
+ERR_PSP        EQU  1                        ;invalid invocation parameters
+ERR_FILMERR    EQU  2                        ;file not found
+ERR_PATHERR    EQU  3                        ;path not found
+ERR_NODA       EQU  4                        ;dos/app both not active
+ERR_ACCEERR    EQU  5                        ;access denied
+ERR_APIF       EQU  6                        ;missing or invalid main menu file
+ERR_INVDEST    EQU  7                        ;invalid destination path
+ERR_INSM       EQU  8                        ;insufficent memory available
+ERR_CLRF       EQU  9                        ;missing or invalid color file
+ERR_BADD       EQU  10                       ;bad disk or drive door open
+ERR_HELF       EQU  11                       ;missing or bad help file
+ERR_COMS       EQU  12                       ;missing COMSPEC in Environment
+ERR_DEAL       EQU  13                       ;DOS unable to de-allocate memory
+ERR_256K       EQU  14                       ;inadequate graphics memory avail
+ERR_MODE       EQU  15                       ;graph mode request not successful
+ERR_MOUS       EQU  16                       ;missing or bad mouse driver
+ERR_EMPTERR    EQU  17                       ;empty menu
+ERR_MAXFERR    EQU  18                       ;maximum number of files/dirs exce
+ERR_WRIPERR    EQU  19                       ;disk write protected
+ERR_DISKERR    EQU  20                       ;disk full
+ERR_DRVNERR    EQU  21                       ;drive not ready
+ERR_NOMARK     EQU  22                       ;no files marked
+ERR_GENERAL1   EQU  23                       ;general error has occurred
+ERR_EMPTY      EQU  24                       ;file is empty
+ERR_NOPARM     EQU  25                       ;used of uninitialized psc parm
+ERR_NOQUOTE    EQU  26                       ;missing quote in PSC syntax
+ERR_BADNUM     EQU  27                       ;invalid number inside " "
+ERR_PARAOUT    EQU  28                       ;PSC parameter out of range
+ERR_NOEOL      EQU  29                       ;missing PSC eol marker
+ERR_BUFOUT     EQU  30                       ;output buffer exceeded
+ERR_GENERAL    EQU  31                       ;general error has occurred
+ERR_NORBRAC    EQU  32                       ;no closing ] in psc
+ERR_BIGTITL    EQU  33                       ;psc title too big
+ERR_BIGINST    EQU  34                       ;psc instruction too big
+ERR_BIGPRPT    EQU  35                       ;psc prompt too big
+ERR_BIGDEF     EQU  36                       ;psc default input too big
+ERR_BADMOD     EQU  37                       ;invalid modifier chars in psc
+ERR_NOCOPY     EQU  38                       ;file cannot be copied on itself
+ERR_NOROOM     EQU  39                       ;no room on menu
+ERR_LOST       EQU  40                       ;menu items may be lost
+ERR_BLANK      EQU  41                       ;blank string to clear G3 messages
+ERR_ROOT       EQU  42                       ;delete or rename root error messg
+ERR_PDFILE     EQU  43                       ;shelli.dat file is invalid
+ERR_PDFULL     EQU  44                       ;menu is full, no room for predefs
+ERR_ASSOC      EQU  45                       ;associate file limit reached
+ERR_FILEXT     EQU  46                       ;invalid file ext for association
+ERR_PGMEXT     EQU  47                       ;invalid prgm ext for association
+ERR_PASSWD     EQU  48                       ;invalid password
+ERR_INVPARM    EQU  49                       ;invalid number of parameters
+ERR_DEEP       EQU  50                       ;too many menu levels deep >5
+ERR_MAXDERR    EQU  51                       ;max number directories exceeded
+ERR_ASRF       EQU  52                       ;bad or missing associate filename
+ERR_SGDRCOPY   EQU  53                       ;single drive copy not supported
+ERR_ONEMARK    EQU  54                       ;function limited to one file
+ERR_PRTINST    EQU  55                       ;print not installed
+ERR_PRTQFULL   EQU  56                       ;print queue full
+ERR_PRTNOSUB   EQU  57                       ;print cannot be submitted
+ERR_NOHIGHLT   EQU  58                       ;no files/directories highlighted
+ERR_BADCMD     EQU  59                       ;pcr 2/26/88
+ERR_BIGFILE    EQU  60                       ;filespec in psc > 76 chars
+;
+; Color ID equates
+;
+CLR_3          EQU  1                        ;shipped text mode color index
+CLR_7          EQU  2                        ;shipped monochrome color index
+CLR_10         EQU  3                        ;shipped graphics mode 10H/12H
+CLR_11         EQU  4                        ;shipped graphics mode 11H index
+;
+; Panel color index record equates
+;
+CLR_LOGO       EQU  1                        ;Logo Scr
+CLR_BASE       EQU  2                        ;Base Scr
+CLR_ERROR      EQU  3                        ;Error
+CLR_HELP       EQU  4                        ;Help
+CLR_AAB        EQU  5                        ;action bar
+CLR_FILE1      EQU  7                        ;graphics file 1
+CLR_FILE2      EQU  6                        ;graphics file 2
+CLR_DIR1       EQU  7                        ;graphics directory 1
+CLR_DIR2       EQU  6                        ;graphics directory 2
+CLR_DRIVE1     EQU  7                        ;graphics drive 1
+CLR_DRIVE2     EQU  6                        ;graphics drive 2
+CLR_BARTITLE   EQU  8                        ;title bar title
+CLR_INSTRUCT1  EQU  10                       ;second instruction
+CLR_CMD        EQU  11                       ;command line
+CLR_STATUS     EQU  12                       ;graphics status
+CLR_TITLE      EQU  13                       ;title
+CLR_INSTRUCT   EQU  14                       ;Instructions
+CLR_POPUP1     EQU  15                       ;Popup 1
+CLR_POPUP2     EQU  16                       ;Popup 2
+CLR_INDEX      EQU  17                       ;Reserved
+;
+; Shell panel ID equates
+;
+PAN_DTITLE     EQU  1                        ;DOS services title text
+PAN_ATITLE     EQU  2                        ;App menu title text
+PAN_DABFILE    EQU  3                        ;DOS AAB file command text
+PAN_DABDISP    EQU  4                        ;DOS AAB display command text
+PAN_DABSHEL    EQU  5                        ;DOS AAB shell command text
+PAN_DABEXIT    EQU  6                        ;DOS AAB exit command text
+PAN_AABMAIN    EQU  7                        ;App AAB maintain command text
+PAN_AABSHEL    EQU  8                        ;App AAB shell command text
+PAN_AABEXIT    EQU  9                        ;App AAB exit command text
+PAN_ENTER      EQU  10                       ;Common action  Enter
+PAN_ESC        EQU  11                       ;Common actions Esc=Cancel
+PAN_F1         EQU  12                       ;Common actions F1=Help
+PAN_F5         EQU  13                       ;Common actions F5=Index
+PAN_F9         EQU  14                       ;Common actions F7=Keys
+PAN_APDMAINP   EQU  15                       ;App maintain pull down panel
+PAN_APDMAINC   EQU  16                       ;App maintain pull down panel text
+PAN_APDSHELP   EQU  17                       ;App shell pull down panel
+PAN_APDSHELC   EQU  18                       ;App shell pull down panel text
+PAN_APDEXITP   EQU  19                       ;App exit pull down panel
+PAN_APDEXITC   EQU  20                       ;App exit pull down panel text
+PAN_DPDFILEP   EQU  21                       ;DOS file pull down panel
+PAN_DPDFILEC   EQU  22                       ;DOS file pull down panel text
+PAN_DPDEXITP   EQU  23                       ;DOS exit pull down panel
+PAN_DPDEXITC   EQU  24                       ;DOS exit pull down panel text
+PAN_DPDDISPP   EQU  25                       ;DOS display pull down panel
+PAN_DPDDISPC   EQU  26                       ;DOS display pull down panel text
+PAN_DPDSHELP   EQU  27                       ;DOS shell pull down panel
+PAN_DPDSHELC   EQU  28                       ;DOS shell pull down panel text
+PAN_DSFMT2     EQU  29                       ;DOS top single drive/file panel
+PAN_DSFMT3     EQU  30                       ;DOS extended directory panel
+PAN_DSFMT4     EQU  31                       ;DOS status panel
+PAN_DSFMT6     EQU  32                       ;DOS global file search
+PAN_FILEVIEW   EQU  33                       ;DOS file view panel top template
+PAN_FILEVIEWT  EQU  34                       ;fileview panel text
+PAN_FVHEX      EQU  35                       ;DOS hex file view panel bottom
+PAN_FVASCII    EQU  36                       ;DOS hex file view panel bottom
+PAN_FKEY       EQU  37                       ;function key panel
+PAN_APPINST2   EQU  38                       ;App copy menu item dest instr
+PAN_APPINST5   EQU  39                       ;App menu reorder second instr
+PAN_APPINST6   EQU  40                       ;App menu operational instr
+PAN_MCP        EQU  41                       ;Maintain color panel text
+PAN_MCSS       EQU  42                       ;Maintain color sample panel
+PAN_DSREAD     EQU  43                       ;DOS reading drive panel text
+PAN_G1         EQU  44                       ;general panel 1
+PAN_G1PASSWM   EQU  45                       ;Enter menu item password panel
+PAN_G1OPT      EQU  46                       ;DOS file options text
+PAN_G3SORTC    EQU  47                       ;DOS sort panel text
+PAN_G2         EQU  48                       ;General panel 2
+PAN_G2DELM     EQU  49                       ;delete menu item confirmation
+PAN_G3         EQU  50                       ;General panel 3
+PAN_G3COPYT    EQU  51                       ;DOS file copy panel title
+PAN_G3COPY     EQU  52                       ;DOS file copy panel in progress
+PAN_G3MOVET    EQU  53                       ;DOS file move panel title
+PAN_G3MOVE     EQU  54                       ;DOS file move panel in progress
+PAN_G3DEST     EQU  55                       ;DOS file copy/move destination
+PAN_G3REPL     EQU  56                       ;DOS file copy/move replace existg
+PAN_G3ERROR    EQU  57                       ;DOS file copy/move error
+PAN_G3FILEDL   EQU  58                       ;DOS file delete in progress txt
+PAN_G3FILEDB   EQU  59                       ;DOS file delete confirm panel txt
+PAN_G3FILERN   EQU  60                       ;DOS file rename panel text
+PAN_G3FILEA    EQU  61                       ;DOS attr change in progress text
+PAN_G3FILEAB   EQU  62                       ;DOS attr change panel text
+PAN_G3DIRD     EQU  63                       ;DOS dir delete in progress text
+PAN_G3DIRDB    EQU  64                       ;DOS dir delete confirm panel text
+PAN_G3DIRM     EQU  65                       ;DOS dir make panel text
+PAN_G3DIRERN   EQU  66                       ;directory rename text
+PAN_G3PRED     EQU  67                       ;APP predefined menu panel text
+PAN_HELP       EQU  68                       ;Help panel text
+PAN_G5         EQU  69                       ;General panel 5
+PAN_G5TEXT     EQU  70                       ;add program text
+PAN_G5ADDG     EQU  71                       ;add group text
+PAN_G6         EQU  72                       ;General panel 6
+PAN_G6START    EQU  73                       ;Enter parameters start a program
+PAN_GSTATUS    EQU  74                       ;graphics status panel
+PAN_ERR        EQU  75                       ;small error text panel
+PAN_G7         EQU  76                       ;small error text panel
+PAN_G7ERROR    EQU  77                       ;small error text panel
+PAN_JOHN       EQU  78                       ;PSC dialog panel
+PAN_CLS        EQU  79                       ;clear screen
+PAN_BTITLE     EQU  80                       ;app and dos background title
+PAN_BAAB       EQU  81                       ;app and dos aab background
+PAN_GDIRECTE   EQU  82                       ;graphics dir extended panel
+PAN_GFILEE     EQU  83                       ;graphics dir extended panel
+PAN_GFILEG     EQU  84                       ;graphics global file panel
+PAN_GDIRECTD1  EQU  85                       ;graphics multiple directory 1
+PAN_GDIRECTD2  EQU  86                       ;graphics multiple directory 2
+PAN_GFILED1    EQU  87                       ;graphics multiple file 1
+PAN_GFILED2    EQU  88                       ;graphics multiple file 2
+PAN_G7ERROR2   EQU  89                       ;reading tree and file error
+PAN_G2ASCO     EQU  90                       ;association options
+PAN_G3ASCE     EQU  91                       ;association panel
+PAN_GSTATUSP   EQU  92                       ;graphics status
+PAN_G7ERROR3   EQU  93                       ;app menu error panel/exit to dos
+PAN_G7ERROR4   EQU  94                       ;dir and/or file limit reached
+PAN_G3FILEPRT  EQU  95                       ;DOS file print in progress txt
+PAN_F10        EQU  96                       ;Common actions F10=Actions
+PAN_ALTG       EQU  97                       ;Common actions Alt+G=Mark all
+PAN_ALTU       EQU  98                       ;Common actions Alt+U=Unmark all
+PAN_F8         EQU  99                       ;Common actions F8=Hex/ASCII
+PAN_DOSTOP     EQU  100                      ;DOS top panel
+PAN_F2         EQU  101                      ;F2=Save
+PAN_BLANK      EQU  102                      ;panel to blank app instructions
+PAN_CMDL       EQU  103                      ;Shift+F9=Command Line
+PAN_G2FILA     EQU  104                      ;DOS file attr confirm panel text
+PAN_G2FILD     EQU  105                      ;DOS display delete list
+PAN_CMDLA      EQU  106                      ;app menu Shift+F9=Command Line
+PAN_F10A       EQU  107                      ;app menu f10 key panel text
+PAN_FVESC      EQU  108                      ;file view escape key panel text
+PAN_DSFMT7     EQU  109                      ;single drive panel titles
+PAN_DSFMT8     EQU  110                      ;system file list panel titles
+PAN_TOTALNUM   EQU  110                      ;total number panels *PCR
+;
+; Internal Shell equates for string vector
+;
+STR_AAPEXT     EQU  1                        ;main application menu extension
+STR_CLREXT     EQU  2                        ;color profile extension
+STR_APPMFILE   EQU  3                        ;default app menu filename
+STR_CLRFILE    EQU  4                        ;default color filename
+STR_HLPFILE    EQU  5                        ;default help text filename
+STR_MS1FILE    EQU  6                        ;microsoft serial mouse driver
+STR_MS2FILE    EQU  7                        ;IBM mouse driver
+STR_COMSPEC    EQU  8                        ;string to search for in Environ
+STR_EXIT       EQU  9                        ;command line termination string
+STR_MOSEXT     EQU  10                       ;mouse extension length
+STR_LBRACKET   EQU  11                       ;left bracket in PSC
+STR_RBRACKET   EQU  12                       ;right bracket in PSC
+STR_PERCENT    EQU  13                       ;percent sign in PSC
+STR_TITLEESC   EQU  14                       ;title escape in PSC
+STR_INSTRESC   EQU  15                       ;instruction escape in PSC
+STR_PRMTESC    EQU  16                       ;prompt escape in PSC
+STR_DEFLTESC   EQU  17                       ;default escape in PSC source
+STR_LENGESC    EQU  18                       ;length escape in PSC source
+STR_MODESC     EQU  19                       ;modifier escape in PSC source
+STR_CLEARESC   EQU  20                       ;clear escape in PSC source
+STR_QUOTE      EQU  21                       ;quote in PSC source
+STR_PSCEND     EQU  22                       ;end of a PSC line
+STR_WALLOW     EQU  23                       ;allow string
+STR_WVALID     EQU  24                       ;valid allow string
+STR_REMOVE     EQU  25                       ;remove default option in PSC's
+STR_WRESEND    EQU  26                       ;ending psc for resident mode
+STR_WTRANEND   EQU  27                       ;ending psc for transient mode
+STR_WTITLDEF   EQU  28                       ;default user prompt tittle text
+STR_WINSTDEF   EQU  29                       ;default user prompt instr. text
+STR_WPRMTPDEF  EQU  30                       ;default user prompt prompt text
+STR_DRIVE      EQU  31                       ;drive escape in PSC source
+STR_PATH       EQU  32                       ;path escape in PSC source
+STR_LCTITLEESC EQU  33                       ;title escape in PSC
+STR_LCINSTRESC EQU  34                       ;instruction escape in PSC
+STR_LCPRMTESC  EQU  35                       ;prompt escape in PSC
+STR_LCDEFLTESC EQU  36                       ;default escape in PSC source
+STR_LCLENGESC  EQU  37                       ;length escape in PSC source
+STR_LCMODESC   EQU  38                       ;modifier escape in PSC source
+STR_LCCLEARESC EQU  39                       ;clear escape in PSC source
+STR_LCREMOVE   EQU  40                       ;remove default option in PSC's
+STR_DOSEXIT    EQU  41                       ;ending batch command for dos exit
+STR_CDIR       EQU  42                       ;change directory command for psc
+STR_TOPTITLE   EQU  43                       ;title for indexed help panel
+STR_MNAAAB     EQU  44                       ;Program menu AAB mnemonics
+STR_MNMAIN     EQU  45                       ;Prog maint pull down mnemonics
+STR_MNASWI     EQU  46                       ;Prog switch pull down mnemonics
+STR_MNAEXI     EQU  47                       ;Prog exit pull down mnmemonics
+STR_MNDAAB     EQU  48                       ;DOS Services AAB mnemonics
+STR_MNFILE     EQU  49                       ;DOS Services File mnemonics
+STR_MNDSWI     EQU  50                       ;DOS Services switch mnemonics
+STR_MNDISP     EQU  51                       ;DOS Services display mnemonics
+STR_MNDEXI     EQU  52                       ;DOS Services exit mnemonics
+STR_APPMENU    EQU  53                       ;app menu configured
+STR_DOSSERV    EQU  54                       ;DOS services configured
+STR_REFBUF     EQU  55                       ;refresh DOS buffer configured
+STR_TRANS      EQU  56                       ;transient shell configured
+STR_MODE10H    EQU  57                       ;graphics mode 10H
+STR_MODE11H    EQU  58                       ;graphics mode 11H
+STR_MODE12H    EQU  59                       ;graphics mode 12H
+STR_CLFILE     EQU  60                       ;color filename
+STR_MULTIPE    EQU  61                       ;multiple drive display
+STR_CLRACT     EQU  62                       ;maintain color active
+STR_MENUACT    EQU  63                       ;menu maintainance active
+STR_EXITDOS    EQU  64                       ;exit to DOS active
+STR_CMDLINE    EQU  65                       ;command line active
+STR_PREDACT    EQU  66                       ;predefined menu active
+STR_MOUSACT    EQU  67                       ;mouse active
+STR_LEFTACT    EQU  68                       ;left hand mouse
+STR_SOUDACT    EQU  69                       ;sound active
+STR_APMFILE    EQU  70                       ;app main menu filename
+STR_TOTAL      EQU  71                       ;total structute list
+STR_FILL1      EQU  72                       ;fill pattern 1
+STR_ASCEXT     EQU  73                       ;default association filename
+STR_CHECKM     EQU  74                       ;check mark
+STR_RETEXEC    EQU  75                       ;press enter to exit from start
+STR_NOCMD      EQU  76                       ;no command for EXEC error
+STR_BUTTON     EQU  77                       ;button mouse fld text for psc pan
+STR_TEXTS      EQU  78                       ;invocation text mode option
+STR_NLS        EQU  79                       ;NLS translation invoke option
+STR_NOFILD     EQU  80                       ;No files in marked directory'
+STR_NOFILM     EQU  81                       ;No files match file specifier'
+STR_NOFIL      EQU  82                       ;'No file'
+STR_ROOTN      EQU  83                       ;'ROOT'
+STR_DTITLE     EQU  84                       ;DOS Services AAB mnemonics string
+STR_ATITLE     EQU  85                       ;App Menu AAB mnemonics string
+STR_DABFILE    EQU  86                       ;File P. down AAB mnemonics string
+STR_DABDISP    EQU  87                       ;Disp P. down AAB mnemonics string
+STR_DABSHEL    EQU  88                       ;Prog P. down AAB mnemonics string
+STR_DABEXIT    EQU  89                       ;Exit P. down AAB mnemonics string
+STR_AABMAIN    EQU  90                       ;Mait P. down AAB mnemonics string
+STR_AABSHEL    EQU  91                       ;Prog P. down AAB mnemonics string
+STR_AABEXIT    EQU  92                       ;Exit P. down AAB mnemonics string
+STR_MORE       EQU  93                       ;text mode more string
+STR_DIRT       EQU  94                       ;Directory title
+STR_FILET      EQU  95                       ;File title
+STR_DFSAVE     EQU  96                       ;dir/file buffer disk swap option
+STR_BUFO       EQU  97                       ;dir/file buffer size override
+STR_ASOFILE    EQU  98                       ;associate file name option
+STR_ASOEXT     EQU  99                       ;associate file name extension
+STR_DBCS       EQU  100                      ;DBCS invocation string
+STR_NOCMDM     EQU  101                      ;insufficient command line memory
+STR_DATE       EQU  102                      ;date invocation string
+STR_FSTATT     EQU  103                      ;file status title  ;pcr 2/2/88
+STR_COM2       EQU  104                      ;COM2 invocation string      D491
+STR_ENH        EQU  105                      ;invocation enhancements
+STR_SCOPYF     EQU  106                      ;copy file title
+STR_SMOVEF     EQU  107                      ;move file title
+STR_SDELEF     EQU  108                      ;delete file title
+STR_SPRINF     EQU  109                      ;Print file title
+STR_SASSOF     EQU  110                      ;Associate file title
+STR_SRENMF     EQU  111                      ;rename file title
+STR_SSTARF     EQU  112                      ;start a program title
+STR_SATTRF     EQU  113                      ;change attribute file title
+STR_SREMOD     EQU  114                      ;Remove directory title
+STR_SMAKED     EQU  115                      ;Make directory title
+STR_SRENMD     EQU  116                      ;Rename directory title
+STR_SADDP      EQU  117                      ;Add program title
+STR_SADDG      EQU  118                      ;Add group title
+STR_SCHANP     EQU  119                      ;Change Program title
+STR_SCHANG     EQU  120                      ;Change Group title
+STR_SDELMI     EQU  121                      ;Delete menu item title
+STR_SWARN      EQU  122                      ;Warning title
+STR_SHELP      EQU  123                      ;Help panel title
+STR_SPWVER     EQU  124                      ;password verification title
+STR_SDISO      EQU  125                      ;display options title
+STR_SFILO      EQU  126                      ;file options title
+STR_RETCMD     EQU  127                      ;DOS command return prompt
+STR_UTITLE     EQU  128                      ;User defined PSC title
+STR_PROFACT    EQU  129                      ;profile switch
+STR_PROEXT     EQU  130                      ;profile extension
+STR_CDON       EQU  131                      ;
+STR_CDOFF      EQU  132                      ;
+STR_CRON       EQU  133                      ;
+STR_CROFF      EQU  134                      ;
+STR_ASON       EQU  135                      ;
+STR_ASOFF      EQU  136                      ;
+STR_SBNAME     EQU  137                      ;
+STR_SBEXT      EQU  138                      ;
+STR_SBSIZE     EQU  139                      ;
+STR_SBDATE     EQU  140                      ;
+STR_SBDISK     EQU  141                      ;
+STR_FILECHK    EQU  142                      ;PSC /F parameter
+STR_LCFILECHK  EQU  143                      ;PSC /f parameter
+STR_SN         EQU  144                      ;>>SN
+;
+; Active button bit maps                     ;sos 2/2/88
+;
+BUT_ESC        EQU  0000000000000001B        ;Esc
+BUT_F1         EQU  0000000000000010B        ;F1
+BUT_F5         EQU  0000000000000100B        ;F5
+BUT_F9         EQU  0000000000001000B        ;F9
+BUT_F10        EQU  0000000000010000B        ;F10
+BUT_ALTG       EQU  0000000000100000B        ;Alt+G
+BUT_LFARROW    EQU  0000000001000000B        ;Left arrow
+BUT_RTARROW    EQU  0000000010000000B        ;Right arrow
+BUT_ENTER      EQU  0000000100000000B        ;Enter
+BUT_ALTU       EQU  0000001000000000B        ;Alt+U
+BUT_PGUP       EQU  0000010000000000B        ;PgUp
+BUT_PGDN       EQU  0000100000000000B        ;PgDn
+BUT_STOP       EQU  0001000000000000B        ;Stop button
+BUT_F8         EQU  0010000000000000B        ;F8
+BUT_F2         EQU  0100000000000000B        ;F2=Save
+;
+; Internal button bit map vector equates
+;
+BCB_BACK       EQU  1                        ;key         backgrd
+BCB_LFARROW    EQU  2                        ;Left arrow  foregrd
+BCB_RTARROW    EQU  3                        ;Right arrow foregrd
+BCB_PGUP       EQU  4                        ;PgUp        foregrd
+BCB_PGDN       EQU  5                        ;PgDn        foregrd
+BCB_BACK2      EQU  6                        ;PgUp/Dn     backgrd
+;
+; 16 byte paragraph size of allocated buffers
+;
+MAX_COLRBUF    EQU  106                      ;Color buffer              (1.7 K)
+MAX_HELPBUF    EQU  625                      ;help buffer              (10.0 K)
+MAX_TEXTBUF    EQU  250                      ;logical video text only   (4.0 K)
+MAX_APPMBUF    EQU  1000                     ;application menu buffer  (16.0 K)
+MAX_DISQBUF    EQU  125                      ;display queue text only    (2.0K)
+;
+MAX_DIR1BUF    EQU  500                      ;directory buffer 1      ( 8.0 KB)
+MAX_DIR2BUF    EQU  500                      ;directory buffer 2      ( 8.0 KB)
+MAX_DOSWBUF    EQU  640                      ;DOS working buffer      (10.0 KB)
+MIN_FILEBUF    EQU  64                       ;minimum DOS file buffer  (1.0 KB)
+SM_FILEBUF     EQU  640                      ;small file buffer       (10.0 KB)
+MIN_DIR1BUF    EQU  250                      ;min directory buffer 1  ( 4.0 KB)
+MIN_DOSWBUF    EQU  500                      ;min DOS working buffer  ( 8.0 KB)
+;
+MAX_EXECBUF    EQU  4070                     ;app menu/prompt min memy(64.0 KB)
+MAX_WORKBUF    EQU  1000                     ;working DOS buffer      (10.0 KB)
+MAX_DOSPBUF    EQU  12250                    ;dos serv min memory    (196.0 KB)
+MAX_APPPBUF    EQU  4070                     ;app menu min memory     (64.0 KB)
+;
+; Miscellaneous sizes
+;
+MAX_CCSET      EQU  4                        ;number of user color selections ;pcr 3/4/88
+MAX_CLRECD     EQU  12                       ;num of bytes per PCPANEL color rc
+MAX_SCRROWS    EQU  30                       ;mode 11H and 12H require 30 rows
+MAX_REVERSE    EQU  0                        ;size of mouse reverse high buffer
+MAX_WPARMLEN   EQU  127                      ;max psc prompt input length
+MAX_WPSCOUT    EQU  512                      ;max psc size
+;
+; Machine IDs
+;
+MODEL_80       EQU  0F8H                     ;model 80 hardware  VGA
+SUBMD_80       EQU  000H
+MODEL_60       EQU  0FCH                     ;model 60 hardware  VGA
+SUBMD_60       EQU  005H
+MODEL_50       EQU  0FCH                     ;model 50 hardware  VGA
+SUBMD_50       EQU  004H
+MODEL_30       EQU  0FAH                     ;model 30 hardware  MCGA
+SUBMD_30       EQU  000H
+MODEL_25       EQU  0FAH                     ;model 25 hardware  MCGA
+SUBMD_25       EQU  001H
+MODEL_PC       EQU  0FFH                     ;PC Planar board
+SUBMD_PC       EQU  000H
+MODEL_XT       EQU  0FEH                     ;XT Planar board
+SUBMD_XT       EQU  000H
+MODEL_JR       EQU  0FDH                     ;JR Planar board
+SUBMD_JR       EQU  000H
+MODEL_AT       EQU  0FCH                     ;AT Planar board
+SUBMD_AT       EQU  000H
+SUBMD_AS       EQU  001H                     ;AT Planar board for skyrocket
+MODEL_CV       EQU  0F9H                     ;convertible
+SUBMD_CV       EQU  000H
+;
+; Keystroke equates
+;
+DCLICK         EQU  255                      ;double click key
+INABOVE        EQU  115                      ;insert above  ctrl+left arrow
+INBELOW        EQU  116                      ;insert below  ctrl+right arrow
+DELETE         EQU  89                       ;delete  shift+F6
+DELALL         EQU  118                      ;delete cursor to end  ctrl+pgdn
+CR             EQU  0DH                      ;ASCII carriage return
+LF             EQU  0AH                      ;ASCII line feed
+UPARROW        EQU  72                       ;up arrow
+DNARROW        EQU  80                       ;down arrow
+LFARROW        EQU  75                       ;left arrow
+RTARROW        EQU  77                       ;right arrow
+PGUP           EQU  73
+PGDN           EQU  81
+ESCK           EQU  27
+ENTER          EQU  13
+SPACE          EQU  32
+F1             EQU  59
+F2             EQU  60
+F3             EQU  61
+F4             EQU  62
+F5             EQU  63
+F6             EQU  64
+F7             EQU  65
+F8             EQU  66
+F9             EQU  67
+F10            EQU  68
+F11            EQU  85h                      ;*PCR
+ALTC           EQU  46
+ALTM           EQU  50
+ALTD           EQU  32
+ALTR           EQU  19
+ALTG           EQU  34
+ALTU           EQU  22
+SAVE           EQU  60                       ;F2 save help/psc
+EOLMARK        EQU  62                       ;F4 separate psc lines
+TAB            EQU  09                       ;tab
+BKTAB          EQU  0FH                      ;back tab
+BKSPC          EQU  08                       ;backspace
+SHIFTF9        EQU  92                       ;Shift+F9
+;
+; Internal SHELLRD PSP invocation option equates (COM_STATE)
+;
+COM_APPM       EQU  0000000000000001B        ;application menu configured
+COM_DOSS       EQU  0000000000000010B        ;DOS Services configured
+COM_REFD       EQU  0000000000000100B        ;refresh directory
+COM_RESS       EQU  0000000000001000B        ;resident shell
+COM_AUTI       EQU  0000000000010000B        ;predefined menu installation
+COM_DRV2       EQU  0000000000100000B        ;multiple drive display active
+COM_FLCL       EQU  0000000001000000B        ;command line access is active
+COM_FLMI       EQU  0000000010000000B        ;maintain menu item active
+COM_FLCS       EQU  0000000100000000B        ;maintain color selections active
+COM_FLED       EQU  0000001000000000B        ;exit to DOS is active
+COM_MOUS       EQU  0000010000000000B        ;mouse is active.
+COM_LFMS       EQU  0000100000000000B        ;left hand mouse.
+COM_M10H       EQU  0001000000000000B        ;Graphics EGA mode 10H requested
+COM_M11H       EQU  0010000000000000B        ;Graphics VGA mode 11H requested
+COM_M12H       EQU  0100000000000000B        ;Graphics VGA mode 12H requested
+COM_TEXT       EQU  1000000000000000B        ;text mode 3 or 7 is active
+;
+; Internal SHELLRD PSP invocation option equates (COM_STATE2)
+;
+COM_SOUD       EQU  0000000000000001B        ;sound active
+COM_NLS        EQU  0000000000000010B        ;NLS help index translation active
+COM_DFSAVE     EQU  0000000000000100B        ;dir/file buffer swap option
+COM_BUFO       EQU  0000000000001000B        ;dir/file buffer size override
+COM_DBCS       EQU  0000000000010000B        ;DBCS support is active
+COM_DATE       EQU  0000000000100000B        ;Date is active
+COM_COM2       EQU  0000000001000000B        ;COM2 is active              D491
+COM_ENHA       EQU  0000000010000000B        ;Enhancements active
+COM_SNA        EQU  0000000100000000B        ;>>SN
+;
+; Internal SHELLRD dialog equates (COM_CDIALOG)
+;
+COM_GDRIVE1    EQU  0                        ;DOS drive 1 dialog
+COM_GNAME1     EQU  1                        ;DOS filemask 1 dialog
+COM_GDIR1      EQU  2                        ;DOS directory 1 dialog
+COM_GFILE1     EQU  3                        ;DOS file 1 dialog
+COM_GDRIVE2    EQU  4                        ;DOS drive 2 dialog
+COM_GNAME2     EQU  5                        ;DOS filemask 2 dialog
+COM_GDIR2      EQU  6                        ;DOS directory 2 dialog
+COM_GFILE2     EQU  7                        ;DOS file 2 dialog
+COM_APPMENU    EQU  8                        ;app menu screen
+COM_EXITDOS    EQU  9                        ;exit to DOS
+COM_PEC        EQU  10                       ;exit to execute PEC
+COM_PAAB       EQU  11                       ;app menu action bar dialog
+COM_DAAB       EQU  12                       ;DOS services action bar dialog
+COM_DCLR       EQU  13                       ;change color dialog
+COM_FIRST      EQU  14                       ;first time dialog
+;
+; Internal SHELLRD base screen equates (COM_BASESCR)
+;
+COM_DOSSCR1    EQU  1                        ;not used
+COM_DOSSCR4    EQU  2                        ;multiple display
+COM_DOSSCR2    EQU  3                        ;extended directory display
+COM_DOSSCR3    EQU  4                        ;global file list
+COM_APPSCR     EQU  5                        ;application menu
+COM_PRESCR     EQU  6                        ;predefined menu
+COM_CLRSCR     EQU  7                        ;color menu
+COM_AFVIEW     EQU  8                        ;ascii file view
+COM_HFVIEW     EQU  9                        ;hex file view
+;
+; Internal Shell vector length equates
+;
+COM_ERRVECLEN  EQU  3                        ;# bytes in each error vector
+COM_STRVECLEN  EQU  3                        ;# bytes in each string vector
+COM_INVVECLEN  EQU  6                        ;# bytes in each invoke vector
+COM_KEYVECLEN  EQU  6                        ;# bytes in each keys vector
+COM_GCBVECLEN  EQU  6                        ;# bytes in each graphics vector
+COM_PCBVECLEN  EQU  4                        ;# bytes in each panel vector
+COM_ICBVECLEN  EQU  4                        ;# bytes in each input vector
+COM_SCBVECLEN  EQU  4                        ;# bytes in each scroll vector
+COM_BCBVECLEN  EQU  2                        ;# bytes in each button vector
+COM_MCBVECLEN  EQU  2                        ;# bytes in each mouse vector
+COM_MGPVECLEN  EQU  3                        ;# bytes in each group vector
+COM_FLDVECLEN  EQU  4                        ;# bytes in each fld vector
+COM_CALTABLEN  EQU  6                        ;# bytes in each fld table entry
+COM_SWITABLEN  EQU  3                        ;# bytes in each fld table entry
+COM_SWIVECLEN  EQU  3                        ;# bytes in each fld table entry
+;
+; Field call table ID equates
+;
+;CAL_PREDEF     EQU  1                        ;predefined app menu
+CAL_APPM       EQU  1                        ;application menu call table ID
+CAL_CLRSCR     EQU  2                        ;color screen
+CAL_DOSSCR2    EQU  3                        ;dos services screen 2
+CAL_DOSSCR3    EQU  4                        ;dos services screen 3
+CAL_DOSSCR4    EQU  5                        ;dos services screen 4
+CAL_AFVIEW     EQU  6                        ;ascii file view
+;
+; Mouse field group equates
+;
+MGG_AABDOS     EQU  1                        ;AAB for DOS
+MGG_AABFILE    EQU  2                        ;AAB file pull down group
+MGG_AABDISP    EQU  3                        ;AAB display pull down group
+MGG_AABSHEL    EQU  4                        ;AAB file pull down group
+MGG_AABEXIT    EQU  5                        ;AAB exit pull down group
+MGG_DOSG2      EQU  6                        ;DOS G2 popup panel fields
+MGG_DOSVIEW    EQU  7                        ;DOS file view fields
+MGG_DOSG3      EQU  8                        ;DOS G3 esc and help
+MGG_G3FLDS     EQU  9                        ;DOS G3 pan copy/move file dest
+MGG_G3ATTR     EQU  10                       ;DOS G3 pan file attribute sele
+MGG_DOSG6      EQU  11                       ;DOS G6 pan esc and f1 key fiel
+MGG_AABAPPM    EQU  12                       ;APP menu actual group
+MGG_AABAOPT    EQU  13                       ;AAB options pull down group
+MGG_AABAPRG    EQU  14                       ;AAB program pull down group
+MGG_AABAEXT    EQU  15                       ;AAB exit pull down group
+MGG_AADDT      EQU  16                       ;app menu item add title group
+MGG_APPMITM    EQU  17                       ;App menu item fields (actual appl
+MGG_APPPASS    EQU  18                       ;App menu add/edit/delete password
+MGG_APPFILN    EQU  19                       ;App menu add/edit filename field
+MGG_APPCONF    EQU  20                       ;App menu item delete confirm fiel
+MGG_JOHN       EQU  21                       ;App menu dynamic user dialog flds
+MGG_ERRFLDS    EQU  22                       ;DOS small error panel fields
+MGG_G7FLDS     EQU  23                       ;DOS big error panel
+MGG_G3ERRFLDS  EQU  24                       ;DOS g3 error fields
+MGG_DOSMULT    EQU  25                       ;DOS multiple group
+MGG_DOSEXTN    EQU  26                       ;DOS extended group
+MGG_DOSGLOB    EQU  27                       ;DOS global group
+MGG_CLR        EQU  28                       ;App color group
+MGG_LIHELP     EQU  29                       ;lower help group
+MGG_STATUSR    EQU  30                       ;status popup panel (right side)
+MGG_STATUSL    EQU  31                       ;status popup panel (left side)
+MGG_SORTC      EQU  32                       ;display options panel
+MGG_FILEOPT    EQU  33                       ;file options panel
+MGG_DOSG2DEL   EQU  34                       ;delete list panel
+MGG_DOSG3EX    EQU  35                       ;program parameters
+MGG_DOSG3AS    EQU  36                       ;associate file extensions
+;
+; Mouse data field ID equates
+;
+MFF_AABFILE    EQU    1                      ;AAB file
+MFF_AABDISP    EQU    2                      ;AAB options
+MFF_AABSHEL    EQU    3                      ;AAB special
+MFF_AABEXIT    EQU    4                      ;AAB exit
+MFF_AABHELP    EQU    5                      ;AAB help
+;
+MFF_PDFSTART   EQU    6                      ;Open
+MFF_PDFPRINT   EQU    7                      ;print
+MFF_PDFASSOC   EQU    8                      ;assoc
+MFF_PDFMOVE    EQU    9                      ;move
+MFF_PDFCOPY    EQU   10                      ;copy
+MFF_PDFDELETE  EQU   11                      ;delete
+MFF_PDFRENAME  EQU   12                      ;rename
+MFF_PDFATTR    EQU   13                      ;attribute
+MFF_PDFVIEW    EQU   14                      ;view
+MFF_PDFCREATE  EQU   15
+MFF_PDFSELECT  EQU   16                      ;select all
+MFF_PDFDSELECT EQU   17                      ;Deselect all
+MFF_PDFESC     EQU   18                      ;esc
+;
+MFF_PDSSORT    EQU   19                      ;display options (sort)
+MFF_PDSFILEOPT EQU   20
+MFF_PDSEXTEND  EQU   21                      ;show info
+MFF_PDSESC     EQU   22                      ;esc;
+MFF_PDPSINGLE  EQU   23                      ;single
+MFF_PDPMULT    EQU   24                      ;multiple
+MFF_PDPGLOBAL  EQU   25                      ;system
+MFF_PDPESC     EQU   26                      ;esc
+;
+MFF_PDEDOSX    EQU   27                      ;exit to start a program
+MFF_PDERESUME  EQU   28                      ;resume file system
+MFF_PDEESC     EQU   29                      ;esc
+;
+MFF_DOSG2FLD1  EQU   30                      ;selection field 1
+MFF_DOSG2FLD2  EQU   31                      ;selection field 2
+MFF_DOSG2ENTER EQU   32                      ;enter
+MFF_DOSG2ESC   EQU   33                      ;esc
+MFF_DOSG2HLP   EQU   34                      ;f1
+;
+MFF_DOSVFPGUP  EQU   35                      ;PgUp
+MFF_DOSVFPGDN  EQU   36                      ;PgDn
+MFF_DOSVFESC   EQU   37                      ;Esc           (25 rows)
+;
+MFF_DOSG3FLD1  EQU   38                      ;selection field 1
+MFF_DOSG3FLD2  EQU   39                      ;selection field 2
+MFF_DOSG3CH    EQU   40                      ;hidden attribute selection
+MFF_DOSG3CO    EQU   41                      ;read only attr selection
+MFF_DOSG3CA    EQU   42                      ;archive attribute selection
+MFF_DOSG3ENTER EQU   43                      ;enter
+MFF_DOSG3ESC   EQU   44                      ;esc
+MFF_DOSG3HLP   EQU   45                      ;help
+;
+MFF_DOSG6ENTER EQU   46                      ;enter
+MFF_DOSG6ESC   EQU   47                      ;Esc
+MFF_DOSG6HLP   EQU   48                      ;F1
+;
+MFF_GDRIVE1    EQU   49                      ;DOS A-Z drive display field
+MFF_GFILEM     EQU   50                      ;Single Drive filename input fld;
+MFF_AABAOPT    EQU   51                      ;AAB programs
+MFF_AABAPROG   EQU   52                      ;AAB groups
+MFF_AABAEXIT   EQU   53                      ;AAB exit
+;
+MFF_PDASTART   EQU   54                      ;start program menu
+MFF_PDAADDPSC  EQU   55                      ;add
+MFF_PDACHANGE  EQU   56                      ;change
+MFF_PDADELETE  EQU   57                      ;delete
+MFF_PDACOPY    EQU   58                      ;copy
+MFF_PDAOESC    EQU   59                      ;esc field
+;
+MFF_PDADOS     EQU   60                      ;add group
+MFF_PDACMD     EQU   61                      ;delete group
+MFF_PDAREM     EQU   62                      ;remane group
+MFF_PDAREARRG  EQU   63                      ;rearrange
+MFF_PDAPESC    EQU   64                      ;esc
+;
+MFF_PDADOSX    EQU   65                      ;exit to DOS
+MFF_PDARESUME  EQU   66                      ;resume start a program
+MFF_PDAXESC    EQU   67                      ;esc
+;
+MFF_AADDTF2    EQU   68                      ;app menu add title enter
+MFF_AADDTESC   EQU   69                      ;app menu add title esc
+MFF_AADDTHLP   EQU   70                      ;app menu add title help
+;
+MFF_APPMITEM   EQU   71                      ;app menu item selection field
+MFF_APPMITEMSB EQU   72                      ;app menu item scroll bar
+;
+MFF_APPOESC    EQU   73                      ;app other menu Esc key
+MFF_APPOHLP    EQU   74                      ;app menu help key
+MFF_APPOCMDL   EQU   75                      ;app menu Shift+F9=command line
+;
+MFF_APPADPENTR EQU   76                      ;app enter
+MFF_APPADPESC  EQU   77                      ;app add/edit/delete password
+MFF_APPADPHLP  EQU   78                      ;app add/edit/delete password
+;
+MFF_F8         EQU   79                      ;F8=Hex/ASCII
+;
+MFF_APPADKENTR EQU   80                      ;app add/edit type enter
+MFF_APPADKESC  EQU   81                      ;app add/edit type Esc key
+MFF_APPADKHLP  EQU   82                      ;app add/edit type F1 key
+;
+MFF_APPADFENTR EQU   83                      ;app add/edit filename enter
+MFF_APPADFESC  EQU   84                      ;app add/edit filename Esc
+MFF_APPADFHLP  EQU   85                      ;app add/edit filename F1
+;
+MFF_APPDECOY   EQU   86                      ;app delete confirmation yes
+MFF_APPDECON   EQU   87                      ;app delete confirmation no
+MFF_APPDECOEN  EQU   88                      ;app delete confirmation enter
+MFF_APPDECOESC EQU   89                      ;app delete confirmation Esc
+MFF_APPDECOHLP EQU   90                      ;app delete confirmation F1
+;
+MFF_JOHNENTER  EQU   91                      ;Enter
+MFF_JOHNESC    EQU   92                      ;Esc key
+MFF_JOHNHLP    EQU   93                      ;F1 key
+;
+MFF_ERRESC     EQU   94                      ;Esc key
+MFF_ERRHLP     EQU   95                      ;F1 key
+;
+MFF_G7FLD1     EQU   96                      ;selection field 1
+MFF_G7FLD2     EQU   97                      ;selection field 2
+MFF_G7ENTER    EQU   98                      ;enter
+MFF_G7ESC      EQU   99                      ;Esc key
+MFF_G7HLP      EQU  100                      ;F1 key
+;
+MFF_G3EFLD1    EQU  101                      ;selection field 1
+MFF_G3EFLD2    EQU  102                      ;selection field 2
+;
+MFF_GDRIVE2    EQU  103                      ;DOS A-Z drive display field2
+MFF_GFILEM1    EQU  104                      ;Mult Drive filename input fld
+MFF_GFILEM2    EQU  105                      ;Mult Drive filename input fld
+MFF_GDIRECTD1  EQU  106                      ;Mult dir tree field 1
+MFF_GDIRECTDB1 EQU  107                      ;Mult dir tree scroll bar 1
+MFF_GDIRECTD2  EQU  108                      ;Mult dir tree field 2
+MFF_GDIRECTDB2 EQU  109                      ;Mult dir tree scroll bar 2
+MFF_GFILED1    EQU  110                      ;Mult file field 1
+MFF_GFILED1B   EQU  111                      ;Mult file scroll bar 1
+MFF_GFILED2    EQU  112                      ;Mult file field 2
+MFF_GFILED2B   EQU  113                      ;Mult file scroll bar 2
+;
+MFF_GFILEG     EQU  114                      ;Global file field
+MFF_GFILEGB    EQU  115                      ;Global file scroll bar
+;
+MFF_GDIRECTE   EQU  116                      ;Ext dir tree field
+MFF_GDIRECTEB  EQU  117                      ;Ext dir tree scroll bar
+MFF_GFILEE     EQU  118                      ;Ext file field 1
+MFF_GFILEEB    EQU  119                      ;Ext file scroll bar
+;
+MFF_CRARROW    EQU  120                      ;Color palette right
+MFF_CLARROW    EQU  121                      ;Color palette left
+;
+MFF_LF1        EQU  122                      ;lower help panel F1 field
+MFF_LF5        EQU  123                      ;lower help panel F5 field
+MFF_LF9        EQU  124                      ;lower help panel F9 field
+MFF_LESC       EQU  125                      ;lower help panel Esc field
+MFF_LHELP      EQU  126                      ;lower help panel selection
+MFF_LSB        EQU  127                      ;lower help panel scroll bar
+;
+MFF_STATRESC   EQU  128                      ;status esc key
+MFF_STATRHLP   EQU  129                      ;status F1 key
+MFF_STATLESC   EQU  130                      ;status esc key
+MFF_STATLHLP   EQU  131                      ;status F1 key
+;
+MFF_AAB        EQU  132                      ;background AAB field
+MFF_DOSVFENTER EQU  133                      ;enter key for fkey line
+MFF_F10A       EQU  134                      ;*PCR (AND MFF RENUM)
+MFF_F10        EQU  135                      ;F10=Actions
+MFF_ALTG       EQU  136                      ;Alt+G=Mark all
+MFF_ALTU       EQU  137                      ;Alt+U=Unmark all
+MFF_CMDL       EQU  138                      ;Shift+F9=Command Line
+;
+MFF_APPPROG    EQU  139                      ;add/change title field
+MFF_APPPSC     EQU  140                      ;add/change psc field
+MFF_APPHELP    EQU  141                      ;add/change help field
+MFF_APPPASS    EQU  142                      ;add/change password field
+MFF_APPFILE    EQU  143                      ;add/change filename field
+;
+MFF_DOSG3FROM  EQU  144                      ;G3 panel from field
+MFF_DOSG3TO    EQU  145                      ;G3 panel to field
+;
+MFF_FILEMASK   EQU  146                      ;filemask input field
+MFF_BYNAME     EQU  147                      ;sort by name
+MFF_BYEXT      EQU  148                      ;sort by extension
+MFF_BYDATE     EQU  149                      ;sort by date
+MFF_BYSIZE     EQU  150                      ;sort by size
+MFF_BYDISK     EQU  151                      ;sort by disk order
+MFF_BYNAMEB    EQU  152                      ;sort by name
+MFF_BYEXTB     EQU  153                      ;sort by extension
+MFF_BYDATEB    EQU  154                      ;sort by date
+MFF_BYSIZEB    EQU  155                      ;sort by size
+MFF_BYDISKB    EQU  156                      ;sort by disk order
+;
+MFF_DELCONF    EQU  157                      ;file options delete field
+MFF_REPCONF    EQU  158                      ;file options replace field
+MFF_MULCONF    EQU  159                      ;file options across dirs field
+;
+MFF_DELCONFB   EQU  160                      ;file options delete field
+MFF_REPCONFB   EQU  161                      ;file options replace field
+MFF_MULCONFB   EQU  162                      ;file options across dirs field
+;
+MFF_DOSG2DELL  EQU  163                      ;dos G2 delete list field
+MFF_DOSG2DELLL EQU  164                      ;dos G2 delete list field
+MFF_DOSG2DELLR EQU  165                      ;dos G2 delete list field
+;
+MFF_GDIRECTD1U EQU  166
+MFF_GDIRECTD1D EQU  167
+MFF_GDIRECTD2U EQU  168
+MFF_GDIRECTD2D EQU  169
+MFF_GFILED1U   EQU  170
+MFF_GFILED1D   EQU  171
+MFF_GFILED2U   EQU  172
+MFF_GFILED2D   EQU  173
+MFF_GDIRECTEU  EQU  174
+MFF_GDIRECTED  EQU  175
+MFF_GFILEEU    EQU  176
+MFF_GFILEED    EQU  177
+MFF_GFILEGU    EQU  178
+MFF_GFILEGD    EQU  179
+;
+MFF_DOSG3EXP   EQU  180
+MFF_DOSG3EXPL  EQU  181
+MFF_DOSG3EXPR  EQU  182
+;
+MFF_DOSG3ASE   EQU  183
+MFF_DOSG3ASEL  EQU  184
+MFF_DOSG3ASER  EQU  185
+;
+MFF_DOSG3FROML EQU  186
+MFF_DOSG3FROMR EQU  187
+MFF_DOSG3TOL   EQU  188
+MFF_DOSG3TOR   EQU  189
+;
+MFF_PDBACK     EQU  190                      ;pull down panel esc w/click outsi
+MFF_APPPROGLA  EQU  191                      ;title field left arrow
+MFF_APPPROGRA  EQU  192                      ;title field right arrow
+MFF_APPPSCLA   EQU  193                      ;program field left arrow
+MFF_APPPSCRA   EQU  194                      ;program field right arrow
+MFF_APPHELPLA  EQU  195                      ;help field left arrow
+MFF_APPHELPRA  EQU  196                      ;help field right arrow
+;
+MFF_LHELPUA    EQU  197                      ;lower help panel up arrow
+MFF_LHELPDA    EQU  198                      ;lower help panel down arrow
+;
+; help on keys, help on help
+;
+HLP_KEYASSIGN  EQU  1                        ;help on keys
+HLP_HELPONHELP EQU  2                        ;help on help
+;
+; general shell helps
+;
+HLP_PROMEUINST EQU  3                        ;instruction for progrm menu
+HLP_DOSSERINST EQU  4                        ;explain what is dos services
+HLP_MOUSEUSAGE EQU  5                        ;explain how to use mouse
+HLP_KEYBDUSAGE EQU  6                        ;explain using the keyboard
+;
+; start a program action bar helps
+;
+HLP_AABPROGRAM EQU  7                        ;AAB PROGRAM help
+HLP_AABGROUP   EQU  8                        ;AAB GROUP help
+HLP_AABEXIT    EQU  9                        ;AAB EXIT function help
+;
+; start a program PROGRAM pulldown helps
+;
+HLP_STARTPROG  EQU  10                       ;start program help
+HLP_ADDPROG    EQU  11                       ;add a program help
+HLP_GENCHANGE  EQU  12                       ;change program help
+HLP_DELMAFUNC  EQU  13                       ;delete program item
+HLP_COPYMAFUNC EQU  14                       ;copy program help
+;
+; start a program GROUP pulldown helps
+;
+HLP_ADDGROUP   EQU  15                       ;add group help
+HLP_CHNGEGROUP EQU  16                       ;change group help
+HLP_DELGROUP   EQU  17                       ;delete group help
+HLP_REARGROUP  EQU  18                       ;reorder item help
+;
+; start a program EXIT pulldown helps
+;
+HLP_DOSEXITP   EQU  19                       ;explain exit to dos
+HLP_RESPRGMENU EQU  20                       ;explain how to start a program
+;
+; file system action bar helps
+;
+HLP_GENFILFUNC EQU  21                       ;view,delete,copy,move,rename, etc
+HLP_GENOPTIONS EQU  22                       ;options help
+HLP_GENSPECIAL EQU  23                       ;special help
+HLP_GENEXIFUNC EQU  24                       ;EXIT function
+;
+; file system FILE pulldown helps
+;
+HLP_STRTPRGDOS EQU  25                       ;DOS service start program list
+HLP_PRINTFILE  EQU  26                       ;explain how to print file
+HLP_ASSCDOS    EQU  27                       ;Associate pull down panel
+HLP_MOVEFILE   EQU  28                       ;explain how to move file
+HLP_COPYFILE   EQU  29                       ;explain how to copy file
+HLP_DELFILFUNC EQU  30                       ;explain how to delete file
+HLP_RENMEFILE  EQU  31                       ;expalin how to rename file
+HLP_GENCHGATTR EQU  32                       ;hidden, readonly, and archive
+HLP_VIEWFILE   EQU  33                       ;explain how to view file
+HLP_MAKEDIR    EQU  34                       ;explain how to make a directory
+HLP_SELECTALL  EQU  35                       ;select all help
+HLP_DSELECTALL EQU  36                       ;Deselect all help
+;
+; file system OPTIONS pulldown helps
+;
+HLP_GENFILSRT  EQU  37                       ;display options, filemask / sort
+HLP_CONFIRM    EQU  38                       ;file options
+HLP_SINGLEDRV  EQU  39                       ;explain file status panel
+;
+; file system SPECIAL pulldown helps
+;
+HLP_EXTDIRDIS  EQU  40                       ;explain extend directory display
+HLP_MULTIDRV   EQU  41                       ;explain multiple drive display
+HLP_GLOFILELST EQU  42                       ;explain global file list display
+;
+; file system EXIT pulldown helps
+;
+HLP_PROGMENU   EQU  43                       ;defines what is program menu help
+HLP_RESDOSSERV EQU  44                       ;explain how to resume dos service
+;
+; start a program general add program/group help messages
+;
+HLP_ADDTITLE   EQU  45                       ;add title help
+HLP_ADDPASWRD  EQU  46                       ;add password help for program or
+HLP_ADDONLINE  EQU  47                       ;add online help information
+HLP_EXPPRGSTRT EQU  48                       ;describe program startup command
+HLP_ADDMFILNAM EQU  49                       ;explain steps to create a filenme
+;
+; start a program general change  program/group help messages
+;
+HLP_CHGMEUFILN EQU  50                       ;explain change menu item filename
+HLP_CHGMEUITIL EQU  51                       ;detail change menu item title
+HLP_CHGMEUIHLP EQU  52                       ;explain on changing menu item
+HLP_CHGMEUIPSW EQU  53                       ;detail change menu item password
+HLP_CHGMEUIPSC EQU  54                       ;detail change menu item startup
+;
+; general start a program help
+;
+HLP_PASWRDLIM  EQU  55                       ;explain password prompt
+HLP_CHNGECOLOR EQU  56                       ;change the color(s) for display
+HLP_DELMEUCONF EQU  57                       ;delete menu item confirmation
+HLP_NOTDELMEU  EQU  58                       ;do not delete menu item
+;
+; file system file options popup helps
+;
+HLP_DELCONF    EQU  59                       ;explain confirmation for deleting
+HLP_REPITMCONF EQU  60                       ;replace menu item confirmation
+HLP_DIRSELECT  EQU  61                       ;select across directory options
+;
+; file system display options popup helps
+;
+HLP_FILENAME   EQU  62                       ;explain display by filemask
+HLP_FILNAMESRT EQU  63                       ;explain sorting by file name
+HLP_FILEXTSRT  EQU  64                       ;expalin sorting by file extension
+HLP_FILDATESRT EQU  65                       ;explain sorting by file date
+HLP_FILSIZESRT EQU  66                       ;explain sorting by file size
+HLP_DISKORD    EQU  67                       ;files displayed by disk order
+;
+; file system change attribute popup helps
+;
+HLP_HIDFILATTR EQU  68                       ;explain hidden file attribute
+HLP_READONATTR EQU  69                       ;explain file read only attribute
+HLP_ARCHIVATTR EQU  70                       ;explain file archive attribute
+;
+; file system change attribute marked files popup helps
+;
+HLP_CHGONEFILE EQU  71                       ;explain how to change mark file
+HLP_CHGMULTFIL EQU  72                       ;explain how to change multi file
+;
+; file system remove directory confirmation helps
+;
+HLP_NOTREMDIR  EQU  73                       ;do not remove the directory
+HLP_REMOVEDIR  EQU  74                       ;remove the directory
+;
+; file system replace file error popup equates
+;
+HLP_REPLCESKIP EQU  75                       ;skip this file, do not replace
+HLP_REPLCEFILE EQU  76                       ;explain replacing a file
+;
+; file system delete file confirm popup equates
+;
+HLP_SKIPFILE1  EQU  77                       ;explain skip file help and cont
+HLP_DELFILE    EQU  78                       ;explain deleteing file
+;
+; file system associate file option popup equates
+;
+HLP_OPTPRMPT   EQU  79                       ;use the option prompt
+HLP_NOOPTPRMPT EQU  80                       ;do not use the option prompt
+;
+; general file system help
+;
+HLP_VIEWDRIVE  EQU  81                       ;explain viewing a dir for a drive
+HLP_NEWDIRNAME EQU  82                       ;explain renaming directory
+HLP_COPYDEST   EQU  83                       ;explain copy to destination
+HLP_MOVDEST    EQU  84                       ;explain moving to destination
+HLP_NEWFILENME EQU  85                       ;explain new file name
+HLP_STRTPRGOPT EQU  86                       ;explain starting prog OPTIONS
+HLP_NEWDIRFNME EQU  87                       ;explain specifying new dir name
+HLP_DIRSTRUCT  EQU  88                       ;explain the structure of dir
+HLP_FILELIST   EQU  89                       ;help for highlighting file list
+HLP_MARKFILE   EQU  90                       ;mark file help
+HLP_ASSEXT     EQU  91                       ;associate file extensions help
+HLP_GENVIEW    EQU  92                       ;general view file help
+HLP_LISTDEL    EQU  93                       ;explain list of delete files
+HLP_MOVFROM    EQU  94                       ;help for move file from: field
+HLP_COPYFROM   EQU  95                       ;help for copy file from: field
+;
+; no help available message
+;
+HLP_NOHLPMSG   EQU  96                       ;no help message assigned
+;
+; more help for error message for the shell
+;
+HLP_SHLMEMREQ  EQU  97                       ;shell memory requirements
+HLP_NODOSMEUF  EQU  98                       ;error msg for no menu file
+HLP_MISSHLCLRF EQU  99                       ;error msg for missing SHELL.CLR
+HLP_DRIVEFAIL  EQU  100                      ;error msg for drive failure
+HLP_MRKACTBAR  EQU  101                      ;error marking action bar
+HLP_EMPTYFILE  EQU  102                      ;empty file, delete entry from lst
+HLP_DELFILLIMT EQU  103                      ;error msg for file limit
+HLP_EMPTYMENU  EQU  104                      ;error msg for empty menu
+HLP_MENULEVEL  EQU  105                      ;error message for max menu level
+HLP_PSCQUOTE   EQU  106                      ;error message for no psc quote
+HLP_PASSERR    EQU  107                      ;error message for bad password
+HLP_PSCBADPARM EQU  108                      ;error message for bad param num
+HLP_PSCBUFOUT  EQU  109                      ;psc output buffer exceeded
+HLP_PSCNORBRAC EQU  110                      ;missing psc bracket help
+HLP_PSCTITLE   EQU  111                      ;psc title too large
+HLP_PSCINSTR   EQU  112                      ;psc instruction too large
+HLP_PSCPROMPT  EQU  113                      ;psc prompt too large
+HLP_PSCDEFAULT EQU  114                      ;psc default too large
+HLP_PSCMOD     EQU  115                      ;invalid modify option letters
+HLP_COPYONSELF EQU  116                      ;no copy file on itself
+HLP_MENUFULL   EQU  117                      ;menu is full error
+HLP_ROOTREDE   EQU  118                      ;can not rename, delete root
+HLP_PSCBADNUM  EQU  119                      ;bad number in psc commands
+HLP_PSCPARVAL  EQU  120                      ;use of uninitialized psc param
+HLP_FILENOFOU  EQU  121                      ;file not found help
+HLP_PATHNOFOU  EQU  122                      ;path not found help
+HLP_ACCDENIED  EQU  123                      ;access denied help
+HLP_DESTINCORR EQU  124                      ;destination path incorrect
+HLP_NOFREEMEM  EQU  125                      ;DOS unable to free memory
+HLP_WRITEPRO   EQU  126                      ;disk write protected
+HLP_DISKFULL   EQU  127                      ;disk full error
+HLP_ASSLIMIT   EQU  128                      ;association file limit reached
+HLP_ASSBADEXT  EQU  129                      ;bad extension for assocation file
+HLP_ASSBADPRO  EQU  130                      ;bad program ext for association
+HLP_INVPARNUM  EQU  131                      ;invalid number of parameter help
+HLP_GENERAL    EQU  132                      ;general error help
+HLP_INTRO      EQU  133                      ;shell introduction
+HLP_DISKFAIL   EQU  134                      ;disk failure
+HLP_DIREXMAX   EQU  135                      ;directories exceed maximum
+HLP_OPTNOTACT  EQU  136                      ;option not active
+HLP_STATUS     EQU  137                      ;status popup panel text
+HLP_SGDRCOPY   EQU  138                      ;single drive copy not supported
+HLP_ONEMARK    EQU  139                      ;function limited to one file
+HLP_PRTINST    EQU  140                      ;print not installed
+HLP_PRTQFULL   EQU  141                      ;print queue full
+HLP_PRTNOSUB   EQU  142                      ;print cannot be submitted
+HLP_BIGFILE    EQU  143                      ;filespec in psc > 76 chars
+;                                                                                 *PCR
+; APP_STATUS flag equates                                                         *PCR
+;                                                                                 *PCR
+APP_ERROR      EQU  0000000000000001B        ;general error has occured           *PCR
+APP_PSC        EQU  0000000000000010B        ;current item is psc                 *PCR
+APP_MENU       EQU  0000000000000100B        ;current item is menu                *PCR
+APP_COPYOP     EQU  0000000000001000B        ;copy op in process                  *PCR
+APP_REORDERDC  EQU  0000000000010000B        ;double click in reorder op          *PCR
+APP_RETRY      EQU  0000000000100000B        ;retry operation                     *PCR
+APP_NOCLRSC    EQU  0000000001000000B        ;slctp clear screen                  *PCR
+APP_INIT       EQU  0000000010000000B        ;memory initialization               *PCR
+APP_BIGERR     EQU  0000000100000000B        ;missing shell.meu error condition   *PCR
+APP_READ       EQU  0000001000000000B        ;read of menu on disk required       *PCR
+APP_COLRERR    EQU  0000010000000000B        ;call of proc_error from color chg   *PCR
+APP_REORDEROP  EQU  0000100000000000B        ;reorder operation in progress       *PCR
+APP_LVMFLDS    EQU  0001000000000000B        ;leave mflds active after pw check
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/SHELLRD.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/SHELLRD.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d35d11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/SHELLRD.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,5111 @@
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                  SHELLRD.INC                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:           Include file for SHELLRD.ASM                         :
+;                                                                             :
+; Revised:               04-21-88                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 INIT_GTEXT                                            :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Initialize the PCGRAPH parameter block with the PCB   :
+;                       contained in AX.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                AX    = Panel ID to initialize into PCGRAPH parameter :
+;                               block.                                        :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 ES:DI = Address of initialized PCGRAPH parameter      :
+;                               block.                                        :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          INIT_GTEXT                                            :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+INIT_GTEXT     PROC NEAR
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_PCB          ;return panel address at ES:DI
+;
+               PUSH ES:[DI]+PCB_FLAGSEG      ;flag string segment
+               PUSH ES:[DI]+PCB_FLAGOFF      ;flag string offset
+               PUSH ES:[DI]+PCB_EXPANDSEG    ;segment of text string
+               PUSH ES:[DI]+PCB_EXPANDOFF    ;offset of text string
+               PUSH ES:[DI]+PCB_WIDTH        ;width of panel
+               PUSH ES:[DI]+PCB_LROW         ;lower right corner
+               PUSH ES:[DI]+PCB_UCOL         ;column location of panel
+               PUSH ES:[DI]+PCB_UROW         ;row location of panel
+               PUSH ES:[DI]+PCB_CCBID        ;Index number of log color
+               MOV  AL,ES:[DI]+PCB_OPT4
+;
+               LEA  DI,GEN_DATA              ;point graphics window structure
+                                             ; to data area
+               MOV  [DI]+G_DRAWT_F,AL        ;set flags
+               POP  AX                       ;get color index
+               POP  BX                       ;get upper row
+               MOV  [DI]+G_DRAWTROWO,BX      ;window row origin (top left)
+               POP  [DI]+G_DRAWTCOLO         ;window column origin
+               POP  CX                       ;get lower row and calculate
+               SUB  CX,BX                    ; number of lines in text panel
+               INC  CX
+               MOV  [DI]+G_DRAWTLINES,CX
+               POP  [DI]+G_DRAWTLEN          ;width of panel text
+;
+               POP  WORD PTR [DI].G_DRAWTSTRING
+                                             ;panel text string address
+               POP  WORD PTR [DI+2].G_DRAWTSTRING
+               POP  WORD PTR [DI].G_DRAWTFLAGS
+                                             ;panel text flag string address
+               POP  WORD PTR [DI+2].G_DRAWTFLAGS
+;
+               DEC  [DI]+G_DRAWTROWO         ;window row origin (top left)
+               DEC  [DI]+G_DRAWTCOLO         ;window column origin
+;
+               MOV  BX,G_DRAWT_WA+G_DRAWT_WC+G_DRAWT_UA
+               CMP  [DI]+G_DRAWT_F,0         ;check if source flags option used
+               JE   IGT10
+;
+               CMP  WORD PTR [DI].G_DRAWTFLAGS,0
+               JNE  IGT10
+;
+               OR   BX,G_DRAWT_UF            ;set option to use source flags
+                                             ; option
+;
+IGT10:         MOV  [DI]+G_DRAWTOPT,BX       ;option word
+               MOV  [DI]+G_DRAWTSKIP,0       ;num bytes in source to next line
+;
+               PUSH ES                       ;save pointer to panel data
+               PUSH DI
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_COLOR        ;get color attribute
+               MOV  AL,ES:[DI]+CCB_A1        ;get normal panel color
+               POP  DI                       ;point back to panel data
+               POP  ES
+               MOV  [DI]+G_DRAWT_A,AL        ;window attribute
+               MOV  [DI]+G_DRAWTOUT,AL       ;outline color attribute
+;
+               MOV  AX,DATA                  ;point to segment containing
+               MOV  ES,AX                    ; general data area
+;
+               RET
+INIT_GTEXT     ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PROCESS_SCROLL                                        :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Highlight mouse fields in the specified range as      :
+;                       the up and down arrows are used.  The range of mouse  :
+;                       fields to highlight are specified in AX and BX with   :
+;                       intervening fields in consecutive order.  The help    :
+;                       ID for each selection is calculated from the values   :
+;                       set to COM_HCBIDL and COM_HCBIDH.  It is important    :
+;                       that the help equates are in sequential order.        :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿                   :
+;            COM_HCBIDL ÄÄ 1. First element to highlight ÄÄÄÄ AX              :
+;                       ³  2.        :       :            ³                   :
+;                       ³  3.        :       :            ³                   :
+;            COM_HCBIDH ÄÄ 4. Last element to highlight  ÄÄÄÄ BX              :
+;                       ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                   :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                AX         = First element to highlight               :
+;                       BX         = Last element to highlight                :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_HCBIDL = First element help ID                    :
+;                       COM_HCBIDH = Last element help ID                     :
+;                       COM_HCBID  = Set to desired help ID for all selections:
+;                                    and set COM_HCBIDL and COM_HCBIDH to 0.  :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_SCROPT = Set scroll option for multiple           :
+;                                    selections.  COM_HCBID and COM_CURPUPF   :
+;                                    must be initialized before entry.        :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 COM_MOK   0= Mouse input                              :
+;                                 1= Keyboard input                           :
+;                       COM_KEY    = Keystroke (keyboard or mouse value)      :
+;                       COM_ROW    = Row of mouse pointer (text coordinates)  :
+;                       COM_COL    = Column of mouse pointer (text coord)     :
+;                       COM_POSITION = Line number of scroll bar element      :
+;                       COM_CURRF  = Current mouse field ID                   :
+;                       COM_DELTA  = Scroll bar delta from current top        :
+;                                    element displayed in panel               :
+;                       COM_HCBID  = Current help equate                      :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PROCESS_SCROLL                                        :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  PCTRACK_CALL                                          :
+;                       PCINPUT_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PROCESS_SCROLL PROC FAR
+;
+               PUSH AX                       ;save registers
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH CX
+               PUSH DX
+               PUSH DI
+               PUSH ES
+               PUSH SI
+               PUSH DS
+;
+; initialize first highlighted field
+;
+               MOV  COM_HLPTEMP,0            ;set to unique scroll help
+;
+               CMP  COM_HCBIDL,0             ;check if unique scroll item
+               JNE  SI04                     ; help option active
+;
+               CMP  COM_HCBIDH,0
+               JNE  SI04
+;
+               PUSH COM_HCBID                ;set help ID
+               POP  COM_HLPTEMP
+;
+SI04:          MOV  COM_FLDT,2               ;scroll field type
+;
+               MOV  CX,BX                    ;calulate number of entries
+               SUB  CX,AX                    ; in list
+               XOR  CH,CH                    ;clear to zero
+               ADD  CL,'1'                   ;adjust for string value
+               MOV  COM_CNT,CX               ;save value
+;
+               CMP  COM_SCROPT,1             ;when using this option make
+               JNE  SI05                     ; sure starting help ID initializd
+                                             ; to COM_HCBID and the current
+                                             ; field to highlight COM_CURPUPF
+;
+               MOV  DX,AX                    ;get first field
+               MOV  AX,COM_CURPUPF           ;make new mouse field the current
+               MOV  COM_LASTF,AX             ; field
+               JMP  SI07
+;
+SI05:          MOV  CX,COM_HCBIDL            ;initialize starting help ID
+               MOV  COM_HCBID,CX
+;
+               MOV  COM_CURPUPF,AX           ;make new mouse field the current
+               MOV  COM_LASTF,AX             ; field
+               MOV  DX,AX                    ;get first field
+;
+SI07:          MOV  CX,BX                    ;get last field
+               CALL FAR PTR LOC_MOUSEF       ;get actual mouse field number
+               CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_OFF
+               CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_HIGH       ;highlight mouse field
+               CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_ON
+;
+; Poll for keyboard or mouse input
+;
+SI10:          CMP  COM_HLPTEMP,0            ;check if single help ID selection
+               JE   SI11                     ; active
+;
+               MOV  AX,COM_HLPTEMP           ;set single help ID for all scroll
+               MOV  COM_HCBID,AX             ; selections
+;
+SI11:          MOV  AX,0                     ;turn monocasing off
+               CALL FAR PTR PROCESS_KEY      ;get keystroke
+
+               MOV  BX,COM_KEY               ;get keystroke
+;
+; Exit if mouse action
+;
+SI12:          CMP  COM_MOK,1                ;check if keyboard input
+               JE   SI15
+;
+               CMP  BX,ES:[DI]+KY_ENTER      ;check if Enter pressed
+               JNE  SI13
+;
+               CMP  COM_SCROPT,1             ;is this the multiple select opt?
+               JE   SI13                     ;yes, jump out of procedure
+;
+               MOV  AX,COM_CURPUPF           ;get current highlighted field
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_MOUSEF       ;get mouse structure
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[DI]+MS_KEYS       ;keystroke assigned to field
+               MOV  COM_KEY,AX
+               MOV  COM_MOK,0                ;set for keystroke input
+;
+SI13:          JMP  SIEXIT                   ;mouse action exit
+;
+; Process down arrow key
+;
+SI15:          CMP  BX,ES:[DI]+KY_DARROW     ;check if up arrow pressed
+               JNE  SI30
+;
+               CMP  COM_CURPUPF,CX           ;check if below last field
+               JAE  SI20
+;
+               INC  COM_HCBID                ;point to next help equate
+               INC  COM_CURPUPF              ;no, point to next field
+               JMP  SI45                     ;now change highlight
+;
+SI20:          PUSH COM_HCBIDL               ;initialize help to first field
+               POP  COM_HCBID
+               MOV  COM_CURPUPF,DX           ;yes, point to first field
+               JMP  SI45                     ;now change highlight
+;
+; process up arrow key
+;
+SI30:          CMP  BX,ES:[DI]+KY_UARROW     ;check if up arrow pressed
+               JNE  SI50
+;
+               CMP  COM_CURPUPF,DX           ;check if above first field
+               JBE  SI40
+;
+               DEC  COM_HCBID                ;point to next help equate
+               DEC  COM_CURPUPF              ;no, point to previous field
+               JMP  SI45
+;
+SI40:          PUSH COM_HCBIDH               ;initialize help to last field
+               POP  COM_HCBID
+               MOV  COM_CURPUPF,CX           ;yes, point to last field
+;
+; Remove last field highlight and display new highlight
+;
+SI45:          CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_OFF        ;turn mouse pointer off
+;
+               MOV  AX,COM_LASTF             ;unhighlight last mouse field
+               CALL FAR PTR LOC_MOUSEF       ;get actual field number
+               CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_UNHIGH
+;
+               MOV  AX,COM_CURPUPF           ;highlight current mouse field
+               CALL FAR PTR LOC_MOUSEF       ;get actual field number
+               CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_HIGH
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_ON         ;turn mouse pointer on
+;
+               MOV  AX,COM_CURPUPF           ;set last field as current
+               MOV  COM_LASTF,AX
+               JMP  SI10                     ;poll for next keystroke
+;
+; Process Enter key
+;
+SI50:          CMP  BX,ES:[DI]+KY_ENTER      ;check if Enter pressed
+               JNE  SI60
+;
+               CMP  COM_SCROPT,1             ;is this the multiple select opt?
+               JE   SIEXIT                   ;yes, jump out of procedure
+;
+               MOV  AX,COM_CURPUPF           ;get current highlighted field
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_MOUSEF       ;get mouse structure
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[DI]+MS_KEYS       ;keystroke assigned to field
+               MOV  COM_KEY,AX
+               MOV  COM_MOK,0                ;set for keystroke input
+               JMP  SIEXIT                   ;exit process_scroll
+;
+; if escape key, exit
+;
+SI60:          CMP  BX,ES:[DI]+KY_CANCEL     ;check if Escape pressed
+               JNE  SI70
+;
+               JMP  SIEXIT
+;
+; if not multiple select, exit on number
+;
+SI70:          CMP  COM_SCROPT,1             ;is this the multiple select opt?
+               JE   SI90                     ;yes, jump to check space bar
+;
+               CMP  BX,'1'                   ;compare to a one
+               JB   SI80
+;
+               CMP  BX,COM_CNT               ;compare to number of entries
+               JBE  SIEXIT
+;
+SI80:          JMP  SI100                    ;poll for next keystroke
+;
+; multiple select, exit on spacebar
+;
+SI90:          CMP  BX,ES:[DI]+KY_SELECT     ;was this the space bar?
+               JE   SIEXIT                   ;yes, exit routine
+;
+SI100:         CALL FAR PTR PCMBEEP_CALL     ;beep on unknown keystroke  P*3940
+               JMP  SI10                     ;poll for next keystroke
+;
+; Unhighlight field before exit
+;
+SIEXIT:        CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_OFF        ;turn mouse pointer off
+               MOV  AX,COM_CURPUPF           ;get last field
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR LOC_MOUSEF
+               CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_UNHIGH     ;unhighlight field before exit
+               CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_ON         ;turn mouse point on
+;
+               MOV  COM_FLDT,0               ;no field type
+;
+               POP  DS                       ;restore registers
+               POP  SI
+               POP  ES
+               POP  DI
+               POP  DX
+               POP  CX
+               POP  BX
+               POP  AX
+;
+               RET
+PROCESS_SCROLL ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PROCESS_INPUT                                         :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Display input field contents relative to location of  :
+;                       associated panel and optionally process keystroke     :
+;                       before returning.                                     :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                COM_ICBID  = Input field ID to process.               :
+;                       COM_HCBID  = Help ID assigned to input field.         :
+;                       COM_INOPT 0= Display data entry                       :
+;                                 1= Do not display data entry (Password)     :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 ES:DI      = Address of input field data              :
+;                       CX         = Length of data                           :
+;                       AX         = Return key                               :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_MOK   0= Mouse input                              :
+;                                 1= Keyboard input                           :
+;                       COM_KEY    = Keystroke (keyboard or mouse value)      :
+;                       COM_ROW    = Row of mouse pointer (text coordinates)  :
+;                       COM_COL    = Column of mouse pointer (text coord)     :
+;                       COM_CURRF  = Current mouse field ID                   :
+;                       COM_DELTA  = Scroll bar delta from current top        :
+;                                    element displayed in panel               :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PROCESS_INPUT                                         :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  GET_ICB      = Get specified input control block.     :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       PCINPUT_CALL = Call to external CAS routine.          :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PROCESS_INPUT  PROC FAR
+;
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH DX
+;
+; initialize
+;
+               MOV  COM_FLDT,1               ;input field
+;
+               MOV  IN_CURNOR,0607H          ;non-mono cursor size
+;
+               CMP  GV_VIDMODE,7             ;check if mono mode
+               JNE  PH03
+;
+               MOV  IN_CURNOR,0C0DH          ;mono cursor size
+;
+; remove mouse pointer
+;
+PH03:          CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_OFF        ;turn mouse pointer off
+;
+; locate specified input control block
+;
+               MOV  AX,COM_ICBID             ;get PCINPUT field
+               MOV  IN_ICBID,AX
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_ICB          ;ES:DI points to ICB
+;
+; initialize, display and exit field
+;
+               AND  ES:[DI]+ICB_OPT1,NOT ICB_PSW
+                                             ;deactivate password option
+               CMP  COM_INOPT,0              ;check if password option is on
+               JE   PH04
+;
+               OR   ES:[DI]+ICB_OPT1,ICB_PSW ;activate password option
+;
+PH04:          AND  ES:[DI]+ICB_STATUS,NOT ICB_DONE
+               AND  ES:[DI]+ICB_STATUS,NOT ICB_SINS
+;
+               MOV  ES:[DI]+ICB_CURCHAR,1
+;
+PH05:          OR   ES:[DI]+ICB_OPT4,ICB_INIT
+               AND  ES:[DI]+ICB_OPT3,NOT ICB_KEY
+               CALL FAR PTR PCINPUT_CALL     ;initialize field
+               AND  ES:[DI]+ICB_OPT4,NOT ICB_INIT
+               OR   ES:[DI]+ICB_OPT3,ICB_KEY
+                                             ;remove initialization option
+;
+; Process field
+;
+PH06:          XOR  AX,AX
+               OR   ES:[DI]+ICB_OPT3,ICB_KEY
+               AND  ES:[DI]+ICB_OPT4,NOT ICB_INIT
+               TEST ES:[DI]+ICB_OPT2,ICB_UPC ;check if monocasing option active
+               JE   PH07
+;
+               MOV  AX,0000000000000001B     ;set monocasing option on
+;
+PH07:          TEST IN_OPT,IN_UTRAN          ;check if translation option actv
+               JE   PH10
+;
+               MOV  AX,0000000000000010B     ;set translation option on
+;
+; display mouse pointer
+;
+PH10:          CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_ON         ;turn mouse pointer on
+;
+; Poll keyboard and mouse
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR PROCESS_KEY
+               MOV  AX,COM_KEY               ;get keystroke
+;
+               CMP  COM_MOK, 0               ;mouse field?
+               JNE  PH12                     ;no, continue
+               CMP  COM_RSTFLD, 0            ;restrict mouse field?
+               JE   PH12                     ;no, continue
+               CMP  AH, 0                    ;extended char?
+               JE   PH12                     ;no, continue
+               CMP  AL,0                     ;unrestricted extended char?
+               JE   PH12                     ;yes, continue
+               CMP  AL, COM_RSTFLD           ;mouse field in current set?
+               JNE  PH11                     ;no, return new field index
+               XOR  AL, AL                   ;clear ID byte
+comment        |
+               cmp  ah, rtarrow              ;
+               jne  ph1005                   ;
+               mov  es,in_icbseg             ;
+               mov  di,in_icboff             ;
+               inc  es:[di]+icb_hrstart      ;
+               INC  ES:[DI]+ICB_CURCHAR      ;
+               AND  ES:[DI]+ICB_OPT3,NOT ICB_KEY
+               OR   ES:[DI]+ICB_OPT4,ICB_INIT
+               jmp  ph12                     ;
+ph1005:        cmp  ah, lfarrow              ;
+               jne  ph12                     ;
+               mov  es,in_icbseg             ;
+               mov  di,in_icboff             ;
+               dec  es:[di]+icb_hrstart      ;
+               DEC  ES:[DI]+ICB_CURCHAR      ;
+               AND  ES:[DI]+ICB_OPT3,NOT ICB_KEY
+               OR   ES:[DI]+ICB_OPT4,ICB_INIT
+               |
+               JMP  PH12                     ;continue
+PH11:          XOR  AH, AH                   ;clear keystroke byte
+;
+PH12:          MOV  COM_KEY, AX              ;update keystroke
+               CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_OFF        ;
+;
+; Pass keystroke to input field for processing
+;
+PH50:          MOV  ES,IN_ICBSEG             ;point to current ICB
+               MOV  DI,IN_ICBOFF
+               MOV  ES:[DI]+ICB_KS,AX        ;set keystroke to ICB
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR PCINPUT_CALL     ;process input field
+;
+               MOV  ES,IN_ICBSEG             ;point to current ICB
+               MOV  DI,IN_ICBOFF
+;
+               MOV  AX,ES:[DI]+ICB_KS        ;return keystroke
+;
+               TEST ES:[DI]+ICB_STATUS,ICB_DONE
+               jne  ph51
+               jmp  PH06                     ;check for exit condition
+;
+ph51:          CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_ON         ;turn mouse pointer on
+               CALL FAR PTR CURSOROFF        ;turn hardware cursor off
+               MOV  COM_FLDT,0               ;no field type
+               MOV  COM_INOPT,0              ;no password option
+;
+               MOV  DX,ES:[DI]+ICB_OPT4      ;get option word 4
+;
+               PUSH ES:[DI]+ICB_ENDBYTE      ;return length of data
+               PUSH ES:[DI]+ICB_FIELDOFF     ;return offset of data
+               PUSH ES:[DI]+ICB_FIELDSEG     ;return segment of data
+;
+               POP  ES
+               POP  DI
+               POP  CX
+;
+               TEST DX,ICB_TRUN              ;field is DOS pathname?
+               JZ   PH60                     ;no, continue
+;
+               MOV  SI,DI                    ;save string offset
+               ADD  DI,CX                    ;get end of string offset
+               MOV  BYTE PTR ES:[DI],0       ;null-terminate pathname
+               MOV  DI,SI                    ;restore string offset
+;
+               CALL TRUNC_NAME               ;truncate DOS names & extensions
+               PUSH ES                                                  ;MJK005
+               PUSH DI                                                  ;MJK005
+               MOV  ES,IN_ICBSEG             ;point to current ICB      ;MJK005
+               MOV  DI,IN_ICBOFF                                        ;MJK005
+               MOV  ES:[DI]+ICB_ENDBYTE,CX   ;return length of data     ;MJK005
+               POP  DI                                                  ;MJK005
+               POP  ES                                                  ;MJK005
+;
+PH60:          POP  DX
+               POP  BX
+;
+               RET
+PROCESS_INPUT  ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PROCESS_KEY                                           :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Poll keyboard then mouse return only if action        :
+;                       occurs.                                               :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                AX       0000000000000001 = Monocasing                :
+;                                0000000000000010 = Translation table         :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_HLPOPT = set to 10 to deactivate help             :
+;                       COM_HCBID  = Help ID assigned to input field.         :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 COM_MOK   0= Mouse input                              :
+;                                 1= Keyboard input                           :
+;                       COM_KEY    = Keystroke (keyboard or mouse value)      :
+;                       COM_ROW    = Row of mouse pointer (text coordinates)  :
+;                       COM_COL    = Column of mouse pointer (text coord)     :
+;                       COM_CURRF  = Current mouse field ID                   :
+;                       COM_DELTA  = Scroll bar delta from current top        :
+;                                    element displayed in panel               :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_FLDT  0= no field      used to determine if       :
+;                                 1= input field   cursor should be displayed :
+;                                 2= scroll field                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PROCESS_KEY                                           :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  PCTRACK_CALL = Call to external CAS routine.          :
+;                       PCINPUT_CALL = Call to external CAS routine.          :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PROCESS_KEY    PROC FAR
+;
+               PUSH AX                       ;save registers
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH CX
+               PUSH DX
+;
+               MOV  INC_KS,0                 ;initialize to no keystroke
+               MOV  INC_OPT,0
+;
+               TEST AX,0000000000000001B     ;check if monocasing
+               JE   PK05
+;
+               OR   INC_OPT,INC_AMONO        ;initialize to monocasing
+               CMP  IN_MONOSEG,0             ;monocasing table gotten?  P5197
+               JNE  PK02                     ;yes, don't get again      P5197
+               CALL GET_MONO_DOS             ;get DOS monocasing table  P5197
+PK02:                                        ;                          P5197
+               MOV  BX,IN_MONOOFF            ;get from PCINPUT control block
+               MOV  INC_MONOOFF,BX           ;set in PCINCHA control block
+               MOV  BX,IN_MONOSEG            ;get from PCINPUT control block
+               MOV  INC_MONOSEG,BX           ;set in PCINCHA control block
+;
+PK05:          TEST AX,0000000000000010B     ;check if translation table
+               JE   PK10
+;
+               OR   INC_OPT,INC_UTRAN        ;initialize for translation table
+;
+; Poll keyboard for input
+;
+PK10:          MOV  KS_CHAR,0                ;clear out                 P*4663
+               TEST COM_PROCFLAG,COM_KPLOCK  ;keyboard locked?          P*4457
+               JZ   PK17                     ;no, get keystroke         P*4457
+               IN   AL,64H                   ;get keyboard lock bit     P*4457
+               TEST AL,10H                   ;is keyboard locked?       P*4457
+               JNZ  PK15                     ;OK, keyboard not locked   P*4457
+               JMP  PK40                     ;check time/date           P*4457
+PK15:
+               CALL INIT_MOUSE               ;initialize mouse          P*4457
+               CALL MOUSE_ON                 ;turn on mouse             P*4457
+PK17:                                        ;                          P*4457
+
+
+               MOV  AH,1                     ;keystroke status          MJK013
+               TEST COM_PROCFLAG,COM_EXTKEYB ;extended keyboard?        P*4732
+               JZ   PK17_05                  ;no, get normal keystroke  P*4732
+               MOV  AH,11H                   ;get extended keystroke    P*4732
+PK17_05:                                     ;                          P*4732
+               INT  16H                      ;is there any keystrokes?  MJK013
+               JZ   PK17_10                  ;don't save keystroke      P*4663
+               MOV  KS_CHAR,AX               ;save the keystroke        MJK013
+PK17_10:                                     ;                          P*4663
+;
+               CALL PCINCHA_CALL             ;call CAS routine
+;
+               CMP  INC_KS,0                 ;check if keystroke returned
+               JE   PK20                     ;yes, pass to input field
+;
+               CMP  INC_KS, 0003H            ;ctrl/c or ctrl/break?     P*4663
+               JNE  PK18                     ;no, continue              P*4663
+               MOV  AX, KS_CHAR              ;get status keystroke      P*4663
+               CMP  AL, 03H                  ;same ASCII character?     P*4663
+               JE   PK19                     ;yes, must be ctrl/c       P*4663
+               MOV  INC_KS, 0                ;ignore ctrl/break         P*4663
+               JMP  PK40                     ;continue                  P*4663
+PK18:                                        ;                          p*4663
+
+               CMP  INC_KS, 6800H            ;keystroke is alt-f1?
+
+               JNE  PK19                     ;no, continue
+               MOV  INC_KS, 8500H            ;translate to f11
+;
+PK19:          CALL CHK_OVERRUN              ;check for overrun keystrokes
+;
+               MOV  COM_MOK,1                ;set to indicate keyboard
+               XOR  AX,AX                    ;clear to zero
+               MOV  COM_ROW,AX               ; pointer row
+               MOV  COM_COL,AX               ; pointer column
+               MOV  COM_DELTA,AX             ; scroll bar delta
+               MOV  AX,INC_KS                ;set keystroke from keyboard
+               MOV  COM_KEY,AX
+;
+               MOV  AX,COM_CURRF             ;sav field ID before help process
+               MOV  COM_HELPF,AX
+;
+               JMP  PK30
+;
+; Poll mouse for action
+;
+PK20:          TEST COM_STATE,COM_MOUS       ;check if mouse configured
+               JNE  PK22                     ; do call if no
+               JMP  PK40                     ; skip call if yes
+;
+PK22:          LEA  DI,GEN_DATA              ;check mouse for button press
+               MOV  [DI]+M_FUNC,M_GET
+               CALL FAR PTR PCTRACK_CALL
+;
+               XOR  CH,CH                    ;clear to zero
+               XOR  DH,DH                    ;clear to zero
+               MOV  CL,[DI]+M_GETBUT         ;get button pressed
+               MOV  DL,[DI]+M_GETFIELD       ;get field of current pointer
+;
+               CMP CL, 2                     ;process keystroke
+               JNE PK24X
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE2,COM_ENHA
+               JZ PK24X
+;
+               MOV COM_BUT2,1
+               MOV CL, 1
+               JMP PK24
+;
+PK24X:         MOV COM_BUT2,0
+               CMP  CL,1                     ;mouse configuration
+               JE   PK24                     ; 0= no button pressed
+;
+               CMP  CL,4                     ; 1= button 1 pressed
+               JE   PK24                     ; 2= button 2 pressed
+                                             ; 3= button 3 pressed
+                                             ; 4= double click button 1
+               JMP  PK40
+;
+PK24:          OR   DL,DL                    ;check if pointer in active field
+               JNZ  PK26                     ; when button pressed, if not
+               JMP  PK40                     ; poll again
+;
+PK26:          CMP  GE_MODEL,MODEL_AT        ;check if AT
+               JNE  PK29
+;
+               CMP  GE_SUBMODEL,SUBMD_AT     ;make sure AT
+               JE   PK28
+;
+               CMP  GE_SUBMODEL,SUBMD_AS     ;make sure AT/skyrocket
+               JNE  PK29
+;
+PK28:          CALL KEYLOCK                  ;check if keyboard on AT is
+               JNZ  PK29
+;
+               JMP  PK40                     ; locked, poll again
+;
+PK29:          MOV  COM_MOK,0                ;set to indicate mouse
+               MOV  AX,COM_CURRF             ;sav field ID before help process
+               MOV  COM_HELPF,AX
+               MOV  COM_CURRF,DX             ;set current field number
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+M_GETROW         ;get mouse pointer row where
+               MOV  COM_ROW,AX               ; button was pressed
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+M_GETCOL         ;get mouse pointer column where
+               MOV  COM_COL,AX               ; button was pressed
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+M_GETFKEY        ;get keystroke assigned to field
+               MOV  COM_KEY,AX
+;
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+M_GETDELTA       ;scroll delta (if in sb field)
+               MOV  COM_DELTA,AX
+               XOR  CX,CX
+               MOV  AX,[DI]+M_GETSPOS        ;text row/col position in bar
+               MOV  COM_POSITION,AX
+;
+; Check for help option before exit
+;
+PK30:          CMP  COM_HLPOPT,10            ;check if help deactivated
+               JE   PKEXIT                   ;exit
+;
+               MOV  AX,STR_TOTAL             ;get keystroke structure
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_STRING       ;structure at ES:DI
+;
+               MOV  AX,COM_KEY               ;get keystroke
+               CMP  AX,ES:[DI]+KY_CHELP
+               JNE  PKEXIT
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR CURSOROFF        ;turn hardware cursor off
+               PUSH COM_HELPF                ;save field ID before help process
+               CALL MANAGE_HELP              ;process all types of help
+               POP  COM_CURRF                ;reset original field ID before hl
+;
+               CMP  COM_FLDT,1               ;redisplay cursor if input field
+               JNE  PK40
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR CURSORON         ;turn hardware cursor on
+;
+; Check if date and time should be updated.
+;
+PK40:          CALL DISP_DATETIME            ;update date/time
+               JMP  PK10
+;
+; Exit
+;
+PKEXIT:        PUSH ES
+               PUSH DI
+               MOV  AX, 40H
+               MOV  ES, AX
+               MOV  BX, 17H
+               MOV  AL, ES:[BX]
+               XOR  AH, AH
+               MOV  COM_SHIFT, AX
+               POP  DI
+               POP  ES
+;
+               POP  DX                       ;exit
+               POP  CX
+               POP  BX
+               POP  AX
+;
+               RET
+PROCESS_KEY    ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                       P5197 :
+;  GET_MONO_DOS                                                               :
+;           Get segment and offset of the DOS monocasing table and return it  :
+;                                                                             :
+;  Entry:  None                                                               :
+;                                                                             :
+;  Exit:   None                                                               :
+;                                                                       P5197 :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+GET_MONO_DOS   PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH ES                       ;                          P5197
+               PUSH DI                       ;                          P5197
+               PUSH AX                       ;                          P5197
+;
+               MOV  AH,65H                   ;extended country info     P5197
+               MOV  AL,04H                   ;get uppercase table ptrs  P5197
+               MOV  BX,-1                    ;default code page         P5197
+               MOV  DX,-1                    ;default country id        P5197
+               MOV  CX,05H                   ;# bytes returned          P5197
+               PUSH DS
+               POP  ES                       ;ES:DI ptrs to return buf  P5197
+               MOV  DI,OFFSET TEMP_WKA       ;use as temp buffer        P5197
+               INT  21H
+               JC   GET_MONO_RET
+;
+               INC  DI                       ;skip info id              P5197
+;
+               MOV  AX,WORD PTR [DI]         ;get DOS mono table offset P5197
+               MOV  IN_MONOOFF,AX            ;save it                   P5197
+               ADD  DI,2
+               MOV  AX,WORD PTR [DI]         ;get DOS mono table seg    P5197
+               MOV  IN_MONOSEG,AX            ;save it                   P5197
+;
+GET_MONO_RET:
+               POP  AX                       ;                          P5197
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers         P5197
+               POP  ES                       ;                          P5197
+;
+               RET                           ;                          P5197
+GET_MONO_DOS   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 CHK_OVERRUN                                           :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Check for multiple entries of cursor keys to          :
+;                       eliminate overrun in typeamatic mode.                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                INC_KS     = Key stroke                               :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 INC_KS     = Returned keystroke                       :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          CHK_OVERRUN                                           :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                Duplicate cursor keystrokes are removed.              :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  PCINCHA_CALL = Call to external CAS routine.          :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+CHK_OVERRUN    PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH CX
+               PUSH DI
+               PUSH ES
+;
+               MOV  CX,KS_TABLE_LEN          ;len of cursor keystroke table
+               ROR  CX,1                     ;set number of entries
+               MOV  AX,DS                    ;get segment of table
+               MOV  ES,AX                    ;set segment of table
+               MOV  DI,OFFSET KS_TABLE       ;offset of table
+               MOV  AX,INC_KS                ;current keystroke
+               CLD
+               REPNZ SCASW                   ;scan table for keystroke match
+               JNZ  CHK_OVRET                ;no match found
+;
+CHK_OV10:      MOV  AH,1                     ;keystroke status
+               TEST COM_PROCFLAG,COM_EXTKEYB ;extended keyboard?        P*4732
+               JZ   CHK_OV20                 ;no, get normal keystroke  P*4732
+               MOV  AH,11H                   ;get extended keystroke    P*4732
+CHK_OV20:                                    ;                          P*4732
+               INT  16H                      ;check for next keystroke
+               JZ   CHK_OVRET                ;no, keystroke available
+;
+               CMP  AX,KS_CHAR               ;is it the same as before  MJK013
+               JNE  CHK_OVRET                ;no, return
+;
+               MOV  AH,0                     ;keystroke read
+               TEST COM_PROCFLAG,COM_EXTKEYB ;extended keyboard?        P*4732
+               JZ   CHK_OV30                 ;no, get normal keystroke  P*4732
+               MOV  AH,10H                   ;get extended keystroke    P*4732
+CHK_OV30:                                    ;                          P*4732
+               INT  16H                      ;remove it
+               JMP  CHK_OV10                 ;check next keystroke
+;
+CHK_OVRET:     POP  ES
+               POP  DI
+               POP  CX
+;
+               RET
+CHK_OVERRUN    ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 DISP_DATETIME                                         :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          display the date and time on the display.             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                COM_STATE2:                                           :
+;                       COM_DATE   = O - no date displayed                    :
+;                                    1 - display date and time                :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 Display updated                                       :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          DISP_DATETIME                                         :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  UPDATE_DISPLAY                                        :
+;                       MOUSE_OFF                                             :
+;                       MOUSE_ON                                              :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  PCDATES_CALL = Call to external CAS routine.          :
+;                       PCTIMES_CALL = Call to external CAS routine.          :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+DISP_DATETIME  PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH AX                       ;save registers
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH CX
+               PUSH DX
+               PUSH SI
+               PUSH DI
+               PUSH ES
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE2,COM_DATE      ;is the date option active?
+               JNZ  DT_02                    ;yes, continue
+               JMP  DT_RET                   ;return
+;
+; Set up to get the date and time.
+;
+DT_02:         MOV  DI,OFFSET TIME_WKA       ;time workarea
+               MOV  BX,DS:[DI+4]             ;save currect seconds
+;
+               CALL PCDATES_CALL             ;get date
+;
+               CALL PCTIMES_CALL             ;get time
+;
+               TEST COM_PROCFLAG,COM_NODATE  ;should date not be displayed?
+               JNZ  DT_RET                   ;yes, return
+;
+               TEST COM_PROCFLAG,COM_PSCEXEC ;has PSC ended execution?
+               JZ   DT_05                    ;no, continue
+;
+               AND  COM_PROCFLAG,NOT COM_PSCEXEC ;reset PSC ended execution
+               JMP  DT_20                    ;display time/date
+
+DT_05:         MOV  AX,COM_BASESCR           ;get base screen
+               CMP  AX,COM_BASE_WKA          ;has it changed?
+               JE   DT_10                    ;no, see if time has changed
+;
+               MOV  COM_BASE_WKA,AX          ;save new base screen
+               JMP  DT_20                    ;continue
+;
+DT_10:         CMP  BX,DS:[DI+4]             ;has the time minutes changed?
+               JE   DT_RET                   ;no, don't update it
+;
+DT_20:         MOV  SI,PAN_ATITLE            ;get panel id for moveg
+               MOV  AX,1                     ;row to display
+               MOV  BX,3                     ;column to display
+               MOV  CX,LENGTH DATE_WKA       ;len of date
+               MOV  DX,OFFSET DATE_WKA
+               PUSH DS
+               POP  ES
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_OFF        ;turn mouse off
+;
+               PUSH AX                       ;
+               MOV  AX, PAN_ATITLE           ;set panel id
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_ATTR         ;get color attr
+               AND  AH, 0F0H                 ;mask off foreground
+               CMP  AH, 0F0H                 ;background is white?
+               POP  AX                       ;
+               JNE  DT_28                    ;no, continue
+               MOV  MG_SOURCE_F,G_DRAWTUBOTM ;underline                 P*4816
+DT_28:
+
+;               CMP  GV_VIDMODE,11H           ;mode 11?                  P*4816
+;               JNE  DT_30                    ;no, don't underline       P*4816
+;               MOV  MG_SOURCE_F,G_DRAWTUBOTM ;underline                 P*4816
+
+
+DT_30:                                       ;                          P*4816
+               CALL UPDATE_DISPLAY           ;display date
+;
+               MOV  BX,69                    ;column to display
+               MOV  CX,LENGTH TIME_WKA       ;len of time
+               MOV  DX,OFFSET TIME_WKA
+;
+               PUSH AX                       ;
+               MOV  AX, PAN_ATITLE           ;set panel id
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_ATTR         ;get color attr
+               AND  AH, 0F0H                 ;mask off foreground
+               CMP  AH, 0F0H                 ;background is white?
+               POP  AX                       ;
+               JNE  DT_38                    ;no, continue
+               MOV  MG_SOURCE_F,G_DRAWTUBOTM ;underline                 P*4816
+DT_38:
+
+
+;              CMP  GV_VIDMODE,11H           ;mode 11?                  P*4816
+;              JNE  DT_40                    ;no, don't underline       P*4816
+;              MOV  MG_SOURCE_F,G_DRAWTUBOTM ;underline                 P*4816
+DT_40:                                       ;                          P*4816
+               CALL UPDATE_DISPLAY           ;display time
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_ON         ;turn mouse on
+;
+DT_RET:        POP  ES                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DI
+               POP  SI
+               POP  DX
+               POP  CX
+               POP  BX
+               POP  AX
+;
+               RET
+DISP_DATETIME  ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 KEYLOCK                                               :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Determine if AT keyboard lock is on.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 ZF = 1  : keyboard is locked                          :
+;                       ZF = 0  : keyboard is unlocked                        :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          KEYLOCK                                               :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+KEYLOCK        PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH CX
+;
+               CLI                           ;disable ints while checking kybd
+               MOV  AL,READ_KBD_INPT         ;get kybd read input command
+               OUT  STATUS_PORT,AL           ;issue the command
+               SUB  CX,CX                    ;cls controller count cmd issue
+;
+KEYLOCK10:     IN   AL,STATUS_PORT
+               TEST AL,INPT_BUF_FULL
+               LOOPNZ  KEYLOCK10             ;wait for command to be accepted
+               JNZ  KEYLOCK50                ;exit if command not accepted
+;
+               SUB  CX,CX
+               MOV  BL,6
+;
+KEYLOCK20:     IN   AL,STATUS_PORT
+               TEST AL,OUTPT_BUF_FULL
+               JNZ  KEYLOCK30                ;branch if OBF
+;
+               LOOP KEYLOCK20                ;loop until response or timeout
+               DEC  BL                       ;timeout loop attempted six times
+               JNZ  KEYLOCK20
+;
+               INC  BL                       ;set ZF = 0 if no response
+               JMP  KEYLOCK50
+;
+KEYLOCK30:     IN   AL,INPUT_PORT            ;read keyboard input port
+               TEST AL,KYBD_INH              ;test to see if kybd lock is on
+;
+KEYLOCK50:
+;
+KEYLOCK60:     STI                           ;enable ints
+               POP  CX                       ;restore regs
+               POP  BX
+;
+               RET                           ;Exit
+KEYLOCK        ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 COMMAND_LINE                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Command line dialog.                                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                COM_OLDCBKOFF  = offset of original crtl+break        :
+;                       COM_OLDCBKSEG  = segment of original crtl+break       :
+;                       COM_CMDBUF     = required to invoke COMMAND.COM       :
+;                       COM_CMDINPBUF  = command line input buffer            :
+;                       COM_CMDINPLEN  = length of command line input buf     :
+;                       COM_CMDBUFLEN  = length including '/C'                :
+;                       COM_CMDDRIVE   = current drive and path to display    :
+;                       COM_CMDPATH      for command line input prompt        :
+;                       KY_COMDLINE    = command line     Shift + F9          :
+;                       KY_LASTCOMD    = last command     up arrow            :
+;                       KY_NEXTCOMD    = next command     dn arrow            :
+; Exit:                                                                       :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          COMMAND_LINE                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                Changed procedure to use a COMMAND.COM PSC execution. :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  PCTRACK_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  INT 21H  AH=40H   Write string to standard output.    :
+;                       INT 21H  AH=25H   Set interrupt vector address.       :
+;                       INT 21H  AH=35H   Get interrupt vector address.       :
+;                       INT 21H  AH=49H   Deallocate memory.                  :
+;                       INT 21H  AH=47H   Read current directory.             :
+;                       INT 21H  AH=19H   Read current disk.                  :
+;                       INT 21H  AH=06H   Write char to standard output.      :
+;                       INT 21H  AH=4BH   EXEC command line.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+COMMAND_LINE   PROC FAR
+
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_FLCL       ;check if command line active
+               JNE  MC10
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR OPT_INACTIVE     ;display error panel for inactive *PCR
+               JMP  MCEXIT                   ;exit
+;
+; save registers
+;
+MC10:          CALL FAR PTR REMOVE_OLDPD     ;remove last pull down panel
+               MOV  COM_CURPD,0
+;
+               PUSH AX
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH CX
+               PUSH DX
+               PUSH BP
+               PUSH SI
+               PUSH DI
+;
+; disable mouse tracker
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_OFF        ;turn mouse pointer off
+               CALL FAR PTR DEL_MOUSEF       ;delete all mouse fields
+               CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_DIS        ;disable mouse support
+;
+; Set current directory path
+;
+               CMP  COM_CDIALOG,COM_APPMENU  ;check if program menu dialog
+               JNE  MC20                     ; don't ask for dir from DOS Serv
+;
+               JMP  MC30
+;
+MC20:          CMP  COM_CDIALOG,COM_PAAB     ;check if program menu dialog
+               JE   MC30                     ; don't ask for dir from DOS Serv
+;
+               CMP  COM_CDIALOG,COM_DCLR     ;check if program menu dialog
+               JE   MC30                     ; don't ask for dir from DOS Serv
+;
+               XOR  AX,AX                    ;get current selected directory
+               MOV  AX,1                     ;get current selected dir  ;P*4245
+               CALL RETURN_PATH              ; in DOS services
+;
+               MOV  BX,OFFSET FULLSPEC       ;file name
+               MOV  DL,DS:BYTE PTR[BX]       ;drive id
+               CALL SET_DRIVE                ;set to the drive
+;
+               PUSH DI
+               MOV  AH,0EH                   ;change to selected drive
+               MOV  DX,DATA
+               MOV  DS,DX
+               LEA  DI,FULLSPEC
+               MOV  DL,[DI]
+               SUB  DL,'A'
+               INT  21H
+               POP  DI
+;
+               MOV  AH,3BH                   ;change to selected directory
+               MOV  DX,DATA
+               MOV  DS,DX
+               LEA  DX,FULLSPEC
+               INT  21H
+;
+; Move in COMSPEC to PSC workarea for new COMMAND.COM PSC execution.
+;
+MC30:          MOV  SI,OFFSET COM_PFILSPEC   ;COMSPEC location
+;
+               mov  dl, byte ptr [si]        ;get drive letter of comspec
+               call set_drive                ;set logical drive
+;
+               MOV  DI,OFFSET PEC_COM        ;PSC workarea location
+               MOV  PEC_BYTE,0               ;clear length
+;
+MC40:          MOV  AL,DS:BYTE PTR [SI]      ;get character
+               CMP  AL,0                     ;end of string?
+               JE   MC50                     ;yes, add parm sep char
+;
+               MOV  DS:BYTE PTR [DI],AL      ;put character in PSC workarea
+               INC  PEC_BYTE                 ;adjust length
+               INC  SI                       ;point to next COMSPEC char
+               INC  DI                       ;point to next PSC position
+               JMP  MC40                     ;get next character
+;
+MC50:          MOV  DS:BYTE PTR [DI],PEC_SEP ;set parameter seperator char
+               INC  PEC_BYTE                 ;adjust length
+               PUSH DS
+               POP  ES                       ;set segment of PSC workarea
+               MOV  DI,OFFSET PEC_TITLE      ;set offset of PSC workarea
+
+               OR   COM_PROCFLAG,COM_CMDPSC  ;set COMMAND.COM PSC exec  P*3748
+               CALL FAR PTR PROCESS_PSC      ;set up to process PSC
+;
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  SI
+               POP  BP
+               POP  DX
+               POP  CX
+               POP  BX
+               POP  AX
+;
+MCEXIT:
+;
+               RET
+COMMAND_LINE   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; SET_DRIVE                                                                   :
+;                                                                             :
+;         On a single drive system, set the logical to the physical drive.    :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:  DL - Drive letter                                                   :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:   Logical drive set                                                   :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:  None                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+SET_DRIVE      PROC NEAR
+
+               PUSH BX                       ;                          P*4831
+               PUSH DX                       ;                          P*4831
+               PUSH AX                       ;                          P*4831
+
+               AND  DL,0DFH                  ; convert it to            P*4831
+               SUB  DL,40H                   ;   an binary number.      P*4831
+               MOV  BL,DL
+               MOV  AX,440FH                 ; I/O control              P*4831
+               INT  21H                      ; set logical drive letter P*4831
+
+               POP  AX                       ;                          P*4831
+               POP  DX                       ;                          P*4831
+               POP  BX                       ;                          P*4831
+               RET                           ; return to caller         P*4831
+
+SET_DRIVE      ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCCLRRD_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to PCCLRRD.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCCLRRD parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCCLRRD parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCCLRRD_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCCLRRD_CALL   PROC NEAR                     ;*PCR (ENTIRE PROC)
+;
+               PUSH DS                       ;Set segment
+               POP  ES
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;Save registers
+;
+               LEA  DI,CRD_OPT1              ;Set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;Make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,CRD_RN                ;Set cas routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;Call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL CLRRD
+ENDIF
+;
+; copy the color index vector into buffer below clrrd buffer
+;
+               MOV  AX,16                    ;calc length of color read and
+               MOV  BX,MAX_COLRBUF           ; write buffers
+               MUL  BX                       ;# paragraphs * 16 = # bytes
+               SUB  AX,500                   ;leave room for safe buffer
+               ADD  AX,CRD_BUFOFF            ;add current crd buf offset
+               MOV  DI,AX
+               MOV  SI,CRD_CCBVECOFF         ;get source address
+               MOV  CRD_CCBVECOFF,DI         ;set destination offset
+;
+               CMP  CRD_ERROR,0              ;was there an error
+               JNE  CR_EXIT                  ;yes, don't overwrite
+               CMP  CRD_DOSERROR,0           ;was there an error
+               JNE  CR_EXIT                  ;yes, don't overwrite
+;
+               MOV  ES,CRD_BUFSEG            ;set destination segment
+               MOV  CX,CRD_CCBVECLEN         ;get the length to move
+               PUSH DS
+               MOV  AX,CRD_CCBVECSEG         ;set source segment
+               MOV  DS,AX
+;
+               REP  MOVSB                    ;move the data
+               POP  DS
+;
+CR_EXIT:       POP  DI                       ;Restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+               RET
+PCCLRRD_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 SET_DEFAULT                                           :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Set default value in specified ICB control block.     :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                ES:DI         = Address of default value.             :
+;                       CX            = Length of string.                     :
+;                       AX            = ICB number of input field.            :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+SET_DEFAULT    PROC FAR
+;
+               PUSH ES                       ;save default segment
+               PUSH DI                       ;save default offset
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_ICB          ;get input control block
+;
+               MOV  ES:[DI]+ICB_CURCHAR,1    ;reset starting cursor position
+               MOV  ES:[DI]+ICB_DEFLEN,CX    ;set length
+               POP  ES:[DI]+ICB_DEFOFF       ;offset
+               POP  ES:[DI]+ICB_DEFSEG       ;segment
+;
+               RET
+SET_DEFAULT    ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 GET_PCB                                               :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Return address of specified panel control block.      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                AX            = Number of PCB vector desired.         :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_PCBVECSEG = PCB vector segment.                   :
+;                       COM_PCBVECOFF = PCB vector offset.                    :
+;                       COM_PCBVECLEN = number of bytes in each vector        :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 ES:DI = Address of specified PCB                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+GET_PCB        PROC FAR
+;
+               PUSH AX
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH CX
+               PUSH DX
+;
+; read panel control block vector to obtain PCB address
+;
+               MOV  BX,COM_PCBVECSEG        ;get beginning PCB vector address
+               MOV  ES,BX
+               MOV  DI,COM_PCBVECOFF
+;
+               DEC  AX                       ;make zero based
+               MOV  BX,COM_PCBVECLEN         ;multiply PCB element length by
+                                             ; desired vector number in BX
+               MUL  BX                       ; to determine offset into PCB vec
+               ADD  DI,AX                    ;add offset inside table
+               MOV  BX,ES:[DI]               ;get actual PCB segment
+               MOV  CX,ES:[DI]+2             ;point past PCB seg to get PCB off
+;
+               MOV  ES,BX                    ;set ES:DI to panel's actual
+               MOV  DI,CX                    ; PCB address
+;
+               POP  DX
+               POP  CX
+               POP  BX
+               POP  AX
+;
+               RET
+GET_PCB        ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 GET_SCB                                               :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Return address of specified scroll control block.     :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                AX            = Number of SCB vector desired.         :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_SCBVECSEG = SCB vector segment.                   :
+;                       COM_SCBVECOFF = SCB vector offset.                    :
+;                       COM_SCBVECLEN = number bytes in each vector           :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 ES:DI = Address of specified SCB                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+GET_SCB        PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH AX
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH CX
+               PUSH DX
+;
+; read panel control block vector to obtain SCB address
+;
+               MOV  BX,COM_SCBVECSEG        ;get beginning SCB vector address
+               MOV  ES,BX
+               MOV  DI,COM_SCBVECOFF
+;
+               DEC  AX                       ;make zero based
+               MOV  BX,COM_SCBVECLEN         ;multiply SCB element length by
+                                             ; desired vector number in BX
+               MUL  BX                       ; to determine offset into SCB vec
+               ADD  DI,AX                    ;add offset inside table
+               MOV  BX,ES:[DI]               ;get actual SCB segment
+               MOV  CX,ES:[DI]+2             ;point past SCB seg to get SCB off
+;
+               MOV  ES,BX                    ;set ES:DI to panel's actual
+               MOV  DI,CX                    ; PCB address
+;
+               POP  DX
+               POP  CX
+               POP  BX
+               POP  AX
+;
+               RET
+GET_SCB        ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 GET_ICB                                               :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Return address of specified input control block.      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                AX            = Number of ICB vector desired.         :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_ICBVECSEG = ICB vector segment.                   :
+;                       COM_ICBVECOFF = ICB vector offset.                    :
+;                       COM_ICBVECLEN = vector length.                        :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 ES:DI = Address of specified ICB                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+GET_ICB        PROC FAR
+;
+               PUSH AX
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH CX
+               PUSH DX
+;
+; read input control block vector to obtain PCB address
+;
+               MOV  BX,COM_ICBVECSEG        ;get beginning ICB vector address
+               MOV  ES,BX
+               MOV  DI,COM_ICBVECOFF
+;
+               DEC  AX                       ;make zero based
+               MOV  BX,COM_ICBVECLEN         ;multiply ICB element length by
+                                             ; desired vector number in BX
+               MUL  BX                       ; to determine offset into ICB vec
+               ADD  DI,AX                    ;add offset inside table
+               MOV  BX,ES:[DI]               ;get actual ICB segment
+               MOV  CX,ES:[DI]+2             ;point past ICB seg to get ICB off
+;
+               MOV  ES,BX                    ;set ES:DI to input's actual
+               MOV  DI,CX                    ; ICB address
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_TEXT       ;check if in text mode
+               JE   GIEXIT
+;
+               AND  ES:[DI]+ICB_OPT1,NOT ICB_BOX
+                                             ;if in text mode deactivate box
+                                             ; option
+;
+GIEXIT:        POP  DX
+               POP  CX
+               POP  BX
+               POP  AX
+;
+               RET
+GET_ICB        ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 GET_ERROR                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Return address of error message.                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                AX            = Number of vector desired.             :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_ERRVECSEG = Error message vector segment.         :
+;                       COM_ERRVECOFF = Error message vector offset.          :
+;                       COM_ERRVECLEN = Length of each vector in bytes.       :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 ES:DI = Address of specified error message.           :
+;                       AX    = length of error message.                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          GET_ERROR                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+GET_ERROR      PROC FAR
+;
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH CX
+               PUSH DX
+;
+; read error message vector
+;
+               MOV  BX,COM_ERRVECSEG         ;get beginning vector address
+               MOV  ES,BX
+               MOV  DI,COM_ERRVECOFF
+;
+               DEC  AX                       ;make zero based
+               MOV  BX,COM_ERRVECLEN         ;multiply element length by
+                                             ; desired vector number in BX
+               MUL  BX                       ; to determine offset into vector
+               ADD  DI,AX                    ;add offset inside table
+               MOV  CX,ES:[DI]               ;get error text offset
+               XOR  AX,AX                    ;clear to zero
+               MOV  AL,ES:[DI]+2             ;get error text length
+;
+               MOV  DI,CX                    ;set ES:DI to panel's actual
+                                             ; PCB address
+;
+               POP  DX
+               POP  CX
+               POP  BX
+;
+               RET
+GET_ERROR      ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 GET_BUTTON                                            :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Return address of graphics button.                    :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                AX            = Number of vector desired.             :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_BCBVECSEG = vector segment.                       :
+;                       COM_BCBVECOFF = vector offset.                        :
+;                       COM_BCBVECLEN = Length of each vector in bytes.       :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 ES:DI = Address of specified string.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          GET_BUTTON                                            :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+GET_BUTTON     PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH CX
+               PUSH DX
+;
+; read keystroke vector
+;
+               MOV  BX,COM_BCBVECSEG        ;get beginning vector address
+               MOV  ES,BX
+               MOV  DI,COM_BCBVECOFF
+;
+               DEC  AX                       ;make zero based
+               MOV  BX,COM_BCBVECLEN         ;multiply element length by
+                                             ; desired vector number in BX
+               MUL  BX                       ; to determine offset into vector
+               ADD  DI,AX                    ;add offset inside table
+               MOV  CX,ES:[DI]               ;get text offset
+               MOV  DI,CX                    ;set ES:DI to actual data
+;
+               POP  DX
+               POP  CX
+               POP  BX
+;
+               RET
+GET_BUTTON     ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 GET_STRING                                            :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Return address of string.                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                AX            = Number of ICB vector desired.         :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_STRVECSEG = String vector segment.                :
+;                       COM_STRVECOFF = String vector offset.                 :
+;                       COM_STRVECLEN = Length of each vector in bytes.       :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 ES:DI = Address of specified string.                  :
+;                       AX    = length of string.                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          GET_STRING                                            :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+GET_STRING     PROC FAR
+;
+               PUSH DX
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH CX
+;
+; read error message vector
+;
+               MOV  BX,COM_STRVECSEG        ;get beginning vector address
+               MOV  ES,BX
+               MOV  DI,COM_STRVECOFF
+;
+               DEC  AX                       ;make zero based
+               MOV  BX,COM_STRVECLEN         ;multiply element length by
+                                             ; desired vector number in BX
+               MUL  BX                       ; to determine offset into vector
+               ADD  DI,AX                    ;add offset inside table
+               MOV  CX,ES:[DI]               ;get text offset
+               XOR  AX,AX                    ;clear to zero
+               MOV  AL,ES:[DI]+2             ;get text length
+;
+               MOV  DI,CX                    ;set ES:DI to actual data
+;
+               POP  CX
+               POP  BX
+               POP  DX
+;
+               RET
+GET_STRING     ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 GET_ATTR                                              :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Returns the normal and highlight color attributes     :
+;                       of a specified panel.                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                AX            = Panel ID number.                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 AH            = Panel's normal color attr             :
+;                       AL            = Panel's highlight color attr          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          GET_ATTR                                              :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+GET_ATTR       PROC FAR
+;
+               PUSH ES                       ;save registers
+               PUSH DI
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_PCB          ;load the panel's PCB in ES:DI
+               MOV  AX,ES:[DI]+PCB_CCBID     ;get panel's color index number
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_COLOR        ;load the color index
+               MOV  AH,ES:[DI]+CCB_A1        ;get the normal color attr
+               MOV  AL,ES:[DI]+CCB_A2        ;get the highlighted color attr
+;
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  ES
+;
+               RET
+GET_ATTR       ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 GET_COLOR                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Returns ES:DI pointing to color index specified in    :
+;                       AX.  Use the CCB_PB to reference the desired color    :
+;                       attributes.                                           :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                AX            = Color index to return.                :
+;                       CRD_CCBVECOFF = Offset of color index.                :
+;                       CRD_CCBVECSEG = Segment of color index.               :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 ES:DI         = Address of color index                :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          GET_COLOR                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+GET_COLOR      PROC FAR
+;
+               PUSH AX                       ;save registers
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH DX
+;
+               DEC  AX                       ; default index and make zero
+                                             ; based
+               PUSH CRD_CCBVECSEG            ;get color index segment
+               POP  ES
+;
+               PUSH CRD_CCBVECOFF            ;get color index offset
+               POP  DI
+;
+               MOV  BX,COM_CCBLEN            ;multiply CCB element length by
+               MUL  BX                       ; desired vector add offset
+               ADD  DI,AX                    ; to color index offset
+;
+               POP  DX                       ;restore registers
+               POP  BX
+               POP  AX
+;
+               RET
+GET_COLOR      ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 SET_SHLVMDOS                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Set shell video mode from current DOS video mode.     :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                COM_STATE    = Option word indicating invocation      :
+;                                      parameters passed through PSP.         :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCGVIDO      = Parmeter block initialized.            :
+;                       COM_DVIDMODE = Original DOS video mode.               :
+;                       COM_SVIDMODE = Current Shell video mode.              :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          SET_SHLVMDOS                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  PCGVIDO_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+SET_SHLVMDOS   PROC NEAR
+;
+               LEA  DI,GEN_DATA              ;load offset of PCGRAPH PB
+               MOV  [DI]+G_INITVFLAG,0       ;init to VGA hardware available
+;
+; Check if mode 10H requested
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_M10H       ;check if graphics mode 10H
+               JE   VMD20                    ; requested (EGA/VGA)
+;
+               TEST GV_STAT1,GV_256K         ;256K memory on EGA card
+               JNE  VMD10
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_256K       ;set error for less than 256KB
+               JMP  VMDEXIT                  ; available on graphics adaphter
+;
+VMD10:         MOV  AL,10H                   ;set for mode 10H
+               JMP  VMD60
+;
+; Check if mode 11H requested
+;
+VMD20:         TEST COM_STATE,COM_M11H       ;check if graphics mode 11H
+               JE   VMD40                    ; requested (VGA/MCGA)
+;
+               TEST GV_STAT1,GV_EGAA         ;check if VGA/EGA hardware avail
+               JNE  VMD30
+;
+               CMP  GE_MODEL,MODEL_30        ;check for MCGA support
+               JNE  VMD30
+;
+               OR   IN_OPT,IN_MCGA           ;MCGA active
+               MOV  [DI]+G_INITVFLAG,G_INITNOVGA
+                                             ;no VGA hardware available
+;
+VMD30:         MOV  AL,11H                   ;set for mode 11H
+               JMP  VMD60
+;
+; check if mode 12H requested
+;
+VMD40:         TEST COM_STATE,COM_M12H       ;check if graphics mode 12H
+               JE   VMD70
+;
+               TEST GV_STAT1,GV_256K         ;256K memory on EGA card
+               JNE  VMD50
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_256K       ;set error for less than 256KB
+               JMP  VMDEXIT                  ; available on graphics adaphter
+;
+VMD50:         MOV  AL,12H                   ;set for mode 12H
+;
+; set graphics video mode
+;
+VMD60:         CMP  AL,12H                   ;check for mode 12H
+               JE   VMD62
+;
+               CMP  AL,11H                   ;check for mode 11H
+               JE   VMD62
+;
+               JMP  VMD65                    ;must be mode 10H
+;
+VMD62:         CMP  GE_MODEL,MODEL_30        ;check if model 30
+               JE   VMD65
+;
+               CMP  GE_MODEL,MODEL_25        ;check if model 25
+               JE   VMD65
+;
+               PUSH AX
+               MOV  AX, 1A00H                ;BIOS check display
+               INT  10H
+               CMP  AL, 1AH                  ;VGA supported?
+               POP  AX
+               JE   VMD65                    ;yes, continue
+;
+               MOV  AL,0                     ;set error in video mode
+               JMP  VMD80                    ;exit
+;
+VMD65:         MOV  [DI]+G_INITVMODE,AL      ;set desired graphics video mode
+               MOV  [DI]+G_FUNC,G_INIT       ;initialize graphics support
+               MOV  BX,DATA                  ;point to general PCGRAPH
+               MOV  ES,BX                    ; initialize parameter block
+               PUSH AX
+               CALL PCGRAPH_CALL             ;initialize graphics
+               POP  AX
+               JMP  VMD80
+;
+; set text video mode
+;
+VMD70:         MOV  AL,7                     ;initialize
+               CMP  AL,COM_DVIDMODE          ;if monochrome text mode is active
+               JE   VMD80                    ; no need to set mode
+;
+               MOV  AL,3
+               CMP  AL,COM_DVIDMODE          ;if color text mode is active no
+               JE   VMD80                    ; need to set mode
+;
+               XOR  AH,AH                    ;set to color text mode
+               PUSH AX                       ;save
+               INT  10H
+               POP  AX                       ;restore
+;
+; read all video information and check if mode set successful
+;
+VMD80:         CALL PCGVIDO_CALL             ;get new video information and
+               CMP  AL,GV_VIDMODE            ; check if mode set successful
+               JE   VMD100                   ;yes
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_MODE       ;requested video mode failed
+               JMP  VMDEXIT
+;
+VMD100:        MOV  COM_SVIDMODE,AL          ;save current shell video mode
+               cmp  al, 7                    ;monochrome text mode active?
+               jne  vmd101                   ;no, continue
+               and  COM_STATE,not COM_FLCS   ;inactivate color change
+vmd101:
+               CALL FAR PTR CURSOROFF        ;deactive cursor
+;
+VMDEXIT:                                     ;exit
+;
+               RET
+SET_SHLVMDOS   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 SET_DOSVMSHL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Set original DOS video mode from current shell mode   :
+;                       and disable mouse support                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCGVIDO      = Parmeter block initialized.            :
+;                       COM_DVIDMODE = Original DOS video mode.               :
+;                       COM_SVIDMODE = Current Shell video mode.              :
+;                       COM_STATE    = Invocation options.                    :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCGVIDO      = Parmeter block initialized.            :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          SET_DOSVMSHL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  PCGVIDO_CALL                                          :
+;                       PCTRACK_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+SET_DOSVMSHL   PROC NEAR
+;
+; Disable mouse support
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR MOUSE_DIS        ;disable mouse support
+;
+; Check if shell is in text mode
+;
+VMS10:         CMP  COM_STATE,COM_TEXT
+               JNE  VMS20
+;
+; Terminate shell graphics mode and restore original DOS video mode
+;
+               LEA  DI,GEN_DATA              ;load offset of PCGRAPH PB
+               MOV  [DI]+G_FUNC,G_TERM       ;terminate graphics support
+               MOV  BX,DATA                  ;point to general PCGRAPH
+               MOV  ES,BX                    ;initialize parameter block
+               CALL PCGRAPH_CALL             ;initialize graphics
+               JMP  VMSEXIT
+;
+; Shell is in text video mode, restore original DOS video mode
+;
+VMS20:         MOV  AL,COM_DVIDMODE          ;if shell mode and DOS mode are
+               XOR  AH,AH                    ;shell and DOS modes are different
+               INT  10H                      ; reset original DOS mode
+;
+; Exit
+;
+VMSEXIT:       MOV  AL,0                     ;clear screen
+               MOV  CH,0
+               MOV  CL,0
+               MOV  DX,GV_NUMLINES           ;set DH to bottom row
+               MOV  DL,80                    ;set DL to screen width in chars
+               MOV  BH,07H                   ;set white on black color
+               MOV  AH,6
+               INT  10H
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR CURSORON
+               CALL PCGVIDO_CALL
+;
+               RET
+SET_DOSVMSHL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 SET_CMDVMSHL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Set shell command line video mode from current shell  :
+;                       mode.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCGVIDO      = Parmeter block initialized.            :
+;                       COM_DVIDMODE = Original DOS video mode.               :
+;                       COM_STATE    = Invocation options.                    :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 COM_CVIDMODE = Shell command line video mode.         :
+;                       PCGVIDO      = Parmeter block initialized.            :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          SET_CMDVMSHL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  PCGVIDO_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+SET_CMDVMSHL   PROC FAR
+;
+; Check if shell text mode is active
+;
+               CMP  COM_STATE,COM_TEXT
+               JE   CMDEXIT
+;
+; Terminate shell graphics mode and restore original DOS video mode
+;
+               LEA  DI,GEN_DATA              ;load offset of PCGRAPH PB
+               MOV  [DI]+G_FUNC,G_TERM       ;terminate graphics support
+               MOV  BX,DATA                  ;point to general PCGRAPH
+               MOV  ES,BX                    ;initialize parameter block
+               CALL PCGRAPH_CALL             ;initialize graphics
+;
+; Set shell command line to text video mode
+;
+               MOV  AL,7                     ;initialize to monochrome mode
+               CMP  COM_DVIDMODE,AL          ;check if DOS video mode was
+               JE   CMD10                    ; monochrome
+;
+               MOV  AL,3                     ;set color text mode
+;
+CMD10:         XOR  AH,AH                    ;set command line video mode
+               INT  10H
+;
+; Exit
+;
+CMDEXIT:       CALL PCGVIDO_CALL
+;
+               RET
+SET_CMDVMSHL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 SET_SHLVMCMD                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Set shell video mode from shell command line video    :
+;                       mode.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                COM_STATE    = Option word indicating invocation      :
+;                                      parameters passed through PSP.         :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCGVIDO      = Parmeter block initialized.            :
+;                       COM_DVIDMODE = Original DOS video mode.               :
+;                       COM_SVIDMODE = Current Shell video mode.              :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          SET_SHLVMCMD                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  PCGVIDO_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+SET_SHLVMCMD   PROC FAR
+;
+; Check if shell graphics modes 10H, 11H, and 12H were active
+;
+               LEA  DI,GEN_DATA              ;load offset of PCGRAPH PB
+               MOV  [DI]+G_INITVFLAG,0
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_M11H       ;check if graphics mode 11H
+               JE   SMC20                    ; requested (VGA/MCGA)
+;
+               TEST GV_STAT1,GV_EGAA         ;check if VGA/EGA hardware avail
+               JNE  SMC10
+;
+               CMP  GE_MODEL,MODEL_30        ;check for MCGA support
+               JNE  SMC10
+;
+               OR   IN_OPT,IN_MCGA           ;MCGA active
+               MOV  [DI]+G_INITVFLAG,G_INITNOVGA
+                                             ;no VGA hardware available
+;
+SMC10:         MOV  AL,11H                   ;set for mode 11H
+               JMP  SMC50
+;
+SMC20:         CMP  COM_SVIDMODE,10H         ;check if mode 10 active
+               JE   SMC50
+;
+               CMP  COM_SVIDMODE,12H         ;check if mode 12 active
+               JE   SMC50
+;
+               MOV  AH,0FH                   ;get current video mode
+               INT  10H
+;
+               CMP  AL,COM_SVIDMODE          ;check if command line video mode
+               JNE  SMC30                    ; changed and reset if yes
+;
+               JMP  SMCEXIT
+;
+; Switch to monochrome monitor
+;
+SMC30:         CMP  COM_SVIDMODE,3H          ;check if color mode should be set
+               JE   SMC40
+;
+               PUSH DS
+;
+               XOR  AX,AX                    ;clear to zero
+               MOV  ES,AX                    ;point to BIOS data area and
+               MOV  DL,ES:[410H]             ; get mode byte
+               OR   DL,00110000B
+               MOV  ES:[410H],DL
+               XOR  AH,AH                    ;set color monochrome mode
+               MOV  AL,7H
+               INT  10H
+;
+               POP  DS
+;
+               JMP  SMCEXIT
+;
+; Switch to color monitor in text mode 80x25
+;
+SMC40:         PUSH DS
+;
+               XOR  AX,AX                    ;clear to zero
+               MOV  ES,AX                    ;point to BIOS data area and
+               MOV  DL,ES:[410H]             ; get mode byte
+               AND  DL,11001111B
+               OR   DL,00100000B
+               MOV  ES:[410H],DL
+               XOR  AH,AH                    ;set color mode
+               MOV  AL,3H
+               INT  10H
+;
+               POP  DS
+;
+               JMP  SMCEXIT
+;
+; Initialize shell graphics mode from shell command line text mode
+;
+SMC50:         MOV  AH,0FH                   ;get current video mode
+               INT  10H
+;
+               CMP  AL,7H                    ;check if command line mode set
+               JNE  SMC60                    ; for monochrome, if yes reset to
+                                             ; graphics monitor
+;
+               PUSH DS
+;
+               XOR  AX,AX                    ;clear to zero
+               MOV  ES,AX                    ;point to BIOS data area and
+               MOV  DL,ES:[410H]             ; get mode byte
+               AND  DL,11001111B
+               OR   DL,00100000B
+               MOV  ES:[410H],DL
+               XOR  AH,AH                    ;set color 80x25 mode before
+               MOV  AL,3H                    ; setting graphics mode
+               INT  10H
+;
+               POP  DS
+;
+SMC60:         LEA  DI,GEN_DATA              ;load offset of PCGRAPH PB
+               MOV  AL,COM_SVIDMODE          ;set the shell graphics video mode
+               MOV  [DI]+G_INITVMODE,AL
+               MOV  [DI]+G_FUNC,G_INIT       ;initialize graphics support
+               MOV  BX,DATA                  ;point to general PCGRAPH
+               MOV  ES,BX                    ;initialize parameter block
+               CALL PCGRAPH_CALL             ;initialize graphics
+;
+; Exit
+;
+SMCEXIT:       CALL PCGVIDO_CALL
+;
+               RET
+SET_SHLVMCMD   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 CURSOROFF                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Deactivates hardware cursor from display.             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                None                                                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          CURSOROFF                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+CURSOROFF      PROC FAR
+;
+               PUSH AX                       ;save registers
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH CX
+;
+               MOV  AH,3                     ;function to get cursor info
+               MOV  BH,0                     ;page zero
+               INT  10H
+               OR   CH,20H                   ;set bit 6
+               MOV  AH,1                     ;function to set cursor
+               INT  10H
+;
+               POP  CX                       ;restore registers
+               POP  BX
+               POP  AX
+;
+               RET
+CURSOROFF      ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 CURSORON                                              :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Displays the hardare cursor.                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          CURSORON                                              :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+CURSORON       PROC FAR
+;
+               PUSH AX                       ;save registers
+               PUSH BX
+               PUSH CX
+               PUSH DX                       ;>>SN
+;
+               MOV  AH,3                     ;function to get cursor info
+               MOV  BH,0                     ;page zero
+               INT  10H
+               AND  CH,NOT 20H               ;clear bit 6
+               MOV  AH,1                     ;function to set cursor
+               INT  10H
+;
+               POP  DX                       ;>>SN
+               POP  CX                       ;restore registers
+               POP  BX
+               POP  AX
+;
+               RET
+CURSORON       ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCINPUT_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to PCINPUT.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCINPUT parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCINPUT parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCINPUT_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCINPUT_CALL   PROC FAR
+;
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE2,COM_DBCS      ;check if DBCS option active
+               JE   INPT10
+;
+               OR  IN_OPT,IN_DDBCS+IN_ADBCS  ;activate DBCS
+;
+INPT10:        LEA  DI,IN_OPT                ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,IN_RN                 ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL INPUT
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+               RET
+PCINPUT_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCINCHA_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to PCINCHA.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCINCHA parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCINCHA parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCINCHA_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCINCHA_CALL   PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE2,COM_DBCS      ;check if DBCS option active
+               JE   INCH10
+;
+               OR  INC_OPT,INC_DDBCS         ;activate DBCS
+;
+INCH10:        LEA  DI,INC_OPT               ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,INC_RN                ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL INCHA
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+               RET
+PCINCHA_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCDISPQ_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to PCDISPQ.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCDISPQ parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCDISPQ parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCDISPQ_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCDISPQ_CALL   PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+;
+               LEA  DI,QM_OPT1               ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,QM_RN                 ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL DISPQ
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+               RET
+PCDISPQ_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCPANEL_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Initialize for call to PCPANEL including refresh of   :
+;                       input and scroll fields in the logical video buffer   :
+;                       before display.                                       :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCPANEL parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       AX  0= Logical video buffer mode write                :
+;                           1= Direct video mode write                        :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCPANEL parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCPANEL_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCPANEL_CALL   PROC NEAR
+;
+; initialize PCDISPQ info for PCPANEL call
+;
+               CMP  AX,1                     ;check if direct video buffer
+               JE   PP10                     ; write option active
+;
+               MOV  BX,QM_PANQUENUM
+               MOV  PM_PANQUENUM,BX          ;number of panels in parent queue
+;
+               MOV  BX,QM_CHDQUENUM
+               MOV  PM_CHDQUENUM,BX          ;number panels in child queue
+;
+               MOV  BX,QM_ACTIVEPAN
+               MOV  PM_ACTIVEPAN,BX          ;active parent panel number
+;
+               MOV  PM_OPT1,PM_DOA+PM_DOV+PM_DOQ+PM_CL
+               MOV  PM_PANPDQNUM,1           ;beg/ending parent PDQ number
+               MOV  PM_PANBRKOFF,0           ;panel off in lvb of break panel
+;
+; actual PCPANEL call
+;
+PP10:          PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+;
+               LEA  DI,PM_OPT1               ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,PM_RN                 ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL PANEL
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+; Exit
+;
+PPEXIT:                                      ;exit
+;
+               RET
+PCPANEL_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCMBEEP_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to PCMBEEP.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCMBEEP parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCMBEEP parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCMBEEP_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCMBEEP_CALL   PROC FAR
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE2,COM_SOUD      ;check if sound is off
+               JE   BEXIT
+;
+               PUSH CX                       ;save registers
+               PUSH DX
+;
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+;
+               LEA  DI,MB_FREQUENCY          ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,MB_RN                 ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL MBEEP
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+               POP  DX                       ;restore registers
+               POP  CX
+;
+BEXIT:
+;
+               RET
+PCMBEEP_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCSLCTP_CALL                                          :
+
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to PCSLCTP.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                ES:DI = beginning address of PCSLCTP parameter block. :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCSLCTP parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCSLCTP_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCSLCTP_CALL   PROC NEAR
+;
+; Initialize color index vector
+;
+               MOV  AX,PM_CCBVECNUM          ;set color index number
+               MOV  ES:[DI]+SCB_CCBVECNUM,AX
+;
+               MOV  AX,CRD_CCBVECOFF         ;set color index offset
+               MOV  ES:[DI]+SCB_CCBVECOFF,AX
+;
+               MOV  AX,CRD_CCBVECSEG         ;set color index segment
+               MOV  ES:[DI]+SCB_CCBVECSEG,AX
+;
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,SCB_RN                ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call slctopt
+ELSE
+               CALL SLCTP
+ENDIF
+;
+               RET
+PCSLCTP_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCHLPRD_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to PCHLPRD.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCHLPRD parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCHLPRD parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCHLPRD_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCHLPRD_CALL   PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+;
+               LEA  DI,HRD_OPT1               ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,HRD_RN                ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL HLPRD
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+               RET
+PCHLPRD_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCINSTR_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to PCINSTR.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCINSTR parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCINSTR parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCINSTR_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCINSTR_CALL   PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+;
+               LEA  DI,INS_OPT                ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,INS_RN                ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL INSTRN
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+               RET
+PCINSTR_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCGVIDO_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to PCGVIDO.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCGVIDO parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCGVIDO parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCGVIDO_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCGVIDO_CALL   PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH ES
+;
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+;
+               LEA  DI,GV_STAT1              ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+;
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,GV_RN                 ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL GVIDO
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+               POP  ES
+;
+               RET
+PCGVIDO_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCCLRWR_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to PCCLRWR.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCCLRWR parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCCLRWR parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCCLRWR_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCCLRWR_CALL   PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+;
+               LEA  DI,CWR_OPT               ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,CWR_RN                ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL CLRWR
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+               RET
+PCCLRWR_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCCRITE_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to PCCRITE.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCCRITE parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCCRITE parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCCRITE_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCCRITE_CALL   PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+;
+               LEA  DI,CE_OPT                ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+;
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,CE_RN                 ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL CRITE
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+               RET
+PCCRITE_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCWWRAP_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to PCWWRAP.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCWWRAP parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCWWRAP parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCWWRAP_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCWWRAP_CALL   PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+;
+               LEA  DI,WWP_OPT1              ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+;
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,WWP_RN                ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL WWRAP
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+               RET
+PCWWRAP_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCTRACK_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to PCTRACK.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCTRACK parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCTRACK parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCTRACK_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCTRACK_CALL   PROC FAR
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+;
+               PUSH DS                       ;point to PCTRACK parameter block
+               POP  ES
+;
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,MS_RN                 ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL TRACK
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+               RET
+PCTRACK_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCGRAPH_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to PCGRAPH.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCGRAPH parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCGRAPH parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCGRAPH_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCGRAPH_CALL   PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+;
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,MS_RN                 ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL GRAPH
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+               RET
+PCGRAPH_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCST2IN_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to PCST2IN.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCST2IN parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCST2IN parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCST2IN_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCST2IN_CALL   PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+;
+               LEA  DI,ST2_OPT1              ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+;
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,S2I_RN                ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL ST2IN
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+               RET
+PCST2IN_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 PCMOVEC_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to PCMOVEC.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PCMOVEC parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 PCMOVEC parameter block initialized.                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          PCMOVEC_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCMOVEC_CALL   PROC NEAR
+;
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+;
+               LEA  DI,MO_OPT                ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+;
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,MO_RN                 ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL MOVEC
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+;
+               RET
+PCMOVEC_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 SHELLDA_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Call to SHELLDA.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                None                                                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 None                                                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          SHELLDA_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+SHELLDA_CALL   PROC NEAR
+;
+               CALL SHELLDA
+;
+               RET
+SHELLDA_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; PCROWCL_CALL                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Call to PCROWCL.                                                    :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:  PB initialized.                                                     :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:   None                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:  None                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCROWCL_CALL   PROC NEAR
+
+               PUSH ES
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+
+               LEA  DI,CR_SCRWIDTH           ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,CR_RN                 ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL ROWCL
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+               POP  ES
+;
+               RET
+PCROWCL_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; PCMOVEG_CALL                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Call to PCMOVEG.                                                    :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:  PB initialized.                                                     :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:   None                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:  None                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCMOVEG_CALL   PROC NEAR
+
+               PUSH ES
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+
+               LEA  DI,MG_OPT                ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,MG_RN                 ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL MOVEG
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+               POP  ES
+;
+               RET
+PCMOVEG_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; PCGEQUP_CALL                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Call to PCGEQUP.                                                    :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:  PB initialized.                                                     :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:   None                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:  None                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCGEQUP_CALL   PROC NEAR
+
+               PUSH ES
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+
+               LEA  DI,GE_OPT                ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,MG_RN                 ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL GEQUP
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+               POP  ES
+;
+               RET
+PCGEQUP_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; PCDATES_CALL                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Call to PCDATES.                                                    :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:  PB initialized.                                                     :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:   None                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:  None                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCDATES_CALL   PROC NEAR
+
+               PUSH ES
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+
+               LEA  DI,DTS_OPT               ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,DTS_RN                ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL DATES
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+               POP  ES
+;
+               RET
+PCDATES_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; PCTIMES_CALL                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+;         Call to PCTIMES.                                                    :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:  PB initialized.                                                     :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:   None                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:  None                                                                :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+PCTIMES_CALL   PROC NEAR
+
+               PUSH ES
+               PUSH DS                       ;set segment
+               POP  ES
+
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH DI                       ;save registers
+
+               LEA  DI,TMS_OPT               ;set DI to proper parameter block
+                                             ; for call
+IF CASRM
+               MOV  AH,00H                   ;make call to CAS-RM
+               MOV  BX,TMS_RN                ;set CAS routine number
+               INT  CASINT                   ;call routine
+ELSE
+               CALL TIMES
+ENDIF
+               POP  DI                       ;restore registers
+               POP  DS
+               POP  ES
+;
+               RET
+PCTIMES_CALL   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 CHANGE_APPM                                           :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Display Application menu screen.                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 COM_CDIALOG                                           :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          CHANGE_APPM                                           :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+CHANGE_APPM    PROC FAR
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_APPM       ;check if app menu active
+               JNE  CAM10
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR OPT_INACTIVE     ;display error panel for inactive *PCR
+               JMP  CAMEXIT
+;
+CAM10:         MOV  COM_HLPOPT2,0            ;set for normal shell help
+               MOV  COM_HCBIDAAB,HLP_AABPROGRAM
+               MOV  COM_HCBID,HLP_AABPROGRAM
+;
+               MOV  AX,MFF_AABAOPT           ;default to program menu AAB field
+               CALL FAR PTR LOC_MOUSEF
+               MOV  COM_CURAABF,AX
+;
+               MOV  APP_SKIN,0               ;set to reinitialize app menu fld
+               MOV  COM_CDIALOG,COM_PAAB     ;set for menu action bar dialog
+               MOV  COM_BASESCR,COM_APPSCR   ;initialize for display of DOS scr
+;
+CAMEXIT:
+;
+               RET
+CHANGE_APPM    ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 ALLOCATE_BUFB                                         :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Allocate memory for directory and file buffers.       :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                COM_STATE2  = Invocation parameters.                  :
+;                       COM_DFSIZE  = Optional buffer override size in parags.:
+;                                                                             :
+;                       MAX_DIR1BUF = Size of directory buffer 1 in paragraph :
+;                       MAX_DIR2BUF = Size of directory buffer 2 in paragraph :
+;                       MAX_DOSWBUF = Size of view, copy, move working buffer :
+;                       MAX_EXECBUF = Size of app menu and/or command prompt  :
+;                                     free space to be made avail to dos in   :
+;                                     resident mode only.                     :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       Allocated by one DOS call with COM_DATA4SEG as        :
+;                       starting segment.                                     :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_DATA4LEN  Optional DOS Services directory         :
+;                       COM_DATA4OFF  list 1 buffer.                          :
+;                       COM_DATA4SEG                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_DATA5LEN  Optional DOS Services directory         :
+;                       COM_DATA5OFF  list 2 buffer.                          :
+;                       COM_DATA5SEG                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_DATA6LEN  Optional DOS Services file list 1       :
+;                       COM_DATA6OFF  buffer                                  :
+;                       COM_DATA6SEG                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_DATA7LEN  Optional DOS Services file list 2       :
+;                       COM_DATA7OFF  buffer                                  :
+;                       COM_DATA7SEG                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_DATA8LEN  Optional DOS Services                   :
+;                       COM_DATA8OFF  buffer                                  :
+;                       COM_DATA8SEG                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          ALLOCATE_BUFB                                         :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  INT 21H  48H Allocate memory                          :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+ALLOCATE_BUFB  PROC FAR
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_DOSS       ;check if DOS Services configured
+               JNE  AMB05                    ;exit
+;
+               JMP  AMBEXIT
+;
+; Determine avail memory, calc memory to allocate for shell functions
+;
+AMB05:         MOV  AH,48H                   ;find out how many parags are aval
+               MOV  BX,0FFFFH                ; in BX on return
+               INT  21H
+;
+; adjust for resident mode operation
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_RESS       ;check if resident mode is active
+               JE   AMB11                    ; if yes, check if prompt or menu
+                                             ; options are active, if yes,
+                                             ; reduce avail size by 64KB to
+                                             ; allow room for command line
+                                             ; or prog menu operation
+;
+AMB08:         CMP  BX,MAX_EXECBUF           ;64K remaining?
+               JB   AMB_ERR                  ;no, error
+;
+               SUB  BX,MAX_EXECBUF           ;save 64KB for execution of
+                                             ; command prompt or program menu
+                                             ; only if in resident mode
+;
+AMB11:         MOV  CX,BX                    ;save avail paraghs for compare
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_RESS       ;check if resident mode is active
+               JNE  AMB12                    ; if yes, reserve room required
+                                             ; memory for view, copy,,,
+                                             ; if not, DOS funcs in shell will
+                                             ; automatically allocate memory
+                                             ; as needed
+;
+               CMP  BX,MAX_DOSWBUF           ;10K remaining?
+               JB   AMB_ERR                  ;no, error
+;
+               SUB  BX,MAX_DOSWBUF           ;reserve working memory for copy
+                                             ; and view functions (10KB)
+;
+; Check for minimum storage to run DOS Services
+;
+AMB12:         MOV  TMP_DOSWBUF,MAX_DOSWBUF  ;max work buffer
+               MOV  TMP_DIRBUF,MAX_DIR1BUF   ;max directory buffer
+;
+               CALL CHK_MINDOS               ;check for minimum DOS
+               JNC  AMB30                    ;OK to allocate
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE2,COM_BUFO      ;/B specified?
+               JZ   AMB14                    ;no, try for minimum system
+;
+               CMP  COM_DFSIZE,SM_FILEBUF    ;User specified a small file buf?
+               JA   AMB_ERR                  ;no, /B just too large
+;
+AMB14:         MOV  TMP_DOSWBUF,MIN_DOSWBUF  ;min work buffer
+               MOV  TMP_DIRBUF,MIN_DIR1BUF   ;min directory buffer
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_RESS       ;resident mode?
+               JNZ  AMB16                    ;yes, no need to adjust avail stg
+;
+               ADD  BX,MAX_DOSWBUF           ;change from 16K
+               SUB  BX,MIN_DOSWBUF           ;  to 8K for View/Copy buffer
+;
+AMB16:         CALL CHK_MINDOS               ;check for absolutely minimum DOS
+               JNC  AMB30                    ;OK to allocate
+;
+AMB_ERR:       MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_INSM       ;insufficent memory available
+               JMP  AMBEXIT
+;
+; Allocate required shell memory
+;
+AMB30:         XOR  AX,AX
+               MOV  AH,48H                   ;set allocate function number
+               INT  21H                      ;allocate memory
+               JNC  AMB40                    ;check for error
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_INSM       ;insufficent memory available
+               JMP  AMBEXIT
+;
+; Check if resident mode active and preallocate working DOS buffers
+;
+AMB40:         MOV  CX,AX                    ;save beginning segment
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_RESS       ;check if resident mode is active
+               JE   AMB70                    ; if yes, pre-allocate required
+                                             ; memory for view, copy,,,
+                                             ; if not, DOS funcs in shell will
+                                             ; automatically allocate memory
+                                             ; as needed
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_APPM       ;check if app menu active
+               JNE  AMB60
+;
+               MOV  COM_DATA8SEG,CX          ;set segment of DOS work buffer
+               MOV  COM_DATA8OFF,0           ;offset starts at zero
+               MOV  AX,TMP_DOSWBUF           ;calculate length of buffer
+               MOV  BX,16                    ; in bytes
+               SUB  COM_DFSIZE,AX            ;adjust remaining paragraphs
+               MUL  BX
+               MOV  COM_DATA8LEN,AX
+               ADD  CX,MAX_DOSWBUF           ;adjust segment
+               JMP  AMB70
+;
+AMB60:         MOV  AX,COM_DATA3SEG          ;reuse app menu buffer
+               MOV  COM_DATA8SEG,AX          ;set segment
+               MOV  AX,COM_DATA3OFF
+               MOV  COM_DATA8OFF,AX          ;set offset
+               MOV  AX,COM_DATA3LEN          ;set DOS working buffer size in
+               MOV  COM_DATA8LEN,AX          ; bytes
+;
+; Use next available memory for dir buffer 1 and 2
+;
+AMB70:         MOV  COM_DATA4SEG,CX          ;set segment of directory list 1
+               MOV  COM_DATA4OFF,0           ;offset starts at zero
+               MOV  AX,TMP_DIRBUF            ;calculate length of buffer
+               ADD  CX,AX                    ;adjust new segment
+               SUB  COM_DFSIZE,AX            ;adjust remaining paragraphs
+               MOV  BX,16
+               MUL  BX
+               MOV  COM_DATA4LEN,AX          ;set length in paragraphs
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_DRV2       ;check if multiple drive display
+               JE   AMB80                    ; active
+;
+               MOV  COM_DATA5SEG,CX          ;set segment of directory list 2
+               MOV  COM_DATA5OFF,0           ;offset starts at zero
+               MOV  AX,TMP_DIRBUF            ;calculate length of buffer
+               ADD  CX,AX                    ;adjust new segment
+               SUB  COM_DFSIZE,AX            ;adjust remaining paragraphs
+               MOV  BX,16
+               MUL  BX
+               MOV  COM_DATA5LEN,AX          ;set length in paragraphs
+;
+; Use remaining memory for file buffers 1 and 2
+;
+AMB80:         MOV  COM_DATA6SEG,CX          ;set segment of file buf 1
+               MOV  COM_DATA6OFF,0           ;offset starts at zero
+;
+               MOV  AX,COM_DFSIZE            ;get remaining buffer
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_DRV2       ;check if multiple drive display
+               JE   AMB90                    ; active
+;
+               SHR  AX,1                     ;divide remaining buffer by 2
+;
+AMB90:         MOV  COM_DATA6LEN,AX          ;set file buffer 1 len in paraghs
+               ADD  CX,AX                    ;adjust new segment
+               SUB  COM_DFSIZE,AX            ;adjust remaining buffer paraghs
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_DRV2       ;check if multiple drive display
+               JE   AMBEXIT                  ; active
+;
+               MOV  COM_DATA7SEG,CX          ;set segment of file buf 2
+               MOV  COM_DATA7OFF,0           ;offset starts at zero
+               MOV  AX,COM_DFSIZE            ;set # parags in file buf 2
+               MOV  COM_DATA7LEN,AX
+;
+AMBEXIT:                                     ;exit
+;
+               RET
+ALLOCATE_BUFB  ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 CHK_MINDOS                                            :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Check for enough storage to run minimum DOS Services. :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                TMP_DOSWBUF - Size of DOS work buffer                 :
+;                       TMP_DIRBUF  - Size of DOS directory buffer            :
+;                       COM_DFSIZE  - User specified file buffer size         :
+;                       BX          - Maximum memory available                :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 Carry flag set                                        :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          CHK_MINDOS                                            :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None                                                  :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None                                                  :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+CHK_MINDOS     PROC NEAR
+;
+               XOR  AX,AX                    ;clear out
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_RESS       ;resident mode?
+               JZ   CHS14                    ;no, storage already adjusted
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_APPM       ;appl configured?
+               JNZ  CHS14                    ;yes, reuse appl workarea
+;
+               ADD  AX,TMP_DOSWBUF           ;10K or 8K for View/Copy buffer
+;
+CHS14:         ADD  AX,TMP_DIRBUF            ;8K or 4K for first dir buffer
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_DRV2       ;multiple buffers configured?
+               JZ   CHS16                    ;no, no second buffer needed
+;
+               ADD  AX,TMP_DIRBUF            ;8K or 4K for second dir buffer
+;
+CHS16:         TEST COM_STATE2,COM_BUFO      ;/B specified?
+               JZ   CHS18                    ;no, add in for min file buffer
+;
+               ADD  AX,COM_DFSIZE            ;update total storage needed
+               CMP  BX,AX                    ;is storage available?
+               JA   CHS17                    ;yes
+;
+               SUB  AX,COM_DFSIZE            ;back out and use all of storage
+               JMP  CHS18                    ;continue
+
+;              JB   CHS_ERR                  ;no, display error message
+;
+CHS17:         MOV  BX,AX                    ;set to allocate storage
+               JMP  CHS20
+;
+CHS18:         ADD  AX,MIN_FILEBUF           ;minimun file buffer to alloc
+               CMP  BX,AX                    ;is storage available
+               JB   CHS_ERR                  ;no, display error message
+;
+CHS20:         MOV  COM_DFSIZE,BX            ;set to allocate all avail storage
+               JMP  CHS_OK
+;
+CHS_ERR:       STC                           ;error
+               JMP  CHS_RET
+;
+CHS_OK:        CLC                           ;OK
+
+CHS_RET:                                     ;exit
+;
+               RET
+CHK_MINDOS     ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 MANAGE_ERROR                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Manage error messages.                                :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                COM_ERRID = ID number of error message.               :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          MANAGE_ERROR                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  GET_ERROR                                             :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  INT 21H  AH=09H Print string to standard output.      :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+MANAGE_ERROR   PROC NEAR
+;
+; Process critcal error messages before initialization is complete
+;
+               CALL SET_DOSVMSHL             ;set DOS video mode from shell
+                                             ; video mode
+;
+               MOV  AX,COM_ERRID             ;calculate offset into error
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_ERROR
+;
+               PUSH DS                       ;save data segment address
+;
+               MOV  CX,AX                    ;set message length
+               MOV  DX,DI                    ;set message offset
+               MOV  AX,ES                    ;set message segment
+               MOV  DS,AX
+;
+               XOR  AX,AX                    ;clear to zero
+               MOV  AH,40H                   ;set print string function number
+               MOV  BX,1                     ;standard output
+               INT  21H                      ;print string
+;
+               MOV  AH,06                    ;print <CR> to screen
+               MOV  DL,CR
+               INT  21H
+;
+               MOV  AH,06                    ;print <LF> to screen
+               MOV  DL,LF
+               INT  21H
+;
+               POP  DS                       ;restore data segment address
+;
+               RET
+MANAGE_ERROR   ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 EXAMINE_PSP                                           :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Examine Program Segment Prefix string for current     :
+;                       SHELLRD.EXE invocation parameters.                    :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                PSP initialized.                                      :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 COM_STATE   = Option word indicating invocation       :
+;                                     parameters passed through PSP.          :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       Label     Bit  Description                            :
+;                       --------  ---  -----------------------------------    :
+;                       COM_APPM   0   0= Application menu not configured.    :
+;                                      1= Application menu configured.        :
+;                       COM_DOSS   1   0= DOS Services not configured.        :
+;                                      1= DOS Services configured.            :
+;                       COM_REFD   2   0= Do not refresh directory buffer     :
+;                                         during command line or PEC execution:
+;                                      1= Refresh directory buffer during     :
+;                                         command line or PEC execution.      :
+;                       COM_RESS   3   0= Transient shell.                    :
+;                                      1= Resident shell.                     :
+;                       COM_AUTI   4   0= Automatic predefined menu           :
+;                                         installation is not active.         :
+;                                      1= Automatic predefined menu           :
+;                                         installation is active.             :
+;                       COM_DRV2   5   0= Multiple drive buffer not active.   :
+;                                      1= Multiple drive buffer active.       :
+;                       COM_FLCL   6   0= Command line access is not active.  :
+;                                      1= Command line access is active.      :
+;                       COM_FLMI   7   0= Maintain menu item access is not    :
+;                                         active.                             :
+;                                      1= Maintain menu item access is active.:
+;                       COM_FLCS   8   0= Maintain color selections access is :
+;                                         not active.                         :
+;                                      1= Maintain color selections access is :
+;                                         active.                             :
+;                       COM_FLED   9   0= Exit to DOS is not active.          :
+;                                      1= Exit to DOS is active.              :
+;                       COM_MOUS  10   0= Mouse is not active.                :
+;                                      1= Mouse is active.                    :
+;                       COM_LFMS  11   0= Right hand mouse.                   :
+;                                      1= Left hand mouse.                    :
+;                       COM_M10H  12   0= No function assigned.               :
+;                                      1= Graphics EGA mode 10H requested     :
+;                       COM_M11H  13   0= No function assigned.               :
+;                                      1= Graphics VGA/MCGA mode 11H requested:
+;                       COM_M12H  14   0= No function assigned.               :
+;                                      1= Graphics VGA mode 12H requested     :
+;                       COM_TEXT  15   0= No function assigned.               :
+;                                      1= Text mode is requested.             :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_STATE2  = Option word indicating invocation       :
+;                                     parameters passed through PSP.          :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       Label     Bit  Description                            :
+;                       --------  ---  -----------------------------------    :
+;                       COM_SOUD   0   0= Sound not active.                   :
+;                                      1= Sound active.                       :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_NLS    1   0= Not active.                         :
+;                                      1= NLS help index display option active:
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_DFSAV  2   0= Not active.                         :
+;                                      1= Directory and file save active.     :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_BUFO   3   0= Not active.                         :
+;                                      1= Dir/file buffer size override on.   :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_DBCS   4   0= Not active.                         :
+;                                      1= DBCS active.                        :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_DATE   5   0= Not active.                         :
+;                                      1= Date/time active.                   :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_COM2   5   0= Not active.                     D491:
+;                                      1= COM2 active.                    D491:
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_DFSIZE  = Size of DOS directory and file buffer   :
+;                                     to allocate in paragraphs.  Used only   :
+;                                     if buffer override option is active     :
+;                                     in COM_STATE2.                          :
+;                                                                             :
+;                       COM_PSPOFF  = Offset of SHELL.EXE PSP                 :
+;                       COM_PSPSEG  = Segment of SHELL.EXE PSP                :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry point:          EXAMINE_PSP                                           :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                EXAMINE_PSP is beginning overlay point for mouse      :
+;                       driver.                                               :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  MANAGE_ERROR                                          :
+;                       PCINSTR_CALL                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  INT 21H  19H Return current drive                     :
+;                       INT 21H  47H Return current path                      :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+EXAMINE_PSP    PROC NEAR
+;
+; Intialize to search PSP for invocation options
+;
+               MOV  INS_OPT,0                ;set to find string
+               MOV  ES, COM_PSPSEG           ;get PSP segment
+               MOV  DI, 80H                  ;get offset of PSP length byte
+               MOV  CL, ES:[DI]              ;get PSP length byte
+               CMP  CL, 0                    ;any command line options?
+               JA   EP03                     ;yes, continue
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_PSP        ;invalid psp command line
+               JMP  EPEXIT                   ;exit
+EP03:          XOR  CH, CH                   ;clear high byte
+               MOV  SI, COM_PSPOFF           ;set offset of PSP
+               ADD  SI, 81H                  ;get command line buffer
+               LEA  DI, EP_CMDLIN            ;set offset of command line buffer
+               MOV  INS_SOFF, DI             ;save offset of command buffer
+               MOV  INS_SSEG, DATA           ;save segment of command buffer
+               MOV  ES, INS_SSEG             ;set segment of command buffer
+               mov  dl, 0                    ;init comment flag
+               mov  ins_slen, 0              ;init length of command search str
+               mov  com_cmdact, 0            ;init actual length of commands
+               mov  com_cmdnum, 0            ;init length of commands found
+;
+EP034:         PUSH DS                       ;save data seg
+               MOV  DS, COM_PSPSEG           ;PSP segment is source seg
+               mov  al, ds:[si]              ;
+               POP  DS                       ;
+;
+               cmp  al, ' '                  ;
+               jbe  ep039                    ;
+;
+               cmp  al, '{'                  ;
+               jne  ep037                    ;
+               mov  dl, 1                    ;
+               jmp  ep039                    ;
+;
+EP037:         cmp  al, '}'                  ;
+               jne  ep038                    ;
+               mov  dl, 0                    ;
+               jmp  ep039                    ;
+;
+EP038:         cmp  dl, 1                    ;
+               je   ep039                    ;
+;
+               cmp  al, 'a'                  ;
+               jb   ep0385                   ;
+               cmp  al, 'z'                  ;
+               ja   ep0385                   ;
+               sub  al, 32                   ;
+;
+ep0385:        mov  es:[di], al              ;
+               inc  ins_slen                 ;
+               inc  com_cmdact               ;
+               inc  di                       ;
+;
+ep039:         inc  si                       ;
+               loop ep034                    ;
+;
+               MOV  EP_ENDOFF, DI            ;set offset of last byte in buffer
+;
+; Check for profile filename /PRO:filename.PRO
+;
+EP1900:        XOR  AX,AX                    ;get current drive
+               MOV  AH,19H
+               INT  21H
+               ADD  AL,65                    ;convert from # to alpha char
+               MOV  COM_RFILSPEC,AL          ;complete current drive and path
+;
+               MOV  AH,47H                   ;read current path
+               MOV  DL,0
+               LEA  SI,COM_RFILSPEC+3        ;point past C:\
+               INT  21H
+               JNC  EP1910                   ;check for error
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_BADD       ;bad disk or drive door open
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+;
+EP1910:        MOV  AX,STR_PROFACT           ;profile active
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;check if not found, error
+               JG   EP1920
+;
+               JMP  EP05                     ;profile not active get next var
+;
+EP1920:        ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+;
+               PUSH INS_FOFF                 ;save invocation parameter offset
+;
+               MOV  CX,INS_RSLT              ;save starting search point
+               ADD  CX,INS_FLEN              ;point past /PRO: to beginning of
+                                             ; profile file name
+;
+               MOV  AX,STR_PROEXT            ;profile extension
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_STRING
+;
+               MOV  INS_FLEN,AX              ;length of find string
+               MOV  INS_FOFF,DI              ;offset of find string '.PRO'
+               MOV  INS_FSEG,ES              ;segment of string
+               CALL PCINSTR_CALL             ;search for string
+;
+               POP  INS_FOFF                 ;restore before exit
+;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JG   EP1930
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_MOUS       ;invalid profile file
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+;
+EP1930:        PUSH SI
+               PUSH DS
+;
+               MOV  AX,INS_RSLT
+               SUB  AX,CX                    ;ending offset - starting offset
+               ADD  AX,INS_FLEN              ; + length of extension = # bytes
+                                             ; to move
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX            ;
+               MOV  BX,INS_SOFF              ;calculate offset of source strg
+               ADD  BX,CX                    ; to move
+               DEC  BX
+;
+               PUSH BX                       ;save source offset
+               PUSH INS_SSEG                 ;save source segment
+;
+               MOV  CX,AX                    ; = number of bytes to move
+               LEA  DI,COM_RFILSPEC          ;get dest offset
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH ES
+               POP  DS
+               POP  ES
+;
+EP1940:        MOV  AL,ES:[DI]               ;locate end of drive and path
+               CMP  AL,0                     ; in shell profile name buffer
+               JE   EP1980
+;
+               INC  DI                       ;point to next character
+               JMP  EP1940
+;
+EP1980:        CMP  BYTE PTR ES:[DI-1],'\'   ;check if root and skip add of
+               JE   EP1990                   ; file separator
+;
+               MOV  BYTE PTR ES:[DI],'\'     ;add path and filename separator
+               INC  DI                       ;point to where filename goes
+;
+EP1990:        POP  DS                       ;now move profile filename string
+               POP  SI                       ; to end of profile buffer path
+;
+               REP  MOVSB                    ;copy profile filespec
+;
+               POP  DS
+               POP  SI
+;
+; Open profile file
+;
+               MOV  AH, 3DH                  ;DOS open handle
+               MOV  AL, 010B                 ;open for read/write
+               LEA  DX, COM_RFILSPEC         ;set offset of profile filename
+               INT  21H                      ;open profile file
+               JNC  EP_1992                  ;continue if no error
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_MOUS       ;bad disk or drive door open
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+;
+; Read profile file to command buffer        ;
+;
+ep_1992:       mov  dl, 0
+               mov  di, ep_endoff
+               MOV  BX, AX                   ;set file handle
+;
+ep_1993:       push dx
+               MOV  AH, 3FH                  ;DOS read handle
+               mov  cx, 1
+               lea  dx, gen_data
+               INT  21H                      ;read profile into buffer
+               JNC  EP_1994                  ;continue if no error
+               pop  dx
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_MOUS       ;bad disk or drive door open
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+
+EP_1994:  ;    ADD  INS_SLEN, AX             ;
+
+
+epx034:
+               cmp  ax, 0                    ;
+               ja   epx035
+;
+               pop  dx
+               jmp  ep1995
+;
+epx035:        pop  dx
+;
+               mov  al, byte ptr gen_data    ;
+;
+               cmp  al, ' '                  ;
+               jbe  epx039                   ;
+;
+               cmp  al, '{'                  ;
+               jne  epx037                   ;
+               mov  dl, 1                    ;
+               jmp  epx039                   ;
+;
+epx037:        cmp  al, '}'                  ;
+               jne  epx038                   ;
+               mov  dl, 0                    ;
+               jmp  epx039                   ;
+;
+epx038:        cmp  dl, 1                    ;
+               je   epx039                   ;
+;
+               cmp  al, 'a'                  ;
+               jb   epx0385                  ;
+               cmp  al, 'z'                  ;
+               ja   epx0385                  ;
+               sub  al, 32                   ;
+;
+epx0385:       mov  [di], al                 ;
+               inc  ins_slen                 ;
+               inc  com_cmdact               ;
+               inc  di                       ;
+;
+epx039:        jmp  ep_1993                  ;
+;
+; Close profile handle
+;
+EP1995:        MOV  AH, 3EH                  ;
+               INT  21H                      ;close handle
+               JNC  EP05                     ;continue if no error
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_MOUS       ;bad disk or drive door open
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+;
+; Convert command string alpha to upper case
+;
+EP05:          MOV  ES,INS_SSEG              ;get PSP command line segment
+               MOV  DI,INS_SOFF              ;point to PSP command line string
+               MOV  CX,INS_SLEN              ;get length of PSP
+;
+               MOV  COM_STATE, 0             ;
+               MOV  COM_STATE2,0             ;initialize to zero
+;
+               MOV  AX,STR_CDON              ;
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;
+               JE   EP2510                   ;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX            ;
+               OR   COM_CONFIRM, COM_CONFDEL ;
+ep2510:
+               MOV  AX,STR_CDOFF             ;
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;
+               JE   EP2511                   ;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX            ;
+               AND  COM_CONFIRM,NOT COM_CONFDEL
+ep2511:
+               MOV  AX,STR_CRON              ;
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;
+               JE   EP2520                   ;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX            ;
+               OR   COM_CONFIRM, COM_CONFREPL;
+ep2520:
+               MOV  AX,STR_CROFF             ;
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;
+               JE   EP2521                   ;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX            ;
+               AND  COM_CONFIRM,NOT COM_CONFREPL
+ep2521:
+               MOV  AX,STR_ASON              ;
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;
+               JE   EP2530                   ;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX            ;
+               OR   COM_CONFIRM, COM_ALLOWSEL;
+ep2530:
+               MOV  AX,STR_ASOFF             ;
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;
+               JE   EP2540                   ;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX            ;
+               AND  COM_CONFIRM,NOT COM_ALLOWSEL
+ep2540:
+               MOV  AX,STR_SBNAME            ;
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;
+               JE   EP2550                   ;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX            ;
+               MOV  SORTSTAT, SST_NAME       ;
+               JMP  EP2590
+ep2550:
+               MOV  AX,STR_SBEXT             ;
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;
+               JE   EP2560                   ;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX            ;
+               MOV  SORTSTAT, SST_EXT        ;
+               JMP  EP2590
+ep2560:
+               MOV  AX,STR_SBSIZE            ;
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;
+               JE   EP2570                   ;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX            ;
+               MOV  SORTSTAT, SST_SIZE       ;
+               JMP  EP2590
+ep2570:
+               MOV  AX,STR_SBDATE            ;
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;
+               JE   EP2580                   ;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX            ;
+               MOV  SORTSTAT, SST_DATE       ;
+               JMP  EP2590
+ep2580:
+               MOV  AX,STR_SBDISK            ;
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;
+               JE   EP2590                   ;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX            ;
+               MOV  SORTSTAT, 0              ;
+ep2590:
+;
+; Check for NLS translation option for help index display
+;
+               MOV  AX,STR_NLS               ;NLS configured
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP25
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX            ;add length to found length
+               OR   COM_STATE2,COM_NLS       ;app menu configured
+;
+; Check for application menu option
+;
+EP25:          MOV  AX,STR_APPMENU           ;app menu configured
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP30
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_APPM       ;app menu configured
+;
+; Check for DOS Services option
+;
+EP30:          MOV  AX,STR_DOSSERV           ;DOS services configured
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP50
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_DOSS       ;DOS services configured
+;
+; Check for transient mode operation
+;
+EP50:          MOV  AX,STR_TRANS             ;transient shell configured
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JNE  EP51
+;
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_RESS       ;resident shell configured
+               JMP  EP60
+;
+EP51:          ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+;
+; Check for hi-res graphics mode operation = Mode 10
+;
+EP60:          MOV  AX,STR_MODE10H           ;graphics mode 10H
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP62
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_M10H       ;activate graphics mode flag
+               JMP  EP74
+;
+; Check for hi-res graphics mode operation = Mode 11
+;
+EP62:          MOV  AX,STR_MODE11H           ;graphics mode 11H
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP64
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_M11H       ;activate graphics mode flag
+               JMP  EP74
+;
+; Check for hi-res graphics mode operation = Mode 12
+;
+EP64:          MOV  AX,STR_MODE12H           ;graphics mode 12H
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP65
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_M12H       ;activate graphics mode flag
+               JMP  EP74
+;
+; Check for text mode operation = Mode 7 or 3
+;
+EP65:          MOV  AX,STR_TEXTS             ;graphics mode 12H
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP66
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_TEXT       ;activate text mode flag
+               JMP  EP74
+;
+; User did not set desired video mode, default to highest available
+;
+EP66:          CMP  GE_MODEL,MODEL_30        ;check if model 25 and 30
+               JNE  EP68
+;
+               CMP  GE_SUBMODEL,SUBMD_30
+               JE   EP67
+;
+               CMP  GE_SUBMODEL,SUBMD_25
+               JNE  EP68
+;
+EP67:          OR   COM_STATE,COM_M11H       ;default to mode 11H
+               JMP  EP74
+;
+; Check for VGA video
+;
+EP68:          MOV  AX,1A00H                 ;BIOS check display
+               INT  10H                      ;
+               CMP  AL,1AH                   ;VGA supported?
+               JNE  EP686                    ;no, continue
+;
+; VGA video, check for INFOWINDOW display
+;
+               CMP  BL, 4                    ;infowindow display?
+               JNE  EP685                    ;no, continue
+;
+               OR   COM_STATE, COM_M10H      ;mode for VGA with infowindow
+               JMP  EP74                     ;continue
+;
+; VGA video, non-INFOWINDOW, set highest available mode
+;
+EP685:         MOV  AH, 1BH
+               MOV  BX, 0
+               PUSH DS
+               POP  ES
+               LEA  DI, GEN_DATA
+               INT  10H
+               PUSH ES:[DI]
+               PUSH ES:[DI+2]
+               POP  ES
+               POP  DI
+;
+               TEST BYTE PTR ES:[DI+2], 00000100B
+               JZ   EP6851
+               OR   COM_STATE, COM_M12H
+               JMP  EP74
+EP6851:        TEST BYTE PTR ES:[DI+2], 00000010B
+               JZ   EP6852
+               OR   COM_STATE, COM_M11H
+               JMP  EP74
+EP6852:        TEST BYTE PTR ES:[DI+2], 00000001B
+               JZ   EP6853
+               OR   COM_STATE, COM_M10H
+               JMP  EP74
+EP6853:        OR   COM_STATE, COM_TEXT
+               JMP  EP74
+;
+; Check for EGA video
+;
+EP686:         MOV  AH,12H                   ;BIOS alternate select
+               MOV  BL,10H                   ;return EGA info
+               INT  10H                      ;
+               CMP  BL,10H                   ;EGA video?
+               JNE  EP687                    ;yes, continue
+;
+; CGA or Monochrome video
+;
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_TEXT       ;text mode operation
+               JMP  EP74                     ;continue
+;
+; EGA video, check for sufficient memory for mode 10
+;
+EP687:         CMP  BL,3H                    ;256K available?
+               JAE  EP688                    ;yes, continue
+;
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_TEXT       ;ega has no memory for mode 10
+               JMP  EP74                     ;continue
+;
+; EGA with 256K, check for cga or monochrome emulation
+;
+EP688:         AND  CL,1111B                 ;save registers
+               CMP  CL,9
+               JE   EP689
+;
+; EGA emulating CGA or Monochrome
+;
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_TEXT
+               JMP  EP74
+;
+; EGA in EGA mode
+;
+EP689:         OR   COM_STATE,COM_M10H
+;
+; Check for application main menu filename
+;
+EP74:          TEST COM_STATE,COM_APPM       ;if app menu not configured do not
+               JNE  EP75                     ; search for app main menu filespc
+;
+               MOV  AX,STR_APMFILE           ;app main menu filename
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CALL PCINSTR_CALL
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;check if parameter found
+               JG   EP75
+;
+               JMP  EP112                    ;check next parameter
+;
+EP75:          XOR  AX,AX                    ;get current drive
+               MOV  AH,19H
+               INT  21H
+               ADD  AL,65                    ;convert from # to alpha char
+               MOV  APP_MFILSPEC,AL          ;complete current drive and path
+;
+               MOV  AH,47H                   ;read current path
+               MOV  DL,0
+               LEA  SI,APP_MFILSPEC+3        ;point past C:\
+               INT  21H
+               JNC  EP78                     ;check for error
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_BADD       ;bad disk or drive door open
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+;
+EP78:          MOV  AX,STR_APMFILE           ;app main menu filename
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JG   EP80
+;
+               MOV  AX,STR_APPMFILE          ;default app menu filename
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_STRING       ;user did not supply new app menu
+;
+               PUSH SI                       ;save data segment
+               PUSH DS
+;
+               PUSH DI                       ;save filename offset
+               PUSH ES                       ;save filename segment
+;
+               JMP  EP92                     ; SHELL.MEU file instead
+;
+EP80:          PUSH INS_FOFF                 ;save invocation parameter offset
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+;
+               MOV  CX,INS_RSLT              ;save starting search point
+               ADD  CX,INS_FLEN              ;point past /MEU: to beginning of
+                                             ; menu file name
+               MOV  AX,STR_AAPEXT            ;main application menu extension
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_STRING
+;
+               MOV  INS_FLEN,AX              ;length of string
+               MOV  INS_FOFF,DI              ;offset of string '.MEU'
+               MOV  INS_FSEG,ES              ;segment of string
+               CALL PCINSTR_CALL             ;search for string
+;
+               POP  INS_FOFF
+;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JG   EP90
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_APIF       ;invalid main app menu filename
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+;
+EP90:          PUSH SI                       ;save data segment
+               PUSH DS
+;
+               MOV  AX,INS_RSLT
+               SUB  AX,CX                    ;ending offset - starting offset
+               ADD  AX,INS_FLEN              ; + length of extension = # bytes
+                                             ; to move
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+;
+               MOV  BX,INS_SOFF              ;calculate offset of source strg
+               ADD  BX,CX                    ; to move
+               DEC  BX
+;
+               PUSH BX                       ;save source offset
+               PUSH INS_SSEG                 ;save source segment
+;
+EP92:          MOV  CX,AX                    ; = number of bytes to move
+               LEA  DI,APP_MFILSPEC          ;get dest offset
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH ES
+               POP  DS
+               POP  ES
+;
+EP94:          MOV  AL,ES:[DI]               ;locate end of drive and path
+               CMP  AL,0                     ; in shell app menu file buffer
+               JE   EP98
+;
+               INC  DI                       ;point to next character
+               JMP  EP94
+;
+EP98:          CMP  BYTE PTR ES:[DI-1],'\'   ;check if root and skip add of
+               JE   EP99                     ; file separator
+;
+               MOV  BYTE PTR ES:[DI],'\'     ;add path and filename separator
+               INC  DI                       ;point to where filename goes
+;
+EP99:          POP  DS                       ;now move shell menu filename to
+               POP  SI                       ; end of app menu file path
+;
+               REP  MOVSB                    ;copy application menu filespec
+;
+               POP  DS
+               POP  SI
+;
+; Move copy of menu filename to first menu buffer
+;
+EP100:         MOV  AX,STR_APMFILE           ;app main menu filename
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JG   EP103
+;
+               MOV  AX,STR_APPMFILE          ;default app menu filename
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_STRING       ;user did not supply new app menu
+;
+               PUSH SI                       ;save data segment
+               PUSH DS
+;
+               PUSH DI                       ;save filename offset
+               PUSH ES                       ;save filename segment
+;
+               JMP  EP105                    ; SHELL.MEU file instead
+;
+EP103:         PUSH INS_FOFF                 ;save invocation parameter offset
+;
+               MOV  CX,INS_RSLT              ;save starting search point
+               ADD  CX,INS_FLEN              ;point past /MEU: to beginning of
+                                             ; menu file name
+               MOV  AX,STR_AAPEXT            ;main application menu extension
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_STRING
+;
+               MOV  INS_FLEN,AX              ;length of string
+               MOV  INS_FOFF,DI              ;offset of string '.MEU'
+               MOV  INS_FSEG,ES              ;segment of string
+               CALL PCINSTR_CALL             ;search for string
+;
+               POP  INS_FOFF
+;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JG   EP104
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_APIF       ;invalid main app menu filename
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+;
+EP104:         PUSH SI                       ;save data segment
+               PUSH DS
+;
+               MOV  AX,INS_RSLT
+               SUB  AX,CX                    ;ending offset - starting offset
+               ADD  AX,INS_FLEN              ; + length of extension = # bytes
+                                             ; to move
+;
+               MOV  BX,INS_SOFF              ;calculate offset of source strg
+               ADD  BX,CX                    ; to move
+               DEC  BX
+;
+               PUSH BX                       ;save source offset
+               PUSH INS_SSEG                 ;save source segment
+;
+EP105:         MOV  CX,AX                    ; = number of bytes to move
+               LEA  DI,APP_MFILNAME          ;get dest offset
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH ES
+               POP  DS
+               POP  ES
+;
+EP108:         POP  DS                       ;now move shell menu filename to
+               POP  SI                       ; end of app menu file path
+;
+               REP  MOVSB                    ;copy application menu filespec
+;
+               POP  DS
+               POP  SI
+;
+; Check for color filename
+;
+EP112:         XOR  AX,AX                    ;get current drive
+               MOV  AH,19H
+               INT  21H
+               ADD  AL,65                    ;convert from # to alpha char
+               MOV  COM_CFILSPEC,AL          ;complete current drive and path
+;
+               MOV  AH,47H                   ;read current path
+               MOV  DL,0
+               LEA  SI,COM_CFILSPEC+3        ;point past C:\
+               INT  21H
+               JNC  EP115                    ;check for error
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_BADD       ;bad disk or drive door open
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+;
+EP115:         MOV  AX,STR_CLFILE            ;color filename
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;check if not found, error
+               JG   EP118
+;
+               MOV  AX,STR_CLRFILE           ;default color filename
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_STRING       ;user did not supply new app menu
+;
+               PUSH SI                       ;save data segment
+               PUSH DS
+;
+               PUSH DI                       ;save offset of filename
+               PUSH ES                       ;save segment of filename
+;
+               JMP  EP122                    ; SHELL.CLR file
+;
+EP118:         PUSH INS_FOFF                 ;save invocation parameter offset
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+;
+               MOV  CX,INS_RSLT              ;save starting search point
+               ADD  CX,INS_FLEN              ;point past /K: to beginning of
+                                             ; color file name
+;
+               MOV  AX,STR_CLREXT            ;color profile extension
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_STRING
+;
+               MOV  INS_FLEN,AX              ;length of find string
+               MOV  INS_FOFF,DI              ;offset of find string '.CLR'
+               MOV  INS_FSEG,ES              ;segment of string
+               CALL PCINSTR_CALL             ;search for string
+;
+               POP  INS_FOFF                 ;restore before exit
+;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JG   EP120
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_CLRF       ;invalid user color profile
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+;
+EP120:         PUSH SI
+               PUSH DS
+;
+               MOV  AX,INS_RSLT
+               SUB  AX,CX                    ;ending offset - starting offset
+               ADD  AX,INS_FLEN              ; + length of extension = # bytes
+                                             ; to move
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               MOV  BX,INS_SOFF              ;calculate offset of source strg
+               ADD  BX,CX                    ; to move
+               DEC  BX
+;
+               PUSH BX                       ;save source offset
+               PUSH INS_SSEG                 ;save source segment
+;
+EP122:         MOV  CX,AX                    ; = number of bytes to move
+               LEA  DI,COM_CFILSPEC          ;get dest offset
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH ES
+               POP  DS
+               POP  ES
+;
+EP124:         MOV  AL,ES:[DI]               ;locate end of drive and path
+               CMP  AL,0                     ; in shell color file buffer
+               JE   EP128
+;
+               INC  DI                       ;point to next character
+               JMP  EP124
+;
+EP128:         CMP  BYTE PTR ES:[DI-1],'\'   ;check if root and skip add of
+               JE   EP129                    ; file separator
+;
+               MOV  BYTE PTR ES:[DI],'\'     ;add path and filename separator
+               INC  DI                       ;point to where filename goes
+;
+EP129:         POP  DS                       ;now move color filename string
+               POP  SI                       ; to end of color buffer path
+;
+               REP  MOVSB                    ;copy color index filespec
+;
+               POP  DS
+               POP  SI
+;
+; Check for multiple DOS Service drive buffers
+;
+EP130:         MOV  AX,STR_MULTIPE           ;multiple drive display
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP140
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_DRV2
+;
+; Check for active maintain color option
+;
+EP140:         MOV  AX,STR_CLRACT            ;color active
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;
+               JE   EP150                    ;
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_FLCS       ;maintain color is active
+;
+; Check for active maintain menu option
+;
+EP150:         MOV  AX,STR_MENUACT           ;menu maintainance active
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP160
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_FLMI       ;maintain menu is active
+;
+; Check for active exit to DOS option
+;
+EP160:         AND  FLAG_FSEXIT, NOT DIT_L1  ;turn exit to DOS dither off start
+               AND  FLAG_FDEXIT, NOT DIT_L1  ;turn exit file system dither off
+;
+               MOV  AX,STR_EXITDOS           ;exit to DOS active
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+;
+               OR   FLAG_FSEXIT, DIT_L1      ;turn exit to DOS dither on start
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_APPM       ;app menu configured
+               JNZ  EP161                    ;
+;
+               OR   FLAG_FDEXIT, DIT_L1      ;turn exit from file system dither
+                                             ; on
+;
+EP161:         CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP170
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_FLED       ;exit to DOS is active
+;
+               AND  FLAG_FSEXIT, NOT DIT_L1  ;turn exit to DOS dither off start
+               AND  FLAG_FDEXIT, NOT DIT_L1  ;turn exit file system dither off
+;
+; Check for active command line option
+;
+EP170:         MOV  AX,STR_CMDLINE           ;command line active
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP180
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_FLCL       ;command line is active
+;
+; Check for predefined menu installation option
+;
+EP180:         MOV  AX,STR_PREDACT           ;predefined menu active
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP190
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_AUTI       ;predefined is active
+;
+; Check for mouse filename /MOS:filename.MOS
+;
+EP190:         XOR  AX,AX                    ;get current drive
+               MOV  AH,19H
+               INT  21H
+               ADD  AL,65                    ;convert from # to alpha char
+               MOV  COM_VFILSPEC,AL          ;complete current drive and path
+;
+               MOV  AH,47H                   ;read current path
+               MOV  DL,0
+               LEA  SI,COM_VFILSPEC+3        ;point past C:\
+               INT  21H
+               JNC  EP191                    ;check for error
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_BADD       ;bad disk or drive door open
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+;
+EP191:         MOV  AX,STR_MOUSACT           ;mouse active
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;check if not found, error
+               JG   EP192
+;
+               JMP  EP200                    ;mouse is not active get next var
+;
+EP192:         OR   COM_STATE,COM_MOUS       ;mouse is active
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+;
+               PUSH INS_FOFF                 ;save invocation parameter offset
+;
+               MOV  CX,INS_RSLT              ;save starting search point
+               ADD  CX,INS_FLEN              ;point past /MOS: to beginning of
+                                             ; mouse file name
+;
+               MOV  AX,STR_MOSEXT            ;mouse extension
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_STRING
+;
+               MOV  INS_FLEN,AX              ;length of find string
+               MOV  INS_FOFF,DI              ;offset of find string '.MOS'
+               MOV  INS_FSEG,ES              ;segment of string
+               CALL PCINSTR_CALL             ;search for string
+;
+               POP  INS_FOFF                 ;restore before exit
+;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JG   EP193
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_MOUS       ;invalid mouse driver
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+;
+EP193:         PUSH SI
+               PUSH DS
+;
+               MOV  AX,INS_RSLT
+               SUB  AX,CX                    ;ending offset - starting offset
+               ADD  AX,INS_FLEN              ; + length of extension = # bytes
+                                             ; to move
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               MOV  BX,INS_SOFF              ;calculate offset of source strg
+               ADD  BX,CX                    ; to move
+               DEC  BX
+;
+               PUSH BX                       ;save source offset
+               PUSH INS_SSEG                 ;save source segment
+;
+               MOV  CX,AX                    ; = number of bytes to move
+               LEA  DI,COM_VFILSPEC          ;get dest offset
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH ES
+               POP  DS
+               POP  ES
+;
+EP194:         MOV  AL,ES:[DI]               ;locate end of drive and path
+               CMP  AL,0                     ; in shell mouse file buffer
+               JE   EP198
+;
+               INC  DI                       ;point to next character
+               JMP  EP194
+;
+EP198:         CMP  BYTE PTR ES:[DI-1],'\'   ;check if root and skip add of
+               JE   EP199                    ; file separator
+;
+               MOV  BYTE PTR ES:[DI],'\'     ;add path and filename separator
+               INC  DI                       ;point to where filename goes
+;
+EP199:         POP  DS                       ;now move mouse filename string
+               POP  SI                       ; to end of mouse buffer path
+;
+               REP  MOVSB                    ;copy mouse index filespec
+;
+               POP  DS
+               POP  SI
+;
+; Check for left hand mouse option
+;
+EP200:         MOV  AX,STR_LEFTACT           ;left hand mouse
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP205
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE,COM_LFMS       ;left hand mouse
+;
+; Check for sound active option
+;
+EP205:         MOV  AX,STR_SOUDACT           ;sound active
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP207
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE2,COM_SOUD      ;sound active
+;
+; Check for dir/file buffer save option
+;
+EP207:         MOV  AX,STR_DFSAVE            ;check if option active
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP210
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE2,COM_DFSAVE    ;dir/file buffer save option
+                                             ; active
+;
+; Save filespec of shell.hlp at COM_HFILSPEC
+;
+EP210:         XOR  AX,AX                    ;get current drive
+               MOV  AH,19H
+               INT  21H
+               ADD  AL,65                    ;convert from # to alpha char
+               MOV  COM_HFILSPEC,AL          ;complete current drive and path
+;
+               MOV  AH,47H                   ;read current path
+               MOV  DL,0
+               LEA  SI,COM_HFILSPEC+3        ;point past C:\
+               INT  21H
+               JNC  EP250
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_BADD       ;bad disk or drive door open
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+;
+EP250:         LEA  DI,COM_HFILSPEC          ;get dest offset
+;
+               MOV  AX,DS
+               MOV  ES,AX
+;
+EP260:         MOV  AL,ES:[DI]               ;locate end of drive and path
+               CMP  AL,0                     ; in shell help file buffer
+               JE   EP270
+;
+               INC  DI                       ;point to next character
+               JMP  EP260
+;
+EP270:         CMP  BYTE PTR ES:[DI-1],'\'   ;check if root and skip add of
+               JE   EP275                    ; file separator
+;
+               MOV  BYTE PTR ES:[DI],'\'     ;add path and filename separator
+               INC  DI                       ;point to where filename goes
+;
+EP275:         PUSH DS                       ;save register
+;
+               PUSH DI
+               MOV  AX,STR_HLPFILE           ;default help text filename
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_STRING
+               MOV  SI,DI                    ;get offset of SHELL.HLP
+               MOV  CX,AX                    ;get length
+               POP  DI
+;
+               PUSH ES                       ;set source segment
+               POP  DS
+;
+               REP  MOVSB
+;
+               POP  DS                       ;restore
+;
+; Check for associate filename /ASC:filename.ASC
+;
+EP300:         XOR  AX,AX                    ;get current drive
+               MOV  AH,19H
+               INT  21H
+               ADD  AL,65                    ;convert from # to alpha char
+               MOV  COM_AFILSPEC,AL          ;complete current drive and path
+;
+               MOV  AH,47H                   ;read current path
+               MOV  DL,0
+               LEA  SI,COM_AFILSPEC+3        ;point past C:\
+               INT  21H
+               JNC  EP315                    ;check for error
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_BADD       ;bad disk or drive door open
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+;
+EP315:         MOV  AX,STR_ASOFILE           ;associate filename /ASO
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;check if not found, error
+               JG   EP318
+;
+               MOV  AX,STR_ASCEXT            ;default associate filename
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_STRING       ;user did not supply new app menu
+;
+               PUSH SI                       ;save data segment
+               PUSH DS
+;
+               PUSH DI                       ;save offset of filename
+               PUSH ES                       ;save segment of filename
+;
+               JMP  EP322                    ; SHELL.ASO file
+;
+EP318:         PUSH INS_FOFF                 ;save invocation parameter offset
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+;
+               MOV  CX,INS_RSLT              ;save starting search point
+               ADD  CX,INS_FLEN              ;point past /ASO: to beginning of
+                                             ;  associate file name
+;
+               MOV  AX,STR_ASOEXT            ;assoicate profile extension
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_STRING
+;
+               MOV  INS_FLEN,AX              ;length of find string
+               MOV  INS_FOFF,DI              ;offset of find string '.ASO'
+               MOV  INS_FSEG,ES              ;segment of string
+               CALL PCINSTR_CALL             ;search for string
+;
+               POP  INS_FOFF                 ;restore before exit
+;
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JG   EP320
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_ASRF       ;invalid user associate profile
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+;
+EP320:         PUSH SI
+               PUSH DS
+;
+               MOV  AX,INS_RSLT
+               SUB  AX,CX                    ;ending offset - starting offset
+               ADD  AX,INS_FLEN              ; + length of extension = # bytes
+                                             ; to move
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               MOV  BX,INS_SOFF              ;calculate offset of source strg
+               ADD  BX,CX                    ; to move
+               DEC  BX
+;
+               PUSH BX                       ;save source offset
+               PUSH INS_SSEG                 ;save source segment
+;
+EP322:         MOV  CX,AX                    ; = number of bytes to move
+               LEA  DI,COM_AFILSPEC          ;get dest offset
+;
+               PUSH DS
+               PUSH ES
+               POP  DS
+               POP  ES
+;
+EP324:         MOV  AL,ES:[DI]               ;locate end of drive and path
+               CMP  AL,0                     ; in shell associate file buffer
+               JE   EP328
+;
+               INC  DI                       ;point to next character
+               JMP  EP324
+;
+EP328:         CMP  BYTE PTR ES:[DI-1],'\'   ;check if root and skip add of
+               JE   EP329                    ; file separator
+;
+               MOV  BYTE PTR ES:[DI],'\'     ;add path and filename separator
+               INC  DI                       ;point to where filename goes
+;
+EP329:         POP  DS                       ;now move filename string
+               POP  SI                       ; to end of buffer path
+;
+               REP  MOVSB                    ;copy associate filespec
+;
+               POP  DS
+               POP  SI
+;
+; Check for buffer size override
+;
+EP350:         MOV  AX,STR_BUFO              ;buffer size override active
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP390
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               MOV  AX,INS_SSEG              ;segment of PSP
+               MOV  ES,AX
+               MOV  BX,INS_SOFF              ;offset of PSP
+               ADD  BX,INS_RSLT              ;start of /B: parm
+               ADD  BX,INS_FLEN              ;start of kilobyte value
+               DEC  BX                       ;adjust for zero offset
+               PUSH BX
+;
+EP360:         CMP  ES:BYTE PTR[BX],'0'      ;ASCII digit GE 0
+               JB   EP370                    ;no, end of digits
+;
+               CMP  ES:BYTE PTR[BX],'9'      ;ASCII digit LE 9
+               JA   EP370                    ;no, end of digits
+;
+               INC  BX
+               JMP  EP360                    ;check next digit
+;
+EP370:         POP  AX
+               CMP  AX,BX                    ;any digits?
+               JE   EP390                    ;no, ignore /B parm
+;
+               MOV  ST2_OPT1,ST2_DEC16BI+ST2_SETSTRLEN
+                                             ;convert ASCII value
+               MOV  ST2_STRGSEG,ES           ;segment of value
+               MOV  ST2_STRGOFF,AX           ;offset of value
+               SUB  BX,AX                    ;calculate numbers of digits
+               MOV  ST2_STRGLEN,BX           ;set length to convert
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,BX
+;
+               CALL PCST2IN_CALL             ;convert the value
+;
+               TEST ST2_ERROR,ST2_OUTOFMEM   ;value too large
+               JNZ  EP375                    ;yes, set to fail during alloc
+;
+               CMP  ST2_NUMH,0               ;value too large
+               JNE  EP375                    ;yes, set to fail during alloc
+;
+               CMP  ST2_NUML,960             ;value to large
+               JB   EP380                    ;no, attempt to alloc it
+;
+EP375:         MOV  COM_DFSIZE,0F000H        ;set to fail during alloc
+               JMP  EP385
+
+EP380:         MOV  AX,ST2_NUML              ;get kilobyte value
+               MOV  BX,64                    ;convert to paragraphs
+               MUL  BX                       ;kilo -> para
+               MOV  COM_DFSIZE,AX            ;set value to allocate
+
+EP385:         OR   COM_STATE2,COM_BUFO      ;buffer size override active
+;
+; Check if DBCS is active
+;
+EP390:         MOV  AX,STR_DBCS              ;DBCS active
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP395
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE2,COM_DBCS      ;DBCS active
+;
+; Check for date/time active option
+;
+EP395:         MOV  AX,STR_DATE              ;date active
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP397
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE2,COM_DATE      ;date/time active
+;
+; Check for COM2 active option
+;
+EP397:         MOV  AX,STR_COM2              ;COM2 active
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0
+               JE   EP398
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE2,COM_COM2      ;COM2 active
+;
+; Check for enhancement activation
+;
+EP398:         MOV  AX,STR_ENH               ;COM2 active
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;search for string
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;
+;>>SN          JE   EP400
+               JE   EP399                    ;>>SN
+;
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM,AX
+               OR   COM_STATE2,COM_ENHA      ;COM2 active
+;                                            ;>>SN
+; Check for Special Needs option             ;>>SN
+;                                            ;>>SN
+EP399:         MOV  AX, STR_SN               ;>>SN
+               CALL CHECK_STRING             ;>>SN
+               CMP  INS_RSLT,0               ;>>SN
+               JE   EP400                    ;>>SN
+;                                            ;>>SN
+               ADD  COM_CMDNUM, AX           ;>>SN
+               OR   COM_STATE2,COM_SNA       ;>>SN
+;
+; Check for invalid parameters
+;
+EP400:
+               MOV  AX, COM_CMDACT
+               CMP  AX, COM_CMDNUM
+               JE   EP405
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_BADCMD
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+;
+; Check for missing invocation parameter errors
+;
+EP405:         TEST COM_STATE,COM_APPM
+               JNE  EP410
+;
+               TEST COM_STATE,COM_DOSS
+               JNE  EP410
+;
+               MOV  COM_ERRID,ERR_NODA       ;dos/app both not active
+               JMP  EPEXIT
+;
+; Turn off color selection if mode 11 active
+;
+EP410:         TEST COM_STATE,COM_M11H       ;
+               JZ   EPEXIT                   ;
+;
+               AND  COM_STATE, NOT COM_FLCS  ;
+;
+EPEXIT:                                      ;exit
+;
+               RET
+EXAMINE_PSP    ENDP
+;
+PAGE
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;                                                                             :
+; Name:                 CHECK_STRING                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Description:          Search for string identified by AX.                   :
+;                                                                             :
+; Entry:                AX          = String ID.                              :
+;                                                                             :
+; Exit:                 INS_RSLT    = Offset into search string where match   :
+;                                     found.                                  :
+; Entry point:          CHECK_STRING                                          :
+;                                                                             :
+; Notes:                None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; Internal references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+; External references:  None.                                                 :
+;                                                                             :
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+;
+CHECK_STRING   PROC NEAR
+;
+               CALL FAR PTR GET_STRING       ;get address and length of string
+;
+               MOV  INS_SPOFF,0              ;start at beginning of command lin
+               MOV  INS_FLEN,AX              ;set length of string to find
+               MOV  INS_FOFF,DI              ;set offset of string to find
+               MOV  INS_FSEG,ES              ;set segment of string to find
+               CALL PCINSTR_CALL
+;
+CHKSEXIT:                                    ;exit
+;
+               RET
+CHECK_STRING   ENDP
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/SMDOSSYM.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/SMDOSSYM.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5604e59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/SMDOSSYM.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)dossym.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+;       SCCSID = @(#)dossym.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+        PAGE 80,132
+TRUE        EQU 0FFFFh
+FALSE       EQU 0
+
+Installed   = TRUE
+IFNDEF  DEBUG
+    DEBUG       = FALSE
+ENDIF
+
+include dosmac.INC
+INCLUDE VERSIONA.INC            ;DEFINE THE MAJOR AND MINOR VERSION NUMBERS
+
+IF2
+    %OUT    DOSSYM in Pass 2
+ENDIF
+
+BREAK <Control character definitions>
+
+c_DEL       EQU     7Fh                 ;    ASCII rubout or delete previous char
+c_BS        EQU     08h                 ; ^H ASCII backspace
+c_CR        EQU     0Dh                 ; ^M ASCII carriage return
+c_LF        EQU     0Ah                 ; ^J ASCII linefeed
+c_ETB       EQU     17h                 ; ^W ASCII end of transmission
+c_NAK       EQU     15h                 ; ^U ASCII negative acknowledge
+c_ETX       EQU     03h                 ; ^C ASCII end of text
+c_HT        EQU     09h                 ; ^I ASCII tab
+
+BREAK <Read This and Weep>
+
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+; Certain structures, constants and system  calls  below  are  private  to ;
+; the DOS  and  are  extremely  version-dependent.  They may change at any ;
+; time at  the  implementors'  whim.   As  a  result,  they  must  not  be ;
+; documented to  the  general  public.   If  an  extreme case arises, they ;
+; must be documented with this warning.                                    ;
+;                                                                          ;
+; Those structures and constants that are subject to  the  above  will  be ;
+; marked and bracketed with the flag:                                      ;
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+
+include bpb.INC
+
+include buffer.INC
+
+BREAK <User stack inside of system call and SysVars>
+; Location of user registers relative user stack pointer
+
+user_environ    STRUC
+user_AX     DW      ?
+user_BX     DW      ?
+user_CX     DW      ?
+user_DX     DW      ?
+user_SI     DW      ?
+user_DI     DW      ?
+user_BP     DW      ?
+user_DS     DW      ?
+user_ES     DW      ?
+user_IP     DW      ?
+user_CS     DW      ?
+user_F      DW      ?
+user_environ    ENDS
+
+include sysvar.INC
+
+include vector.INC
+
+;include mult.INC
+
+BREAK <Disk map>
+;  MSDOS partitions the disk into 4 sections:
+;
+;  phys sector 0:   +-------------------+
+;       |           | boot/reserved     |
+;       |           +-------------------+
+;       |           |  File allocation  |
+;       v           |      table(s)     |
+;                   |  (multiple copies |
+;                   |     are kept)     |
+;                   +-------------------+
+;                   |     Directory     |
+;                   +-------------------+
+;                   |     File space    |
+;                   +-------------------+
+;                   |   Unaddressable   |
+;                   |  (to end of disk) |
+;                   +-------------------+
+;
+; All partition boundaries are sector boundaries.  The size of the FAT is
+; adjusted to maximize the file space addressable.
+
+include dirent.INC
+
+BREAK <File allocation Table information>
+;
+; The File Allocation Table uses a 12-bit entry for each allocation unit on
+; the disk.  These entries are packed, two for every three bytes.  The contents
+; of entry number N is found by 1) multiplying N by 1.5; 2) adding the result
+; to the base address of the Allocation Table; 3) fetching the 16-bit word
+; at this address; 4) If N was odd (so that N*1.5 was not an integer), shift
+; the word right four bits; 5) mask to 12 bits (AND with 0FFF hex).  Entry
+; number zero is used as an end-of-file trap in the OS and is passed to the
+; BIOS to help determine disk format.  Entry 1 is reserved for future use.
+; The first available allocation unit is assigned entry number two, and even
+; though it is the first, is called cluster 2.  Entries greater than 0FF8H
+; (12-bit fats) or 0FFF8H (16-bit fats) are end of file marks; entries of zero
+; are unallocated.  Otherwise, the contents of a FAT entry is the number of
+; the next cluster in the file.
+;
+; Clusters with bad sectors are tagged with FF7H.  Any non-zero number would
+; do because these clusters show as allocated, but are not part of any
+; allocation chain and thus will never be allocated to a file.  A particular
+; number is selected so that disk checking programs know what to do (ie.  a
+; cluster with entry FF7H which is not in a chain is not an error).
+
+include dpb.INC
+
+include curdir.INC
+
+;include cpmfcb.INC
+
+;include find.INC
+
+include pdb.INC
+
+include exe.INC
+
+include sf.INC
+
+include arena.INC
+
+include intnat.INC
+
+include mi.INC
+
+fChk    equ 1
+fDelim  equ 2
+fSpChk  equ 4
+fFCB    equ 8
+
+;include filemode.INC
+
+;include error.INC
+
+include syscall.INC
+
+include doscntry.inc            ;J.K. 5/26/86
+
+SUBTTL
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/SMIFSSYM.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/SMIFSSYM.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7706e44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/SMIFSSYM.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+
+        PAGE    60,132
+;       SCCSID = @(#)smifssym.inc 1.0 87/05/11
+;
+;   Modification history:
+;       Created: May 11 1987 
+;
+;       SMifssym is only for IBMBIO.  It will only has definitions
+;       for IFSHEADER, IFSRH of INIT function.
+;       When ifssym.inc is Revised, make sure that SMifssym.inc
+;       is also correct. - JK.
+;
+
+;==================
+;IFS drive header
+;=================
+
+    IFSDEVICE   EQU     8000H   ;  Supports single device/file functions
+    IFSDISK     EQU     4000H   ;  Supports multi-file functions
+    IFSUNC      EQU     2000H   ;  Support UNC (nameless) connection
+    IFSREMOTE   EQU     0800H   ;  File system is remote
+    IFSFILTER   EQU     0400H   ;  FS will filter (if off, use DOS
+                                ;    standard, cap & 8.3)
+    IFSIOCTL    EQU     0002H   ;  Supports IOCTL functions
+    IFSUSESHARE EQU     0001H   ;  Uses DOS share support (vs own share)
+
+IFSHEADER       STRUC
+IFS_NEXT        DD      -1      ; Next header in list (-1=end)
+IFS_NAME        DB      "        " ; IFS name
+IFS_ATTRIBUTE   DW      ?       ; Attributes
+IFS_VERSION     DW      0       ; Request level supported
+IFS_DOSCALL@    DD      ?       ; DOS interface routine
+                                ;   (set by TUPPER before the init call)
+IFS_CALL@       DW      ?       ; Function entry point
+IFSHEADER       ENDS
+
+;=====================
+; IFS Request Header
+;=====================
+
+IFSRH           STRUC
+IFSR_LENGTH     DW    ?                 ; Total length of request
+IFSR_FUNCTION   DB    ?                 ; Requested function
+IFSR_RETCODE    DB    ?                 ; Explicit error
+IFSR_RETCLASS   DB    ?                 ; Error class
+IFSR_RESV1      DB    17 DUP(0)         ; DOS reserved
+IFSR_FCN_PARMS  DB    38 DUP(0)         ; Additional parameters
+IFSRH           ENDS
+
+; IFSR_FUNCTION codes
+;       Control requests:
+IFSINIT        EQU     1
+IFSATTSTART    EQU     2
+IFSATTEND      EQU     3
+IFSEXECAPI     EQU     4
+IFSCRITMSG     EQU     5
+IFSCBUPDATE    EQU     6
+; INIT function.
+IFSR_PARMS@        =  DWORD PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS    ; command parameters
+IFSR_RESSIZE       =  WORD  PTR  IFSR_FCN_PARMS+4  ; driver total size
+LENGTH_INIT        EQU IFSR_RESSIZE-IFSRH+2
+
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/STRING.C b/v4.0/src/INC/STRING.C
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a2d74a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/STRING.C
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#include "types.h"
+#include "internat.h"
+#include <dos.h>
+
+/*  #define KANJI   TRUE        */
+
+char    haveinttab = FALSE;
+
+struct  InterTbl Currtab;
+
+int toupper(c)
+int c;
+{
+        union REGS regs ;
+
+        if(!haveinttab) {
+            regs.x.ax = 0x3800 ;
+            regs.x.dx = (unsigned) &Currtab ;
+            intdos (&regs, &regs) ;             /* INIT the table */
+
+            haveinttab = TRUE;
+        }
+
+        return(IToupper(c,Currtab.casecall));
+
+}
+
+char *strupr(string)
+char *string;
+{
+        register char *p1;
+
+        p1 = string;
+        while (*p1 != NULL) {
+        /*
+         *  A note about the following " & 0xFF" stuff. This is
+         *  to prevent the damn C compiler from converting bytes
+         *  to words with the CBW instruction which is NOT correct
+         *  for routines like toupper
+         */
+#ifdef KANJI
+            if(testkanj(*p1 & 0xFF))
+                p1 += 2 ;
+            else
+                *p1++ = toupper(*p1 & 0xFF);
+#else
+            *p1++ = toupper(*p1 & 0xFF);
+#endif
+        }
+        return(string);
+}
+
+char *strpbrk(string1,string2)
+char *string1;
+char *string2;
+{
+        register char *p1;
+
+        while (*string1 != NULL) {
+        /*
+         *  A note about the following " & 0xFF" stuff. This is
+         *  to prevent the damn C compiler from converting bytes
+         *  to words with the CBW instruction which is NOT correct
+         *  for routines like toupper
+         */
+#ifdef KANJI
+            if(testkanj(*string1 & 0xFF))
+                string1 += 2 ;
+            else {
+#endif
+                p1 = string2;
+                while (*p1 != NULL) {
+                    if(*p1++ == *string1)
+                        return(string1);
+                }
+                string1++;
+#ifdef KANJI
+            }
+#endif
+
+        }
+        return(NULL);                   /* no matches found */
+}
+
+#ifdef KANJI
+testkanj(c)
+unsigned char c;
+{
+        if((c >= 0x81 && c <= 0x9F) || (c >= 0xE0 && c <= 0xFC))
+                return(TRUE);
+        else
+                return(FALSE);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/STRING.OBJ b/v4.0/src/INC/STRING.OBJ
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27417b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/STRING.OBJ
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/STRUC.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/STRUC.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f024a9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/STRUC.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,702 @@
+;;STRUC--Stucture Macro Library
+;;Optimizing Version 2.30  03/31/87
+
+if1
+$NoConj         equ     0
+$And            equ     1
+$Or             equ     2
+$Short          equ     3
+$Near           equ     4
+$NearToShort    equ     5
+$ncxz           equ     6
+$AndOr          =       0
+$Temp           =       0
+$Temp2          =       0
+$Dist           =       0
+
+$NoType         equ     10
+$ConjIfType     equ     11
+$IfType         equ     12
+$ElseType       equ     13
+$WhileType      equ     14
+$ConjWhileType  equ     15
+$RepeatType     equ     16
+$ConjUntilType  equ     17
+$ForType        equ     18
+$ConjLeaveType  equ     19
+$SelectType     equ     20
+$WhenType       equ     21
+$ConjWhenType   equ     22
+$OtherwiseType  equ     $ElseType
+
+$StrucError macro text
+                                        Structure error -- text
+endm
+
+J       macro
+endm
+JN      macro
+endm
+
+$BuildJump   macro   j1,j2
+        j1  macro   t
+            .xcref  j1
+                                        j2 t
+        endm
+endm
+
+irp     x,<<jeq,je>,<jlt,jl>,<jgt,jg>,<jneq,jne>,<jnlt,jnl>,<jngt,jng>,<jnpe,jpo>,<jnpo,jpe>>
+        $BuildJump x
+endm
+irp     x,<<jzero,jz>,<jnzero,jnz>,<jnonzero,jnz>,<jnnonzero,jz>,<jand,jnz>,<jnand,jz>,<jnnand,jnz>>
+        $BuildJump x
+endm
+irp     x,<a,ae,b,be,c,e,g,ge,l,le,o,p,s,z,cxz>
+        $BuildJump jnn&x,j&x
+endm
+
+jncxz   macro   t
+        if      $Dist eq $NearToShort
+                                        jcxz $+5
+                                        jmp t
+        else
+                                        jcxz $+4
+                                        jmp short t
+        endif
+endm
+
+purge   $BuildJump
+
+$GetConj macro  p1,p2
+        $AndOr  = $NoConj
+        irp     parm,<p1,p2>
+            ifnb    <&parm>
+                irp     x,<and,AND,or,OR>
+                    ifidn   <parm>,<x>
+                         $AndOr = $&&&x
+                         exitm
+                    endif
+                endm
+            endif
+        endm
+endm
+
+$GetDist macro  p1,p2
+        irp     parm,<p1,p2>
+            ifnb    <parm>
+                irp     x,<short,SHORT,near,NEAR>
+                    ifidn   <parm>,<x>
+                        $Dist   = $&&&x
+                         exitm
+                     endif
+                endm
+            endif
+        endm
+endm
+
+
+$Poke   macro   n,m
+        $st&n   = m
+.xcref  $st&n
+endm
+
+$Peek   macro   x,n
+        x       = $st&n
+endm
+
+$Push   macro   n
+        $st     = $st+1
+        $Poke   %$st,n
+endm
+
+$Pop    macro   x
+        if      $st gt 0
+            $Peek   x,%$st
+            $st     = $st-1
+        else
+            $StrucError <open structure>
+        endif
+endm
+
+$EquateLabel macro last,this
+        if      $LastLabelOrg eq $
+            $ll&last = this
+            .xcref  $ll&last
+        endif
+endm
+
+$TraceLabel macro n,a,b
+        if      $ll&a eq $ll&b
+            $ll&n   = b
+            .xcref  $ll&n
+        else
+            $TraceLabel n,%$ll&a,%$ll&b
+        endif
+endm
+
+$Label   macro   n
+        if1
+            $EquateLabel %$LastLabel,n
+            $ll&n   = n
+            .xcref  $ll&n
+            $LastLabel = n
+            $LastLabelOrg = $
+$l&n:
+        else
+            if      $ll&n eq n
+$l&n:
+            else
+                .xcref  $l&n
+                .xcref  $ll&n
+            endif
+        endif
+endm
+
+$CondJump macro l,tf,c
+        if1
+            ifb     <c>
+                $EquateLabel %$LastLabel,l
+            endif
+            ifndef  <$ll&l>
+                $ll&l   = l
+                .xcref  $ll&l
+            endif
+        else
+            $TraceLabel l,l,%$ll&l
+        endif
+        $CondJump2 %$ll&l,tf,c
+endm
+
+$CondJump2 macro l,tf,c
+        if      $Dist eq $Short
+            ifb     <c>
+                                        jmp short $l&l
+            else
+                ifidn <tf>,<f>
+                                        jn&c $l&l
+                else
+                                        j&c $l&l
+                endif
+            endif
+        else
+            ifnb    <c>
+                ifdef   $l&l
+                    if      (($ - $l&l) le 126) and (($l&l - $) le 129)
+                        $Dist   = $NearToShort
+                        $nops   = 3
+                        ifidn <tf>,<f>
+                                        jn&c $l&l
+                            ifdef   $n&c
+                                if      $n&c eq $ncxz
+                                    $nops = 0
+                                endif
+                            endif
+                            ifdef   $&c
+                                if      $&c eq $ncxz
+                                    $nops = 5
+                                endif
+                            endif
+                        else
+                                        j&c $l&l
+                            ifdef   $n&c
+                                if      $n&c eq $ncxz
+                                    $nops = 5
+                                endif
+                            endif
+                            ifdef   $&c
+                                if      $&c eq $ncxz
+                                    $nops = 0
+                                endif
+                            endif
+                        endif
+                            rept $nops
+                                nop
+                            endm
+                    else
+                        ifidn <tf>,<f>
+                                        j&c $+5
+                        else
+                                        jn&c $+5
+                        endif
+                                        jmp $l&l
+                    endif
+                else
+                    ifidn <tf>,<f>
+                                        j&c $+5
+                    else
+                                        jn&c $+5
+                    endif
+                                        jmp $l&l
+                endif
+            else
+                ifdef   $l&l
+                    ifidn   <tf>,<NoFold>
+                                        jmp $l&l
+                    else
+                        if      (($ - $l&l) le 126) and (($l&l - $) le 129)
+                                        jmp short $l&l
+                                        nop
+                        else
+                                        jmp $l&l
+                        endif
+                    endif
+                else
+                                        jmp $l&l
+                endif
+            endif
+        endif
+endm
+
+
+$CondLoop macro l,c
+                                        loop&c $l&l
+endm
+
+$Test   macro   tgt,a1,a2,a3,a4,x
+        ifb     <a1>
+            $StrucError <invalid condition>
+        else
+        ifb     <a2>
+            $CondJump %&tgt,a1
+        else
+        ifb     <a3>
+            ifdif   <a1>,<zero>
+            ifdif   <a1>,<nonzero>
+            ifdif   <a1>,<ZERO>
+            ifdif   <a1>,<NONZERO>
+                $StrucError <invalid condition>
+                exitm
+            endif
+            endif
+            endif
+            endif
+                                        or a2,a2
+            $CondJump %&tgt,a1
+        else
+        ifb     <a4>
+                                        cmp a1,a3
+            $CondJump %&tgt,a2
+        else
+        ifb     <x>
+            ifdif   <a1>,<bit>
+            ifdif   <a1>,<BIT>
+                $StrucError <invalid condition>
+                exitm
+            endif
+            endif
+                                        test a2,a4
+            $CondJump %&tgt,a3
+        else
+            $StrucError <invalid condition>
+        endif
+        endif
+        endif
+        endif
+        endif
+endm
+
+$TopTest macro  args,n,c,p4,p5
+        $GetConj p4,p5
+        $Dist   = $DefDist
+        $GetDist p4,p5
+        if      $AndOr eq $NoConj
+            $Test   <$sn-1,f>,args
+            $Pop    $Temp
+            if      $OrFound
+                $Label  %$Temp
+            endif
+            $Push   n
+        else
+            if      $AndOr eq $And
+                $Test   <$sn-1,f>,args
+            else
+                $OrFound = 1
+                $Test   <$sn,t>,args
+            endif
+            $Push   c
+        endif
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.if     macro   t,p2,p3
+        $Peek   $Temp,%$st
+        if      $Temp eq $ConjIfType
+            $Pop    $Temp
+        else
+            $OrFound = 0
+            $sn     = $sn+1
+            $Push   $sn
+            $sn     = $sn+1
+            $Push   $sn
+            $sn     = $sn+1
+            $Push   $sn
+        endif
+        $TopTest <t>,$IfType,$ConjIfType,p2,p3
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.then   macro
+        $Peek   $Temp,%$st
+        if      $Temp ne $IfType
+        if      $Temp ne $WhenType
+            $StrucError <then without if or when>
+        endif
+        endif
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.elseif macro   t,p2,p3
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        if      $Temp ne $IfType
+            $StrucError <elseif without if>
+            exitm
+        endif
+        $OrFound = 0
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        $Peek   $Temp2,%$st
+        $Dist   = $Near
+        $CondJump %$Temp2
+        $Label  %$Temp
+        $sn     = $sn+1
+        $Push   $sn
+        $sn     = $sn+1
+        $Push   $sn
+        $TopTest <t>,$IfType,$ConjIfType,p2,p3
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.else   macro   dist
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        if      $Temp ne $IfType
+        if      $Temp ne $WhenType
+        if      $Temp ne $SelectType
+            $StrucError <else without if, when or select>
+            exitm
+        endif
+        endif
+        endif
+        $sn     = $sn+1
+        if      $Temp eq $SelectType
+            $Push   $sn
+        else
+            $Dist   = $DefDist
+            $GetDist dist
+            $CondJump %$sn
+            $Pop    $Temp
+            $Label  %$Temp
+            $Push   $sn
+        endif
+        $push   $ElseType
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.endif  macro
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        if      $Temp ne $IfType
+            if      $Temp ne $ElseType
+                $StrucError <endif without if>
+                exitm
+            endif
+        endif
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        $Label  %$Temp
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        $Label  %$Temp
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.select macro   x
+        $OrFound = 0
+        $sn     = $sn+1
+        $Push   $sn
+        $Push   $SelectType
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.when   macro   tst,p2,p3
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        if      $Temp ne $SelectType
+        if      $Temp ne $WhenType
+        if      $Temp ne $ConjWhenType
+            $StrucError <when without select>
+            exitm
+        endif
+        endif
+        endif
+        if      $Temp ne $ConjWhenType
+            $Dist   = $Near
+            $OrFound = 0
+            if      $Temp eq $WhenType
+                $Pop    $Temp2
+                $Peek   $Temp,%$st
+                $CondJump %$Temp
+                $Label   %$Temp2
+            endif
+            $sn     = $sn+1
+            $Push   $sn
+            $sn     = $sn+1
+            $Push   $sn
+        endif
+        $TopTest <tst>,$WhenType,$ConjWhenType,p2,p3
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.otherwise      macro   dist
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        if      $Temp ne $WhenType
+        if      $Temp ne $SelectType
+        if      $Temp ne $IfType
+            $StrucError <otherwise without if, when or select>
+            exitm
+        endif
+        endif
+        endif
+        $sn     = $sn+1
+        if      $Temp eq $SelectType
+            $Push   $sn
+        else
+            $Dist   = $DefDist
+            $GetDist dist
+            $CondJump %$sn
+            $Pop    $Temp
+            $Label  %$Temp
+            $Push   $sn
+        endif
+        $push   $OtherwiseType
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.endselect      macro
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        if      $Temp ne $WhenType
+        if      $Temp ne $OtherwiseType
+        if      $Temp ne $SelectType
+            $StrucError <endselect without select>
+            exitm
+        endif
+        endif
+        endif
+        $pop    $Temp2
+        if      $Temp ne $SelectType
+            $Label  %$Temp2
+            $Pop    $Temp2
+            $Label  %$Temp2
+        endif
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.while  macro   t,p2,p3
+        $Peek   $Temp,%$st
+        if      $Temp eq $ConjWhileType
+            $Pop    $Temp
+        else
+            $Push   $LoopEnd
+            $OrFound = 0
+            $sn     = $sn + 1
+            $Push   $sn
+            $Label  %$sn
+            $sn     = $sn + 2
+            $Push   $sn
+            $LoopEnd = $sn - 1
+        endif
+        $TopTest <t>,$WhileType,$ConjWhileType,p2,p3
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.endwhile macro p1
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        if      $Temp ne $WhileType
+            $StrucError <endwhile without while>
+            exitm
+        endif
+        $Dist   = $Near
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        $CondJump %$Temp,NoFold
+        $Label  %$Temp+1
+        $Pop    $LoopEnd
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.repeat macro
+        $Push   $LoopEnd
+        $Push   $LeaveFound
+        $sn     = $sn+1
+        $Label  %$sn
+        $Push   $sn
+        $Push   $RepeatType
+        $sn     = $sn+1
+        $LoopEnd = $sn
+        $LeaveFound = 0
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.until  macro   t,p2,p3
+        $until2 p2,p3,t
+endm
+$until2 macro   p2,p3,a1,a2,a3,a4,x
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        if      $Temp ne $RepeatType
+            if      $Temp ne $ConjUntilType
+                $StrucError <until without repeat>
+                exitm
+            endif
+        else
+            $OrFound = 0
+        endif
+        $Dist   = $DefDist
+        $GetDist p2,p3
+        $GetConj p2,p3
+
+        if      $AndOr eq $NoConj
+            $Pop    $Temp
+            ifb     <a1>
+                $Dist   = $Near
+                $CondJump %$Temp,NoFold
+            else
+                $Test    <$Temp,f>,<a1>,<a2>,<a3>,<a4>,<x>
+            endif
+            if      $OrFound or $LeaveFound
+                $Label   %$Temp+1
+            endif
+            $Pop    $LeaveFound
+            $Pop    $LoopEnd
+        else
+            $Peek   $Temp,%$st
+            if      $AndOr eq $And
+                $Test    <$Temp,f>,<a1>,<a2>,<a3>,<a4>,<x>
+            else
+                $OrFound = 1
+                $Test    <$Temp+1,t>,<a1>,<a2>,<a3>,<a4>,<x>
+            endif
+            $Push   $ConjUntilType
+        endif
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.loop   macro   cond
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        if      $Temp ne $RepeatType
+            $StrucError <loop without repeat>
+            exitm
+        endif
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        $CondLoop %$Temp,cond
+        if      $LeaveFound
+            $Label  %$Temp+1
+        endif
+        $Pop    $LeaveFound
+        $Pop    $LoopEnd
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.for    macro   index,equals,start,to,stop,by,step,dist
+                                        mov index,start
+        $Push   $LoopEnd
+        $sn     = $sn+1
+        $Push   $sn
+        $Label  %$sn
+        $sn     = $sn+1
+        $LoopEnd = $sn
+                                        cmp index,stop
+        $Dist   = $DefDist
+        ifb     <step>
+            $Push   1
+            $GetDist by
+            $CondJump %$sn,t,gt
+        else
+            $GetDist dist
+            $Push   %(step)
+            if      step lt 0
+                $CondJump %$sn,t,lt
+            else
+                $CondJump %$sn,t,gt
+            endif
+        endif
+        $Push   $ForType
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.next   macro   index,dist
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        if      $Temp ne $ForType
+            $StrucError <next without for>
+            exitm
+        endif
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        if      $Temp eq 1
+                                        inc index
+        else
+            if      $Temp eq -1
+                                        dec index
+            else
+                                        add index,$Temp
+            endif
+        endif
+        $Pop    $Temp
+        $Dist   = $Near
+        $CondJump %$Temp,NoFold
+        $Label  %$Temp+1
+        $Pop    $LoopEnd
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+.leave  macro   t,p2,p3
+        $leave2 p2,p3,t
+endm
+$leave2 macro  p2,p3,a1,a2,a3,a4,x
+        ife     $LoopEnd
+            $StrucError <leave outside a loop>
+            exitm
+        endif
+        $LeaveFound = 1
+        $Peek   $Temp,%$st
+        if      $Temp eq $ConjLeaveType
+            $Pop    $Temp
+        else
+            $OrFound = 0
+            $sn     = $sn + 1
+        endif
+        $Dist   = 0
+        $GetDist <a1>
+        if      $Dist
+            $CondJump %$LoopEnd
+            if      $OrFound
+                $Label  %$sn
+            endif
+        else
+            $Dist   = $DefDist
+            $GetDist p2,p3
+            $GetConj p2,p3
+            if      $AndOr eq $NoConj
+                ifb     <a1>
+                    $CondJump %$LoopEnd,t
+                else
+                    $Test   <$LoopEnd,t>,<a1>,<a2>,<a3>,<a4>,<x>
+                endif
+                if      $OrFound
+                    $Label  %$sn
+                endif
+            else
+                if      $AndOr eq $And
+                    $OrFound = 1
+                    $Test   <$sn,f>,<a1>,<a2>,<a3>,<a4>,<x>
+                else
+                    $Test   <$LoopEnd,t>,<a1>,<a2>,<a3>,<a4>,<x>
+                endif
+                $Push   $ConjLeaveType
+            endif
+        endif
+endm
+;;*****************************************************************************
+else           ;else for if1
+$Pop    $Temp
+;;if       $Temp ne $NoType
+if      $st ne 0
+     $StrucError <open structure(s)>
+endif
+.xcref $NoConj,$And,$Or,$Short,$Near,$NearToShort,$AndOr,$Temp,$Temp2,$Dist
+.xcref $NoType,$ConjIfType,$IfType,$ElseType,$WhileType,$ConjWhileType
+.xcref $RepeatType,$ConjUntilType,$ForType,$ConjLeaveType,jncxz
+.xcref $SelectType,$WhenType,$OtherwiseType,$ConjWhenType
+.xcref jeq,jgt,jlt,jneq,jngt,jnlt,jnna,jnnae,jnnb,jnnbe,jnnc,jnncxz
+.xcref jnne,jnng,jnnge,jnnl,jnnle,jnno,jnnp,jnns,jnnz,jnpe,jnpo,$BuildJump
+.xcref $GetConj,$GetDist,$Poke,$Peek,$Push,$Pop,$Label,$CondJump,$CondLoop,$Test
+.xcref $TopTest,$leave2,$until2,$StrucError,j,jn,jand,jnand,jnnand
+.xcref jnnonzero,jnonzero,jnzero,jzero
+.xcref $st,$sn,$OrFound,$LoopEnd,$LeaveFound,$DefDist
+.xcref $LastLabel,$LastLabelOrg,$EquateLabel,$TraceLabel,$CondJump2,$ncxz
+endif
+
+
+$st     = 0
+$sn     = 0
+$OrFound = 0
+$LoopEnd = 0
+$LeaveFound = 0
+$LastLabel = -1
+$LastLabelOrg = $
+$DefDist= $Short
+$Push   %$NoType
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/SYSCALL.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/SYSCALL.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5b10e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/SYSCALL.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)syscall.asm        1.1 85/04/10
+;BREAK <system call definitions>
+SUBTTL  system call definitions
+PAGE
+
+Abort                           EQU 0   ;  0      0
+Std_Con_Input                   EQU 1   ;  1      1
+Std_Con_Output                  EQU 2   ;  2      2
+Std_Aux_Input                   EQU 3   ;  3      3
+Std_Aux_Output                  EQU 4   ;  4      4
+Std_Printer_Output              EQU 5   ;  5      5
+Raw_Con_IO                      EQU 6   ;  6      6
+Raw_Con_Input                   EQU 7   ;  7      7
+Std_Con_Input_No_Echo           EQU 8   ;  8      8
+Std_Con_String_Output           EQU 9   ;  9      9
+Std_Con_String_Input            EQU 10  ; 10      A
+Std_Con_Input_Status            EQU 11  ; 11      B
+Std_Con_Input_Flush             EQU 12  ; 12      C
+Disk_Reset                      EQU 13  ; 13      D
+Set_Default_Drive               EQU 14  ; 14      E
+FCB_Open                        EQU 15  ; 15      F
+FCB_Close                       EQU 16  ; 16     10
+Dir_Search_First                EQU 17  ; 17     11
+Dir_Search_Next                 EQU 18  ; 18     12
+FCB_Delete                      EQU 19  ; 19     13
+FCB_Seq_Read                    EQU 20  ; 20     14
+FCB_Seq_Write                   EQU 21  ; 21     15
+FCB_Create                      EQU 22  ; 22     16
+FCB_Rename                      EQU 23  ; 23     17
+Get_Default_Drive               EQU 25  ; 25     19
+Set_DMA                         EQU 26  ; 26     1A
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+Get_Default_DPB                 EQU 31  ; 31     1F
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+FCB_Random_Read                 EQU 33  ; 33     21
+FCB_Random_Write                EQU 34  ; 34     22
+Get_FCB_File_Length             EQU 35  ; 35     23
+Get_FCB_Position                EQU 36  ; 36     24
+Set_Interrupt_Vector            EQU 37  ; 37     25
+Create_Process_Data_Block       EQU 38  ; 38     26
+FCB_Random_Read_Block           EQU 39  ; 39     27
+FCB_Random_Write_Block          EQU 40  ; 40     28
+Parse_File_Descriptor           EQU 41  ; 41     29
+Get_Date                        EQU 42  ; 42     2A
+Set_Date                        EQU 43  ; 43     2B
+Get_Time                        EQU 44  ; 44     2C
+Set_Time                        EQU 45  ; 45     2D
+Set_Verify_On_Write             EQU 46  ; 46     2E
+; Extended functionality group
+Get_DMA                         EQU 47  ; 47     2F
+Get_Version                     EQU 48  ; 48     30
+Keep_Process                    EQU 49  ; 49     31
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+Get_DPB                         EQU 50  ; 50     32
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+Set_CTRL_C_Trapping             EQU 51  ; 51     33
+Get_InDOS_Flag                  EQU 52  ; 52     34
+Get_Interrupt_Vector            EQU 53  ; 53     35
+Get_Drive_Freespace             EQU 54  ; 54     36
+Char_Oper                       EQU 55  ; 55     37
+International                   EQU 56  ; 56     38
+;   Directory Group
+MKDir                           EQU 57  ; 57     39
+RMDir                           EQU 58  ; 58     3A
+CHDir                           EQU 59  ; 59     3B
+;   File Group
+Creat                           EQU 60  ; 60     3C
+Open                            EQU 61  ; 61     3D
+Close                           EQU 62  ; 62     3E
+Read                            EQU 63  ; 63     3F
+Write                           EQU 64  ; 64     40
+Unlink                          EQU 65  ; 65     41
+LSeek                           EQU 66  ; 66     42
+CHMod                           EQU 67  ; 67     43
+IOCtl                           EQU 68  ; 68     44
+XDup                            EQU 69  ; 69     45
+XDup2                           EQU 70  ; 70     46
+Current_Dir                     EQU 71  ; 71     47
+;    Memory Group
+Alloc                           EQU 72  ; 72     48
+Dealloc                         EQU 73  ; 73     49
+Setblock                        EQU 74  ; 74     4A
+;    Process Group
+Exec                            EQU 75  ; 75     4B
+Exit                            EQU 76  ; 76     4C
+WaitProcess                     EQU 77  ; 77     4D
+Find_First                      EQU 78  ; 78     4E
+;   Special Group
+Find_Next                       EQU 79  ; 79     4F
+; SPECIAL SYSTEM GROUP
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+Set_Current_PDB                 EQU 80  ; 80     50
+Get_Current_PDB                 EQU 81  ; 81     51
+Get_In_Vars                     EQU 82  ; 82     52
+SetDPB                          EQU 83  ; 83     53
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+Get_Verify_On_Write             EQU 84  ; 84     54
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+Dup_PDB                         EQU 85  ; 85     55
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+Rename                          EQU 86  ; 86     56
+File_Times                      EQU 87  ; 87     57
+AllocOper                       EQU 88  ; 88     58
+; Network extention system calls
+GetExtendedError                EQU 89  ; 89     59
+CreateTempFile                  EQU 90  ; 90     5A
+CreateNewFile                   EQU 91  ; 91     5B
+LockOper                        EQU 92  ; 92     5C Lock and Unlock
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+ServerCall                      EQU 93  ; 93     5D CommitAll, ServerDOSCall,
+                                        ;           CloseByName, CloseUser,
+                                        ;           CloseUserProcess,
+                                        ;           GetOpenFileList
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+UserOper                        EQU 94  ; 94     5E Get and Set
+AssignOper                      EQU 95  ; 95     5F On, Off, Get, Set, Cancel
+xNameTrans                      EQU 96  ; 96     60
+PathParse                       EQU 97  ; 97     61
+GetCurrentPSP                   EQU 98  ; 98     62
+Hongeul                         EQU 99  ; 99     63
+ECS_CALL                        EQU 99  ; 99     63  ;; DBCS support
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+Set_Printer_Flag                EQU 100 ; 100    64
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+GetExtCntry                     EQU 101 ; 101    65
+GetSetCdPg                      EQU 102 ; 102    66
+ExtHandle                       EQU 103 ; 103    67
+Commit                          EQU 104 ; 104    68
+GetSetMediaID                   EQU 105 ; 105    69
+IFS_IOCTL                       EQU 107 ; 107    6B
+ExtOpen                         EQU 108 ; 108    6C
+;
+;
+Set_Oem_Handler                 EQU 248 ; 248    F8
+OEM_C1                          EQU 249 ; 249    F9
+OEM_C2                          EQU 250 ; 250    FA
+OEM_C3                          EQU 251 ; 251    FB
+OEM_C4                          EQU 252 ; 252    FC
+OEM_C5                          EQU 253 ; 253    FD
+OEM_C6                          EQU 254 ; 254    FE
+OEM_C7                          EQU 255 ; 255    FF
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/SYSMSG.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/SYSMSG.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5462820
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/SYSMSG.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,443 @@
+        PAGE    ,132
+        SUBTTL  DOS - Message Retriever - SYSTEM CONTROL file
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;; DOS -- Message Retriever
+;; (c) Copyright 1988 Microsoft
+;;
+;; File Name:   SYSMSG.INC
+;; ----------
+;;
+;; Description: Message retriever functions are included into source code
+;; ------------ by referencing a MSG_SERVICES macro. That macro is defined
+;;              here as well as the logic to include necessary .ASM and .INC
+;;              files.
+;;
+;;
+;; Documentation Reference:
+;; ------------------------
+;;              DOS -Message Retriever I0 Document - Feb. ?? 1987
+;;              DOS -Message Retriever I1 Document - Mar. ?? 1987
+;;              DOS -Message Retriever I2 Document - Mar. ?? 1987
+;;              DOS -Final Functional Specification Document - Mar ?? 1987
+;;
+;; Procedures Contained in This File:
+;; ---------------------------------
+;;              None
+;;
+;; Include Files Required:
+;; -----------------------
+;;              MSGSERV.INC        := All message services
+;;              ????               := ????
+;;
+;; External Procedure References:
+;; ------------------------------
+;;              None
+;;
+;; Linkage Instructions:
+;; --------------------
+;;              None
+;;
+;; Change History:
+;; ---------------
+;;              CREATED         March, 1987     RPS
+;;
+;; Psuedocode:
+;; -----------
+;;              None
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                       ;;
+INCLUDE        VERSIONA.INC            ;;AN003;;
+
+FALSE          = 0                     ;;
+TRUE           = NOT FALSE             ;;    List message services and flags
+                                       ;;
+
+; Control Characters For Message Skeleton file
+
+NULL                    EQU     00H    ;; Null
+BELL                    EQU     07H    ;; Bell
+TAB                     EQU     09H    ;; Tab
+LF                      EQU     0AH    ;; Line Feed
+HOME                    EQU     0BH    ;; Home
+FORMFD                  EQU     0CH    ;; Form Feed
+CR                      EQU     0DH    ;; Carriage Return
+COLON                   EQU     3AH    ;; Colon
+
+; SYSDISPMSG and SYSGETMSG Equates
+
+MSG_SER_CLASS           EQU     00H    ;; Message Service Class (reserved)
+EXT_ERR_CLASS           EQU     01H    ;; DOS Extended error class
+PARSE_ERR_CLASS         EQU     02H    ;; Parse error class
+UTILITY_MSG_CLASS       EQU     0FFH   ;; Utility message class
+
+NO_HANDLE               EQU     0FFFFH ;; No handle specified (Use DOS functions 01H-09H only)
+
+NO_REPLACE              EQU     0000H  ;; No replacable parameters
+
+; SUBLIST Equates
+
+  Sublist_Length        EQU     11     ;; Length of sublist structure
+  Reserved              EQU     0      ;; Reserved byte field
+
+  Left_Align            EQU     0      ;;00xxxxxx
+  Right_Align           EQU     80h    ;;10xxxxxx
+
+  Char_type             EQU     0      ;;axxx0000 - Character type
+  Char_Field_Char       EQU     0      ;;a0000000
+  Char_Field_ASCIIZ     EQU     10h    ;;a0010000
+
+  Unsgn_Bin_Type        EQU     01h    ;;axxx0001 - Unsigned Binary to Decimal character
+  Unsgn_Bin_Byte        EQU     11h    ;;a0010001
+  Unsgn_Bin_Word        EQU     21h    ;;a0100001
+  Unsgn_Bin_DWord       EQU     31h    ;;a0110001
+
+  Sgn_Bin_Type          EQU     02h    ;;axxx0010 - Signed Binary to Decimal character
+  Sgn_Bin_Byte          EQU     12h    ;;a0010010
+  Sgn_Bin_Word          EQU     22h    ;;a0100010
+  Sgn_Bin_DWord         EQU     32h    ;;a0110010
+
+  Bin_Hex_Type          EQU     03h    ;;axxx0011 - Unsigned Binary to Hexidecimal character
+  Bin_Hex_Byte          EQU     13h    ;;a0010011
+  Bin_Hex_Word          EQU     23h    ;;a0100011
+  Bin_Hex_DWord         EQU     33h    ;;a0110011
+
+  Date_Type             EQU     04h    ;;axxx0100 - Date to character using current country format
+  Date_MD               EQU     14h    ;;a0010100
+  Date_MDY_2            EQU     24h    ;;a0100100
+  Date_MDY_4            EQU     34h    ;;a0110100
+
+  Time_Cty_Type         EQU     05h    ;;axxx0101 - Time to character using current country format
+  Time_HHMM_Cty         EQU     05h    ;;a0000101
+  Time_HHMMSS_Cty       EQU     15h    ;;a0010101
+  Time_HHMMSSHH_Cty     EQU     25h    ;;a0100101
+
+  Time_24_Type          EQU     06h    ;;axxx0110 - Time to character using 24 hour format
+  Time_HHMM_24          EQU     06h    ;;a0000110
+  Time_HHMMSS_24        EQU     16h    ;;a0010110
+  Time_HHMMSSHH_24      EQU     26h    ;;a0100110
+
+  $M_EXTPAR_Type        EQU     08h    ;;axxx1000 - Special case for extended parse replace format
+
+NO_INPUT                EQU     00H    ;; No input characters
+DOS_KEYB_INP            EQU     01H    ;; DOS INT 21H - AH=01H := Keyboard Input
+DOS_DIR_CON_INP         EQU     07H    ;; DOS INT 21H - AH=07H := Direct Console Input Without Echo
+DOS_CON_INP             EQU     08H    ;; DOS INT 21H - AH=08H := Console Input Without Echo (Check CTL-BK)
+DOS_BUF_KEYB_INP        EQU     0AH    ;; DOS INT 21H - AH=0AH := Buffered Keyboard Input
+DOS_CLR_KEYB_BUF        EQU     0CH    ;; DOS INT 21H - AH=0CH := Clear keyboard buffer
+DOS_WRITE_HANDLE        EQU     40H    ;; DOS INT 21H - AH=40H := Write to a DOS handle
+DOS_DISP_STRING         EQU     09H    ;; DOS INT 21H - AH=09H := Display $ terminated string
+DOS_DISP_CHAR           EQU     02H    ;; DOS INT 21H - AH=02H := Display Character
+LOWEST_4CH_VERSION      EQU     0002H  ;; First DOS version to allow AH = 4CH Exit (VERSION 2.00)
+
+DOS_GET_DBCS_INFO       EQU   6300H    ;; DOS INT 21H - AX=6507H := Get DBCS Vector Table
+DOS_GET_EXT_ERROR       EQU     59H    ;; DOS INT 21H - AH=59H := Get Extended Error
+DOS_GET_EXT_ERROR_BX    EQU     00H    ;; DOS INT 21H - BX=0000H := Version 0
+
+DOS_EXTENDED_OPEN       EQU   6C00H    ;AN003; DOS INT 21H - AX=6C00H := Extended Open
+NO_CRIT_OPEN            EQU   2000H    ;AN003; Extended Open Mode bit
+NOT_EX_FAIL_EX_OPEN     EQU   0101H    ;AN003; Extended Open Flag
+DOS_LSEEK_FILE          EQU   4200H    ;AN003; DOS INT 21H - AX=4200H := LSEEK file
+DOS_READ_BYTE           EQU     3FH    ;AN003; DOS INT 21H - AH=3FH   := Read byte block
+DOS_CLOSE_FILE          EQU     3EH    ;AN003; DOS INT 21H - AH=3EH   := Close file handle
+
+IFSFUNC_INSTALL_CHECK   EQU   0500H    ;AN006; IFSFUNC Installation Check
+IFS_GET_ERR_TEXT        EQU   0502H    ;AN006; IFSFUNC Get Extended Error Text
+IFSFUNC_INSTALLED       EQU    0FFH    ;AN006; Return code if IFSFUNC is installed
+
+EXT_ERR_39              EQU     39     ;; Insufficent Disk Space EXTENDED ERROR (changed from hex to decimal - eg d201)
+ERROR_CLASS_39          EQU     01H    ;;   Error Class = 1
+ACTION_39               EQU     04H    ;;   Suggested Action = 4
+LOCUS_39                EQU     01H    ;;   Locus = 1
+
+DOS_GET_COUNTRY         EQU     38H    ;; DOS INT 21H - AH=38H := Get Country Dependant Information
+DOS_GET_VERSION         EQU     30H    ;; DOS INT 21H - AH=30H := Get DOS Version number
+DOS_IOCTL_GET_INFO      EQU     4400H  ;; DOS INT 21H - AH=4400H := I/O control for devices
+DOS_IOCTL_SET_INFO      EQU     4401H  ;; DOS INT 21H - AH=4401H := I/O control for devices
+DOS_GET_EXT_PARSE_ADD   EQU     122EH  ;; DOS INT 2FH - AX=122EH := Get Extended/Parse error address
+DOS_GET_EXTENDED        EQU     00     ;; DOS INT 2FH - AX=122EH - DL=00 := Get Extended address
+DOS_GET_PARSE           EQU     02     ;; DOS INT 2FH - AX=122EH - DL=02 := Get Parse address
+DOS_GET_CRITICAL        EQU     04     ;; DOS INT 2FH - AX=122EH - DL=04 := Get Critical address
+DOS_GET_FILE            EQU     06     ;; DOS INT 2FH - AX=122EH - DL=06 := Get File system dependant
+DOS_GET_ADDR            EQU     08     ;; DOS INT 2FH - AX=122EH - DL=08 := Get Address of READ_DISK_PROC
+DOS_SET_ADDR            EQU     09     ;; DOS INT 2FH - AX=122EH - DL=09 := Set Address of READ_DISK_PROC
+LOW_NIB_MASK            EQU     0FH    ;; Mask out the high byte
+DOS_CLR_KEYB_BUF_MASK   EQU     0C0H   ;; Check if high nibble is C Hex
+$M_CON_INP              EQU     -1     ;; If DOS INT 21H Function 06H - DL := 0FFH for input
+$M_CRIT_LO              EQU     19     ;; First Extended Error considered CRITICAL
+$M_CRIT_HI              EQU     39     ;; Last Extended Error considered CRITICAL (EG - D191)
+$M_AM                   EQU     "a"    ;; Time format AM indicator
+$M_PM                   EQU     "p"    ;; Time format PM indicator
+$M_NEG_SIGN             EQU     "-"    ;; Signed decimal number format negative indicator
+$M_DEF_TIME_FORM        EQU      1     ;; Default Time format - 24 hour
+$M_DEF_DATE_FORM        EQU      0     ;; Default Time format - 0 := USA format
+$M_DEF_TIME_SEP         EQU     ":"    ;; Default Time separator - ":"
+$M_DEF_DATE_SEP         EQU     "-"    ;; Default Time separator - "-"
+$M_DEF_DECI_SEP         EQU     "."    ;; Default Time hundreds separator - "."
+$M_TIMEDATE_PAD         EQU     "0"    ;; Time/Date PAD character - "0" (ie 12:03p)
+$M_MAX_2_YEAR           EQU     99     ;; Maximum 2 digit year
+$M_SINGLE_CHAR          EQU     1      ;; A single character is this long      ^
+$M_SPECIAL_CASE         EQU     30H    ;; Special case for replacable parameters %0
+$M_UNLIM_W              EQU     0      ;; Unlimited width character
+$M_COMMA                EQU     ","    ;; Default Thousand separate
+$M_CR_LF                EQU     0A0DH  ;; Default CR/LF
+$M_SPACE_HYP            EQU     "- "   ;; Default Space/Hyphan
+$M_SPACE                EQU     " "    ;; Default Space
+$M_NULL                 EQU     0      ;; Null
+$M_FIRST_THOU           EQU     3      ;; Location of first thousand separator
+$M_SECOND_THOU          EQU     6      ;; Location of second thousand separator
+$M_THIRD_THOU           EQU     9      ;; Location of third thousand separator
+$M_BASE10               EQU     10     ;; Base 10 for arthmetic
+$M_BASE16               EQU     16     ;; Base 16 for arthmetic
+$M_CLASS_NOT_EXIST      EQU      0     ;; Does class exist?
+$M_TERMINATING_FLAG     EQU     -1     ;; Is there any more classes?
+$M_ADDR_SZ_NEAR         EQU     2      ;; Size to increment if NEAR
+$M_ADDR_SZ_FAR          EQU     4      ;; Size to increment if FAR
+$M_SL                   EQU   DS:[SI]  ;; Refer to SUBLIST as $M_SL
+$M_NO_HANDLE            EQU     -1     ;; No handle flag
+$M_TEMP_BUF_SZ          EQU     64     ;; Size of temporary buffer       ;AN003;
+$M_NEXT_DBCS_VECTOR     EQU     2      ;; Amount to increment to get next vector
+$M_DBCS_TERM            EQU    0000    ;; DBCS vector table terminating flag
+$M_SPECIAL_MSG_NUM      EQU    0FFFFH  ;; Special generic message number
+$M_CRLF_SIZE            EQU    2       ;; Size of the CR LF message
+$M_NO_CRLF_MASK         EQU  10000000B ;; Mask to supress CR LF
+$M_ONE_REPLACE          EQU    1       ;; Indicate one replacement
+$M_CRIT_ERR_MASK        EQU  00000001B ;; Mask to allow EOF/EOI Crit error
+                                       ;;
+$M_ALIGN_MASK           EQU  10000000b ;; Mask for align
+$M_TYPE_MASK            EQU  00001111b ;; Mask for types
+$M_SIZE_MASK            EQU  00110000b ;; Mask for types
+$M_TIME_MASK            EQU  00000001b ;; Mask for TIME
+$M_DATE_MASK            EQU  00010000b ;; Mask for TIME
+$M_BYTE                 EQU  00010000b ;; BYTE indicator
+$M_WORD                 EQU  00100000b ;; WORD indicator
+$M_DWORD                EQU  00110000b ;; DWORD indicator
+
+; Standard reserved DOS handles
+
+STDIN                   EQU     0000H  ;; Standard Input device handle
+STDOUT                  EQU     0001H  ;; Standard Output device handle
+STDERR                  EQU     0002H  ;; Standard Error Output device handle
+STDAUX                  EQU     0003H  ;; Standard Auxiliary device handle
+STDPRN                  EQU     0004H  ;; Standard Printer device handle
+
+; Reserved Message Service equates
+
+NEARmsg                  =      TRUE   ;; \
+NOVERCHECKmsg            =      FALSE  ;;  |
+MSGDATA                  =      FALSE  ;;  |
+FARmsg                   =      FALSE  ;;  |
+GETmsg                   =      FALSE  ;;  |
+LOADmsg                  =      FALSE  ;;  |
+DISPLAYmsg               =      FALSE  ;;   } Set default cases
+SETSTDIO                 =      FALSE  ;;  |
+NOCHECKSTDIN             =      FALSE  ;;  |
+NOCHECKSTDOUT            =      FALSE  ;;  |
+DISK_PROC                =      FALSE  ;;  |                           ;AN003;
+INPUTmsg                 =      FALSE  ;;  |
+CHARmsg                  =      FALSE  ;;  |
+NUMmsg                   =      FALSE  ;;  |
+TIMEmsg                  =      FALSE  ;;  |
+DATEmsg                  =      FALSE  ;; /
+
+IF1                                    ;;
+COMR                     =      FALSE  ;;  COMMAND.COM Cases (resident)
+COMT                     =      FALSE  ;;                    (transient)
+ENDIF                                  ;;
+
+$M_STRUC                 =      TRUE   ;; Internal message service defaults
+$M_LOAD                  =      TRUE   ;;
+$M_SUBS                  =      TRUE   ;;
+$M_REPLACE               =      TRUE   ;;
+$M_REPL_DONE             =      FALSE  ;;
+$M_CHAR_ONLY             =      TRUE   ;;
+$M_PARSE_FLAG            =      TRUE   ;;
+$M_EXT_ERR_FLAG          =      TRUE   ;;
+$M_MSGDATA_ONLY          =      TRUE   ;;
+$M_END                   =      FALSE  ;;
+$M_EXT_CLS               =      TRUE   ;;
+$M_PAR_CLS               =      TRUE   ;;
+                                       ;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;      $M_POPF              Macro
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+
+$M_POPF    MACRO
+           LOCAL   $M_MYRET
+           JMP     $+3
+$M_MYRET   LABEL   NEAR
+           IRET
+           PUSH    CS
+           CALL    $M_MYRET
+ENDM
+
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;
+;;  Message Retreiver requests
+;;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                       ;
+MSG_UTILNAME  Macro   utilname         ;
+                                       ;
+   INCLUDE &utilname.CTL               ;  Include the control file for the utility
+   $M_STRUC = TRUE                     ;
+   INCLUDE MSGSERV.ASM                 ;  Get structure definitions
+                                       ;
+ENDM                                   ;
+                                       ;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;      MSG_SERVICES            Macro
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                          ;
+MSG_SERVICES Macro   varlist              ;  MACRO used in source routine
+                                          ;
+   $M_SERVICE = FALSE                     ;  Reset service flag
+   IRP     var,<varlist>                  ;  FOR each variable in the list
+     $M_INCLUDE = TRUE                    ;  Reset include flag
+                                          ;     For each service predefined
+
+IRP  serv,<MSGDATA,LOADmsg,NOVERCHECKmsg,DISPLAYmsg,GETmsg,INPUTmsg,CHARmsg,NUMmsg,TIMEmsg,DATEmsg,NEARmsg,FARmsg,COMR,COMT>
+
+         IFDIF <var>,<serv>               ;       IF it IS a service (defined above)
+         ELSE                             ;
+           IFDIF <var>,<MSGDATA>          ;         IF it is NOT the message data space request
+             $M_MSGDATA_ONLY = FALSE      ;            Instruct the assembler to include all services
+           ENDIF                          ;         ENDIF
+           IRP  repl,<CHARmsg,NUMmsg,TIMEmsg,DATEmsg>  ; IF it is a replace service
+             IFIDN  <var>,<repl>          ;
+               $M_REPLACE = TRUE          ;            Set replace flag
+             ENDIF                        ;
+           ENDM                           ;
+           serv = TRUE                    ;         Let the assembler know about the service
+           $M_SERVICE = TRUE              ;         Let the macro know it was a service
+           $M_INCLUDE = FALSE             ;         Let the macro know it wasn't a class
+         ENDIF                            ;       ENDIF
+      ENDM                                ;     NEXT service
+
+MSG_SERVICES2  <varlist>
+                                          ; Continue further checks (If we add any more predefined
+                                          ;  function to the above IRP command, it generates a
+                                          ;  syntax error. We must continue the processing in another
+                                          ;  MACRO called MSG_SERVICES2)
+
+      IF $M_INCLUDE                       ;     IF message class was requested
+         $M_INC var                       ;        Include it as a message class
+      ENDIF                               ;     ENDIF
+   ENDM                                   ;  NEXT variable
+                                          ;
+   IF $M_SERVICE                          ;     IF it any services were requested THEN
+     INCLUDE MSGSERV.ASM                  ;        THEN include module to get service
+   ENDIF                                  ;     ENDIF
+
+ENDM
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;;      MSG_SERVICES2           Macro
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                          ;
+MSG_SERVICES2 Macro   varlist2            ;  MACRO used in source routine
+                                          ;
+                                            ;  FOR each variable in the list
+   IRP     var2,<varlist2>
+                                                       ; For each service predefined
+      IRP  serv2,<SETSTDIO,NOCHECKSTDIN,NOCHECKSTDOUT,DISK_PROC>
+                                            ;AN003; IF it IS a service (defined above)
+         IFDIF <var2>,<serv2>
+         ELSE                             ;
+           serv2 = TRUE                    ;         Let the assembler know about the service
+           $M_SERVICE = TRUE              ;         Let the macro know it was a service
+           $M_INCLUDE = FALSE             ;         Let the macro know it wasn't a class
+         ENDIF                            ;       ENDIF
+      ENDM                                ;     NEXT service
+   ENDM                                   ;  NEXT variable
+ENDM                                      ;
+                                          ;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;; $M_INC               Macro
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                 ;
+$M_INC  Macro   ext                              ;
+                                                 ;
+INCLUDE &ext                                     ;
+                                                 ;
+ENDM                                             ;
+                                                 ;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;; $M_BUILD_PTRS        Macro
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                 ;
+$M_BUILD_PTRS Macro nummsg                       ;
+                                                 ;
+    $M_INDEX =      0                            ;
+IF COMR                                      ; IF this is resident COMMAND.COM
+    $M_MAKE_COMR                             ;
+ELSE                                             ; ELSE
+  IF COMT                                    ;   IF this is transient COMMAND.COM
+    $M_MAKE_COMT                             ;
+  ELSE                                           ;   ELSE
+                                                 ;
+    $M_INDEX =      0                            ;
+    $M_COUNT =      0                            ;     Build normal utilities
+                                                 ;
+    REPT    nummsg                               ;
+    $M_COUNT =      $M_COUNT + 1                 ;
+    $M_MAKE %$M_COUNT                            ;
+    ENDM                                         ;
+  ENDIF                                          ;
+ENDIF                                            ;
+ENDM                                             ;
+                                                 ;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;; $M_MAKE              Macro
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                 ;
+$M_MAKE Macro $m_append                          ;
+IF  FARmsg                                       ;
+    CALL    FAR PTR $M_CLS_&$m_append            ;  Get addressibilty to class &$M_APPEND (ES:DI)
+    MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CLASS_ADDRS+$M_INDEX+2,ES ;  Move into first avaliable table location
+    MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CLASS_ADDRS+$M_INDEX,DI ;
+ELSE                                             ;
+    CALL    $M_CLS_&$m_append                    ;  Get addressibilty to class &$M_APPEND (ES:DI)
+    MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CLASS_ADDRS+$M_INDEX,DI ;
+ENDIF                                            ;
+$M_INDEX =  $M_INDEX + 4                         ;  Set next available table location
+                                                 ;
+ENDM                                             ;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;; $M_MAKE_COMR     Macro
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                 ;
+$M_MAKE_COMR   macro                         ;
+                                                 ;
+    CALL    $M_CLS_3                             ;  Get addressibilty to class A
+    MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CLASS_ADDRS+$M_INDEX,DI ;
+$M_INDEX =  $M_INDEX + 4                         ;  Set next available table location
+                                                 ;
+    CALL    $M_CLS_4                             ;  Get addressibilty to class B
+    MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CLASS_ADDRS+$M_INDEX,DI ;
+$M_INDEX =  $M_INDEX + 4                         ;  Set next available table location
+                                                 ;
+    CALL    $M_CLS_5                             ;  Get addressibilty to class C
+    MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CLASS_ADDRS+$M_INDEX,DI ;
+$M_INDEX =  $M_INDEX + 4                         ;  Set next available table location
+                                                 ;
+    CALL    $M_CLS_6                             ;  Get addressibilty to class D
+    MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CLASS_ADDRS+$M_INDEX,DI ;
+$M_INDEX =  $M_INDEX + 4                         ;  Set next available table location
+                                                 ;
+    CALL    $M_CLS_7                             ;  Get addressibilty to class E
+    MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CLASS_ADDRS+$M_INDEX,DI ;
+$M_INDEX =  $M_INDEX + 4                         ;  Set next available table location
+                                                 ;
+ENDM                                             ;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;; $M_MAKE_COMT     Macro
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+                                                 ;
+$M_MAKE_COMT  macro                          ;
+                                                 ;
+    CALL    $M_CLS_8                             ;  Get addressibilty to class A
+    MOV     WORD PTR $M_RT.$M_CLASS_ADDRS+$M_INDEX,DI ;
+$M_INDEX =  $M_INDEX + 4                         ;  Set next available table location
+                                                 ;
+ENDM                                             ;
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/SYSVAR.C b/v4.0/src/INC/SYSVAR.C
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..300d02f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/SYSVAR.C
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* return the system variables in sysVars */
+
+#include "sysvar.h"
+#include <dos.h>
+#include "jointype.h"
+
+GetVars(pSVars)
+struct sysVarsType *pSVars ;
+{
+        struct sysVarsType far *vptr ;
+        int i ;
+
+        union REGS ir ;
+        register union REGS *iregs = &ir ;      /* Used for DOS calls      */
+        struct SREGS syssegs ;
+
+        iregs->h.ah = GETVARS ;                 /* Function 0x52           */
+        intdosx(iregs, iregs, &syssegs) ;
+
+        *(long *)(&vptr) = (((long)syssegs.es) << 16)+(iregs->x.bx & 0xffffL) ;
+
+        for (i=0 ; i <= sizeof(*pSVars) ; i++)
+                *((char *)pSVars+i) = *((char far *)vptr+i) ;
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+PutVars(pSVars)
+struct sysVarsType *pSVars ;
+{
+        struct sysVarsType far *vptr ;
+        int i ;
+
+        union REGS ir ;
+        register union REGS *iregs = &ir ;      /* Used for DOS calls      */
+        struct SREGS syssegs ;
+
+        iregs->h.ah = GETVARS ;                 /* Function 0x52           */
+        intdosx(iregs, iregs, &syssegs) ;
+
+        *(long *)(&vptr) = (((long)syssegs.es) << 16)+(iregs->x.bx & 0xffffL) ;
+
+        for (i=0 ; i <= sizeof(*pSVars) ; i++)
+                *((char far *)vptr+i) = *((char *)pSVars+i) ;
+
+}
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/SYSVAR.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/SYSVAR.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a5a1fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/SYSVAR.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)sysvar.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+include         version.inc
+
+SysInitVars STRUC
+SYSI_DPB            DD      ?           ; DPB chain
+SYSI_SFT            DD      ?           ; SFT chain
+SYSI_CLOCK          DD      ?           ; CLOCK device
+SYSI_CON            DD      ?           ; CON device
+SYSI_MAXSEC         DW      ?           ; maximum sector size
+SYSI_BUF            DD      ?           ; points to Hashinitvar
+SYSI_CDS            DD      ?           ; CDS list
+SYSI_FCB            DD      ?           ; FCB chain
+SYSI_Keep           DW      ?           ; keep count
+SYSI_NUMIO          DB      ?           ; Number of block devices
+SYSI_NCDS           DB      ?           ; number of CDS's
+SYSI_DEV            DD      ?           ; device list
+SYSI_ATTR           DW      ?           ; null device attribute word
+SYSI_STRAT          DW      ?           ; null device strategy entry point
+SYSI_INTER          DW      ?           ; null device interrupt entry point
+SYSI_NAME           DB   8 DUP(?)       ; null device name
+SYSI_SPLICE         DB      0           ; TRUE -> splicees being done
+SYSI_IBMDOS_SIZE    DW      ?           ; DOS size in paragraphs
+SYSI_IFS_DOSCALL@   DD      ?           ; IFS DOS service rountine entry
+SYSI_IFS            DD      ?           ; IFS header chain
+SYSI_BUFFERS        DW      ?,0         ; BUFFERS= values (m,n)
+SYSI_BOOT_DRIVE     DB      ?           ; boot drive A=1 B=2,..
+SYSI_DWMOVE         DB      0           ; 1 if 386 machine
+SYSI_EXT_MEM        DW      0           ; Extended memory size in KB.
+SysInitVars ENDS
+
+;This is added for more information exchage between DOS, BIOS.
+;DOS will give the pointer to SysInitTable in ES:DI. - J.K. 5/29/86
+SysInitVars_Ext struc
+SYSI_InitVars           DD      0       ; Points to the above structure.
+SYSI_Country_Tab        DD      0       ; DOS_Country_cdpg_info
+SysInitVars_Ext ends
+
+;The SYSI_BUF of SysInitVars points to the follwong structure
+EMS_MAP_BUFF_SIZE      EQU      12      ; EMS map buffer size
+
+Buffinfo    STRUC
+Hash_ptr         DD      ?                   ; pointer to Hash table
+Hash_count       DW      ?                   ; number of Hash entries
+Cache_ptr        DD      ?                   ; pointer to secondary cache
+Cache_count      DW      0                   ; number of secondary cache entries
+
+IF      BUFFERFLAG
+
+EMS_SAFE_FLAG   DB      1
+EMS_LAST_PAGE   DW      0, 0
+EMS_FIRST_PAGE  DW      0, 0
+EMS_NPA640      DW      0
+
+ENDIF
+
+EMS_mode         DB      -1                  ; no EMS = -1
+EMS_handle       DW      ?                   ; EMS handle for buffers
+EMS_PageFrame_Number    DW   -1              ; EMS page frame number
+EMS_Seg_Cnt      DW      1                   ; EMS segment count
+EMS_Page_Frame   DW      -1                  ; EMS page frame segment address
+EMS_reserved     DW      0                   ; EMS segment count
+
+IF      BUFFERFLAG
+EMS_Map_Buff     DB      0  ; map buffer
+ELSE
+EMS_Map_Buff    DB      12 dup(0)
+ENDIF
+
+Buffinfo    ENDS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/VECTOR.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/VECTOR.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f653784
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/VECTOR.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+;       SCCSID = @(#)vector.asm 1.1 85/04/10
+BREAK <interrupt definitions>
+
+Asmvar  AltVect
+
+INTTAB          EQU     20H
+INTBASE         EQU     4 * inttab
+ENTRYPOINT      EQU     INTBASE+40H
+
+        IF      ALTVECT
+ALTTAB  EQU     0F0H
+ALTBASE EQU     4 * ALTTAB
+        ENDIF
+
+;
+; interrupt assignments
+;
+        IF      NOT ALTVECT
+int_abort           EQU     INTTAB      ; abort process
+int_command         EQU     int_abort+1 ; call MSDOS
+int_terminate       EQU     int_abort+2 ; int to terminate address
+int_ctrl_c          EQU     int_abort+3 ; ^c trapper
+int_fatal_abort     EQU     int_abort+4 ; hard disk error
+int_disk_read       EQU     int_abort+5 ; logical sector disk read
+int_disk_write      EQU     int_abort+6 ; logical sector disk write
+int_keep_process    EQU     int_abort+7 ; terminate program and stay
+                                        ; resident
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+int_spooler         EQU     int_abort+8 ; spooler call
+int_fastcon         EQU     int_abort+9 ; fast CON interrupt
+int_IBM             EQU     int_abort+10; critical section maintenance
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+        ELSE
+int_abort           EQU     INTTAB      ; abort process
+int_command         EQU     int_abort+1 ; call MSDOS
+int_terminate       EQU     ALTTAB      ; int to terminate address
+int_ctrl_c          EQU     int_terminate+1 ; ^c trapper
+int_fatal_abort     EQU     int_terminate+2 ; hard disk error
+int_disk_read       EQU     int_abort+5 ; logical sector disk read
+int_disk_write      EQU     int_abort+6 ; logical sector disk write
+int_keep_process    EQU     int_abort+7 ; terminate program and stay resident
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+int_spooler         EQU     int_terminate+3 ; spooler call
+int_fastcon         EQU     int_abort+9 ; fast CON interrupt
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+        ENDIF
+
+addr_int_abort          EQU    4 * int_abort
+addr_int_command        EQU    4 * int_command
+addr_int_terminate      EQU    4 * int_terminate
+addr_int_ctrl_c         EQU    4 * int_ctrl_c
+addr_int_fatal_abort    EQU    4 * int_fatal_abort
+addr_int_disk_read      EQU    4 * int_disk_read
+addr_int_disk_write     EQU    4 * int_disk_write
+addr_int_keep_process   EQU    4 * int_keep_process
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;                                                                          ;
+addr_int_spooler        EQU    4 * int_spooler
+addr_int_fastcon        EQU    4 * int_fastcon
+addr_int_IBM            EQU    4 * int_IBM
+;                                                                          ;
+;            C  A  V  E  A  T     P  R  O  G  R  A  M  M  E  R             ;
+;----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----;
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/VERSION.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/VERSION.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb90e2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/VERSION.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+; Some modules really want TRUE to be 0FFH.  Best to let them have their way.
+ifndef TRUE
+        TRUE       EQU     0FFFFh
+endif
+ifndef TRUEBYTE
+        TRUEBYTE   EQU     0FFh
+endif
+ifndef FALSE
+        FALSE      EQU     0
+endif
+
+;
+; Use the following switches to control cmacros.inc
+;
+?PLM       =       0
+?WIN       =       0
+
+memS       EQU     1                    ; Small model
+;
+; Use the switches below to produce the standard Microsoft version or the IBM
+; version of the operating system
+;
+; The below chart will indicate how to set the switches to build the various
+; versions
+;
+;                     IBMVER          IBMCOPYRIGHT
+; --------------------------------------------------------
+;  IBM Version   |     TRUE              TRUE
+; --------------------------------------------------------
+;  MS Version    |     FALSE             FALSE
+; --------------------------------------------------------
+;  Clone Version |     TRUE              FALSE
+;
+IBMVER     EQU     TRUE
+IBMCOPYRIGHT EQU   FALSE
+
+BUFFERFLAG      EQU     NOT IBMCOPYRIGHT
+
+ifndef  MSVER   
+MSVER      EQU     NOT IBMVER
+endif
+IBM        EQU     IBMVER
+;
+;
+  IF1
+        IF IBMVER
+            IF IBMCOPYRIGHT
+              %OUT ... IBM version build switch on ...
+            ELSE
+              %OUT ... CLONE version build switch on ...
+            ENDIF
+        ELSE
+            IF NOT IBMCOPYRIGHT
+              %OUT ... MS version build switch on ...
+            ELSE
+              %OUT !!!!!!!!!  VERSION SWITCHES SET INCORECTLY  !!!!!!!!!
+              %OUT !!!!!!!!! CHECK SETTINGS IN INC\VERSION.INC !!!!!!!!!
+            ENDIF
+        ENDIF   
+  ENDIF
+;
+;
+;***************************************************************************
+;*          The following switches are for DBCS or SBCS support            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                     Set INTERNAT EQU TRUE FOR DBCS                      *
+;*                     Set INTERNAT EQU FALSE FOR SBCS                     *
+;*                                                                         *
+;***************************************************************************
+;
+IBMJAPVER  EQU     FALSE                ;If TRUE set KANJI true also
+
+;
+; Switch INTERNAT for DBCS support
+;
+INTERNAT   EQU     FALSE
+;
+        IF INTERNAT
+KANJI      EQU     TRUE
+IBMJAPAN   EQU     TRUE
+        ELSE
+KANJI      EQU     FALSE
+IBMJAPAN   EQU     FALSE
+        ENDIF
+
+ifndef altvect                          ; avoid jerking off vector.inc
+ALTVECT    EQU     FALSE                ;Switch to build ALTVECT version
+endif
+
+;
+; Country code switches
+; The default contry code is assumed as USA.
+;
+        IF INTERNAT
+ KOREA     EQU     TRUE
+ JAPAN     EQU     FALSE
+        ELSE
+ KOREA     EQU     FALSE
+ JAPAN     EQU     FALSE
+        ENDIF
+;
+        IF1
+                IF INTERNAT
+%OUT    Internat(ECS) version build switch on
+                ENDIF
+        ENDIF
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/VERSIONA.INC b/v4.0/src/INC/VERSIONA.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6796bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/VERSIONA.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+
+major_version       equ     4       ;Major DOS version
+minor_version       equ     00      ;Minor DOS Version
+
+expected_version    equ     (MINOR_VERSION SHL 8)+MAJOR_VERSION
+
+       if1
+       %OUT  ... for DOS Version 4.00 ...
+       endif
+
+       ;******************************
+       ;Each assembler program should:
+       ;  mov ah,030h                   ;DOS Get Version function
+       ;  int 021h                      ;Version ret. in AX,minor version first
+       ;  cmp ax,expected_version       ;ALL utilities should check for an
+       ;  jne error_handler             ; EXACT version match.
+       ;******************************
+
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/YESNO.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/YESNO.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58fdf8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/YESNO.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+; This is for contry Yes and No
+  PUBLIC NLS_YES,NLS_yes2,NLS_NO,NLS_no2
+include msdos.cl3
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v4.0/src/INC/_PARSE.ASM b/v4.0/src/INC/_PARSE.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ed10e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/v4.0/src/INC/_PARSE.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+page           60,132
+name           _parse
+title          C to PARSER interface
+;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+;
+;       MODULE:         _parse
+;
+;       PURPOSE:        Supplies an interface between C programs and
+;                       the DOS 3.30 parser
+;
+;       CALLING FORMAT:
+;                       parse(&inregs,&outregs);
+;
+;       DATE:           5-21-87
+;
+;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+;       extrn   sysparse:far
+
+        public  _parse
+
+;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+; SET FOR SUBST
+; -------------
+
+FarSW   equ     0       ; make sysparse be a NEAR proc
+TimeSW  equ     0       ; Check time format
+FileSW  equ     1       ; Check file specification
+CAPSW   equ     1       ; Perform CAPS if specified
+CmpxSW  equ     0       ; Check complex list
+NumSW   equ     0       ; Check numeric value
+KeySW   equ     0       ; Support keywords
+SwSW    equ     1       ; Support switches
+Val1SW  equ     0       ; Support value definition 1
+Val2SW  equ     0       ; Support value definition 2
+Val3SW  equ     0       ; Support value definition 3
+DrvSW   equ     1       ; Support drive only format
+QusSW   equ     0       ; Support quoted string format
+;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+_DATA   segment byte public 'DATA'
+_DATA   ends
+
+_TEXT   segment byte public 'CODE'
+
+        ASSUME  CS: _TEXT
+        ASSUME  DS: _DATA
+
+;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+include parse.asm               ; include the parser
+;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+_parse  proc    near
+
+        push    bp              ; save user's base pointer
+        mov     bp,sp           ; set bp to current sp
+        push    di              ; save some registers
+        push    si
+
+;       copy C inregs into proper registers
+
+        mov     di,[bp+4]       ; fix di (arg 0)
+
+;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        mov     ax,[di+0ah]     ; load di
+        push    ax              ; the di value from inregs is now on stack
+
+        mov     ax,[di+00]      ; get inregs.x.ax
+        mov     bx,[di+02]      ; get inregs.x.bx
+        mov     cx,[di+04]      ; get inregs.x.cx
+        mov     dx,[di+06]      ; get inregs.x.dx
+        mov     si,[di+08]      ; get inregs.x.si
+        pop     di              ; get inregs.x.di from stack
+
+        push    bp              ; save base pointer
+
+;        int     3               ; debugger
+
+;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+        call    sysparse        ; call the parser
+;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+;        int     3               ; debugger
+
+        pop     bp              ; restore base pointer
+        push    di              ; the di value from call is now on stack
+        mov     di,[bp+6]       ; fix di (arg 1)
+
+        mov     [di+00],ax      ; load outregs.x.ax
+        mov     [di+02],bx      ; load outregs.x.bx
+        mov     [di+04],cx      ; load outregs.x.cx
+        mov     [di+06],dx      ; load outregs.x.dx
+        mov     [di+08],si      ; load outregs.x.si
+
+        xor     ax,ax           ; clear ax
+        lahf                    ; get flags into ax
+        mov     [di+0ch],ax     ; load outregs.x.cflag
+
+        pop     ax              ; get di from stack
+        mov     [di+0ah],ax     ; load outregs.x.di
+
+;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        pop     si              ; restore registers
+        pop     di
+        mov     sp,bp           ; restore sp
+        pop     bp              ; restore user's bp
+        ret
+
+_parse  endp
+
+_TEXT   ends                    ; end code segment
+        end
+
+
\ No newline at end of file